Product guide 2018

Australia and New Zealand

Power Distribution
Product Guide
 Case Study

Electrical upgrade pays off for

leading Australian manufacturer Qenos

As Australia’s exclusive manufacturer of polyethylene and a valued

supplier of a diverse range of specialty polymers, Qenos appointed
Eaton xEnergy partner, Dynelec to deliver a turnkey solution for
the project which included end-to-end design, manufacture and
installation of the MCC upgrade – all within a short timeframe to
ensure minimal impact to its site operations.

The solution complies with the new standard AS/NZS61439 for

low-voltage switchgear and control assemblies, incorporating
a range of leading Eaton products including:
• Arc flash safety with IZMX40 circuit breaker equipped with
Eaton’s Arcflash Reduction Maintenance System (ARMS)
• Temperature monitoring with Eaton’s ‘Diagnose’
• Motor protection and intelligence with the Power Xpert C445

“We’ve been able to prolong

machine lifespans and reduce
downtime, allowing us to focus
more time on the business and our
next phase of upgrades to the site.”
– Keith Cottrell, Electrical & Instrumentation Engineer at Qenos
Contents

Medium Voltage Assemblies & Components Cam Switches, Indication & Pushbuttons
Air Insulated Switchgear ............................................ pg 8 Cam Switches......................................................... pg 278
Gas Insulated Switchgear......................................... pg 22 Indication................................................................ pg 288
Components............................................................. pg 24 Pushbuttons............................................................ pg 299
CPS Energy Automation Systems............................ pg 28 Wiring Accessories................................................. pg 326
Surge Arrestors ........................................................ pg 29
Voltage Regulators.................................................... pg 30 Automation
Pole-top Switchgear.................................................. pg 31 Programmable Logic Controllers (PLC) .................. pg 338
Human Machine Interface (HMI)............................ pg 348
Low Voltage Assemblies Industrial Wireless.................................................. pg 350
xEnergy Modular Assemblies................................... pg 32 Intrinsic Safety........................................................ pg 354
xBoard Distribution Boards....................................... pg 36 Relay controllers..................................................... pg 356
Enclosures................................................................ pg 46 Timers, Relays, Switches & Sensors...................... pg 365
Metering................................................................... pg 56
Test & Measurement
Low Voltage Circuit Protection & Switchgear Multimeters ........................................................... pg 410
IEC DIN MCB............................................................ pg 64 Clamp Meters..........................................................pg 411
IEC MCCB ............................................................... pg 82 Insulation Testers.................................................... pg 412
IEC Chassis Products.............................................. pg 102 Earth Testers........................................................... pg 413
Air Circuit Breaker....................................................pg 112 Loop Impedance..................................................... pg 413
LV Switchgear......................................................... pg 125 Multi-function Testers............................................. pg 413
Bussmann Fuses ................................................... pg 140 RCD/ELCB Testers.................................................. pg 413
NEMA MCB............................................................ pg 187 Portable Appliance Testers...................................... pg 414
NEMA MCCB.......................................................... pg 198 Power Meters / Power Quality Analysers............... pg 414
Light & Temperature Meters................................... pg 415
Motor Control
Contactors.............................................................. pg 214 Lighting
Overload relays....................................................... pg 225 Emergency Exit Luminaires.................................... pg 418
Motor protectors..................................................... pg 245 Crouse-Hinds Industrial Lighting............................. pg 422
Starters................................................................... pg 260 Crouse-Hinds commercial Lighting......................... pg 425

Drives & Soft Starters Uninterpretable Power Supply

Soft Starters............................................................ pg 265 Single Phase........................................................... pg 426
General Purpose Drives......................................... pg 267
Technical Information ..............................................pg 434

Index .........................................................................pg 447

BRAND INCEPTION DATES:

1833 1874 1893 1897 1899 1906 1908

 Download the
Download on the
App Store

Eaton experience Android app on

Google Play

View all Eaton brochures with

POWEREDGE™

Experince augmented reality & videos with

EATON INTERACTIVE

ON

1833 1874 1893 1897 1899 1906 1908 1911 1914 1934 1961 1962 1963 1967 1977 1983 1984 1989

1911 1914 1934 1961 1962 1963 1967 1977 1983 1984 1989

Eaton has been serving the power management needs of

our customers for more than a century. Over the years,
1893 1897 1899 1906 1908 1911 1914 1934 1961 we
1962have expanded
1963 1967 our expertise
1977 1983 and 1984portfolio
1989 of products
33 1874 1893 1897 1899 1906 1908 1911 1914 1934 1961 1962 1963 1967 1977 1983 1984 1989
and services by uniting some of the world’s most respected
names with Eaton’s strong heritage of innovation.
Medium Voltage Assemblies

Features/Products Xiria Xiria E

Rated Voltage 3.6, 7.2, 12, 17.5 & 24kV 3.6, 7.2, 12, 17.5 & 24kV

Max. Short time withstand 20kA-3s 20kA-1s & 3s

630A 630A
Rated Current Busbars
Single busbar Single busbar
20kA-1s AFL 20kA-1s AFL
Internal Arc
(Against the Wall) (Arc Absorber Against the Wall)
200A / 500A 200A / 630A
Circuit Breaker
630A optional
Load Break Switch 630A 630A
Fuse load-break switch N/A N/A
Transformer panel N/A 200A
Busbar sectionaliser, direct busbar panel N/A 630A
Add Xiria M 850 x 750 x 1305mm for
Metering panel Dedicated Metering Panel Included
metering VT’s and CT’s.
Epoxy Resin Insulated around primary
Block type for metering or protection
Current transformers conductors behind the cable cones for
available with equipment
protection

For metering or protection available with

Voltage transformers Available only if Xiria M is used
equipment

Switching Vacuum Vacuum

Insulation Air Air
Degree of Protection IP 31D IP 31D
Loss of Service Continuity category LSC2B - PM LSC2B - PM
Cable connections Front/Bottom Front/Bottom
Protection relays in panel Self-power Self-power relays in Panel
Relays
Control Box w/aux power supply relays Control Box w/ aux power supply relays
Open/Close remotely breaker only, not for Open/Close remotely breaker only, not for
Motorized option
the selector switch, no earth switching the selector switch, no earth switching
Automation Remote, signaling, tripping & control Remote, signaling, tripping & control
Ammeter, Short-circuit indicator, trip Ammeter, Short-circuit indicator, trip
Local options
indicator indicator

Dimensions 760mm 2panles to 1810mm 5 panels 500 x 600 x 1305mm self-power relay
(W x D x H)(mm) x 600 x 1305mm 500 x 770 x 1705mm relay top control box

CB: Protection of transformers & cables CB: Protection of transformers & cables
Applications LBS: for ring cable connection LBS: for ring cable connection
ARC Absorber available

6 Power Distribution product guide eatoncorp.com.au 2018

 Medium Voltage Assemblies

FMX UX
12, 17.5 & 24KV 12, 17.5 & 24KV 36kV
50kA-3s
25kA-3s 31.5kA-3s
25kA-3s for 24kV
4000A
2000A 1250A / 2500A
2500A for 24kV
Single busbar Single busbar Single busbar
25kA-1s AFL AFLR 50kA-3s
AFLR 31.5kA-3s
AFLR 25kA-3s for 24kV
1250, 1600 & 2000A 630A – 4000A
1250A / 2500A
630A, 800A 800A to 2500A for 24kV
N/A NA Disconnecter Panel NA Disconnecter Panel
N/A N/A N/A
N/A CB CB
1250, 1600 & 2000A with CB CB + Riser CB + Riser

N/A Yes Yes

Epoxy Resin Insulated around primary Cast-resin insulated block-type in the Cast-resin insulated block-type in the
conductors behind the cable cones panel metering or protection panel metering or protection

Cast-resin insulated voltage transformers for Cast-resin insulated voltage Cast-resin insulated voltage
the voltage measurement on the cable side, or transformers voltage protection or transformers voltage protection or
on the busbar side. metering in the panel metering in the panel
Vacuum Vacuum Vacuum
Air Air Air
LV - IP3XD; HV - IP4X IP4X – IP42 IP2X - IP4X
LSC2B - PM LSC2B - PM LSC2B - PM
Front/Bottom Bottom, Top optional Bottom
No self-power option No self-power option No self-power option
Aux power supply relays Aux power supply relays Aux power supply relays
Remote Operation CB, VT’s + earth switch
Remote for all options Remote for all options
selector switch
Remote, signaling, tripping & control Remote, signaling, tripping & control Remote, signaling, tripping & control
Ammeter, Short-circuit indicator, Ammeter, Short-circuit indicator,
Ammeter, Short-circuit indicator, trip indicator
trip indicator trip indicator
600, 800, 1000mm x
1200mm x 2600mm x 2930mm
500mm to 1325mm x 1450mm x 2100mm 1310 to 1570mm x
(height includes arc chamber)
2200/2320 to 2860mm
Primary distribution, fixed space, Primary and secondary Primary
fully motorized

Power Distribution product guide eatoncorp.com.au 2018 7

Medium Voltage Assemblies
Air Insulated Switchgear
Xiria
Xiria ring main units are characterised by their high level of
operational safety and are suitable for applications up to 24 kV.
Xiria units can be supplied in two-, three-, four- or five-panel
versions. Both the primary part of the unit and the mechanisms
are housed in a fully enclosed housing which protects the system
against environmental influences.
There is a choice of two basic panel versions in our product range:
• A vacuum load break switch for ring cable connections.
• A vacuum circuit-breaker for protecting transformers and cable
connections.
Both versions can be supplied in a unit in any desired combination
and order.
Xiria is an extremely well designed and modern system. For
example, when developing the system we intentionally opted
for protection in the form of a circuit-breaker combined with an
electronic relay. This is a modern, safe and flexible alternative to
fuse protection.
In addition it also makes Xiria very easy to use in an automated
distribution network. These specific features make Xiria an easy-
to-use system that responds perfectly to changing electricity
distribution requirements, both now and in the future.

Maintenance-free
All the live primary parts and mechanisms in a Xiria unit are installed in a fully enclosed housing. This prevents dust, moisture
and other environmental influences from affecting the operation of the unit. The switching mechanism has been designed
with a minimum number of parts, and is specifically intended for switching after a long period of inactivity – precisely the
way it happens in practice. What is more, the mechanism does not use any lubricants, which also benefits its operational
safety. As it is maintenance-free, Xiria significantly cuts inspection and maintenance costs without adversely affecting the
operational safety of your distribution network. Which is something to look forward to in today’s liberalised energy market.

Intrinsically safe
When carrying out operational actions and work on the cables, it is vital to have unambiguous status indications. When it
comes to the safety of the operating personnel, Eaton leaves nothing to chance. That is why Xiria is fitted with directly visible
isolation by means of inspection windows in the front which makes the isolating distance between the cable and the busbar
system directly visible. A visible, short-circuit proof earthing can take place via the load break switch or circuit-breaker.
Xiria is designed with a fully enclosed metal housing combined with single-phase insulation of all primary live parts. This
reduces the risk of an internal fault to an absolute minimum, thus providing a high degree of safety and availability. The
KEMA-tested arc-proof housing also offers additional protection for operating personnel.

Compact
Xiria is one of the smallest ring main units of its kind. This high degree of compactness is a direct result of the
combination of technologies used by Eaton – electrical field control, solid insulation and the use of extremely compact
vacuum interrupters. This compactness offers direct financial benefits in new buildings and when refurbishing existing
transformer stations because of the minimal floor area required.

Ready for automated networks

Xiria is completely ready for use in fully-automated networks. There are various options available for the system,
depending on the level of remote signalling and remote control required. These options are modular, so they can be
quickly and easily added in the future. In this way Xiria anticipates future developments in automation and operational
control, so you can be sure that you will not be left with control, display and communication standards that are too
specific or possibly even obsolete.

Clean and green

Xiria is made exclusively of environmentally-friendly materials. The insulation medium is clean, dry air and the switching
medium is vacuum. Thus Xiria responds to the demand for sustainability in energy distribution. The unit is easy to dismantle
at the end of its service life as the materials used are clearly labeled and can be reused. This facilitates recycling and avoids
excessive costs and environmental taxes when the unit is decommissioned.

8 Power Distribution product guide eatoncorp.com.au 2018

 Medium Voltage Assemblies
Air Insulated Switchgear
Xiria
3.6kV 7.2kV 12kV 17.5kV 24kV
Rated voltage kV 3.6 7.2 12 17.5 24
Impulse withstand voltage kV 40 60 75/95 95 125
Power frequency
kV 10 20 28 38 50
withstand voltage
Rated frequency Hz 50/60 50/60 50/60 50/60 50/60
Internal arc resistance kA-s 20-1 20-1 20-1 16-1 16-1
Busbar system
Rated normal current A 630 630 630 630 630
Rated short-time
kA-s 20-3 20-3 20-3 16-3 16-3
withstand current
Rated peak withstand current kA 50 50 50 40 40
Circuit-breaker
Rated normal current A 200/630 200/630 200/630 200/630 200/630
Rated breaking current kA 20 20 20 16 16
Rated short-circuit
kA 50 50 50 40 40
making current
Rated short-time
kA-s 20-3 20-3 20-3 16-3 16-3
withstand current
Load break switch
Rated normal current A 630 630 630 630 630
Rated mainly active load
A 630 630 630 630 630
breaking current at cos. phi 0.7
Rated short-circuit
kA 50 50 50 40 40
making current
Rated short-time
kA-s 20-3 20-3 20-3 16-3 16-3
withstand current

Main dimensions Xiria complies with the following international standards

IEC 62271-1 Common specifications
IEC 62271-200 Metal-enclosed switchgear
IEC 62271-304 Severe climatic conditions
IEC 62271-100 Circuit-breakers (M1/E2)
IEC 60265-1 Switches (M1/E3)
IEC 62271-102 Disconnector/Earthing switch (M0)
1305 mm
1305 mm
IEC 62271-102 Earthing via vacuum bottle (E2)
IEC 60529 Degree of protection
IEC 60044-1 Current transformers
EN 50181 Cable cones
Classification according to IEC 62271-200

760 mm760 mm 1110 mm

1110 mm1460 mm
1460 mm1810 mm
1810 mm
2-panel
2-panel
version,
version, 430 kg430 kg 550 kg550 kg 660 kg660 kg 600 mm
600 mm
weight: 350 kg350 kg
weight:

IF IT’S IN A CATALOGUE YOU CAN FIND IT ON INTERACT WITH EATON USING THE
POWEREDGE™
LEARN. SHARE. ORGANISE.
FREE EATON INTERACTIVE APP
SIMPLY DOWNLOAD & OPEN THE APP,
SELECT AR MODE, & SCAN THE LOGO TO INTERACT

Power Distribution product guide eatoncorp.com.au 2018 9

Medium Voltage Assemblies
Air Insulated Switchgear
Xiria E
The Xiria E switchgear is designed around Eaton's proven vacuum
interrupters, which require no maintenance and are certified for 30,000
operation cycles. All live parts in the available panels are single pole
insulated. The used materials are shaped specifically to provide optimum
insulation combined with excellent thermal characteristics. In addition,
the insulation is configured to provide effective control over electric fields
around the used components, thereby minimizing any risk of internal arcing.
Within the Xiria E panels both the primary parts and the mechanisms
are housed in a fully enclosed housing which protects the whole system
against environmental influences.
The use of vacuum interrupters and solid insulation means that the Xiria E
is environmentally friendly. These technologies ensure that this system is a
conservational alternative to switchgear systems using Sulfur Hexafluoride
(SF6) gas for insulation. The cost of ownership is also significantly reduced,
as no regular testing of gas pressure or other routine maintenance is
needed and there is no high end-of-life cost associated with ultimately
disposing of the equipment.
When it comes to the safety of the operating personnel the Xiria E design
leaves nothing to chance. All parts are fully enclosed by an internal arc
tested safe metal housing. Besides that the panels in the system are
provided with direct visible indication of the integrated earthing and ON/
OFF-position by means of inspection windows in the front.

Vacuum circuit-breaker
The vacuum circuit-breaker uses a simple and reliable spring charging mechanism for operation of the
vacuum interrupters. The mechanism contains a low number of moving parts and makes no use of lubricants.
It is completely housed in a sealed for life enclosure and therefore needs no maintenance.
• With environmental friendly vacuum interrupters • Manual or motor-operated
• Simple spring charging mechanism • Position indication by means of inspection
• No use of lubricants windows and mechanical indicators
• Housed in a sealed for life enclosure • Auxiliary contacts for Open/Closed position

2-position change-over switch

All panels are equipped with a change-over switch positioned in the same sealed for life enclosure as the
circuit-breaker. The change-over switch consists of three shafts connected to the busbars or earthing points.
Since it is mechanically interlocked the change-over switch can only be operated when the circuit breaker is
in the open position.
• Manual-operated switch with 2 positions • Auxiliary contacts for service / earthed positions
(service / earthed) • Position indication by means of inspection
• Maintenance free windows and mechanical indicators
• Housed in sealed for life enclosure • Mechanically interlocked with the vacuum circuit-
breaker

Busbar
The busbars in the panel are housed in the same sealed for life enclosure as the circuit-breaker and change-
over switch. To prevent a possible internal arc all busbars are single phase insulated.
• Single phase insulated • Simple and robust construction
• Air insulated • Easy to couple
• Housed in a sealed for life enclosure

Preventing an internal arc

Eaton's proven technologies have been integrated in the design and development of the Xiria in order to
ensure that the switchgear is safe and has high operational reliability throughout its complete lifetime. Within
the Xiria design there are different technologies used to prevent an open arc.
Single pole insulated primary parts Use of Electrical Field control
All high voltage parts are single pole insulated. The Engineers designed the whole construction of
insulation materials used for this are Polycarbonate primary parts, housed in the sealed for life tank,
and Thermo - plastic elastomer (TPE), both high- based on Eaton's key technology for electrical field
quality materials with optimal insulation characteristic control. By means of special shapes and dimensions
resulting in minimised dimensions. the possibility of an open arc is minimized.

10 Power Distribution product guide eatoncorp.com.au 2018

 Medium Voltage Assemblies
Air Insulated Switchgear
Xiria E
3.6 kV 7.2 kV 12 kV 17.5 kV 24 kV
Rated voltage kV 3.6 7.2 12 17.5 24
Impulse withstand voltage kV 40 60 75 / 95 95 125
Power frequency withstand voltage kV-1m 10 20 28 / 38 / 42 38 50
Rated frequency Hz 50/60 50/60 50/60 50/60 50/60
Loss of service continuity LSC2B LSC2B LSC2B LSC2B LSC2B
Internal arc resistance kA - s 20 - 1 20 - 1 20 - 1 20 - 1 20 - 1
Internal arc resistance with absorber kA - s 16 - 1 16 - 1 16 - 1 16 - 1 16 - 1
Internal arc resistance cable comp. alternative kA - s 20 - 1 20 - 1 20 - 1 20 - 1 20 - 1
Degree of protection in service IP31D IP31D IP31D IP31D IP31D
Degree of protection with doors/covers open IP2X IP2X IP2X IP2X IP2X
Ambient air temperature range °C -25 +40 -25 +40 -25 +40 -25 +40 -25 +40
Busbar system - 630A
Rated short-time withstand current kA - s 20 - 1 20 - 1 20 - 1 20 - 1 20 - 1
Rated short time withstand current alternative kA - s 20 - 3 20 - 3 20 -3 20 - 3 20 - 3
Rated peak withstand current kA 50 50 50 50 50
Load break switches - 630A
Rated active load break current A 630 630 630 630 630
Rated short-circuit making current kA 50 50 50 50 50
Rated short-time withstand current kA - s 20 - 1 20 - 1 20 - 1 20 - 1 20 - 1
Rated short-time withstand current alternative kA - s 20 - 3 20 - 3 20 -3 20 - 3 20 - 3
Rated Cable Charging Breaking Current A 31.5 31.5 31.5 31.5 31.5
Mechanical Endurance Class M2 5000 x M2 5000 x M2 5000 x M2 5000 x M2 5000 x
Mechanical Endurance Class as Earth Switch M0 M0 M0 M0 M0
Mechanical Endurance Class Disconnector M0 M0 M0 M0 M0
Electrical Endurance Class E3 E3 E3 E3 E3
Electrical Endurance Class as Earth Switch E2 E2 E2 E2 E2
Circuit-breakers - 630A
Rated breaking current kA 20 20 20 20 20
Rated short-circuit making current kA 50 50 50 50 50
Rated Capacitive Switching Current Class C2 C2 C2 C2 C2
Rated Cable Charging Breaking Current A 31.5 31.5 31.5 31.5 31.5
DC Time Constant msec 45 45 45 45 45
DC Component % <20 <20 <20 <20 <20
Transformer panel - 200A
Rated breaking current kA 20 20 20 20 20
Rated short-circuit making current kA 50 50 50 50 50
Rated Capacitive Switching Current Class C2 C2 C2 C2 C2
Rated Cable Charging Breaking Current A 31.5 31.5 31.5 31.5 31.5
DC Time Constant msec 45 45 45 45 45
DC Component % <20 <20 <20 <20 <20

Main dimensions XiriaE complies with the following international standards

IEC 62271-1 Common specifications for high-voltage
switchgear and control gear standards
IEC 62271-100 High-voltage alternating-current circuit-breakers
IEC 62271-102 Alternating current disconnectors and earthing
switches
IEC 62271-103 High-voltage switches
IEC 62271-200 A.C. metal-enclosed switchgear and control
gear for rated voltages above 1 kV and up to
and including 52 kV
IEC 62271-304 Additional requirements for enclosed
switchgear and control gear from 1 kV to 72.5
kV to be used in severe climatic conditions
IEC 60529 Degrees of protection provided by enclosures
IEC 60044-1 Instrument transformers - Part 1: Current
transformers
IEC 60044-2 Instrument transformers - Part 2: Inductive
voltage transformers
EN 50181 Plug-in type bushings above 1 kV up to 36 kV
ISO 9001-2000 Quality
ISO 14001 Environmental management

Depth: 760

Power Distribution product guide eatoncorp.com.au 2018 11

 Medium Voltage Assemblies
4069D Magnefix AU_A4 07-03-13 14:57 Pagina 3

Air Insulated Switchgear

Magnefix
Eaton has more than fifty years experience in manufacturing insulation enclosed switchgear and is
recognised throughout the world as being a specialist in the field of epoxy resin based insulation
technology. More than 200,000 Magnefix switchboards have been supplied to satisfied customers
all over the world.
Magnefix was first introduced onto the market more than 50 years ago. Especially the smart
design, safe and robust construction and easy operation have made Magnefix “timeless”. New
developments are still being carried out and research into new applications and technologies is
continuing unabated. Eaton’s engineers are continuously working on improvements in the design
and efficiency, and Magnefix users can count on maximum support and the associated service.
Magnefix is applied in, decentralised transformer stations, high rise buildings, consumer
connections, wind turbine connections and for the electrical supply to signalling and protection
equipment along railway tracks.
Magnefix in walk-in and compact type transformer stations.
Extremely compact Protected against atmospheric
Epoxy resin is not only a high quality insulating and climatic influences
material but due to its high mechanical The epoxy resin insulation ensures protection
high temperatures), high insulation breakdown factor,
strength, also an excellent construction against atmospheric and climatic influences.
material. This combination veryproduces
low moisturea veryabsorption, high creepage
In addition, currentis vibration proof and
the material
resistance,
compact design. The compact construction high mechanical strength and complete
shock proof and does not age. Magnefix is
and full insulation enclosed design of Magnefix
homogeneity. highly
The cable boxes forreliable
PILC andandXLPE
has atype
very long life-cycle.
equipment enables it to cables
be installed
are made in very
of synthetic materials. Magnefix
small spaces. This results in considerable Fully tested
switchgear is provided withEachdouble insulation
Magnefix at points is extensively
switchboard
savings in building costs.
accessible to operating personnel. This additional
mechanically and electrically tested before
Safe and reliable insulation is manufactured and it leaves
testedthe factory. The test
independently of procedures
Magnefix is a fully insulation enclosed
the primary type of
insulation. carried out are not only in accordance with
switchgear. All live parts are surrounded by the routine tests as specified in the relevant
insulating material in such a way that touching IEC publications, each switchboard is also
• Protected against atmospheric and climatic
is impossible. subjected to additional discharge tests.
influences Consequently, Eaton can guarantee the quality
Insulation The epoxy resin insulation ensures protection
and reliability against
of each Magnefix switchboard
The primary insulation ofatmospheric
the Magnefix andsystem
climatic influences.
supplied.
consists of epoxy resin with powdered
In addition, the material is vibration proof and shock
quartz as filling material. This ensures a very Earthing
The characteristics low dielectric loss factorproof
(alsoand
withdoes
highnot age. Magnefix
Before is highlyconnected
a cable reliable andto a Magnefix
has a very
temperatures), high insulation long life-cycle. switchboard can be earthed, the switch caps
breakdown
• Extremely compact factor, very low moisture absorption, high of the unit must be removed. Only then
creepage
Epoxy resin is not only a high quality insulating current resistance,
material • Fully high mechanical
tested is it possible to fit the earthing caps. The
but due to its high mechanical strength,strength
also an and complete homogeneity.
Each MagnefixThe switchboardMagnefix unit can
is extensively only be energized again
mechanically
cable boxes for PILC and XLPE type cables after the earthing caps have been removed.
excellent construction material. This combination and electrically tested before it leaves the factory.
are made of synthetic materials. Magnefix The earthing caps are designed to make
produces a very compact design. The compact
switchgear is provided withThe test
double procedures
insulationcarriedinadvertent
out are notearthing
only in of the busbars impossible.
construction and full insulation enclosedatdesign
pointsof accordance
accessible to operating with the routine tests as specified in the
personnel.
Magnefix equipment enables it to be installed in very insulationrelevant
This additional IEC publications,
is manufactured and each switchboard is also
994069D Magnefix AU_A4 07-03-13 14:58 Pagina 5
tested
small spaces. This results in considerable independently
savings in ofsubjected
the primary to insulation.
additional discharge tests. Consequently,
building costs. Eaton can guarantee the quality and reliability of each
Magnefix switchboard supplied.
• Safe and reliable Cable units
Magnefix is a fully insulation enclosedThe type
Magnefix typeof of the
fixed portion MD4 cable unit contains three • Earthing
terminals to which the cables can be connected. It also
switchgear. All live parts are surrounded
containsby
A Magnefix insulating
the switchboard
corresponding typeeach
busbar contacts, MD4Before
fitted a cable
usually connected
comprises to a Magnefix
a number of cableswitchboard
units to which the main cables
with an arcing chamber, the fixed main and arcing
are connected
material in such a way that touching is impossible.
contacts (switch-disconnectors),
and the magnets and pole plates. can be plus one the
earthed, or more
switchprotected tee-off
caps of the unit units
mustto bewhich the transformer
cablesTheare
arcingconnected
chambers and main and
be replaced when necessary.
(switch-disconnectors
arcing contacts can
removed. Only combined
then is itwith fuse-links).
possible A cable
to fit the unit consists of a fixed
earthing
• Insulation portion
The and three
switch caps containremovable switch-caps.
main and arcing contacts, The fixed portion is made of epoxy resin, in which the conduc-
caps. The Magnefix unit can only be energized again
tors are embedded.
opening springs, springs for ensuring the correct

The primary insulation of the Magnefix system consists

contact pressure and a ferromagnetic plate. These
switches have a double break per phase.
after the earthing caps have been removed. The
The epoxy
of epoxy resin with powdered quartz resinmaterial.
as filling switch caps, in earthing which the capsmoving main andtoarcing
are designed make contacts are located, are held in the
inadvertent
1
closed position by high-strength permanent magnets. The latter are not subject to variation, so that the
This ensures a very low dielectric loss factor (also 4with
2
earthing of the busbars impossible.
contacts are always MAGNEtically FIXed. The various units can be mounted on either a floor frame or a
MD4
wall frame.
Cross-section of a cable unit
1 Busbar contact
2 Fixed main contact
3 Cable terminals
Magnefix type MD4 4 Switch cap with main
and arcing contacts
3
Construction
A Magnefix switchboard type MD4 usually comprises
a number of cable units to which the main cables are
connected (switch-disconnectors), plus one or more Fuse-protected tee-off
protected tee-off units to which the transformer cables The fuse-protected tee-off is used for connection
are connected (switch-disconnectors combined with of the transformer and consists of a switch-disconnector
fuse-links). A cable unit consists of a fixed portion and and a fuse unit. The switch-disconnector connects the
three removable switch-caps. The fixed portion is made fuse unit to the busbar system. The fuse unit consists of
of epoxy resin, in which the conductors are embedded. a fixed portion with three terminals for the cables, and
The epoxy resin switch caps, in which the moving main three removable fuse holders. The latter are suitable for
and arcing contacts are located, are held in the closed fuse-links with dimensions in accordance with
position by high-strength permanent magnets. The latter DIN 43625-12kV. A mechanical interlock between the
are not subject to variation, so that the contacts are switch caps of the switch-disconnector and the fuse
always MAGNEtically FIXed. The various units can be holders makes it impossible to fit or remove a fuse
mounted on either a floor frame or a wall frame. holder before the corresponding switch cap has been
withdrawn. Fuse links can therefore only be fitted or 3
removed when the protected tee-off is switched off. In
addition, the contacts on the transformer side of the
fuse holder are deeply recessed, so that accidental
12 Power Distribution product guide touching eatoncorp.com.au
is impossible. 2018

1 2
3
 Magnefix
Assembly arrangements
It is possible to assemble switchboards with a wide
electrical con
interconnec
Assembly It is possible to assemble switchboards with a wide electrical connections bet
interconnect
variety of combinations for various applications. Tie connection
It
994069D Magnefix AU_A4 07-03-13 14:58 Pagina 8 is Assembly
possible to assemble
variety of switchboards
combinations for with a
variouswide
applications. interconnect
Tie
rods ensure that the units and the insulated side plates
the busbar
connection
electrical c
systi
connect
busbar
994069D Magnefix AU_A4 07-03-13 14:58 Pagina 8 variety ofIt combinations
rods are
ensure
is possible to for various
that the
assemble
clamped applications.
unitsatand
thethe
switchboards
together Tie
insulated
rightwith side connection
Silverplates
a wide
tension. is busbar
completely
plated interconnect syste
the b
insulation.
994069D Magnefix
994069D AU_A4 07-03-13
Magnefix AU_A4 14:58 Pagina
07-03-13 8 Pagina 8
14:58 rods ensure
varietythat
areofthe unitsconductors-
clamped and the
combinations
tubular forinsulated
together at thebusbar
various
the side
right plates Silver
tension.
applications.
system- provide busbar
Tie plated
the system is surrroun
insulation.
connection is com

994069D Magnefix AU_A4 07-03-13 14:58 Pagina 8

are clamped
Medium Voltage Assemblies
rods together
ensure
tubular conductors-
are clampedthe
at the
tubular that theright
conductors- tension.
unitsthe
and
busbaratsystem-
together
theSilver
busbar
the right
plated
system-
insulated
provide
tension.
provide
side theinsulation.
plates
theSilver plated
busbar system is
insulation.
tubular conductors- the busbar system- provide the

Air Insulated Switchgear The basic units for assembly of Magnefix switchgear
Magnefix Magnefix arrangements The basic units for assembly of Magnefix switchgear
Magnefix arrangements The basic units for assembly of Magnefix switchgear
Assembly Magnefix arrangements
Magnefix
Assembly arrangements electrical
The basic units for assemblyconnections between
of Magnefix the units and
switchgear
It is Magnefix
possible toarrangements
assemble switchboards with a wideAssembly variety Itofiscombinations
possible to assemble switchboards with a wide electrical connections interconnect between
the busbarthe units and Each busbar
contacts.
for various applications. Tie rods ensure that the units Assembly andAssembly
It is possible the to insulated
varietyassemble switchboards
of combinations with a applications.
for various wide Tie interconnect
electrical theconnections
connections
electrical busbar
connection iscontacts.
between the units
between
completely Each busbar
and
the unitsand
insulated, andthe entire
sideAssembly
plates are clamped together at the right tension. variety
It is
electrical Itofiscombinations
possible
Silver to
connections assemble
possible
plated
rods between for
totubular
ensure various
switchboards
the
assemble
that units
the applications.
andwith
switchboards
units a wide
and the Tie a wide
with
insulated connection
interconnect
side plates is completely
the busbar
interconnect
busbar the
system insulated,
contacts.
busbar Eachand
contacts.
is surrrounded the
busbarbyentire
Each busbar
epoxy resin
It is possible to assemble switchboards with a wide interconnect
rods of
variety theare
ensure
variety busbar
that
combinations thecontacts.
ofclamped units
combinations Each
and
for together
variousthe
for busbar
insulated
applications.
various
at side
Tie plates
applications.
the right tension. Tie plated
Silver busbar connection
connection system is surrrounded
is completely insulated,
is completely
insulation. byinsulated,
epoxy
and theresin
entire
and the entire
conductors- the busbar system- provide
variety of combinations for various applications. Tie
the electrical
connection
connections
is completely
between
insulated, and the entire
rodsareensure
clamped
rods thattogether
the units
ensure
tubular that atthe
theunits
and
conductors- right
the thetension.
insulated
and the
busbar Silver
side
insulated
system- plated
plates
side plates
provide the insulation.
busbar system
busbarissystem
surrrounded by epoxy by
is surrrounded resin
epoxy resin
the rods
units andthat
ensure interconnect
the units and the the busbar
insulated side contacts.
plates Each
busbar busbar
system
aretubular
clamped
connection
is surrrounded
conductors-
are together
clamped thethe
at by
busbar
together
is
epoxy
right theresin
system-
at tension. provide
rightSilver
tension. the
plated
Silver platedinsulation.insulation.
completely
are clampedinsulated, and
together at the rightthe entire
tension. Silverbusbar
plated system is surrounded
insulation.
tubular conductors- theby
tubular conductors- epoxy
busbar thesystem-
busbarprovide
system-the provide the
Cable Cable unit Fuse protected Busbar
resin insulation.
tubular conductors- the busbar system- provide the
unit for top tee-off sectionaliser
Cable Cable connection
unit Fuse protected Busbar
Cable unit Cable unit for Fuse protected Circuit breaker
Circuit-breaker
Magnefix MD4 & MF switchgear comply with the following IEC The basic units for assembly of Magnefix
publications Cableunit
Cable switchgear for top
unit connection
top Fuse protected tee-off tee-off
protected Busbar
tee-off
sectionaliser
Busbar c
connection protected tee-off
The basic units for assembly of Magnefix switchgear
unit Cablefor top Cable unit tee-off Fuse protected sectionaliser Busbarconnection Busbar co
Common specifications The
for high-voltage
basicThe
units for switchgear
basic assembly and of Magnefix
of Magnefix
units for assembly switchgear connection for top
switchgear
Circuit-breaker
sectionaliser unit
IEC60694
The basic/ units
IEC62271-1
for assembly of Magnefix switchgear
unit tee-off
Circuit-breaker protected tee-off
connecti
controlgear standards connection unit
protected tee-off
Circuit-breaker
IEC60056 / IEC62271-100 High-voltage alternating-current circuit-breakers protected tee-off
IEC60129 / IEC62271-102 Alternating current disconnectors and earthing switches Ring main unit
IEC60265 / IEC62271-103 High-voltage switches This is the most commo
twomain
Ring or more
unitcable units
A.C. insulation-enclosed switchgear and controlgear for
IEC60466 / IEC62271-201 Ring main unitThis is the most common
rated voltages above 1 kV and up to and including 52 kV Application
Ring
This is the main
most
two orunit
common
more
Compact arrangemen
cable unitsstaa
transformer
IEC60529 Degrees of protection provided by enclosures
Cable Cable unit Fuse protected Busbar Busbar two
Blind or moreStand-alone
cable units
medium and fuse
Coupling
mostvoltage prote
distribu
4069DMagnefix
069D MagnefixAU_A4
AU_A407-03-13
07-03-1314:58
14:58Pagina
Pagina1313 Coupling Busbar Busbar Blind connection This is the
Stand-alone
Application
common arra
unit unit for topprotected tee-off sectionaliser connection connection fuse unit unit
IEC60185 / IEC60044-1 Instrument transformers - Cable
Part 1: Current
Cable
transformers
Fuse
unit
Busbar
sectionaliser Ring Busbar
main
connectionunit. unit
Blind
block
Stand-alonetwo or
Application fuse
Coupling
more
unit cable units and fu
Cable Cable unit Fuse protected connection
Cableunit
Busbar Busbar
Cable
Cable for top CableBlind
unit Fuse tee-offStand-alone
unit protectedFuse protected Coupling sectionaliserBusbar Busbar
Busbar connection Busbar unit
connection
Blind block
Stand-alone
Blind Compact
fuse unitStand-alone
Coupling transformer sta
unit Coupling
unit for top tee-off sectionaliser
unit connection
unitforconnection
top connection
for top tee-off fuse unit
tee-off unit Circuit-breaker
sectionaliser sectionaliser unit connection
connection connection Compact
block connection
fuse unit transformer
fuse medium
Application
unit
unit stations
voltage
unit and swi
distribut
connection unit block Circuit-breaker protected tee-off
connection connection unit unitblock block mediumCompact voltage distribution
transformernetworks.
stations
Magnefix type Circuit-breaker MD4 protected tee-off MF Ring main unit.
Circuit-breakerCircuit-breaker
Ring main unit. Cable unit for
medium voltage distribution top connene
protected tee-off
Rated values protected tee-off
protected tee-off
Ring main unit.
For connecting cables to
Voltage switch-disconnector as d
kV 3.6 7.2 12 3.6 7.2 12 15
Cable unittop
but with for terminals
top conne is
Impulse withstand voltage kV 40/46 60/70 75/85 40/46 60/70 75/85 Cable95/110 unit forFortopconnecting
connection cables to
Standards
Standards
Power frequency withstand voltage kV 10/12 20/23 28/32 Ring10/12main unit
Ring main unit
20/23
This is the most common arrangement
28/32 For connecting 38/45
and consists
Application:
Cableswitch-disconnector
unit for to
cables toptheconnection
top side
Ideally suitable for Magn
of
as do
Ring main unit switch-disconnector
but withastop
For connecting described
terminals
cables to unde
theist
Frequency This isHz the most50-60
common arrangement 50-60 and consists 50-60of Ring
This 50-60
main unit
is Ring
the mainorcommon
most
two unit
more50-60
Ring main
cable
unit with
arrangement top
units and 50-60
connection.
and
fuseconsists
protected of 50-60
tee-offs.
various levels of apartme
but with top terminals is available.
switch-disconnector as describ
Magnefix
Magnefix
Busbar MD4MD4and
system andMF MFswitchgear
switchgearcomplycomplywith withthe the
two following
following
or more IEC IECpublications
cable publications
units and fuse protected tee-offs. two
This is or more
theThis
most iscable
common
the unitscommon
most and fusearrangement
arrangement protected tee-offs.
and consists and ofconsists of Application:
Application but with top terminals is availa
IEC60694/ IEC62271-1
IEC60694 / IEC62271-1 Commonspecifications
Common specificationsforforhigh-voltage
high-voltageswitchgear
switchgearand andcontrolgear
controlgearstandards
standards two or more twocableor more unitscableand units
fuse protected tee-offs.Application:
and fuse protected tee-offs. Ideally suitable for Magne
Normal current A
Application 400 400 400 630 Compact
Application 630
transformer 630
stations and Ideally630
switching points
suitable infor Magnefix
various
Application: levels ofswitchboa
apartme
IEC60056/ IEC62271-100
IEC60056 / IEC62271-100 High-voltage
High-voltagealternating-current
alternating-current circuit-breakers
circuit-breakers
Ring main unit with top connection. Terminal station
Compact transformer stations and switching points in Application
Compact transformervoltage
Application stations and switching points in
Short-time withstand current 1 s. kA 14.4 14.4 14.4 20
Ring main unitmedium 20
with top connection. distribution
20 networks. various 20 levels
Ideallyofsuitable
apartment
This buildings,
for Magnefix
arrangement compr so
IEC60129/ IEC62271-102
IEC60129 / IEC62271-102 AlternatingAlternatingcurrent
currentdisconnectors
disconnectors
medium voltage andearthing
and earthingswitches
distribution switches
networks.
Ring main unit. medium
Compact voltage transformer
transformer
Compact distribution
stations and networks.
switching
stations points in points in
and switching
Peak withstand current Ring main unit with top connection. various levels of apartment bu
IEC60265/ IEC62271-103
Ring
IEC60265 / IEC62271-103 High-voltage
main unit. High-voltageswitches
switches kA 31 Ring main unit. 31 31 medium 50 voltage
medium voltage 50
distribution networks.
distribution 50
networks. 50 Application
Switch-disconnector
IEC60466/ IEC62271-201
/ IEC62271-201 A.C. A.C.insulation-enclosed
insulation-enclosedswitchgear switchgearand andRing main unit.
Ring main
controlgear unit. Terminal
Transformerstation
stations at t
IEC60466 controlgear forforrated
ratedvoltages
voltagesabove above1 kV
1 kVand
andupuptotoand
andincluding
including5252kVkV
Terminal station Forarrangement
This example for wind compritur
Normal
IEC60529
IEC60529 current Degrees of protection
Degrees of protection provided providedA by enclosures
by 400
enclosures 400 400 450 Cable unit450 for top connection 450 450
Cable unit for top connection Terminal station
This arrangement comprises a fuse pro
IEC60185
Mainly
IEC60185 / IEC60044-1
active
/ IEC60044-1 load breaking Instrument
Instrument transformers- Part
current
transformers - Part
A1: 1:Current
Current
400 transformers 400
transformers 400 Cable 450 unit for Fortop connection
connecting cables to the
450 station.
Terminal 450 top side of a switchboard,
450 Application
a
For connecting cables to the top side of a switchboard, a This arrangement comprises a
Cable unitCable
For connectingforswitch-disconnector
top
unitconnection
for top
cables connection
to the topas side of a switchboard,
described underApplication Transformer stations at th
ring amain unit,
Short-circuit making current peak value switch-disconnector kA 31 as described under 31 ring main unit, 31 50
Forswitch-disconnector
connecting cables 50 50 50
Transformer stations
For
a example
a Application at thefor endwindof feed
tur
8 with to
For connecting
but ascables
top described
the toptoside
terminals theunder
isof
top ring of
side
available. main
a switchboard, unit,
a switchboard,
but with top terminals is available.
Short-time
Classification
Classification withstand
accordingtotocurrent
according IEC 1 s.
IEC62271-201
62271-201 kA 14.4 14.4 14.4 but 20 with top terminals
switch-disconnector as 20
switch-disconnector is available.
described under ring
as described 20under
main ring Formain
unit, 20unit,
example for windstations
Transformer turbine at connecti
the en
Application: Application: For example for wind turbine c
Earth fault
Protection breaking
grade current
againstelectric
electricshock
shock PA/PB1 but with top but terminals
with Terminal isstation.
available.
top terminals is available.
Protection grade against PA/PB1 A 240 240 240 240
Application: 240
Ideally suitable for Magnefix 240switchboards erected 240 on
Ideally suitable for Magnefix switchboards erected on Terminal station.
Loss
Loss OfOf Service
Service
CableRingcharging Continuity
Continuity
breaking LSC LSC 1 1
connection. current Alevels of25 25 25 Application:
Ideally suitable
Application:
25 8 Terminal for Magnefix switchboards erected on
station.25
main unit with top various apartment buildings, Ring main unit with
office top connection.
blocks etc. various levels of apartment25 buildings, office 25 blocks etc.
PartitionClass
Partition Class PIPI Ring main unit with top connection. various
Ideally levelsfor
suitable
Ideally of Magnefix
apartment
suitable buildings,
switchboards
for Magnefix office
erected
switchboards blockson etc. on
erected
Circuit-breaker 8
IAC applicable Ring main unitRing
Notapplicable withmain
top unit
connection.
with top connection. various levelsvarious of apartment buildings,buildings,
levels of apartment office blocks etc.
office blocks etc.
IAC Not 8
Normal current A 400 400 400 - - - -
Degreeofofprotection
Degree protection IP IP2X2X station
Terminal Terminal station
Short-time withstand current 1 s. kA 14.4 14.4
This arrangement comprises a fuse protected tee-off. 14.4 -
Terminal station - - -
This arrangement comprises a fuse protected tee-off.
Short-circuit
Above summary breaking
gives current
for some
Above summary gives for some subjects theApplication peak
subjects value the oldkA and the14.4
new
old and the new standards. standards. 14.4 14.4 Terminal station
This- arrangement
Terminal station -
comprises -
a fuse protected tee-off. -
Application
This arrangement comprisescomprises a fuse protected tee-off. tee-off.
DC component
Magnefix
Magnefix switchgearisistested
switchgear testedaccording
accordingtotothe theIEC%IECstandard
Transformer 20 at
standard
stations asas end of 20
applicable
applicable
the atatthe
feeder thetime
cables. timeof20ofthe
thetype
typetests.
tests. - This Transformer
Application
arrangement
- stations a fuse protected
at the- end of feeder cables. -
Fuse-links For example for wind turbine connections. Application
Transformer stations
Application
For example at the
for end
wind of feeder
turbine cables.
connections.
For example
Transformer for wind
stations
Transformer turbine
atstations
the endatof connections.
thefeeder
end of cables.
feeder cables.
Normal current A 57.7 57.7 57.7 57.7 57.7 57.7 57.7
Dimensions(mm)
Dimensions (mm)
Terminal station.

Terminal station.
Terminal station. For example for wind turbine connections.
For example for wind turbine connections.

Main
8 dimensions Terminal station.
8 Terminal station.
45 45 BB 45 45 8 BB
Magnefix type MD4 Magnefix type MF
36 36 36 36 8 8 3636 105105105105 244244 3636
91 9191 91 230230 230230 4545 4545 4545 4545
45
45

1517
1517

1517
1517

89 89130130 130130
962
754 962

911
911
754

122122 124124
252
63
252
63

MD4 - B = C x 91 + T x 230 + 72
MF - B = C x 105 + T x 244 + 72
15 15 ø 11
ø 11 caca
45 45 27 27 11 3535 322322 3535 (C = number of cable units,
B-52
B-52 35 35 322322 35 35 1515 B-52
B-52 601601 T = number of protected tee-offs)
526526
Magnefix
Magnefix type
type MD4.
MD4. Magnefix
Magnefix type
type MF.
MF.
Power Distribution product guide eatoncorp.com.au 2018 13
Dimensions(mm)
Dimensions (mm) Magnefixtype
Magnefix typeMD4
MD4 Magnefixtype
Magnefix typeMF
MF
Unitwidths
Unit widths
54012BR04 Power Xpert FMX AU_A4 07-03-13 14:49 Pagina 4

Medium Voltage Assemblies

FMX Smart, Innovative Design Air Insulated Switchgear
offers Economic and Reliable Solution Power Xpert FMX
Power Xpert® FMX is Eaton's IEC single busbar, solid- and air-insulated
medium voltage switchgear system, for use up to 24 kV. The system provides
Power Xpert® FMX is Eaton's IEC single busbar, solid- and reliable switching, protection, metering and distribution of electrical energy.
air-insulated medium voltage switchgear system, for use
up to 24 kV. The system provides reliable switching, The modern design system uses Eaton's state of the art technology and is
6054012BR04 P ower Xpert FMX AU _A4 07-03-13 14:50 P agina 7
protection, metering and distribution of electrical energy. manufactured in accordance with the highest quality standards. Within the
The modern design system The system uses only system our engineers have integrated Eaton core technologies, such as
uses Eaton's state of the art
technology and is manufactured
environmentally friendly
technology and materials. vacuum technology, solid insulation and electrical field control. More than a
Main Components
in accordance with the highest Since the type FMX system
quality standards. Within the is based on vacuum technology century of experience in design and production of medium voltage systems
system our engineers have and solid insulation, the system
integrated Eaton core is the latest environmentally has gone into the product. Type FMX switchgear features a reliable and
technologies, such as vacuum friendly "green" switchgear on
technology, solid insulation and the market. compact system design, which benefits from the best practices incorporated
electrical field control. More
than a century of experience in
design and production of
The new system incorporates
highly innovative technology,
Vacuum circuit-breaker
in Eaton's current range of MV systems. The system is tested according the
by implementing an electro-
medium voltage systems has
gone into the product.
magnetic mechanism for the latest standard IEC 62271.
The vacuum circuit-breaker uses a simple and reliable
circuit-breaker control, and it
Type FMX switchgear features electromagnetic mechanism for operation of the vacuum
a reliable and compact system
introduces an integrated cable
test facility outside of the high The system uses only environmentally friendly technology and materials. Since
interrupters. The construction of the mechanical linkage between
design, which benefits from
the best practices incorporated
voltage compartment.
the type FMX system is based on vacuum technology and solid insulation, the
the actuator and the drive rod of each of the three vacuum
interrupters is reduced in complexity, compared to a conventional
in Eaton's current range of
MV systems. The system is
tested according the latest
spring-charged mechanism. system is the latest environmentally friendly "green" switchgear on the market.
standard IEC 62271. Features
The new system incorporates highly innovative technology, by implementing
• Environmentally friendly vacuum interrupters
• Electromagnetic mechanism with controller
an electro - magnetic mechanism for the circuit-breaker control, and it
• introduces
Mechanical lever for hand-operated operation (switch off) an integrated cable test facility outside of the high voltage
• Mechanical position indicator for Open /compartment.
Closed position
• Auxiliary contacts for Open / Closed position
6054012BR04 P ower Xpert FMX AU _A4 07-03-13 14:50 P agina 7
Vacuum circuit-breaker
Complete Range up to 2000 A
The FMX comprises a complete In combination with Eaton's low governmental buildings and
The vacuum circuit-breaker uses a simple and reliable electromagnetic mechanism for operation
• Infrastructure projects
range up to 2000 A, with metal- voltage switchgear, busbar infrastructure projects. of the vacuum interrupters. The construction of the mechanical linkage between the actuator and
(tunnels, subways,

Main Components
enclosed modular compact
panels of a minimal 500 mm
width. Both the 12 and 24 kV
trunking, UPS products, project
management and service
capabilities, the FMX can be part
The design makes the FMX
system especially suitable for
applications where a reliable,
airports, etc.)
the drivechange-over
rod of each
• Hospitals
Two-position of the three vacuum interrupters is reduced in complexity, compared to a
switch
versions use the same compact
housing.
of a state of the art, complete
solution.
safe, economic (e.g. compact)
and clean (e.g. non-toxic) conventional spring-charged mechanism.
• Process
All panels
industry
are equipped
• Cement industry with a change-over switch consisting of
FMX completes the range of environment is necessary. interconnected contact pins moving in the horizontal plane. Since
• Mining industry
Eaton medium voltage switch- Application Areas • Environmentally friendly vacuum interrupters
it is mechanically interlocked, the change-over switch can only be • Mechanical position indicator for Open /
gear, being an extension to the The FMX is ideally suited for Some applications are: Vacuumwhencircuit-breaker
• Automotive
operated theindustry
circuit-breaker is in the open position.
successful products MMS
(double busbar), Unitole (with-
applications in main feeder • Utilities (main- and sub- • • Petrochemical
Electromagnetic
plants
mechanism with controller Closed position
stations, sub-distribution distribution stations) The• vacuum
Features circuit-breaker
Textile and paper industryuses a simple and reliable
drawable switchgear), SVS
(single busbar secondary switch-
stations and specific customer
requirements in (process) • Commercial and
electromagnetic mechanism for operation of the vacuum
• Mechanical lever for hand-operated
• Food
• Motor industry
or manually-operated
interrupters. The constructionswitch
of thewith two positions
mechanical linkage between
• Auxiliary contacts for Open / Closed position
gear) and Xiria (ring main unit). industry, commercial and governmental buildings
(Service
the Data/centres
• actuatorEarthed)
and the drive rod of each of the three vacuum
operation (switch off)
interrupters is reduced in complexity, compared
• Interconnected contact pins moving in the horizontal to a conventional
plane
spring-charged mechanism.
• Contact pins epoxy resin insulated and located in the busbar
compartment
2-position change-over switch
Features
• Auxiliary contacts for Service / Earthed positions
• Environmentally friendly vacuum interrupters
All panels are equipped with a change-over switch consisting of interconnected contact pins moving
• Mechanical position indicators
• Electromagnetic mechanism with controller
in the horizontal plane. Since it is mechanically interlocked, the change-over switch can only be
• Interlocked with the vacuum circuit-breaker
• Mechanical lever for hand-operated operation (switch off)
4 •operated when
Mechanical position the
indicator circuit-breaker
for Open / Closed position is in the open position.
• Auxiliary contacts for Open / Closed position
• Motor or manually-operated switch with two • Contact pins epoxy resin insulated and
positions (Service / Earthed) located in the busbar compartment
• Interconnected contact pins moving in the • Auxiliary contacts for Service / Earthed
Busbarshorizontal plane positions
Two-position change-over switch
•
bars
Mechanical
are equipped
standardised withposition
a change-over
cross-sections.
indicators
The busbars in the panel are constructed from high-quality aluminium
Allof
panels The shape switch consisting
of the busbar has of
• Interlocked with the vacuum circuit-breaker
interconnected
been contact
designed to attain pins moving
optimal in the
electrical fieldhorizontal
control. plane. Since
it is mechanically interlocked, the change-over switch can only be
operated when the circuit-breaker is in the open position.
Busbar
Features
• Busbars constructed from high-quality aluminium
Features
The busbars in the panel are constructed from high-quality aluminium bars of standardised cross-
• Branch of busbars made of copper or aluminium
• Motor or manually-operated switch with two positions
sections. The shape of the busbar has been designed to attain optimal electrical field control.
• Aluminium
(Service /parts are coated with galvanic silver layer
Earthed)
• Contact surfaces are
• Interconnected treated
contact with
pins Penetrox
moving in the horizontal plane
• Busbars constructed from high-quality
• Housed in busbar
• Contact ductresin
pins epoxy covering the full
insulated andwidth of the
located panel
in the busbar • Housed in busbar duct covering the full
• Aircompartment
aluminium; Branch of busbars made of
insulated
• Auxiliary contacts forcompartment
Service / Earthed positions
width of the panel
• Situated in fully closed complying with
•IP4X copper or aluminium; Aluminium parts are
degree ofposition
Mechanical protection
indicators • Air insulated
coated
• Interlocked with
with the galvanic
vacuum silver layer
circuit-breaker
• Situated in fully closed compartment
• Contact surfaces are treated with Penetrox complying with IP4X degree of protection
7

Safe in use Reliable and safe in Environmentally friendly Low total cost of User friendly
• Capacitive voltage operation • Minimised number of ownership • Cable connection and
detection system for • Complete Busbars
design components Low initial costs due to: user interfaces for
verification of safe certified inThe
accordance
busbars in the panel are constructed from high-quality aluminium
• Environmentally-
bars of standardised cross-sections. The shape of the busbar has
• Panels minimum operation on the front
isolation from supply with IEC been designed to attain optimal electrical
friendly materials used
field control. 500 mm width side of the unit
• Operation only • Arc fault tested
Features in in the design • Integrated arc channel • Ergonomic cable
possible with closed accordance with
• Busbars constructed from high-quality aluminium
• No use of SF6-gas with absorbers connection height of
• Branch of busbars made of copper or aluminium
cable compartment IEC 62271-200
• Aluminium parts are coated withfor switching
galvanic silver layer and • 12 kV and 24 kV 750 mm from floor
• Cable testing via • Single pole insulated
• Contact surfaces are treated withinsulation
Penetrox (green panels in the same level
• Housed in busbar duct covering the full width of the panel
integrated cable test primary parts within
• Air insulated
switching) housing • Cable (secondary)
facility outside high one compartment • Minimal
• Situated in fully closed compartment complyingnumber
with of No costs during service entry points on both
voltage compartments •
IP4X degree of protection
Ferro-resonance transition points in due to: sides of the low
• Voltage transformers protected voltage the primary design • Long-life, using epoxy voltage compartment
can be (dis) transformers enables low energy resin as insulation top plate
connected from the • Integrated (internal) loss during operation 7 medium • Facility for (dis)
primary circuit, with arc absorbers • Only re-usable and/or • Maintenance-free connecting the voltage
closed high voltage recyclable materials circuit breaker transformers, easily
compartments used (electromagnetic accessible from the
mechanism and front without entering
vacuum interrupters the HV compartment

14 Power Distribution product guide eatoncorp.com.au 2018

 Medium Voltage Assemblies
Air Insulated Switchgear
Power Xpert FMX
12 kV 17.5 kV 24 kV
Rated Voltage kV 12 17.5 24
Lightning Impulse withstand voltage kV 75 95 125
Power frequency withstand voltage kV 28 38 50
Rated frequency Hz 50 50 50
Internal arc class AFL 25 kA - 1 s AFL 25 kA - 1 s AFL 25 kA - 1 s
Loss of service continuity category LSC2B LSC2B LSC2B
Partition class PM PM PM
Earthing circuit kA - s 25-3 25-3 25-3
Compartment circuit-breaker/cable Interlock-controlled Interlock-controlled Interlock-controlled
54012BR04
6054012BR04
3-13 6054012BR04
14:51 Power
Power
PaginaXpert
17 Power
Xpert
FMX AU_A4
FMX
XpertAU_A4
FMX
07-03-13
AU_A4
07-03-13
14:51
07-03-13
14:51
Pagina
14:51
Pagina
17 Pagina
17 17 Tool-based / Tool-based / Tool-based /
Compartment busbar
3-13 14:51 Pagina 17
non-accessible non-accessible non-accessible
Degree of protection HV compartments (optional) IP4X IP4X IP4X
Degree of protection LV compartment IP3XD IP3XD IP3XD
Temperature classification Minus 5 °C indoor Minus 5 °C indoor Minus 5 °C indoor
Product
Product Product
Range Range Range
Busbar system
Rated normal current A 2000 2000 2000
Rated short-time withstand current kA - s 25-3 25-3 25-3
tion Rated peak withstand OptionOption current
Option
Option kAOption 63OptionOption Option Option63
Option Option 63
tion Circuit-breaker - incoming feeder
Option and sectionalizer Option
Rated normal current A 1250 - 1600 - 2000 1250 - 1600 - 2000 1250 - 1600 - 2000
Rated short-circuit breaking current kA 25 25 25
Rated short-circuit making current kA 63 63 63
Rated short-time withstand current kA - s 25-3 25-3 25-3
Circuit-breaker - outgoing feeder
Rated normal current A 630 - 800 630 - 800 630 - 800
Rated short-circuit breaking current kA 25 25 25
Rated
Option short-circuit
Option Option
Option Option making current OptionOption Option kA Option Option
Option 63 63 63
Rated
Option short-time Option withstand current kA - s 25-3 25-3 25-3
Class E2, C2 E2, C2 E2, C2
Operating cycles at short-circuit current 100 100 100
Option Option Option
Option
Single capacitor bank switching OptionOption OptionA 400 400 400
Mechanism
Option
Rated operating sequence A C+P
Class M2 M2 M2
eaker panel Opening Circuit-breaker
timeCircuit-breaker
Circuit-breaker
panel panelpanel
Busbar sectionalizer panel ms 50Busbar Busbar sectionalizer
Busbar sectionalizer
sectionalizer
panel panel50panel 50
eaker panel DC component Busbar sectionalizer panel % 35 35 35
Closing time ms 70 70 70
Number of operations actuator 30,000 30,000 30,000
Number of operations interrupter 30,000 30,000 30,000
Auxiliary voltage V 24, 48, 60,110, 220 VDC 24, 48, 60,110, 220 VDC 24, 48, 60,110, 220 VDC
2 cables Circuit-breaker
Circuit-breaker
Circuit-breaker
3 cables Change-over
Change-over
Change-over
Capacitive 2 cables2 cables2 cables
Voltage 3 cables3 cables3 cables
Voltage Capacitive
Capacitive
Current VoltageVoltage
Capacitive
110/230 VACVoltage Current110/230
VoltageVoltageVoltage Current CurrentVAC 110/230 VAC
switch switch
voltage switch transformer
detection transformervoltagevoltage
detection
voltage
transformer transformer
detection transformer
detection transformer
transformer transformer transformer
transformer transformer
transformer
2 cables Mechanism
3 cables change-over
Capacitive
system switch
at Voltage
the cable Voltage
at the busbar system Current at the cable
system system at the cable at cable
at the the busbar
at the busbar
at the busbar
Opening time transformer
voltage detection (disconnectable) transformer
(disconnectable) stransformer (disconnectable)
< 20 (disconnectable)
(disconnectable) (disconnectable)< 20
(disconnectable)
(disconnectable) < 20
system at the cable at the busbar
Closing time (disconnectable) (disconnectable) s < 20 < 20 < 20
Number of operations change-over switch 1,000 1,000 1,000
Dimensions Class
Dimensions
Dimensions (mm) (mm) (mm) M0 M0 M0

Main dimensions
CB 630
CBA630CB
CBA630
630 A
A 1325 mm wide
CB 1600 A CB 800
CBA800CB
CBA800
800 A
A CB 1600
CB
CB 1600
A CB A
1600 A
1600 A BS
1200 mm wide1600 A BS 1600 A FMX complies BSwith
BS 1600 A BSthe
1600 1600following
A A international standards
CB 2000 A CB 1250
CB 1250
A CB 1250
A
1250 AA BSCB 2000
1250CB
A 2000
CB A CB A
A
2000 A BSBS
BS 1250 A1250
BS 1250
AA
2000 BS BS
A
1250 A A
2000 BS 2000
IEC 62271-1 Common
BS 2000
A 2000 Aspecifications
BS A
CB 1600 A BS 1600 A
CB 2000 A BS 1250 A BS 2000 A IEC 62271-100 Circuit-breakers (E2, M2, C2)
IEC 62271-102 Disconnectors and earthing switches (E2, M0)
IEC 62271-200 Metal enclosed switchgear and controlgear
IEC 60044-1 Current transformers
IEC 60044-2 Voltage transformers
IEC 60529 Degrees of protection (IP Code)
IEC 61850 Communication networks and systems in substations
IEC 61243-5 Live working - Voltage detectors - Part 5: Voltage
2100

2100

2100

detecting systems

Depth: 1450 mm
Extra panel height: 500 mm for busbar side voltage transformers, 150 mm for
busbar venting box, 500 mm for busbar side cooling box on 2000 A panels.
1000 500 500 500 1000 1000 1000
1200 1200
13251200 1200 1325 1325 1325

1000Depth:Depth:
1450 Depth:
mm 1450 mm
1450 mm 1200 1325

bar side voltage Extra height:

Extra transformers,
panel
Extra height:
panel panel
500 height:
150 mm
mm500for
mm
for 500
formm
busbar
busbar for voltage
busbar
side busbar
ventingside
box,side
500 voltage
voltagemm for transformers,
transformers,
transformers,
150 mm
busbar 150for
side mm150
formm
busbar
cooling boxfor
onbusbar
busbar
venting box,Aventing
venting
2000 500
box,
mm
panels.box,
500for
mm500
formm
busbar for cooling
busbar
side busbar sideon
side cooling
box cooling
box
2000onbox onA2000
A2000
panels. A panels.
panels.
Power Distribution product guide eatoncorp.com.au 2018 15
bar side voltage transformers, 150 mm for busbar venting box, 500 mm for busbar side cooling box on 2000 A panels. 17 17 17 17

17
 Medium Voltage Assemblies
Air Insulated Switchgear
Power Xpert UX 3.6kV - 24 kV
Eaton understands that real estate is a valuable resource. The available
space must be optimized to ensure building and land costs are minimized,
without compromise to the solution design or functionality.
The footprint of Eaton’s Power Xpert UX switchgear is one of the most
compact of all systems available on the market. 12/17.5kV vacuum circuit
breaker (VCB) panels with rated current of 630/1250A up to 31.5kA are
only 600mm wide and 1320mm deep – up to 37% less floor area than
similar switchgear solutions on the market. Along with a compact footprint,
the Power Xpert UX system offers flexible design options for the most
demanding of applications.
The Power Xpert UX platform has three high-voltage compartments
separated by earthed metal barriers, providing the highest loss of service
continuity classification LSC2B and partition class PM; The busbar
compartment, the switch device compartment and the cable compartment.
For personnel safety, the Power Xpert UX system is designed with a
number of comprehensive mechanical interlocks according to IEC62271-
200 for safe and reliable operation of the switchgear. Additional electrical or
mechanical key interlocks are available to secure safe and reliable operation
for busbar earthing and up or downstream interlocking
Eaton’s expertise in switchgear innovation, including cast-resin, vacuum circuit breaker and
contactor technologies, arc interruption and electrical field control have been integrated into the
design and development of Power Xpert UX. This ensures that the switchgear has the highest
levels of safety and operational reliability at all times.

Maximising performance and safety Best-in-class testing

ng with safety innovation

• Safety first No matter where the system is produced around the world, the same rigorous testing is provided as
• Ensuring maximum uptime standard. You can count on Eaton’s commitment to quality, beginning in the design phase with full
3rd party type testing to all relevant IEC standards, right through to factory and on site acceptance
• Flexibility in small foot print testing. In addition to compliance to ISO 9001, all manufacturing locations must adhere to Eaton’s
nologies that offer best-in-class operation and quality system to ensure the highest quality standards are delivered.
maintenance,
UX system is designed with safety in mind.
SF6-free design
switchgear innovation, including cast-resin, vacuum circuit breaker and
The
es, arc interruption and electrical field control have combination
been integratedofinto
vacuum
the interrupters for switching, cast-resin technology and clean air as the isolation
medium ensures
ment of Power Xpert UX. This ensures that the switchgear has the that the Power Xpert UX is an environmental friendly system. Without SF6 gas, plant
highest
operational reliability at all times. maintenance and operation is simplified and costly administration, SF6 gas management and end of life
disposal costs are minimized.

Vacuum circuit breaker technology

By designing a simple and efficient low energy springcharged mechanism with the minimum possible
Internal arc classification (IAC) AFLR
number of parts, the maintenance requirements normally associated with this type of mechanism are
ones up to 50kA for 1 second
minimized. The W-VACi breaker is virtually maintenance-free.

d isolated Internal arc classification

In the unlikely event of an (IAC) AFLR Theup to 50kA
system has for 1 second
been proven
uce the internal arc fault, the of
metal
nal faults In the unlikely event an internal by
arcindependent 3rd-party
fault, the metal enclosed design and robust construction
enclosedthe
enables design
Power andXpert
robust
UX systemtesting to provide an
to successfully internal
pass internal arcing tests in accordance with
on of arc construction enables the arc the
classification (IAC)ofofprotection
AFLR.
IEC 62271-200. This standard defines required level in the event of an internal arc
Power Xpert UX system to
fault, in all three primary compartments A = Protection for personnel Fully insulated and isolated current
up to 50kA for 1 second.
successfully pass internal
paths reduce the potential for internal faults through the creation of arc free zones.
arcing tests in accordance with F = Protection at the front
IEC 62271-200. This standard
defines the required leveldoors
of L = Protection at the sides
Racking behind closed
Fully insulated busbar system. protection in the event of an
behind To maximize operator safety PowerRXpert = Protection at the
UX enables rear
operation of the withdrawable switching device
Remote
internal operation
arc fault, in all three
from test to service and back to the test position, all behind closed doors. This ensures full internal arc
oors primary compartments up to
containment
For additional
50kA forsafety, at
fullall
1 second. times during operation.
remote
operation of the switchboard
erator safety is possible without the need
X enables Remote
to enter operation
the switch room.
withdrawable Operational safety andsafety,
auto- full remote operation of the switchboard is possible without the need to enter
For additional
eliability through accessibility of compartments
e from test to
k to the test
mation can be further enhanced
the switch room. Operational safety and automation can be further enhanced by including the remote
by including the remote racking
ind closed racking
option option for withdrawable switching devices and the option for remote operation of the integral
for withdrawable
ures full internal • switching devices and the
ersonnel
at all times
Busbar compartment:
Racking behind closed door. earthing switches. Full remote operation.
eration Tool-based / non-accessible option for remote operation of
n. the integral earthing switches.
e is • Switching device compart-
g access
ment: Interlock controlled
partments
design. • Cable compartment:

usthe24/7 temperature
Tool-based or monitoring
option for
y interlock controlled
to through permanently installed self-powered,
ction
ared sensors that continuously monitor the thermal
ts and cable connections. The monitoring system
on of hotspots at an early stage of development and
e maintenance data to prevent potential downtime. Interlock controlled access to the Interlock controlled access to the
16 Power Distribution product guide eatoncorp.com.au 2018
switching device compartment. cable compartment.
 diagnostics are essential to any reliable and safe network.

Medium Voltage Assemblies

Primary components
Air Insulated Switchgear
Power Xpert UX 3.6kV - 24 kV 24/7 thermal monitoring system
Eaton is one of the few global, fully integrated manufacturers of high-voltage switchgear. Utilizing
24/7corethermal monitoring
technologies of vacuum system
interruption and cast resin insulation, switching devices used within
the Power Xpert UX switchgear have outstanding performance including:
By determining potential reliability issues before By determining
they occur, potential The system
uptime can be increased provides
through valuable
planned
and •preventative maintenance. Eaton has reliability issues
partnered with before theya worlddata
Exertherm, forinpreventative
leader continuous main-
Optimal arc control • Insensitivity to environment
thermal monitoring, to provide •the Power Xpertoccur,UX uptime
system canwith
be increased tenance. Based
an optional continuous 24/7on real-time
temperature
• Virtually maintenance-free SF6 free
monitoring system. Hotspots in joints and through
cable planned andare
connections preven-
detected atdata,
an preventative
early stage of maintenance
development
• High electrical endurance • Long service tative
life maintenance. Eaton has can be scheduled to reduce
via permanently installed infrared sensors.

mary components
partnered with Exertherm, a unplanned downtime.
The system provides valuable data for preventative world leadermaintenance.
in continuous Based on real-time data, preventative
The thermal monitoring
maintenance can be scheduled to reduce unplanned thermal monitoring,
downtime. to The
provide
thermal monitoring system is modular
system is modular and can
and can be scaled to any size of installation. theLocal
Power or Xpert
remote UXmonitoring
system of the system is possible via local
e of the few global,display
Eaton’s
or web industry
connection. leading medium with voltage
an optional technology
continuous
be scaled to any size of
fully integrated manufacturers of high-voltage switchgear. Utilizing installation. Local or remote
24/7 temperature
ologies of vacuum interruption and cast resin insulation, switching devices used within monitoring
monitoring of the system is
Xpert UX switchgear have outstanding performance including: system. Hotspots in joints Panel mounted alarm module Self-powe
Primaryand components possible via local display or
cable connections are connects via MODBUS to the infrared s
web connection.
rc control • Insensitivity to environment
Eaton isdetected at an early stage of integrated manufacturers of high-voltagesystem data cards mounted within

onents
one of the few global, fully switchgear. Utilizing
maintenance-free • SF6 free development
core technologies of via permanently
vacuum interruption and cast resin insulation, switchingthe switchgear
devices used forwithin
local orthe
remote
installed infrared sensors. alarm and data logging.
trical endurance • Long service life Power Xpert UX switchgear have outstanding performance including:
• Optimal arc control • High electrical endurance • SF6 free
• Virtually maintenance-free • Insensitivity to environment • Long service life
acturers of high-voltage switchgear. Utilizing
s industry
sin leadingdevices
insulation, switching mediumused voltage
within technology
Vacuum circuit breakers - Type W-Vaci
formance including:
• Type tested in accordance with IEC62271-100 • Full range of accessories
Vacuum circuit breakers Vacuum contactors Vacuum contactors Earthing switch
nvironment • 12/17.5kV up to 4000A 50kA/3sec. • Optional remote racking capability
Type W-VACi Type W-SLC Type W-SLN
• Type tested in accordance • Tested
• inWide
SmartPX downtime avoidance
• 24kV up to 2500A 31.5kA/3sec.
accordance
rangewith
AC or• Tested
of in accordance
DC auxiliary
• Electrical or mechanical key interlocking options
with
Type tested in accordance
control •

•
with IEC62271-100
12/17.5kV up to 4000A •
and maintenance
IEC 62271-106
voltages
Mid-mount type Roll-on floor type
•
system with
IEC 62271-106 IEC62271-102
12/17.5kV up to 50kA/3sec. •
50kA/3sec. 130kA peak
• 3.6/7.2/12kV ratings 3.6/7.2kV ratings
•
• 24kV up to 2500A Vacuum Eaton’s SmartPX
contactors
™
- Type isW-SLC
an Modern• operations require
24kV up to 31.5kA/3sec.
Pump 2

• Contactor switching • Contactor

advanced intelligent system switching increasingly effective
Cell ID: A2 [A] 0
31.5kA/3sec. 80kA peak
up to 400A up to 400A
• Testedfor in accordance
control with IEC 62271-106 to • Wide range of AC or DC auxiliary control
Device Address 4

m voltage technology motor and power strategies avoid process

40

Wide range of AC or DC • Optional remote operating

Cell Name: Pump 2
•
Morevoltages
30
Maximum fuse/contactor • Maximum fuse/contactor
Tap Picture to Reset

auxiliary control voltages

•
distribution.
• Mid-mount type The system downtime. capability and more
real-time data• Flexibility in arc control power transformer
20
combination: 200A combination: 400A
provides an extensive range is On-board
required tocontactor
Average Current (A) 22.0

circuit breakers Vacuum contactors Vacuum contactors ratingsEarthing switch

10
witchgear. Utilizing • Full range of accessories
• 3.6/7
• Breaking .2/12kV
capacity with fuse • Breaking capacity with develop
fuse
Average Voltage (V) 6000.0

vices used within

• Optional remote racking up to 50kA
of protection, monitoring
up to 50kA
and channel
algorithms that
option solutions Average Power (kW) 229.0
0
15:44:04 15:45:04 15:46:04

-VACi Type W-SLC

capability
Type• W-SLN
Contactor
controlswitching
functions,upeither
to 400A
locally monitor the system’s health
Thermal Capacity Used (%) 0.0
02-02-17 02-02-17 02-02-17

• Wide range of AC or DC
or voltages • Wide range of AC or DC
via afuse/contactor
network. It can be and predict • • Arc
Optional
problems. channels remotewith
provided
Rather racking capability Alarm Text Alarm On Alarm Off

• Electrical or mechanical key • Maximum

auxiliary combination: 200A Current Phase A (A) 20.0 Average Current High Li... 15:44:41 02-02-17 15:45:43 02-02-17

ed in accordance • Tested in accordance with • Tested incontrol

accordance
used in a with auxiliary
stand-alone
control voltages
• Type tested in accordance
mode or than overloading
•
integrated arc absorber
the system’s
Electrical or mechanical key interlocking options
Current Phase B (A) 22.0

interlocking options technology for venting gases

62271-100 IEC 62271-106 • IEC •
On-board Breaking
contactor capacity
62271-106 control
integrated intowith fuse
• with
On-board
other up to 50kA
IEC62271-102
contactor
systems control
network with more inside data,
the switch room,
Current Phase C (C)

Voltage VAB (V)

24.0

6000.0

V up to 4000A • Mid-mount type

power transformer
• Roll-on floor type
option power transformer option
• 12/17.5kV up to 50kA/3sec. without the need to exhaust Voltage VBC (V) 6000.0

such as DCS and SCADA. The the SmartPX system stores

to the outside
Voltage VCA (V) 6000.0

c. • Optional remote racking • 130kA

Suitablepeak
for integration in
• 3.6/7.2/12kV ratings Vacuum
• 3.6/7.2kV
capability
ratingscontactors
SmartPX system- Type
is W-SLN
capable
400mm wide Slimline
and analyzes local data and
• Different heights of arc
Ground Fault Current (A)

Current Unbalance (%)

0.0

0.0
Alarms
o 2500A • 24kV up to 31.5kA/3sec.
sends only relevant
of storing and analyzing data Widealarms
Ack All History
Enabled
• Contactor switching
• Tested
• Contactor switching
in accordance withpeak
IEC
contactor 62271-106
panel • channels range of AC or DC auxiliary control
Voltage Unbalance (%) 0.0
are available
sec. • Electrical 80kA
up to 400A up to 400Aor mechanical
to streamlinekey
corrective and and warnings •toFlexible
the upstream Analysis and

ge of AC or DC interlocking
• Roll-onoptions • Electrical or mechanical key
floor type maintenance
• Optional remote operating voltages solutions to connect Control
Arc channel with integral arc absorber. Lo
• Maximum fuse/contactor preventative
• Maximum fuse/contactor of
interlocking options system, through thepush
arc channel to the wall
ology
control voltages
combination: 200A
Flexibility combination:
in • arc3.6/7400A
capability
.2kV ratingselectrical equipment
connected notifications •
and On-board
flange
emails contactor
(via sides,
via front or rearcontrol power transformer
SmartPX logs and trends the total power, current
e of accessories of the installation), in case
• Breaking capacity with fuse • Breaking capacityby learningfuse load profiles
withswitching over LAN, WLAN or ofSMS.option used by the power distribution system and stores
channel solutions • Contactor up to 400A venting gases outside the
remote racking up to 50kA up to 50kA time and using that data to
• switch
Suitableroom
for integration SmartPX softwarewide
in 400mm monitors the electrical parame
Slimline
• Wide range of AC or DC • Wide • range
Maximum
ofpredict
AC or DCfuse/contactor
dangerous trends. combination: 400A system and detects patterns that may lead to fut
• Arc channels provided with contactor panel
or mechanical key auxiliary control voltages auxiliary control voltages
• Breaking capacity with fuse up to 50kA
actors
ng options Vacuum contactors
• On-board contactor control
technology for
Earthing
integrated arc absorber
On-board
• venting
switch
contactor control
gases • Electrical or mechanical key interlocking options
Type W-SLN
power inside the switch
transformer option room,
power transformer option
without the need to exhaust
• Optional remote racking • Earthing
to the outside Suitable switch
for integration in
capability 400mm wide Slimline
ance with • Tested in accordance with heights
• Different •of•
arc Type
Type
contactor tested
tested
panel in accordance with IEC62271-102
in accordance • Space
24kV saving
up to 31.5kA/3sec. 80kA peak
• Electrical or mechanical key
IECinterlocking
62271-106 options with
channels are available
•
• Electrical orIEC62271-102
12/17 .5kV up key
mechanical to 50kA/3sec. 130kA peak • solutions
Optional remote operating capability
Roll-on floor type Flexible solutions to connect
interlocking options
•
• • 12/17.5kV up channel
Arc to 50kA/3sec.
with integral arc absorber. Low height arc channels.
the arc channel to the wall POWER XPERT UX High-voltage switchge
ngs
130kA peak
• 3.6/7.2kV ratings flange (via sides, front or rear Flexibility
Flexibility in arcin arc • Current and voltage
transformers located in
m contactors Earthing switch of the installation), in case
• 24kV up to 31.5kA/3sec. channel channel solutions
solutions the bus riser
hing Flexibility
• Contactor
10 in arc channel
switching of solutions
venting gases outside the
W-SLN POWER XPERT UX High-voltage switchgear system
switch room 80kA peak • Voltage transformer and
• up
Arctochannels
400A • Arc•channels
Arc channels
provided
provided
with with
provided with • Flexible solutions tointegrated
connect
integrated arc absorber the arc
arc absorber integral fault-making busbar
• Optional remote operating technology technology
for venting
for venting
gasesgases earthing combined in the
contactor
n accordance with integrated
• Maximum arc absorber technology
fuse/contactor
• Type tested in accordance channel to the wall flange (via sides, bus coupler
capability insideinside
the switch
the switch
room,room,
0A
71-106 combination:
forwith 400A inside the switch
IEC62271-102
venting gases front or rear of the installation),
without
without
the need
the need toin
to exhaust
exhaust
• Top mounted voltage
to thetooutside
the outside
loor type
y with fuse • room, without
•
Breaking the
capacity need
with to exhaust
12/17.5kV up to 50kA/3sec.
fuse case of venting• Different
gases outside
• Different
heights
heights the
of arcof arc
transformers Top mounted voltage transformers. To
130kA peak bu
V ratings to to
up the50kA
outside switch room channels channels
are available
are available •Top with
Arc channel mounted integral
integral fault
arc absorber Low height arc channels.
• 24kV up to 31.5kA/3sec. • Flexible
• Flexible
solutions
solutions
to connect
to connect making busbar earthing
or switching • Different heights of DC
arc channels are Arc channel
Arc channel
with integral
with integral
arc absorber.
arc absorber. Low height
Low height
arc channels.
arc channels.
C0Aor DC • Wide80kA peak
range of AC or the arc
thechannel
arc channel
to thetowall
the wall
• Multiple sets of current
voltages
m fuse/contactor
available
auxiliary control
• Optional Space saving
remote voltages
operating
flangeflange
(via sides,
(via sides,
of theofinstallation),
front front
the installation),
or rear
in case
or rear
in case transformers per phase

solutions
capability of venting
of venting
gasesgases
outsideoutside
the the
• Fixed/removable and
ation: 400A
tor control • On-board contactor control switchswitch
room room
withdrawable voltage
ger optionwith fuse
capacity power transformer option transformers
kA POWER XPERT UX Space saving solutions • Current and voltage
High-voltage switchgear system • On board control power
racking • Suitable for integration
nge of AC or DC • Current and voltage
in
transformers located in
400mm wide Slimline the transformers
bus riser • Top mounted voltage transformers transformer (contactor)
control voltages
located in the bus riser
contactor panel • Voltage transformer and • Multiple sets of current transformers
dhanical
contactorkeycontrol integral
ransformer option • Voltage transformer andfault-making
integral busbar per phase
ons • Electrical or mechanical earthingkey
combined in the SpaceSpace savingsaving
fault-makingoptions
interlocking busbar busearthing
coupler • Fixed/removable and withdrawable
for integration in solutions
solutions
wide Slimline combined in the• bus couplervoltage
Top mounted voltage transformers
or panel • Current
• Current
and voltage
and voltage Top mounted integral fault-making
• Top mounted integral transformers
fault making Top mounted voltage transformers. Top mounted integral fault-making
al or mechanical key • On board controltransformers
power transformer
transformers
located
located
in in busbar earthing.
busbar earthing.
the bus
theriser
bus riser
king options busbar earthing • Top mounted integral fault (contactor) Current and voltage transformers
making busbar earthing • Voltage
• Voltage
transformer
transformer
and and located in the
integral
integral
fault-making
fault-making
busbarbusbar Multiple sets of bus riser.
current transformers Cu
• Multiple sets of current earthing
earthing
combined
combined
in thein the per phase. in
transformers per phase bus coupler
bus coupler
• Top• mounted
Top mounted
Power Distribution product guide
voltage
voltage
eatoncorp.com.au 2018 17
• Fixed/removable and transformers
transformers Top mounted
Top mounted
voltage
voltage
transformers.
transformers. Top mounted
Top mounted
integral
integral
fault-making
fault-making
withdrawable voltage busbarbusbar
earthing.
earthing.
• Top• mounted
Top mounted
integral
integral
fault fault
transformers makingmaking
busbar
busbar
earthing
earthing
Medium Voltage Assemblies
Air Insulated Switchgear
Power Xpert UX 3.6kV - 24 kV
3.6 kV 7.2 kV 12 kV 17.5 kV
Electrical data
24 kV
Rated voltage kV 3.6 7.2 12 17.5 System 24
Impulse withstand voltage kV 40 60 75 95 125
Rated voltage
Power frequency withstand voltage kV 10 20 28 38 50 voltage
Impulse withstand
Rated frequency Hz 50/60 50/60 50/60 50/60 Power frequency
50/60withstand voltage
Busbar system Rated frequency
Rated normal current A 630 … 4000 630 … 4000 630 … 4000 Busbar system
630 … 4000 630 … 2500
Rated short time withstand current kA/s 25 … 50/3 25 … 50/3 25 … 50/3 Rated normal
25 … 50/3 20current
… 31.5/3
Rated short time withstand current
Rated peak withstand current kA 63 … 125 63 … 125 63 … 125 63 … 125 50 … 80
Rated peak withstand current
Circuit-breaker type W-VACi
Circuit-breaker type W-VACi
Rated nominal current A 630 … 4000 (FC) 630 … 2500
Rated nominal current
Rated breaking current kA 25 … 50/3 25 … 50/3 25 … 50/3 25 … 50/3 20 … 31.5/3
Rated breaking current
Rated short-circuit making current kA 63 … 125 63 … 125 63 … 125 63 … 125 50 … making
Rated short-circuit 80 current
Rated short time withstand current kA/s 25 … 50/3 25 … 50/3 25 … 50/3 25 … 50/3
Rated short 20
time… 31.5/3 current
withstand
Contactor type W-SLC Contactor type W-SLC
Rated nominal current A 400 400 400 - - current
Rated nominal
Rated current contactor / fuse combination A Max. 200 Max. 200 Max. 200 - - contactor / fuse combination
Rated current
Rated breaking current kA 50 (limited by the fuse) - Rated breaking
- current
Rated short time withstand current kA/s 6/1 6/1 6/1 - Rated short -time withstand current
Rated peak withstand current
Rated peak withstand current kA 15.6 15.6 15.6 - -
Earthing switch Earthing switch
Rated short-circuit making current
Rated short-circuit making current kA 63 … 130 63 … 130 63 … 130 63 … 130 50 … 80
Rated short time withstand current
Rated short time withstand current kA/s 25 …50/3 25 …50/3 25 …50/3 25 …50/3 20 … 31.5/3
Contactor type W-SLN (Slimline)
Contactor type W-SLN (Slimline)
Rated nominal current
Rated nominal current A 400 400 400 - - contactor / fuse combination
Rated current
Rated current contactor / fuse combination A Max. 400 (double fuse) - -
Rated breaking current
Rated breaking current kA 50 (limited by the fuse) - Rated short -time withstand current
Rated short time withstand current kA/s 6/1 6/1 6/1 - Rated peak -withstand current
Rated peak withstand current kA 15.6 15.6 15.6 - Earthing switch
-
Earthing switch Rated short-circuit making current kA 15.6 15.6 15.6 - Rated short-circuit
- making current
Rated short time withstand current
Rated short time withstand current kA/s 6/1 6/1 6/1 - -
Internal arc Internal arc
Internal arc classification AFLR
Internal arc classification AFLR kA/s Up to 50/1 Up to 50/1 Up to 50/1 Up to 50/1 Up to 31.5/1
Enclosure data
Enclosure data
Degree of protection
Degree of protection IP4X (IP41, IP42 or IP44 as an option)
Loss of service continuity category
Loss of service continuity category LSC2B Partition class
Partition class PM Standard color
Standard color RAL7035

Main dimensions Ma
System Width A (mm) Height B (mm) Height C1) (mm) Depth D (mm) Syste

3.6/7.2kV 3.6/7.2
Slimline contactor 400 2200 2760 1770 Slimlin
3.6/7.2/12kV 3.6/7.2
Mid-mount contactor panel 600 2200 2760 1320 Mid-m
3.6/7.2/12/17.5kV 3.6/7.2
630A - 25kA 600 2200 2760 1320 630A -
1250A - 25/31.5kA 600 2200 2760 1320 1250A
2000A - 25/31.5kA 800 2200 2760 1320 2000A
2500A
2500A - 25/31.5kA 800 2200 2760 1320
1250A
B
C

1250A - 40/50kA 800 2200 2760 1500

2000A
2000A - 40/50kA 800 2200 2760 1500 3150A
3150A - 25/31.5/40/50kA 1000 2200 2760 1500
24kV
24kV 1250A
1250A - 20/25/31.5kA 800 2320 2880 1570 2000A
2000A - 20/25/31.5kA 1000 2320 2880 1570 2500A
2500A - 20/25/31.5kA 1000 2320 2880 1570 1) Tota
For t

18 Power Distribution product guide eatoncorp.com.au 2018

 Medium Voltage Assemblies
Air Insulated Switchgear
Power Xpert UX 36kV
Eaton’s Power Xpert UX™ 36 IEC high-voltage switchgear is
designed for your most critical applications.
At Eaton, our focus is on developing the latest in power
distribution, control and protection technologies that optimize
the performance of your installation, while keeping your
personnel and equipment safe from harm. With over 90 years
of experience in high-voltage switching and vacuum technology,
our customers can depend on our expertise to provide the right
equipment for the most demanding of applications.
Designed to be fully scalable, the Power Xpert UX 36 enables
you to create a fit-for-purpose high-voltage switchgear system.
With ratings up to 2500A and 31.5kA, this system provides
reliable power distribution for applications.
The Power Xpert UX 36 is free of SF6, which eliminates
recording and re-filling, SF6 inspections at end-of-life and
disposal costs, reducing your total cost of ownership.

The integral arc-chamber

Evacuates the gases associated with an internal arc. Optional standard parts are available to
extend the arc chamber; flanges and grilles are available to exhaust the gases outside the
switchgear room. Internal Arc Classification of AFLR – 31.5kA – 1 sec.

The low voltage compartment

Segregated with earthed metal partitions with ample
space for control and protection devices. A fully
segregated horizontal wireway connects all the low-voltage
compartments.

The switching device compartment

Fully segregated by earthed metal partitions, with its
own pressure relief channel into the arc chamber,
the compartment provides all the safety interlocking
mechanisms required for safe and reliable operation of the
vacuum circuit breaker.

The busbar compartment

Busbars are totally enclosed in their own earthed metal compartment, which vents into the arc chamber.
Fully insulated along their entire length, the busbars are type tested for ratings up to 2500, 31.5kA for 3
seconds. Earthed metal partitions segregate switchgear sections.

The cable compartment

Ample cable termination provision is provided for up to 6 single core cables per phase to enter the
bottom of the switchgear and are terminated with compression lugs onto copper tails provided in the
bottom of each panel.

Safety and reliability through accessibility of compartments

Ensuring safety of personnel whether in operation or maintenance is essential and is further enhanced in
the Power Xpert UX 36 by providing a level of accessibility that limits unauthorized access.
IEC62271-200 defines the accessibility classification for each of the power sections in the switchgear.
The system has the following accessibility definitions:
• • Busbar: tool-based/non-accessible
• • Circuit breaker: interlocked controlled
• • Cable: tool-based or option for interlocked controlled

Vacuum switching Vacuum circuit breaker

With over 90 years of experience in the field, Eaton is a world By designing a simple, modular, efficient and low energy spring-
leader in vacuum switching technology. charged mechanism with the fewest possible number of parts
for the vacuum circuit breaker, normal maintenance requirements
SF6-free design are dramatically reduced. The 360W-VACi breaker is virtually
The combination of vacuum interrupters for switching, cast- maintenance-free.
resin technology, and clean air as the insulation medium, makes
the system environmentally friendly and helps maintain quality LSC2B-PM construction
throughout the product lifecycle. Because there is no SF6 The construction of the system ensures maximum uptime as
gas, plant maintenance and operation is simplified and costly personnel can safely perform maintenance on the cable compartment
administration, gas management and end-of-life disposal costs with live busbars or the switching device compartment with live
are minimized. busbars and cables.

Power Distribution product guide eatoncorp.com.au 2018 19

Medium Voltage Assemblies
Air Insulated Switchgear
Power Xpert UX 36kV
The flexibility to design and configure the Power Xpert UX 36 to your specific needs
helps to ensure it is built for your applications.
Standard configurations for power distribution and control are readily available within
the Power Xpert UX 36 product range. Standard VCB ratings of 1250A, 2500A at
36kV meet the requirements of virtually all applications.

Special configurations
In addition to VCB panels, the Power Xpert UX 36 offers a range of panels with
specialized configurations, increasing the flexibility of the switchgear. One of these
configurations is the equipped riser panel, which allows for a busbar-connected
voltage transformer (VT) and control transformers (CT) to be mounted in the riser.
This can reduce the overall length of the lineup reducing the cost of the building.

Primary components
Eaton power control and protection components are among the best in the world. The Power Xpert UX 36 is designed specifically
around these components and provides a best-in-class power distribution system. Fully third-party type tested to meet even the
most arduous of applications.

Vacuum circuit breaker type 360W-VACi Truck-mounted fused voltage transformer Earthing switch
• Type tested in accordance with • Fused transformer truck arranged to • Tested in accordance with IEC 62271-102
IEC 62271-100 mount into either an equipped riser or an • Fully type tested within Power Xpert UX
• 36kV Ratings auxiliary (metering) panel 36 switchgear with ratings of 31.5kA-3s
• 1250A • Arranged for mounting 3 single-phase • 2,000 mechanical operations M1 class
• 2500A cast resin transformers with integral • Optional remote operation
primary fuse protection
• With Isc ratings of 31.5kA-3s
• Wide range of ratings and classes of VT
• Full range of field mountable accessories, are available
shunt trip, UVR, motorized mechanism,
auxiliary contacts

Secondary components
Safe and reliable operation of any switchgear relies heavily on a clear, uncomplicated control and protection system. Clarity of operation is
key to the design of the control and protection systems in the Power Xpert UX 36.

Clear, uncluttered low voltage compartment

• Clear monitoring and simple operation provide added safety and security to the installation
• Ample space for protection relays
• Space for circuit metering
• VCB local Open/Close switch
• Contactor On/Off pushbutton control
• LED indicators provide clear VCB or contactor position and Open/Close status
• Earth switch Open/Close status LED indicator

Voltage detection system (VDS)

• In accordance with IEC 61243-5, voltage detection systems shown here provide additional
operator and maintenance personnel safety
• Capacitive sensors in the cable compartment provide the power to the monitor mounted on the
door of the low voltage compartment door
• Voltage detection systems provide visual indication that voltage is present at the monitored
location, whether that is the cable or a busbar location
Other manufacturer’s systems can be integrated within the Power Xpert UX 36.

20 Power Distribution product guide eatoncorp.com.au 2018

 Medium Voltage Assemblies
Air Insulated Switchgear
Power Xpert UX 36kV 36 kV
Rated voltage kV 36
Lightning impulse withstand voltage kV 170
Power frequency withstand voltage kV 70
Rated frequency Hz 50/60
Internal arc class AFLR
Loss of service continuity category LSC2B
Partition class PM
Earthing circuit kA - 3 s 31.5
Accessibility of compartments
Circuit breaker compartment Interlock-controlled
Busbar compartment Tool-based/non-accessible
Cable compartment Tool-based or interlock-controlled
External degree of protection IP4X (IP41 as an option)
Internal degree of protection IP2X
Installation Indoor
Temperature classification C
o
-5 to +40
Relative humidity (max) % 95
Busbar system
Rated normal current A 1250, 2500
Rated short-time withstand current kA - 3 s 31.5
Rated peak withstand current kA 82
Circuit breaker ratings
Rated normal current A 1250, 2500
Rated short-circuit breaking current kA 31.5
Rated short-circuit making current kA 82
Rated short-time withstand current kA - 3 s 31.5
Class E2, M2, C2
Breaking number of short-circuit current 30
Auxiliary voltage V AC110/220 - DC110/220
Mechanism
Rated operating sequence A O - 0.3s - CO - 15s - CO
Class M2
Number of operations >10,000
Number of operations interrupter >10,000

Main dimensions

Panel width (A) 1200mm

36 kV
Max. rating 1250A, 2500A
Depth 2600
Height (A) 2400
Height including arc chamber (B) 2950

Power Distribution product guide eatoncorp.com.au 2018 21

Medium Voltage Assemblies
Gas Insulated Switchgear
RVAC Ring Main Unit
RVAC RMUs are fully sealed and insulated switchgears developed by ECPS
exclusively for the cable system, and have been extensively applied in the urban grid
system across the country since introduction in 1995 with their excellent operating
performance.
RVAC RMU’s are characterized by the following:
• Insulation using SF6 gas
• Three position SF6 Switch as the breaking device in the load switch unit to break
rated current
• Vacuum arc-extinguishing chamber as the breaking device in the circuit breaker unit
to break short-circuit current.
• Based on the design principles of all insulation and omniseal, all primary parts of
a RVAC RMU are fully enclosed in the SS main case, free from condensation and
foreign materials. The main case has the protection grade of IP67 and is equipped
with Cooper touchable waterproof cable joints to protect against occasional floods
in flood-prone areas
Currently, the development of a grid system is focused on application of ecological
resources, requiring a medium-voltage switchgear which is characterised by energy
conservation, low operating cost, reliable performance and flexible configuration.
Featuring long service life, compact structure and re-usability, the RVAC RMUs have
become a role model economically and ecologically.
With rapid development of urbanization, the improvement and perfection of buried
cable system has loomed large in terms of equipment and many other aspects. Ring
main units (RMU), as the main equipment for protection and sectional isolation of the
buried cable system, have been widely used in the urban grid system with their safe
and reliable performance, compact and pleasant appearance, and outstanding cost
performance.
As the leader in the distribution switch gear field, Eaton Cooper Power Systems
(ECPS) started design and production of high-quality distribution switchgears as early
as 1942, with over 2,000,000 switchgears in proper operation throughout the world
up to now.

Vacuum technology features

• As the leader in the vacuum technology field, Eaton carries forward the innovation of
vacuum Westinghouse and HOLEC arc-extinguishing chambers
• Eaton is the first enterprise to develop proprietary technologies for
copper-chromium alloy contactor and inner shield
• The arc-extinguishing chamber developed by Eaton for contactor has a long service life of
2,500,000 operations
• Almost all of global high-end electrical equipment manufacturers are our purchasers of our
arc-extinguishing chambers

SF6 gas insulated system

• All primary HV components are enclosed in SF6 gas tank, free from ambient conditions and
maintenance and ensuring full insulation
• The main case has the protection grade of IP67 and is equipped with Cooper prefab
shielded touchable cable accessories, allowing for long-term operation underwater or at
other extreme conditions
• Advanced gas shielded welding and the pressure seal system with the leak rate of ≤1‰/a
is available, ensuring a service life of 30 years

Load break switch

The load switch is a three-position switch for opening, closing and grounding.
The movable blade at the opening position provides enough insulation distance. Opening and
closing of master switch and grounding switch can be available respectively with one operating
handle, and master switch and grounding switch are mechanically interlocked.
• Arch-extinguishing with deionised metal grating for load switch ensures excellent breaking
performance
• The operating mechanism controls moving speed of contactor of the load switch so that
the switch on and off speed of the load switch will not vary with operators

22 Power Distribution product guide eatoncorp.com.au 2018

 Medium Voltage Assemblies
Gas Insulated Switchgear
RVAC Ring Main Unit
Rated voltage kV 12 24
Power frequency withstand voltage (1min)
Phase to phase/Phase to earth kV 42 50
Between isolating distance 48 60
Lightning impulse withstand voltage (BIL)
Phase to phase/Phase to earth kV 75 125
Between isolating distance 85 145
Rated frequency Hz 50 50
Internal arc classification (IAC) kA-s AFLR 20-1 AFLR 20-1
Degree of protection in service IP3X IP3X
Degree of protection with doors/covers open IP2X IP2X
Busbar system
Rated normal current A 630 630
Rated short-time withstand current kA-s 20-4 20-4
Rated peak withstand current kA 50 50
Load break switches panel
Rated normal current A 630 630
Rated short-circuit making current kA 50 50
Rated short-time withstand current kA-s 20-Apr 20-Mar
Mechanical endurance class (Lood break switch) M1 5000 M1 5000
Mechanical endurance class (Earthing switch) M1 2000 M1 3000
Electrical endurance class
E3 E3
(active load breaking capacity 630A)
Circuit-breakers panel
Rated normal current A 630 630
Rated breaking current kA 20 20
Rated short-circuit making current kA 50 50
Rated capacitive switching current class C2 C2
Mechanical endurance class (Circuit-breakers) M2 10000 x M1 3000
Mechanical endurance class (Earthing switch) M1 2000 M1 3000
Electrical endurance class E2 E2
Rated short-time withstand current kA-s 20-4 20-4
Mechanism type O - 0.3s - CO - 180s - CO O - 0.3s - CO - 180s - CO
Switch-fuse combination panel
Normal current of load-break switch A 630 630
Normal current with fuses A 125 125
Rated breaking current kA 31.5 31.5
Rated short-circuit making current kA 80 80
Rated transfer current A 1750 900
For others, please contact local Eaton sales representative.

Main dimensions
Type V RVAC complies with the following international standards
Depth: 12 kV 800mm
24 kV 870mm Common specifications for high-voltage
IEC62271-1
Type K Type T switchgear and controlgear
High-voltage switches for rated voltages
IEC62271-103
above 1kV up to and including 52 kV
High-voltage alternating current
IEC62271-102
disconnectors and earthing switches
A.C. metal-enclosed switchgear and
IEC62271-200 controlgear for rated voltages above 1kV
and up to including 52kV
High-voltage alternating-current circuit
IEC62271-100
breakers
High-voltage alternating current switch-
IEC62271-105 fuse combinations for rated voltage above
1kV up to and including 52kV

Power Distribution product guide eatoncorp.com.au 2018 23

Medium Voltage Assemblies
Components
W-VACi medium voltage vacuum circuit breakers
Eatons W-VACi compact MV vacuum circuit breakers with IEC ratings of 12 kV, 17.5 kV and 24 kV
are part of Eaton’s comprehensive global product portfolio. It serves both 50 Hz and 60 Hz end-
user segments of the electrical industry such as industrial, commercial, utility, mining, marine
and off-shore. The W-VACi circuit breakers are complemented by a full line of accessories and
compartment kits for panel builders. In addition, they fit in Eaton’s new IEC panel design, Power
Xpert® UX. UX is available in 600 mm, 800 mm and 1000 mm configurations.
• Fixed and withdrawable versions available • User friendly operation with easy access
• Eno SF6 - gas and minimal inspection
• Conformance to the latest IEC standards - • Compact and cost effective
IEC 62271-100 and IEC 62271-1 • Flexible with a full line of accessories and
• Numerous safety features for maximum OEM components
protection

Universal mechanism assembly (UMA)

Designed with reliability and long product life, the W-VACi circuit breaker utilizes a simple spring
charged, stored energy mechanism. With its simple and proven design, the universal mechanism
assembly has a life of up to 20,000 mechanical operations and does not require inspection up to
10,000 operating cycles. It includes special plating on metal components to increase mechanical life
and prevent corrosion.

Encapsulated pole unit (EPU)

The W-VACi IEC vacuum circuit breakers use Eaton vacuum interrupters that are embedded in
epoxy resin. Encapsulating the vacuum interrupter in epoxy resin results in circuit breaker pole units
that are extremely durable. Further, it protects the vacuum interrupter from mechanical impact and
climatic conditions such as moisture, humidity and dust.

Vacuum interrupter (VI)

At the heart of the W-VACi IEC circuit breaker portfolio is Eaton’s proven vacuum interruption
technology and eighty-year expertise in this field. The vacuum interrupter is where current making
and breaking occurs. It houses Eaton-designed high-performance copperchrome contacts, which
provide superior performance characteristics. The vacuum in the arc chamber protects the copper
contacts from adverse effects such as contamination and corrosion.

Description
Circuit breaker designation 12 kV 17.5 kV 24 kV
Rated voltage Ur kV 12 17.5 24
Rated frequency fr Hz 50 / 60 50 / 60 50 / 60
Rated normal current Ir A 630 / 800 / 1250 / 1600 / 2000 / 2500 / 3150 / 4000  800 / 1250 / 1600 / 2000 / 2500
Rated short-time withstand
Ik kA rms 25 / 26.3 / 31.5 / 40 / 50 25 / 31.5 / 40 / 50 20 / 25
current
Rated duration of short circuit tk s 3 3 3
Rated supply voltage V 24 - 48 - 60 - 110 - 125 - 220 - 250 VDC / 120 - 220 - 230 VAC
Pole-center distance mm 150 210 275 150 210 275 210 275
Upper-to-lower terminal spacing mm 205 / 275 310 310 205 / 275 275 310 310 310
 4000 A rating with forced cooling

Main dimensions W-VACi 24kV family

W-VACi 12kV and 17.5kV family Pole space 210 mm Pole space 275 mm
Pole space 150 mm Pole space 210 mm Pole space 275 mm

FRONT FRONT

SIDE SIDE

PLAN PLAN

24 Power Distribution product guide eatoncorp.com.au 2018

 time
• Leading vacuum technology
SL range 160-400 A
• Auxiliary contact and mechanical latch are provided.Acc
universal for any size of equipment.
• Fully meet global standards
• For special orders, configuration can be made, based
• Pass third-party
Medium certification
customers'Voltage
detailed
Mounting such as KEMA,CSA
Assemblies
cutout requirement, and
with factory pre-as
and all mounting accessories included.
• Long service life: over 300,000 electrical operations,
• Best quality: all contactors are manufactured and ass
Components 2,500,000 mechanical operations
ISO certified factories with leading technology develo
• Flexible level.
installation: standard control panel or pedest
SL medium voltage vacuum contactors
The “SL” family of medium voltage vacuum contactors is designed and engineered
mounting. Contactors can be mounted horizontally o
Field-adjustable options include coil voltage, AC/DC
specifically for the OEM, combining the highest ratings available in a cost-saving,• reduced-
size package that’s lighter and easier to install. “SL” Contactors are ideal for full andtime
reduced
voltage starting of squirrel-cage induction, wound-rotor, and synchronous motors. Other
applications include power and capacitor switching. They’re especially recommended • Auxiliary
for contact and mechanical latch are provided.Ac
heavy duty applications and harsh environments found in many industries includinguniversalmining, for any size of equipment.
Control terminal strip

pulp and paper, HVAC, petrochemical, and automotive.

• For special orders, configuration Auxiliary contact can be made, based
No adjustment or replacement of vacuum interrupters is required to achieve 300,000
electrical operations. With fewer moving parts the contactor enhances longevity and customers'
reliability detailed requirement,
Pedestal mounting device
with factory “SL” Contacto
“ pre-as
while decreasing maintenance, resulting in a mechanical life of 2.5 million operations. and all mounting accessories included.
• Best quality: all contactors are manufactured and ass
Field-Adjustable Settings
ISO certified factories with leading Coil control board technology deve
(at control end terminal strip) Ele
Field adjustable coil voltages & drop-out times enable the installer to adjust to specific
requirements and make last minute changes to standard units. level.
Auxiliary Contact Kits provide for up to six extra auxiliary contacts. Table 1—Control voltage setup
Control terminal strip
Switch No.
Mechanical Latch Kits available in many coil voltages with a wide range of AC and DC selections. Voltage
SW1 SW2 S
Mechanical Interlock Kit prevents unintentional energizing.
100-110Vac/dc OFF OFF O
Easy Installation
115-120 Vac/dc ON OFF O
The SL medium voltage vacuum contactor can be mounted in horizontal or vertical positions when
125 Vac/dc OFF OFF O
space is an issue. The built-in mounting tabs provide for pedestal mounts or panel mounting also.
200-220 Vac/dc OFF ON O
3 different altitude versions Design and Test Standards 230-250 Vac/dc ON ON O
 ow altitude rating of -3500 to -1001 meters.
L IEC #60470
/PUF
factory default value is 120/60VAC
Standard altitude rating of -1000 to +2000 meters. CSA T.I.L D-21, File
High altitude rating of +2001 to +4000 meters.
“SL”
“ Contact
#LR28548ANSI/NEMA ICS3, Part 2 Control terminal strip Mounting cutout
Control terminal strip

Technical specifications
Interrupting Induction Synchronous motor Transformer Capacitor switching
Contactor size Voltage, V
rating, kA motor, kW (1.0 PF), kW kVA * kVAR/A
2200 – 2500V 450 600 600 480/120
3000 – 3600V 675 750 800
① 640/120
The above ratings can be different, for 800A equipment. Please
160A 4.5 11 'JYFE
5ZQF
4-
.FEJVN
7PMUBHF
$POUBDUPS—Nov 2011
3800 – 4800V 900 1050 1000 960/120
Table 1—Control voltage setup
6000 – 6900V 1350 1650 1600 1320/120
2200 – 2500V 600 750 750
Switch 600/150
No.
Voltage
200A
3000 – 3600V
4.5
825 950 1000 SW1800/150 SW2 S
3800 – 4800V 1100 1300 1250 1200/150
6000 – 6900V 1675 2050
100-110Vac/dc2000
OFF 1650/150 OFF O
2200 – 2500V 1100 1300 115-120 Vac/dc 1200 ON 1000/270 OFF O
3000 – 3600V 1500 1850 1600 1475/270
360A
3800 – 4800V
4.5
1850 2250
125 Vac/dc 2500 OFF 2150/270 OFF O
6000 – 6900V 3000 3750 200-220 Vac/dc 3200 OFF 2950/270 ON O
2200 – 2500V 1300 1500 1500 1200/295
3000 – 3600V 1675 1850
230-250 Vac/dc
2000
ON 1650/295 ON O
400A 8.5
3800 – 4800V 2250 2600 /PUF
factory default
2500 value is 120/60VAC
2400/295
6000 – 6900V 3350 4100 4000 3300/295
2200 – 2500V 2250 2600 2500 2400/550
3000 – 3600V 3000 3750 3500 3200/550
800A 13.2
3800 – 4800V 3750 4500 4500 4000/550
6000 – 6900V 6000 7500 6000 4800/550
* Ratings not applicable for back-to-back switching. Consult factory.

eight
g pound ① The above ratings can be different, for 800A equipment. Pleas
Main dimensions

.4 47 Current Mounting Length Width Height Weight

size (A) (B) (C) kg
1.4 47 160 Control panelor pedestal 406 387 221 21.4
200 Control panelor pedestal 406 387 221 21.4
1.4 47
360 Control panelor pedestal 406 387 221 21.4
2.2 49 400 Control panelor pedestal 406 387 221 22.2
800 Control panelor pedestal 378 430 466 43.2
3.2 95

Power Distribution product guide eatoncorp.com.au 2018 25

Medium Voltage Assemblies
Components
Medium voltage generator circuit breakers
Eaton's Cutler-Hammer VCP-WG line of Vacuum Generator
breakers were designed and tested to the specific ANSI / IEEE
C.37.013 standard. These breakers are designed to handle the
rigorous and unique characteristics needed when applied in close
proximity to a Generator and Transformer configuration.

Ratings of our VCP-WG line include 5 and 15kV, 50, 63 and 75kA,
and up to 4000A continuous current with natural convection
cooling. Higher current ratings can be achieved with the use of
fan cooling packages.
Eaton has dedicated years of research, design, enhancement and
testing to create Cutler-Hammer VCP-WG Circuit Breakers that
meet, and even exceed, these rigorous service duty requirements
of generator circuit application defined by IEEE. VCP-W vacuum
circuit breakers incorporate many design features which have
been field proven with over 50 years of vacuum interrupter design
and manufacturing experience…coupled with over 75 years of
power circuit breaker design and manufacturing experience.

Eaton’s VCP-WG generator circuit breakers meet and even exceed service duty requirements set forth
by IEEE for generator circuit applications, including:
• Generator circuit configuration • Generator-source short-circuit faults
• High continuous current levels • Unique voltage conditions
• Unique fault current conditions • Very fast RRRV
• Transformer-source short-circuit faults • Out-of-phase switching

Fault Current Breaking capacity

Eaton’s VCP-WG Generator Circuit Breakers have a distinct feature to perform under out-of-phase con-
ditions when the generator and power system voltages are not in sync. The voltages across the open
contacts can be as high as twice the rated line-to-ground voltage of the system. The VCP-WG complies
with IEEE standard requirement and passes the test that the generator circuit breaker can switch under
specified out-of-phase conditions.

Versatility in Application
Eaton's Generator Vacuum Circuit Breakers are available in drawout (VCP-WG) or fixed (VCP-WRG)
configurations to provide superior performance and versatility. Many industrial and commercial power
systems now include small generators as a local source of power. New applications are arising as a
result of the de-regulation of the utility industry, and the construction of smaller packaged power plants.
Typical applications include:
• Small and mid-sized hydro power generator • Combined cycle/combustion turbines
• Electrical generators • Paper, Chemical and manufacture companies
• Power plant with backup power plant

Technical specifications
Description 50VCP-WG50 50VCP-WG63 50VCP-WG75 150VCP-WG50 150VCP-WG63 150VCP-WG75
Rated voltage kV 4.76 4.76 4.76 15 15 15
Power frequency withstand kV-1min 19 19 19 36 36 36
voltage
Impulse kVp 60 60 60 95 95 95
withstand voltage
1200, 2000, 1200, 2000, 1200, 2000, 1200, 2000, 1200, 2000, 1200, 2000,
Rated current A 3000 3000 3000, 4000 3000 3000 3000, 4000
Rated short circuit breaking kA 50 63 75 50 63 75
current
Ratings referenced to 60Hz.

Description
Rated voltage kV 5 15 27 38
Impulse withstand voltage kVp 60 95 125 170
1200, 2000, 1200, 2000, 1200, 2000, 3000
Main bus rating A 1200, 2000
3000, 4000 3000, 4000 Depending on kA Rating
1200, 1600, 2500 A
Circuit breaker rating A 1200, 2000, 3000 1200, 2000, 3000 1200, 2000
Depending on kA Rating
Short circuit interrupting capacity kA 29, 41, 63 18, 28, 37, 63 16, 22, 25, 40 16, 21, 25, 32, 40
Ratings referenced to 60Hz.

26 Power Distribution product guide eatoncorp.com.au 2018

The reliability
you expect.

Your business delivery partner.

COOPER POWER
SERIES

Power is the backbone of industry, and ensuring the availability of

safe, reliable power is at the heart of Eaton’s business.
Our Cooper Power series portfolio completes the picture with
engineered systems, turnkey offerings and smart solutions that
lead the industry. From transforming and regulating power delivery
to distributing and managing it through a facility, as well as the
services and support needed to commission and keep it running,
Eaton offers an industry-leading portfolio of products and services
that meet the challenging demands of today’s electrical grid.
Cooper Power series provides solutions that span the entire
electrical power system including:
• Capacitor banks and control • Pole top and padmount
systems voltage regulators
• Energy automation systems • Station and distribution
• Metalclad switchgear and class surge arresters
accessories • Transformer components
• MV switches, reclosers and and spares
sectionalisers • Engineering services
Mediumpower
Cooper Voltage
series
Assemblies
Energy Automation Systems
Yukon™ Visual T&D™ HMI/SCADA
Version 4.0 brings Visual T&D™ to the next level as a substation historian with a completely revamped
datalog feature based on standard world-class database engines, allowing for increased capacity and
reliability, and improved integration with existing corporate IT infrastructure.
As a standalone HMI, or as a companion product to the SMPTM Gateway, YukonTM Visual T&DTM
integrates seamlessly in your substation environment to provide immediate access to your data, with
the following advanced features:
• Supports a large variety of devices and data sources
• Licensing model adapts to the large number of data points in modern IEDs
• Reliably and cost-effectively logs all events, alarms, operator actions, and all transitions on all data
point in a high-performance historian based on industry-proven PostgreSQL and Microsoft SQL
Server databases
• Automatically retrieve event files
• Millisecond time tagging
• Data point tagging for information and control inhibition
• Power industry shape libraries to simplify diagram creation
Visual T&D is designed from the ground up to be easy to set up and reduce engineering, maintenance
and commissioning efforts.

SMP™ SC-2200 substation computer

The SMPTM SC-2200 computer is designed for mission-critical applications in harsh environments.
Eaton has leveraged the same expertise and high industry standards used to develop our SMPTM
Gateway product line to offer a fanless substation platform with hot-swappable dual-power supplies
and no moving parts.
The SMP SC-2200 is based on the recent Intel® Xeon® multicore processor and supports up to 32
GB of errorcorrecting code (ECC) embedded memory to optimize virtual applications. Solid-state drives
(SSD) with flexible RAID configurations enable fast data access and improve data integrity. The SMP
SC-2200 is the only rugged platform in the industry to provide USB 3.0 interfaces for fast data transfer.

Yukon™ Feeder Automation software

Eaton’s Cooper Power series Yukon™ Feeder Automation software includes a graphical user interface,
object-oriented configuration, a simulator, communications dashboard, and post-event traceability
allowing users to turn distribution automation into an integrated process.
The robust, standardized tools empower utility engineers to easily change automation settings in
hours rather than months by eliminating costly custom programming and “trial and error“ debugging.
Utility engineers can now own the feeder automation process with Yukon’s many advanced tools.
Yukon Feeder Automation software allows users to easily add and remove devices using a
standardized interface without reprogramming of reconfiguration algorithms. The number of sources
and switching devices that can be automated is only limited by the physical load flows of the power
system and communication structure.

SMP™ SG-4250 substation gateway

Eaton leverages more than 20 years of hardware and software development with its Cooper Power™
series SMP™ SG-4250 substation gateway and delivers one of the most advanced substation
automation solutions on the market. With its robust, flexible and scalable design, the SMP SG-4250
substation gateway is an evolving solution that adapts to new market requirements.

SMP I/O
The SMP I/O is a substation-grade distributed I/O module designed for today’s substations. It supports
binary input and binary output cards, operates with AC or DC voltage, and communicates using the
DNP3 protocol over serial RS-485, or TCP/IP using fiber or copper Ethernet. It can be used with the
Cybectec SMP Gateway, or as a stand-alone I/O module that connects directly to a DNP3 master
station. The SMP I/O replaces traditional centralized RTU installations. It is a scalable, distributed
monitoring and control device perfectly adapted to today’s substation automation requirements.

GridAdvisor Series II smart sensor

Eaton helps utilities improve the efficiency in which they operate their distribution systems with
its Cooper Power™ series GridAdvisor™ Series II smart sensor by improving outage management,
capacitor bank maintenance, and providing critical system information not previously available. This
simple yet sophisticated product can annunciate directional fault targeting, detect a capacitor bank
fuse failure and provide a DNP3 scannable line monitoring device at nearly any location.
The smart sensors meet or exceed the IEEE Std 495™-2007 standard making them suitable
for underground applications. The GridAdvisor Series II smart sensor saves both operation and
maintenance dollars by reducing drive time, and maximizes energy dollars by keeping capacitors
online, operating at peak efficiency. Being hotstick installable with no additional hardware or software
needed, the smart sensor is the easiest way to gain SCADA

28 Power Distribution product guide eatoncorp.com.au 2018

 MediumCooper
Voltagepower
Assemblies
series
Surge Arrestors
UltraSIL polymer-housed VariSTAR surge arresters
Eaton recognizes the advantages of polymerhoused arresters with reduced size and weight and
enhanced safety in this generation of Cooper Power™ series UltraSIL® polymerhoused VariSTAR®
surge arresters. The UltraSIL polymer-housed VariSTAR surge arrester incorporates the industry
recognized superior polymeric material – silicone rubber.
Using Metal Oxide Varistors (MOVs) having excellent electrical properties, these arresters provide
superior overvoltage protection for MV distribution systems. Manufacturing our own MOV disks
allows strict quality control over the manufacturing process from start to finish.
After production, every MOV disk must pass a series of electrical tests designed to ensure the
highest individual disk quality. These MOV disks have proven their reliability and protective abilities
through years of in-service use. UltraSIL polymer-housed VariSTAR surge arresters are available in
5 kA and 10 kA Class 1 IEC 60099-4 designs.

• Aluminum ground electrode • Fiberglass reinforced epoxy composite

• Nameplate information • kV rating label
• Stainless steel top cap • Optional:
• Aluminum line electrode Stainless steel 12 mm line terminal 3/8”
Ground lead disconnector
• UltraSIL silicone rubber housing Insulating glass-filled thermoset polyester
• Metal oxide varistar (mov) disks hanger
• Bonded solid interface

The UltraSIL silicone rubber housing has undergone a wide range of design tests to determine the
optimum shed configuration. In addition, long term environmental testing has verified the lifetime
superiority of UltraSIL silicone rubber when compared to other polymeric insulating materials.
Independent laboratory tests have verified the superiority of silicone rubber in terms of
hydrophobicity, resistance to UV and surface tracking performance in contaminated environments,
chemical inertness, temperature stability and other key insulating properties.
UltraSIL silicone rubber will not support biological growth (algae and mildew) and is non-flammable.
A ground lead disconnector is optionally available for use on systems having 20 A or more of
available fault current. The disconnector will sense and disconnect the ground terminal in the unlikely
event of arrester failure, preventing a permanent system short circuit. A disconnector that has
operated gives a visual indication of internal arrester damage and the need for arrester replacement.

Commonly Applied Voltage Ratings (Ur)

A preliminary selection that is based on selecting an arrester having a “Continuous Operating
Voltage”, or Uc, that equals or exceeds the normal system maximum line-to-earth operating voltage is
made. Reference IEC 60099-5.

System Arrester
— Ur
Voltage(kV rms) Rating(kV rms)
Delta, Ungrounded,
Four-Wire Star Three-Wire Star
& Resonant
Nominal Maximum Multi-Grounded Solidly Grounded
Impedance
Neutral Neutral at Source
Grounded Star
3.3 3.7 3 6 6
6.6 7.3 6 9 9
10 11.5 9 12 12-15
11 12 9-10 12 12-15
16.4 18 15 – 18-21
22 24 18-21 24 24-27
33 36.3 27-30 36 36-36

Pressure Relief Tests

These tests demonstrate the ability to withstand fault currents for specific durations. All UltraSIL
polymer-housed VariSTAR surge arresters have been tested in accordance with the requirements
listed in IEC 60099-4 and are non-fragmenting to the levels shown below

IEC Pressure Relief Fault Current Amplitude Minimum Fault Current

Arrester Type
Class (kA rms) Sym. Duration (Seconds)
UNS/UHS B 0.8 20 0.5 0.2

Power Distribution product guide eatoncorp.com.au 2018 29

Medium Voltage Assemblies
Voltage Regulators
Single-Phase Step Voltage Regulators
Eaton’s Cooper Power™ series VR-32 single-phase step voltage regulators are tap-changing auto-
transformers. They regulate distribution line voltages from 10% raise (boost) to 10% lower (buck)
in 32 steps of approximately 5/8% each. Voltage ratings are available from 2400 volts
(60 kV BIL) to 34,500 volts (200 kV BIL) for 60 Hz and 50 Hz systems.
Internal potential winding taps and an external ratio correction transformer are provided on all
ratings so that each regulator may be applied to more than one system voltage. Smaller kVA
sizes are supplied with support lugs for pole mounting and with substation or platform tie down
provisions. Larger sizes are provided with substation bases with pad-mounting provisions.
Voltage is maintained within desired limits by controls that feature superior accuracy, reliability,
and serviceability. Continuity of service is assured by rugged, service-proven tap-changers and
core-and-coil assemblies functioning with the control.
Eaton’s Cooper Power series voltage regulators are available with a full complement of
standard features for routine applications, as well as a full line of optional accessories for
unique applications. In addition, the regulator offers desirable features that enhance operation
and service.
The unit construction cover suspends the internal assembly, consisting of the core-and-coil
assembly, tap-changer, and the reactor, for ease of inspection and maintenance. All Eaton’s
Cooper Power series voltage regulators are manufactured and tested to the IEEE Std C57.15™-
2009 standard.

• CL-7 control • Pole-type mounting brackets (overhead units)

• Tap-changer with motor and power supply • High-creep bushings with clamp-type
• Position indicator with ADD-AMP adjustment connectors
• Two laser-etched nameplates • Substation base (substation units)
• Lifting lugs • External series arrester
• Oil drain valve and sampling device • Automatic pressure relief device
• Upper filter press connection • Handhole
• Oil sight gauge • Control cabinet with removable front panel
• Mounting provisions for shunt arresters • Ratio correction transformer
• Bolt-down provisions (overhead units) • Conformally coated circuit boards

ADD-AMP Capabilities of 50 Hz Ratings

Load Current Ratings (Amperes)* Load Current Ratings (Amperes)*
Regulation Range Regulation Range
Rated Volts Rated ±10%- ±8 3/4% ±7 1/2% ±6 1/4% ±5% Rated Volts Rated ±10%- ±8 3/4% ±7 1/2% ±6 1/4% ±5%
kVA kVA
6600 95 kV BIL 33 50 55 60 68 80 16000 150 kV BIL 160 100 110 120 135 160
66 100 110 120 135 160 320 200 220 240 270 320
99 150 165 180 203 240 480 300 330 360 405 480
132 200 220 240 270 320 22000 150 kV BIL 110 50 55 60 68 80
198 300 330 360 405 480 220 100 110 120 135 160
264 400 440 480 540 640 330 150 165 180 203 240
330 500 550 600 668 668 440 200 220 240 270 320
396 600 660 668 668 668 660 300 330 360 405 480
440 668 668 668 668 668 880 400 440 480 540 640
11000 95 kV BIL 55 50 55 60 68 80 999** 454 454 454 454 454
110 100 110 120 135 160 33000 200 kV BIL 165 50 55 60 68 80
165 150 165 180 203 240 330 100 110 120 135 160
220 200 220 240 270 320 495 150 165 180 203 240
330 300 330 360 405 480 660 200 220 240 270 320
440 400 440 480 540 640 825 250 275 300 337 373
550 500 550 600 668 668 35000 200 kV BIL 175 50 55 60 67.5 80
660 600 660 668 668 668 350 100 110 120 135 160
15000 150 kV BIL 75 50 55 60 68 80 525 150 165 180 202.5 240
150 100 110 120 135 160 700 200 220 240 270 320
225 150 165 180 203 240 * Additional 12% increase in capacity is available due to the use of 65 °C
300 200 220 240 270 320 winding rise insulation if the tap-changer’s maximum current rating has not been
exceeded. For loading in excess of the above values, contact your Eaton product
450 300 330 360 405 480 representative.
600 400 440 480 540 640 ** Additional capacity available when unit is equipped with cooling fans. For
information on loading in excess of the values listed, contact your Eaton product
750 500 550 600 668 668
representative.

30 Power Distribution product guide eatoncorp.com.au 2018

 Medium Voltage Assemblies
Pole-top Switchgear
NOVA™ three-phase, microprocessor controlled recloser
Eaton provides reliable, economical overcurrent protection, advanced metering,
and automation systems for distribution circuits rated through 34.5 kV with its
Cooper Power™ series NOVA™ threephase, electronically controlled, vacuum-
interrupting automatic circuit reclosers.
The NOVA recloser combines solid cycloaliphatic-epoxy polymeren capsulated
vacuum interrupters with a reliable, lightweight operating mechanism that utilizes a
magnetic actuator to provide a lifetime of trouble-free operation. The solid polymer
system does not rely on a gaseous, liquid, or foam dielectric. The NOVA recloser is
highly resistant to ozone, oxygen, moisture, contamination, and ultraviolet light.
The NOVA recloser is available with two configuration options: control powered
interface and auxiliary-powered interface. Designed and tested to be compatible
with Eaton’s Cooper Power series three-phase controls, these automatic circuit
reclosers offer superior coordination, protection, and application capabilities.
Recloser operations are programmed in an electronic control with accurate
characteristics and a host of advanced features. Precise operating tolerances
enable close coordination with other protective devices on the system. When
system requirements change, program settings are easily altered with no sacrifice
of accuracy or consistency.
Compact and lightweight, NOVA reclosers are easily installed on poles or in
substations. Mounting equipment is available for both pole and substation
applications. Recloser and control accessories enable further tailoring of the
protective program to achieve maximum system operating flexibility. Eaton is
strongly committed to improving the reliability of the electric power industry.
Technological advances, including the newest microprocessor-based controls and
solid insulation NOVA distribution switchgear products, represent our investment
in the future.
The NOVA recloser is not only a technological breakthrough, but a valuable
component that brings significant operational savings to the utility business unit,
lowering the installation, operation, training, and maintenance costs on your power
distribution system. When needed, application expertise, backed by world-wide
systems engineering knowledge and experience, is available. Customer-focused
design capability, based on more than 65 years of recloser experience, has made
Eaton the industry leader. NOVA reclosers are designed and manufactured in
accordance with IEEE Std C37.60™-2003 standard.

Voltage Ratings (kV)

Description 15 kV 15 kV 27 kV 27 kV 38 kV
Maximum Voltage 15.5 kV 15.5 kV 29.2 kV 29.2 kV 38.0 kV
Rated Basic Impulse Level 110.0 kV 125.0 kV 125.0 kV 150.0 kV 170.0 kV
Radio Noise Limit (ìV) 100 @ 9.4 kV 100 @ 9.4 kV 100 @ 16.4 kV 100 @ 16.4 kV 100 @ 23.0 kV
Power Frequency Withstand, Dry 50 kV 50 kV 60 kV 60 kV 70 kV
Power Frequency Withstand, Wet 45 kV 45 kV 50 kV 50 kV 60 kV

Current Ratings (Amperes)

Description 15 kV 15 kV 27 kV 27 kV 38 kV
Rated Continuous Current 630 A* 630 A* 630 A* 630 A* 630 A*
Short Circuit Current, Symmetrical 12.5 kA** 12.5 kA** 12.5 kA** 12.5 kA** 12.5 kA
Making Current, Asymmetrical Peak 31.0 kA 31.0 kA 31.0 kA 31.0 kA 31.0 kA
Cable Charging Current 10 A 10 A 25 A 25 A 40 A
* 800 amp accessory is also available.
** 16.0 kA option is also available. (Making Current is 40.0 kA Asymmetrical Peak.)

Power Distribution product guide eatoncorp.com.au 2018 31

Low Voltage Assemblies
xEnergy
xEnergy:
Make way for progress by integrating innovation.

Of course, we all like the idea of progress, but often what we really need are tangible, practical solutions - innovations we can
implement and use right now. That is precisely why Eaton has developed xEnergy.
xEnergy switchboard systems are designed to configure your projects efficiently, meeting your own specific requirements – from planning
and assembly to installation. xEnergy systems provide the ideal basis for building infrastructures up to 6300 A. xEnergy cleverly combines
switching and protective devices, mounting systems and enclosure components, allowing you to work quickly and efficiently in your
workshop and easily integrate future innovations as they arise.

Ideal modules.
Intelligent system platform.
Is it possible to bridge the divide between xEnergy systems think ahead by allowing for How does it work?
increasingly stringent technological and tomorrow’s requirements today. Quite simply: the system’s modular design
safety requirements on the one hand, and xEnergy’s switching and protective devices, allows for a wide range of intelligent
cost reduction on the other? mounting and switchboard systems combinations resulting in space, time and
together form a single technical and cost- financial savings.
Eaton’s answer to this question is a effective economic unit that offers you the And because you can also rely on Eaton’s
resounding ‘Yes’ – resulting in development best in power management, switching and excellent reputation for safety, you can
of the latest generation of switchboard control. implement individual projects in functional
systems to prove the point.
buildings or office and industrial buildings
simply, quickly and flexibly.

Eaton offers the entire product range in fl at-packed versions, functionally packed as assembly groups, or as cabinets preassembled to
customer specifications. Short delivery times make it easy to react to enquiries or modifications requested by the customer.
• Easy configuration and ordering thanks to tools that support the setup of parts lists
• Fast delivery ex warehouse thanks to lean logistic processes
• Easy handling of individual parts thanks to convenient packaging units
• Safe and time-saving assembly based on Eaton assembly instructions
The system offer is optimised for the incorporation of internationally available Eaton switchgear and protective devices and it is completed
by configuration and planning tools. The right tool for every project stage and safe power distribution!

32 Power Distribution product guide eatoncorp.com.au 2018

 Low Voltage Assemblies
xEnergy
System features and benefits.
Functionality is a fundamental, individuality is the future.

xEnergy switchboard systems consist of IEC/EN

60439/61439 type-tested function modules. These have
an internal separation up to Form 4, and comply with
various national or regional installation requirements,
such as DIN VDE, CEI, NF or UNE. This means you can
design customised solutions for use in several different
countries. • Type-tested switchgear assemblies • 3-pole and 4-pole switching and
xEnergy systems offer you a wide range of options for (TTA) up to 6300 A protective devices, type-tested
implementing power distribution reliably, economically switchboard systems (TTA) up to
• Clear and symmetrical design with
and fully in accordance with your customers’ 630 A
only one circuit-breaker per section
requirements. You can use feeder and coupling sections reduces the number of busbar • Max. 38 fixed compartment
for circuit-breakers up to 6300 A, and individually connections and saves mounting modules in one section (H 50mm),
equipped outgoer sections with fixed and removable requirements optimum device utilisation despite
compartment modules for switching and protective high packing density
• Internal separation up to Form 4
devices up to 630 A. increases personnel and system • Flexible module mounting to Form
Outgoer Also, the time which is normally needed for service protection
sections up to 630 A for switchfuse strips, fuse 4 with different device mounting
rails and fuse switch-disconnectors are also available. depths, however with standard
work is signifi cantly reduced. Normal inspection • work
Fast and direct allocation of circuit-
operating front
Control sections and empty breaker mounting kits for the
can be carried out sections can be
immediately combined
because thermo scans
as required for installing ancillary components such mechanical fastening of circuit- • Simple module mounting to Form 2
and dismantling no longer need to be done. The sen- breakers on one mounting depth
as motor starters,PFC modules, frequency inverters,
sorsorthemselves
soft starters are maintenance-free.
for automation solutions. The mounting • High level of flexibility in the terminal • Highly flexible combination possible
systems The
for rail-mounted service
exact sequence caninstallation
be followeddevices
through perma- area thanks to alternative connection for functional areas and busbars in
can be used
nentintemperature
conventional recording.
service distribution
Emerging boards. options
errors change accordance with IEC/
the temperature profi le.
Advantages:
• Early detection
Eaton Diagnose System ARCON®
• Warning messages
Eaton Diagnose System offers 24 hours a day, 7 days a week thermal • An engineered solution, components consist of light and
• Diagnosis
etween monitoring of LV switchboard. This system provides valuable data such as current sensors, evaluation unit and quenching device.
ables in • Documentation
instance, absolute peak and trends back to system operator/maintenance • In the event of an arc fault, emitted light and arc current
s are no personnel.•This
Optimised service intervals
system provides higher visibility and eliminate the will either initiate the quenching device or trip the incomer
requirement of periodic thermography,
• Reduction which can only provide a snapshot of
of infrared scans breaker.
the switchboard thermalof
• Reduction behaviour through
mechanical a fixed narrow viewing window.
stress • “Lightning fast” clearing of arc flash fault (2ms).
Advantages • 24 hours/7 days permanent monitoring
• Early detection • Optimised service • Reduction of
intervals mechanical stress
• Warning messages
• Reduction of • 24 hours/7 days
m work? • Diagnosis infrared scans permanent
• Documentation monitoring Also, the time which is normally needed for service
m and documentation of the data, errors and trends can be detected
work is signifi cantly reduced. Normal inspection work
e load peaks may occur which will normally go unnoticed. This, how-
can be carried out immediately because thermo scans
xposed to high stress (mechanical stress), which can very easily be
and dismantling no longer need to be done. The sen-
gnose System. sors themselves are maintenance-free.
The exact sequence can be followed through perma-
d mainte-
nent temperature recording. Emerging errors change
for busbar
the temperature profi le.
an be adjus-
ve system Advantages:
critical • Early detection
of the • Warning messages
Busbar temp sensors Wireless PT1000 temp sensors
atus which • Diagnosis
Thanks
Sensor 1to the wireless signal transmission between
o the central sensors and evaluation unit, safety-critical cables in
Sensor 1 • Documentation
Diagnose
main and distribution busbar controller
compartments are no • Optimised service intervals
longer necessary. • Reduction of infrared scans
it receives,
• Reduction of mechanical stress
alues and
• 24 hours/7 days permanent monitoring
e draws
ure, a
nuous
akes evalu- How does the Eaton Diagnose
Wireless
System work? Sensor n
Sensor n
mple, slight USB receiver
Through permanent monitoring of the system and documentation of the data, errors and trends can be detected
ion points and/or optimised. Thus, for instance, absolute load peaks may occur which will normally go unnoticed. This, how-
lly a sign of ever, would mean that the entire system is exposed to high stress (mechanical stress), which can very easily be
ed in a few detected and eliminated with the Eaton Diagnose System.

The Eaton Diagnose System is a wireless and mainte- Power Distribution product guide eatoncorp.com.au 2018 33
nance-free temperature monitoring system for busbar
be esta- systems and ambient temperatures which can be adjus-
Low Voltage Assemblies
xEnergy
IEC/EN 61439
The IEC/EN 61439 standard makes a difference between the manufacturers – as usually practiced xEnergy, in conformity with
– between the original manufacturers on the one hand and the panel builders on the other hand. the standard
These two parties involved in building a switchboard system have to separately provide evidence of As an original manufacturer, we
conformity to show that the part each one is responsible for meets the requirements of the standard. will continue to provide evidence
This actually means that the panel builder now has to pay a lot more attention to providing the of conformity for the system in the
evidence of conformity for his part of the technical execution. future as well. In order to make
it easier for the panel builder to
• The distinction between “type-tested assembly TTA“ and “partially type-tested assembly PTTA“ no provide evidence of conformity for
longer exists in the new standard. their part of the responsibility, a
• Evidence of conformity with the standard is provided through design verifications, they include large number of applications have
tests, calculations and the verification of whether the design rules have been respected – i.e. that been split up into standardised
from now on the systems will be design verified. Panel builders who already build TTAs now do modules and the design verification
not have to expect many changes. by testing has been carried out for
them to provide the evidence of
• The panel builder can-depending on the type of system – choose between three different ways of conformity.
providing evidence of conformity:
These modules, assembled in
Verification by testing, Verification by design rules or Verification by calculation.
accordance with the corresponding
All of them are equally valid, as defi ned by the standard.
instructions, will enable you to carry
• The term “TTA Switchgear assembly and controlgear assembly according to IEC/EN 60439-1“ will out your projects in a cost-effective
be replaced by: ”Power switchgear and controlgear assembly according to IEC/EN 61439-2, design way and in compliance with the
verification by testing“. requirements of the standard.
• If the panel builder carries out changes in the original system of a switchgear and controlgear
assembly that are not covered in the design verification, these changes must be specified in a
separate design verification document.
• The new standard also includes requirements of the standard for empty enclosures, such as
resistance to corrosion, resistance to heat of enclosure parts made of insulating material and
protection against mechanical impacts.

IEC/EN 61439-1/-2, DEKRA /KEMA witnessed

Standards
Design-verified
Position Main Bus bar Rear or Top
Internal partition Form 1 to Form 4b (Type 6/7)
Rated operational voltage Ue 690 V / 50 – 60 Hz
Rated current Ie up to 6300 A
Rated short-time withstand current Icw up to 105 kAeff
Ambient air temperature 35 °C (24-h average value) and 50°C
Degree of protection IP 31/ 42/ 55
Net configuration TN-C / TN-C-S / TN-S / IT
Colour RAL 7035 (other colors on request)
H 2000 mm basic height, without plinth
Dimensions W 300/ 425/ 600/ 800/ 850/ 1000/ 1100/ 1200/ 1350 mm
D 400/ 600/ 800/ 1000 mm (800+200)

EATON = Safety for Switchgears

Passive Arc Protection ARCON
IEC/TR 61641
TH

Diagnose
IS
SH

Earthquake protection
O
UL
D
NO
T
HA
PP
EN

Arc flash reduction

maintenance system

34 Power Distribution product guide eatoncorp.com.au 2018

 Low Voltage Assemblies
xEnergy

xEnergy product features

• Enclosures for side-by-side and
stand-alone cabinets
• Degree of protection IP31 or IP55
• Main busbars up to 5000 A
• 2 Main busbar systems are possible in
each section
• Clear separations into functional areas XW Withdrawable XR Removable
from Form 1 to Form 4 to provide
even better protection for people and • Power outgoers - circuit breakers up to • Power outgoers with circuit breakers &
equipment 630 A strip type switch-disconnector-fuse, up
to 630 A
• Widths of 425, 600, 800, 850, 1000, • Outgoers for motor starters up to 250 KW
1100, 1200 and 1350 mm • Empty modules for individual applications
• Empty drawers for individual applications
• Height 2000 mm • Plug-in modules & strip type switch-
• Easy & uniform handling for all drawer sizes
• Color RAL 7035 disconnector- fuse can be replaced under
• Drawers can be replaced under live-line live-line working conditions
(other colors upon request)
working conditions
• Network types TN-C, TN-C-S, TN-S, • Internal separation up to Form 4
TT, IT • Internal separation up to form 4
• Easy maintenance & reduced down times
• Type-tested switchgear assemblies in • Unambiguous position indicator for
accordance with IEC/EN 61439 operating, test or de-energised status
• Optimized for 3 and 4 pole switchgear • Easy maintenance without the need of
from Eaton using any special tools for replacement jobs

XG General XF Fixed XP Power Sections

• Power factor correction • Power outgoers with circuit breakers & • Incoming supplies, outgoers &
• Fitting systems for sub-distribution fuse switch disconnectors up to 630 A couplings with circuit breakers
with devices for modular installation • Internal separation up to Form 4 • Internal separation up to Form 4
• Control technology with SASY • Individual outgoers, such as • Cable connection from the top
60i & xStart controlgear, motor starters, small or bottom
• Individual fixed units on a mounting power outgoers etc
• Incoming supply system for
plate drill-free cable connection

Power Distribution product guide eatoncorp.com.au 2018 35

Low Voltage Assemblies
xBoard Distribution Boards
xBoard panelboards (xDB)
Compact and versatile, xDB panelboards deliver an efficient energy distribution system in commercial and light
industrial applications. Available in two box sizes with the choice from 24 to 60 poles, panelboards are available
with; no main switch allowing user flexibility to elect different main incomer preference or a 250A main isolator
pre-fitted saving valuable time and money.
Additional key features include a fully rated 250A neutral link, lift-off door with pintle hinges and a slotted
chassis pan assembly for easier cabling with incoming and outgoing cables. Safety is a key focus, with
panelboards offering the advantage of a fully shrouded main isolator and a handle that interlocks the
escutcheon when it is in the ‘ON’ position which prevents removal of the escutcheon adding personnel safety.
Features and benefits xDB specifications
• Choice between no main switch or pre-fitted with • IP40 rating
250A main switch • 24, 36, 48, 60 poles
• Type tested chassis – DIN, 25kA for 0.1sec • 500 x 130.5mm
• CL001 Key Lockable door with pintle hinges (W x D - external dimensions)
• Lift-off escutcheon and door • 1.2mm zincseal construction
• No main switch or 250A isolator options
• Designed and manufactured in Australia
• DIN chassis
• 7 pole DIN space either side of main switch to fit
emergency light test kit, surge protection, control • Grey (RAL7035)
devices and more • Removable lift-off escutcheon and door
• Fully rated 250A neutral link with double screws
• Slotted top rail for ease of cable management
• White escutcheon

Description Poles Height Item no.

24 750 XDB250-24
No main switch 36 1000 XDB250-36
Grey RAL7035
IP40 48 1000 XDB250-48
60 1000 XDB250-60
24 750 XDB250M-24
250A main switch isolator 36 1000 XDB250M-36
Grey RAL7035
IP40 48 1000 XDB250M-48
60 1000 XDB250M-60
One Kit with 250A main switch 24 750 XDB250M-24ONEKIT
Grey RAL7035 36 1000 XDB250M-36ONEKIT
*One Kit options include 25% capacity of Eaton’s compact eRB6 RCBOs included in the delivery to aid a “ready to go bolt
to wall and wire solution”

Z-EMER-DIN XDB 250 M - 36 ONEKIT

Range Main Incomer Chassis Size ONEKIT

xBoard BLANK = No main switch 24 = 24 pole chassis Supplied with

M = 250A isolator 36 = 36 pole chassis RCBO’s on 24 + 36
48 = 48 pole chassis Pole configurations
XDBP-SDK 60 = 60 pole chassis
xBoard and xBoard Plus Panelboard accessories
Accessories Item no. Accessories Item no.
Flush mounting kit 750mm high enclosures XDB750-FMK  E-Lock field fittable kit ECELOCK 
Flush mounting kit 1000mm high enclosures XDB1000-FMK  XEB DIN Rail mounting bracket 1521-1935/1 
250A main switch kit for XEB Chassis mounting bracket DIN 1521-1935/2 
XDBP-M/S 
xBoard Plus DIN XCH
XEB Chassis mounting bracket QUICKLAG 1521-1935/3 
250A main switch kit for
XDBPW-M/S-XCAP  XDBP Quicklag chassis adaptor 1521-2869/2 
xBoard Plus DIN XCAP
Emergency light test kit Z-EMER-DIN XDBP NZM mounting bracket 1521-1942/1 

Surge diverter kit (includes fuses) XDBP-SDK XDBP NZM to DIN connecting link kit XDBPLINKKIT-NZM-DIN 

Pole fillers DIN (6/pack) AP-45-W XDBP NZM to QUICKLAG connecting kit XDBPLINKKIT-NZM-QL 

Pole fillers Quicklag (each) QPF  XDBP/XDBW mounting bracket kit for
XDBPWCONTA 
contactor DILM (Up to 250A)
Flush surround kit for xBoard Plus 1521-1981/** 
 xBoard panelboards only
 xBoard Plus panelboards only
** Various heights available in grey or orange. Ask your Eaton sales representative.

36 Power Distribution product guide eatoncorp.com.au 2018

 Low Voltage Assemblies
xBoard Distribution Boards
xBoard Plus panelboards (xDBP)
xBoard Plus (xDBP) provides an ideal solution for applications that demand a modular electrical distribution
system to meet more complex requirements. xDBP offers greater flexibility and increase configuration
options with a deeper enclosure (200mm) to allow room for components such as contactors and motor
controls to fit.
xDBP is supplied complete with a type tested 3 phase, colour coded, encapsulated chassis, rated for 250A
in DIN 25kA for 0.1 sec. The xDBP can also be supplied with the Quicklag chassis rated for 250A in 20kA
for 0.1 sec. Panelboards are also fitted with a fully rated, 250A neutral link, a 165A earth link, a hinged
escutcheon, and a pintle hinged door with a circuit schedule card and card holder.
Manufactured in Australia, xDBP provides a robust 1.6mm sheet steel enclosure construction complete
with flushed conduit knockouts on either side to allow for modular arrangements with the xEquipment Box
(xEB), which is suitable for more complex lighting and motor control installations. xDBP also offers the
choice of no main switch, 250A isolator or a 250A MCCB as the main incomer. The padlockable MCCB as a
main switch, allows for selectivity and higher fault protection.
Features and benefits xDBP specifications
• Field reversible hinged escutcheon • IP42 rating
• Field reversible lift-off door with pintle hinges • 24 to 96 poles
• Fully rated 250A neutral link with double screws • 580 x 223 mm
• Removable 3mm thick aluminum gland plates (W x D - external dimensions)
• Space for up to 8 x18mm DIN rail control • 1.6mm sheet steel construction
components on top of the panelboard either side • DIN or Quicklag chassis
of main switch • No main switch, 250A isolator or MCCB
• Wider troughs on both sides of the chassis for incomer
cable looms or ducts • 2 colour choices - grey RAL7035 or
• Fully shrouded, 250A main isolator with safety orange RAIL2000
interlock to the escutcheon • Field-reversible hinged escutcheon and
• Different main incomer options door
• Gloss white escutcheon
• Designed and manufactured in Australia

xBoard Plus DIN panelboards 250A isolator

No mainswitch
mainswitch
Description Poles Height Item no.
Item no.
24 1000 XDBP250-24 XDBP250M-24
36 1000 XDBP250-36 XDBP250M-36

xBoard Plus DIN 48 1000 XDBP250-48 XDBP250M-48

chassis Grey 60 1000 XDBP250-60 XDBP250M-60
RAL7035 IP42 72 1500 XDBP250-72 XDBP250M-72
84 1500 XDBP250-84 XDBP250M-84
96 1500 XDBP250-96 XDBP250M-96
For ripple orange RAL2000, add –RO to each item no above. For metering option add –CT at end of each XDBP250M-xx
item no. Only available on xDBP with 250A isolator models.

xBoard Plus - Blank mounting plate DIN rail(s) & Raised DIN Rail(s) &
xEquipment extension boxes & blank escutcheon blank escutcheon slotted escutcheon
Description Height No. of DIN rails Item no. Item no. Item no.
250 1 XEB250-B XEB250-D1 XEB250-D1S
xEquipment boxes 500 2 XEB500-B XEB500-D2 XEB500-D2S
Grey RAL7035
IP42 1000 4 XEB1000-B XEB1000-D4 XEB1000-D4S
1500 8 XEB1500-B XEB1500-D8 XEB1500-D8S
For ripple orange RAL2000, add –RO to each item no above. DIN rails are not fitted on xEB with blank mounting plate & blank escutcheon i.e. XEBxxx-B item no.
Note : xBoard Plus panelboard accessories details on page 129.

XDBP
Q 250 M - 48 - RO - CT

Range Chassis type Main incomer Chassis size Colour Metering option
xBoard Plus BLANK = DIN BLANK = No Main Switch 24 = 24 pole 72 = 72 pole BLANK = Grey BLANK = Standard
Q = QUICKAG 36 = 36 pole 84 = 84 pole RO = Orange CT = Metering*
M = 250A Isolator
48 = 48 pole 96 = 96 pole
NZM = 250A MCCB 60 = 60 pole * Only available with
250A isolator

Power Distribution product guide eatoncorp.com.au 2018 37

Low Voltage Assemblies
xBoard Distribution Boards
xBoard Plus IP54 kits
The xBoard Plus panelboard is now xBoard Plus - IP54 kits
available to be upgraded to IP54 with
Enclosure Item no. Item no.
3-point / 4-point locking system and Description existing board new board
height
smoke seal for applications where the
panelboards are required to be installed 500 XDBP-IP54KIT-500 XDBP-IP54-500
in passage ways and common areas IP54 kits to 1000 XDBP-IP54KIT-1000 XDBP-IP54-1000
such as in schools, aged care facilities suit xBoard
and public works locations. Plus 1500 XDBP-IP54KIT-1500 XDBP-IP54-1500

The IP54 upgrade kits are designed to 2000 XDBP-IP54KIT-2000 XDBP-IP54-2000

be easily field fitted by the installers
or supplied complete for assemblies
that required fitted and wired to your Locking accessories
specific requirements Description Item no.
Locks for NSW Public Works Department
(E lock)
ECELOCK
1x lock required for 500/1000 H
2x lock required for 1500/2000 H
Locks for QLD State Works Department
(92268 key lock)
1521-1517/3
1x lock required for 500/1000 H
2x lock required for 1500/2000 H

xBoard Plus Quicklag panelboards (xDBPQ)

The xBoard Plus Quicklag (xDBPQ) panelboard extends the xBoard Plus range to accommodate the
renowned Quicklag miniature circuit breakers. The xDBPQ panelboards are available in 24 to 96 poles and
are fitted with the Quicklag chassis, which has an active busbar rating of 250A and 20kA for 0.1 sec. Using
the same enclosure design and construction, the xDBPQ shares the same characteristics as the xDBP DIN
panelboards.
Features and benefits xDBPQ overview
• 250A Quicklag chassis • 24 to 96 poles
• Fault withstand rating: 20kA for 0.1s • 580 x 223mm (W x D external dimension)
• Neutral link: 250A double screws • IP42 rating
• Field reversible door • 1.6mm sheet steel construction
• Flushed door handle with CL001 key lock • No main switch, 250A isolator or MCCB incomer
• Field reversible, hinged escutcheon • Quicklag chassis
• 3mm aluminium gland plates • Grey or orange enclosure colour
• Grey RAL 7035 or orange RAL2000 • Field-reversible hinged escutcheon and door
• Escutcheon colour: white (gloss finish) • Removable gland plates

xBoard Plus Quicklag Panelboards No mainswitch 250A isolator mainswitch 250A MCCB mainswitch
Description Poles Height item no. item no. Poles Height item no.

24 1000 XDBPQ250-24 XDBPQ250M-24 24 1000 XDBPQ250NZM-24

36 1000 XDBPQ250-36 XDBPQ250M-36 36 1500 XDBPQ250NZM-36

xBoard Plus 48 1500 XDBPQ250-48 XDBPQ250M-48 48 1500 XDBPQ250NZM-48

Quicklag chassis 60 1500 XDBPQ250-60 XDBPQ250M-60 60 1500 XDBPQ250NZM-60
Grey RAL7035 72 1500 XDBPQ250-72 XDBPQ250M-72 72 1500 XDBPQ250NZM-72
84 2000 XDBPQ250-84 XDBPQ250M-84 84 2000 XDBPQ250NZM-84
96 2000 XDBPQ250-96 XDBPQ250M-96 96 2000 XDBPQ250NZM-96
For ripple orange RAL2000, add –RO to each item no. above. For metering option add –CT at end of each XDBP250M-xx item no. Only available on xDBP with
250A isolator models.

Accessories Item no.

250A main switch kit for xBoard Plus Quicklag (xDBPQ) XDBPQ-M/S 

38 Power Distribution product guide eatoncorp.com.au 2018

 Low Voltage Assemblies
xBoard Distribution Boards
xBoard Weatherproof panelboards (xDBW)
xBoard Weatherproof provides an ideal solution for applications that require a modular electrical distribution
system designed to meet arduous applications. xBoard Weatherproof offers greater flexibility and increased
configuration options coupled with a deeper enclosure (231mm) to allow room for components such as
contactors and motor controls.
Panelboards are supplied complete with a type tested 3 phase, colour coded, encapsulated chassis, rated for
250A in DIN 25kA for 0.1 sec. xBoard Weatherproof can also be supplied with the Quicklag chassis rated for
250A in 20kA for 0.1 sec. Panelboards are also fitted with a fully rated 250A neutral link and a 165A earth link,
a hinged escutcheon, and a pintle hinged door with a circuit schedule card and card holder. The xDBW boasts
a robust 1.6mm sheet steel fully welded enclosure, with door mount gaskets. The xDBW also offers the choice
of no main switch, 250A isolator or can be adapted for MCCB or higher rated incomer options.

Features and benefits xDBW specifications

• Hinged escutcheon deep dished • IP66 rating
• Lift-off door with pintle hinges • 24 to 96 poles
• Earth and neutral link with double screws • 650 x 253 mm
• Removable 3mm thick aluminum gland plates as (W x D - external dimensions)
standard • 1.6mm sheet steel fully welded
• 2 mm gear tray as standard pre-punched for all construction
equipment options • DIN or Quicklag chassis
• Fully shrouded, 250A main isolator with safety • 2 colour choices - grey RAL7035 or
interlock to the escutcheon orange RAL2000
• Space for up to 9 x 18mm DIN rail control • Hinged escutcheon and door
components on top of the panelboard either side • Available assembled or self assembly
of main switch
• Gloss white escutcheon
• Designed and manufactured in Australia

xBoard Weatherproof DIN panelboard No mainswitch 250A isolator mainswitch

Poles Height Item no. Item no.
Description
24 1000 XDBW250-24 XDBW250M-24
36 1000 XDBW250-36 XDBW250M-36
xBoard Weatherproof 48 1000 XDBW250-48 XDBW250M-48
DIN chassis
60 1000 XDBW250-60 XDBW250M-60
Grey RAL7035
IP66 72 1500 XDBW250-72 XDBW250M-72
84 1500 XDBW250-84 XDBW250M-84
96 1500 XDBW250-96 XDBW250M-96
For ripple orange RAL2000, add -RO to each item no. above. For Left hand side hinged door and escutcheon add 'L'

xBoard Weatherproof Quicklag panelboard No mainswitch 250A isolator mainswitch

Poles Height Item no. Item no.
Description
24 1000 XDBWQ250-24 XDBWQ250M-24
36 1000 XDBWQ250-36 XDBWQ250M-36
xBoard Weatherproof 48 1500 XDBWQ250-48 XDBWQ250M-48
Quicklag chassis
60 1500 XDBWQ250-60 XDBWQ250M-60
Grey RAL7035
IP66 72 1500 XDBWQ250-72 XDBWQ250M-72
84 2000 XDBWQ250-84 XDBWQ250M-84
96 2000 XDBWQ250-96 XDBWQ250M-96
For ripple orange RAL2000, add -RO to each item no. above. For Left hand side hinged door and escutcheon add 'L'

XDBW Q 250 M - 48 - RO L

Range Chassis type Main incomer Chassis size Colour Hinge

BLANK = DIN BLANK = No Main Switch 24 = 24 pole 72 = 72 pole BLANK = Grey RAL7035 BLANK = Right
xBoard 36 = 36 pole 84 = 84 pole
Q = QUICKLAG M = 250A Isolator RO = Orange RAL2000 hand side
Weatherproof 48 = 48 pole 96 = 96 pole L = Left hand side
60 = 60 pole hinged door and
escutcheon

Power Distribution product guide eatoncorp.com.au 2018 39

Low Voltage Assemblies
xBoard Distribution Boards
Self assembly options for xBoard Weatherproof panelboards (xDBW)
At Eaton we understand that electrical distribution board requirements can
sometimes be very specific and often requires the ability for customisation.
xBoard Weatherproof (xDBW) self assembly options provide a faster more
flexible way to deliver customised distribution boards with the choice to order
in flat pack kits that are ready to be assembled and wired by the switchboard
builder and installer.

1 2
SELECT SELECT
1. Empty box 1. Mounting bracket
2. Escutcheon 2. DIN rail kit
3. E&N bars kit 3. Labels kit
Empty box includes standard swing
handle and accessories.

3 4
OPTIONAL OPTIONAL
1. Locking 1. Main switch kit
accessories 2. Plinth
3. Others
Different locking barrels available, For chassis please refer to page 30
see handle locking accessories table.

Access to flexible choices Reduce lead time on custom designs

• Empty boxes available in 4 heights • Reduce quotation complexity and
(mm) – 500, 1000, 1500 and 2000 increase response turnarounds
• Escutcheons to suit DIN and • Shorten lead times and expedite
Quicklag MCB cut-outs delivery for projects
or blank for other requirements • Ability to speed up design and
• RAL7035 and RAL2000 construction of modular distribution
enclosure colours boards
• Right and left hand hinged options

IF IT’S IN A CATALOGUE YOU CAN FIND IT ON INTERACT WITH EATON USING THE
POWEREDGE™
LEARN. SHARE. ORGANISE.
FREE EATON INTERACTIVE APP
SIMPLY DOWNLOAD & OPEN THE APP,
SELECT AR MODE, & SCAN THE LOGO TO INTERACT

40 Power Distribution product guide eatoncorp.com.au 2018

 Low Voltage Assemblies
xBoard Distribution Boards
Self assembly options for xBoard Weatherproof panelboards (xDBW)

1 2
Empty box, no escutcheon with door Item no. Mounting bracket Item no.
xDBW grey 500mm - blank mounting tray XDBWB500-NE XDBW DIN chassis mounting bracket 1521-3044/1
xDBW grey 1000mm - blank mounting tray XDBWB1000-NE XDBW QUICKLAG chassis mounting bracket 1521-3096/1
xDBW grey 1500mm - blank mounting tray XDBWB1500-NE XDBW accessory DIN Rail kit XDBWDRTH
xDBW grey 2000mm - blank mounting tray XDBWB2000-NE
xDBW orange 500mm - blank mounting tray XDBWB500-NE-RO Label kit Item no.
xDBW orange 1000mm - blank mounting tray XDBWB1000-NE-RO DIN Label Kit (Circuit Card, Cover, Escutcheon
label, Accessory label, E*N labels, Nylon Bush, XBMISCKIT-DIN
xDBW orange 1500mm - blank mounting tray XDBWB1500-NE-RO Esc Hinges)
xDBW orange 2000mm - blank mounting tray XDBWB2000-NE-RO Quicklag Label Kit (Circuit Card, Cover, Es-
For left hand side hinged door, add 'L' to each item no. above. cutcheon label, Accessory label, E*N labels, XBMISCKIT-QL
Esc Hinges)
Escutcheons loose Item no.
500mm 2 DIN horizontal rails 27 poles XDBWED500-2S
1000mm Main switch slot and vertical DIN
Cutout 48P + sticker and hindges
XDBWED1000 3
1500mm Main switch slot and vertical DIN Handle locking accessories Item no.
XDBWED1500
Cutout 96P + sticker and hindges
xDBW Chrome swing handle with CL001 A/HS741/CL/3001
1000mm Main switch slot and vertical Quicklag
XDBWEQ1000 xDBW Insert C4 to be rekeyed to E
Cutout 36P + sticker and hindges A/IF742/C4KA8/6
NSW Public works department
1500mm Main switch slot and vertical Quicklag
XDBWEQ1500
Cutout 72P + sticker and hindges xDBW Insert 268 - 92268 QLD stateworks A/IF741-2/01/3268
2000mm Main switch slot and vertical Quicklag xDBW Insert padlock I/F743-CP
XDBWEQ2000
Cutout 108P + sticker and hindges
xDBW Rod with roller 1200mm 1049-U9
500mm blank escutcheon + hindges XDBWEB500
xDBW Rod guide 1001-U12
1000mm blank escutcheon + hindges XDBWEB1000
xDBW Rod adaptors 1000_U49
1500mm blank escutcheon + hindges XDBWEB1500
xDBW 3 pt cam P/CAM/3A
2000mm blank escutcheon + hindges XDBWEB2000
For left hand side hinged escutcheon, add 'L' to each item no. above.

Earth and neutral bars

E&N KIT 24 WAY 250A N 165A E
Item no.
XDBPEN250KIT24
4
E&N KIT 48 WAY 250A N 165A E XDBPEN250KIT48 Other accessories Item no.

E&N KIT 72 WAY 250A N 165A E XDBPEN250KIT72 XDBP/XDBW main switch kit to suit XCAP DIN XDBPW-M/S-XCAP

E&N KIT 84 WAY 250A N 165A E XDBPEN250KIT84 XDBP/XDBW main switch kit to suit Quicklag XDBPQ-M/S

E&N KIT 96 WAY 250A N 165A E XDBPEN250KIT96 Sealing washer for gland plate screws (set of 12) XDBWGPSEALKIT
E&N KIT 108 WAY 250A N 165A E XDBPEN250KIT108 xDBW Wall mounting kit XDBWDMTGKIT
E&N bar odd 165A 12 way XDBWEN165KIT-12-O XDBW Plinth Full Channel - 1 Tier Painted BLACK XDBWPLTH1
E&N bar odd 165A 18 way XDBWEN165KIT-18-O XDBW Plinth Full Channel - 2 Tier Painted BLACK XDBWPLTH2
E&N bar odd 165A 24 way XDBWEN165KIT-24-O XDBW Plinth Full Channel - 3 Tier Painted BLACK XDBWPLTH3
E&N bar odd 165A 30 way XDBWEN165KIT-30-O XDBW Plinth Full Channel - 4 Tier Painted BLACK XDBWPLTH4
E&N bar odd 165A 36 way XDBWEN165KIT-36-O XDBW Plinth Full Channel - 1 Tier GALVANISED XDBWPLTHG1
E&N bar odd 165A 42 way XDBWEN165KIT-42-O XDBW Plinth Full Channel - 2 Tier GALVANISED XDBWPLTHG2
E&N bar odd 165A 48 way XDBWEN165KIT-48-O XDBW Plinth Full Channel - 3 Tier GALVANISED XDBWPLTHG2
E&N bar odd 165A 54 way XDBWEN165KIT-54-O XDBW Plinth Full Channel - 4 Tier GALVANISED XDBWPLTHG4
E&N bar even 165A 12 way XDBWEN165KIT-12-E XDBP/XDBW mounting bracket kit for contac-
XDBPWCONTA
E&N bar even 165A 18 way XDBWEN165KIT-18-E tor DILM (Up to 250A)
E&N bar even 165A 24 way XDBWEN165KIT-24-E Emergency light test kit Z-EMER-DIN
E&N bar even 165A 30 way XDBWEN165KIT-30-E Surge diverter kit (includes fuses) XDBP-SDK
E&N bar even 165A 36 way XDBWEN165KIT-36-E Pole fillers DIN (6/pack) AP-45 -W
E&N bar even 165A 42 way XDBWEN165KIT-42-E Pole fillers Quicklag (each) QPF
E&N bar even 165A 48 way XDBWEN165KIT-48-E
E&N bar even 165A 54 way XDBWEN165KIT-54-E

Power Distribution product guide eatoncorp.com.au 2018 41

Low Voltage Assemblies

Customised solutions.

Finding a supplier who’s willing to take the time to customise electrical

equipment just for you can be tough. That’s why you should contact
Eaton to discuss your next electrical switchboard design challenge.
Eaton can specify, develop and manufacture customised products
and solutions locally. This gives our customers local access to market
knowledge and in-depth technical skills, and lets them take advantage
of emergency response and quick-ship schedules when required.

Eaton offers:
• Customised main switchboards and distribution boards
• Supply Authority CT and multi-tenant metering panels
• Main process control panel with PLC, controls relays and VFD’s
• Motor control centres and enclosed control
• Power factor correction switchboards
• Automatic transfer switches
• Low/Medium voltage switchgear

Whether you manufacture original equipment, manage an industrial

facility or are in commercial construction, we make a point of learning
how you do business so we can best serve your needs. If you are
ready to start on your next project, just contact Eaton or one of our
42 Power Distribution product guide eatoncorp.com.au 2018 many xEnergy partners.
Technical
Technical data
data
Technical
Panelboard data
Panelboard dimensional drawings
dimensional drawings Low Voltage Assemblies
xBoard Distribution
Panelboard Boards
dimensional drawings
Technical data
xBoard
xBoardpanelboard
panelboard
xBoard panelboard

　　　　　　
xBoard panelboard
　　　　　　
　　　　　　

250A MCCB A DIM.

No mainswitch Pole size
No mainswitch mainswitch
250A isolator mainswitch (mm)
item no.
No mainswitch
Eaton item No. 250A item
Eaton item
isolator no.
No.mainswitch Pole size A DIM.
Eaton item No. Eaton item No. Pole size A DIM.
XDB250-24
XDB250-24 XDB250M-24 XDB250M-24 24 24 750 750
XDB250-24
No mainswitch 250A isolator mainswitch
XDB250M-24 24 750 1000
XDB250-36
XDB250-36 XDB250M-36 XDB250M-36 36 size36
Eaton item No. Eaton item No. Pole A1000
DIM.
XDB250-36 XDB250M-36 36 1000
XDB250-48 XDB250M-48
XDB250-48 XDB250M-48 48 48 1000 1000
XDB250-24
XDB250-48 XDB250M-24
XDB250M-48 24
48 750
1000
XDB250-60
XDB250-60 XDB250M-60 XDB250M-60 60 60 1000 1000
XDB250-36
XDB250-60 XDB250M-36
XDB250M-60 36
60 1000
1000
Note： Orange board (–RO) dimensions same as corresponding pole size above.
XDB250-48
Note： XDB250M-48
Orange board (–RO) dimensions 48 above.
same as corresponding pole size 1000
Note: 750 high box shown with 24 pole chassis and 250A main switch.
Note: 750 high box shown with 24 pole chassis and 250A main switch. XDB250-60 XDB250M-60 60 1000
Note：Orange board (–RO) dimensions same as corresponding pole size above.
Note: 750 high box shown with 24 pole chassis and 250A main switch.
xBoard Plus panelboard
xBoard Plus panelboard
Note:
xBoard Plus panelboard Note:
1000 high box shown with 48 pole chassis and
xBoard Plus panelboard
1000main
250A high switch.
box shown with 48 pole chassis and
250A main switch.
Note:
1000 high box shown with 48 pole chassis and
250A main switch.

Note: 1000 high box shown with

No mainswitch 250A mainswitch 250A MCCB mainswitch 48 pole chassis and 250A switch
No mainswitch 250A mainswitch 250A MCCB mainswitch
Eaton item No. Eaton item No. Eaton item No. Pole A DIM.
Eaton item No. Eaton item No. Eaton item No. Pole A DIM.
XDBP250-18 250A mainswitch 250A MCCB mainswitch
No mainswitchXDBP250M-18
No mainswitch
XDBP250-18 Eaton item No.
XDBP250NZM-18
XDBP250M-18 250A mainswitch
XDBP250NZM-18
Eaton item No.
1818A DIM.
Pole
750
750 250A MCCB mainswitch
A DIM.
A DIM.
Pole size
Eaton item No.
item no.
XDBP250-24
XDBP250-24 XDBP250M-24 item
XDBP250M-24 no.
XDBP250NZM-24
XDBP250NZM-24 2424(mm) 750 item no.
750 (mm)
XDBP250-18
XDBP250-24 XDBP250M-18 XDBP250NZM-18 3018 750
XDBP250-30
XDBP250-30 XDBP250M-30 XDBP250M-24
XDBP250M-30 XDBP250NZM-30
XDBP250NZM-30 301000 750 XDBP250NZM-24
750 1000 24
XDBP250-24
XDBP250-36 XDBP250M-24
XDBP250M-36 XDBP250NZM-24
XDBP250NZM-36 3624 750
1000
XDBP250-36
XDBP250-36 XDBP250M-36 XDBP250M-36
XDBP250NZM-36 361000 1000XDBP250NZM-36 1000 36
XDBP250-30 XDBP250M-30 XDBP250NZM-30 30 750
XDBP250-48
XDBP250-48
XDBP250-48 XDBP250M-48 XDBP250NZM-48
XDBP250M-48 XDBP250M-48
XDBP250NZM-48 48481000 1000
1000XDBP250NZM-48 1000 48
XDBP250-36 XDBP250M-36 XDBP250NZM-36 36 1000
XDBP250-60
XDBP250-60
XDBP250-60 XDBP250M-60 XDBP250NZM-60
XDBP250M-60 XDBP250M-60
XDBP250NZM-60 60601000 1000
1000XDBP250NZM-60 1500 60
XDBP250-48 XDBP250M-48 XDBP250NZM-48 48 1000
XDBP250-72
XDBP250-72 XDBP250M-72 XDBP250NZM-72
XDBP250M-72 XDBP250M-72
XDBP250NZM-72 7272 1250
1250
XDBP250-72
XDBP250-60 XDBP250M-60 XDBP250NZM-60 601500 1000XDBP250NZM-72 1500 72
XDBP250-84
XDBP250-84 XDBP250M-84
XDBP250M-84 XDBP250NZM-84
XDBP250NZM-84 8484 1250
1250
XDBP250-84
XDBP250-72 XDBP250M-72 XDBP250M-84
XDBP250NZM-72 721500 1250XDBP250NZM-84 1500 84
XDBP250-96
XDBP250-96 XDBP250M-96
XDBP250M-96 XDBP250NZM-96
XDBP250NZM-96 9696 1500
1500
XDBP250-84
XDBP250-96 XDBP250NZM-84
XDBP250M-84 XDBP250M-96 841500 1250XDBP250NZM-96 1500 96
Note： Orange
Note： board
Orange (–RO
board suffix)
(–RO dimensions
suffix) same
dimensions as as
same corresponding pole
corresponding size
pole above.
size above.
XDBP250-96 XDBP250M-96 XDBP250NZM-96
Orange board (–RO suffix) dimensions same as corresponding pole size above.
96 1500
1414
Note：Orange board (–RO suffix) dimensions same as corresponding pole size above.

14

Power Distribution product guide eatoncorp.com.au 2018 43

Technical data
Panelboard dimensional drawings
Low Voltage Assemblies
Technical data
xBoard Distribution Boards
Technical data
Panelboard dimensional drawings
xBoard Plus Quicklag panelboard
xBoard Plus Quicklag panelboard

Note:
1000 high box shown with 36 pole chassis and
250A main switch.

xBoard Plus Quicklag panelboard

Note:
1000 high box shown with 36 pole chassis and
250A main switch.

Note: 1000 high box shown with

36 pole chassis and 250A switch

No mainswitch 250A mainswitch 250A MCCB mainswitch

Eaton item No. Eaton item No. Eaton item No. Pole A DIM.
No mainswitch XDBPQ250M-18
250A mainswitch A DIM. A DIM.
XDBPQ250-18 XDBPQ250NZM-18 18 750250A MCCB mainswitch Pole size
item No. item No. (mm) item No. (mm)
XDBPQ250-24 XDBPQ250M-24 XDBPQ250NZM-24 24 1000
XDBPQ250-24 XDBPQ250M-24 1000 XDBPQ250NZM-24 1000 24
XDBPQ250-30 XDBPQ250M-30 XDBPQ250NZM-30 30 1000
XDBPQ250-36
XDBPQ250-36
XDBPQ250M-36
XDBPQ250M-36 XDBPQ250NZM-36
1000
36
XDBPQ250NZM-36
1000
1500 36
No mainswitch 250A mainswitch 250A MCCB mainswitch
XDBPQ250-48
XDBPQ250-48
Eaton item No. Eaton item No.XDBPQ250M-48
XDBPQ250M-48 XDBPQ250NZM-48
Eaton item No. 1500
48 Pole XDBPQ250NZM-48
1250
A DIM. 1500 48
XDBPQ250-60
XDBPQ250-60
XDBPQ250-18 XDBPQ250M-60
XDBPQ250M-18
XDBPQ250M-60
XDBPQ250NZM-60
XDBPQ250NZM-18
1500
60 18 XDBPQ250NZM-60
1250
750
1500 60
XDBPQ250-72
XDBPQ250-72 XDBPQ250M-72 XDBPQ250NZM-72
XDBPQ250M-72 72
1500 1500
XDBPQ250NZM-72 1500 72
XDBPQ250-24 XDBPQ250M-24 XDBPQ250NZM-24 24 1000
XDBPQ250-84
XDBPQ250-84 XDBPQ250M-84 XDBPQ250NZM-84
XDBPQ250M-84 84
2000 1750
XDBPQ250NZM-84 2000 84
XDBPQ250-30 XDBPQ250M-30 XDBPQ250NZM-30 30 1000
XDBPQ250-96 XDBPQ250M-96 XDBPQ250NZM-96 96 2000
XDBPQ250-96
XDBPQ250-36 XDBPQ250M-36 XDBPQ250M-96
XDBPQ250NZM-36 200036 XDBPQ250NZM-96
1000 2000 96
XDBPQ250-108 XDBPQ250M-108 - 108 2000
XDBPQ250-48 XDBPQ250M-48 XDBPQ250NZM-48
Orange board (–RO suffix) dimensions same as corresponding pole size48
above. 1250
Note：Orange board (–RO suffix) dimensions same as corresponding pole size above.
XDBPQ250-60 XDBPQ250M-60 XDBPQ250NZM-60 60 1250
XDBPQ250-72 XDBPQ250M-72 XDBPQ250NZM-72 72 1500
xBoard Plus extension (x-Equipment) boxes
XDBPQ250-84 XDBPQ250M-84 XDBPQ250NZM-84 84 1750
XDBPQ250-96 XDBPQ250M-96 XDBPQ250NZM-96 96 2000
XDBPQ250-108 XDBPQ250M-108 - 108 2000
Blank mount. DIN rail(s) & blank Raised DIN rail(s) & Box height A DIM. No. of
Note：Orange board (–RO suffix) dimensions same as corresponding pole size above. Plate & escutcheon escutcheon Slotted escutcheon (mm) (mm) DIN
Eaton item No. Eaton item No. Eaton item No. rails
xBoard Plus extension (xEquipment) boxes
xBoard Plus extension (x-Equipment) boxes XEB250-B XEB250-D1 XEB250-D1S 250 - 1
XEB500-B XEB500-D2 XEB500-D2S 500 154.9 2
Raised DIN
XEB750-BBlank mount. DIN rail(s)XEB750-D3S
XEB750-D3 750 Box 187.35 3 No.
rail(s) A DIM. of
Plate & & blank height
XEB1000-B
Blankescutcheon
mount. XEB1000-D4
DINescutcheon XEB1000-D4S
& slotted 1000
rail(s) & blank Raised DIN rail(s) & 208.25A DIM.4 DINNo. of
Box height(mm)
Plate & escutcheonXEB1250-D6
XEB1250-B escutcheon escutcheon
XEB1250-D6S
Slotted escutcheon (mm)
(mm) 174.94(mm) 6
item no. item no. 1250 railsDIN
Eaton item No. itemitem
Eaton item No. XEB1500-D8S
Eaton no.No. rails
XEB1500-B XEB1500-D8 1500 160.67 8
XEB250-B XEB250-D1 XEB250-D1S 250 - 1
XEB250-B
Note： XEB250-D1
1. A DIM. and No. of DIN Rails information only applies XEB250-D1S 250fitted.
to extension boxes with DIN rail(s) - 1
2. XEB500-B XEB500-D2
Orange boxes (–RO suffix) model dimensions same asXEB500-D2S 500
corresponding box heights above. 155 2
XEB500-B XEB500-D2 XEB500-D2S 500 154.9 2
Note: 1000 high box shown
XEB1000-B XEB1000-D4 XEB1000-D4S 1000 208 4
XEB750-B XEB750-D3 XEB750-D3S 750 187.35 3
XEB1500-B XEB1500-D8 XEB1500-D8S 1500 161 8
XEB1000-B XEB1000-D4 XEB1000-D4S 1000 208.25 4
1. A DIM. and No. of DIN Rails information only applies to extension boxes with
XEB1250-B XEB1250-D6 XEB1250-D6S 1250 174.94 6
DIN rail(s) fitted.
XEB1500-B XEB1500-D8 XEB1500-D8S 1500 160.67 158
2. Orange boxes (–RO suffix) model dimensions same as corresponding box
Note：
heights
1. A DIM.above.
and No. of DIN Rails information only applies to extension boxes with DIN rail(s) fitted.
2. Orange boxes (–RO suffix) model dimensions same as corresponding box heights above.

Note: 1000
Note: 1000 high box shown
high box shown

15

44 Power Distribution product guide eatoncorp.com.au 2018

 Low Voltage Assemblies
xBoard Distribution Boards
Technical data
xBoard Weatherproof DIN panelboard

No mainswitch 250A isolator mainswitch A DIM. Pole size

Item no. Item no. (mm)
XDBW250-24 XDBW250M-24 1000 24
XDBW250-36 XDBW250M-36 1000 36
XDBW250-48 XDBW250M-48 1000 48
XDBW250-60 XDBW250M-60 1000 60
XDBW250-72 XDBW250M-72 1500 72
XDBW250-84 XDBW250M-84 1500 84
XDBW250-96 XDBW250M-96 1500 96
Orange board (–RO suffix) dimensions same as corresponding pole size above.

xBoard Weatherproof Quicklag panelboard

No mainswitch 250A isolator mainswitch A DIM. Pole size

Item no. Item no. (mm)
XDBWQ250-24 XDBWQ250M-24 1000 24
XDBWQ250-36 XDBWQ250M-36 1000 36
XDBWQ250-48 XDBWQ250M-48 1500 48
XDBWQ250-60 XDBWQ250M-60 1500 60
XDBWQ250-72 XDBWQ250M-72 1500 72
XDBWQ250-84 XDBWQ250M-84 2000 84
XDBWQ250-96 XDBWQ250M-96 2000 96
Orange board (–RO suffix) dimensions same as corresponding pole size above.

Power Distribution product guide eatoncorp.com.au 2018 45

Low Voltage Assemblies
Enclosures
Eaton Halyester polyester/non metallic enclosures
Polyester enclosures, Halyester - polyester enclosures
Durability & quality you can trust. Halyester has been proving its reliability in the harshest
climates, from the sweltering heats to the coldest temperatures for over 30 years.
• IP66 - dust & jet water tight
• Built for outdoor & indoor usage
• Covers IK10 impact rating
• UV resistant- tested
• Corrosion free & chemical resistant GRP

Empty boxes with TRANSPARENT cover & insulated base-plate Spare covers, TRANSPARENT
Type Description (W x H x D mm) Item no. Type Description (W x H mm) Item no.
K432 IP66 Enclosure 180 x 270 x 171mm 1860808 KD432 Cover only 180 x 270 1860755
K433 IP66 Enclosure 270 x 270 x 171mm 1860809 KD433 Cover only 270 x 270 1860751
K434 IP66 Enclosure 270 x 360 x 171mm 1860810 KD434 Cover only 270 x 360 1860752
K442 IP66 Enclosure 180 x 360 x 171mm 1860090 KD442 Cover only 180 x 360 1860059
K444 IP66 Enclosure 360 x 360 x 171mm 1860091 KD444 Cover only 360 x 360 1860060
K463 IP66 Enclosure 270 x 540 x 171mm 1860811 KD463 Cover only 270 x 540 1860753
K464 IP66 Enclosure 360 x 540 x 171mm 1860812 KD464 Cover only 360 x 540 1860754
K466 IP66 Enclosure 540 x 540 x 171mm 1860092 KD466 Cover only 540 x 540 1860061
K484 IP66 Enclosure 360 x 720 x 201mm 1860093 KD484 Cover only 360 x 720 1860062
K486 IP66 Enclosure 540 x 720 x 201mm 1860094 KD486 Cover only 540 x 720 1860063

Empty boxes with OPAQUE cover with insulated base-plate Spare Covers, OPAQUE
Type Description (W x H x D mm) Item no. Type Description (W x H mm) Item no.
K432GS IP66 Enclosure 180 x 270 x 171mm 1860101 KD432GS Cover only 180 x 270 1360006
K433GS IP66 Enclosure 270 x 270 x 171mm 1860102 KD433GS Cover only 270 x 270 1360007
K434GS IP66 Enclosure 270 x 360 x 171mm 1860103 KD434GS Cover only 270 x 360 1360008
K442GS IP66 Enclosure 180 x 360 x 171mm 1860095 KD442GS Cover only 180 x 360 1360084
K444GS IP66 Enclosure 360 x 360 x 171mm 1860096 KD444GS Cover only 360 x 360 1360085
K463GS IP66 Enclosure 270 x 540 x 171mm 1860104 KD463GS Cover only 270 x 540 1360009
K464GS IP66 Enclosure 360 x 540 x 171mm 1860105 KD464GS Cover only 360 x 540 1360010
K466GS IP66 Enclosure 540 x 540 x 171mm 1860097 KD466GS Cover only 540 x 540 1360086
K484GS IP66 Enclosure 360 x 720 x 201mm 1860098 KD484GS Cover only 360 x 720 1360087
K486GS IP66 Enclosure 540 x 720 x 201mm 1860099 KD486GS Cover only 540 x 720 1360088

Flanges for increasing depth Spare base plates

Type Description Item no. Type Description Item no.
KR434 Depth 62,5 mm 1860547 K432 Phenolic base plate suit K432 1028926
KR444 Depth 62,5 mm 1860414 K433 Phenolic base plate suit K433 1028915
KR463 Depth 62,5 mm 1860762 K434 Phenolic base plate suit K434 1028916
KR464 Depth 62,5 mm 1860761 K442 Phenolic base plate suit K442 1026377
KR466 Depth 125 mm 1860532 K444 Phenolic base plate suit K444 1026375
K463 Phenolic base plate suit K463 1028917
Boxes with DIN rails - TRANSPARENT cover K464 Phenolic base plate suit K464 1028922
Type Description Item no. K466 Phenolic base plate suit K466 1029600
K433/1h Box with 1 top hat mounting rail 1860886 K484 Phenolic base plate suit K484 1026376
K434/2h Box with 2 top hat mounting rails 1860548 K486 Phenolic base plate suit K486 1026378
K444/2h Box with 2 top hat mounting rails 1860549
K464/2h Box with 2 top hat mounting rails 1860559

Spare fixing screws for lids Locking accessories & valves

Description Item no. Type Description Item no.
Lid screws, standard, tool operated 1037917 All External Hinge Kit (pair) 1064108
Lid screws, hand operated 1037922 All Seal Plate for Padlocking Cover 6009946
Lid screws, tool operated, captive cover 1037919 All Vent Valve 1049019
Lid screws, hand operated, captive cover 1037923 All Drain Valve 1024949

46 Power Distribution product guide eatoncorp.com.au 2018

 Low Voltage Assemblies
Enclosures
Small insulated enclosures CI-K range
Suitable for housing a wide range of protection and control devices, the robust CI-K
enclosures are rated to IP65 degree of protection. Metric cable entry knockouts in
the top, bottom and rear of the enclosure make installation easy.
A choice of the unique push-through membrane or hard knockout versions provide
added flexibility.

The units are ideal for housing Moeller products including: T rotary switches, P
switch-disconnectors, RMQ-Titan command and signalling devices, xStart contactors,
Xpole miniature circuit-breakers, easy control relays, ETR4 timing relays, and PKZ
motor-protective circuit-breakers. They also make excellent terminal boxes and can be
used to house pneumatic or hydraulic components.

Features and benefits

• Fully insulated with no need to earth, resistant to flaking or rusting which is
particularly important for the food industry
• Choice of mounting rails and plates, with fixing holes for vertical or horizontal
positioning, simplifies mounting
• Captive screws, fixing centres printed on the base, rubber feet to compensate
for wall unevenness and optional external fixing brackets
all simplify installation
• Shallow base depth eases connection to devices mounted in the enclosure
• Eyelets on the base and cover mean tie wraps can be used as a simple hinge
when accessing the contents of the enclosure

CI-K enclosures
Dimensions (W x H x D mm) Mounting Depth mm Item no.
CI-K2-100-M
Degree of protection IP65, material: polycarbonate, with metal mounting plate, enclosure base RAL
9005, black, top RAL 7035, light grey, metric cable entry knockouts at top, bottom and in back plate,
cable membrane with CI-K1 and CI-K2, control cable entry to CI-K2, enclosure CI-K3 to CI-K5 include
metric cable grommets
100 x 160 x 100 73 CI-K2-100-M
100 x 160 x 145 118 CI-K2-145-M
120 x 200 x 125 98 CI-K3-125-M
TS-CI-K2
120 x 200 x 160 133 CI-K3-160-M
160 x 240 x 125 93 CI-K4-125-M
160 x 240 x 160 128 CI-K4-160-M
200 x 280 x 125 93 CI-K5-125-M
200 x 280 x 160 128 CI-K5-160-M

CI-K accessories
Description For use with Item no.
Mounting rails K-CI-K3
CI-K2 crosswise, useful length 82 mm TS-CI-K2
CI-K3 lengthwise and crosswise, useful
TS-CI-K3
length 98 mm
7.5 mm with fixing screws
CI-K4 crosswise, useful length 133 mm TS-CI-K4
CI-K5 lengthwise and crosswise, and for
TS-CI-K5
CI-K4 lengthwise, useful length 173 mm
N terminals, PE terminals
CI-K3 K-CI-K3
Can be screwed into support bosses
CI-K4 K-CI-K4
K10/1
Insulated individual terminals
32 A, flexible 1.5 – 6 mm2 K10/1
With PE, N adhesive labels, for snap-
63 A, flexible 6 – 16 mm2 K25/1
fitting onto mounting rail
100 A, flexible 10 – 35 mm2 K50/1
Metric cable glands
20.5 mm drilled hole diameter 6 – 13 mm external cable diameter V-M20
25.5 mm drilled hole diameter 9 – 17 mm external cable diameter V-M25
32.5 mm drilled hole diameter 13 – 21 mm external cable diameter V-M32
V-M20
50.5 mm drilled hole diameter 18 – 35 mm external cable diameter V-M50

Power Distribution product guide eatoncorp.com.au 2018 47

Low Voltage Assemblies
Enclosures
Totally insulated enclosures CI range
CI Series enclosures

Dimensions (W x H x D mm) Mounting depth mm Item no.

E type individual enclosures
Metric cable entry knockouts on all sides, degree of protection IP65, full-area
knockouts possible on all sides, transparent cover (included in depth), fixing straps for
wall mounting, cover fasteners can be sealed
187.5 x 250 x 150 125 CI23E-125
187.5 x 250 x 175 150 CI23E-150
375 x 250 x 150 125 CI43E-125
375 x 250 x 175 150 CI43E-150
375 x 250 x 225 200 CI43E-200
375 x 375 x 150 125 CI44E-125
375 x 375 x 175 150 CI44E-150
375 x 375 x 225 200 CI44E-200
375 x 375 x 275 250 CI44E-250
375 x 500 x 225 200 CI45E-200
X type individual enclosures
Smooth plain sides for easy cleaning, Degree of protection IP65, Transparent cover
(included in depth), Fixing straps for wall mounting, Cover fasteners can be sealed
187.5 x 250 x 150 125 CI23X-125
187.5 x 250 x 175 150 CI23X-150
375 x 250 x 150 125 CI43X-125
375 x 250 x 175 150 CI43X-150
375 x 250 x 225 200 CI43X-200
375 x 375 x 150 125 CI44X-125
375 x 375 x 175 150 CI44X-150
375 x 375 x 225 200 CI44X-200
375 x 375 x 275 250 CI44X-250
375 x 500 x 225 200 CI45X-200
Panel enclosures
Sides with full-area knockouts, open top and bottom, Degree of protection IP65,
Transparent cover (included in depth), cover fasteners can be sealed
375 x 750 x 225 200 CI48-200
375 x 750 x 275 250 CI48-250

CI Series bases
Dimensions
Description Item no.
(W x H mm)
187.5 x 250 U-CI23E
Bases for E type individual enclosures
Metric cable entry knockouts on all sides, full-area knockouts possible 375 x 250 U-CI43E
on all sides, support bosses in the base to fit mounting plates or 375 x 375 U-CI44E
mounting rails
375 x 500 U-CI45E
187.5 x 250 U-CI23X
Bases for X type individual enclosures 375 x 250 U-CI43X
Smooth plain sides for easy cleaning, cable entry drill as required,
support bosses in the base to fit mounting plates or mounting rails 375 x 375 U-CI44X
375 x 500 U-CI45X
187.5 x 250 U-CI23

Bases for panel enclosures 375 x 250 U-CI43

Sides with full area knockouts, Open top and bottom, Support bosses 375 x 375 U-CI44
in the base to fit mounting plates or mounting rails 375 x 500 U-CI45
375 x 750 U-CI48

48 Power Distribution product guide eatoncorp.com.au 2018

 Low Voltage Assemblies
Enclosures
Totally insulated enclosures CI range
CI covers - Transparent covers only

Mounting depth mm For use with enclosure base Item no.

125 D125-CI23
U-CI23
150 D150-CI23
125 D125-CI43
150 U-CI43 D150-CI43
200 D200-CI43
125 D125-CI44
150 D150-CI44
U-CI44
200 D200-CI44
250 D250-CI44
200 U-CI45 D200-CI45
200 D200-CI48
U-CI48
250 D250-CI48

CI accessories

Description For use with Item no.

CI 23 M3-CI23
CI 43 M3-CI43
Steel mounting plates
CI 44 M3-CI44
3 mm galvanised steel, including fixing screws
CI 45 M3-CI45
CI 48 M3-CI48
Module mounting rails
Useful length 330 mm for enclosure dimension 375 Horizontal CI43, CI44,
ML4
mm, 3 mm galvanised steel, including fixing screws, CI45, CI48, Vertical CI44
pack of 10 rails
Mounting rails Useful length 145 mm for
145 CL2
Galvanised steel, enclosure dimension 187.5 mm
including fixing Useful length 207 mm for
207 CL3
screws, 7.5 mm enclosure dimension 250 mm
high, Pack of 20 Useful length 332 mm for
rails 332 CL4
enclosure dimension 375 mm
Useful length 145 mm for
145 CL2-15
enclosure dimension 187.5 mm
Mounting rails
Useful length 207 mm for
15 mm high, pack 207 CL3-15
enclosure dimension 250 mm
of 10 rails
Useful length 332 mm for
332 CL4-15
enclosure dimension 375 mm
To raise by 25 mm, pack of 25 by 25 HS25-CI
Spacers
To raise by 50 mm, pack of 25 by 50 HS50-CI

Description Rated current For use with Item no.

32 A - K10/1
63 A - K25/1
Insulated individual terminals 100 A - K50/1
Connections on both sides for
round conductors 160 A - K95/1N/BR
250 A - K150/1/BR
400 A - K240/1/BR

Power Distribution product guide eatoncorp.com.au 2018 49

Low Voltage Assemblies
Enclosures
Totally insulated enclosures CI range
BL-CI CI accessories
Enclosure
Description Standard pack Item no.
width mm
Fixing strap with screw
For wall mounting of CI enclosures. Each kit
HG-CI – 5 BL-CI
contains four straps.
Thumb-grip
For fitting to cover fasteners on CI enclosures.
– 20 HG-CI
Set of four
Clip
KD4-CI
For enclosure assembly – 25 KD4-CI
Wedge lock
For enclosure assembly and flange fitting – 100 K-CI
K-CI
Assembly kits
187.5 10 BS-2-CI

To connect enclosures to one another, 250 (500: use

10 BS-3-CI
wedge-lock fasteners included 2 off)
375 (750: use
10 BS-4-CI
2 off)
Flange adapter
BS-2-CI
For connecting enclosures with sides of
– 10 FT-CI
different lengths
Gaskets
187.5 20 D2-CI
To seal faces between enclosures 250 20 D3-CI
FT-CI 375 20 D4-CI
Connecting pieces
– 100 VS-CI
Wedge lock K-CI required for enclosure
assembly and flange fitting for attaching – 25 VS-KS-CI
gland plates
VS-CI – 25 VS-TR-CI
Flange plates
375 10 FL4-X

Captive, sponge-rubber gasket. Cable entry drill 250 10 FL3-X

FL4-X as required 187.5 10 FL2-X
125 10 FL1-X
Gland plates (including cable grommets)
For two cables 14 – 54 mm 250 1 KS3-CI
KS3-CI
For three cables 14 – 68 mm 375 1 KS4-CI
Cover hinge
For CI...E and CI...X individual enclosures. One
set consists of – 5 DSCH-CI
DSCH-CI 2 hinges.

50 Power Distribution product guide eatoncorp.com.au 2018

 Low Voltage Assemblies
Enclosures
ETA Mild steel enclosures
ETA ST wall mount enclosures
ETA metal enclosures are the ideal housing for all
electrical control circuits & switchboard construction,
ST enclosures feature:
• Enclosure & door RAL 7035 textured polyester
powder coat
• Enclosure & door made from 1.5mm sheet steel
• Mounting plate made of 2.5mm galvanised
sheet steel
• Removable gland plate
• Two part polyurethane continuous sealing gasket
• Reversible door including mounting rails
• Degree of protection IP66 to EN60529, EN50298
• Impact Resistance - IK10 to EN50298, EN 50102

ETA ST wall mount enclosures IP66 (Single door) ETA ST wall boxes IP55 (2 Door)

External dimensions No. of Weight External dimensions No. of Weight

Colour Item no. Colour Item no.
(W x H x D mm) locks Kgs (W x H x D mm) locks Kgs
200 x 300 x 150 RAL7035 1 6 ST2-315 800 x 600 x 300 RAL7035 1 37 ST8-630
300 x 300 x 150 RAL7035 1 7.5 ST3-315 1000 x 800 x 200 RAL7035 1 51 ST10-820
300 x 400 x 150 RAL7035 1 9.5 ST3-415
1000 x 800 x 300 RAL7035 1 58 ST10-830
300 x 500 x 150 RAL7035 1 11.5 ST3-515
1000 x 1000 x 300 RAL7035 1 69 ST10-1030
400 x 300 x 150 RAL7035 1 9.5 ST4-315
1000 x 1200 x 300 RAL7035 1 80 ST10-1230
400 x 500 x 150 RAL7035 1 13 ST4-515
300 x 300 x 200 RAL7035 1 8 ST3-320
300 x 400 x 200 RAL7035 1 11 ST3-420
300 x 500 x 200 RAL7035 1 13 ST3-520
400 x 300 x 200 RAL7035 1 11 ST4-320 Orange RAL2000 ETA ST wall mount enclosures
400 x 400 x 200 RAL7035 1 13.5 ST4-420 IP66 (Single door)

400 x 500 x 200 RAL7035 1 15.5 ST4-520 External dimensions No. of Weight
Colour Item no.
400 x 600 x 200 RAL7035 2 18 ST4-620 (W x H x D mm) locks Kgs
500 x 500 x 200 RAL7035 1 18.5 ST5-520 400 x 400 x 200 RAL2000 1 13.5 STO4-420
500 x 700 x 200 RAL7035 2 24.5 ST5-720 400 x 600 x 200 RAL2000 2 18 STO4-620
600 x 400 x 200 RAL7035 1 18 ST6-420 600 x 600 x 200 RAL2000 2 24.5 STO6-620
600 x 600 x 200 RAL7035 2 24.5 ST6-620 500 x 700 x 250 RAL2000 2 27 STO5-725
400 x 500 x 250 RAL7035 1 18 ST4-525 600 x 800 x 250 RAL2000 2 34 STO6-825
400 x 600 x 250 RAL7035 2 20.5 ST4-625
600 x 1000 x 250 RAL2000 2 43.5 STO6-1025
500 x 700 x 250 RAL7035 2 27 ST5-725
600 x 1200 x 300 RAL2000 1 54 STO6-1230
600 x 800 x 250 RAL7035 2 34 ST6-825
800 x 1000 x 300 RAL2000 2 58 STO8-1030
600 x 1000 x 250 RAL7035 2 43.5 ST6-1025
800 x 1200 x 300 RAL2000 1 67 STO8-1230
600 x 400 x 300 RAL7035 1 23 ST6-430
600 x 600 x 300 RAL7035 2 30 ST6-630
600 x 800 x 300 RAL7035 2 37 ST6-830
600 x 1000 x 300 RAL7035 2 47 ST6-1030
600 x 1200 x 300 RAL7035 1 54 ST6-1230
800 x 600 x 300 RAL7035 2 37 ST8-630
800 x 800 x 300 RAL7035 2 48 ST8-830
800 x 1000 x 300 RAL7035 2 58 ST8-1030
800 x 1200 x 300 RAL7035 1 67 ST8-1230
400 x 600 x 400 RAL7035 2 25 ST4-640
600 x 600 x 400 RAL7035 2 32 ST6-640
600 x 800 x 400 RAL7035 2 46 ST6-840
600 x 1000 x 400 RAL7035 2 56 ST6-1040
800 x 800 x 400 RAL7035 2 52 ST8-840
800 x 1000 x 400 RAL7035 2 62 ST8-1040
Please call Eaton for sizes not listed.

Power Distribution product guide eatoncorp.com.au 2018 51

Low Voltage Assemblies
Enclosures
ETA Mild steel enclosures
ETA STP wall mount enclosures IP66 with
plexiglass window
ETA metal enclosures are the ideal housing
for all electrical control circuits & switch board
construction, STP enclosures feature:

• Full Plexiglass • Removable gland

viewing window plate & gasket
• Enclosure & door • Two part
RAL 7035 textured polyurethane
polyester powder continuous sealing
coat gasket
• Enclosure & door • Reversible door
made from 1.5mm including mounting
sheet steel rails
• Mounting plate • Degree of
made of 2.5mm protection to IEC
galvanised sheet 529 IP66
steel

ETA STP wall mount enclosures - IP66 with plexiglass window ETA ST enclosures accessories
ETA ST Modular Chassis Kits Includes:
External dimensions No. of Weight
Colour Item no. • Frame • Front panel with modular
(W x H x D mm) locks Kgs
• Zinc plated DIN Rail slot complete with
400 x 300 x 200 RAL7035 1 11 STP4-320 mounting accessories &
• Internal IP rating: IP1X
400 x 400 x 200 RAL7035 1 13.5 STP4-420 captive screws
400 x 500 x 200 RAL7035 1 15.5 STP4-520 ETA ST modular chassis kits

400 x 600 x 200 RAL7035 2 18 STP4-620 Description Colour Item no.

500 x 700 x 200 RAL7035 2 24.5 STP5-720 Modular Chassis Kit, 1 x 16 Module RAL7035 MDST4-300
Modular Chassis Kit, 2 x 16 Module RAL7035 MDST4-400
600 x 400 x 200 RAL7035 1 18 STP6-420
Modular Chassis Kit, 3 x 16 Module RAL7035 MDST4-500
600 x 600 x 200 RAL7035 2 24.5 STP6-620
Modular Chassis Kit, 3 x 16 Module* RAL7035 MDST4-600
400 x 500 x 250 RAL7035 1 18 STP4-525
Modular Chassis Kit, 3 x 26 Module* RAL7035 MDST6-600
400 x 600 x 250 RAL7035 2 20.5 STP4-625
Modular Chassis Kit, 4 x 26 Module* RAL7035 MDST6-800
500 x 700 x 250 RAL7035 2 27 STP5-725
Modular Chassis Kit, 5 x 26 Module* RAL7035 MDST6-1000
600 x 800 x 250 RAL7035 2 34 STP6-825
Modular Chassis Kit, 6 x 26 Module* RAL7035 MDST6-1200
600 x 1000 x 250 RAL7035 2 43.5 STP6-1025
* These units have individual module frames, example MDST4-600 has
600 x 400 x 300 RAL7035 1 23 STP6-430 3 x 16 module lift off panels.
600 x 600 x 300 RAL7035 2 30 STP6-630
600 x 800 x 300 RAL7035 2 37 STP6-830 ETA ST canopies

600 x 1000 x 300 RAL7035 2 47 STP6-1030 Description (W x D mm) Colour Item no.
Mild Steel, Canopy 400 x 200 RAL7035 TT1-04
600 x 1200 x 300 RAL7035 1 54 STP6-1230
Mild Steel, Canopy 500 x 200 RAL7035 TT1-05
800 x 1000 x 300 RAL7035 2 58 STP8-1030
Mild Steel, Canopy 600 x 250 RAL7035 TT1-06
800 x 1200 x 300 RAL7035 1 67 STP8-1230
Mild Steel, Canopy 400 x 250 RAL7035 TT2-04
Mild Steel, Canopy 500 x 250 RAL7035 TT2-05
ETA ST enclosures accessories - ETA ST inner door kits
Mild Steel, Canopy 600 x 300 RAL7035 TT2-06
Description Mild Steel, Canopy 800 x 300 RAL7035 TT2-08
Colour Item no.
(W x H mm)
Inner Door Kit, 400 x 400 RAL7035 STP01-44 Inner door kits, Modular chassis kits & canopies are also suitable for relevant
sized STP type ETA enclosures.
Inner Door Kit, 400 x 500 RAL7035 STP01-45
Inner Door Kit, 400 x 600 RAL7035 STP01-46 ETA ST horizontal door rails
Inner Door Kit, 500 x 700 RAL7035 STP01-57 Description Colour Item no.
Inner Door Kit, 600 x 400 RAL7035 STP01-64 Crosspiece for 300mm wide door GAL WC001
Inner Door Kit, 600 x 600 RAL7035 STP01-66 Crosspiece for 400mm wide door GAL WC002
Inner Door Kit, 600 x 800 RAL7035 STP01-68 Crosspiece for 500mm wide door GAL WC003
Inner Door Kit, 600 x 1000 RAL7035 STP01-610 Crosspiece for 600mm wide door GAL WC004

Inner Door Kit, 600 x 1200 RAL7035 STP01-612 Crosspiece for 800mm wide door GAL WC005

Inner Door Kit, 800 x 1000 RAL7035 STP01-810 ETA enclosures include vertical door rails as standard.
Inner Door Kit, 800 x 1200 RAL7035 STP01-812

52 Power Distribution product guide eatoncorp.com.au 2018

 Low Voltage Assemblies
Enclosures
ETA Mild steel enclosures
ETA ST enclosures accessories
ETA ST mounting plate adjustment kit ETA ST mounting plates
Description Colour Item no. Description (W x H mm) Colour Item no.
Plate adjustment for 200mm deep GAL WA980 suit 200W x 300H GAL WPAST23Z
Plate adjustment for 200mm deep GAL WA981
suit 300W x 300H GAL WPAST33Z
Plate adjustment for 200mm deep GAL WA982
suit 400W x 400H GAL WPAST44Z
Supply includes 2 pieces. 4 pieces required for enclosure 800mm high or less,
6 pieces required for enclosures greater than 800mm high. suit 400W x 500H GAL WPAST45Z
suit 400W x 600H GAL WPAST46Z
ETA ST general accessories
suit 500W x 500H GAL WPAST55Z
Description Item no.
suit 600W x 800H GAL WPAST68Z
Wall Mounting Bracket kit, 4 pieces SDWC-010
suit 600W x 1000H GAL WPAST610Z
ST Door Stop, holds door at 90 degrees to
WA060* suit 800W x 800H GAL WPAST88Z
prevent accidental closing
ST Metal Box Hinge 0CDST140051 suit 1000W x 1000H GAL WPAST1010Z

ST Metal Hinge Pin METALPIN

Document Door Pocket A4 Sized, Thermoplastic WA050
RAL7035, touch up paint XAFS7035
*To hold the door open at 90 degrees & avoid accidental closing. Used on ST
or STP boxes.

ETA ST gland plates

Description Colour Item no.

Gland Plate 78 x 158mm,
RAL7035 WC016
suit 200mm wide
Gland Plate 78 x 258mm,
RAL7035 WC018
suit 300mm wide
Gland Plate 128 x 358mm,
RAL7035 WC020 CL001 & CL003 Lock Kit
suit 500mm wide
Gland Plate 128 x 558mm,
RAL7035 WC022
suit 600mm wide

Includes one gland plate, sealing gasket, mounting accessories.

ETA ST locking systems

ID Description Item no.
1 Standard ETA Lock, Key Only WE096
Lock & cam, with standard ETA
2+3 WE250EAT
Locking Insert
4 7mm Square Locking Insert WE265
5 7mm Square Lock, Key Only WE268 9

6 8mm Triangle Locking Insert WE275

7 8mm Triangle Lock, Key Only WE278
3
8 Screwdriver Locking Insert WE280
Keylock insert with E333 key 4
9 WE235
(includes cam & locking cover)
6 1
10 T Handle with Key Lock WE285 2
11 Wing Handle with Key Lock WE288 8 5
T Handle with Key Lock - For Double
N/A Door Enclosures plus 1200mm high WE230 7
ST, STO & STP enclosures
N/A CL001 Lock, Complete with 2 Keys STCL001
N/A CL003 Lock, Complete with 2 Keys STCL003 10 11

N/A Lock Tongue to Suit CL Locks STCL00-LOCKTONGUE 

N/A CL Nylon sealing Gasket STCL00-GASKET 
 These items are supplied as one combined item.
One of each of these items is required when ordering items
STCL001 + STCL003.

Power Distribution product guide eatoncorp.com.au 2018 53

Low Voltage Assemblies
Enclosures
ETA Mild steel terminal boxes
Sheet steel terminal boxes
Ideal for termination of Ideal for termination of
marshalling cables. ETA SDV marshalling cables. ETA SDP
Terminal Boxes features Terminal boxes features:
• Enclosure & door made • Enclosure & door made
from 1.2mm sheet steel in from 1.2mm sheet
RAL 7035 steel in RAL7035
• Lid fixed with captive • Hinged door with standard
screws, hinges can be 3 lock included
fitted as an option • Holes to fix mounting
• Holes for fixing mounting plates or din rail included
plates/DIN rail included • Two part polyurethane
• Two part polyurethane continuous sealing gasket
continuous sealing gasket • IP55 Rating
• IP66 rating

ETA SDV terminal boxes IP66 (Lift off door)

External Dimensions Weight
Colour Item no.
(W x H x D mm) Kgs
150 x 150 x 80 RAL7035 1.1 SDV1-108
200 x 200 x 80 RAL7035 1.7 SDV2-208
Terminal boxes accessories 300 x 200 x 80 RAL7035 2.2 SDV3-208
Mounting plates 400 x 200 x 80 RAL7035 2.8 SDV4-208
500 x 200 x 80 RAL7035 3.3 SDV5-208
Description (W x H mm) Colour Item no.
600 x 200 x 80 RAL7035 3.9 SDV6-208
Mounting Plate, suit 150W x 150H GAL SDPA11
Mounting Plate, suit 200W x 150H GAL SDPA21 800 x 200 x 80 RAL7035 5 SDV8-208

Mounting Plate, suit 200W x 200H GAL SDPA22 150 x 150 x 120 RAL7035 1.6 SDV1-112

Mounting Plate, suit 300W x 150H GAL SDPA31 200 x 200 x 120 RAL7035 2.3 SDV2-212

Mounting Plate, suit 300W x 200H GAL SDPA32 300 x 150 x 120 RAL7035 2 SDV3-112
Mounting Plate, suit 300W x 300H GAL SDPA33 300 x 200 x 120 RAL7035 2.6 SDV3-212
Mounting Plate, suit 400W x 200H GAL SDPA42 300 x 300 x 120 RAL7035 3.5 SDV3-312
Mounting Plate, suit 400W x 300H GAL SDPA43 400 x 200 x 120 RAL7035 3.3 SDV4-212
Mounting Plate, suit 400W x 400H GAL SDPA44 400 x 300 x 120 RAL7035 4.3 SDV4-312
Mounting Plate, suit 500W x 200H GAL SDPA52 400 x 400 x 120 RAL7035 5.4 SDV4-412
Mounting Plate, suit 500W x 300H GAL SDPA53 500 x 200 x 120 RAL7035 3.8 SDV5-212
Mounting Plate, suit 600W x 200H GAL SDPA62 500 x 300 x 120 RAL7035 5.1 SDV5-312
Mounting Plate, suit 600W x 300H GAL SDPA63 600 x 200 x 120 RAL7035 4.5 SDV6-212
Mounting Plate, suit 600W x 400H GAL SDPA64 600 x 300 x 120 RAL7035 5.9 SDV6-312
Mounting Plate, suit 800W x 200H GAL SDPA82 600 x 400 x 120 RAL7035 7.4 SDV6-412
Mounting Plate, suit 800W x 400H GAL SDPA84 800 x 200 x 120 RAL7035 5.8 SDV8-212
800 x 400 x 120 RAL7035 9.7 SDV8-412
DIN Rails Terminal Boxes with gland plates (120mm depth boxes only) & boxes with
transparent lids can be offered. Contact Eaton for details.
Description Colour Item no.
DIN Rail, suit 150mm Wide, Pack of 10 GAL SDWA013 ETA SDP terminal boxes IP55 (Hinged door)
DIN Rail, suit 200mm Wide, Pack of 10 GAL SDWA015
External Dimensions Weight
DIN Rail, suit 300mm Wide, Pack of 10 GAL SDWA020 Colour Item no.
(W x H x D mm) Kgs
DIN Rail, suit 400mm Wide, Pack of 10 GAL SDWA025 200 x 200 x 80 RAL7035 1.8 SDP2-208
DIN Rail, suit 500mm Wide, Pack of 10 GAL SDWA030 200 x 300 x 80 RAL7035 2.4 SDP2-308
DIN Rail, suit 600mm Wide, Pack of 10 GAL SDWA035 200 x 400 x 80 RAL7035 3 SDP2-408
DIN Rail, suit 800mm Wide, Pack of 10 GAL SDWA040 200 x 200 x 120 RAL7035 2.5 SDP2-212
200 x 300 x 120 RAL7035 2.8 SDP2-312
SDV & SDP 200 x 400 x 120 RAL7035 3.5 SDP2-412
Description Colour Item no. 200 x 500 x 120 RAL7035 4.1 SDP2-512
Wall Mounting Bracket kit, 4 pieces GAL SDWC-010 300 x 300 x 120 RAL7035 3.8 SDP3-312
Hinge kit for SDV type, 6 pieces GAL SDWA-005 300 x 400 x 120 RAL7035 4.5 SDP3-412

54 Power Distribution product guide eatoncorp.com.au 2018

 Low Voltage Assemblies
Enclosures
ETA CS Enclosures
• Enclosure & door RAL 7035 textured • CS Enclosures can also be floor mounted
polyester powder coat with plinths available in 100mm or 200mm
heights
• Enclosure & door made from 1.5mm sheet
steel • Door mounting rails fitted as standard
• Mounting plate, 2.5mm galvanised steel • 3 point locking system
• Degree of protection IP55 to EN62208 • Studs welded on the internal sides enable
the fixing of both the vertical & horizontal
• CS enclosures can be wall mounted using
profiles (WTPR-CS & fast fixing brackets
SDWC - 010 mounting brackets as per ST
WTPR-R)
Enclosure range

ETA CS Enclosures
External Dimensions
Colour Door Type Item no.
(W x H x D mm)
600 x 1200 x 400 RAL7035 Single CS6-1240
600 x 1400 x 300 RAL7035 Single CS6-1430
600 x 1400 x 400 RAL7035 Single CS6-1440
800 x 1200 x 400 RAL7035 Single CS8-1240
800 x 1400 x 300 RAL7035 Single CS8-1430
800 x 1400 x 400 RAL7035 Single CS8-1440
1000 x 1200 x 400 RAL7035 Double CS10-1240
1000 x 1400 x 300 RAL7035 Double CS10-1430
1000 x 1400 x 400 RAL7035 Double CS10-1440
1200 x 1200 x 400 RAL7035 Double CS12-1240
1200 x 1400 x 300 RAL7035 Double CS12-1430
1200 x 1400 x 400 RAL7035 Double CS12-1440

ETA CS Enclosure range - modular plinth

Description Pack Size Item no.

Universal Cover Pieces - 100mm (H), with mounting hardware 4 pieces ATZE-A100
Front / Rear crosspiece pack - 600mm (W) enclosures 2 pieces ATZE-T0600
Front / Rear crosspiece pack - 800mm (W) enclosures 2 pieces ATZE-T0800
Front / Rear crosspiece pack - 1000mm (W) enclosures 2 pieces ATZE-T1000
Front / Rear crosspiece pack - 1200mm (W) enclosures 2 pieces ATZE-T1200
Side crosspiece pack - 300mm (D) Enclosures 2 pieces ATZE-T0300S
Modular plinth: available in
Side crosspiece pack - 400mm (D) Enclosures 2 pieces ATZE-T0400A 100mm and 200mm heights
in RAL7025 textured finish.

ETA CS Enclosure range - accessories

Description Pack Size Item no.

Vertical rails to suit 1200mm (H) CS enclosures 4 pieces WTPR-050120CS
Vertical rails to suit 1400mm (H) CS enclosures 4 pieces WTPR-050140CS
Fast fixing horizontal rails to suit 300mm (D) CS enclosures 4 pieces WTPR-050022R
Fast fixing horizontal rails to suit 400mm (D) CS enclosures 4 pieces WTPR-050032R
180 Degree door opening hinge set 3 pieces WTCE-18008
Eyebolts - M12 Zinc alloy, with hardware 2 pieces WTGS-003 Sliding rails: allow easy
Wall mounting brackets 4 pieces SDWC-010 installation of the mounting
plate,railes can be removed
Reusable mounting plate sliding rails - 300mm (D) enclosures 2 pieces CSPP-00300 after installation and kept for
Reusable mounting plate sliding rails - 400mm (D) enclosures 2 pieces CSPP-00400 futur use

Power Distribution product guide eatoncorp.com.au 2018 55

Low Voltage Assemblies
Metering devices
Power Xpert meters
The Power Xpert Meter 4000 The Power Xpert Meter 6000 The Power Xpert Meter 8000
"This meter provides all the core This meter provides all the This meter provides all the
functions for monitoring power functionality of the Power functionality of the Power Xpert
consumption and power Xpert 4000 plus enhanced 6000 and adds the ability to
quality along with 2 GB of power quality monitoring with capture very fast transients by
data storage. It captures fast automatic industry standard sampling at 6 MHz—100,000
voltage changes, low frequency trigger settings. It also offers a samples per cycle. That’s a
transients and reviews larger 4 GB of data storage. sample every 166 nanoseconds,
individual harmonic levels across three input channels as
directly on the meter" well as neutral-to-ground. In
addition, it has a capacity of 8
GB for data storage.

Type Item no.

PXM 4000 Meter, 2 GB, AC, no options PXM4051A1AA
PXM 4000 Meter, 2 GB, AC, w/ Com. Exp. Card PXM4051A1BA
PXM 4000 Meter, 2 GB, AC, w/ Com. Exp. & I/O Cards PXM4051A1BB
PXM 6000 Meter, 4 GB, AC, no options PXM6051A1AA
PXM 6000 Meter, 4 GB, AC, w/ Com. Exp. Card PXM6051A1BA
PXM 6000 Meter, 4 GB, AC, w/ Com. Exp. & I/O Cards PXM6051A1BB
PXM 8000 Meter, 8 GB, AC, no options PXM8051A1AA
PXM 8000 Meter, 8 GB, AC, w/ Com. Exp. Card PXM8051A1BA
PXM 8000 Meter, 8 GB, AC, w/ Com. Exp. & I/O Cards PXM8051A1BB

Accesory Item no.

PXM meter graphic display module PXD-MMG
PXM bracket for back-to-back meter to display mounting PX-PMBA
PXM I/O card PXMIO-B
PXM Com Exp. Card: Ethernet 100FX, 10/100T, RS-485, RS-232 PXMCE-B

Power Xpert meter 2000 range

Power Xpert Meter 2250 Power Xpert Meter 2260 Power Xpert Meter 2270
"This meter provides all the core This meter adds the ability This meter adds the ability to
functions for monitoring power to monitor total harmonic monitor individual harmonics
consumption and power quality distortion and the ability to set and to visualize waveforms
along with 256 MB for data onboard meter limits. The meter on your desktop using the
logging, Ethernet connectivity also will illuminate LEDs on the embedded Web server. This
and onboard Gateway Card faceplate, indicating that a limit meter comes with 768 MB for
limits. This unit uses D/A has been exceeded. This meter data logging.
technology to sample circuits comes standard with 512 MB
at 400 samples per cycle for data logging.
for accurate measurement
of power factor and energy
consumption.

Type Item no.

PXM2250 Meter/Display 50Hz 5A 90-265V AC/DC PXM2250MA55105
PXM2260 Meter/Display 50Hz 5A 90-265V AC/DC PXM2260MA55105
PXM2270 Meter/Display 50Hz 5A 90-265V AC/DC PXM2270MA55105
PXM2250 Meter/Display 50Hz 1A 90-265V AC/DC PXM2250MA51105
PXM2260 Meter/Display 50Hz 1A 90-265V AC/DC PXM2260MA51105
PXM2270 Meter/Display 50Hz 1A 90-265V AC/DC PXM2270MA51105

Accesory Item no.

PXM 2000 I/O Card—two relay outputs/two status inputs IQ250/260-I01
PXM 2000 I/O Card—four KYZ pulses/four status inputs IQ250/260-I02
PXM 2000 I/O Card—four analog outputs—0–1 mA IQ250/260-I03
PXM 2000 I/O Card—four analog outputs—4–20 mA IQ250/260-I04
Mounting assy for retrofitting a PXM2000 to an
IQ250-PMAK
IQ Analyzer/DP-4000/data cutout

56 Power Distribution product guide eatoncorp.com.au 2018

 Low Voltage Assemblies
Metering devices
IQ 250/260 range
The IQ 250 & IQ 260 electronic meters provide capabilities Features
you wouldn’t normally expect in an affordable, compact • Comprehensive metering
meter—such as fast sampling rate & accurate metering for a • High-end accuracy
full range of power attributes. The meter can be configured
either from the easy-to-read display or remotely (accessible • Self-test capability to validate
via a Power Xpert Gateway) for upgrades to input/output accuracy
option cards. • Large, easy-to-read display
• Local or remote configuration
Eaton’s IQ 250 & IQ 260 meters provide direct-reading
• Industry-standard communication
metered values for the most critical power aspects, such
protocols (Modbus)
as watts, watt demand, watt-hours, voltage-amperes (VA),
VA-hours, vars, var-hours & power factor. They have high • Mix-and-match input/output
sampling speed & accuracy. The IQ 260 meter also measures options
power quality, such as total harmonic distortion (THD) up to • Integration with Eaton’s Power
the 40th order. The IQ 260 also provides configurable limit Xpert Architecture
alarming/control capability of up to eight measured parameters • Field-upgradeable
for more sophisticated power management.

IQ 100 range
Providing the first line of defense against costly power Applications
problems, Eaton’s IQ 100 electronic power meters can • Utility & commercial metering
perform the work of an entire wall of legacy metering
• Substations, industrial facilities,
equipment utilizing today’s technology. Eaton’s IQ 100 meters
power generation sites &
use 24-bit AD converters that sample at more than 400
campuses
samples per cycle & meet ANSI C12.20 standards for accuracy
of 0.5 percent. With such high-performance measurement • Sub-metering
capability, these meters can be confidently used for primary • Load studies & voltage recording
revenue metering & sub-metering applications. • Analogue meter replacement
Eaton’s IQ 100 meters provide direct-reading metered values
for the most critical power aspects, such as watts, watt
demand, watt hours, voltage-amperes (VA), VA-hours, vars,
var hours & power factor. They have high sampling speed &
accuracy.

Power meters CVM-MINI range

The CVM-MINI is an instrument which measures, Other features include:
calculates & displays the main electrical • Current measuring .../5 or .../1A
parameters for three-phase industrial systems
• DIN rail format with only 3 modules
(balanced or unbalanced). Measurements are in
true effective value, via three AC voltage inputs & • Assembly on the 72 x 72mm panel with
three AC current inputs. frontal adaptor (M5ZZF1)
• RS-485 Communications (Modbus-RTU)
• Two transistor outputs
• Sealable

Description Type Item no.

3PH DIN Power Analyser CVM-MINI M52000
3PH DIN Power Analyser with isolated inputs CVM-MINI-ITF-C2 M52010
3PH DIN Power Analyser with RS485 comms CVM-MINI-ITF-RS485-C2 M52021
3PH DIN Power Analyser with Harmonics & RS485 comms CVM-MINI-ITF-HAR-RS-485-C2 M52031
3PH DIN Power Analyser with Ethernet CVM-MINI-ITF-ETHERNET-C2 M520J1 CVM-MINI Series
3PH DIN Power Analyser with BACnet CVM-MINI-ITF-BACnet-C2 M520F1
3PH DIN Power Analyser with LonWorks CVM-MINI-ITFLonWorks-C2 M52091
72mm x 72mm Panel Adaptor CVM-MINI Panel Adaptor M5ZZF1

Single phase power analyser

CVM-1D Description Type Item no.
CVM-1D is a power analyser Single Phase 32A Direct DIN Rail
CVM-1D-C M55510
for single phase circuits Power Meter
upto 32A. It has an LCD Single Phase 32A Direct DIN Rail
display with a rotation screen CVM-1D-C-RS485 M55511
Power Meter with RS485
system, showing a total of 24
instantaneous, maximum and CVM-1D
minimum electrical variables.

Power Distribution product guide eatoncorp.com.au 2018 57

Low Voltage Assemblies
Power analyser
Circutor Power meters
CVM NRG Series
Description Item no.
The CVM Series is a programmable power
CVM-NRG 96 M51800
meter that measures the electrical parameters
of balanced or unbalanced three-phase electrical CVM-NRG 96-ITF M51900
networks. All measurements are true RMS values CVM-NRG 96-ITF-RS485C M51911
that are sourced by means of three A.C. voltage
inputs & three A.C. Current inputs via …/5Amp CVM-NRG 96-ITF-HAR-RS485-C M51B11
current transformers. The CVM Series can
display up to 43 different parameters depending
CVM NRG 96 series requirements & selection of device.
Size: 96mm x 96mm

CVM144 range
The CVM Series is a programmable power meter that measures the electrical parameters of balanced
or unbalanced three-phase electrical networks. All measurements are true RMS values that are
sourced by means of three A.C. voltage inputs & three A.C. Current inputs via …/5Amp current
transformers. The CVM Series can display up to 43 different parameters depending requirements &
selection of device.

Communications
Class (V, A)

Harmonics
Quadrants

CVM - 144 series CVM-144 Meter Type Item no.

Protocol
Size: 144mm x 144mm

CVM 144 2 0.5 - - - M50600

CVM 144-ITF 2 0.5 - - - M50700
CVM 144-ITF-HAR 2 0.5 - - U/I (31°) M50A60
CVM 144-Ethernet-TCP 2 0.5 Ethernet Modbus/TCP - M50790
CVM 144-ITF-Profibus 2 0.5 RS485 Profibus DP - M50730
CVM 144-ITF-Johnson Controls 2 0.5 RS485 Johnson Controls - M50C10

Expansion Modules for CVM 144 Current leakages /

Communications
Digital outputs

Module Type Item no.

Digital inputs

Protocol

neutral

CVM 144-C2-Currents Module 2 - - - Yes M51001

Modbus/
CVM 144-RS-485-C2 Module 2 - RS-485 - M51010
RTU
Modbus/
CVM 144-RS-485-C2-Currents Module 2 - RS-485 Yes M51011
RTU
Modbus/
CVM 144-RS-485-C2-Digital Module 2 4 RS-485 - M51016
RTU
Modbus/
CVM 144-RS-232-C2 Module 2 - RS-232 - M51020
RTU

RS=RS485
E=Ethernet
P=Profibus
M=Modbus/RTU

58 Power Distribution product guide eatoncorp.com.au 2018

 Low Voltage Assemblies
Energy meters
Circutor Electrical energy meters
The consumption of energy can become difficult to measure in
situations of multiple loads & different tariffs. Circutor is able to offer
a complete solution.
The product range includes single phase digital & mechanical meters
that can measure consumption at pre-determined locations to control
each sector of the project. Three phase active & reactive electronic
meters are also available for monitoring the different electrical
services, or machines that may be installed within the facility.

Single phase energy meters, direction connection, DIN rail mounting

Description Model no. Item no.
EMS30C 1-Phase kW.h 5A (max. 30A) Mechanical 1 Module EMS30C M31611
EM 30-C 1-Phase kW.h 5A (max. 30A) Mechanical 2 Module EM30C M30811
MK30 M 1-Phase kW.h 30A (max. 60A) Mechanical 4 Module MK30M M30110
MK60 M 1-Phase kW.h 60A (max. 120A) Mechanical 4 Module MK60M M30210
MK30-LCD 1-Phase kW.h 30A (max. 60A) Digital MK30-LCD M30120 EDMk-ITF-C2
MK30-LCD-RS485 1-Phase kW.h 30A (max. 60A) Digital w/ RS485 MK30-LCD-RS485 M30121
MK60-LCD 1-Phase kW.h 60 A (max. 120A) Digital MK60-LCD M30220
MK60-LCD-RS485 1-Phase kW.h 60A (max. 120A) Digital w/ RS485 MK60-LCD-RS485 M30221

Three phase energy meters, direction connection, DIN rail mounting

Description Tariff Model no. Item no.
MKB 363M-400V phase-phase kW.h 63A, Mechanical 1 MKB363M M30310
MKD-ITF-C2 three-ph meter 4 quadrant 40A(mx.120A) Digital 1 MKD-ITF-C2 M33000 EMS30C
MKD-ITF-RS485-I2-C2 three-ph 4 quadrant 40A(mx.120A) MKD-ITF-
3 M33011
Digital + RS485 RS485-I2-C2

Three phase energy meters, external current transformers

Description Tariff Model no. Item no.
CEP96 3-ph kW.h Digital Energy Meter.../5A Panel Mount - CEP-96 M30701
EDMk-ITF-C2 3-ph Digital Energy KWh/KVAR DIN Rail 1 EDMk-ITF-C2 M31741
EDM3k-ITF-C2 3-ph Digital Energy Meter KWh/KVARh 3 EDM3k-ITF-C2 M31743 MK60-LCD

EDMk-ITF-C2 3-ph Digital Energy Meter KWh/KVARh + RS485 1 EDMk-ITF-RS485 M31751

EDMk Panel Adapter - - M5ZZF1

Impulse centralisation units

Description Inputs Model no. Item no.
LM25-M Pulse Concentrator (RS485, Modbus/RTU) 25 LM25-M M31567
LM50-TCP 19200 bps (Ethernet, Modbus/TCP) 50 LM50-TCP M31531 CEP-96
LM50-TCP+ 4800-115200 bps (Ethernet, Modbus/TCP) 50 LM50-TCP+ M31566
LM4I/4O Centralisation Unit 4 inputs/4 outputs + RS485 (Modbus/RTU) 4I/4O LM4I/4O-M M31563

Convertors
Description Model no. Item no.
TCP2RS Converter RS-232/RS-485 to Ethernet TCP2RS M54032
TCP2RS+ Converter RS-232/RS-485 to Ethernet with web server TCP2RS+ M54033
TCP2RS-TCP
USB to RS-485 Converter USB-TCP M54040

Software
Description Model no. Item no.
Power Studio Energy Monitoring & Control Software (Basic Package) POWERSTUDIO M90211
Power Studio Energy Monitoring & Control Software (Full Package) POWERSTUDIO SCADA M90231
Power Studio Energy Monitoring & Control Software (Deluxe Version) POWERSTUDIO DELUXE M90241

Power Distribution product guide eatoncorp.com.au 2018 59

Low Voltage Assemblies
Current transformers
Circutor TC range - Berg range - Classes: 0.5, 1 or 3
The TC range (Berg Range) is specifically designed for use in those places with a limited space, such as
situations where there is minimum separation between busbars or circuit breakers.

Primary Model
A Burden (VA) Size (mm) Item no.
window no.
Class 0,5 Class 1 Class 3
50/5 - - 1 70 x 46 TC 4 M703D5
60/5 - - 1.25 PASSING BAR 70 x 46 TC 4 M703D6
75/5 - - 1.25 Busbar: 70 x 46 TC 4 M703D7
30 x 10 mm
100/5 - 2 3 70 x 46 TC 4 M703D8
20 x 10 mm
125/5 - 2.5 2.75 25 x 5 mm 70 x 46 TC 4 M703D9
150/5 1.5 2.5 4 cable: Ø 21 mm 70 x 46 TC 4 M703DA
TC 4
200/5 2.5 5 6 70 x 46 TC 4 M703DB

40/5 - - 1.50 70 x 58 TC 5 M70311

50/5 - - 3.00 70 x 58 TC 5 M70312
60/5 - 1.25 3.50 70 x 58 TC 5 M70313
75/5 - 2 3.50 PASSING BAR 70 x 58 TC 5 M70314
Busbar:
100/5 1.5 2.5 3.75 70 x 58 TC 5 M70315
25 x 5 mm
125/5 1.75 3.5 5.00 cable: Ø 20 mm 70 x 58 TC 5 M70316
TC 5
150/5 2.5 3.5 5.00 70 x 58 TC 5 M70317
200/5 3.75 5 5.00 70 x 58 TC 5 M70318
250/5 5 7.5 7.50 70 x 58 TC 5 M70319

100/5 - 1 1.5 70 x 58 TC 5.2 M70321

125/5 - 1.5 2 70 x 58 TC 5.2 M70322
150/5 1 2 2.5 PASSING BAR 70 x 58 TC 5.2 M70323
200/5 2.5 3 3.5 Busbar: 70 x 58 TC 5.2 M70324
20 x 12mm,
250/5 3.5 3.75 5 70 x 58 TC 5.2 M70325
25 x 10mm,
300/5 3.5 3.75 5 30 x 10mm 70 x 58 TC 5.2 M70326
TC 5.2
400/5 3.5 5 7.5 Cable: Ø 22mm 70 x 58 TC 5.2 M70327
500/5 5 7.5 10 70 x 58 TC 5.2 M70328
600/5 5 7.5 10 70 x 58 TC 5.2 M70329

100/5 1.75 3.75 7.5 80.5 x 64 TC 6.2 M70341

125/5 3.75 7.5 10.00 80.5 x 64 TC 6.2 M70342
150/5 5 7.5 10.00 80.5 x 64 TC 6.2 M70343
200/5 7.5 10 10.00 PASSING BAR 80.5 x 64 TC 6.2 M70344
Busbar:
250/5 7.5 10 15.00 80.5 x 64 TC 6.2 M70345
30 x 10 mm
300/5 10 10 15.00 cable: Ø 26 mm 80.5 x 64 TC 6.2 M70346
TC 6.2
400/5 10 10 15.00 80.5 x 64 TC 6.2 M70347
500/5 15 15 20.00 80.5 x 64 TC 6.2 M70348
600/5 15 20 25.00 80.5 x 64 TC 6.2 M70349

150/5 1 3.5 5.00 80.5 x 64 TC 6 M70331

200/5 3.5 5 7.5 80.5 x 64 TC 6 M70332
250/5 5 7.5 10 80.5 x 64 TC 6 M70333
300/5 5 7.5 10.00 PASSING BAR 80.5 x 64 TC 6 M70334
Busbar:
400/5 5 7.5 10.00 80.5 x 64 TC 6 M70335
40 x 10 mm
500/5 7.5 10 15.00 cable: Ø 28 mm 80.5 x 64 TC 6 M70336
TC 6
600/5 7.5 10 15.00 80.5 x 64 TC 6 M70337
750/5 10 15 20.00 80.5 x 64 TC 6 M70338
800/5 10 15 20.00 80.5 x 64 TC 6 M70339

60 Power Distribution product guide eatoncorp.com.au 2018

 Low Voltage Assemblies
Current transformers
Circutor TC range - Berg range - Classes: 0.5, 1 or 3
The TC range (Berg Range) is specifically designed for use in those places with a limited space, such as
situations where there is minimum separation between busbars or circuit breakers.

Primary Model
A Burden (VA) Size (mm) Item no.
Window no.
Class 0,5 Class 1 Class 3
200/5 1 2.5 5 102 x 84.5 TC 8 M7036C
300/5 2.5 5 7.5 102 x 84.5 TC 8 M7036B
400/5 5 7.5 10.00 102 x 84.5 TC 8 M70361
500/5 7.5 10 15.00 102 x 84.5 TC 8 M70362
600/5 10 15 20.00 PASSING BAR 102 x 84.5 TC 8 M70363
Busbar:
750/5 15 20 25.00 102 x 84.5 TC 8 M70364
60 x 12 mm
800/5 15 20 30.00 cable: Ø 44 mm 102 x 84.5 TC 8 M70365
1000/5 15 20 30.00 102 x 84.5 TC 8 M70366 TC 8

1200/5 15 20 30.00 102 x 84.5 TC 8 M70367

1500/5 15 20 30.00 102 x 84.5 TC 8 M70368
1600/5 15 20 30.00 102 x 84.5 TC 8 M70369

200/5 1 2.5 5 130 x 108 TC 10 M7037F

300/5 2.5 5 7.5 131 x 108 TC 10 M7037D
400/5 2.5 5 7.5 132 x 108 TC 10 M7037G
500/5 5 7.5 10 133 x 108 TC 10 M7037B
600/5 7.5 10 15 134 x 108 TC 10 M7037C
PASSING BAR
800/5 7.5 10 15 Busbar: 135 x 108 TC 10 M70372
1000/5 10 80 x 30mm 130 x 108 TC 10 M70373
cable: Ø 63mm
1200/5 10 130 x 108 TC 10 M70374 TC 10
1600/5 15 130 x 108 TC 10 M70376
2000/5 15 130 x 108 TC 10 M70377
2500/5 15 130 x 108 TC 10 M70378
3000/5 15 130 x 108 TC 10 M70379

800/5 10 15 20 150 x 129 TC 12 M7038B

1000/5 10 15 20 151 x 129 TC 12 M70381
1200/5 10 15 20 152 x 129 TC 12 M70382
1250/5 10 15 20 153 x 129 TC 12 M7038D
PASSING
1500/5 10 20 30 BAR 154 x 129 TC 12 M70383
1600/5 15 Busbar: 150 x 129 TC 12 M70384
3x100x10mm
2000/5 15 150 x 129 TC 12 M70385 TC 12
2500/5 20 150 x 129 TC 12 M70386
3000/5 30 150 x 129 TC 12 M70387
4000/5 35 150 x 129 TC 12 M70388

Current transformer - accessories

Description Item no.

P19921
Accessory to mount the TC5, TC5.2, TC6, TC6.2 transformers on a DIN rail P19921
Accessory to seal the secondary side terminal on the TC type transformers M79951

M79951

Power Distribution product guide eatoncorp.com.au 2018 61

Low Voltage Assemblies
Current transformers
Circutor TP range- current transformers - split core
Circutor offer the most comprehensive range of Split C.T.s in providing flexibility for upgrading or
retrofitting into existing switchboard assemblies.

Primary
A Burden & accuracy Size (mm) Model No. Item no.
window
100/5 1.5 VA class 3 110 x 89 TP - 23 M70111
150/5 2 VA class 3 110 x 89 TP - 23 M70112
PASSING
200/5 1.5 VA class 1 BAR 110 x 89 TP - 23 M70113
250/5 2 VA class 1 Busbar: 110 x 89 TP - 23 M70114
20 x 30mm
TP-23 300/5 1.5 VA class 0.5 110 x 89 TP - 23 M70115
400/5 2.5 VA class 0.5 110 x 89 TP - 23 M70116

250/5 1 VA class 0.5 145 x 114 TP - 58 M70121

300/5 1.5 VA class 0.5 145 x 114 TP - 58 M70122
400/5 1.5 VA class 0.5 145 x 114 TP - 58 M70123
PASSING
500/5 2.5 VA class 0.5 BAR 145 x 114 TP - 58 M70124
600/5 2.5 VA class 0.5 Busbar: 145 x 114 TP - 58 M70125
50 x 80mm
750/5 3 VA class 0.5 145 x 114 TP - 58 M70126
TP-58
800/5 3 VA class 0.5 145 x 114 TP - 58 M70127
1000/5 5 VA class 0.5 145 x 114 TP - 58 M70128

250/5 1 VA class 0.5 145 x 144 TP - 88 M70131

300/5 1.5 VA class 0.5 145 x 144 TP - 88 M70132
400/5 1.5 VA class 0.5 145 x 144 TP - 88 M70133
PASSING
500/5 2.5 VA class 0.5 BAR 145 x 144 TP - 88 M70134
600/5 2.5 VA class 0.5 Busbar: 145 x 144 TP - 88 M70135
80 x 80mm
750/5 3 VA class 0.5 145 x 144 TP - 88 M70136
TP-88
800/5 3 VA class 0.5 145 x 144 TP - 88 M70137
1000/5 5 VA class 0.5 145 x 144 TP - 88 M70138

500/5 4 VA class 1 185 x 144 TP - 812 M70141

600/5 5 VA class 1 185 x 144 TP - 812 M70142
750/5 2.5 VA class 0.5 185 x 144 TP - 812 M70143
PASSING
800/5 3 VA class 0.5 BAR 185 x 144 TP - 812 M70144
1000/5 5 VA class 0.5 Busbar: 185 x 144 TP - 812 M70145
80 x 120mm
TP-812 1200/5 6 VA class 0.5 185 x 144 TP - 812 M70146
1250/5 7 VA class 0.5 185 x 144 TP - 812 M70147
1500/5 8 VA class 0.5 185 x 144 TP - 812 M70148

1000/5 10 VA class 0.5 245 x 184 TP - 816 M70151

1500/5 15 VA class 0.5 245 x 184 TP - 816 M70152
2000/5 15 VA class 0.5 PASSING 245 x 184 TP - 816 M70153
BAR
2500/5 15 VA class 0.5 245 x 184 TP - 816 M70154
Busbar:
3000/5 20 VA class 0.5 80 x 160mm 245 x 184 TP - 816 M70155
TP-816 4000/5 20 VA class 0.5 245 x 184 TP - 816 M70156
5000/5 20 VA class 0.5 245 x 184 TP - 816 M70157

62 Power Distribution product guide eatoncorp.com.au 2018

 Low Voltage Assemblies
Industrial earth leakage protection

Multi function LCD electronic

Disconnection Between 80-100% of leakage current

industrial earth leakage
protection relays
Multifunction electronic

8/20 MiS at 5KA 1.2/50 MiS at 5KV

industrial earth leakage
protection relay that can

Programable Sensitivity/Delay
offer protection, prevention

Manual Reset Power Failure

Item

Class A Super immunised

& continuity. It utilises WG Type

High Frequency Filtering

no.

RS485 Communication
transformers, can be Din rail or
panel mounted & comes with

True RMS value

LCD display & programmable

NR of Modules
Din Rail/Panel
sensitivity/delay.

MiS = micro second RGU - 10

RGU-10 • • • • - • • - • 3 P11941
RGU-10C • • • • • • • • • 3 P11944
Accessory for panel mounting M5ZZF1.

WG earth leakage
Type Description Item no.
transformers (supports
RGU-10 Relay) WGS-20 20mm Diameter P10131
WG series can cover diameter WGS-30 30mm Diameter P10132
range of 20mm up to 210mm WGS-35 35mm Diameter P10111
protected against harmonics
WGS-70 70mm Diameter P10112
& disturbances. They support
the RGU-10 relays. WGS-105 105mm Diameter P10113
WGS-140 140mm Diameter P10114 WG Series
WGS-210 210mm Diameter P10115

Electronic earth leakage

Sensitivity F=Fixed A=Adjustable

relays with external

Delay F=Fixed A=Adjustable

Manual Reset Power Failure

Leakage Indication via LED

Multi Range Power Supply

transformer WN Series
Class A Super Immunised

Leakage Indication (LED)

High Frequency Filtering

An electronic industrial earth

2 Modules Din Rail

leakage protection relay Item

Type
True RMS value

that can offer protection & no.

External Test

prevention. It is DIN Rail

mounted & utilises external
transformers WN Series.
RN Relay
RN-10 • A A • • • • • • • • P12140

WN earth leakage
Type Description Item no.
transformers (supports
RN Relay) WN-140 140mm Diameter P10214
WN series Leakage WN-210 210mm Diameter P10215
Transformers support the RN
Relays covering diameters from
20mm up to 210mm. WNS/WN

Power Distribution product guide eatoncorp.com.au 2018 63

Low Voltage Circuit Protection & Switchgear
IEC DIN MCB
xPole Arc Fault Detection Device
The AFDD+ provides a full protection solution against electrical ignited fires
The AFDD+ provides a full protection solution in one device that enhances consumers’
peace of mind against fires ignited by electrical installations, while adding additional
comfort. This all-in-one device gives the consumer full protection in their home and
enables the installer to offer and install products that comply with evolving new codes
and standards.

• Electric fire protective device according to IEC/EN-62606

• Line-voltage-independent RCBO (combined switch) according to IEC/EN 61009
• 2-pole: Both clearances between open contacts are protected
• Tripped indication: CB, RCD or AFDD
• LED indication for arc faults
• Compatible with standard busbar
• Twin-purpose terminal above and below
• Busbar positioning optionally above or below
• Free terminal space despite installed busbar
• Guide for secure terminal connection
• Switching toggle (MCB component) in colour designating the rated current
• Contact position indicator red - green
• Comprehensive range of accessories suitable for subsequent installation
In / I∆n (A) Item no. • The test key “T” must be pressed every 6 month. The system operator must be
10 kA, 2-pole informed of this obligation and his responsibility in a way that can be proven
To a certain extent surge-current-proof 250A; (self-adhesive RCD-label enclosed). The test interval of 6 month is valid for
non-delayed, pulse current sensitive, Type A residential and similar applications. Under all other conditions (e.g. damp or dusty
environments), it’s recommended to test in shorter intervals (e.g. monthly).
Characteristic B
• Pressing the test key “T” serves the only purpose of function testing the residual
10A / 30mA AFDD-10/2/B/003-A
current device (RCD). This test does not make earthing resistance measurement
16A / 30mA AFDD-16/2/B/003-A (RE), or proper checking of the earth conductor condition redundant, which must
20A / 30mA AFDD-20/2/B/003-A be performed separately.

25A / 30mA AFDD-25/2/B/003-A • Type A: Protects against special forms of residual pulsating DC which have not
been smoothed
Characteristic C
• Approval number NSW27674
10A / 30mA AFDD-10/2/C/003-A
16A / 30mA AFDD-16/2/C/003-A EARTH FAULT
20A / 30mA AFDD-20/2/C/003-A
detected via
25A / 30mA AFDD-25/2/C/003-A balance transformer

In / I∆n (A) Item no.

6 kA, 2-pole
To a certain extent surge-current-proof 250A;
non-delayed, pulse current sensitive, Type A RCD
Characteristic B
32A / 30mA AFDD-32/2/B/003-A
SHORT CIRCUIT &
40A / 30mA AFDD-40/2/B/003-A
OVERCURRENT
Characteristic C
32A / 30mA
40A / 30mA
AFDD-32/2/C/003-A
AFDD-40/2/C/003-A
thermal and
magnetic
MCB
detection

Accessories
Commoning busbar
Item no.

EVG-2PHAS/4AFDD
AFDD
for 4 x AFDD devices
Auxiliary switch with
ZP-IHK
1NO+1NC contacts
Auxiliary switch with
ZP-NHK SERIAL & PARALLEL
2CO contacts
Shunt trip release ZP-ASA/..
ARC FAULT
Switching interlock IS/SPE-1TE
digital arc fault detection

64 Power Distribution product guide eatoncorp.com.au 2018

 Low Voltage Circuit Protection & Switchgear
IEC DIN MCB
xPole Arc Fault Detection Device
The following types of fault can lead to severe hazard and danger.
Overcurrents Short circuit currents Fault currents Arc fault currents
A moderate increase in current Faults with very low impedance High or low impedance faults Typically at nominal current or just
which does not immediately and very high currents which between phase and earth. They below, and therefore difficult to
damage the wiring but results can be up to 20 times the can result in very low leakage detect. Small arcs can grow over
in a thermal overload over time. nominal current. and fault currents, either much time as insulation is increasingly
May increase over a period or lower than nominal current or damaged. Identified by high
Typical causes
almost instantaneously jump to in very high currents. frequency electrical noise and
a steady state current. Phase and neutral breakdown of the fault current
shortcircuiting over very low Typical causes
close to the zero crossing of the
Typical causes impedance, due to: Changes in insulation and driving voltage.
• Insulation defects • Insulation breakdown insulation resistance, due to:
• Breakdown between phases • Humidity Typical causes
• Mechanical damage to wiring
• Breakdown between phase • Aging Broken or damaged wires
• Water
and neutral leading to an arc continually
• Mechanical stress
or intermittently burning and
• Dust damaging insulation.
• Dirt etc.

Overcurrents Short circuit currents Fault currents Serial arc faults Parallel arc faults
Originate from a fault within Originate from a fault between
the phase or neutral. phase and neutral.

Extended protection for people, property and assets

Protection against electrical hazards has evolved and improved
to arrive at today’s state-of-the-art EATON solutions.
Money-saving
Billions of dollars are lost because of fires. The AFDD+ makes a definite and significant contribution to reducing
this loss, by offering installers for the first time a single compact device which not only increases safety but
also reduces the risk of fire hazards.

Time-saving
Easy to operate and with no assembly required, the EATON AFDD+ is a fully integrated device, resistant to
nuisance tripping, with sensitivity above the requirements of the product standard. Arc fault
In case of an earth fault, having all protection in one device makes fault finding easier. And, as the AFDD+ protection
provides tripping reason indicators, you, as a professional electrician, know immediately what to look for.
AFDD
End User Convenience
In the case of any (earth) fault, only the circuit that caused the fault will trip so other circuits will
remain powered.

Market-leading
EATON’s long experience in developing electronic protection devices ensures the company’s Additional protection
leading position in providing reliable and safe electronic protection devices – of which the 30mA RCD
AFDD+ is the latest in a long line.

Comprehensive protection in final end circuits

The AFDD+ provides complete protection in final sub circuits in one compact device

+ ARC FAULT PROTECTION Fault protection

+ ADDITIONAL PROTECTION MCB or RCD
+ FAULT PROTECTION

Basic protection
Insulation of live parts

Power Distribution product guide eatoncorp.com.au 2018 65

Low Voltage Circuit Protection & Switchgear
IEC DIN MCB

Voltage trip
Xpole
(4.5 - 10 kA)
Range of installation devices
miniature
circuit-breakers
XU
A

Shunt trip
FA
ZFA
Z

FA
ZFA
-2Z

FA
Z FA
ZFA-3
Z

Remote switching module

FA
ZF-3
ANZ
FAFA
ZZ -2

XF
SM

FA
Z

Add-on residual
current device modules
Auxiliary
FIM

contact

Combined RCD/MCB
devices (RCBO)
FIL
PK
NM
S

XP
M0

Residual current devices

Shunt trip

FIP
I-FI4
-20

Auxiliary contact
FIP
FI-4-4
0

AZ
XA
A

Remote switching
module
XR
HI0
02
AZ

Add-on residual
current device AZ
-2 XF
SM

module

AZ
-3

Auxiliary
contact
AZ
-3N

PLHT (15 - 25 kA)

AZ
FIM
-4-1
25
-0,3

miniature circuit-breakers

AZ
XH
I11

66 Power Distribution product guide eatoncorp.com.au 2018

 Low Voltage Circuit Protection & Switchgear
IEC DIN MCB
xPole IEC DIN MCB, RCCB & RCBO products
IS Main switches/isolating switches 
Rated uninterrupted current Poles Item no.
Iu, A
40 1 IS-40/1
63 1 IS-63/1 IS-63/1
80 1 IS-80/1
100 1 IS-100/1
125 1 IS-125/1
40 2 IS-40/2
63 2 IS-63/2
80 2 IS-80/2
IS-63/2
100 2 IS-100/2
125 2 IS-125/2
40 3 IS-40/3
63 3 IS-63/3
80 3 IS-80/3
100 3 IS-100/3
IS-63/3
125 3 IS-125/3
40 4 IS-40/4
63 4 IS-63/4
80 4 IS-80/4
100 4 IS-100/4
125 4 IS-125/4
IS-63/4

PLS4 Miniature Circuit Breakers (MCB)

• High-quality miniature circuit breakers for • 48 VDC rating (per pole, max. 2 poles)
household applications
• Terminal capacity 1-25mm2
• Contact position indicator red - green
• Rated currents up to 63A
• Guide for secure terminal connection
• Tripping characteristics C
• 3-position DIN rail clip, permits removal from
• Rated breaking capacity 4.5kA according
existing busbar system
to IEC/EN 60898-1
PLS4-C50/1-AU
• Comprehensive range of accessories suitable
• Australian Standards AS/NZS60898
for subsequent installation
Approval Number NSW16860
Rated current 1-Pole 2-Pole 3-Pole
In, A Item no. Item no. Item no.
4.5 kA, trip curve C: Rated current up to 63 A, Rated breaking capacity 4.5 kA to IEC/EN 60898 6
6 PLS4-C6/1-AU PLS4-C6/2-AU PLS4-C6/3-AU
10 PLS4-C10/1-AU PLS4-C10/2-AU PLS4-C10/3-AU
16 PLS4-C16/1-AU PLS4-C16/2-AU PLS4-C16/3-AU PLS4-C6/2-AU

20 PLS4-C20/1-AU PLS4-C20/2-AU PLS4-C20/3-AU

25 PLS4-C25/1-AU PLS4-C25/2-AU PLS4-C25/3-AU
32 PLS4-C32/1-AU PLS4-C32/2-AU PLS4-C32/3-AU
40 PLS4-C40/1-AU PLS4-C40/2-AU PLS4-C40/3-AU
50 PLS4-C50/1-AU PLS4-C50/2-AU PLS4-C50/3-AU
63 PLS4-C63/1-AU PLS4-C63/2-AU PLS4-C63/3-AU
PLS4-C10/3-AU

Power Distribution product guide eatoncorp.com.au 2018 67

Low Voltage Circuit Protection & Switchgear
IEC DIN MCB
xPole IEC DIN MCB, RCCB & RCBO products
PLS6 Miniature Circuit Breakers (MCB)
• High-quality miniature circuit breakers for • 48 VDC rating (per pole, max. 2 poles)
commercial & industrial applications
• Terminal capacity 1-25mm2
• Contact position indicator red - green
• Rated currents up to 63 A
• Guide for secure terminal connection
• Tripping characteristics B, C
• 3-position DIN rail clip, permits removal
• Rated breaking capacity 6 kA according
from existing busbar system
PLS6-C50/1-AU
to IEC/EN 60898-1
• Comprehensive range of accessories suitable
• Australian Standards AS/NZS60898
for subsequent installation
Approval Number NSW16860

Rated current 1-Pole 2-Pole 3-Pole 4-Pole

In, A Item no. Item no. Item no. Item no.
6 kA, trip curve B: Rated current up to 63 A, Rated breaking capacity 6 kA to IEC/EN 60898
6 PLS6-B6/1-AU PLS6-B6/2-AU PLS6-B6/3-AU PLS6-B6/4-AU
10 PLS6-B10/1-AU PLS6-B10/2-AU PLS6-B10/3-AU PLS6-B10/4-AU
16 PLS6-B16/1-AU PLS6-B16/2-AU PLS6-B16/3-AU PLS6-B16/4-AU
PLS6-C63/2-AU 20 PLS6-B20/1-AU PLS6-B20/2-AU PLS6-B20/3-AU PLS6-B20/4-AU
25 PLS6-B25/1-AU PLS6-B25/2-AU PLS6-B25/3-AU PLS6-B25/4-AU
32 PLS6-B32/1-AU PLS6-B32/2-AU PLS6-B32/3-AU PLS6-B32/4-AU
40 PLS6-B40/1-AU PLS6-B40/2-AU PLS6-B40/3-AU PLS6-B40/4-AU
50 PLS6-B50/1-AU PLS6-B50/2-AU PLS6-B50/3-AU PLS6-B50/4-AU
63 PLS6-B63/1-AU PLS6-B63/2-AU PLS6-B63/3-AU PLS6-B63/4-AU
6 kA, trip curve C: Rated current up to 63 A, Rated breaking capacity 6 kA to IEC/EN 60898
1 PLS6-C1/1-AU PLS6-C1/2-AU PLS6-C1/3-AU PLS6-C1/4-AU
2 PLS6-C2/1-AU PLS6-C2/2-AU PLS6-C2/3-AU PLS6-C2/4-AU
PLS6-C25/3-AU
3 PLS6-C3/1-AU PLS6-C3/2-AU PLS6-C3/3-AU PLS6-C3/4-AU
4 PLS6-C4/1-AU PLS6-C4/2-AU PLS6-C4/3-AU PLS6-C4/4-AU
6 PLS6-C6/1-AU PLS6-C6/2-AU PLS6-C6/3-AU PLS6-C6/4-AU
10 PLS6-C10/1-AU PLS6-C10/2-AU PLS6-C10/3-AU PLS6-C10/4-AU
16 PLS6-C16/1-AU PLS6-C16/2-AU PLS6-C16/3-AU PLS6-C16/4-AU
20 PLS6-C20/1-AU PLS6-C20/2-AU PLS6-C20/3-AU PLS6-C20/4-AU
25 PLS6-C25/1-AU PLS6-C25/2-AU PLS6-C25/3-AU PLS6-C25/4-AU
32 PLS6-C32/1-AU PLS6-C32/2-AU PLS6-C32/3-AU PLS6-C32/4-AU
PLS6-C63/4-AU 40 PLS6-C40/1-AU PLS6-C40/2-AU PLS6-C40/3-AU PLS6-C40/4-AU
50 PLS6-C50/1-AU PLS6-C50/2-AU PLS6-C50/3-AU PLS6-C50/4-AU
63 PLS6-C63/1-AU PLS6-C63/2-AU PLS6-C63/3-AU PLS6-C63/4-AU

PLN6 Miniature Circuit Breakers (MCB)

• Top-quality miniature circuit breakers 1P+N • Rated currents up to 40 A
with a width of 1 module unit requiring little
• Tripping characteristics B, C
space for installation
• Rated breaking capacity 6 kA according to IEC/
• Contact position indicator red - green
EN 60898
• Guide for secure terminal connection
• Terminal capacity 1-16mm2
• Comprehensive range of accessories for
• Australian Standards AS/NZS60898
subsequent installation
PLN6-B6/1N Approval Number NSW25330

Rated current In, A 1+N-Pole item no. Rated current In, A 1+N-Pole item no.
6 kA, trip curve B 6 kA, trip curve C
6 PLN6-B6/1N 6 PLN6-C6/1N
10 PLN6-B10/1N 10 PLN6-C10/1N
13 PLN6-B13/1N 13 PLN6-C13/1N
16 PLN6-B16/1N 16 PLN6-C16/1N
20 PLN6-B20/1N 20 PLN6-C20/1N
25 PLN6-B25/1N 25 PLN6-C25/1N
32 PLN6-B32/1N 32 PLN6-C32/1N
40 PLN6-B40/1N 40 PLN6-C40/1N

68 Power Distribution product guide eatoncorp.com.au 2018

 Low Voltage Circuit Protection & Switchgear
IEC DIN MCB
xPole IEC DIN MCB, RCCB & RCBO products
PLSM Miniature Circuit Breakers (MCB)
• Contact position indicator red - green • 48 VDC rating (per pole, max. 2 poles)
• Guide for secure terminal connection • Rated currents up to 63 A
• 3-position DIN rail clip, permits removal from • Tripping characteristics B, C, D
existing busbar system
• Rated breaking capacity 10 kA according
• Comprehensive range of accessories suitable to IEC/EN 60898-1
for subsequent installation
• Australian Standards AS/NZS60898 PLSM-C32/1-AU
• Terminal capacity 1-25mm2 Approval Number NSW16860
Protective Devices
Rated current 1-Pole 2-Pole 3-Pole 4-Pole
In, A Item no. Item no. Item no. Item no. Tripping Characteristics (IEC/EN 60898-1)
10 kA, trip curve B: Rated current up to 63 A, Rated breaking capacity 10 kA to IEC/EN 60898, Tripping characteristic B Tripping ch
Colour-coded toggle switch indicates current rating
1 PLSM-B1/1-AU PLSM-B1/2-AU PLSM-B1/3-AU PLSM-B1/4-AU

Minutes
2 PLSM-B2/1-AU PLSM-B2/2-AU PLSM-B2/3-AU PLSM-B2/4-AU

Minutes
3 PLSM-B3/1-AU PLSM-B3/2-AU PLSM-B3/3-AU PLSM-B3/4-AU
4 PLSM-B4/1-AU PLSM-B4/2-AU PLSM-B4/3-AU PLSM-B4/4-AU

TRIPPING TIME

TRIPPING TIME
6 PLSM-B6/1-AU PLSM-B6/2-AU PLSM-B6/3-AU PLSM-B6/4-AU
10 PLSM-B10/1-AU PLSM-B10/2-AU PLSM-B10/3-AU PLSM-B10/4-AU

Seconds

Seconds
16 PLSM-B16/1-AU PLSM-B16/2-AU PLSM-B16/3-AU PLSM-B16/4-AU
20 PLSM-B20/1-AU PLSM-B20/2-AU PLSM-B20/3-AU PLSM-B20/4-AU
25 PLSM-B25/1-AU PLSM-B25/2-AU PLSM-B25/3-AU PLSM-B25/4-AU
32 PLSM-B32/1-AU PLSM-B32/2-AU PLSM-B32/3-AU PLSM-B32/4-AU TRIPPING CURRENT

40 PLSM-B40/1-AU PLSM-B40/2-AU PLSM-B40/3-AU PLSM-B40/4-AU

50 PLSM-B50/1-AU PLSM-B50/2-AU PLSM-B50/3-AU Protective Devices
PLSM-B50/4-AU
Quick-acting (B), slow (C), very slow (D)

Effect of the Ambient Temperature on Therma

63 PLSM-B63/1-AU PLSM-B63/2-AU
PLSM-B63/3-AU PLSM-B63/4-AU Behaviour
Tripping Characteristics (IEC/EN 60898-1)
10 kA, trip curve C: Rated current up to 63 A, Rated breaking capacity 10 kA to IEC/EN 60898, Adjusted rated current values according to the ambient temperature
Tripping characteristic B Tripping characteristic C Tripping ch
Colour-coded toggle switch indicates current rating
Ambient temperature T [°C]
1 PLSM-C1/1-AU PLSM-C1/2-AU PLSM-C1/3-AU PLSM-C1/4-AU
2 PLSM-C2/1-AU PLSM-C2/2-AU PLSM-C2/3-AU PLSM-C2/4-AU
Minutes

Minutes

Minutes
3 PLSM-C3/1-AU PLSM-C3/2-AU PLSM-C3/3-AU PLSM-C3/4-AU
4 PLSM-C4/1-AU PLSM-C4/2-AU PLSM-C4/3-AU PLSM-C4/4-AU
TRIPPING TIME

TRIPPING TIME

TRIPPING TIME
6 PLSM-C6/1-AU PLSM-C6/2-AU PLSM-C6/3-AU PLSM-C6/4-AU
10 PLSM-C10/1-AU PLSM-C10/2-AU PLSM-C10/3-AU PLSM-C10/4-AU
Seconds

16 PLSM-C16/1-AU PLSM-C16/2-AU PLSM-C16/3-AU PLSM-C16/4-AU

Seconds

Seconds
20 PLSM-C20/1-AU PLSM-C20/2-AU PLSM-C20/3-AU PLSM-C20/4-AU
25 PLSM-C25/1-AU PLSM-C25/2-AU PLSM-C25/3-AU PLSM-C25/4-AU
32 PLSM-C32/1-AU PLSM-C32/2-AU PLSM-C32/3-AU PLSM-C32/4-AU
TRIPPING CURRENT TRIPPING CURRENT
40 PLSM-C40/1-AU PLSM-C40/2-AU PLSM-C40/3-AU PLSM-C40/4-AU
Quick-acting (B), slow (C), very slow (D)
50 PLSM-C50/1-AU
Protective Devices
PLSM-C50/2-AU PLSM-C50/3-AU PLSM-C50/4-AU
Effect of the Ambient Temperature on Thermal Tripping Load Capacity of Series Conne
63 PLSM-C63/1-AU PLSM-C63/2-AU
PLSM-C63/3-AU PLSM-C63/4-AU
Behaviour Breakers
10 kA, trip curve D: Rated current upTripping
to 40 A,Characteristics
Rated breaking capacity 10 kA
(IEC/EN 60898-1) to IEC/EN 60898,
Colour-coded toggle switch indicates current rating Adjusted rated current values according to the ambient temperature
Tripping characteristic B Tripping characteristic C Tripping characteristic D
1 PLSM-D1/1-AU PLSM-D1/2-AU PLSM-D1/3-AU PLSM-D1/4-AU
Ambient temperature T [°C]

2 PLSM-D2/1-AU PLSM-D2/2-AU PLSM-D2/3-AU PLSM-D2/4-AU

3 PLSM-D3/1-AU PLSM-D3/2-AU PLSM-D3/3-AU PLSM-D3/4-AU
Minutes

Minutes

Minutes

4 PLSM-D4/1-AU PLSM-D4/2-AU PLSM-D4/3-AU PLSM-D4/4-AU

Load capacity factor K

6 PLSM-D6/1-AU PLSM-D6/2-AU PLSM-D6/3-AU PLSM-D6/4-AU

TRIPPING TIME

TRIPPING TIME

TRIPPING TIME

Effect of Power Frequency

10 PLSM-D10/1-AU PLSM-D10/2-AU PLSM-D10/3-AU PLSM-D10/4-AU
Effect of power frequency on the tripping behaviour I MA of the qu
16 PLSM-D16/1-AU PLSM-D16/2-AU PLSM-D16/3-AU PLSM-D16/4-AU Power frequency f [Hz]
Seconds

Seconds

Seconds

20 PLSM-D20/1-AU PLSM-D20/2-AU PLSM-D20/3-AU PLSM-D20/4-AU 16 2/

3 50 60 100 200 300
I MA (f)/I MA (50Hz) [%] 91 100 101 106 115 134 141
25 PLSM-D25/1-AU PLSM-D25/2-AU PLSM-D25/3-AU PLSM-D25/4-AU
32 PLSM-D32/1-AU PLSM-D32/2-AU PLSM-D32/3-AU PLSM-D32/4-AU Number of devices

40 PLSM-D40/1-AU PLSM-D40/2-AU
TRIPPING CURRENT PLSM-D40/3-AU PLSM-D40/4-AU
TRIPPING CURRENT TRIPPING CURRENT

Quick-acting (B), slow (C), very slow (D)

Effect of the Ambient Temperature on Thermal Tripping Load Capacity of Series Connected Miniature Circuit
Behaviour Breakers
Power Distribution product guide eatoncorp.com.au 2018 69
Adjusted rated current values according to the ambient temperature

Ambient temperature T [°C]

Low Voltage Circuit Protection & Switchgear
IEC DIN MCB
xPole IEC DIN MCB, RCCB & RCBO products
PLHT Miniature Circuit Breakers (MCB)
• High-quality miniature circuit breakers for • Terminal capacity 2.5-50mm2
commercial & industrial applications • 1.5 DIN modules per pole
• Contact position indicator red - green • Rated currents up to 125 A
• Accessories suitable for subsequent • Tripping characteristics B, C, D
installation
• Rated breaking capacity up to 25 kA
• 60 VDC rating (per pole, max. 2 poles) according to EN 60947-2
PLHT-B20/1-AA

Rated
kA 1-Pole 2-Pole 3-Pole 4-Pole
current In,
rating Item no. Item no. Item no. Item no.
A
Trip Curve B
20 25 PLHT-B20/1-AA PLHT-B20/2-AA PLHT-B20/3-AA PLHT-B20/4-AA
25 25 PLHT-B25/1-AA PLHT-B25/2-AA PLHT-B25/3-AA PLHT-B25/4-AA
32 25 PLHT-B32/1-AA PLHT-B32/2-AA PLHT-B32/3-AA PLHT-B32/4-AA
40 25 PLHT-B40/1-AA PLHT-B40/2-AA PLHT-B40/3-AA PLHT-B40/4-AA
PLHT-B25/2-AA 50 25 PLHT-B50/1-AA PLHT-B50/2-AA PLHT-B50/3-AA PLHT-B50/4-AA
63 25 PLHT-B63/1-AA PLHT-B63/2-AA PLHT-B63/3-AA PLHT-B63/4-AA
80 20 PLHT-B80/1-AA PLHT-B80/2-AA PLHT-B80/3-AA PLHT-B80/4-AA
100 20 PLHT-B100/1-AA PLHT-B100/2-AA PLHT-B100/3-AA PLHT-B100/4-AA
125 15 PLHT-B125/1-AA PLHT-B125/2-AA PLHT-B125/3-AA PLHT-B125/4-AA
Trip Curve C
20 25 PLHT-C20/1-AA PLHT-C20/2-AA PLHT-C20/3-AA PLHT-C20/4-AA
25 25 PLHT-C25/1-AA PLHT-C25/2-AA PLHT-C25/3-AA PLHT-C25/4-AA
32 25 PLHT-C32/1-AA PLHT-C32/2-AA PLHT-C32/3-AA PLHT-C32/4-AA
PLHT-B32/3-AA
40 25 PLHT-C40/1-AA PLHT-C40/2-AA PLHT-C40/3-AA PLHT-C40/4-AA
50 25 PLHT-C50/1-AA PLHT-C50/2-AA PLHT-C50/3-AA PLHT-C50/4-AA
63 25 PLHT-C63/1-AA PLHT-C63/2-AA PLHT-C63/3-AA PLHT-C63/4-AA
80 20 PLHT-C80/1-AA PLHT-C80/2-AA PLHT-C80/3-AA PLHT-C80/4-AA
100 20 PLHT-C100/1-AA PLHT-C100/2-AA PLHT-C100/3-AA PLHT-C100/4-AA
125 15 PLHT-C125/1-AA PLHT-C125/2-AA PLHT-C125/3-AA PLHT-C125/4-AA
Trip Curve D
20 25 PLHT-D20/1-AA PLHT-D20/2-AA PLHT-D20/3-AA PLHT-D20/4-AA
PLHT-B25/4-AA 25 25 PLHT-D25/1-AA PLHT-D25/2-AA PLHT-D25/3-AA PLHT-D25/4-AA
32 25 PLHT-D32/1-AA PLHT-D32/2-AA PLHT-D32/3-AA PLHT-D32/4-AA
40 25 PLHT-D40/1-AA PLHT-D40/2-AA PLHT-D40/3-AA PLHT-D40/4-AA
50 25 PLHT-D50/1-AA PLHT-D50/2-AA PLHT-D50/3-AA PLHT-D50/4-AA
63 25 PLHT-D63/1-AA PLHT-D63/2-AA PLHT-D63/3-AA PLHT-D63/4-AA
80 20 PLHT-D80/1-AA PLHT-D80/2-AA PLHT-D80/3-AA PLHT-D80/4-AA
100 15 PLHT-D100/1-AA PLHT-D100/2-AA PLHT-D100/3-AA PLHT-D100/4-AA

Shunt�release,�up�to�125�A,�110-415V,�1.5HP
PLHT Miniature Circuit Breaker accessories
Part�no.  Z-LHASA/230
Article�no.  Description
248442 Item no.
Catalog�No.  Z-LHASA/230
Auxiliary switch (0.5 MU) Z-LHK
Shunt trip release 110-415 Vac (1.5 MU) Z-LHASA/230
Delivery�programme
Z-LHASA/230 Shunt trip release 12-60 Vac (1.5 MU) Z-LHASA/24
Basic function     Accessories for miniature circuit breaker

Basic function accessories     Shunt release

Application     Switchgear for industrial and commercial applications

Product range     Accessory

Side mounting     for fitting on left to: AZ

Contact sequence    

Design�verification�as�per�IEC/EN�61439
Technical data for design verification      

Operating ambient temperature min.   °C -5

70 Power Distribution product guide eatoncorp.com.au 2018
Operating ambient temperature max.   °C 40

Technical�data�ETIM�5.0
 Residual Current Devices
Residual
Residual
Current
Type Devices
Residual Current
Current
Type Devices
Devices
A: AC and pulsating DC current
-- General
General
A: AC and pulsating Datasensitive
Data
DC current
RCCB
sensitive RCCB
Residual Current Devices - General Data
Residual Current
Residual Current Devices
Devices -- General
General DataData
Short description
Residual
Short
Short description
of
Current
description of
Type
the
the
of F:
the
most
Devices
most
ACmost
-important
General RCD
important
important
and pulsating
Datatypes:
RCD
RCD types:
DC current types: Low Voltage Circuit Protection & Switchgear
sensitive RCCB, trip also at frequency composition (10 Hz, 50 Hz, 1000 Hz)
Short description
Short description of F:
of
Type the
the most
ACmost important
important
and pulsating RCD types:
RCD
DC current types:
sensitive RCCB, trip also at frequency composition (10 Hz, 50 Hz, 1000 Hz)
IEC DIN
Short
Symbol
Symbol
Short MCBof theofmost
description
description
Symbol
the important
most important RCD types:
Description
Description
RCD types:
Description
Symbol
Symbol Description Description
xPole IEC DIN MCB, RCCB & RCBO products
Symbol Eaton
Eaton standard. Suitable for outdoor
Description installation (distribution boxes for outdoor installation and building sites)
Eaton standard. Suitable for
standard. Suitable for outdoor
outdoor installation
installation (distribution
(distribution boxes
boxes for
for outdoor
outdoor installation
installation and
and building
building sites)
sites)
Residual Current Devices
up to
Eaton general
-25° C.
standard. data -
Suitable short
for description
outdoor installationand symbol
(distribution boxes for outdoor installation and building sites)
-25
up to
to -25°
Eaton
up -25° C.
standard.
C. Suitable for outdoor installation Eaton standard.
(distribution Suitable
boxes for outdoor
for outdoor installation
installation (distribution
and building sites)
Frequency
Eaton
up to -25° range
standard.
C. up to 20
Suitable kHz
for outdoor installation boxes
(distribution boxesinstallation
for outdoorand
installation and building sites)
Frequency
upEaton
to -25° range
C.
standard.up to 20 kHz for outdoor building sites) up to -25°
Suitable for outdoor installation (distribution boxes for outdoor installation and building sites) C.
Conditionally
up to -25° C. surge-current proof
Conditionally (>250 A, 8/20 µs) for general application.
up to -25oC. surge-current
Conditionally surge-current proofproof (>250
(>250 A,A, 8/20
8/20 µs)
µs) for
for general
general application.
application.
Conditionally surge-current proof (>250
Conditionally surge-current proof (>250 A, 8/20 µs) A, 8/20 µs) for general application.
for general surge-current
application.
Conditionally proof (>250 A, 8/20 µs) for
Trip
Trip
also at
Conditionally frequency
surge-current
also at frequency
Conditionally
AC
composition
proof
composition
surge-current
(10
(>250
proof (>250
Hz,
A, 50
8/20Hz,
(10 Hz,A,508/20
1000
µs) for
Hz,general
1000for
ƒÊs)
Hz)
general
Hz) application.
application.
general application.
Type
Type AC:
AC: ACAC current
current sensitive
sensitive RCCB
RCCB
Type AC: AC current sensitive RCCB
Type AC: AC current
Type AC: AC current sensitivesensitive RCCB
RCCB
Type
Type
Type B:AC:
AC: All-current
AC ACcurrent sensitive
current sensitive
sensitiveRCD
RCCBswitchgear for applications where DC fault currents may occur. Non-selective, non-
RCD
Type B: All-current sensitive RCD switchgear for RCD sensitive
applications to pulsating
where DC faultDC for application
currents may occur. where residual non-
Non-selective,
delayed.
Type A: Protection
AC and againstDC
pulsating allcurrent
kinds of fault currents.
sensitive RCCB
delayed.
Type A:A: ACProtection
AC againstDC
and pulsating
pulsating DC allcurrent
kinds of
current sensitive pulsating DC may occur. Non-selective, instantaneous. Protects
fault currents.
RCCB
Type
Type A:A: AC
and
AC and
and pulsating
pulsating DCADC current
sensitive
current sensitive
RCCB
sensitive RCCB only against special forms of residual pulsating DC which have not
RCCB
Type
Type
Type A:A:ACACand andpulsating
pulsatingDC DCcurrent
currentsensitive
sensitiveRCCBRCD
been smoothed.
Type
Type F: AC and pulsating DC current sensitive RCCB, trip also at frequency composition (10 Hz, 50 Hz, 1000 Hz)
Type F:F: AC
AC and
and pulsating
pulsating DC DC current
current sensitive
sensitive RCCB,
RCCB, triptrip also
also at
at frequency
frequency composition
composition (10 (10 Hz,
Hz, 50
50 Hz,
Hz, 1000
1000 Hz)
Hz)
Type F: AC and pulsating DC current sensitive RCCB, trip also at frequency composition
Type F: AC and pulsating DC current sensitive RCCB, trip also at frequency composition (10 Hz, 50 Hz, 1000 Hz) (10 Hz, 50 Hz, 1000 Hz)
G Type F: AC and pulsating DC current sensitive RCCB, trip also at frequency composition
Type F: AC and pulsating DC current sensitive RCD, trip also at frequency composition (10 Hz, 50 Hz, 1000 Hz)
Type B+: All-current sensitive RCD switchgear forRCD applications
(10 Hz, 50 Hz, 1000 Hz)
Type B+: All-current sensitive RCD switchgear for applications of type Gwhere(min 10
where
DCms fault
DC fault
currents
time delay)may
currents surge
may
occur. Non-selective,
current-proof
occur. up to non-
Non-selective, non-
delayed. Protection against all kinds of fault currents. 3 kA. Also
For meets the
system requirements
components of the
where VDE 0664-400
protection against standard
unwanted (for-
delayed. Protection against all kinds of fault currents. Also meets the requirements of the VDE 0664-400 standard (for-
merly
merly
known
Frequency
known
Frequency
Frequency
as VDE
range
range
range
up
as VDE
up to
up
V 20
to
V 20
to 20G
0664-110)
kHz
0664-110)
kHz
kHz
and therefore provides
tripping enhanced
is compulsory
and therefore provides enhanced fire safety.
fire safety.
to avoid personal injury and damage to
Frequency
Frequency range
range upup toto2020
kHzkHz property. Also for systems involving long lines and high line capacity.
Frequency range up to 20 kHz Some versions are sensitive to pulsating DC.
Frequency range up to 20 kHz
Trip
Trip also at frequency composition (10 Hz, 50 Hz, 1000 Hz)
Tripalso
Trip alsoat
also atatfrequency
frequencycomposition
frequency composition(10
composition (10Hz,
(10 Hz,50
Hz, 5050Hz,
Hz,1000
Hz, 1000Hz)
1000 Hz)
Hz)
Trip also at frequency composition (10 Hz,
Trip also at frequency composition (10 Hz, 50 Hz, 1000 50 Hz, 1000 Hz)Hz)
RCD
Trip of type G (min 10 ms time delay) surge current-proof
Hz, 1000 Hz) up to 3 kA. For system components where protection against
G RCD also at frequency
of type G (min 10composition
ms time delay) (10 surge
Hz, 50current-proof up S
to(selective,
3 kA. For system 40 components where protection against
G S unwanted
Type B:
unwanted
Type B:
tripping is
All-current
tripping
All-current is
compulsory
sensitive
compulsory
sensitive RCD
RCD
to avoid personal
switchgear
to avoid
switchgear for
personal
for
RCD of type
injury
applications
injury
applications
andwhere
and
damage
damage
where DC
DC
to
to
min
property
fault
property
fault
ms
currents
currents(§
timeoccur.
(§ 12.1.6
may
12.1.6
may
delay)
of
surge
of ÖVE/ÖNORM
ÖVE/ÖNORM
occur.
current-proof
Non-selective,
Non-selective,
E 8001-1).
E non-
8001-1).
non-
up to 5 kA. up Mainly used as main switch
mayaccording to DC.
ÖVE/ÖNORM
ÖVE E 8601
Type
RCD B:ofAll-current
type G (min sensitive
10 mslong RCDlines
time switchgear
delay) surge for applications
current-proof where DC For
fault
to 3 versions
kA. currents occur. Non-selective,
Some non-
Also for systems involving and high line capacity. Some faultsystem
are components
sensitive
mayto where
pulsating protection versi-
ÖVE E
ÖVE E 8601
8601
delayed.
Type Protection
B: All-current
All-current against
sensitive all kinds
RCD of fault
switchgear currents.
for applications where DCwell currents occur. Non-selective, non-
Also
Type for
delayed.
B:
delayed.
against
systems
Protection
Protection
unwanted
involving
against
sensitive
against
tripping
long
all
RCD
all
is
lines
kinds ofand
of
switchgear
kinds
compulsory
high
fault
fault
to E
line
currents.
for 8001-1
capacity.
applications
currents.
avoid personal § injury
12.1.5,
Some
where as
versions
DC
and fault
damage as
arein combination
sensitive
currents
to may
property (§ withNon-selective,
tooccur.
12.1.6 surge
pulsating
of
DC.arresters.
Somenon-
OVE/ONORM
versi-
ons are available in all-current sensitive design.
Type
ons B:
delayed.
are
delayed.
All-current
Protection
available
Protection insensitive
againstS
all-current
against
RCD
all
all
switchgear
kinds of
sensitive
kinds of fault for
design.
fault
applications
currents.
This
currents. is the where
only RCD DC fault
suitable currents
for may
series occur.
connection
E 8001-1). Also for systems involving long lines and high line capacity. Some versions are sensitive to pulsating DC.
Non-selective,
with other non-
types
delayed. Protection against all kinds of fault currents.
Some versi-ons are available in all-current sensitive if thedesign.
rated tripping current of the downstream RCD does not
exceed one third of the rated tripping current of the device of type S.
Some versions are sensitive to pulsating DC.
RCD of type S (selective, min 40 ms time delay) surge current-proof up to 5 kA. Mainly used as main switch accord-
S
S
RCD of type S (selective, min 40 ms time delay) surge current-proof up to 5 kA. Mainly used as main switch accord-
ing toB+:
ÖVE/ÖNORM Esensitive
8001-1 §RCD12.1.5, as well as inapplications
combination with surge
Type
ingRCD of All-current
toB+: type S (selective,
ÖVE/ÖNORM min
Esensitive
8001-1 §RCD switchgear
40 ms
12.1.5, time
as for
delay)
well as surge where
current-proof DC to arresters.This
up fault currents
5 kA. Mainlymayis occur.
usedthe
asonly
main RCD suitablenon-
Non-selective,
switch
Type
Type B+: All-current
All-current sensitive RCD switchgear
switchgear forinapplications
for combination
applications with surge
where
where DC arresters.This
fault currents
DC downstream
fault currentsRCDmay
mayis occur.
the only
occur. RCD suitablenon-
Non-selective,
Non-selective, non-
“röntgenfest”Type
for
for
series
accord-ing
delayed.
Type B+:
series
delayed.
connection
to
Protection
All-current
connection
Protection
B+: Protection
delayed.
with
OVE/ONORM
against
with
against
All-currentagainst
all
sensitive R
other
E
other
all
sensitive
allRCD
types
8001-1
kinds
RCD types
kinds
kinds
of
of
if
§
if
the
fault
switchgear
the
fault
switchgear
of fault
rated
12.1.5,
rated
"X-ray-proof",
as
currents.
for
currents.
tripping
well as
Also
tripping
Also in for
current
current
for applications
currents. Also meets
meets
avoiding
of
combination
meets
applications the
where
of
the
where
the
the
DC
the
unwanted
with
fault surge
requirements
currents
downstream
requirements
DC
requirements
tripping
of
fault currents
of
may
RCD
the
may
the VDE
VDE
caused
does not
arresters.This
of the VDEoccur.
does notis by
the
0664-400 x-ray
exceed
only devices.
one
Non-selective,
exceed
0664-400
occur. one
standard
Non-selective,
0664-400 standard
third
RCD
standard (for-
non-
third
(for-
non-
(for-
of suitable
TypetheB+:
merly
delayed.rated
known fortripping
series
as
All-current
Protection VDE connection
current
V ofRCD
0664-110)
sensitive
against all with
the and
kinds other
device
of types
of
therefore
switchgear
fault type ifS.
the
provides
for
currents. rated
Some
Also tripping
versions
enhanced
applications
meets wherefi
the current
are
reDC ofcurrents
sensitive
safety.
fault thetodownstream
requirements pulsating
of may
the VDE DC.RCD
occur.Somedoes not
versions
Non-selective,
0664-400 standard are
non-
(for-
of the
merly
delayed.
merly rated
known tripping
as
Protection
known as VDE
VDE current
V
against of
0664-110)
all the
kinds device
and of of
therefore
fault type S. Some
provides
currents. Also versions
enhanced
meets are
fi
the re sensitive
safety.
requirements to pulsating
of the VDE DC. Some
0664-400 versions
standard are
(for-
exceed
available one
in third of Vthe
all-current 0664-110) and therefore
rated tripping
sensitive design. current of provides enhanced
the device of typefiS.re Some
safety.versions are sensitive to pulsating DC.
merly
delayed.known
available as
Protection VDE
in all-current V 0664-110)
against all
V sensitive and
kinds oftherefore
fault provides
currents. Alsoenhanced
meets fi
the re safety.
requirements of the VDE 0664-400 standard (for-
merly
Some known
versions as VDE
are available in design.
0664-110) and therefore
all-current provides
sensitive enhanced
design.
"Frequency fire safety. for avoiding unwanted tripping caused
converter-proof",
"umrichterfest" U
merly known as VDE V 0664-110) and therefore provides enhanced fire safety.
by frequency converters, speed-controlled drives, etc.
„X-ray-proof“, for avoiding unwanted tripping caused by x-ray devices.
„X-ray-proof“, foravoiding
X-ray-proof, for avoiding unwanted
unwanted tripping
tripping caused
caused byby x-ray
x-ray devices.
devices.
“röntgenfest”
“röntgenfest” RCD of type G (min 10 ms time delay) surge current-proof up to 3 kA. For system components where protection against
G RCD
RCD of
of type
type G
G (min
(min 10
10 ms
ms time
time delay)
delay) surge
surge current-proof
current-proof up
up to
to 3
3 kA.
kA. For
For system
system components
components where
where protection
protection against
against
G
G unwanted
RCD of
unwanted tripping
type G (min
tripping is
is10compulsory
ms time
compulsory to
to avoid
delay) surge
avoid personal injury
current-proof
personal injury and
up
andtodamage
3 kA.
damage to
For
to property
system
property (§ 12.1.6
components
(§ 12.1.6 of
of ÖVE/ÖNORM
where E 8001-1).
protection
ÖVE/ÖNORM E against
8001-1).
G
ÖVE E 8601 RCD of
unwanted type G (min
tripping is10 ms time
compulsory delay)
to surge
avoid current-proof
personal injury up
andto 3 kA.
damage For
to system components
property (§ 12.1.6 of where protection
ÖVE/ÖNORM E against
8001-1).
G
ÖVE E 8601
ÖVE E 8601 „Frequency
Also
RCD for
of
unwanted type converter-proof“,
systems involving
G (min
tripping is10compulsory
ms time for
long avoiding
lines
delay)
to and
surge
avoid unwanted
high line tripping
capacity.
current-proof
personal injury and caused
upSome
to 3 kA.
damage by
For
tofrequency
versions are
system converters,
sensitive to
components
property (§ 12.1.6 of speed-controlled
pulsating
where DC. Some
protection
ÖVE/ÖNORM E drives,
versi-
against
8001-1).
„Frequency
Also for
unwanted converter-proof“,
systems involving
trippinginvolving
is compulsory for
long avoiding
lines and
to avoid unwanted
high line
personal tripping
capacity. caused
Some
injury andSome by frequency
versions
damage are
to property converters,
sensitive to
(§ 12.1.6 speed-controlled
pulsating
to of DC.
ÖVE/ÖNORM Some drives,
versi-
E 8001-1).
Tripping G
„umrichterfest“
ÖVE E 8601 Also for systems
etc.
characteristics (IEC/EN 61008)
long lines and high line capacity. versions are sensitive pulsating DC. Some versi-
„umrichterfest“
ÖVE E 8601
ons
Also are
etc.
ons for available
unwanted tripping
systems inisall-current
involving longsensitive
compulsory lines anddesign.
to avoid personal
high injury andSome
line capacity. damage to property
versions (§ 12.1.6
are sensitive to of ÖVE/ÖNORM
pulsating E 8001-1).
DC. Some versi-
ÖVE
ÖVE E
E 8601
8601 ons are
Also for available
are available in
in all-current
systems involving longsensitive
all-current lines anddesign.
sensitive high line capacity. Some versions are sensitive to pulsating DC. Some versi-
design.
Also for available
ons are
are systems involving longsensitive
in all-current
all-current lines anddesign.
high line capacity. Some versions are sensitive to pulsating DC. Some versi-
ons available in sensitive
AS/NZS 3000 - 2.6 deals with additional protection and provides design. Tripping characteristics, tripping time range and selectivity of instantaneous, surge
ons are available in all-current sensitive design. current-proof "G" and surge current-proof - selective "S" residual current devices.
essentially the following: In circuits with outlets and lighting points
up to 20A with fault current/residual current protection by
RCD of type
protective Searthing, protective S (selective,
multiple min
earthing 40residual
ms time delay) surge current-proof up to 5 kA. Mainly used as main switch accord-
RCD
RCD ofof type
type S
S (selective,
(selective, minor40
min 40 ms
ms time
time delay)
delay) surge
surge current-proof
current-proof up
up to
to 5
5 kA.
kA. Mainly
Mainly used
used asas main
main switch
switch accord-
accord-
S
S (RCDs),RCD
current devices ing to
ing to ÖVE/ÖNORM
additional
RCD of type residual
S
toofÖVE/ÖNORM
ÖVE/ÖNORM E 8001-1
current
(selective, min
E 8001-1
8001-1 § 12.1.5,
protection
40 ms as
time
§4012.1.5,
12.1.5, well as
delay)
as well
well in
surge
assurge combination with
current-proof
in combination
combination surge
up
withup to
surge5 arresters.This
kA. Mainly is
used
arresters.This the
as
is the
the only
main RCD suitable
switch
only RCD
RCD accord-
suitable
S ing type S (selective,
E min § ms time
as delay)
as in current-proof
with to 5 arresters.This
surge kA. Mainly usedis as main
only switch accord-
suitable
S a rated tripping
devices with for
RCD
for current
ing series
series
ing
S of
toofÖVE/ÖNORM
type 0.03A
connection
connection
to ÖVE/ÖNORM
must
Ewith
(selective, min
8001-1
with be
other
other installed.
types
§4012.1.5,
types if
if the
ms time
as rated
delay)
well
the intripping
assurge
rated current of
current-proof
combination
tripping current the
ofup
with todownstream
surge
the kA. MainlyRCD
5 arresters.This
downstream isdoes
used
RCD not
not exceed
as main
the
does only switch
RCD
exceed one third
accord-
suitable
one third
S for series connectionE with
8001-1 § 12.1.5,
other types as wellrated
if the as intripping
combination with
current surge
of the arresters.This
downstream RCDisdoes
the only RCD suitable
not exceed one third
of
forthe
ing rated
series tripping Ecurrent
to ÖVE/ÖNORM
connection 8001-1
with of
§ the
other device
12.1.5,
types as of rated
well
if the type
as in1S. Some current
versions
combination
tripping ofare
with sensitive
surge
the toEATON
pulsating
arresters.This
downstream DC.
the
does Some
only
not CA003002EN
RCDversions
RCDisCORPORATION suitable
exceed are
one third
Testing: of
of the
for the rated
series
rated tripping
tripping current
connection of
of the
with other
current device
types
the of
if the
device type
type 1S.
of rated Some
tripping
S. versions
versionsofare
Some current thesensitive
are to
downstream
sensitive pulsating
RCD does
toEATON
pulsating DC. Some
DC.not versions
exceed
CORPORATION
Some one third
versions are
CA003002EN
are
available
for
of series
the
available in
rated
in all-current
connection sensitive
with
tripping current
all-current other
current design.
types
of the
sensitivethe if the
device
design. of rated tripping
type S.
S. Some current
versionsofare
thesensitive
are downstream RCD does
to pulsating
pulsating DC.not exceed
Some one third
versions are
RCDs with tripping time of the rated
delay (Types
available tripping
-G and -S)
in all-current of device
may bedesign.
sensitive function of type Some versions sensitive to DC. Some versions are
surge current.-
of the rated
available in tripping current
all-current of the
sensitive device of type S. Some versions are sensitive to pulsating DC. Some versions
design. are
Tripping time t

tested with conventional testinginequipment

available all-currentwhich must
sensitive be set
design. proof - selective
available
according to the instructions for in all-current
operation sensitive
of the testingdesign.
device.
Due to reasons inherent „X-ray-proof“,
in the measuring
„X-ray-proof“, for
for avoiding
process,unwanted tripping
the tripping caused by x-ray devices. surge current-
„X-ray-proof“, for avoiding
avoiding unwanted
unwanted tripping
tripping caused
caused byby x-ray
x-ray devices.
devices. proof
time“röntgenfest”
“röntgenfest”
determined in this way may
„X-ray-proof“, be longer
for than
avoiding expected
unwanted intripping caused
“röntgenfest” „X-ray-proof“, for avoiding unwanted tripping caused by x-ray devices. by x-ray devices.
“röntgenfest”
accordance with the specifications
“röntgenfest” „X-ray-proof“, of for
theavoiding
manufacturer of thetripping caused by x-ray devices.
unwanted conditionally
“röntgenfest”
measuring instrument.„Frequency
However, the
„Frequency
device is ok if the
converter-proof“,
converter-proof“, for
for
result of unwanted tripping caused by frequency converters, speed-controlled
avoiding
avoiding unwanted tripping caused by frequency converters, speed-controlled drives,
surge current-
proof drives,
measurement „Frequency
is withinetc.
„umrichterfest“ the time converter-proof“,
range specified by for
theavoiding unwanted tripping caused by frequency converters, speed-controlled drives,
„umrichterfest“
„umrichterfest“ „Frequency
etc.
„Frequency converter-proof“, for avoiding unwanted tripping caused by frequency converters, speed-controlled
converter-proof“, for avoiding unwanted tripping caused by frequency converters, speed-controlled drives, drives,
manufacturer of
„umrichterfest“the measuring
etc. instrument.
„umrichterfest“ „Frequency
etc. converter-proof“, for avoiding unwanted tripping caused by frequency converters, speed-controlled drives,
etc. Residual tripping current
„umrichterfest“ etc.

Tripping time range limit values

Tripping time range type S Tripping time range non-delayed
Tripping time range type G Area of unwanted tripping

1 EATON CORPORATION CA003002EN

1
1 EATON CORPORATION CA003002EN
EATON CORPORATION CA003002EN
CA003002EN
11
EATON CORPORATION CA003002EN
EATON CORPORATION
1 EATON CORPORATION CA003002EN

Power Distribution product guide eatoncorp.com.au 2018 71

Low Voltage Circuit Protection & Switchgear
IEC DIN MCB
xPole IEC DIN MCB, RCCB & RCBO products
eRB6 Residual Current operated circuit Breaker with Overcurrent protection (RCBO)
• Rated breaking capacity 6kA • Approval number NSW25350
• Single module electronic RCBO • Terminal capacity 1-25mm2
• More compact and easier wiring • Complete with 950mm long pigtail
• Fully conforms to AS/NZS61009.1:2004 +A1 • Type AC

Description Rating Width Trip Sensitivity

Item no.
1-Pole (A) (mm) curve (mA)
eRB6 RCBO 6A 1P 6kA
6 18 C 30 eRB6-6/1/C/003-AU
C curve 30mA
eRB6 RCBO 10A 1P 6kA
eRB6-32/1/C/003-AU 10 18 C 30 eRB6-10/1/C/003-AU
C curve 30mA
eRB6 RCBO 16A 1P 6kA
16 18 C 30 eRB6-16/1/C/003-AU
C curve 30mA
eRB6 RCBO 20A 1P 6kA
20 18 C 30 eRB6-20/1/C/003-AU
C curve 30mA
eRB6 RCBO 25A 1P 6kA
25 18 C 30 eRB6-25/1/C/003-AU
C curve 30mA
eRB6 RCBO 32A 1P 6kA
32 18 C 30 eRB6-32/1/C/003-AU
C curve 30mA
eRB6 RCBO 40A 1P 6kA
40 18 C 30 eRB6-40/1/C/003-AU
C curve 30mA
eRB6 RCBO 45A 1P 6kA
45 18 C 30 eRB6-45/1/C/003-AU
C curve 30mA
* 10mA version available - contact Eaton for details.

eRBM Residual Current operated circuit Breaker with Overcurrent protection (RCBO)
• Rated breaking capacity 10kA • Approval number NSW25350
• Single module electronic RCBO • Terminal capacity 1-25mm2
• More compact and easier wiring • Complete with 950mm long pigtail
• Fully conforms to AS/NZS61009.1:2004 +A1 • Type A - pulsating DC

Description Rating Width Trip Sensitivity

Item no.
1-Pole (A) (mm) Curve (mA)
eRBM RCBO 6A 1P 10kA
6 18 C 30 eRBM-6/1/C/003-A-AU
C-curve 30mA
eRBM-20/1/C/003-A-AU eRBM RCBO 10A 1P 10kA
10 18 C 30 eRBM-10/1/C/003-A-AU
C-curve 30mA
eRBM RCBO 16A 1P 10kA
16 18 C 30 eRBM-16/1/C/003-A-AU
C-curve 30mA
eRBM RCBO 20A 1P 10kA
20 18 C 30 eRBM-20/1/C/003-A-AU
C-curve 30mA
eRBM RCBO 25A 1P 10kA
25 18 C 30 eRBM-25/1/C/003-A-AU
C-curve 30mA
eRBM RCBO 32A 1P 10kA
32 18 C 30 eRBM-32/1/C/003-A-AU
C-curve 30mA
eRBM RCBO 40A 1P 10kA
40 18 C 30 eRBM-40/1/C/003-A-AU
C-curve 30mA
eRBM RCBO 45A 1P 10kA
45 18 C 30 eRBM-45/1/C/003-A-AU
C-curve 30mA
eRBM RCBO 6A 1P 10kA
6 18 D 30 eRBM-6/1/D/003-A-AU
D-curve 30mA
eRBM RCBO 10A 1P 10kA
10 18 D 30 eRBM-10/1/D/003-A-AU
D-curve 30mA
eRBM RCBO 16A 1P 10kA
16 18 D 30 eRBM-16/1/D/003-A-AU
D-curve 30mA
eRBM RCBO 20A 1P 10kA
20 18 D 30 eRBM-20/1/D/003-A-AU
D-curve 30mA
* 10mA, 100mA and 300mA versions available - contact Eaton for details.

72 Power Distribution product guide eatoncorp.com.au 2018

 Low Voltage Circuit Protection & Switchgear
IEC DIN MCB
xPole IEC DIN MCB, RCCB & RCBO products
PKNM Residual Current operated circuit Breaker with Overcurrent protection (RCBO)
• High-quality residual current device / A mA 2-Pole Item no.
miniature circuit breaker combination,
line voltage-independent 10 kA, trip curve C
• Contact position indicator red - green 6 30 PKNM-6/1N/C/003-AU
• Guide for secure terminal connection 10 30 PKNM-10/1N/C/003-AU
• 3-position DIN rail clip, permits 16 30 PKNM-16/1N/C/003-AU
removal from existing busbar system
20 30 PKNM-20/1N/C/003-AU
• Comprehensive range of accessories PKNM-16/1N/C/003-AU
suitable for subsequent installation 25 30 PKNM-25/1N/C/003-AU
• Wide variety of rated tripping currents 32 30 PKNM-32/1N/C/003-AU
• Rated currents up to 40A 40 30 PKNM-40/1N/C/003-AU
• Tripping characteristics B, C 6 300 PKNM-6/1N/C/03-AU
• Type AC 10 300 PKNM-10/1N/C/03-AU
• Rated breaking capacity 10kA 16 300 PKNM-16/1N/C/03-AU
• Australian Standards AS/NZS 61009.1 20 300 PKNM-20/1N/C/03-AU
Approval Number NSW21900
25 300 PKNM-25/1N/C/03-AU
• Terminal capacity 1-25mm2
32 300 PKNM-32/1N/C/03-AU
40 300 PKNM-40/1N/C/03-AU

PKNM Type A Residual Current operated circuit Breaker with Overcurrent protection
(RCBO)
• High-quality residual current device / A mA 2-Pole Item no.
miniature circuit breaker combination,
line voltage-independent 10 kA, trip curve C
• Contact position indicator red - green 6 30 PKNM-6/1N/C/003-A-AU
• Guide for secure terminal connection 10 30 PKNM-10/1N/C/003-A-AU
• 3-position DIN rail clip, permits 16 30 PKNM-16/1N/C/003-A-AU
removal from existing busbar system
20 30 PKNM-20/1N/C/003-A-AU PKNM-16/1N/C/003-A-AU
• Comprehensive range of accessories
suitable for subsequent installation 25 30 PKNM-25/1N/C/003-A-AU

• Wide variety of rated tripping currents 32 30 PKNM-32/1N/C/003-A-AU

• Rated currents up to 40 A 40 30 PKNM-40/1N/C/003-A-AU
• Tripping characteristics B, C 6 300 PKNM-6/1N/C/03-A-AU
• Type A - pulsating DC 10 300 PKNM-10/1N/C/03-A-AU
• Rated breaking capacity 10 kA 16 300 PKNM-16/1N/C/03-A-AU
• Australian Standards AS/NZS 61009.1 20 300 PKNM-20/1N/C/03-A-AU
Approval Number NSW21900
25 300 PKNM-25/1N/C/03-A-AU
• Terminal capacity 1-25mm2
32 300 PKNM-32/1N/C/03-A-AU
40 300 PKNM-40/1N/C/03-A-AU

Power Distribution product guide eatoncorp.com.au 2018 73

Low Voltage Circuit Protection & Switchgear
IEC DIN MCB
xPole IEC DIN MCB, RCCB & RCBO products
PFIM Residual Current operated Circuit Breaker without overcurrent protection (RCCB)
• A complete spectrum of compact residual • Comprehensive range of accessories
current devices for a wide range of • Contact position indicator red-green
applications
• Automatic re-setting possible
• For residual current protection & additional
protection • Australian Standards AS/NZS61008.1 Approval
Number NSW21900
• Wide variety of nominal currents
• Terminal capacity 1.5-35mm2

A mA 2-Pole Item no. A mA 4-Pole Item no.

PFIM-16/2/001-AU Conditionally surge current-proof 250 A, type AC
16 10 PFIM-16/2/001-AU

25 30 PFIM-25/2/003-AU
25 100 PFIM-25/2/01-AU
25 300 PFIM-25/2/03-AU 40 30 PFIM-40/4/003-AU
40 100 PFIM-40/4/01-AU
40 30 PFIM-40/2/003-AU 40 300 PFIM-40/4/03-AU
40 100 PFIM-40/2/01-AU
40 300 PFIM-40/2/03-AU 63 30 PFIM-63/4/003-AU
PFIM-40/4/003-AU
63 100 PFIM-63/4/01-AU
63 30 PFIM-63/2/003-AU 63 300 PFIM-63/4/03-AU
63 100 PFIM-63/2/01-AU
63 300 PFIM-63/2/03-AU 80 30 PFIM-80/4/003-AU
80 100 PFIM-80/4/01-AU
80 30 PFIM-80/2/003-AU 80 300 PFIM-80/4/03-AU
80 100 PFIM-80/2/01-AU 80 500 PFIM-80/4/05-AU
80 300 PFIM-80/2/03-AU
100 30 PFIM-100/4/003
100 30 PFIM-100/2/003 100 100 PFIM-100/4/01
100 100 PFIM-100/2/01 100 300 PFIM-100/4/03
100 300 PFIM-100/2/03 100 500 PFIM-100/4/05

A mA 2-Pole Item no. A mA 4-Pole Item no.

Conditionally surge current-proof 250 A, sensitive to residual pulsating DC, type A

16 10 PFIM-16/2/001-A-AU

25 30 PFIM-25/2/003-A-AU 40 30 PFIM-40/4/003-A-AU
25 100 PFIM-25/2/01-A-AU 40 100 PFIM-40/4/01-A-AU
25 300 PFIM-25/2/03-A-AU 40 300 PFIM-40/4/03-A-AU

40 30 PFIM-40/2/003-A-AU 63 30 PFIM-63/4/003-A-AU
40 100 PFIM-40/2/01-A-AU 63 100 PFIM-63/4/01-A-AU
40 300 PFIM-40/2/03-A-AU 63 300 PFIM-63/4/03-A-AU

63 30 PFIM-63/2/003-A-AU 80 30 PFIM-80/4/003-A-AU
63 100 PFIM-63/2/01-A-AU 80 300 PFIM-80/4/03-A-AU
63 300 PFIM-63/2/03-A-AU
100 30 PFIM-100/4/003-A
100 100 PFIM-100/2/01-A 100 100 PFIM-100/4/01-A
100 300 PFIM-100/2/03-A 100 300 PFIM-100/4/03-A
100 500 PFIM-100/4/05-A

74 Power Distribution product guide eatoncorp.com.au 2018

 Residual Current Devices PFIM-F
surge current-proof 3 kA, type G/F (ÖVE E 8601)
I n /I∆ n (A) Type Designation Article No. Units per package
Low Voltage Circuit Protection & Switchgear
2-pole IEC DIN MCB
25/0,03 xPole IEC DIN MCB, RCCB & RCBO products
PFIM-25/2/003-G/F 187449 1/60
25/0,3 PFIM-25/2/03-G/F 187452 1/60
PFIM Residual Current operated Circuit Breaker without overcurrent protection (RCCB)
40/0,03 PFIM-40/2/003-G/F 187450 1/60
40/0,3 • A complete spectrum of compact residual
PFIM-40/2/03-G/F 187453 •
1/60Comprehensive range of accessories
63/0,03 current devices for a wide range of
PFIM-63/2/003-G/F 187451 1/60Contact position indicator red-green
•
63/0,3 applications PFIM-63/2/03-G/F 187454 1/60
• Automatic re-setting possible
• For residual current protection & additional
protection • Australian Standards AS/NZS61008.1 Approval
Number NSW21900
• Wide variety of nominal currents
• Terminal capacity 1.5-35mm2
4-pole
25/0,03
Current DevicesA PFIM-F mA PFIM-25/4/003-G/F
2-Pole Item no. 187455 1/30
A mA 4-Pole Item no.
25/0,3 PFIM-25/4/03-G/F 187359 1/30 PFIM-40/2/003-G-AU
ent-proof Surge current-proof 3kA,
40/0,03 3 kA, type G/F (ÖVE E 8601) type G/F
PFIM-40/4/003-G/F 187456 1/30
40/0,3 25 30 PFIM-40/4/03-G/F
PFIM-25/2/003-G/F 187360 1/30
25 30 PFIM-25/4/003-G/F
63/0,03 Type Designation Article No. Units per package
PFIM-63/4/003-G/F
25 300 PFIM-25/2/03-G/F 187358 1/30
25 300 PFIM-25/4/03-G/F
63/0,3 PFIM-63/4/03-G/F 187361 1/30
40 30 PFIM-40/2/003-G/F 40 30 PFIM-40/4/003-G/F
40 PFIM-25/2/003-G/F
300 187449
PFIM-40/2/03-G/F 1/60 40 300 PFIM-40/4/03-G/F
PFIM-25/2/03-G/F 187452 1/60
63 30 PFIM-63/2/003-G/F 63 30 PFIM-63/4/003-G/F
PFIM-40/2/003-G/F 187450 1/60
63 PFIM-40/2/03-G/F
300 PFIM-63/2/03-G/F
187453 1/60 63 300 PFIM-63/4/03-G/F
Residual Current PFIM-63/2/003-G/F
Devices PFIM-F 187451 1/60
PFIM-63/2/03-G/F 187454 1/60
selective +Selective + surge current-proof
surge current-proof 5 kA, type 5kA,S/Ftype S/F
PFIM-63/4/003-G-AU
25 300 PFIM-25/4/03-S/F
I n /I∆ n (A) Type Designation Article No. Units per package
40 300 PFIM-40/4/03-S/F
4-pole 63 300 PFIM-63/4/03-S/F
25/0,3 PFIM-25/4/03-S/F 187362 1/30
40/0,3 PFIM-25/4/003-G/FPFIM-40/4/03-S/F
187455 1/30 187363 1/30
63/0,3 SurgePFIM-25/4/03-G/F kA, type187359
current-proof 3PFIM-63/4/03-S/F
G 1/30 187364 1/30
PFIM-40/4/003-G/F 187456 1/30
40 30 PFIM-40/2/003-G-AU 40 30 PFIM-40/4/003-G
PFIM-40/4/03-G/F 187360 1/30
PFIM-63/4/003-G/F 187358 1/30 40 100 PFIM-40/4/01-G
PFIM-63/4/03-G/F 187361 1/30 63 30 PFIM-63/4/003-G
63 100 PFIM-63/4/01-G
100 30 PFIM-100/4/003-G
100 300 PFIM-100/4/03-G

Current DevicesSurge
PFIM-F
current-proof 3 kA, sensitive to residual pulsating DC, type G/A
+ surge current-proof
40 5 kA,
30 type S/FPFIM-40/2/003-G/A-AU 40 30 PFIM-40/4/003-G/A-AU
63 30 PFIM-63/2/003-G/A-AU 63 30 PFIM-63/4/003-G/A-AU
Type Designation Article No. Units per package
100 30 PFIM-100/2/003-G/A-AU 100 30 PFIM-100/4/003-G/A-AU
100 300 PFIM-100/4/03-G/A-AU
PFIM-25/4/03-S/F 187362 1/30
PFIM-40/4/03-S/F 187363 1/30
SurgePFIM-63/4/03-S/F
current-proof 3 kA, X-ray application,
187364 1/30 type R
100 30 PFIM-100/4/003-R

Selective + surge current-proof 5 kA, type S

63 300 PFIM-63/4/03-S/A-AU
80 300 PFIM-80/4/03-S/A-AU

15

Power Distribution product guide eatoncorp.com.au 2018 75

Low Voltage Circuit Protection & Switchgear
IEC DIN MCB
xPole IEC DIN accessories
• Auxiliary switch • RCD tripping module
• Shunt trip release • Remote control & automatic
• Undervoltage release switching device

Auxiliary switches
For protective device/function 18 mm modules Item no.
ZP-IHK Auxiliary Switch Z-HK, Z-AHK, Tripping Signal Switch Z-NHK. Design: for screw fixing
PFIM 1NO+1NC left side mount 0.5 MU Z-HK
PLS 1NO+1NC left side mount 0.5 MU Z-AHK
PLS, PFIM, 2CO left side mount 0.5 MU Z-NHK
Auxiliary Switch ZP-IHK, ZP-WHK, Tripping Signal Switch ZP-NHK. Design: snap fixing
PLS, PKN, 1NO+1NC left side mount 0.5 MU ZP-IHK
PLS, PKN, 1CO left side mount 0.5 MU ZP-WHK
PLS, PKN, 2CO left side mount 0.5 MU ZP-NHK

Shunt trip release Z-ASA, ZP-ASA

Z-ASA/24
Operational voltage range (V~) 18 mm modules Item no.
12 - 110 Vac - screw fixing, left side mount 1 MU Z-ASA/24
110 - 415 Vac - screw fixing, left side mount 1 MU Z-ASA/230
12 - 110 Vac - snap on fixing, left side mount 1 MU ZP-ASA/24
110 - 415 Vac - snap on fixing, left side mount 1 MU ZP-ASA/230

Undervoltage release Z-USA, Z-USD

Operational voltage range (V~)/function 18 mm modules Item no.
115 Vac non-delayed, left side mount 1 MU Z-USA/115
Z-USA/115 230 Vac non-delayed, left side mount 1 MU Z-USA/230
400 Vac non-delayed, left side mount 1 MU Z-USA/400
115 Vac delayed 0.4s left side mount 1 MU Z-USD/115
230 Vac delayed 0.4s left side mount 1 MU Z-USD/230

RCD-tripping module Z-..AM

For protective device 18 mm modules Item no.
PFIM, RCD, left side mount 0.5 MU Z-FAM
PKNM, RCBO, left side mount 0.5 MU Z-KAM

Z-FAM
Remote control & automatic switching device Z-FW
Function 18 mm modules Item no.
Automatic restarting 230VAC 4 MU Z-FW-LP
Automatic restarting 24-48VDC 4 MU Z-FW-LPD
+ Remote control ON/OFF/TEST 2 MU Z-FW-MO

Remote control & automatic switching device Z-FW

Function 18 mm modules Item no.
Pre-mounted sets Z-FW: Set consisting of automatic switching device Z-FW-LP. & switching module
Z-FW-LP Z-FW-MO
230 VAC 6 MU Z-FW-LP/MO
24-48 VDC 6 MU Z-FW-LPD/MO

Remote control & automatic switching device Z-FW

Function 18 mm modules Item no.
Remote Testing Module Z-FW (for Z-FW-LP./MO set use only)
0,01 A 6 MU Z-FW/001
0,03 A 6 MU Z-FW/003
Z-FW-LP/MO
0,1 A 6 MU Z-FW/010
0,3 A 6 MU Z-FW/030
0,5 A 6 MU Z-FW/050

76 Power Distribution product guide eatoncorp.com.au 2018

 Low Voltage Circuit Protection & Switchgear
IEC DIN MCB
Controlling & switching devices
Installation relays for light & power distribution
• Installation relays & contactors • Signalling devices
• Impulse relays

Rated current In Contacts Actuating voltage Item no.

A (AC1) A (AC3) V AC
Rated current 20A AC1, 18 mm modules: 1 MU, Finger & hand touch safe to VGB 4,
Low switching noise, no humming, Easy coil feed connection with Pozidrive screws
1 N/O Z-R230/S
2 N/O Z-R230/SS
20 8 240 V AC Z-R230/S
1 N/O, 1 N/C Z-R230/SO
2 N/C Z-R230/OO
1 N/O Z-R24/S
2 N/O Z-R24/SS
20 8 24 V AC
1 N/O, 1 N/C Z-R24/SO
2 N/C Z-R24/OO
Suitable for auxiliary contacts Z-SC, 18 mm modules: 2 MU
3 N/O, 1 N/C Z-SCH230/25-31
2 N/O, 2 N/C Z-SCH230/25-22
240 V AC
4 N/O Z-SCH230/25-40
25 9
4 N/C Z-SCH230/25-04
Z-SCH230/25-31
4 N/O 24 V AC Z-SCH24/25-40
2 N/O, 2 N/C 24 V AC Z-SCH24/25-22

Installation contactors for light & power distribution

Rated current In Contacts Actuating voltage Item no.
A (AC1) A (AC3) V AC
Suitable for auxiliary contacts Z-SC, 18 mm modules: 3 MU
3 N/O, 1 N/C Z-SCH230/40-31
2 N/O, 2 N/C Z-SCH230/40-22
40 27 240 V AC
4 N/O Z-SCH230/40-40 Z-DST
2 N/O Z-SCH230/40-20
4 N/O Z-SCH230/63-40
3 N/O,1 N/C Z-SCH230/63-31
63 30 240 V AC
2 N/O, 2 N/C Z-SCH230/63-22
2 N/O Z-SCH230/63-20
Accessories
Sealing cover 25A, 2 MU wide Z-SCHAK-2TE
Sealing cover 40A & 63A, 3 MU wide Z-SCHAK-3TE
Auxiliary switch, 0.5 MU wide Z-SC
Spacer, 0.5 MU wide Z-DST

Z-S230/SO
Impulse relays
Rated current In Contacts Actuating voltage Item no.
AC1 V AC
Rated current 16 A AC1, 18 mm modules: 1 MU
1 N/O Z-S230/S
1 N/O, 1 N/C 240 V AC Z-S230/SO
2 N/O Z-S230/SS
16
1 N/O Z-S24/S
1 N/O, 1 N/C 24 V AC Z-S24/SO
2 N/O Z-S24/SS
Accessories
Z-SC/GP
Twin diode block Z-SC/GP
Technical application data within technical section refer to pages 438-441

Power Distribution product guide eatoncorp.com.au 2018 77

 • Z-NHK:Z-NHK:
•• Z-NHK: The function
The functionfunction
of oneofof one
ofone
theofoftwo
thechange-over
two change-over
change-over contacts
contacts can becan be
be
Short circuitThe strength - with back-up the two
fuse acc. to the contacts can
applicable rules
switched
switched
switched from
fromfrom “auxiliary
“auxiliary switch”
“auxiliary switch” toto“tripping
to “tripping
switch” “tripping
signal signal switch”
switch”
signal switch”
IEC/EN 60947-3 12.5 kA 12.5 kA 12.5 kA 12.5 kA 12.5 kA 12.5 kA 12.5 kA 10 kA 10 kA
•• Tripping
Tripping
• Tripping signal signal contact
contact
signal transmits
transmits
contact transmits message message
message ofof electric
of electricelectric tripping,
tripping, not mechani-
mechani-
not mechani-
tripping, not
Endurance 3-pole 3+N-pole 3-pole 4-pole 3-pole
3+N-pole 3+N-pole
4-pole 4-pole
cal switch-off
switch-off
cal switch-off
cal
electrical comp. op. cycles ≥ 3,000 ≥ 3,000 ≥ 3,000 ≥ 3,000 ≥ 3,000 Technical
≥ 3,000 ≥ Data
3,000 ≥ 3,000 ≥ 2,000
• TestLow
•• Test
key Voltage
Testfor
key
comp. op. Circuit
keycontact
for contact
for contact
function Protection
function
function & Switchgear
“electrical
“electrical tripping”
tripping”
“electrical tripping”
mechanical cycles ≥ 16,000
Accessories
Accessoriesfor
Accessories
≥ 16,000
forProtective
for
≥ 16,000
ProtectiveDevices
Protective
≥ 16,000
Devices
Devices ≥ 16,000 ≥ 16,000
Electrical
Technical Data
≥ 16,000 ≥ 16,000 ≥ 14,000

IEC MechanicalDIN MCB Design according to IEC/EN 60898-1

Frame
Technical size Data(mm) 45 mm
Technical
Technical
Dimensions Data Data Current
Electrical test marks as printed onto the device
Device
Dimensionsheight Auxiliary
Auxiliary
(mm) AuxiliarySwitch
Auxiliary Switch
Switch
80 Switch mm ZP-IHK, ZP-IHK,
ZP-IHK,ZP-WHK;
ZP-IHK, ZP-WHK;
ZP-WHK;
ZP-WHK; Tripping
Tripping
TrippingSignal
Tripping
Connection
Signal
SignalSw
Signal
diagram
Sw SwSw itch
itch itchZP-NHK
itch ZP-NHK
ZP-NHK
ZP-NHK
Rated voltage 230IEC VAC61009
AFDD+ Design according to
Device width 17.5mm/pole Z-HK Z-HK
Z-HK Z-AHK Z-AHK
Z-AHK Z-NHK Z-NHK
Z-NHK
Technical Data Technical Data •• • • •Design
Design
Design
Design
Design according
according
according
according
according to
toto
to IEC/EN
toIEC/EN
IEC/EN
IEC/EN
IEC/EN 62019
62019
62019
62019
62019
Connection
Connection
Rated Current frequency test marks as printed onto 50/60
the deviceHz
Mounting •• •• •No
NoNo
NoNoscrews
screws
screws
screws
screws
quick fastening
required.
required.
required.
required.
required. Can
Can
Can
CanCan bebebe
bebe
with 2snapped lock-in
snapped
snapped
snapped
snapped
positions
onto
onto
onto
onto
onto
on
PLS
PLS
PLS
PLS
PLS
DINand
and
and
andand
railPKNM
PKNM
PKNM
PKNM
IEC/EN
PKNM subsequently
subsequently60715
subsequently
subsequently
subsequently Connectiondiagrams
Connection diagrams
diagrams
Rateddiagrams breaking capacity
Electrical
Electrical
Electrical
Degree of protection, built-in IP40 2-pole ZP-IHK
ZP-IHK
ZP-IHK
ZP-IHK
ZP-IHK ZP-WHK
ZP-WHK
ZP-WHK Number
ZP-WHK ZP-NHK
ZP-WHK ZP-NHK
ZP-NHK of poles 1+N-pole
Electrical Electrical •• •• •ZP-IHK,
ZP-IHK,
ZP-IHK,
ZP-IHK,
ZP-IHK, ZP-WHK:
ZP-WHK:
ZP-WHK:
ZP-WHK: can
ZP-WHK: cancan
can
can be
bebe
bebe Mechanical
snapped
snapped
snapped
snapped
snapped on
onon
on additionally
on additionally
additionally
additionally
additionally
1 3 11PFIM,
111time
time
time
timeMechanical
time onto
onto
onto
onto
onto itself Mechanical
itself
itself
itself
itself PLN6 ZP-NHK ZP-NHK
6 kA switched,
Pole
CanCan Can be mounted
be mounted
be
Terminal mounted fromfrom
protection from
the left the
the left onto
onto
left onto finger and hand touch safe according to BGV
TPFIM,
PFIM,
A3 PFR,PFR, PFR,
dRCM dRCM
dRCM CLS,CLS, CLS, L71,L71, L71,
PFHM-2p PFHM-2p
PFHM-2p CLS,CLS, CLS, L71,L71, L71,
Design according Design
IEC/EN 60898-1 to•• ••80
to according •The
The
The
The
The specified
specified
specified
IEC/EN
specified
specified minimum
minimum
minimum
60898-1
minimum
minimum voltages
voltages
IEC/ENvoltages
voltages
voltages are
are
60898-1
45
are
Frame
are
areper
perper
per
per contact.
contact.
contact.
size
contact.
contact. Take
Take
Take
Take
Takeinto
into
into
into
intoaccount
account
account
Frame
account
AFDD
account
CFI6,
particu-
particu-
particu-
size
particu-
particu-
CFI6,
CFI6, PFHM-4p Frame
PFHM-4p CKN,
PFHM-4p 45 mm size CKN,
CKN,PKDM PKDM CKN,
PKDM 45 mm CKN,
CKN, PKDM
PLN445 mm
PKDM
PKDM N4.5led kAthrough (solid n
Terminals larly
larly
larly ininin
inin
case
case
case ofofTwin-purpose
ofthe
series
series
series connection!
connection!
connection! terminals Characteristic B, C
nted
Current
onto test
theCan
marks
device
Current
Can
Can as printed
test
be mounted
be mounted
be marks
mounted onto
fromfrom as
fromthe
the rightprinted
device
larly
larly
the right
the right onto
case
case
ontoonto onto ofof seriesdevice
series connection!
connection! Device height
2 Device
– I –– height Device
80 mm
– –– height 80
PFIM, mm
PFIM,
PFIM, PFR,PFR, Rated
PFR, CFI6, 80 mm
voltage
CFI6,
CFI6, U 240 VAC
Terminal capacity •• •• •Contact
Contact
Contact material
material
material 2.5and -and
and 50design
and mm
design
design particularly
particularly
particularly
n
Rated voltage Rated AC: 230/400V
voltage Contact
Contact AC: 230/400V
material
material and AC:
design
design 230/400V Devicesuitable
particularly
particularly suitable
suitable
width
suitable
suitable for
for
for
forextra
extra
forextra
extra
extra low
low
low
low
low voltage.
voltage.
voltage.
Device
voltage.width Device
voltage. 17.5 mmwidth per pole (1MU) 17.5 PFHM mm PFHM
PFHM
Back-up
perRated pole 17.5 fuse(1MU)
mm
frequency per pole (1MU) , dRCM , dRCM
, dRCM 50/60 Hz
Busbar thickness Contact 0.8-1.0 mm
Contact DC:function
Contact
Contact (per pole, Contact
48Vfunction
function
Contact
Contact
Contact DC: function
function
function
48V with
function
function with
with
(per
with
with relative
relative
relative
pole,
DC:
relative
relative movement
48V
10movement
movement
movement (per pole,
movement (self-cleaning
(self-cleaning
(self-cleaning
(self-cleaning
(self-cleaning contacts)e)
contacts)e)
contacts)e)
contacts)e)
contacts)e)
1NO 1NO
1NO + 1NC +
+ 1NC
1NC 1NO 1NO26.3
1NO
+ 1NC+mm:
+ 1NC
1NC device 1P+N 2CO 2CO
2CO (1.5MU) >6
26.3kAmm:
Rated device26.3
current I1P+N mm: (1.5MU)
device 1P+N (1.5MU) max.6100 - 45AAgL/gG
Fastening torque of•• •••ZP-NHK: ZP-NHK:
ZP-NHK:
n
Rated max.
Rated
Rated 2voltage
voltage poles)
voltage
ZP-NHK:
ZP-NHK: max.44The TheThe
2The function
function
poles)
The function
function
function max.ofofof
ofof
one
oneone
2one
one ofofof
ofof
poles) the
Mountingthe
the
the
the two
two
two
two
twochange-over
change-over
change-over
change-over
change-over contacts
contacts
contacts
contacts Mounting
contacts
250
can
cancan
can
250
can
V250VV
be
bebe
bebe Mounting
quick fastening
250 250 V250VVwith•• •• •ZP-NHK:ZP-NHK:
ZP-NHK:
ZP-NHK:
ZP-NHK:quick
250The The fastening
The
250
VThe
250 The
>4.5button”
VRated
“Service
“Service
“Service
V“Service
“Service
kA
quick
with
button”
button”
button” isisfastening
tripping
button” isisused
used
used
isused
used tototocurrent
tocheck
tocheckwith
check
check
checkwhether
whetherI ororororno
whether
whether
whether ∆nono
or no
nno
max.tt the 80
ttthe 10,
the
tthe
the
Aauxiliary
gL/gG
30,switch
auxiliary
auxiliary
auxiliary
auxiliary 100,
switch
switch
switch
switchisis30
isiscor-
cor
coc
isco
terminal screws
54 switched
switched
switched from
from
from 2.5 - 5 Nmswitch”
“auxiliary
“auxiliary
“auxiliary switch”
switch” tototo
toto
"tripping
"tripping
"tripping signal
signal
signal 2 4
switch"
switch"
switch" Selectivity class 3the
Rated frequency Rated
50/60
Frequency
Frequency
Frequency frequency
Hz switched 50/60
switched from Hz
from “auxiliary
“auxiliary 50/60 switch”
switch”Hz "tripping
"tripping signal
signal switch"
switch"
50/60 50/60
50/60 Hz Hz
Hz 3 lock-in 50/60 positions
50/60
50/60Hz Hz
Hz onrectly
rectly
rectly
rectly wired
rectly 3wired
wired
wired
50/60
wired lock-in
inininin50/60
the
the
the
50/60
in Hz
the
the positions
Sensitivity
tripping-signal-switch
HzHz 3 lock-in
tripping-signal-switch
tripping-signal-switch
tripping-signal-switch
tripping-signal-switch on position positions
position
position
position
position on ..Activating
Activating
. .Activating
. Activating
Activating AC
the
the and
“service
the“service
the “service
“service
“service pulsating
button”
button”
button”
button” will
button”will
will
will
will DC
Function •• ••to•Tripping
Tripping
Tripping signal
signal
signal 60irrespective
contact
contact
contact transmits
transmits of the
transmits position
message
message
message of
ofofof
ofof installation
electric
electric
electric tripping,
tripping,
tripping, not
not
not mechani-
mechani-
mechani- Endurance 8.000 oper
according
Rated breaking
to Rated
IEC/EN
Rated
capacity
60898-1
breaking
according capacity IEC/EN
according
Tripping
Tripping 60898-1
signal
signal tocontact
IEC/EN
contact 60898-1
transmits
transmits message
message electric
electric tripping,
tripping, notnot mechani- DIN rail IEC/EN 60715
mechani-
4DIN rail IEC/EN
Tripping DIN 60715 rail IEC/EN
Characteristic soso60715 RCD component: ≥
Accessories for Protectiv
Rated
Rated currentcurrent
current 8 A 88AA 4 A 44AA mechanically
mechanically
mechanically
mechanically
mechanically A 4simulate
4simulate
simulate
AA
simulate
simulate an
anananan
electrical
electrical
electrical
electrical
electrical switch-off,
switch-off,
switch-off,
switch-off,
switch-off, so
soso the
the
the
themechanism
mechanism
the mechanism
mechanism
mechanism for
forfor
forfor
the
thethe
the electrical
theelectrical
electrical
electricalswitch-
electricalswitch-
switch-
switch-
switch-
PLSM, PLZM 10PLSM,
kA PLZM cal
cal
cal
cal switch-off
calswitch-off
switch-off
10
switch-off kA
switch-off 10 kA Degree of protection Degree of protection
IP20
Degree of protection IP20 Tripping IP20
Rated Rated
Rated thermalthermal
thermalcurrentcurrent
I I th thth
current I 8A8A 8 A 4A4A 4 A off
off
off
off will
will
offwill
willdisengage
disengage
will disengage
disengage
disengage and
and
4A4A and
and
and can
can
4 can
A
can
canbe
bebe
be checked.
bechecked.
checked.
checked.
checked. The
The
The
The
The main
main
main
main
mainswi
swi
swi
swi
swi tchgear
tchgear
tchgear
tchgear
tchgear(MCB,
(MCB,
(MCB,
(MCB,
(MCB, combined
combined
combined
combined
combined MCB/RCD
MCB/RCD
MCB/RCD
MCB/RCD
MCB/RCD ororoo
PLS6, PLZ6 Dimensions
6PLS6,
kA category
Utilisation
Utilisation
Utilisation
IS switches PLZ6
category
category (mm)
AC13
•• •• •Test
AC13
AC13
Test
Test
Test
Testkey
keykey
6 for
key
key for
kAfor
for contact
forcontact
contact
contact
contact function
function
function
6 kA“electrical
function
function “electrical
“electrical
Uppertripping”
“electrical
“electrical tripping”
tripping”
and
tripping”
tripping”lower terminalsUpper and lower open
Upperterminals
mouthed/lift
and lower terminals RCD
RCD
RCD
RCDRCD open
…)
…)…)
…)…) connected
connected mouthed/lift
connected
connected
connected Dimensions
PLN6 line
to
toto
tothe
totheopen
the
the ZP-NHK
theZP-NHKterminals
ZP-NHK
ZP-NHK
ZP-NHK mouthed/lift
voltage-dependent (mm)
auxiliary
auxiliary
auxiliary
auxiliary
auxiliary switch
switch
switch
switchterminals
switchdoe
doe
doe
doe
doe ssssnot
not
not
need
snotneed
not instantaneous
need
need
need tototo
totrip
totrip
trip
as
tripasas
tripasas
well
well
well
wellduring
during
well during
during
during an
anan anan
PLS4, PLZ4Rated 4.5
PLS4,kA
Rated
Rated PLZ4
operational
operational
operational current current
current I 4.5 II kAe e 4.5 kA Terminal protection Terminal6A/250V protection finger
6A/250V
6A/250V Terminal
AC and ACprotection
AC hand3A/250Vtouch 3A/250V
3A/250V safe,
inspection
inspection
AC finger
inspection
inspection AC
inspectionACthrough through
through
throughand3A/250V
through thehand
Peak
thethe
the
the finger
service
service touch
service
3A/250V
3A/250V
service withstand
service button.
button.
AC and
button.
button.
button. safe,
AC5,5hand
AC touch
current safe, 250A (8/20µs)
Terminal cover caps
1P+N
Shunt Trip Release Z-ASA, ZP-ASA0.5 I
21 4,5
Characteristic Characteristic
B, C, D B, C, D e B, C, D 2A/440V 2A/440V
2A/440V AC AC AC BGV A3,
– ÖVE-EN
–– 6 BGV–
Z-IS/AK-1TE ––A3, ÖVE-EN
Rated BGV 6
non-tripping A3, ÖVE-EN 6
current I
Back-up fuse Back-up fuse Technical
Technical
TechnicalData
Technical Data
Data
Data Terminal capacity Terminal capacity Terminal
1-25 mm capacity 2 1-25 mm Voltage 1-25
• Remote mm
range 2
release 2
for subsequent
for protective
∆ no
mounting onto184
function PLS,- CLS6,264 V~
∆n
Utilisation
Utilisation
Utilisation category
category
category AC15 AC15
AC15
PLSM max.
PLSM 125operational
A gL current 2 2 2 2 2 2
Rated Rated
Rated operational
operational current
current I max. II 125 A gL max. 125 A(1p+N, gL 1.5MU)
ZP-IHK
ZP-IHK
ZP-IHK
ZP-IHK
(1p+N, – 1.5MU)––ZP-WHK
ZP-WHK
ZP-WHK
1-25
ZP-WHK
(1p+N, mm 1.5MU) 2A/250V
ZP-NHK
ZP-NHK 2A/250V
2A/250V
ZP-NHK AC / 1-2x10
1-25
AC mm
AC mm2A/250V Tripping
Anti-tamper
1-25
(N)AC
2A/250V
2A/250V PKN, mm AC
AC / 1-2x10
PKDM,
Characteristic Z-A40,mmZ-MS MCB / 1-2x10 (N)
component mm (N)
Nm fasteningZP-NHK
e ee
PLS6 Utilisation max.
PLS6category
100category
Utilisation
Utilisation A gL DC12
category DC12 max. 100 A gL max. 100
DC12 Terminal
A gL fastening torque Terminal fastening 2-2.4
Terminal torque torque 2-2.4 Nm device 2-2.4
Conventional • Module80Nm width 1MU
non-tripping current 45 1.13 I n
PLS4 Ratedmax.
PLS4
Rated
Rated 80operational
A gL current
operational
operational Electrical
Electrical
Electrical I max.
Electrical
current
current II 80 A gL max. 80 A(1p+N, gL 1.5MU) (1p+N, – 1.5MU)
–– 2-2.4
(1p+N, Nm1.5MU) / 1,2-1,5
0.5A/110V Nm (N)
0.5A/110V
0.5A/110V DC 2-2.4 DC DC Nm
IS/SPE1TE / 1,2-1,5
Conventional
0.5A/110V 2-2.4
0.5A/110V
0.5A/110V Nm
• Additional
DC NmDC (N)
DC / tripping
1,2-1,5 Nm
installation of (N)
standard
current auxiliary switch 1.45isI possible n
e ee
Selectivity class Selectivity
3Utilisation
Utilisation
Utilisation class
category
category
category DC13 Can
CanCanCanbe
DC13
DC13 bebe
be 3mounted
mounted
mountedfrom
mounted from
from
from 3the
the theleft
the left
left Busbar
leftonto
onto onto MCB:
onto thickness
MCB:
MCB:
MCB: Busbar
PLS,
PLS, PLS,PLZ
PLS, PLZPLZthickness
PLZ Busbar
0.8 - 2PLS, mm
thickness
PLS, PLS,PLZ
PLS, PLZ
PLZ
PLZ 0.8 PLS,
PLS,PLS, - 2 PLZ
PLS, mm
PLZ
PLZ
PLZReference 0.8
• Position- 2 temperature
mmindicator red - green 30°C
tage
RatedU peak withstand
Rated peak 4 kV
voltage (1.2/50µs)
withstand
U voltage U 4 kV (1.2/50µs) 4 kV (1.2/50µs)
RCD/MCB:
RCD/MCB: PKNM
PKNM (except PKNMN
PKNM 0.5 MU) (except PKNM
PKNM N 0.5 •
MU) Type
(except ZP-ASA
N 0.5forMU) snap-on mounting 10 C, D
Rated Rated
impRated operational
operational
operational current current
current I impII e ee imp RCD/MCB:
RCD/MCB: PKNM PKNM 0.5A/230V0.5A/230V
0.5A/230V DC DC DC PKNM
PKNM – –– PKNM
PKNM –Characteristic
17,5–– 44
omp.
Endurance Endurance electrical comp. ≥ 4,000electricaloperating comp.cycles ≥ 4,000 operating Mounting
≥ 4,000 cycles operating cyclesMounting
Accessories:
Accessories:
Accessories:
Accessories: ZP-A40,
ZP-A40,
2A/110V ZP-A40,
ZP-A40,
2A/110V
2A/110V DCZP-ASA,
ZP-ASA,
ZP-ASA,Mounting
independent
ZP-ASA,
DCDC –ZP-A40,
ZP-A40, –– of position
ZP-A40,
ZP-A40, ZP-ASA,independent
ZP-ASA,
ZP-ASA,
ZP-ASA, –ZP-A40,
ZP-A40,
ZP-A40, –– Rated
ZP-A40, of
ZP-ASA,
ZP-ASA, independent
ZP-ASA,position
ZP-ASA, breaking capacity of position 60 10 kA
al comp. mechanical≥ comp. 20,000
mechanical operating comp. cycles≥ 20,000 operating ≥ 20,000 cycles operating cycles Z-MS
4A/60VZ-MSZ-MS Z-MS
4A/60V
4A/60V DC DC DC – Z-MS
Z-MSZ-MSZ-MS
–
– – Z-MS
Z-MSZ-MS
Z-MS –– Selectivity class 3
Line voltageRatedconnection
optional
Line voltage
(above/below)
connection Technical Datafuse > 6 kA
Rated
Rated insulation
insulation
Switching insulationvoltage
interlock voltage
voltage UUoptional
UIS/SPE-1TE I
(above/below)
II
optional (above/below) 250 250 V250 1xZP-IHK,
V1xZP-IHK,
1xZP-IHK,
ACVTerminal
AC AC 1xZP-WHK
1xZP-IHK, 1xZP-WHK
1xZP-WHK
1xZP-WHK
Cover 250Caps V250
250 AC1xZP-IHK,
ACVVZ-IS/AK-1TE
AC 1xZP-IHK,
1xZP-IHK,
1xZP-IHK, 2501xZP-WHK
1xZP-WHK
1xZP-WHK
Maximum
1xZP-WHK
V250
250 ACVVAC AC–––back-up – 100 A gL
MinimumMinimum
Minimum operational
operational Contact
Contact
Contact
voltage Contact
voltage function
function
per per function
function
per contact
contact contact U UU 1NO
1NO1NO 1NO ++ +1NC
1NC
+1NC
1NC
24 V•24 24 VVAC/DC
AC/DC 1CO
1CO
AC/DC 1CO 1CO 5 V 5DC 5VV DC DC 2CO2CO 2CO 2CO Endurance 5 V 5DC 5VV DC DC electrical comp. ≥Z-ASA24
4,000 op
• Without operational
lock voltage min min min Can be sealed with leads
MinimumMinimum
Minimum operational
operational
operational Rated
Rated
Rated
current Rated
current
current Ivoltage
voltage
voltage
voltage
II 250
250250250 VVVV50 mA 50
50 mA
AC/DC
mA AC/DC
AC/DC 250
250 250 250VVVV10 mA 10
10 mA
DC
mA DC
DC 250
250 250250 VVVV10 mA 10
10 mA
DC
mA DC
DC mechanical comp. ≥ 20,000 o
• Also suitable for PFIM, CFI6, PKNM, CKN6 min min min • Modular design, width 1 MU Electrical
Rated Rated
Rated peak
peakpeak withstand
withstand
withstand Frequency
Frequency
Frequency
voltage Frequency
voltage
voltage U UU (1.2/50µ) (1.2/50µ)
(1.2/50µ) 50/60
50/60
50/60
50/60Hz HzHz
2.5HzkV 2.5 kV
2.5 kV 50/60 50/60
50/60
50/60Hz HzHz
2.5HzkV 2.5 kV
2.5 kV 50/60 50/60
50/60
50/60Hz Hz Hz
2.5 HzkV 2.5 kV
2.5 kV
Accessories for Protectiv
imp imp imp
Dimensions Dimensions
(mm)
PLS4, PLS6, (mm)
PLSM Rated
Rated current
current 666A6AAA 666A6AAA 444A4AAAeRB6 Dimensions andCan eRBM be mounted (mm) onto RCDs, combined RCD/MCBs: CKN
Conditional
Conditional
Conditional short
shortshort
circuit Rated
circuit
circuit Rated
current currentcurrent
current current
I II k kk
Rated
Rated Accessories:
1P+N (2TE)1P+N
1P withwith with
back-up
(1,5TE)
1P back-up
back-up fuse
3P
1P+N fuse
1P+N6A
fuse Rated
(1,5TE) orRated
6A
(2TE) orthermal
or thermal
6APLSM-B4-HS 1P+Ncurrent
thermal
thermal
PLSM-B4-HS
PLSM-B4-HS current
3current
(2TE)
P +3P N II I I
current ththth
thth 3P 3 P4+ PN –3P +5,5 ––N 66630,5 A6AAA4P 4,5 1 kA11 kA kA 666A6AAA 30,5 1 kA
4 P5,5 5,54,5 11 kA kA4430,5 4A4AAA 4,5
Utilisation
Utilisation
Utilisation category
category
category AC13
AC13
AC13 Operational voltage range 12-1
2P
Max.
Max.Max. back-upback-up
back-up fuse,
fuse,fuse,
overload
2P
Utilisation
overload
overload and and and
short category
2P
short
short circuit AC13
circuit
circuit 8 A gL 88AA/ CLS6-4/../B-HS
gL//CLS6-4/../B-HS
gL CLS6-4/../B-HS 6 A 6gL 6 AA/ CLS6-4/../B-HS
gL//CLS6-4/../B-HS
gL CLS6-4/../B-HS 6 A 6gL 6 AA/ CLS6-4/../B-HS
gLgL//CLS6-4/../B-HS
CLS6-4/../B-HS
12
Rated
Rated
Ratedoperational
Rated operational
operationalcurrent
operational current
currentII I I
current eeeee 3A/250V
3A/250V
3A/250V
3A/250V AC
ACAC
AC 3A/250V
3A/250V
3A/250V
3A/250V AC
ACAC AC 3A/250V
3A/250V
3A/250V
3A/250V Undervoltage
Frequency
AC
AC AC AC Release Z-USA, Z-USD 50
Mechanical
Mechanical
Mechanical Utilisation
Utilisation
Utilisation category
category
category AC15
AC15
AC15
Utilisation category AC15 • Tripping:
Possible standard auxiliary switch Z-NH
80 Tripping
80Tripping 80 indicator
Tripping indicator
indicator
80 “electrical
80 “electrical
“electricalRatedtripping”
Rated
Rated
Rated
80 tripping”
80 tripping”
operational
operational
80
operationalcurrent
operational current
current
current
80 II I 8I800 80 – 8––0 2A/250V
2A/250V
2A/250V
2A/250V 8 0 –AC ACAC–– 4580 2A/250V
AC 2A/250V
2A/250V
2A/250V blue/white
AC
ACAC AC blue/white
8 0blue/white 2A/250V
2A/250V
2A/250V
45
2A/250V AC
AC AC AC 45 Z-USA
eeeee Instantaneous
Frame Frame
Frame size
sizesize Utilisation
Utilisation
Utilisationcategory
Utilisation category
categoryDC12
category DC12
DC12
DC12 45 mm 45
45 mm mm 45 mm 45
45 mm mm 45 mm 45 mm
45 mm Mechanical Delayed Z-USD, typ. 0,4 s
Device Device
Device height height
height Rated
Rated
Rated
Ratedoperational
operational
operational
operationalcurrent current
current
currentII I I eeeee
80 mm 80 80 mm mm 0.5A/110V
0.5A/110V
0.5A/110V
0.5A/110VDC 80
DC
DCDC mm 80 80 mm mm0.5A/110V
0.5A/110V80
0.5A/110V
0.5A/110V DC
DCDC DC mm 8080 mm mm0.5A/110V
0.5A/110V
0.5A/110V Frame
0.5A/110V • Voltage DC
DCDC
size
DCcontrol indicator blue/white 45
10 10 10
17,5 35
Device Device
Device
17,5
26,3
width
widthwidth 52,5 26,3Rated
Rated
35 Ratedinsulation
Rated insulation
insulation
insulation 35 voltage
voltage
7voltage
0voltage
52,5 UUUU II II I
52,5 70
8.870 mm 8.88.8 mm mm
(0.5MU)
250
250
250
250 (0.5MU)
(0.5MU)
VV0AC
447V VAC AC 8.8 mm
AC 8.8 mm
8.8 mm
(0.5MU)
7 0 250
250
250 (0.5MU)
(0.5MU)
250 VVVAC
VACACAC44
8.8 mm 8.8 mm
8.8 mm
(0.5MU)
250
250 (0.5MU)
(0.5MU)
250
250
44 V
VVDevice
AC
V•ACACAC
Service height
key for zero voltage switch-on for testing purposes 80
Mounting
Mounting
Mounting Minimum
Minimum
Minimumoperational
Minimum operational
operationalvoltage
operational voltage
voltageper
voltage per percontact
per contact
contactUUUU
contact onto
min
min
min
onto
onto switching switching
switching 5560dev.
5VV5VVDCDC dev.
onto
dev.
DC onto
DC onto
switching switching
switching dev.
555VV dev.
onto
5Vdev.
VDC
DCDCDConto
60 onto
switching switching
switching dev. 60 •dev.
5dev.
55Device
VV DC
5VVCanDCDC DCbe widthused with PLS, CLS, Z-A40 and Z-MS 17.
minmin
Degree Degree
Degree ofof protection,
protection,
of protection, built-in
Minimum
Minimum built-in
built-in
Minimum operational
operational
operational
Minimum operational current I current
current
current II I min
minmin
IP40 IP40
IP40 10
1010 mA
mAmA
10 mA DC DCDCDCIP40 IP40
IP40 10
10 10 mA
mAmA
10 mA DC DCDCDC IP40 IP40
IP40 10
10 10 Mounting
10 mADC
mA
mA mA DCDC DC qui
min
min
Terminal
Terminal
Terminal protectionRated
protection
protection Rated Ratedpeak
Rated peak peakwithstand
peak withstand
withstandvoltage
withstand voltage
voltageUUUU
voltage (1.2/50µ)finger
(1.2/50µ)
(1.2/50µ) finger
finger and and and
hand
2.5
2.5 hand
hand
kVtouch
kV kVtouchtouch
safesafe safe
accordingaccording
according
2.5
2.52.5kV
kVto kVBGV toto BGV BGV A3, A3, A3, ÖVE-EN
ÖVE-EN ÖVE-EN
2.5
2.5 kVkV6kV
Degree kV 66 of protection, built-in IP40
imp
imp imp (1.2/50µ)
imp
imp 2.5
2.5 kV 2.5 kV 2.5
2.5
Terminals
Terminals
Terminals Conditional
Conditional
Conditional
Conditionalshort short
short
shortcircuitcircuit
circuit
circuitcurrent
current
current
currentII I I kkkkk
lift terminals
liftlift terminals
terminals lift terminals lift terminals
lift terminals lift terminals lift terminals
lift terminals Terminal Technical protection Data fing
Terminal
Terminal capacity with
capacity 0.5-2.5 0.5-2.5 mm 2 22 0.5-2.5 mmTerminals 2 22 0.5-2.5 mm 2 22 op
Terminal capacity withwithback-up
with back-up
back-upfuse
back-up fuse fuse6A
fuse 6A6A6AororororPLSM-B4-HS
PLSM-B4-HS
PLSM-B4-HS
PLSM-B4-HS 111kA 1kA kA kAmm mm
0.5-2.5 111kA 1kA kA
kA 0.5-2.5
111kA 1kA kA kA mm mm
0.5-2.5 0.5-2.5 0.5-2.5mm mm
Terminal screws Max. M3 (Pozidrive
(Pozidrive Z-US./115
Terminal
Terminal screwsscrews Max. Max.back-up
Max. back-up
back-upfuse,
back-up fuse, fuse,overload
fuse, overload
overloadand
overload andandandshort
short
shortcircuit
short circuit
circuit
circuit M3 (Pozidrive
M3 42Z0) AZ0)
666AA6Z0)
gLM3
AgL M3 /M3
(Pozidrive
gL// PLSM-B4-HS
gL /PLSM-B4-HS (Pozidrive
(Pozidrive
PLSM-B4-HS
PLSM-B4-HS Z0) A6Z0)
666AZ0) M3
AgL
AgL gL M3M3
/(Pozidrive
gL// PLSM-B4-HS
PLSM-B4-HS
/PLSM-B4-HS (Pozidrive
(Pozidrive
PLSM-B4-HS Z0)666Z0) AZ0)
A6AgLAgLgL gL// PLSM-B4-HS
/PLSM-B4-HS
/PLSM-B4-HS
PLSM-B4-HS
Fastening
Fastening
Fastening torque torque ofof terminal
of terminal
torque terminal screws screws
screws max.max. max. 0.8-1.0 0.8-1.0
0.8-1.0Nm Nm Nmmax.max. max. 0.8-1.0 0.8-1.0
0.8-1.0 Nm Nm Nmmax.max. max. 0.8-1.0 0.8-1.0
0.8-1.0 Nm Nm Terminal capacity
Nm 1-2
Electrical
Mechanical
Mechanical
Mechanical
Mechanical
Rated voltage U
Dimensions
Dimensions
Dimensions
Auxilary (mm)
switches (mm)
(mm)
Tripping
Tripping
Trippingindicator
Tripping indicator
indicator
indicator “electrical
“electrical
“electricaltripping”
“electrical tripping”
tripping”
tripping” –––– –––– blue/white
blue/white
blue/white
blue/white Shunt Dimensions
Frequency trip release (mm)n 5
Frame
Frame
Frame
Frame size size
size
size 45
45 45 mm
mm
45 mm mm 4545 45 mm
mmmm
45 mm 45 45 45 mmmm mm
45 mm Z-ASA Z-ASA
Making andthreshold
ZP-ASA 80
Z-HK
Z-HKZ-HK Z-AHK Z-NHK
Device
DeviceDeviceheight
Device height Z-AHK
height
height Z-AHK 808080 80mm mm
mm Z-NHK
mm Z-NHK 80
80 80 80mmmmmm
mm 8080 80 80mm mm mmmm Tripping threshold 50
Device
DeviceDevicewidth
Device width
width
width 8.8
8.88.88.8mm mm mmmm(0.5MU)
(0.5MU)
(0.5MU) 8.8
(0.5MU) 8.8
8.88.8mm mm
mmmm(0.5MU)
(0.5MU)
(0.5MU) 8.8
(0.5MU) 8.8 8.8 8.8mm mm mmmm(0.5MU)
(0.5MU)
(0.5MU)
(0.5MU)
Degree
Degree
Degree
Degreeof ofofofprotection,
protection,
protection,
protection,built-in built-in
built-in
built-in 71 71 IP40IP40
IP40
IP40 71 IP40
IP40
IP40
IP40 IP40
IP40 IP40IP40 Mechanical
Terminal
Terminal
Terminalprotection
Terminal protection
protection
protection finger
finger
fingerand
finger andandhand
and hand handtouch
hand touch
touchsafe
touch safe safeaccording
safe according
accordingto
according tototoBGV
BGVBGVBGV A3,A3, A3,ÖVE-EN
A3, ÖVE-EN
ÖVE-EN
ÖVE-EN Frame 6666 size 4
Terminals
Terminals
Terminals
Terminals lift
liftliftliftterminals
terminals
terminals
terminals lift
liftliftliftterminals
terminals
terminals
terminals lift terminals Device height
liftliftliftterminals
terminals
terminals 80
mm 2Device width 17
Terminal
Terminal
Terminal 22222 2222 222
Terminalcapacity capacity
capacity
capacity 0.5-2.5
0.5-2.5
0.5-2.5
0.5-2.5mm mmmmmm 0.5-2.5
0.5-2.5
0.5-2.5
0.5-2.5mm mmmm 0.5-2.5
0.5-2.5
0.5-2.5
0.5-2.5mm mmmm
mm 22
Terminal
Terminal
Terminalscrews
Terminal screws
screws
screws M4
M4 M4 M4(Pozidrive
(Pozidrive
(PozidriveZ2)
(Pozidrive Z2)
Z2)Z2) M4 M4M4 M4(Pozidrive
(Pozidrive
(PozidriveZ2)
(Pozidrive Z2) Z2) M3
Z2) M3 M3 M3(Pozidrive
(Pozidrive
(PozidriveZ0)
(Pozidrive Z0)Mounting
Z0)
Z0) qu
Fastening
Fastening
Fastening Degree of protection, built-in IP4
Fasteningtorque torque
torque
torqueof ofofofterminal
terminal
terminal
terminalscrews screws
screws
screws max.
max.
max.
max.1.2 1.2
1.2
1.2Nm
NmNm
Nm max.
max.
max.
max.1.2 1.2
1.2
1.2Nm
NmNmNm max.
max.
max.
max.0.8-1.0 0.8-1.0
0.8-1.0
0.8-1.0Nm NmNmNm
Terminals op
Dimensions
Dimensions
Dimensions(mm)
Dimensions (mm)
(mm)
(mm) Example:
Example:
Example:ZP-IHK
Example: ZP-IHKZP-IHK(ZP-WHK)
ZP-IHK (ZP-WHK)
(ZP-WHK)
(ZP-WHK) Terminal +++PLS
+PLS
capacity
PLSPLS 1-
Terminal protection
Connection Example 230 V fing
ZP-IHK,
ZP-IHK,
ZP-IHK,
ZP-IHK,ZP-WHK
ZP-WHK
ZP-IHK,ZP-WHK
ZP-WHK
ZP-WHK ZP-NHK
ZP-NHK
ZP-NHK
ZP-NHK
ZP-NHK
Undervoltage release
Dimensions (mm)
Z-USA and Z-USD
1 11

Example:
Example:
Example:ZP-NHK
Example: ZP-NHK
ZP-NHK+++PLS
ZP-NHK +PLS
PLS
PLS

Connection Example Release

78 Power Distribution product guide eatoncorp.com.au 2018

Example: Z-ASA + PLS
 Selectivity Electrical
Selectivity classclass 3 3 Mechanical TrippingMechanical
Trippingtemperature
temperature -25°C -25°C
to +40°C
to +40°C
to Rated Design
Rated EN 60947-2
breaking according
breaking capacity to
capacity 10 ENkA 1060947-2
kA Frame size Storage-Frame 45and
Storage- mm
sizeand
transport
transporttemperature
temperature-35°C 45-35°C
mmto +60°C
to +60°C
s as printed ontoRated theRated Current
device
current test marks as printed onto the
current 2 -device
2 -A40 A Device height
40 Device
Resistance 90 mm
Resistance height
to climatic
to climaticconditions
conditions acc. 90acc.
mm
to IEC/EN
to IEC/EN 61009 61009
Rated Rated
Rated
peakpeak voltage
withstandwithstand voltage voltage U Uimp imp 4 kV4(1.2/50µs) kVDevice width
(1.2/50µs) Device
27 mm width
(1.5MU) per pole 27 mm (1.5MU) per pole
Characteristic AC 230/400V
Characteristic B, C B,230/400VC Mounting Low Voltage Circuit Protection & Switchgear Mounting
quick fastening with quick fastening with
Maximum DC
Maximum 60Vback-up (perback-up
pole, fuse max. fuse
(short2 poles)
(shortcircuit)circuit) 10060V 100
A gL (per
A(>10
gLpole, (>10
kA)max.
kA)2 poles) 2 lock-in positions on 2 lock-in positions on

Controlling & Switching Protective Devices

uit breaking capacity IEC
Endurance acc. DIN
Ultimate
Endurance to IEC/EN
short MCB
circuit
electrical 60947-2
electrical breaking
comp. comp. capacity acc. to ≥IEC/EN 4,000
≥ 4,000 60947-2
operating
operating cycles cycles DIN rail IEC/EN 60715 DIN rail IEC/EN 60715
B, C Controlling & Switching
Characteristics
I
Dimensionsn (mm)
I
mechanical B, Ccomp.
= 20-63
mechanical A comp. 25 kA I ≥ 20,000 = 20-63
≥nDegree
20,000 Aprotection,
ofoperating
operating 25cycleskAbuilt-in
cycles Degree
IP40 of protection, built-in IP40
n = 80-100 A 20 kA I = 80-100
nUpper A 20
and lower kA
terminals Upper
lift terminals
and lower terminals lift terminals
Protective Devices PKNM
Dimensions Dimensions
I n
(mm)
= 125
(mm)A 25 kA
A 15 kA I n = 125
Terminal Auxiliary
Aprotection 15 kA Switch Z-LHK
Dimensions (mm)
PFIM Terminal
finger and
protection
hand touch safe, finger and hand touch safe,
D Characteristic
I Technical
n =D20-63Data (continued) I n = 20-63 • AAuxiliary 25switchkA according 2P Technical
to IEC 947-5-1 Data
VBG (continued)
4, ÖVE EN-6 VBG 4, ÖVE EN-6
ontrolling
ntrolling
Controlling
itching &&Switching
&
Switching
Switching Connection diagram
4P 5,5 30,5 4,5
I = 80
5,5
A 5,5 30,5
20
30,5 4,5
kA 4,5
I = 80
Terminal A capacity 20 kA Terminal
2.5-50 capacity
mm 2 2.5-50 mm 2

hing • Can be mounted subsequently

n n
Accessories
I UTILISATION
n = 100 for APLHT, CATEGORIES15PLHT-V
kA 1MU,I 2MU (except3S, n = 100 A 4S) 15 kA UTILISATION CATEGORIES AC-5b 1MU, 2MU (except3S, 4S)
21
13 AC-5b
Characteristic
in accordance AC-1with *) in accordance with AC-1 *) Rated operational voltage U e 230/400 V AC Rated o
Shunt 80 Trip 80 Release DZ-LHASA
T T

characteristics Rated B, C, operational voltage Ucharacteristics B, 250

C, D V AC Rated operational voltage
Rated U
operational current I 250 V AC 8,8 A AC Rated o
stallation
allation
Installation
allation Contactors
Contactors Contactors Z-SCH,
Z-SCH, Z-SCH, CMUCCMUC CMUC e e e
SContactors Z-SCH, CMUC
45 45 80 80 45

ch /..;
S Z-S/..;
eover Changeover Changeover S
Back-up
• are
max.
Can S
witch
fuse
200
betomounted
A witch
Z-S/.W
Rated
gL subsequently Z-S/.W
operational witch witch
Z-S/.W
current Imax. Z-S/.W200 eA gL 20 A AC Rated operational Rated currentoperational
I e power AC-5b 20 A AC 2024 W 22 Rated o
seInstalltion
These
oltage Installtion
Installtion Installtion
Contactors
Contactors
Contactors Contactors
are
Rated
are design
440
designdesign
are todesign
to
cover
Vinsulation
covercoverto
all
Ratedcover
all
applications
voltage
all applications
all applications
operational
applications in residential
in residential
in power
residential
in residential
10 AC-1
44010V 4000 W (cos = 0.8), 5000 Connection
Rated diagram
VAoperationalAC-7a power(according
AC-1 to EN 61095)4000 W (cos = 0.8),
14
5000 VA AC-7a (a
mmercial
commercial
and commercial
sites sites
as as
sites
for for
as •as
as Contact
example:
for
example:
as position indicator red - green
example: Connection
Connection
Connection Connection diagrams
diagrams
diagrams diagrams
Connection ConnectionAC-3diagrams Connection
diagrams Connection diagrams diagrams AC-3 Rated operational voltage U 240/415 V AC Rated o
10,5
ltage U sites asimp
mmercial for asPeak35 example:
35 withstand 4 kV voltage
Marking labels can be fitted 60 60imp
• systems
U 44 44 4 kV 1 e
sition)
on • (0-position) “13”“13” “13” “20”“20” “20” 70 “22” “22” “22”
3 Technical
250“13” Data “20” “22”
35 44
witching
ching Switching
of lighting
of
lighting
lighting
ofsystems
systems
lighting
systems Selectivity Rated3Z-S../ operational voltage U acc. VZ-S/2W.
AC Rated operational Rated
voltage operational
U2 NO current I 250 V AC 20 A AC Rated o
ching of Z-T/in acc.Z-T/ with
class class
Z-S../ Z-T/ Z-S/W. Z-T/ Z-S/W.
Z-S../
Z-S/2W. inZ-S../ witheclass
Z-S/W.
Z-S/2W. Z-S/W.Z-S/2W. 1 NO
1 NO/ 3 1
/NC3NONC / 3 NC 2 NO
2 NO 2 NO 2 NO / 2 2
/NC
2NO
NC /e2 NC 60e
CHT
Y-0-NIGHT)
ted
witching
ching (DAY-0-NIGHT)
• onto
Switching printed
of electrical
of
electrical
electrical onto
printed
of electrical
heating
heating• Wide
onto
systems
heating
systemsoperational
systems voltage range 1 NO / 3 NC 2 NO 2 NO / 2 NC
ching of heating Endurance
systems ≥ Rated
20,000 operational
operations current I e≥ 20,000 8 A AC
operations Rated operational Rated
current operational
I e power AC-7a
8 A AC 4000 W (cos = 0.8), Rated
5000 VAo
witching
ching
• Switching
of ventilation
of
ventilation
ventilation
of ventilation
systems • Sufficient
systems systems powerRated of extra low voltage source must be ensured Electrical Mechanical
ching of systems operational power AC-3 900 W (cos = 0.45), 2000 RatedVAoperationalAC-7b power(according
AC-3 to EN 61095)900 W (cos = 0.45), 2000 VA AC-7b (a
witching
ching
• Switching
ching of air
of of
airairconditioning
of
conditioning
air conditioning
conditioning
Z-LHASA/24:
systems
systems
systems systems
andand
and fans
fans
min.
and90
fans
AC-5a fansVA
Rated operational Correct currentconnection
AC-5a 2 (250 V~)Rated6A/AC13
operational voltage U Frame
240/415sizeV AC Rated o
e
mm) witching
ching
• Switching
of of
heat
ching of heat pumps heat pumps
of pumps
heat Dimensions
PLHT
pumps (mm)
Rated operational voltageU Minimum
250 V AC operational voltage Rated 24V
operational each
Ratedline
voltageU operational current I 250 V AC Device
10 A AC height Rated o
witching
ching
• Switching
of roller
of
roller
roller doors/gates
of doors/gates
roller doors/gates andand blinds
blinds
and blinds
e 2-pole e e
ching of doors/gates Technical
MCB and blinds Data Rated operational current I e
Rated
10 A ACthermal current Rated operational 8 A Rated
currentoperational
I e power AC-7b 10 A AC Device
1125 Wwidth
(cos Rated
= 0.8), 2500 VA o
tc.etc.
• etc.
etc. etc. etc. Rated operational power AC-5a Rated
1125 W insulation
(cos 30,voltage = 0.45), Rated
2500 VAoperational440 V~ power AC-5a 1125 W (cos Mounting
= 0.45), 2500 VA
“31”“31” “31”
100, 300, 500mA
“40”“40” “40”
Types: “04”“04” “04”
Electrical AC-5b Maximum
“31” back-up fuse AC-5b “40” Mechanical 6Endurance
A gL “04” electrical comp. ≥ 40x10 3 operatingEndurancecycles
antages
tages
Advantagesandand Safety:
Safety:
and Safety: 33 NO
NO
3 NO// 113/NC
NC1NONC/ 1 NC 44 NO
NO
4 NO 4 NO
or 44 NC
CLS6-4/./B-HS
NC4 NC 4 NC
Degree of protection,
6 operatingbuilt-in
tages and Safety: Operational voltage Ratedrange operational voltage U e 230 V AC Rated
Frame operational
size voltage U mechanical e comp. 230
45 mmV AC ≥ 1x10 cycles
Z-T/
•Z-S../
nt-side
ront-side Front-sideZ-T/
switch Z-S../
switch position
switch
position positionZ-S../
indicator Z-S/.W
indicator Z-S../
indicator Z-S/.W Z-S/.W Z-S/.W Contacts 1NO+1NC Upper and lower terminals
t-side switch position indicatorZ-LHASA/230: Rated operational current I 110-415 V~ e 8,8 A AC Rated
Deviceoperational
height current I e 8,8mm
90 A AC
mpact
ompact
•
mpact frame Compact
frame
frame frame Z-LHASA/24:Rated operational power AC-5b 12-60 V~ 2024 W Utilisation category AC13 Rated Device 6A/250VAC
operational
width power AC-5b 2024 W 27 mm Terminal capacity
gearge •terminals
terminals
Large
terminalsterminals Operational frequency Mechanical
2A/440VAC Mechanical
0/400V AC230/400V
AC e 230/400V
230/400V AC230/400VAC AC AC230/400V AC-7a (according
230/400V
230/400V AC230/400V to EN
AC AC AC230/400V 61095)
50-60 Hz
230/400V
AC AC AC-7a (according
Mounting to EN 61095) quick fastening on
ow switching
• switching
Low switching
noisenoise noise Rated Utilisation
250 V AC category DC13 Rated operational Frame
4A/60VDC size 45 mm Frame size
switching noise
HZ 50 HZ 50 50 HZMax. HZ50 HZ current consumption 50 HZ50operational
50
HZ HZ HZ voltage
at50point of switching
50U HZ on 50atHZ eU n 24 24 voltage U e 250 VrailACIEC/EN 60715
DIN
humming
o •humming
No
humming 16A/230V~humming Z-LHASA/230: Rated operational current I 2 A 16A/230V~ 20 A AC Rated operationalDevice height
2A/110VDC
current
Degree of protection, built-in e I IP4020 A AC 90 mm Device heig
A/230V~ 16A/230V~
16A/230V~ 16A/230V~ 16A/230V~ 16A/230V~
16A/230V~ 16A/230V~ 16A/230V~ e
hhigh contact
• contact
High force
force
contact Z-SCZ-SC Z-SC Device width 17.5 mm (1MU) Device widt
contact –force forfor
for force
high
–
high high switching
forswitching
high
Z-LHASA/24:
switching
1.25 x I 1.25 x I
switching
capacity
capacity
capacity capacityoperational power AC-7a
Rated
1.25 x I 1.25 x I
n ; 1.1 x nU; 1.1 n x U n1.25
18 ; A
1.1
n x I 1.25x U; 1.1
n n ;nx1.1 x U 4000
Z-SC
1.25
I x nU;n 1.1 Wx
1x NO
1n NO
NO
(cos
I 1.25
U/ 11/NC n1NO
;x1.1I
nNC/ 1 NCn
=
x U0.8),
; 1.1
n xRated
5000U VA
Upper
n
operational
and 0.5A/230VDC
lower power
terminalsAC-7a lift 4000
terminals W (cos = 0.8), 5000 VA
ple
imple
• snap-on
Simple
snap-on snap-on
fastening
fastening fastening
of of
35mm35mm of DIN
35mm
DINrail rail
DIN rail 1 / 1 NC Mounting quick fastening on Mounting
A snap-on10fastening
ple kA 10 kA 10 ofkA10 35mm
Shunt kA DIN rail 10 kA 10 kA 10 kA10 kA 10 kA 10 kA
inger
er• and
er and
Finger
andhand
handhand
and touch
touchtouch
hand safe
safe touch
safe safetrip
according
according
Dimensions
according accordingrelease
toUTILISATION
to VGB
to
VGB VGB 44to4VGB 4 CATEGORIES 2MU (3S, 4S)
(mm)
Auxilary switch
Dimensions (mm) UTILISATION CATEGORIES 2MU (3S, 4S) DIN rail IEC/EN 60715
Z-LHASA Z-LHK
dly
ardly
• flammable
Hardly
flammable flammable
materials
materials
dly flammable materials and chlorine-free materials
and and chlorine-free
chlorine-free
and chlorine-free
AC-1 and andhalogen-free
halogen-free
and halogen-freeand halogen-free
plastics
plastics
*) plastics are are
plastics
are are 2-poleAC-1 *) Degree of protection installed device IP20 Degree of p
ddsed used – black – black black black black black
Rated operational voltage U black black 240/415 V AC (230V AC) Position
Rated operational voltage U of device in use 240/415 V AC works in any position, Position of d
e e
CH
-SCH
en
CH NO green
• - Z-SCH – - greenNO – - NO – Rated – –operational – current– I – 20 A AC Rated operational current I 20 A AC however not hanging
e e
ovative
nnovative
O/NC
ack
ovative -Innovative
ACAC
NO/NC
AC black
magnet
magnet
magnet -system
AC system NO/NC
black
magnet - NO/NC Rated operational power AC-1
systemsystem 4000 W (cos = 0.8), 5000RatedVAoperational Upper and AC-1
power lower terminals 4000 Wlift(cos terminals=(captive)
0.8), 5000 VA Upper and l
UC MUC
mm• CMUC 45 mm
45 45
mm mm45 mm 45 mm45 45
mm mm45 mm 45 mm 45 mm 4-pole Terminal capacity Terminal ca
UC AC-3 Permitted
Permitted Permitted Installation AC-3
Installation
Installation
Positions
Positions
Positions
ovative
nnovative
mm Innovative
ovative AC/DC
AC/DC 80 magnet
AC/DC mm
magnet
AC/DC
80magnet80system
mm mm
system
magnet
system
80 mmsystem 80 mm
Rated 80 mm 80 mm80 mm voltage
operational 80Umm 80 mm Permitted
240/415 V AC Installation Positions
Rated operational Contact
voltage andU coil 240/415 V AC 0,5 - 10 mm 2 one- or more wire a
Contact
e 10, 30mA Types: e
0,5 - 6 mm 2 fine-wire with
5MU) mm (1MU) 17.517.5 mm17.5 mm (1MU) mm
17.5
(1MU) (1MU)
mm (1MU) 17.5 mm
17.5 17.5
mm(1MU) mm
17.5
(1MU)
Rated operational current I mm(1MU) (1MU) 17.5 mm 17.5
(1MU)mm (1MU) 8 A AC Rated operational current I 8 A AC
e e
se
ning
ck products
These
products
fastening
products 2quick
withproducts
meets
meets
meetslock-in
with the
thefastening
2quick
meets
therequirement
positions
lock-in
requirement fastening
requirement
the with of2DIN
requirement
positions
onof oflock-in
the
thewith
therail
on 2the
standards
Rated positions
lock-in
ofstandards
DIN
standardsIEC/ENstandards
IEC/EN
rail positions
on60947-4-1
IEC/EN
IEC/EN IEC/EN
60715
operational DIN
60947-4-1
IEC/EN on
rail60947-4-1
60947-4-1
60715
power DIN
IEC/EN
and and
AC-3
and rail IEC/EN
60715 60715 900 W (cos
and = 0.45), 2000 RatedVAoperational power AC-3 900 W (cos wire end= sleeve
0.45), 2000 VA
NN/EN 6109561095IP40
IEC/EN
61095 61095IP40 IP40 IP40 IP40
AC-5a IP40 IP40 IP40 IP40 IP40 AC-5a Temperature range -20°C to +45°C Temperature
rminals lift terminals lift terminals
lift terminals lift terminals lift terminals lift lift
terminals terminals
lift terminals
Rated operational voltage U lift terminalslift terminals 240/415 V AC Total
Rated operational voltage U contact gap 240/415 V AC > 5mm / independent contacts
Total contac
e2 e
0 mm 1-10 2mm1-10 2mm 1-10 2mm 1-102operational
Rated mm 2 1-10
2 mm
current 1-101-10 2
I mmmm1-10 mm 2
101-10
2 mm
A AC 1-10 mm 2 2
Rated operationalContact material
current I 10 A AC does not contain cadmium Contact ma
e e
erand and touch finger
handsafe, touch andfinger
according hand and
safe, according touch
hand
to BGV A3, safe,
touch according
toRated
BGV safe,
ÖVE-EN A3, according
to
ÖVE-EN
6
operational BGV to
A3,BGV
6 AC-5a
power ÖVE-EN A3, ÖVE-EN
6 6 1125 W (cos = 0.45), 2500RatedVAoperational power AC-5a 1125 W (cos = 0.45), 2500 VA
EN 60068acc.
to IEC/EN 60068to IEC/EN
acc. acc. to
to IEC/EN
acc. IEC/EN
60068
to IEC/EN
60068 60068acc. 60068to IEC/EN
acc. acc. to
to IEC/EN
acc. IEC/EN
60068
to IEC/EN
6006860068acc.60068 to IEC/EN
acc. to IEC/EN60068 60068 *) suitable for insulation, tested on AC-1 *)
124
Auxiliary Switch Z-LHK
Controlling and switching devices
Z-S• and Z-S/WDimensions (mm) Dimensions (mm)
Auxiliary switch switches
according to IEC 947-5-1 Z-R relay
-S../ Z-S../ Z-S../ Z-S/.W Z-S/.WPacking
Packing
Packing
Packing Density
Density
Density
Density at
at at
full
full
at
contact
contact
full
Connection
full contact contact
load
loadload
diagram
load
• Can be mounted subsequently Z-S/.W Z-S/.W 3-phase application
Z-SCH
Z-SCH 3+N 2-pole 3-phase application without N
Z-SCH // Z-SCH
CMUC
/ CMUC
CMUC / CMUC 13
(400V AC Phase
Spacers
Spacers
Spacers (230/400V
recommended!
recommended! AC)
recommended!
21 (230V AC) (230V AC Phase-Phase)
Spacers recommended!

119 11922 Types:

100, 300, 500mA
14
L

Technical Data

Electrical Mechanical
Rated operational current (250 V~) 6A/AC13 Frame size 45 mm
mensions
ensions
Dimensions
ensions (mm)
(mm)(mm)
(mm) Minimum operational voltage 24V each line Device height 90 mm
CH.../1/25
.../1/25
Z-SCH.../1/25
Z-SCH.../25
Z-SCH.../25 Rated
Z-SCH.../25
Contactors
.../1/25 Z-SCH.../25 Z-SCH.../40,
thermal
Z-SCH.../40,
Z-SCH.../40,
Z-SCH.../40,
.../63
.../63
current
.../63 .../63 8A Z-SC
Z-SC
(NOT
(NOT
Z-SC
suitable
(NOT
suitable
for
suitable
for Device
Z-SCH230/1/25-20width
Z-SCH230/1/25-20
for Z-SCH230/1/25-20
Z-SC (NOT suitable for Z-SCH230/1/25-20 andand
and CMUC
CMUC
CMUCandtypes)
types)
CMUC
types)types) 9 mm
CMUC.../25
CMUC.../25
CMUC.../25
CMUC.../25 Rated insulation
Z-SCH.../25 Z-SCH.../40,voltage
.../63 440 V~ Z-SC Mounting mounted onto protective
Maximum back-up fuse 6 A gL (NOT suitable for Z-SCH230/1/25-20 and CMUC types) devices Line
or CLS6-4/./B-HS 3+N Degree of protection, built-in
2-pole IP40application without N
3-phase 3-phase load with
(230/400V AC) (230V AC) (230/400V AC Phase-Phase) (400V AC Phase-P
Contacts 1NO+1NC Upper and lower terminals lift terminals
Utilisation category AC13 6A/250VAC Terminal capacity 1 x 1mm 2 to 2 x 2.5mm 2
2A/440VAC
Utilisation category DC13 4A/60VDC Influence of the ambient temperature to the maximum continuous current (A)
2A/110VDC
0.5A/230VDC 16A 25A 40A 63A 80A 1
Ambient temperature 2p 4p 2p 4p 2p 4p 2p 4p 2p 4p
Dimensions (mm) 40° 16 16 25 25 40 40 63 63 80 80
45° 14 14 21 22 37 37 59 59 76 76
50° 11 11 18 19 33 34 55 55 72 72
55° 9 9 14 16 30 31 50 50 68 68
60° – *) –eatoncorp.com.au
– – 26 27 4579 45 64
Power Distribution product guide 2018
Annotation: It has to be ensured that the values in the table are not exceeded and the back-up fuse/thermal protecti
Low Voltage Circuit Protection & Switchgear
IEC DIN MCB
Controlling & switching devices
Single�light,�230AC/DC,�red

Part�no.  Z-EL/R230 Description Colour push button Item no.

Article�no.  284921
  Signal lamps
White – Z-EL/WH230
Red – Z-EL/R230
Technical�data�ETIM�5.0 Green – Z-EL/G230
Z-EL/R230
Low-voltage industrial components (EG000017) / Indicator light complete (EC000272)
Orange
Electric engineering, automation, process control engineering / Low-voltage switch technology / Command and alarm device / Indicator light complete (ecl@ss8-27-37-12-23 [AKF041010]) – Z-EL/OR230
Number of indicator lights     1

Colour lens     Blue Red – Z-EL/BL230

Two-way�switch�I-O-II
Type of lamp socket     LED

With lamp
Part�no.
Pushbuttons
 
Z-S/WM
  Yes

Rated operating voltage Ue   V 110 - 240

Voltage type   16 A, 1 N/O

  AC/DC Z-PU/S
Type of electric connection     Screw connection

Construction type lens Article�no.   24834516 A, 2 N/O

  Round Z-PU/SS
Type of lens     Flat

Hole diameter   16 A, 1 N/O + 1 N/C

mm 5 Z-PU/SO
Width opening   mm 0

Z-S/WM
Height meter opening   16 A, 1 N/C
mm 0 Z-PU/OO
I - 0 - II
Degree of protection (IP)     IP40

Technical�data�ETIM�4.0
With front ring Illuminated Pushbuttons
    No
Voltage
Material fronttype
ring       AC
Plastic
Switch
Colour front function
ring    16 A, 2 N/O
   - Two way switches Z-PUL230/SS
With signal lamp     false

Mounting depth   16 A, 1 N/O + 1 N/C

mm 80 mm Z-PUL230/SO
Rated current   A 16 A

Rated voltage Changeover switch

  V 230 V

Max. lamp voltage   W 0W

Number of N/O   1 C/O, I – O – II

  0 Z-S/WM
Number of N/C     0

Number of changeover contacts   1 C/O, DAY – O – NIGHT

  1 Z-S/WTN
Light elements     not applicable

Short-circuit strength (Icw) Hour run counter: display 5 + 2 digit

  kA 10 kA

Rated switching capacity   kA 20 kA

Width in space units   230 V, 50 Hz  1 ASOHC230

Z-EMER-E
Colour cap     not applicable

Lamp socket Emergency lighting test kit

    not applicable

Min.rated operational voltage   V 0V

Forced opening (according to DIN VDE 0113)   Enclosed   false Z-EMER-E

Protection type (IP)     IP40

DIN rail mounting Z-EMER-DIN

Replacement key for Z-EMER-E M22-ES-MS1
General accessories
Padlocking attachment for xPole PLS & eRB devices Z-IS/SPE-1TE
04/24/2015
Padlocking attachment for xPole PKNM, PFIM & IS devices
Eaton Industries GmbH
http://www.eaton.eu
© 04/2015 by Eaton Industries GmbH
1/1
IS/SPE-1TE
284921 - HPL-ED2015 V12.0 EN

Z-EMER-DIN
Pole filler 1 strip = 6 poles AP-45-W

Busbar combs
Commoning busbars
A Max. Rated
No. of
Description no. of operational Item no.
poles
devices current, Ie, A
02/27/2013 Eaton Industries GmbH
1 – 1/1
2 x1P 85 EVG-16/1PHAS/2MODUL
http://www.moeller.net/en

1 – 6 x1P 85 EVG-16/1PHAS/6MODUL
© 11/2012 by Eaton Industries GmbH

Commoning
HPL-ED2012 V2.0 EN

busbars, 1 – 12 x1P 85 EVG-16/1PHAS/12MODUL

1.25 mm thick 2 2 & 4 pole 2 x 2P 100 EVG-16/2PHAS/4MODUL
For miniature version can be
circuit-breakers 2 3 x 2P 100 EVG-16/2PHAS/6MODUL
used for PFIM
without auxiliary 2 6 x 2P 100 EVG-16/2PHAS/12MODUL
contacts with 3 – 2 x 3P 100 EVG-16/3PHAS/6MODUL
fork connectors,
for combination 3 – 4 x 3P 100 EVG-16/3PHAS/12MODUL
box terminal 4 2 & 4 pole 2 x 4P 100 EVG-16/4PHAS/8MODUL
version can be
4 used for PFIM 3 x 4P 100 EVG-16/4PHAS/12MODUL
1 – 2 x1P 85 EVG-16/1PHAS/2MODUL/HI
1 – 6 x1P 85 EVG-16/1PHAS/6MODUL/HI
1 – 9 x1P 85 EVG-16/1PHAS/9MODUL/HI
2 2 pole version 2 x 2P 100 EVG-16/2PHAS/4MODUL/HI
For miniature 2 can be used for 3 x 2P 100 EVG-16/2PHAS/6MODUL/HI
circuit-breakers PFIM
2 5 x 2P 100 EVG-16/2PHAS/10MODUL/HI
with auxiliary
contacts 3 – 2 x 3P 100 EVG-16/3PHAS/6MODUL/HI
3 – 4 x 3P 100 EVG-16/3PHAS/12MODUL/HI
3 – 6 x1P 100 EVG-16/3X1PHAS/6MODUL/HI
3 – 8 x1P 100 EVG-16/3X1PHAS/8MODUL/HI
3 – 9 x1P 100 EVG-16/3X1PHAS/9MODUL/HI

80 Power Distribution product guide eatoncorp.com.au 2018

 Low Voltage Circuit Protection & Switchgear
IEC DIN MCB
PE loadcentres
Eaton offers a wide range of plastic loadcentres, available in a variety of sizes, mounting configuraitons
and IP ratings. The PE range of enclosures are adequately sized to be suitable for use of Eaton xPole
eRB type single module RCBOs. Aside from ease of use, PE loadcentres offer an aesthetically pleasing
design with discreet markings.
PE1E
No. of poles Type of mounting Type of door Item no.
Protection rating IP42
1 Surface Opaque PE1E
2 Surface Opaque PE2E
4 Surface Opaque PE4E
8 Surface Opaque PE8E
12 Flush Transparent PE12FT PE12SW

12 Flush Opaque PE12FW

12 Surface Transparent PE12ST
12 Surface Opaque PE12SW
18 Flush Transparent PE18FT
18 Flush Opaque PE18FW
18 Surface Transparent PE18ST
18 Surface Opaque PE18SW PE12ST

24 Flush Transparent PE24FT

24 Flush Opaque PE24FW
24 Surface Transparent PE24ST

PE36FT/W
PE24FT/W
PE18FT/W
PE12FT/W
Number
Eaton Part

PE36ST/W
PE24ST/W
PE18ST/W
PE12ST/W
Number
Flush Mounting Units
24 Surface Opaque PE24SW
36 Flush Transparent PE36FT
36 Flush Opaque PE36FW PE18SW
36 Surface Transparent PE36ST

457
310
218
200

473
325
222
210
A

A
36 Surface Opaque PE36SW
Protection rating IP55 All dimensions shown are in mm.
Eaton IP42 Plastic load centres
Surfaceare ideally suitedTransparent
for residential and commercial
PE4ST-IP55 applications.

100
100
100
100
76
76
76
67
B

B
4
The range6includes surface and flush mount
Surface units with either a opaque or
Transparenttransparent door.PE6ST-IP55
Each load8centre comes completeSurface
with: Transparent PE8ST-IP55
295
260
365
259

305
270
364
256
C

C
● 1 x earth bar to suit
12 Surface Transparent PE12ST-IP55
● 3 x neutral bars (for protected and unprotected circuits) to suit
18 Surface Transparent PE18ST-IP55
● Pole fillers
105
110
106
108
24
● Commoning bar to suit
Surface Transparent PE24ST-IP55 D PE24ST

● egend circuit idenficaon scer

342
305
413
305

IP42
aresurface mount
with dimensionslos
E

● All units complete fixed DIN rail and have a screw lid B

No of Din
Item no. A (mm) B (mm) C (mm)
Surface Mounting Units Rails
502
360
268
247
F

Eaton PartPE12ST/W 1 200 95 256

A

Number PE18ST/WA B1 C 221 95 364

PE12ST/WPE24ST/W 210 100
2 256 326 95 270
are ideally suited for residential and commercial applications.

PE18ST/WPE36ST/W 222 100

3 364 474 100 308 C

PE24ST/W 325 100 270

PE36ST/W 473
IP42 flush mount
100 305

No of
Item no. Din A (mm) B (mm) C (mm) D (mm) E (mm) F (mm)
Flush Mounting Units
door. and flush mount units with either a opaque or transparent door.

Rails B

Eaton Part
PE12FT/W 1 200 66 256 92 305 245
Number A B C D E F
247
268
360
502
F

PE18FT/W 1 218 66 366 100 414 270

PE12FT/WPE24FT/W
200 2 67 259
312 66 108 260 305 100 247 306 358
F
A

PE18FT/W 218 76 365 106 413 268

305
413
305
342
E

PE36FT/W 3 456 66 296 100 340 504

tected circuits) to suit ● 3 x neutral bars (for protected and unprotected circuits) to suit

PE24FT/W 310 76 260 110 305 360

l and have a screw lid ● All units are complete with fixed DIN rail and have a screw lid

PE36FT/W 457 76 295 105 342 502

All dimensions shown are in mm.
108
106
110
105
load centresapplications.

IP55 surface mount D

All dimensions shown are in mm. E
No of DIN
256
364
270
305

259
365
260
295

Item no. A (mm) B (mm) C (mm)

C

Rails
Each load centre comes complete with:

B
and commercial

PE4ST-IP55 1 215 98 126

● egend circuit idenficaon scer

100
100
100
100

67
76
76
76
B

PE6ST-IP55 1 215 98 162

includes surface

Surface Mounting Units

PE8ST-IP55 1 215 98 215

● Commoning bar to suit

Flush Mounting Units

IP42 Plastic

210
222
325
473

200
218
310
457
● 1 x earth bar to suit

A
A

A
or transparent

PE12ST-IP55 1 215 98 272

residential

PE12FT/W 247
PE18FT/W 268
PE24FT/W 360
PE36FT/W 502
F

PE18ST-IP55 1 235 98 380

● Pole fillers

Eaton Part

Eaton Part
PE12ST/W
PE18ST/W
PE24ST/W
PE36ST/W
The range

Number

Number
forEaton
applications.

PE24ST-IP55 2 340 98 285

.t units with either a opaque

C
305
413
305
342
E
ideally suited

own are in mm.

eatoncorp.com.au 2018 81
108
106
110
105

Power Distribution product guide

D
remmercial

56
64
70
05

59
65
60
95
C

C
Low Voltage Circuit Protection & Switchgear
IEC MCCB
NZM range
System overview - Circuit-breakers, Switch-disconnectors
1. Switch-disconnetor, circuit-breaker, 13. Connection on rear 25. External warning plate/marking plate
circuit-breaker for North America; 14. Spacers 26. Remote operator
Moulded case switches for North America
15. Standard auxiliary contact (HIV), trip-indicating 27. Toggle lever locking device
2. IP2X protection against contact with a finger auxiliary switch (HIA), voltage release 28. Side operator handle
3. Terminal cover, knockout 16. Measuring and communication module 29. Mechanical interlock
4. Terminal cover 17. Residual-current protection device 30. Display
5. IP2X protection against contact with a finger 18. Rear driver 31. Data management interface (DMI module)
6. Tunnel terminal 19. Main switch rotary handle for side panel 32. PROFIBUS-DP interface
7. Box terminals mounting
33. NZM communication module
8. Control circuit terminal 20. Door coupling rotary handle
34. NZM communication module for Smartwire-DT
9. Connection width extension 21. Extension shaft
35. Early-make auxiliary contacts
10. Plug-in and withdrawable unit 22. Door coupling rotary handle
36. Delay unit for undervoltage releases
11. Adapter plate 23. Rotary handle
37. Insulated enclosures
12. Busbar adapters 24. Insulating surrounds

7 9
8
6
36
5

4 10

3 11 12
2

35

1
34
31 32 13
14

33

15
18

30 17
29

16

28 27

26

23
20
19
25 21
24

37

22

82 Power Distribution product guide eatoncorp.com.au 2018

 Low Voltage Circuit Protection & Switchgear
IEC MCCB
NZM range
NZM range up to 1600 A –
New ideas for better circuit-breakers
The new Eaton circuit-breakers cover a range from 15 to 1600 A
with just four frame sizes. And they are optimally matched to one
another. The wide application spectrum covers every requirement
as Eaton has closely examined what every customer needs and
implemented the appropriate solutions. Outstanding, for example,
is the continuous switching power range – which extends from the
smallest to the largest circuit-breaker or the modular system which
can be matched without difficulty to suit the specific application.
Thus, the circuit-breakers can be used universally – from the
smallest of service distribution boards, to machine controls or motor
starter combinations, up to large energy distribution systems with a
short-circuit breaking capacity of up to 150 kA.
1-pole 3-pole circuit-breaker

Excellent under load –

Switch-disconnector’s for safe switching under load
Even under load conditions the Eaton switch-disconnector operates
safely. The reason: the 3- or 4-pole snap-action closing mechanism
which is also applied with circuit-breakers.
That’s why the rated short time withstand current is so high and
can handle currents up to 150 000 A. The long lifetime with up to
7 500 switching operations in AC3 mode enables usage as a motor
switch, in order to switch large motors during operation. Application
as a main switch with an emergency-stop function via a remote
pushbutton is easily implemented in conjunction with the double
early-make auxiliary contacts and undervoltage release. This in
conjunction with the UL/CSA approvals is a prerequisite for use in
process and processing machines which are destined for export.
4-pole circuit-breaker

Control circuit terminals The spacer – saving time and Clever installation and
The control circuit terminals expense terminations
are simply screwed onto All switches including the Fast and efficient top-hat rail
the respective connection accessories fitted on them were installation with the use of a clip
type. The tap-offs for voltage designed with the grid spacing of plate. Just simply attach the
meters, control transformers the spacer. Different depths of clip plate from the rear onto the
and undervoltage releases are switches are evened-out simply circuit-breaker and clip it onto the
implemented quickly. by means of inexpensive, rapidly top-hat rail. No need to drill holes
fitted spacers. in the mounting plate.
The result is a cost-effective The particular advantage of the
alternative to the door coupling small NZM1: the “standard
rotary handle with extension dimension” enables side-by-side
shaft for external operation of the installation with miniature circuit
circuit-breaker. This worldwide breakers in service distribution
innovation gains time and saves boards.
expense.

Power Distribution product guide eatoncorp.com.au 2018 83

Low Voltage Circuit Protection & Switchgear
IEC MCCB
Thermomagnetic release

Rated current Short-circuit Short-circuit

Overload Overload release
= rated release release
release Setting range
uninterrupted adjustable
1-pole overload release
current 1-pole 3-pole
ln=lu Ir lr li li
A A A A A
Supplied with box terminals
NZMN1-A100
16 16 - 350 -
20 20 15-20 350 350
25 25 20-25 350 350
32 32 25-32 350 350
40 40 32-40 350 320-400
50 50 40-50 600 300-500
63 63 50-63 600 380-630
NZMN1-4-A125 80 80 63-80 1000 480-800
100 100 80-100 1000 600-1000
125 125 100-125 1000 750-1250
160 160 125-160 - 1280

Supplied with screw terminals

20 15-20 350
25 20-25 350
32 25-32 350
NZMN2-A160
40 32-40 320-400
50 40-50 300-500
63 50-63 380-630
80 63-80 480-800
100 80-100 600-1000
125 100-125 750-1250
160 125-160 960-1600
160 125-160 960-1600
200 160-200 1280-2000
NZMH2-4-A250
200 160-200 1280-2000
250 200-250 1500-2500
250 200-250 1500-2500
300 240-300 2000-2500
300 240-300 2000-2500

Supplied with screw terminals

320 250-320 1920-3200
320 250-320 1920-3200
400 320-400 2400-4000
400 320-400 2400-4000
NZMN3-A500
500 400-500 3000-5000
500 400-500 3000-5000

84 Power Distribution product guide eatoncorp.com.au 2018

 Low Voltage Circuit Protection & Switchgear
IEC MCCB
Thermomagnetic release

Circuit-breaker with
Circuit-breaker with Circuit-breaker with Circuit-breaker with
Basic switching
Basic switching capacity 25 kA Normal switching capacity 50 kA High switching capacity 100/150kA
capacity 25 kA at
at 415Vac 50/60 Hz at 415Vac 50/60 Hz at 415Vac 50/60 Hz
415Vac 50/60 Hz
Item no. Item no. Item no. Item no. Item no. Item no. Item no.
1-pole 3-pole 4-pole 3-pole 4-pole 3-pole 4-pole
Supplied with box terminals
NZMB1-1-AF16 - - - - - -
NZMB1-1-AF20 NZMB1-A20 NZMB1-4-A20 NZMN1-A20 NZMN1-4-A20 NZMH1-A20 NZMH1-4-A20
NZMB1-1-AF25 NZMB1-A25 NZMB1-4-A25 NZMN1-A25 NZMN1-4-A25 NZMH1-A25 NZMH1-4-A25
NZMB1-1-AF32 NZMB1-A32 NZMB1-4-A32 NZMN1-A32  NZMN1-4-A32 NZMH1-A32  NZMH1-4-A32
NZMB1-1-AF40 NZMB1-A40 NZMB1-4-A40 NZMN1-A40 NZMN1-4-A40 NZMH1-A40 NZMH1-4-A40
NZMB1-1-AF50 NZMB1-A50 NZMB1-4-A50 NZMN1-A50 NZMN1-4-A50 NZMH1-A50 NZMH1-4-A50
NZMB1-1-AF63 NZMB1-A63 NZMB1-4-A63 NZMN1-A63 NZMN1-4-A63 NZMH1-A63 NZMH1-4-A63
NZMB1-1-AF80 NZMB1-A80 NZMB1-4-A80 NZMN1-A80  NZMN1-4-A80 NZMH1-A80  NZMH1-4-A80
NZMB1-1-AF100 NZMB1-A100 NZMB1-4-A100 NZMN1-A100 NZMN1-4-A100 NZMH1-A100 NZMH1-4-A100
NZMB1-1-AF125 NZMB1-A125 NZMB1-4-A125 NZMN1-A125 NZMN1-4-A125 NZMH1-A125 NZMH1-4-A125
- NZMB1-A160 NZMB1-4-A160 NZMN1-A160  NZMN1-4-A160 NZMH1-A160  NZMH1-4-A160

Supplied with screw terminals

- - - - NZMH2-A20 NZMH2-4-A20
- - - - NZMH2-A25 
NZMH2-4-A25
- - - - NZMH2-A32 NZMH2-4-A32
- - - - NZMH2-A40 NZMH2-4-A40
- - - - NZMH2-A50 
NZMH2-4-A50
- - - - NZMH2-A63 NZMH2-4-A63
- - - - NZMH2-A80 NZMH2-4-A80
- - - - NZMH2-A100 NZMH2-4-A100
- - - - NZMH2-A125 
NZMH2-4-A125
NZMB2-A160 NZMB2-4-A160 NZMN2-A160 NZMN2-4-A160 NZMH2-A160 NZMH2-4-A160
- NZMB2-4-A160/100 - NZMN2-4-A160/100 - NZMH2-4-A160/100
NZMB2-A200 NZMB2-4-A200 NZMN2-A200 NZMN2-4-A200 NZMH2-A200 NZMH2-4-A200
- NZMB2-4-A200/125 - NZMN2-4-A200/125 - NZMH2-4-A200/125
NZMB2-A250 NZMB2-4-A250 NZMN2-A250 NZMN2-4-A250 NZMH2-A250 NZMH2-4-A250
- NZMB2-4-A250/160 - NZMN2-4-A250/160 - NZMH2-4-A250/160
NZMB2-A300 NZMB2-4-A300 NZMN2-A300 NZMN2-4-A300 NZMH2-A300 NZMH2-4-A300
- NZMB2-4-A300/200 - NZMN2-4-A300/200 - NZMH2-4-A300/200

Supplied with screw terminals

NZMN3-A320 NZMN3-4-A320 NZMH3-A320 NZMH3-4-A320
- NZMN3-4-A320/200 
- NZMH3-4-A320/200
NZMN3-A400 NZMN3-4-A400 NZMH3-A400 NZMH3-4-A400
- NZMN3-4-A400/250 - NZMH3-4-A400/250
NZMN3-A500 
NZMN3-4-A500 NZMH3-A500 
NZMH3-4-A500
- NZMN3-4-A500/320 - NZMH3-4-A500/320

 Applies for NZM1  Max. DC voltage rating 500Vdc ICU / ICS 15/15kA  Max. DC voltage rating 750Vdc ICU / ICS 60/15kA
 Applies for NZM2 and NZM3  Max. DC voltage rating 500Vdc ICU / ICS 30/30kA  Max. DC voltage rating 750Vdc ICU / ICS 30/30kA
 60% release on neutral pole  Max. DC voltage rating 750Vdc ICU / ICS 30/7.5kA  Max. DC voltage rating 750Vdc ICU / ICS 70/70kA
Permitted circuit configurations for Eaton NZM breakers for DC voltage switching

Option 1 Option 2
Two pole switching, with One pole switching, via
one pole switched via two three contacts in series
contacts in series.

Power Distribution product guide eatoncorp.com.au 2018 85

Low Voltage Circuit Protection & Switchgear
IEC MCCB
Circuit breakers with electronic trip units
Circuit-breaker,�3p,�250A
Rated current = Overload release Circuit breaker with Circuit breaker with
Short circuit release
Part�no.  rated uninterrupted
NZMN2-VE250 Setting range normal switching high switching capacity
Non-Delayed
Article�no. current 259124 overload release capacity 50kA at 415V 150/85kA at 415V
Ii = In x A
  In = Iu A Ir A 50/60Hz Item no. 50/60Hz Item no.
Supplied with screw terminals
Systems protection, cable protection, selectivity, generator protection, 3 pole
NZMN2-VE160  
Similar to illustration 100 50-100 1200A fixed NZMN2-VE100 NZMH2-VE100
160 80-160 1920A fixed NZMN2-VE160 NZMH2-VE160
Delivery�programme
Product range 250   125-250
  Circuit-breaker 3000A fixed NZMN2-VE250 NZMH2-VE250
Protective function     Systems, cable, selectivity and generator protection

Standard/Approval     IEC

Installation type
250  
125-250
  Fixed
500-2750 NZMN3-VE250 NZMH3-VE250
Release system 400   200-400
  Electronic release 800-4400 NZMN3-VE400 NZMH3-VE400
Construction size
630  
315-630
  NZM2
1260-5040 NZMN3-VE630 NZMH3-VE630
Description     R.m.s. value measurement and “thermal memory”
adjustable time delay setting to overcome current peaks tr: 2 – 20 s at 6 x Ir also
infinity (without overload releases)
NZMN3-VE250 630 315-630 1260-7560 NZMN4-VE630
Adjustable delay time tsd: Steps: 0, 20, 60, 100, 200, 300, 500, 750, 1000 ms
2
NZMH4-VE630
i t constant function: fixed OFF

Number of poles 800   400-800

  3 pole 1600-9600 NZMN4-VE800 NZMH4-VE800
Standard equipment 1000   500-1000   Screw connection 2000-12000 NZMN4-VE1000 NZMH4-VE1000
Circuit-breaker,�3p,�1600A 
Switching�capacity    
1250 630-1250 2500-15000 NZMN4-VE1250 NZMH4-VE1250
400/415 V 50/60 Hz Icu kA 50
Part�no. 1600 NZMN4-VE1600800-1600 3200-19200 NZMN4-VE1600 NZMH4-VE1600
Rated�current�=�rated�uninterrupted�current      
Article�no.  265772
Rated current = rated uninterrupted current In = Iu A 250
  Systems protection, cable protection, selectivity, generator protection, 4 pole
Setting�range      
100 50-100 1200A fixed NZMN2-4-VE100 NZMH2-4-VE100
Overload trip      
160 Ir 80-160
A 125 - 250 1920A fixed NZMN2-4-VE160 NZMH2-4-VE160
250 125-250 3000A fixed NZMN2-4-VE250 NZMH2-4-VE250
NZMH4-VE1250
Short-circuit releases
       
Similar to illustration

400 200-400 800-4400 NZMN3-4-VE400 NZMH3-4-VE400

Delivery�programme 630 Ii = In x 315-630 1260-5040 NZMN3-4-VE630 NZMH3-4-VE630
Non-delayed Circuit-breaker,�4p,�800A …   3000 A fixed
Product range     Circuit-breaker

Protective function     Systems, cable, selectivity and generator protection

Delayed
800
Part�no.  400-800
NZMN4-4-VE800
Isd = Ir x …
1600-9600 NZMN4-4-VE800 NZMH4-4-VE800
Standard/Approval    2 - 10   IEC
1000
Article�no.  500-1000
265975 2000-12000 NZMN4-4-VE1000 NZMH4-4-VE1000
Installation type     Fixed

Release system   1250 630-1250

   
2500-15000
Electronic release
NZMN4-4-VE1250 NZMH4-4-VE1250
Technical�data
Construction size   1600 800-1600
    3200-19200
NZM4 NZMN4-4-VE1600 NZMH4-4-VE1600
General
Description
Standards  Applies for NZM2  & NZM3    IEC/EN  60947 R.m.s. value measurement and “thermal memory”
adjustable time delay setting to overcome current peaks tr: 2 – 20 s at 6 x Ir also
NZMN4-4-VE800  Applies for NZM4  
Delivery�program
Protection against direct contact   Finger and back of infinity
hand proof to VDE 0106
(without Part 100
overload releases)
Climatic proofing     Adjustable
Damp heat, constant, delay time tsd: Steps: 0, 20, 60, 100, 200, 300, 500, 750, 1000 ms
to IEC 60068-2-78
2 IEC 60068-2-30
Damp heat, cyclic, to
Product range   i t constant
  function: switchable
Circuit-breaker
Ambient temperature   °C  
Number of poles     3 pole
Protective function
Ambient temperature, storage   °C - 40 - +  80   Systems, cable, selectivity and generator protection
Standard equipment     Screw connection
Operation   °C -25 - +70
Standard/Approval     IEC

Eaton LV switchgear is now available

Switching�capacity
Mechanical shock resistance (10 ms half-sinusoidal shock) according to IEC    g  
20 (half-sinusoidal  
shock 20 ms)
60068-2-27
Installation type     Fixed
400/415 V 50/60 Hz Icu kA 50
Safe isolation to EN 61140      

in the innovative PowerCad electrical

Release system
Rated�current�=�rated�uninterrupted�current
Between auxiliary contacts and main contacts     V AC 500        Electronic release
between the auxiliary contacts   V AC 300
Construction size = rated uninterrupted current
Rated current In = Iu A  1600   NZM4

engineering design software.

Weight   kg 2.345
Description
Setting�range          R.m.s. value measurement and “thermal memory”
adjustable time delay setting to overcome current peaks tr: 2 – 20 s at 6 x Ir also
Overload trip      
05/08/2015 259124 - HPL-ED2015 V12.0 EN infinity (without overload releases)
1 / 10
Ir A 800 - 1600 Adjustable delay time tsd: Steps: 0, 20, 60, 100, 200, 300, 500, 750, 1000 ms
Eaton products that are featured on PowerCad-5™: 2
i t constant function: switchable
• Eaton Magnum MWI Series Air Circuit Breakers – up to 6300A. Set value in neutral conductor is synchronous with set value Ir of main pole.
Short-circuit releases      
• of poles
Number Eaton NZM Series Moulded Case Circuit Breakers –  up to 1600A
  including
4 polethe B,
N & H type breaking capacity options and the A, M, AE, VE & ME type trip units.
Standard equipment     Screw connection
• Eaton PLS6, PLSM and PLHT MCB ranges.
Switching�capacity
Non-delayed
• Eaton eRB6, eRBM and PKNM RCBO ranges.
Ii = In x …    2 - 12    

• VEaton
400/415 50 Hz Dumeco Load Break Switches ranging from 160A
Icu to 3150A
kA 50

Rated�current�=�rated�uninterrupted�current
Delayed Isd = Ir x …    2 - 10    

Rated current = rated uninterrupted current In = Iu A 800

Neutral conductor % of phase CSA 100

Technical�data conductor
General
Setting�range      
Standards     IEC/EN 60947
Overloadagainst
Protection trip direct contact        back of hand
Finger and   proof to VDE 0106 Part 100
Climatic proofing    Ir A constant, 400
Damp heat, - 800
to IEC 60068-2-78
Damp heat, cyclic, to IEC 60068-2-30

Ambient temperature   °C  

86 Powerstorage
Ambient temperature, Distribution product guide eatoncorp.com.au
  °C 2018 - 40 - + 80
Main pole Ir A 400 - 800
Operation   °C -25 - +70

Mechanical shock resistance (10 ms half-sinusoidal shock) according to IEC   g 15 (half-sinusoidal shock 11 ms)
 Low Voltage Circuit Protection & Switchgear
IEC MCCB
Circuit breakers for motor protection
Rated Rated High switching
Rated operational Overload Basic switching Normal switching
Short-circuit operating operational
current = rated releases capacity 85 kA /
releases power current capacity 25 kA capacity 50 kA
uninterrupted Setting 100kA / 150kA
Non-delayed AC-3 AC-3 400/415V 50/60 Hz 400/415V 50/60
current range 400/415V 50/60 Hz
Ii = In x ... 50/60 Hz 50/60 Hz Item no. Hz Item no.
In= Iu A Ir A Item no.
400 V P kW 400 V Ie A
Motor protection, thermomagnetic release NZM...1-M...: with phase failure sensitivity, tripping class 10 A
Supplied with box terminals
NZMN1-63
40 32-40 8 - 14 18.5 36 NZMB1-M40 NZMN1-M40 NZMH1-M40
50 40-50 8 - 14 22 41 NZMB1-M50 NZMN1-M50 NZMH1-M50
63 50-63 8 - 14 30 55 NZMB1-M63 NZMN1-M63 NZMH1-M63
80 63-80 8 - 14 37 68 NZMB1-M80 NZMN1-M80 NZMH1-M80
100 800-100 8 - 12.5 45 81 NZMB1-M100 NZMN1-M100 NZMH1-M100
Supplied with screw terminals
125 100-125 8 - 14 55 99 NZMB2-M125 NZMN2-M125 NZMH2-M125
160 125-160 8 - 14 75 134 NZMB2-M160 NZMN2-M160 NZMH2-M160
200 160-200 8 - 14 110 196 NZMB2-M200 NZMN2-M200 NZMH2-M200
NZMN2-ME90

Motor protection, electronic releases with phase failure sensitivity, tripping class adjustable
Supplied with screw terminals
90 45-90 2 - 14 45 81 NZMN2-ME90 NZMH2-ME90
140 70-140 2 - 14 75 134 NZMN2-ME140 NZMH2-ME140
220 110-220 2 - 12 110 196 NZMN2-ME220 NZMH2-ME220
220 110-220 2 - 14 110 196 NZMN3-ME220 NZMH3-ME220
350 175-350 2 - 14 200 349 NZMN3-ME350 NZMH3-ME350
450 225-450 2 - 12 250 437 NZMN3-ME450 NZMH3-ME450
550 275-550 2 - 14 315 544 NZMN4-ME550 NZMH4-ME550
875 483-875 2 - 14 500 820 NZMN4-ME875 NZMH4-ME875
1400 700-1400 2 - 14 630 1066 NZMN4-ME1400 NZMH4-ME1400 NZMN3-ME350

 Applies for NZMH4  Applies for NZMH1 Applies for NZMH2 & NZMH3

690Vac Switch disconnectors

• 690V ac voltage rating
• Frame sizes are the same form and fit as NZM MCCBs

Switch-disconnectors 3-pole IEC 4-pole IEC

Rated current = Rated
uninterrupted current 2 switch positions 3 switch positions 2 switch positions 3 switch positions
Item no.  Item no.  Item no.  Item no. 
In = Iu, A
Supplied with box terminals
63 PN1-63 N1-63 PN1-4-63 N1-4-63
N1-125
100 PN1-100 N1-100 PN1-4-100 N1-4-100
125 PN1-125 N1-125 PN1-4-125 N1-4-125
160 PN1-160 N1-160 PN1-4-160 N1-4-160
Supplied with screw terminals
200 PN2-200 N2-200 PN2-4-200 N2-4-200
250 PN2-250 N2-250 PN2-4-250 N2-4-250
400 PN3-400 N3-400 PN3-4-400 N3-4-400
630 PN3-630 N3-630 PN3-4-630 N3-4-630
800 N4-800 N4-4-800
1000 N4-1000 N4-4-1000
1250 N4-1250 N4-4-1250
N4-1600
1600 N4-1600 N4-4-1600
 2 switch positions I,0; cannot be tripped remotely
 3 switch position I,+,0; can be tripped remotely with undervoltage or shunt trip devices

Power Distribution product guide eatoncorp.com.au 2018 87

 160
A
200
A Short-circuit
S N2-4-160-S1-DC N2-4-160-S15-DC 1 pcs.
Rated operational Screw 1000VDC 1500VDC Units per
127732 167688
current rated = protective connection Fixed mounted Fixed mounted package
200
160uninterrupted 200
200 S
S N2-4-200-S1-DC
N2-4-160-S1-DC N2-4-200-S15-DC
N2-4-160-S15-DC 1
1 pcs.
pcs.
device fuse Designation Designation
127733
127732 167689
167688
current gR-characteristic Article No. Article No.
250 200 S 1
1 pcs.
Low Voltage Circuit Protection & Switchgear
200 S 200I = I N2-4-250-S1-DC
N2-4-200-S1-DC N2-4-250-S15-DC
N2-4-200-S15-DC pcs.
n u 154940
127733 167690
167689
A A
250 200
N2-4-250-S1-DC S
N2-4-250-S15-DC 1 pcs.
160
IEC MCCB200 154940
N2-4-160-S1-DC 167690 S
N2-4-160-S15-DC 1 pcs.
1000Vdc / 1500Vdc Photovoltaic Switch 127732
disconnectors 167688
200 200 S N2-4-200-S1-DC N2-4-200-S15-DC 1 pcs.
• 4-pole basic device usable for both 1-pole127733
and 2-pole configuration167689
depending on the connection
Switch-disconnector�4p�200A�1500VDC
250 200 DC22-A ratings
• Industry leading S across the entire range
N2-4-250-S1-DC N2-4-250-S15-DC 1 pcs.
Part�no.  N2-4-200-S15-DC 154940 167690
Article�no.  167689 • IEC/EN 60947-3 compliant
Catalog�No.  320
N2-4-200-S15-DC 500 S N3-4-320-S1-DC N3-4-320-S15-DC 1 pcs.
N2-4-200-S15-DC
Rated current = Rated Rated short-time
127734 166407
1000Vdc Item no. 1500Vdc Item no.
320 uninterruped500
current In = IuS
SA withstand Icw kA
  400 1
Similar to illustration 500 N3-4-400-S1-DC
N3-4-320-S1-DC N3-4-400-S15-DC
N3-4-320-S15-DC 1 pcs.
pcs.
3.6 1 sec 127734
142267 166408
166407
160 N2-4-160-S1-DC N2-4-160-S15-DC
Delivery�programme 500
400 500
500 S
S N3-4-500-S1-DC
N3-4-400-S1-DC N3-4-500-S15-DC
N3-4-400-S15-DC 1
1 pcs.
pcs.
Product range   200   Switch-disconnectors 3.6 1 sec 142268
142267 N2-4-200-S1-DC
166409
166408 N2-4-200-S15-DC
4p�200A�1500VDC
Protective function 550
500   250   500
500
Disconnectors/main switches S
S N3-4-550-S1-DC N3-4-550-S15-DC 1
1 pcs.
pcs.
Photovoltaic applications 3.6 1 sec N3-4-500-S1-DC N2-4-250-S1-DC N2-4-250-S15-DC
N3-4-500-S15-DC
168567
142268 168568
166409
Product range 320     500
DC switch-disconnectors S N3-4-320-S1-DC N3-4-320-S15-DC 1 pcs.
N2-4-200-S15-DC
550   320 500 S 6.6 1 sec N3-4-550-S1-DC
127734
N3-4-320-S1-DC N3-4-320-S15-DC
N3-4-550-S15-DC
166407 1 pcs.
67689 Application field   Utility buildings

S 6.6 1 sec 168567 168568

Open areas
N2-4-200-S15-DC 400 400 500 N3-4-400-S1-DC N3-4-400-S1-DC N3-4-400-S15-DC
N3-4-400-S15-DC 1 pcs.
Part no.     N...DC
142267 166408
Standard/Approval   500   IEC 6.6 1 sec N3-4-500-S1-DC N3-4-500-S15-DC
Installation type
500     Fixed
500 S N3-4-500-S1-DC N3-4-500-S15-DC 1 pcs.
N3-4-400-S15-DC 550 6.6 1 sec 142268 N3-4-550-S1-DC
166409 N3-4-550-S15-DC
Construction size     N2
550 500 S N3-4-550-S1-DC N3-4-550-S15-DC 1 pcs.
Description 800   800   IEC/EN- 60947-3 S 34 0.1 secN4-4-800-S1-DC N4-4-800-S1-DC 1 pcs.
N4-4-800-S15-DC
N4-4-800-S15-DC
    Switch-disconnectors CCC China Compulsory Certificate 168567 168568
Main switch characteristics including positive drive to IEC/EN 60204 119890
and VDE 0113. 166413
    Disconnectors/main switches
1000 1000 Isolating characteristics to IEC/EN 60947-3 and
-- S 34 VDE 0.1
0660. sec N4-4-1000-S1-DC N4-4-1000-S15-DC
1
Photovoltaic applications 800 N switch-disconnectors
S be combined with NZM...-XU,
can, in addition, N4-4-1000-S1-DC
NZM...-XA
N4-4-800-S1-DC
shunt releases and auxiliary contacts as well as with NZM...-XR... remote operator.
N4-4-1000-S15-DC
N4-4-800-S15-DC 1 pcs.
pcs.
    DC switch-disconnectors 1250 34 0.1
For DC switching, all 4 contacts must be connected sec
in series. 119891
119890
Refer to the 166414
N4-4-1250-S1-DC
166413 N4-4-1250-S15-DC
information on jumper kit accessories.
    Utility buildings 1250
1000 -- as standard: Screw connection;
Supplied
S
S box34 N4-4-1250-S1-DC
terminal optional.N4-4-1000-S1-DC
N4-4-1250-S15-DC
N4-4-1000-S15-DC 1
1 pcs.
pcs.
Open areas 1400 When working with ungrounded systems (e.g., 0.1
IT), the sec119886
installation must ensure that N4-4-1400-S1-DC
166415 N4-4-1400-S15-DC
    N...DC a double ground fault will be impossible. 119891 166414
1400
12501600 --
Switch can not be combined with S 34 0.1 secN4-4-1400-S1-DC
plug-in/withdrawable
S units and/or connection
N4-4-1250-S1-DC on N4-4-1400-S15-DC
N4-4-1600-S1-DC
N4-4-1250-S15-DC 1 pcs.
N4-4-1600-S15-DC
1 pcs.
    IEC rear.
119887
119886 166416
166415
 
Connection options   Fixed 800     - S N4-4-800-S1-DC N4-4-800-S15-DC 1 pcs.
1600
1400 -- S
S N4-4-1600-S1-DC
N4-4-1400-S1-DC N4-4-1600-S15-DC
N4-4-1400-S15-DC 1
1 pcs.
pcs.
    N2 119890 166413
152552
119887 166417
166416
    IEC/EN 60947-3
CCC China Compulsory Certificate
1000 - S N4-4-1000-S1-DC N4-4-1000-S15-DC 1 pcs.
N4-4-1250-S15-DC
Main 1600
switch characteristics including positive -
drive to IEC/EN 60204 and VDE 0113. S N4-4-1600-S1-DC
119891 N4-4-1600-S15-DC
166414 1 pcs.
Isolating characteristics to IEC/EN 60947-3 and VDE 0660.
1250 with NZM...-XU, NZM...-XA - S 152552
N4-4-1250-S1-DC 166417
N4-4-1250-S15-DC 1 pcs.
N switch-disconnectors can, in addition, be combined
Bridging Kits for 1 pole configuration
shunt releases and auxiliary contacts as well as with NZM...-XR... remote operator.
For DC switching, all 4 contacts must be connected in series. Refer to the 119886 166415
information on jumper kit accessories. • Bridging kit contains
1400 - parts for
S upper and lower connection points for
N4-4-1400-S1-DC the 4 pole devices
N4-4-1400-S15-DC 1 pcs.
Supplied as standard: Screw connection; box terminal optional.
• Detailed assignment taking into account ambient temperature, degree of protection and fitting position
When working with ungrounded systems (e.g., IT), the installation must ensure that
a double ground fault will be impossible.
119887 166416
1600 is listed on pages
- 434-435 S
Switch can not be combined with plug-in/withdrawable units and/or connection on N4-4-1600-S1-DC N4-4-1600-S15-DC 1 pcs.
rear.

   
152552 166417

EATON CORPORATION BR1601001Z-EN 35

Number of poles     4-pole basic device, usable in a 1-pole or 2-pole configuration depending on the
EATON CORPORATION BR1601001Z-EN 35
type of connection
Rated operational Protection
Standard equipment     Screw connection For use with Notes Item no.
Switch positions  
current  In AI, +, 0 Class
Rated current = rated uninterrupted current 200A atA 40°C
In = Iu 200 Limited to 200A
IP2X N2-4-xxx-S1 (S15)-DC NZM2-4-XKV1P
Remotely control / trip   160A at  65°C
Remote operation with shunt releases / remote operator devices
EATON CORPORATION BR1601001Z-EN 35
Rated operating frequency  
225A at  40°C
DC
IP2X N2-4-xxx-S1 (S15)-DC Includes heatsink NZM2-4-XKV1P-K
170A at 65°C

   
Link�kit,�+cover,�+heat�sink,�4p,�/1p
400A at 40°C
388A at 65°C
4-pole basic device, usable in a 1-pole or 2-pole configuration depending
IP2X
onEN
the
N3-4-xxx-S1 (S15)-DC
Limited to 400A
devices
NZM3-4-XKV1P
03/11/2016 167689 - HPL-ED2016 V20.0 1/5
type of connection
Limited to 500A
    Screw connection 517A at 40°C
IP2X N3-4-xxx-S1 (S15)-DC devices Includes NZM3-4-XKV1P-K
435A at 65°C
NZM2-4-XKV1P-K
Part�no.  NZM2-4-XKV1P-K
    I, +, 0
heatsink
In = Iu A 200
1274A at 40°C Limited to 1250A
 

 
 

 
Remote operation with shunt releases / remote operator

DC Article�no. 
1138A at 65°C
IP2X 168592
N4-4-xxx-S1 (S15)-DC
devices
NZM4-4-XKV1P

Catalog�No. 
213A at 40°C
160A at 65°C
IP00 NZM2-4-XKV1P-K
N2-4-xxx-S1 (S15)-DC Limited to 200A
devices NZM2-4-XKVI1P

Delivery�programme238A at 40°C
167689 - HPL-ED2016 V20.0 EN 1/5
IP00 N2-4-xxx-S1 (S15)-DC
Limited to 250A
devices Includes NZM2-4-XKVI1P-K
Number of poles
Link set, +insulating plates, 4p, /1p
180A at 65°C
  heatsink   1 pole
501A at 40°C
IP00 N3-4-xxx-S1 (S15)-DC - NZM3-4-XKVI1P
Accessories 418A at 65°C     DC link kit
Part no. 
534A at 40°C
IP00 NZM4-4-XKVI1P
N3-4-xxx-S1 (S15)-DC Includes heatsink NZM3-4-XKVI1P-K
NumberNZM4-4-XKVI1P-K
of conductors 451A at 65°C     4
Catalog
1260A at 40°C No. 
IP00
180019
N4-4-xxx-S1 (S15)-DC - NZM4-4-XKVI1P
      Jumper kit with cover IP2X and h
 
1138A at 65°C
1552A at 40°C
IP00 N4-4-xxx-S1 (S15)-DC Includes heatsink
Rated current   at 65°C
1448A In A NZM4-4-XKVI1P-K
225 (40 °C,)
170 (65 °C)
Delivery program
For use with     N2-4-…-S1(-S15)-DC
Number
88 of poles Power Distribution product guide eatoncorp.com.au 2018
    1 pole
Notes
Accessories     DC link kit
     Utility buildings
Open areas

    N...DC

    IEC

    Fixed

 
 

 
N2

IEC/EN 60947-3
Low Voltage Circuit Protection & Switchgear
CCC China Compulsory Certificate
IEC MCCB
Main switch characteristics including positive drive to IEC/EN 60204 and VDE 0113.
Isolating characteristics to IEC/EN 60947-3 and VDE 0660.
N switch-disconnectors can, in addition, be combined with NZM...-XU, NZM...-XA
Bridging Kits for 2 pole configuration - Connection option 1
shunt releases and auxiliary contacts as well as with NZM...-XR... remote operator.
For DC switching, all 4 contacts must be connected in series. Refer to the
information on jumper kit accessories.
• Bridging kit contains parts for either upper or lower connection points for the 4 pole devices
Supplied as standard: Screw connection; box terminal optional.
When working with ungrounded systems (e.g., IT), the installation must ensure that
• Detailed assignment taking into account ambient temperature, degree of protection and fitting position
a double ground fault will be impossible.
Switch can not be combined with plug-in/withdrawable units and/or connection on
is listed on pages 434-435
rear.

   

Rated operational Protection

For use with Notes Item no.
current In A Class
225A at 40°C
IP2X N2-4-xxx-S1 (S15)-DC - NZM2-4-XKV2P
170A at 65°C
250A at 40°C
190A at 65°C
IP2X N2-4-xxx-S1 (S15)-DC Includes heatsink NZM2-4-XKV2P-K Term
517A at 40°C
Switch-disconnectors IP2X N3-4-xxx-S1 (S15)-DC - NZM3-4-XKV2P
435A at 65°C
Part�n
Disconnectors/main switches
 
Photovoltaic  
applications 550A at 40°C
4-pole basic device, usable in a 1-pole or 2-pole configuration depending on the
type of connection IP2X N3-4-xxx-S1 (S15)-DC Includes heatsink NZM3-4-XKV2P-K NZM3-4-XKV2P
DC switch-disconnectors
468A at 65°C
 
Utility buildings
 
Open areas
 

 
Screw connection

1400A at 40°C
I, +, 0 Limited to 1400A Artic
IP2X N4-4-xxx-S1 (S15)-DC NZM4-4-XKV2P
In = Iu
N...DC

IEC
 
A

 
1260A at 65°C
200

Remote operation with shunt releases / remote operator

devices  
238A at 40°C
Fixed
 
N2
  DC
180A at 65°C
IP00 N2-4-xxx-S1 (S15)-DC - NZM2-4-XKVI2P
Delivery�program
IEC/EN 60947-3 250A at 40°C
213A at 65°C
CCC China Compulsory Certificate IP00
Main switch characteristics including positive drive to IEC/EN 60204 and VDE 0113.
N2-4-xxx-S1 (S15)-DC Includes heatsink NZM2-4-XKVI2P-K Number of poles Link
Isolating characteristics to IEC/EN 60947-3 and VDE 0660.
534A at 40°C
N switch-disconnectors
167689
IP00
can, in addition, be combined with NZM...-XU, NZM...-XA
- HPL-ED2016 V20.0 EN 1/5
N3-4-xxx-S1 (S15)-DC - NZM3-4-XKVI2P Accessories
451A at 65°C
shunt releases and auxiliary contacts as well as with NZM...-XR... remote operator.

Part
For DC switching, all 4 contacts must be connected in series. Refer to the
information on jumper kit accessories.
550A at 40°C
Supplied as standard: Screw connection; box terminal optional.
IP00 N3-4-xxx-S1 (S15)-DC Includes heatsink NZM3-4-XKVI2P-K Number of conductors
501A at 65°C
When working with ungrounded systems (e.g., IT), the installation must ensure that
a double ground fault will be impossible.
Switch can not be combined with plug-in/withdrawable units and/or connection on
1400A at 40°C Limited to 1400A NZM2-4-XKVI2P Cata
rear.
IP00 N4-4-xxx-S1 (S15)-DC NZM4-4-XKVI2P  
1260A at 65°C devices Eato
1600A at 40°C
NZM4-4-XKV2P-K Rated current
1500A at 65°C
IP00 N4-4-xxx-S1 (S15)-DC Includes heatsink
 
Bridging Kits for 2 pole configuration - Connection option 2 Delivery
For use with program
• Bridging kit contains parts for upper and lower connection points for the 4 pole devices
Number of poles
• Detailed assignment taking into account ambient temperature, degree of protection and fitting position Notes
is listed on pages 434-435
Accessories
Model contains parts for upper switch side
Number of conductors
The links each connect contacts in series.
 
Incoming unit and outgoer at bottom or top
Rated current
See figure connection type.

4-pole basic device, usable in a 1-pole or 2-pole configuration depending on the For use with
type of connection Rated operational Protection
For use with Notes Item no.
Screw connection
current In A Class Notes
I, +, 0

200
200A at 40°C
IP2X N2-4-xxx-S1 (S15)-DC Limited to 200A NZM2-4-XKV2POU
Design�verification�as�pe
160A at 65°C devices
Remote operation with shunt releases / remote operator Model
IEC/ENcontains partsverification
61439 design for upper switch sid
225A at 40°C
DC
170A at 65°C
IP2X N2-4-xxx-S1 (S15)-DC Includes heatsink NZM2-4-XKV2POU-K
The 10.2
linksStrength
each connect contacts
Jump
of materials and in series
parts
501A at 40°C
IP2X N3-4-xxx-S1 (S15)-DC - NZM3-4-XKV2POU NZM2-4-XKVI2POU-K
418A at 65°C
10.2.2
Incoming unitCorrosion resistance
and outgoer at bottom or to
.0 EN
517A at 40°C
IP2X
1/5
N3-4-xxx-S1 (S15)-DC - NZM3-4-XKV2POU-K Part
435A at 65°C 10.2.3.1 Verification
See figure connection type.of thermal stab
Catal
213A at 40°C
IP00 N2-4-xxx-S1 (S15)-DC - NZM2-4-XKVI2POU
160A at 65°C
Eaton
10.2.3.2 Verification of resistance of
238A at 40°C
180A at 65°C
IP00 N2-4-xxx-S1 (S15)-DC Includes heatsink NZM2-4-XKVI2POU-K Jump
  of
10.2.3.3 Verification of resistance
501A at 40°C
418A at 65°C
IP00 N3-4-xxx-S1 (S15)-DC - NZM3-4-XKVI2POU Design
Deliveryverification
program as pe
and fire due to internal electric effe

534A at 40°C
IP00 N3-4-xxx-S1 (S15)-DC Includes heatsink NZM3-4-XKVI2POU-K IEC/EN
Number61439
10.2.4 Resistance
NZM3-4-XKVI2POU
design verification
of poles Part
to ultra-violet (UVn
451A at 65°C
10.210.2.5 Lifting
Strength
Catal
of materials and parts
Accessories
Power Distribution product guide 10.2.6 Mechanical
eatoncorp.com.au 2018 impact
89 Eaton
Number 10.2.2 Corrosion resistance
of conductors
10.2.7 Inscriptions
 
Low Voltage Circuit Protection & Switchgear
IEC MCCB
System benefits – the universal accessory range
The method of functioning and fitting of the accessories is identical for
every size. Contact elements from the RMQ-Titan® range of control
circuit devices are used for the entire NZM range of
circuit-breakers.
This has many advantages: it ensures a reduction in the variety of
types, a decrease in ordering expense and effort and consequently,
simpler inventory management. The contact elements can be simply
clipped-on from the front. The position determines the function:
signalling contact or trip-indicating auxiliary contact, and like all auxiliary
contacts and releases, they are available with terminal bolts or spring-
loaded connections, for circuit-breakers or switch-disconnector’s.
The new twin contacts provide twice as many auxiliary and signalling
contacts in the same amount of space. They feature spring-loaded
terminal connections.
Flexible solutions for safety and interlock functions
Effective shunt or undervoltage releases, combined also with
early-make auxiliary contacts for Emergency-Stop functions or
load-shedding circuits, offer elegant solutions for a wide range of
functioning applications. All contact points are available with sturdy bolt
connection.

Auxiliary contacts

Max no. of auxilary Contacts

Item no. Version For use with N/O = normally open
contacts per switch N/C = normally closed
N1, PN1, NZM1: 1
Standard auxiliary contact (HIN). N2, PN2, NZM2: 2
Switching with the main contacts.
Used for indicating and interlocking tasks. N3, PN3, NZM3: 3
N4, NZM4: 3
M22-K10 NZM1(-4), 2(-4), 3(-4), 4(-4) 1 N/O –
M22-K01 With bolt connection PN1(-4), 2(-4), 3(-4) - 1 N/C
N1(-4), 2(-4), 3(-4), 4(-4)
M22-CK11 NZM1(-4), 2(-4), 3(-4), 4(-4) 1 N/O 1 N/C
With cage clamp
M22-CK20 PN1(-4), 2(-4), 3(-4) 2 N/O –
M22-K01 M22-K10 connection.
M22-CK02 N1(-4), 2(-4), 3(-4), 4(-4) – 2 N/C
N1, PN1, NZM1: 1
Trip indicating auxiliary contact (HIA)1) N2, PN2, NZM2: 1
General trip indication “+” with trip by voltage release, overload
release or short-circuit release N3, PN3, NZM3: 1
N4, NZM4: 2
M22-K10 NZM1(-4), 2(-4), 3(-4), 4(-4) 1 N/O –
With bolt connection
M22-K01 N1(-4), 2(-4), 3(-4), 4(-4) - 1 N/C
M22-CK11 NZM1(-4), 2(-4), 3(-4), 4(-4) 1 N/O 1 N/C
With cage clamp
M22-CK20 N1(-4), 2(-4), 3(-4), 4(-4) 2 N/O –
M22-CK20 M22-CK02 connection.
M22-CK02 – 2 N/C
Early-make auxiliary contacts
For interlock and load-shedding circuits,as well as for early-make switching of the
undervoltage release with main switch / emergency-Stop applications
NZM1-XHIV With clamp terminal NZM1(-4) 2 N/O –
on the left-hand PN1(-4)
switch side. N1(-4)
NZM1-XHIVR With clamp terminal NZM1(-4) 2 N/O –
on the right-hand PN1(-4)
switch side. N1(-4)
NZM1-XHIVL With 3 m connecting NZM1(-4) 2 N/O –
cables instead of bolt PN1(-4)
connection. N1(-4)
NZM2/3-XHIV NZM2(-4), 3(-4) N1, NZM1: 1 2 N/O –
With bolt connection PN2(-4), 3(-4) N2, NZM2: 1
NZM2/3-XHIV N2(-4), 3(-4) N3, NZM3: 1
N4, NZM4: 2
NZM4-XHIV NZM4(-4) 2 N/O –
N4(-4)
1)
not in conjunction with switch-disconnector PN

90 Power Distribution product guide eatoncorp.com.au 2018

 Low Voltage Circuit Protection & Switchgear
IEC MCCB
Undervoltage & shunt trip release devices without auxiliary contact
• Undervoltage releases cannot be installed simultaneously with shunt trip releases
• Shunt trip releases cannot be installed simultaneously with undervoltage releases
• Undervoltage releases and shunt trip releases are all left side mount

Undervoltage release  Shunt trip release 

Release without auxiliary contact without auxiliary contact
For use Rated control Rated control
Version Item no. Item no.
with voltage Us V voltage Us V
NZM1-XU24AC 24 V 50/60 Hz NZM1-XA12AC/DC 12V AC/DC
110V-130V
NZM1-XU110-130AC NZM1-XA24AC/DC 24V AC/DC
50/60 Hz
208V-240V 110V-130V
NZM1-XU208-240AC NZM1-XA110-130AC/DC
50/60 Hz AC/DC
With clamp 380V-440V 208V-250V
NZM1 (-4), NZM1-XU380-440AC NZM1-XA208-250AC/DC
terminal on the 50/60 Hz AC/DC
N1(-4)
left-hand side 380V-440V
NZM1-XU12DC 12V DC NZM1-XA380-440AC/DC
AC/DC
NZM1-XU380-440AC
NZM1-XU24DC 24V DC

NZM1-XU110-130DC 110V-130V DC

NZM1-XU220-250DC 220V-250V DC

NZM1-XUL24AC 24 V 50/60 Hz NZM1-XAL12AC/DC 12V AC/DC

110V-130V
NZM1-XUL110-30AC NZM1-XAL24AC/DC 24V AC/DC
50/60 Hz
208V-240V 110V-130V
NZM1-XUL208-40AC NZM1-XAL110-130AC/DC
With 3m 50/60 Hz AC/DC
connection 380V-440V 208V-250V
NZM1(-4), NZM1-XUL380-440AC NZM1-XAL208-250AC/DC
cable instead 50/60 Hz AC/DC
N1(-4)
of screw 380V-440V
NZM1-XUL12DC 12V DC NZM1-XAL380-440AC/DC
termination AC/DC NZM1-XA208-240AC
NZM1-XUL24DC 24V DC

NZM1-XUL110-130DC 110V-130V DC

NZM1-XUL220-250DC 220V-250V DC

NZM2/3-XU24AC 24 V 50/60 Hz NZM2/3-XA12AC/DC 12V AC/DC

110V-130V
NZM2/3-XU110-130AC NZM2/3-XA24AC/DC 24V AC/DC
50/60 Hz
208V-240V 110V-130V
NZM2/3-XU208-240AC NZM2/3-XA110-130AC/DC
50/60 Hz AC/DC
NZM2(-4),
380V-440V 208V-250V
With clamp- N2(-4), NZM2/3-XU380-440AC NZM2/3-XA208-250AC/DC
50/60 Hz AC/DC
type terminals NZM3(-4),
380V-440V
N3(-4) NZM2/3-XU12DC 12V DC NZM2/3-XA380-440AC/DC
AC/DC NZM2/3-XA380-440AC/DC
NZM2/3-XU24DC 24V DC

NZM2/3-XU110-130DC 110V-130V DC

NZM2/3-XU220-250DC 220V-250V DC

NZM4-XU24AC 24 V 50/60 Hz NZM4-XA12AC/DC 12V AC/DC

110V-130V
NZM4-XU110-130AC NZM4-XA24AC/DC 24V AC/DC
50/60 Hz
208V-240V 110V-130V
NZM4-XU208-240AC NZM4-XA110-130AC/DC
50/60 Hz AC/DC
380V-440V 208V-250V
With clamp- NZM4(-4), NZM4-XU380-440AC NZM4-XA208-250AC/DC
50/60 Hz AC/DC
type terminals N4(-4)
380V-440V
NZM4-XU12DC 12V DC NZM4-XA380-440AC/DC
AC/DC
NZM4-XU380-440AC
NZM4-XU24DC 24V DC

NZM4-XU110-130DC 110V-130V DC

NZM4-XU220-250DC 220V-250V DC

 non-delayed shut down of circuit-breaker NZM or switch-disconnector N with drop of the control voltage
below 35 – 70% US. For use with Emergency-Stop devices in conjunction with Emergency-Stop button.
 s witches are tripped by a voltage pulse or by the application of uninterrupted voltage.

Power Distribution product guide eatoncorp.com.au 2018 91

Low Voltage Circuit Protection & Switchgear
IEC MCCB
Door coupling rotary handles (excludes extension shaft)
Item no. For use with Version
Door�coupling�rotary�handle,�lockable�on�the�handle,�size�2
NZM1-XTVDV NZM1(-4), PN1(-4), N1(-4) IP66 Black-Grey
Lockable on handle and switch.
NZM2-XTVDV NZM2(-4), PN2(-4), N2(-4)
Part�no.  NZM2-XTVDV Can be locked in 0 position, with adequate
Article�no. 
NZM3-XTVDV 260174
NZM3(-4), PN3(-4), N3(-4) modification also in I position. Lockable door
NZM1-XTVDV   as additional feature, locking facility on circuit-
NZM4-XTVDV NZM4(-4), N4(-4) breaker in 0 position.
 
Similar to illustration
NZM1-XTVDVR NZM1(-4), PN1(-4), N1(-4)
IP66 Red-Yellow for Emergency-Stop
Delivery�programme NZM2-XTVDVR NZM2(-4), PN2(-4), N2(-4) Lockable on handle and switch. Can be locked
in 0 position, with adequate modification also in
Function     Standard, black/grey
NZM3-XTVDVR NZM3(-4), PN3(-4), N3(-4) I position. Lockable door as additional feature,
Protection class     IP66 locking facility on circuit-breaker in 0 position.
NZM4-XTVDVR NZM4(-4), N4(-4) UL/CSA Type 4X, Type 12
Door�coupling�rotary�handle,�red-yellow�for�emergency�switching�off,
Locking facility     lockable on the handle on the switch using up to 3 padlocks
size�2 Modifiable on handle in I position as well
Extension shaft With door interlock

Door interlock Part�no.  NZM2-XTVDVR     Not defeated in the locked OFF and ON positions
NZM1-XTVDVR Item no.
Article�no.  For use with
260180 Version
Can be modified in the unlocked ON position
NZM1(-4), PN1(-4), N1(-4), Can be modified such that it can be defeated from the outside using a screwdriver
  NZM1/2-XV4 Door can be opened in OFF
  NZM2(-4), PN2(-4), N2(-4) 400 mm
Project planning information     External warning
Max.plate/designation
mounting depth label can be clipped on.
Similar to illustration NZM3(-4), PN3(-4), N3(-4),
NZM3/4-XV4 Complete including rotary drive and coupling parts
NZM4(-4), N4(-4) Extension shaft additionally required.
Delivery�programme NZM1(-4),  PN1(-4), N1(-4),
For use with NZM1/2-XV6   NZM2(-4), PN2(-4), N(S)2(-4)
NZM2(-4), PN2(-4), N2(-4) 600 mm
Function
lockable       Red-yellow
double for emergency switching off
NZM3/4-XV6 NZM3(-4), PN3(-4), N3(-4), Max. mounting depth
Protection
Notes class  
NZM4(-4), N4(-4)   IP66
UL/CSA Type 4X, Type 12
Circuit‐breaker can also be installed in a lying position 90 ° left/right, with the handle still in the same position.
Locking facility     lockable on the handle on the switch using up to 3 padlocks
Rotary handles direct mount With door interlock

Design�verification�as�per�IEC/EN�61439
NZM3/4-XV4
Door interlock
Item no. For use with
    Not defeated in the locked OFF position.
Version
Can be modified in the unlocked ON position
IEC/EN 61439 design verification      
Can be modified such that it can be defeated from the outside using a screwdriver
NZM1-XDV NZM1(-4), PN1(-4), N1(-4) Door can be opened in OFF
10.2 Strength of materials and parts      
Project planning information
10.2.2 Corrosion resistance NZM2-XDV NZM2(-4),   PN2(-4),  
N2(-4)
  Black/Grey
External warning
Meets the product
plate/designation label can be clipped on.
standard's requirements.
Complete including rotary drive and coupling parts
Lockable in 0 position on switch with up to
10.2.3.1 Verification of thermal stability of enclosures Extension
the shaft additionally required.
NZM3-XDV NZM3(-4),   
PN3(-4), N3(-4) Meets product standard's
3 padlocks. requirements.
For use10.2.3.2
with Verification of resistance of insulating materials to normal heat       NZM2(-4),
Meets the PN2(-4), N(S)2(-4) requirements.
product standard's
NZM4-XDV NZM4(-4), N4(-4)
lockable Rotary�handle,�lockable,�size�2
10.2.3.3 Verification of resistance of insulating materials to abnormal heat       double the product standard's requirements.
Meets
and fire due to internal electric effects
Notes NZM1-XDVR NZM1(-4), PN1(-4), N1(-4)
10.2.4 Resistance to ultra-violet (UV) radiation     Meets the product standard's requirements.
Part�no. 
Circuit‐breaker can also be installed in a lying
NZM2-XDVR
NZM2-XDV
position 90 ° left/right, with the handle still
NZM2(-4), in the same
PN2(-4), position.
N2(-4) Red-yellow for Emergency-Stop
10.2.5
NZM1-XDV Lifting Article�no.  260127     Does not apply, since the entire switchgear needs to be evaluated.
Lockable in 0 position on switch with up to
10.2.6 Mechanical impact  NZM3-XDVR NZM3(-4),  PN3(-4), N3(-4)
  3 padlocks.
Does not apply, since the entire switchgear needs to be evaluated.
Design�verification�as�per�IEC/EN�61439
 
10.2.7 Inscriptions NZM4-XDVR NZM4(-4),   N4(-4)   Meets the product standard's requirements.
IEC/EN
Similar 61439 design verification
to illustration    
10.3 Degree of protection of ASSEMBLIES     Does not apply, since the entire switchgear needs to be evaluated.
10.2 Strength of materials and parts * other handle options available contact   Eaton  for details.
 
Delivery�programme
10.4 Clearances and creepage distances
10.2.2 Corrosion resistance
 
 
 
 
Meets the product standard's requirements.
Meets the product standard's requirements.
10.5 Protection against electric shock
Function 10.2.3.1 Verification of thermal stability  
         Does
Standard,notblack/grey
apply, since the entire switchgear needs to be evaluated.
Toggle lever locking devices
of enclosures Meets the product standard's requirements.
10.6 Incorporation of switching devices and components     Does not apply, since the entire switchgear needs to be evaluated.
Protection10.2.3.2 Toggle�lever�locking�device
class Verification of resistance of insulating materials to normal heat         IP66
Meets the product standard's requirements.
Item
10.7 Internal electrical circuits and connections no. For use   with   UL/CSA
Is the panel builder's12responsibility.
Type 4X, Type
Version
10.2.3.3 Verification of resistance of insulating materials to abnormal heat     Meets the product standard's requirements.
Locking facility     lockable on thebuilder's
0 position on the switch using up to 3 padlocks
10.8and fire due tofor
Connections internal Part�no. 
electric
external NZM1-XKAVNZM1-XKAV
effects
conductors NZM1(-4),   PN2(-4),  N1(-4) Is the panel responsibility.
Project10.9
planning information         Complete Toggle
withproduct lever locking facilities
rotary drive
10.2.4 Resistance
Insulation properties Article�no. 
to ultra-violet (UV) radiation 260199 NZM2/3(-4),
NZM2/3-XKAV PN2/3(-4),  Meets the
N2/3(-4) standard's requirements.
Can be combined with insulating surround
NZM1-XKAV
10.2.5 Power-frequency
10.9.2 Lifting  
electric strength     MODAN
Does
Is handle
the not position
apply,
panel detection by wire release
since responsibility.
builder's the entire switchgear can
needs tobe
beretrofitted
evaluated.
Delivery�programme
Actuation10.9.3
10.2.6 Impulse
Mechanical impactvoltage
withstand         Rotary
thehandle
Does
Is not apply,
panel since responsibility.
builder's the entire switchgear needs to be evaluated.
  For use with
10.2.7 Testing
10.9.4 Inscriptions
of enclosures made of insulating material           Toggle lever
NZM2(-4),
Meets
Is the locking
PN2(-4),
the
panel device
N(S)2(-4)
product standard's
builder's requirements.
responsibility.
  Notes 10.10
Fixed Padlocking devices
   
10.3 Degree of protection
Temperature rise of ASSEMBLIES     Doespanel
The not apply, since
builder the entire switchgear
is responsible needs torise
for the temperature be evaluated.
calculation. Eaton will
Off position lockable using up to 3 padlocks (hasp thickness 4 - 8 mm)
provide heat dissipation data for the devices.
10.4 Clearances
Circuit‐breaker and
can also becreepage distances
installed in For use
a lying position 90 °with   in the same position.
left/right, with the handle still   Item no.
Meets the product standard's requirements.
10.11 Short-circuit rating
Description         Is the panel builder's responsibility. The specifications for the switchgear must be
10.5 Protection against electric shock NZM1, PN1, N1     Does not interlock
observed.
Toggle lever apply, since the entirePADLOCK-BRKT-NZM1
device switchgear needs to be evaluated.

Design�verification�as�per�IEC/EN�61439
10.6 Incorporation
10.12 of switching
Electromagnetic compatibility NZM2,
devices and PN2, N2
components       Does
the not
OFFIsposition
panel
canbuilder's
the entirePADLOCK-BRKT-NZM2
apply, since responsibility.
switchgear
be locked with up to 3 The
needs to befor
specifications
padlocks
evaluated.
thethickness)
(4 - 8 mm hasp switchgear must be
observed.
IEC/EN10.7 Internal
61439 designelectrical NZM3,
circuits and connections
verification PN3, N3         PADLOCK-BRKT-NZM3
  Is the panel builder's responsibility.
Not UL/CSA-approved
10.13 Mechanicalforfunction conductorsNZM4,     The device meets the requirements, provided the information in the instruction
10.8
10.2 Connections
Strength of materialsexternal
and parts N4         PADLOCK-BRKT-NZM4
  Is the panel builder's responsibility.
leaflet
Cannot be (IL) is observed.
combined with insulating surround
10.9 Insulation
10.2.2 properties
Corrosion resistance          
Meets the product standard's requirements.
Accessories     Toggle lever interlock device
10.9.2Verification
10.2.3.1 Power-frequency electric
of thermal strength
stability of enclosures         Is thethe
Meets panel builder's
product responsibility.
standard's requirements.
Technical�data�ETIM�5.0
For use with     NZM1(-4)
10.9.3Verification
10.2.3.2 Impulse withstand voltage
of resistance of insulating materials to normal heat         Is thethe
Meets
NZM1(-1) panel builder's
product responsibility.
standard's requirements.
Low-voltage industrial components (EG000017) / Handle for power circuit breaker (EC000229) PN1(-4), N(S)1(-4)
10.9.4Verification
10.2.3.3 Testing of enclosures
of resistancemade of insulating
of insulating material
materials to abnormal heat         Is thethe
Meets panel builder's
product responsibility.
standard's requirements.
Electric
andengineering, automation,
fire due to internal process
electric effectscontrol engineering / Low-voltage switch technology / Circuit breaker (LV < 1 kV) / Handle for switch devices (ecl@ss8-27-37-04-14 [AKF012010])
10.10 Temperature rise     The panel builder is responsible for the temperature rise calculation. Eaton will
92 Design�verification�as�per�IEC/EN�61439
Power Distribution
10.2.4 Resistance to ultra-violetproduct guide
(UV) radiation eatoncorp.com.au   2018   provide
Meets the heat dissipation
product data
standard's for the devices.
requirements.
05/07/2015
IEC/EN 10.11
10.2.5Short-circuit
61439 rating
Lifting verification
design     260174
  - HPL-ED2015
      V12.0  Does
ENIs the
notpanel
apply,builder's
since theresponsibility. The specifications
entire switchgear 1/3
for the switchgear must be
needs to be evaluated.
observed.
 Low Voltage Circuit Protection & Switchgear
IEC MCCB
Shrouds & connection kits
Current No. of
Item no. For use with Comments
Rating poles
Terminal shrouds
Contains enough items for either
NZM1-1-XKSA NZM1-1 - 1
LINE or LOAD side only
Contains enough items for either
NZM1-XKSA NZM1, PN1, N1 - 3
LINE or LOAD side only
Contains enough items for either
NZM1-4-XKSA NZM1-4, PN1-4, N1-4 - 4
LINE or LOAD side only NZM1-1-XKSA

Contains enough items for either

NZM2-XKSA NZM2, PN2. N2 - 3
LINE or LOAD side only
Contains enough items for either
NZM2-4-XKSA NZM2-4, PN2-4. N2-4 - 4
LINE or LOAD side only
Contains enough items for either
NZM3-XKSA NZM3, PN3, N3 - 3
LINE or LOAD side only
Contains enough items for either
NZM3-4-XKSA NZM3-4, PN3-4, N3-4 - 4
LINE or LOAD side only
Contains enough items for either
NZM4-XKSA NZM4, N4 - 3
LINE or LOAD side only
Contains enough items for either
NZM4-4-XKSA NZM4-4, N4-4 - 4
LINE or LOAD side only
Tunnel terminals
NZM1-XKSA
Contains enough items for either
NZM1-XKA NZM1, PN1, N1 160A 3
LINE or LOAD side only
Contains enough items for either
NZM1-4-XKA NZM1-4, PN1-4, N1-4 160A 4
LINE or LOAD side only
Contains enough items for either
NZM2-XKA NZM2, PN2. N2 300A 3
LINE or LOAD side only
Contains enough items for either
NZM2-4-XKA NZM2-4, PN2-4. N2-4 300A 4
LINE or LOAD side only
Contains enough items for either
NZM3-XKA2 NZM3, PN3, N3 630A 3
LINE or LOAD side only Tunnel�term
Contains enough items for either
NZM3-4-XKA2 NZM3-4, PN3-4, N3-4 630A 4
LINE or LOAD side only
Part�no. 
Contains enough items for either
NZM4-XKA NZM4, N4 1400A 3
LINE or LOAD side only Article�no. 
NZM1-XKA
NZM4-4-XKA NZM4-4, N4-4 1400A 4
Contains enough items for either  
LINE or LOAD side only  
Rear connection kits Similar to illustration
Contains enough items for either
NZM1-XKR NZM1, PN1, N1 160A 3
LINE or LOAD side only

NZM1-4-XKR NZM1-4, PN1-4, N1-4 160A 4

Contains enough items for either Delivery�programme
LINE or LOAD side only Number of conductors
Contains enough items for either
NZM2-XKR NZM2, PN2. N2 300A 3 Accessories
LINE or LOAD side only
Connection
Contains enough items for either Rated current
NZM2-4-XKR NZM2-4, PN2-4. N2-4 300A 4
LINE or LOAD side only

NZM3-XKR NZM3, PN3, N3 630A 3

Contains enough items for either For use with Part�no. 
LINE or LOAD side only
Contains enough items for either Terminal�capacities
NZM1-XKR Article�no. 
NZM3-4-XKR NZM3-4, PN3-4, N3-4 630A 4
LINE or LOAD side only  
Type of conductor
NZM4-XKR NZM4, N4 1250A 3
Contains enough items for either
LINE or LOAD side only
Delivery�programme
Cu/Al cable
Contains enough items for either Number of conductors
NZM4-4-XKR NZM4-4, N4-4 1250A 4
LINE or LOAD side only Accessories
Terminal capacities
Control cable terminals
Rated current
flexible
NZM1, PN1, N1 & NZM1-4,
NZM1-XSTS - 3&4 Contains only 2 pieces
PN1-4, N1-4 For use with
NZM2, PN2. N2 & NZM2-4, Control�circ
NZM2-XSTS - 3&4 Contains only 2 pieces
PN2-4. N2-4 Terminal�capacities
AWG/kcmil
NZM3, PN3, N3 & NZM3-4,
NZM3/4-XSTS PN3-4, N3-4 & NZM4, N4 & - 3&4 Contains only 2 pieces
TypeNZM1-XSTS
Notes of conductor Part�no. 
NZM4-4, N4-4 Cu/Al cable
Type contains
Article�no. 
parts for a terminal located at top or
 
A standard with control
Terminal capacities circuit   for 1 x 0.75
terminal
Similar to illustration
Fitted outside
flexible the switch housing
Power Distribution product guide eatoncorp.com.au
and highly flexible93conductors fer
Use with flexible2018
Delivery�programme
Mounting of the cover NZM2(-4)-XKSA obligatory (
Low Voltage Circuit Protection & Switchgear
SK1158GB-INT.book Seite 21 Donnerstag, 2. Oktober 2008 2:27 14

IEC MCCB Circuit-breakers, sw

Remote operators
Moeller SK0211-1158GB-AUS
For use Rated control voltage
Description Item no.Rated control voltage
with Us, V For use with Part
Us
110 – 130 V 50/60 Hz NZM2-XR110-130AC
V

208
Remote – 240
operators V 50/60 Hz NZM2-XR208-240AC
NZM2 For remote switching of circuit-breakers and switch-disconnectors.
ON and380 – 440 and
OFF switching V 50/60
resetting Hz NZM2-XR380-440AC
by means of 2-wire or 3-wire control.
N2 Can be synchronized.
24 – 30
Local switching V DC
by hand possible NZM2-XR24-30DC
Lockable in the 0 position of the remote operator with up to 3 padlocks (hasp thickness: 4 – 8 mm)
Remote operators, for remote 4th pole cover NZM2 NZM2-XAVPR 110 – 130 V 50/60 Hz NZM
switching of circuit-breakers & N2 208 – 240 V 50/60 Hz NZM
switch-disconnectors 110 – 130 V 50/60 Hz NZM3-XR110-130AC
380 – 440 V 50/60 Hz NZM
NZM2-XR208-240AC
ON & OFF switching & resetting by 208 – 240 V 50/60 Hz 24 – 30 V DC
NZM3-XR208-240AC NZM
means of 2-wire or 3-wire control NZM3 NZM3 110 – 130 V 50/60 Hz NZM
Can be synchronised. Local 380 – 440 V 50/60 Hz N3 NZM3-XR380-440AC
208 – 240 V 50/60 Hz NZM
N3
switching by hand possible. 380 – 440 V 50/60 Hz NZM
24 – 30 V DC NZM3-XR24-30DC
24 – 30 V DC NZM
Lockable in the 0 position of the
remote operator with up to 3 4th pole cover NZM4 NZM3-XAVPR
110 – 130 V 50/60 Hz NZM
N4 208 – 240 V 50/60 Hz NZM
padlocks (hasp thickness: 4 – 8 mm) 110 – 130 V 50/60 Hz NZM4-XR110-130AC
380 – 440 V 50/60 Hz NZM
208 – 240 V 50/60 Hz 24 – 30 V DC
NZM4-XR208-240AC NZM
NZM4
N4 Notes
380 – 440 V 50/60 Hz
1) Not
UL/CSA approved.
NZM4-XR380-440AC
Remote operators are combinable with NZM circuit-breakers and N switch-d
A standard auxiliary contact (HIN) for the switch position detection is suppli
24 – 30 V DC Switching cycle:NZM4-XR24-30DC
NZM2-XR
 Additional cover required for 4 pole MCCBs  60 ms t>3s 60 ms
NZM4-XR24-30DC r r r r
OFF ON ON OFF OFF ON
 Not UL/CSA approved.
Remote operators are combinable with NZM circuit-breakers & N NZM3-XR
switch-disconnectors but not with PN switch-disconnectors. A standard auxiliary 80 ms t>3s 80 ms
contact (HIN) for the switch position detection is supplied. r r r r
OFF ON ON OFF OFF ON
Switching cycle: NZM2-XR.
NZM4-XR
The time interval between OFF & ON is 3 seconds.
100 ms t>3s 100 ms
On commands received during the time interval are ignored within the first 3 r r r r
seconds after switch off. OFF ON ON OFF OFF ON

The time interval between OFF and ON is 3 seconds.

On commands received during the time interval are ignored within the first
Accessories, mechanical interlock

Description For use with Item no.

Spacers
Enables fast & low-priced adjustment of NZM1, PN1, N1, NZM2, PN2, N2 NZM1/2-XAB
differing frame sizes with/without rotary
handle to the same front depth NZM3, PN3, N3, NZM4, N4 NZM3-XAB
One set contains 4 spacers
NZM1/2-XAB
NZM1, PN1, N1 NZM1-XKP
NZM2, PN2, N2 NZM2-XKP
Interpole phase barriers - 2 pieces per set
NZM3, PN3, N3 NZM3-XKP
NZM4, N4 NZM4-XKP
NZM1, PN1, N1 NZM1-XMV

Mechanical interlocking of (door coupling) NZM2, PN2, N2 NZM2-XMV

rotary handles NZM3, PN3, N3 NZM3-XMV
NZM4, N4 NZM4-XMV
NZM1-XMV
NZM1, PN1, N1 NZM-XBZ225
Bowden cables
For mechanical interlocking of (door NZM2, PN2, N2 NZM-XBZ600
coupling) rotary handles
NZM3, PN3, N3, NZM4, N4 NZM-XBZ1000
NZM2(-4), N2(-4) +NZM2(-4), N2(-4) NZM2-XMVR
Mechanical interlock for remote operator
NZM2(-4), N2(-4) +NZM3(-4), N3(-4) NZM2/3-XMVR
For 2 switches of the same or next frame
size with each other. NZM3(-4), N3(-4) +NZM3(-4), N3(-4) NZM3-XMVR
Mounting beside one another. Type
NZM3(-4), N3(-4) +NZM4(-4), N4(-4) NZM3/4-XMVR
contains parts for both switches
NZM4(-4), N4(-4) +NZM4(-4), N4(-4) NZM4-XMVR

Mechanical interlock for remote operator NZM2(-4), N2(-4) +NZM2(-4), N2(-4) NZM2-XMVRL
For 2 switches of the same or next frame NZM2(-4), N2(-4) +NZM3(-4), N3(-4) NZM2/3-XMVRL
NZM3-XMVR size with each other.
NZM3(-4), N3(-4) +NZM3(-4), N3(-4) NZM3-XMVRL
Extra long Bowden cables for mounting in
neighbouring control panel fields. NZM3(-4), N3(-4) +NZM4(-4), N4(-4) NZM3/4-XMVRL
Type contains parts for both switches NZM4(-4), N4(-4) +NZM4(-4), N4(-4) NZM4-XMVRL

94 Power Distribution product guide eatoncorp.com.au 2018

 Interlock with Bowden cable
technology
a) b)
Mechanical interlock components
enable the interlocking of two or three
switches, equipped with rotary handles

Low Voltage Circuit Protection & Switchgear

(a) or remote operators (b), which can
also feature different frame sizes. The
Bowden cable technology enables free
installation of the switches in differing

IEC MCCB
positions. The switches can be installed
up to 1 m apart – e.g. in different con-
trol panel sections.

Paralleling mechanisms, energy metering and communication

Parallel operation: smart technology

Description For use with Item no.

Parallel drives for switches up to 630 A
enable simultaneous switching with
PN1 + PN1 PN1-XPA
just a single action – e.g. with main or
Paralleling mechanisms, simultaneous actuation of 2 auxiliary circuits. In this manner the
main and auxiliary circuits can be
PN switch-disconnectors of the same type mounted PN2 + PN2 PN2-XPA
switched simultaneously with process
and processing machines.
side-by-side
PN3 + PN3 PN3-XPA

 A non-lockable rotary handle is supplied (necessary due to the double torque).

PN1-XPA
R otary handle on switch or door coupling rotary handle per PN... is additionally required. Combinations as required
Busbar adapter
are also possible. Cannot be combined with mechanical interlock, insulating surrounds, side wall operators
or remote operators. Busbar adapters featuring space-saving
PN3-XPA: Only in conjunction with non lockable rotary handles or door coupling rotary handles. contacts enable installation of many
devices in confined spaces. They can
be used universally on every 60 mm
Rotary handle on switch: NZM3...-XD • Door coupling rotary handle: NZM3...-XTD Not suitable for use as a main switch.
busbar system. The three frame sizes
for 160, 250 as well as 630 A can be
snapped on.
Online ca
www.eat

Description Item no.

Diagnostic & configurator software for NZM & DMI (at the machine) Switches in enclosures –
All messages in
PC software for direct connection to all new NZM circuit-breakers with electronic
certified safety
the Data Manag

releases (IEC & UL/CSA devices) or for direct connection to the DMI module,The transparent enclosures available
with protection degrees up to IP 65
It does not mat
trip or a warnin
including the connection cable. provide mechanical protection with unbalance are r
impact resistant polycarbonate. currents are to
Protection parameters: Online display & characteristic representation, export The 3- and 4-pole switches are on-site and cor
implemented w
option to “CurveSelect” characteristics program. Warning & trip messages: equipped ready for installation with
rotary handles.NZM-XPC-KIT
Additional isolated
The Data Mana
always signals e
Read of the diagnostics memory even in a no-voltage state. terminations for a 4th or 5th conductor
are also available.
outputs of the D
different messa
Load currents: Display & trend representation. Recording & export feature to available as gro
I 2t, and I dn deta
MS-Excel for load currents & diagnostic messages. phase state, sw
“ You realise the competence of the date and time c
Configuration of the DMI: motor starter, remote operator, assignment of the DMI people working for Eaton with 4-line display. R
actual phase cu
inputs & outputs & displays. every solution. All the features you
require are implemented.“
absolute or rel
Warnings with
are issued15at 70
Data Management Interface (DMI Module) I r. Thus, the DM
>100 % Ir Trip I sd display on-site

Query of diagnostics & operational data, display of currents, motor starter Unbalance
higher-level en
concepts.

function, parameterisation & control of the circuit-breaker with electronic release.

NZM-XDMI612
Comprehensive remote diagnostic options & remote operation via fieldbus in NZM-XDMI612
combination with fieldbus connection. Inclusive NZM-XDMI-CAB connection
cable between NZM & DMI (length: 2m).
A single tool fo
Expansion unit, networking The heads on a
Connection to the DMI module for transfer of the phase currents, parameter-, status- & diagnostics circuit-breakers
the main conne
data as well as the position of the circuit-breaker (wiring of the auxiliary contact to the DMI inputs). a plus-minus pr
that a fast screw
DMI configuration via field bus. Actuation of the DMI motor starter function & the NZM remote be used with th
screwdriver too
operator (via DMI output wiring). Detection of digital inputs & actuation of the outputs via the fieldbus. bladed screwdr
This applies for
iary connection
Fieldbus interface: to PROFIBUS-DPV1 slave. hinged flaps an
setting buttons
Can be operated with class 1 & class 2 masters. NZM-XDMI-DPV1
Addresses available: 1 to 126
Fieldbus connection to CANopen
EASY221-CO The plus-minus slot can be used like the Pozidriv slot to apply a high torque an
Addresses available: 1 to 127 improved centring performance and a lower high loading pressure to an area.
can be used with several tool designs and is particularly suitable for high-main

Fieldbus connection to DeviceNet EASY221-CO

EASY222-DN
Addresses available: 0 to 63

IF IT’S IN A CATALOGUE YOU CAN FIND IT ON INTERACT WITH EATON USING THE
POWEREDGE™
LEARN. SHARE. ORGANISE.
FREE EATON INTERACTIVE APP
SIMPLY DOWNLOAD & OPEN THE APP,
SELECT AR MODE, & SCAN THE LOGO TO INTERACT

Power Distribution product guide eatoncorp.com.au 2018 95

 ... just as it should be, the fault current protection which is
particularly suited for cramped spaces such as for example in
service distribution systems.
Ring-type transducers which are arranged in a space saving
Low Voltage Circuit Protection & Switchgear
manner on the cabling run and the measuring relay which
is simply snapped onto the DIN mountingIEC MCCB rail, combine to
form a functional unit.
After a critical fault current has beenFlexible
exceeded, faultthecurrent
outputprotection
signal can be optionally channelled Thetonew Eaton relay/transducer combination covers operating currents in a range from 1 to 1800 A.
an acoustic/optical
signalling device, upstream control Theorwide
directlyspectrum
to theofshunt
applications ranges from general power distribution tasks to individual Motor
controls. The fault currents which are detected and processed by the relay range from 30 mA to 5 A. The
or undervoltage release of a motor-protective
adjustable relay circuit-
provides a pre-warn function which alerts before the set fault current is exceeded. The
breaker/circuit-breaker for instantaneous
prewarning shutdown.
allows preventative action to be taken to prevent shutdown of the electrical energy.
Three different relay variants are available for different
The application range of the relay/transducer combinations extend – depending on the regulations which
protective tasks: 30 mA as well as 300 applymA sensitivity
– from personnelwithprotection to fire protection, and even extends up to protection of systems for
a fixed setting and 30 mA to 5 A adjustable
1 to 4 polein fixedgrids.
power steps,The current relay signals that the set fault current has been exceeded with a
which can be combined with a time changeover
delay of 20 contact.
ms toDepending
5 s. on the application, the contact signal can be subsequently processed in
the controls,
The non-delayed standard devices are particularly suited as well as by the shunt or undervoltage releases of a
circuit-breaker which initiate the trip. The relay and transducer can be combined with every circuit-
for protection of systems. The time-delayed
breaker. The variants
compact are
ring-type transducer with no particular space requirement is placed at a suitable
intended for discriminative series connection
position on the of cable
multiple
run. The relay simply requires a free electrical cable connection.
switch/relay combinations. This ensures, that only the switch
in the direct vicinity of the fault will trip. safe, adaptable... just
Compact, different protective tasks: 30 mA exceeded by more than 25, 50
as it should be, the fault current as well as 300 mA sensitivity or 75%, the red LED will flash at
protection which is particularly with a fixed setting and 30 mA different frequencies. This alert
suited for cramped spaces to 5 A adjustable in fixed steps, feature ensures that trouble-
Two colour LED’s signal operatingsuchand asfault states
for example in service
Two pushbuttons
which can be combined with a
enable test and reset of the relay
shooting for the cause of the
ent protection which is
ces such as for example in
distribution systems. Ring-type time delay of fault can commence before a
Possible wiring faults between relay
ranged in a space saving and transducers
transducers which areare
arranged 20 msTest: The function of the relay
to 5 s. electronics
critical is tested and the
state is reached.
measuring relay which
unting rail, combineindicated
to in a space
by illumination of both LED’s. saving manner
Diagnostics on the
function trip signalstandard
can be used to control the shunt or undervoltage
cabling run and the measuring The non-delayed Two pushbuttons enable test
n exceeded, the output with adjustable PFR-5 relay: If the set fault current is devices release of the connected
are particularly suited for circuit-breaker.
and reset of theThis test
relay checks
Test: The
to an acoustic/optical relay which is simply snapped
exceeded by more than 25, 50 or 75%,
or directly to the shunt theDIN
onto the red mounting
LED will rail, the operation
protection of systems.ofThe thetime-
entire function
function ofchain comprised
the relay of
electronics
protective circuit-
neous shutdown. flash at different frequencies. This combinealert feature ensures
to form that
a functional delayed variants are
measured intended
value input,for is testedsignal
processing, and the trip signal
routing can
as well
ailable for different
unit.fault can commence discriminative series connection be used to control the shunt
00 mA sensitivity with trouble-shooting for the cause of the as switch release.
of multiple switch/relay or undervoltage release of the
ustable in fixed steps,
e delay of 20 ms to 5 s. beforePFR-003
a critical state is reached. After a critical fault current Reset: The
combinations. Thisrelease
ensures, signal is reset regardless
connected of if it is This
circuit-breaker.
are
is particularly suited
delayed
ple in variants are has been exceeded, the received
that only frominathe
the switch fault currenttest
direct or checks
by operation of the of
the operation test
the
onnection of multiple
sures,
ing that only the switch
output signal can be optionally vicinitybutton.
of the fault will trip. entire function chain comprised
chtrip. channelled to an acoustic/optical of measured value input,
to
signalling device, upstream Two colour LED’s signal processing, signal routing as
and
ut fault states Two pushbuttons enable test and reset of the relay control or directly to the shunt operating and fault states well as switch release.
al Possible wiring faults between
y and transducers are
unt Test: The function of the relay electronics is testedor andundervoltage
the release of a Reset: The release signal
relay and transducers are
Residualtrip
ED’s. Diagnostics function
current relay with ring-type transducer circuitbreaker/
motor-protective
signal can be used to control the shunt or undervoltage is reset regardless of if it is
et fault current is release of the connected circuit-breaker. This test checks
circuit-breaker for instantaneous indicated by illumination of both received from a fault current or
5%, the red LED will the operation of the entire function chain comprised of
hlert feature ensures that measured value input, processing, signal routing as well
shutdown. Three different LED’s. Diagnostics function with by operation of the test button.
he
s, fault can commence
s.
as switch release.
Reset: The release signal is reset regardless of if itrelay
is variants are available for adjustable Part
PFR-5no.
relay:
d
Residualreceived
current relay
from a fault current or by operation of the test If the set fault current is
button.
e Pulse current
PFR-03sensitive Rated control voltage:
witch U s = 230V A.C. (50/60 Hz)
pe transducer Integrated auxiliary switch (1 changeover contact)
Description Item no.
Two pushbuttons enablePart
testno.
and reset of the relay Rated fault current I = 0.03 A
n
RatedPFR-003
control voltage:
Rated control voltage: Residual current relay
U s = 230V A.C. (50/60 Test:
Hz) The function of the relay electronics is tested and the
Rated fault current I n = 0.3 A Us = 230V A.C. (50/60 Hz)
ction trip(1signal
ntegrated auxiliary switch can be
changeover used to control the shunt or undervoltage
contact) Pulse current sensitive PFR-03
release
Rated fault current I n = 0.03 A
of the connected circuit-breaker. This test checks Integrated auxiliary switch (1 changeover contact)
the operation of the entire PFR-003
function chain comprised of
Rated fault
Rated currentI In n==0.03...5
faultcurrent 0.03 AA PFR-5: PFR-003
Rated n = 0.3 A
hat fault current I measured value input, processing,
PFR-03 signal routing as well
PFR-5
Rated fault current I as
ce switch release.
n = 0.03...5 A
PFR-5 PFR-5: Adjustable fault current and delay time Adjustable fault current:
Reset:
Adjustable fault current Thetime
and delay release signal is reset regardless Adjustable
received from a fault current or by operation
of if it is fault current:
0.03
of- the
0.1 - 0.3
test- 0.5 - 1 - 3 - 5 A
Rated fault current I n = 0.3 A 0.03 - 0.1 - 0.3 - 0.5 - 1 - 3 - 5 PFR-03
A
Fault current prewarning
by flashing red LED button. Adjustable delay time: Fault current prewarning PFR-5:
0.02 - 0.1 - 0.3 - 0.5 - 1 - 3 - 5 s
Rated faultred
by flashing current
LED I n = 0.03...5 A
Adjustable fault current: Adjustable delay time:
PFR-5 Adjustable fault current and delay time 0.02 - 0.1 - 0.3 - 0.5 - 1 - 3 - 5 s
nternal diameter 20 mm PFR-W-20 PFR-W-20 and PFR-W-30 0.03 - 0.1 - 0.3 - 0.5 - 1 - 3 - 5 A PFR-5
incl. attachment clip Fault current prewarning
nternal diameter 30 mm PFR-W-30 for DIN top-hat rail Adjustable delay time:
Part no. by flashing red LED
onternal
pushbuttons enable
diameter 35 mm test and reset of thePFR-W-35
relay PFR-W-35 and all larger transducers
incl. screw fitting
0.02 - 0.1 - 0.3 - 0.5 - 1 - 3 - 5 s
nternal diameter 70 mm
Ring-type transducer
PFR-W-70
: The function of the relay electronics is tested and the Internal diameter 20 mm PFR-W-20 PFR-W-20 and PFR-W-30
1nternal
changeover
signal contact)
diameter
can be 105
usedmmto control the shunt orPFR-W-105
undervoltage
Ring-type transducer
ase
.03 Aof diameter
the connected circuit-breaker. This test checks Engineering note: incl. attachment clip
nternal 140 mm PFR-003 PFR-W-140
operation of the entire function chain comprised of
.3 A
Internal
The transducer diameter must be selected to
be 1.5 times larger than the diameter of the Internaldiameter
diameter3020
mmmm PFR-W-20 and PFR-W-30 for DIN top-hat rail
PFR-W-30 PFR-W-20
nternal diameter 210 mm PFR-03 PFR-W-210 conductor lead through (see Technical Data).
asured value input, processing, signal routing as well
witch
.03...5 Arelease. PFR-5:
Internal Internaldiameter
diameter3530
mmmm
incl. attachment clip for DIN top-hat rail PFR-W-30
d delay time
PFR-5
et: The release signal is reset regardless Adjustable
of if it is fault current: 35 PFR-W-35 PFR-W-35 and all larger transducers
0.03 - 0.1 - 0.3 - 0.5 - 1 - 3 - 5 A
eived from a fault current or by operation of the test Internal diameter 35 mm incl. screw fitting PFR-W-35
ton. Adjustable delay time:
Internal diameter 70 mm PFR-W-35 and all larger transducers
0.02 - 0.1 - 0.3 - 0.5 - 1 - 3 - 5 s PFR-W-70
Internal diameter 70 mm incl. screw fitting PFR-W-70
Internal diameter 105 mm Engineering note:
PFR-W-105
PFR-W-20 PFR-W-20 and PFR-W-30
Internal diameter 105 mm PFR-W-105
PFR-W-30 PFR-W-20
incl. attachment clip
for DIN top-hat rail The transducer diameter must be selected
Engineering note: to
Part no.
PFR-W-35 PFR-W-35 and all larger transducers
Internal diameter
Internal diameter140 mmmm
140 be 1.5PFR-W-140 Thediameter
times larger than the transducerofdiameter
the must be selected to
PFR-W-140
PFR-W-70
incl. screw fitting
conductor lead through (seebe 1.5 times larger
Technical than the diameter of the
Data).
Internal diameter
Internal diameter 210
210 mmmm PFR-W-210 conductor lead through (seePFR-W-210
Technical Data).
PFR-W-105
Engineering note:
PFR-W-140 The transducer diameter must be selected to
PFR-003 be 1.5 times larger than the diameter of the

3
PFR-W-210 conductor lead through (see Technical Data).
PFR-03

PFR-5 PFR-5:
Adjustable fault current: 35
0.03 - 0.1 - 0.3 - 0.5 - 1 - 3 - 5 A

Adjustable delay time:

0.02 - 0.1 - 0.3 - 0.5 - 1 - 3 - 5 s

PFR-W-20 PFR-W-20 and PFR-W-30

incl. attachment clip
PFR-W-30 for DIN top-hat rail

PFR-W-35 PFR-W-35 and all larger transducers

incl. screw fitting
PFR-W-70 96 Power Distribution product guide eatoncorp.com.au 2018
PFR-W-105
Engineering note:
PFR-W-140 The transducer diameter must be selected to
be 1.5 times larger than the diameter of the
 module up to 250 A rated current
The resi
module
Low Voltage Circuit Protection & Switchgear bottom
NZM2, a
Theha re
IEC MCCB right
modu
design.
bottom
friendly
Flexible fault current protection NZM2
voltage
right h
current
The residual-current protection modules can be connected to the
is design
indep
bottom of the circuit-breaker NZM1 and NZM2, and on the NZM1 andfriend
can
also on the right hand side with the same contour design. A compact voltag
protecti
and mounting friendly solution. An external auxiliary voltage is not curren
pulse cu
required. The residual current protection module of the NZM2 is DC is curr
inde
independent of the mains voltage. It is available in pulse current every
and m ca
sensitive and also in AC/DC current sensitive devices. In almost 4-pole
protec v
currents
pulse
every mains configuration 3-pole and 4-pole variants as well as rated nating
DC cu3
fault currents from 30 mA to time-discriminating 3 A are on offer. During
every
will initi
4-pole
During a fault the rising fault current will initially be indicated by an
the RCC
curren
LED on the RCCB for the NZM1. The circuit breaker trips via the breaker
nating
residual-current release only after the set fault current is exceeded, release
During
i.e. the main contacts will be opened. The cause of the fault is is will
excee
in
indicated mechanically on the device with the NZM1 and 2. Optional betheopen
RC
auxiliary contacts can be clipped on in order to remotely indicate the indicate
break
with the
trip. The circuit breaker and the residual-current release must be releas
contact
is exce
reset and switched back on in order to restore the power supply. remotel
be op
breaker
indica
must
withbe th
order
contato

Accessories remot
break
Earth-fault release must b
order
For use 3 pole For use 4 pole
Rated fault current Fault current trip 3-pole
with Item no. with Item no.
Not UL/CSA approved. Suitability for use in three- & single-phase systems. e rs ion
V R a te d Rated fault current delay time
uninterrupted Part no
Pulse current sensitive acc. to core-balance principle current
For 3 & 4 pole circuit-breakers NZM1(-4) & switch-disconnectors N1(-4), dependant
Fault
Pulsecurrenton
current tripmains power 3-po
Ue= 200 – 415 V 50/60 Hz, lateral mounting on the right hand side up to 125 A
sensitive
V eMounted
rs ion at side R ate160A
max d I Rated
n = 0.03fault
A current delay time NZM1-
Rated fault current I∆n = 0.03 A NZM1-XFI30R Mounted atNZM1-4-XFI30R
NZM1-4 bottom uninterrupted
max 100A Part n
NZM1-
Mounted at side current
max 160A I n = 0.3 A NZM1-
Rated fault current I∆n = 0.3 A NZM1 NZM1-XFI300R N1-4 NZM1-4-XFI300R
Mounted
Pulse at bottom
current max 100A NZM1-
N1 Mounted at side max 160A I n = 0.03 - 0.1 - 0.3 - 0.5 - 1 - 3 A NZM1-
Rated fault current I∆n = 0.03 – 0.1 sensitive
NZM1-XFIR Mounted at side max 160A
tv = 10 - 60 - 150 - 300 - 450 ms
I n = 0.03 A NZM
– 0.3 – 0.5 – 1 – 3 A max
Mounted at
Mounted at bottom
bottom max100A
100A NZM1-
NZM
Delay time tv = 10 – 60 – 150 – 300 Mounted at
NZM1-4 at side
bottom max 250A I n = 0.03 A - NZM
Mounted max 160A I n = 0.3 A
NZM1-4-XFIR max 250A I n = 0.1 - 0.3 - 1 - 3 A - NZM
– 450 ms. N1-4
Mounted at bottom max 100A tv = 60 - 150 - 300 - 450 ms
Mounted at side max 160ANZM1-XFI30R
I n = 0.03 - 0.1 - 0.3 - 0.5 - 1 - 3 A NZM
tv = 10 - 60 - 150 - 300 - 450 ms
AC/DC sensitive
Mounted at bottom max 100A NZM
For 3 & 4 pole circuit-breakers NZM1(-4) & switch-disconnectors N1(-4), Mounted at bottom max 250A I n = 0.03 A
max 250A I n = 0.03 A -
dependant on mains power Ue = 200 – 415 V 50/60 Hz, bottom mounting upMounted
to 100atAbottom max250A
250A I = 0.1 - 0.3 - 1 - 3 A -
max I n n= 0.1 - 0.3 - 1 A
tv = 60 - 150 - 300 - 450 ms - -
Rated fault current I∆n = 0.03 A NZM1-XFI30U NZM1-4-XFI30U tv = 60 - 150 - 300 - 450 ms

Rated fault current I∆n = 0.3 A NZM1-XFI300U AC/DC sensitive

NZM1-4-XFI300U
NZM1 32 NZM1-4
Rated fault current I∆n = 0.03 – 0.1 – 0.3 N1 N1-4
Mounted at bottom max 250A I n = 0.03 A -
max 250A I n = 0.1 - 0.3 - 1 A -
– 0.5 – 1 – 3 A, delay time tv = 10 – 60 NZM1-XFIU NZM1-4-XFIU
tv = 60 - 150 - 300 - 450 ms
– 150 – 300 – 450 ms.

32
Pulse current sensitive acc. to core-balance principle
For 4 pole circuit-breakers NZM2-4 & switch-disconnectors N2-4,
independent of mains voltage Ue = 280 – 690 V 50/60 Hz, bottom mounting up to 250 A NZM1-4-XFIU

Rated fault current I∆n = 0.03 A NZM2-4-XFI30

NZM2-4
Rated fault current I∆n 0.1 - 0.3 - 1 - 3 A, N2-4 NZM2-4-XFI
delay time tv = 60 - 150 - 300 - 450 ms

Core-balance principle with AC/DC current sensitivity (in range 0 – 100 kHz)
For 4 pole circuit-breakers NZM2-4 & switch-disconnectors N2-4, internal power supply Ue = 50 – 400
V, bottom mounting up to 250 A
Rated fault current I∆n = 0.03 A NZM2-4-XFIA30
Rated fault current I∆n 0.1 - 0.3 - 1 A, NZM2-4
delay time tv = 60 - 150 - 300 - N2-4 NZM2-4-XFIA
450 ms NZM2-4-XFIA30

Power Distribution product guide eatoncorp.com.au 2018 97

 NZM1-41.16
1.16
NZM1-4
1.16
NZM1-4
1.16
molded
molded
molded
case
case
circuit-breakers
casecircuit-breakers
circuit-breakers
Dimensions
Dimensions
Dimensions
Dimensions

LowNZM1-4
Voltage
NZM1-4
Circuit
NZM1-4
NZM1-4
molded molded
Protection
molded
case
molded
ze 1: accessories (NZM1-XDV.... NZM1-XTVD...)
Sizehandle
otary Size
1: accessories
Size
1:on
accessories
1:circuit-breaker
accessories
(NZM1-XDV....
(NZM1-XDV....
(NZM1-XDV....
case circuit-breakers
&circuit-breakers
Switchgear
circuit-breakers
case
case
1.16
circuit-breakers
NZM1-XTVD...)
NZM1-XTVD...)
NZM1-XTVD...)
1.16 NZM1-4 molded case ci
1.16
1.16
1.16 Dimensions
Dimensions
Dimensions
Dimensions Dimensions
Rotary
Rotary
handle
Rotary IEC MCCB
handle
onhandle
circuit-breaker
on circuit-breaker
on circuit-breaker

Dimensions  Blow-out
Blow-out area,
area, minimum
minimum distance
distance to other
to other parts
parts • 60mm
• 60mm
 Blow-out area, minimum distance to other parts • 60mm
devices (NZM1.
Size PN1.
1 -PN1. N1.
Circuit NS1)
breaker,
M1.
devices
ces PN1.
(NZM1.
(NZM1.
N1. PN1.
NS1) N1. N1.
NS1) NS1)Switch disconnector, 3 pole Size 1 - Circuit breaker, Switch disconnector, 4 pole
SizeNZMH1-4,
1: accessories
NZMB1, NZMN1, NZMH1, PN1, N1 NZMB1-4, NZMN1-4, PN1-4, N1-4 (NZM1-XTVD...)
ctors Circuit-breakers
Circuit-breakers Door coupling rotary handle with extension shaft
sctors Circuit-breakers
Switch-disconnectors
Switch-disconnectors NZM1-XTVD(V)(R)(-NA)
Switch-disconnectors NZM1/2-XV4(6)
44 pole
4 pole
pole
NZMB1-4
NZMB1-4
NZMB1-4
NZMN1-4
NZMN1-4
NZMN1-4
NZMH1-4
NZMH1-4
NZMH1-4
PN1-4
PN1-4
PN1-4
N1-4
N1-4
N1-4

NZM1-4 molded case

NZM1-4
NZM1-4
circuit-breakers
NZM1-4
molded
molded molded
case
case case circ
circuit-breake
circuit-brea
Dimensions
Dimensi
Dim
1
 Up to 3 padlocks
 Up to
3Up
padlocks
toUp
3 padlocks
to 3 padlocks

Size 1: accessories (NZM1-XDV.... NZM1-XTVD...)

 Blow-out
Blow-out area,
area, minimum
minimum distance
distance to other
to other parts
parts •60mm
•60mm
Size(NZM1-XDV....
1: accessories (NZM1-XDV....
 Blow-out area, minimum distance to other parts •60mm
NZM1-XTVD...)
SizeSize
1: accessories
1: accessories
Rotary handle on circuit-breaker (NZM1-XDV.... NZM1-XTVD...)
NZM1-XTVD...)
 Blow-out area, minimum distance to other parts • 60mm Rotary handle on circuit-breaker
 Blow-out
Blow-out area,  Blow-out
minimumarea,
distance
minimum
area,tominimum
other
distance
parts • 60mm
distance
to other other •parts
to parts 60mm • 60mm Rotary
Rotary
handle
handle
on circuit-breaker
on circuit-breaker
oor coupling rotary handles
ZM1-XTVD(V)(R)(-NA)
DoorDoor
coupling
Door
coupling
Sizecoupling
rotaryrotary
handles
rotary
handles
1 - Accessories handles
NZM1-XTVD(V)(R)(-NA)
NZM1-XTVD(V)(R)(-NA)
NZM1-XTVD(V)(R)(-NA)
Door coupling rotary handles Covers
Covers Rotary handle on circuit breaker
Covers
sctors
ctors NZM1-XTDV(R) NZM1(-4)-XKSA
NZM1(-4)-XKSA
NZM1(-4)-XKSA NZM1-XDV(R)
NZM1-XTVD(V)(R)-60(-NA) NZM1-XDTV
Screw
Screw
Screw terminals
terminals
terminals
NZMNZM
NZM 1(-4)-XKS
1(-4)-XKS
1(-4)-XKS
IP2X
IP2X
IP2X protection
protection
protection against
against
against
contact
contact
contact with
with
with aa finger
a finger
finger
forfor cover
cover
for cover
NZM1(-4)-XIPA
NZM1(-4)-XIPA
NZM1(-4)-XIPA

1.16
1.16 Blow-out
Blow-out
 Blow-out
low-out area, 
minimumarea, area,tominimum
distance
minimum
area, minimum
other
NZM1-4
NZM1-4
molded
molded
Dimensions
Dimensions
distance
distance
parts •60mm
distance
to
case
case
circuit-breakers
toparts
other
to
circuit-breakers
other•60mm
other •60mm
parts•60mm
parts
 Up to 3 padlocks
 Up to
3Up to 3 padlocks Up to 3 padlocks
padlocks

 3 pole
3 pole
 3 pole
 Up to 3 padlocks  4 pole
4 pole
 4 pole
SizeSize
1: accessories
1: accessories
(NZM1-XTVD...)
(NZM1-XTVD...)  Up to
3Up
padlocks
toUp
3 padlocks
to 3 padlocks

Door Door
coupling
coupling
rotary
rotary
handle
handle
with with Door shaft
extension coupling
extension shaftrotary handles
DoorDoor
NZM1-XTVD(V)(R)(-NA)coupling
couplingDoor
rotary coupling
rotary
handles rotary handlesMinimum distance of door coupling rotary handle from door pi
handles
NZM1-XTVD(V)(R)(-NA)
NZM1-XTVD(V)(R)(-NA)
Door coupling rotary handle with extension shaft NZM1-XTVD(V)(R)(-NA) Minimum distance of door coupling
NZM1-XTVD(V)(R)(-NA)
NZM1-XTVD(V)(R)(-NA)
NZM1/2-XV4(6)
NZM1/2-XV4(6)
rotary handle from door pivot point
against
nst
nger

161
161 161161
3 pole  3 pole
 3 pole
pole
4 pole  4 pole
 4 pole
pole

 Up to 3 padlocks
NZM1-XTVD(V)(R)-60(-NA)
NZM1-XTVD(V)(R)-60(-NA) NZM1-XTVD(V)(R)-0(-NA) 159
NZM1-XTVD(V)(R)-0(-NA) 162
159 159
159  Up to
3Up to 3 padlocks Up to 3 padlocks
padlocks

98 Power Distribution product guide eatoncorp.com.au 2018

 .16
16
NZM1-4 molded case circuit-breakers
NZM1-4
Dimensions molded case circuit-breakers
circuit-breakers Low Voltage Circuit Protection & Switchgear
16
.16 NZM1-4
NZM1-4molded
Dimensions
Dimensions
Dimensions
IEC MCCB
moldedcase
casecircuit-breakers

16
e 2: basic devices
2: basic
tch-disconnectors
t-breakers
2:
e 2:
basic
basic
devices
devices
NZM1-4 molded case circuit-breakers
Dimensions
devices
(NZM2, PN2, N2, NS2)
(NZM2,
uit-breakers SizeDimensions
NZMB2,(NZM2,
NZMN2,
(NZM2,
PN2, N2,
2 - Circuit breaker,
NZMH2,
PN2,
PN2, PN2,
N2,
N2,N2
NS2)
Switch
NS2)
NS2)
disconnector, 3 pole

le
h-disconnectors
uit-breakers
-breakers
MB2
h-disconnectors
tch-disconnectors
MC2
2
le
MN2
2
2:
MH2
N2
MC2
2-breakers
H2
MN2
2
1.16
2 basic devices (NZM2, PN2, N2, NS2)
MB2

1.16
h-disconnectors
Dimensions
Dimensions
NZM1-4 molded case circuit-breakers
NZM1-4 molded case circuit-breakers
MH2
2
2
2
2 Size 2: accessories (NZM2...-XKR.... NZM2-XDV..., NZM2-XDTV...)
2 Size 2: accessories (NZM2...-XKR.... NZM2-XDV..., NZM2-XDTV...)
Rear terminal bolts
Rear(+)NZM2(-4)-XKR(0)(U)
terminal bolts
4 molded case circuit-breakers
(+)NZM2(-4)-XKR(0)(U)
NZM1-4 molded
NZM1-4 case
molded circuit-br
case circuit-
NZM1-4
NZM1-4
NZM1-4molded
molded
moldedcaD

XKR.... NZM2-XDV..., NZM2-XDTV...)

SizeSize
2: accessories (NZM2-XTV...,
2: accessories NZM1/2-XV4(6))
(NZM2-XTV..., NZM1/2-XV4(6))
 Blow-out area, minimum distance to other parts • 35 mm
 Blow-out area, minimum distance to other parts • 35 mm SizeSize
2:
Size
accessories
2: accessories
2: accessories
(NZM2-XTV...,
(NZM2-XTV...,
(NZM2-XTV...,
NZM1/2-XV4(6))
NZM1/2-XV4(6))
NZM1/2-XV4(6))
 Minimum distance to adjacent parts • 5 mm DoorDoor
coupling rotary
coupling handles
rotary handles
 Minimum distance to adjacent parts • 5 mm
 Blow-out
Blow-out
area,
area,
minimum
minimumdistance
distance
to other
to other
parts • 35
parts • 35
mmmm NZM2-XTVD(V)(R)...
NZM2-XTVD(V)(R)...
Door
Door
coupling
Door
coupling
coupling
rotary
rotary
rotary
handles
handles
handles

uit-breakers Minimum
Minimumdistance
distance
to adjacent
to adjacent
parts • 5•mm
parts 5 mm
t-breakers
Size 2 - Circuit breaker, Switch disconnector, 4 pole Size 2 - Accessories
NZM2-XTVD(V)(R)...
NZM2-XTVD(V)(R)...
NZM2-XTVD(V)(R)...
tch-disconnectors
h-disconnectors
-breakers NZMB2-4, NZMN2-4, NZMH2-4, PN2-4, N2-4
uit-breakers Door coupling rotary handles
le
h-disconnectors
tch-disconnectors
MB2-4 NZM2-XTVDV(R)
2-4
le  Blow-out area, minimum distance to other parts • 35 mm
MN2-4
N2-4  Minimum distance to adjacent parts • 5 mm
MB2-4
2-4  Up to
MH2-4
H2-4 3Up
padlocks
to 3 pad
MN2-4
2-4
-breakers
-4
MH2-4
2-4
h-disconnectors
4 NZM1-4 molded case circuit-breaker
2-4 Dimension
2-4
2-4

Size 2: accessories (NZM2-XTV..., NZM1/2-XV4(6))

Door coupling rotary handles
NZM2-XTVD(V)(R)...

 Blow-out area, minimum distance to other parts • 35 mm  Up to 3 padlocks

 Blow-out
 Minimum area, minimum
distance to adjacentdistance other parts • 35 mm
parts • 5tomm

Blow-out
Blow-out
area,
area,
minimum
minimumdistance
distance
to other
to other
parts • 35
parts • 35
mmmm
Rotary handle adjacent parts • 5 mm
toon circuit-breaker
Minimum distance to

Minimum
Minimumdistance
distance adjacent
to adjacent
parts • 5•mm
parts 5 mm
Rotary handle on circuit-breaker
t-breakers
uit-breakers
uit-breakers
-breakers NZM2-XDV NZM2-XDTV
DoorDoor
coupling rotary
coupling handle with with
rotary extension shaftshaft
le
H2...-XFIA30
le Rotary handle on circuit breaker NZM2-XDV NZM2-XDVR Door coupling
NZM2-XDTV
NZM2-XDTV2rotary handle
handle with extension
extension shaft
NZM2-XTVD(V)(R)(-NA)
NZM2-XTVD(V)(R)(-NA)
DoorDoor
coupling
Door
coupling
coupling
rotary
rotary
rotary
handle
handle
handle
with
with
extension
with
extension
extension
shaft
shaft
shaft
NZM2-XDV(R)
NZM2-XDVR
2...-XFIA30  Blow-out area, minimum distance to other parts
MH2...-XFIA30
MH2...-XFIA30 • 35 mm NZM2-XDTV2
 Minimum distance to adjacent parts • 5 mm NZM1/2-XV4(6)
NZM1/2-XV4(6) NZM2-XTVD(V)(R)(-NA)
NZM2-XTVD(V)(R)(-NA)
NZM2-XTVD(V)(R)(-NA)
NZM1/2-XV4(6)
NZM1/2-XV4(6)
NZM1/2-XV4(6)
-breakers
 Up to 3 padlocks
2...-XFIA30  Up to 3 padlocks

NZM2-XDV NZM2-XDTV
NZM2-XDVR NZM2-XDTV2

 Up to 3 padlocks

Door coupling rotary handle with extension shaft

NZM2-XTVD(V)(R)(-NA)
NZM1/2-XV4(6)

Power Distribution product guide eatoncorp.com.au 2018 99

 1.16 Dimensions

16
.16
16 NZM1-4
NZM1-4
NZM1-4 molded
molded
molded
Dimensions
Dimensions
Dimensions
case
case
circuit-breakers
circuit-breakers
circuit-breakers
Low Voltage Circuit Protection & Switchgear  Blow-out
Size 3: basic devices (NZM3, PN3, N3,
area, minimum to other parts • 35 mm
NS3)
distance
 Minimum distance to adjacent parts • 5 mm
IEC MCCB Circuit-breakers
Switch-disconnectors
e: basic
3: basic
basic devices
devices
(NZM3,
(NZM3,
Dimensions
devices (NZM3, PN3,
PN3,PN3,
N3,N3,
N3, NS3)
NS3)NS3)
3 pole
uit-breakers
breakers NZMN3
eakers Size 3 - Circuit breaker, Switch disconnector, 3 pole Size 3 - Circuit breaker, Switch disconnector, 4 pole
tch-disconnectors
disconnectors Circuit-breakers
sconnectorsNZMN3, NZMH3, PN3, N3, NS3 NZMH3
NZMN3-4, NZMH3-4, PN3-4, N3-4
le PN3 Switch-disconnectors
MN3 N3 4 pole
MH3 NS3 NZMN3-4
NZMH3-4
PN3-4
N3-4

NZM1-4 mo
NZM1-4 molded case circuit-breakers
Dimensions

d case circuit-breakers Size 3: accessories (NZM3-XTVD...)

Door coupling rotary handle with extension shaft
ories (NZM3-XDV..., NZM3-XTVD...) NZM3-XTVD(V)(R)(-NA)
n circuit-breaker NZM3/4-XV4(6)

)
NZM3-XDV
NZM3-XDVR 1.16
1.16 NZM1-4
NZM1-4
molded
molded
Dimensions
Dimensions
case
case
circuit-breakers
circuit-breaker

 Up to 3 padlocks
1-4 molded case circuit-breakers
ons
 Blow-out
 Blow-out
 Minimum
area,area,
 Minimum
minimum
distance
minimum
distance
distance
to adjacent
1.16
distance
to adjacent
to other
to other
• 5 mm
partsparts
• 35 •mm
partsparts
• 5 mm
35 mm
NZM1-4
Dimensions
molded case 
circuit-breakers
Blow-out area, minimum distance to other parts • 35 mm
 Minimum
 Blow-out
distance to adjacent
area, minimum

SizeSize
3:Minimum
parts •to5other
distance
accessories
3: accessories
mm parts • 35 mm
distance to adjacent parts • 5 mm
(NZM3-XDV...,
(NZM3-XDV..., NZM3-XTVD...)
NZM3-XTVD...)
 Blow-out area, minimum distance to other parts • 35 mm Rotary
Rotary
handle
handle
on circuit-breaker
on circuit-breaker
 Minimum distance to adjacent parts • 5 mm Size 3 - Accessories NZM3-XDV
NZM3-XDV
XDV..., NZM3-XTVD...) Size 3: accessories (NZM3-XDV..., NZM3-XTVD...)
Circuit-breakers Rotary handle on circuit breaker NZM3-XDVR
NZM3-XDVR

uit-breakers
breakers
NZM3-XDV
tch-disconnectors
disconnectors
NZM3-XDVR

eakers
le
1.16
Rotary handle on circuit-breaker
Switch-disconnectors
4NZM3-XDV
pole
NZM3-XDVR
NZMN3-4
Dimensions
NZM3-XDV(R)
NZM1-4 molded case circuit-breakers
 Up
toUp
3 padlocks
to 3 padlo

sconnectors
MN3-4
-4
NZMH3-4
MH3-4
-4
 Up to 3 padlocks
PN3-4
N3-4
 Up to 3 padlocks
NZM1-4
NZM1-4
molded
molded
case
case
circuit
circ
ircuit-breakers
-4
Size 3: accessories (NZM3-XDV..., NZM3-XTVD...)
Size 3: accessories (NZM3-XTVD...)
tary handles Rotary handle on circuit-breaker
Part no. X Door coupling rotary handle with extensio
... 180 NZM3-XDV
NZM3/4-XV4 270 – 400
NZM3-XTVD(V)(R)(-NA)
NZM3-XDVR
NZM3/4-XV4(6)
SizeSize
3: accessories
3: accessories
(NZM3-XTVD...)
(NZM3-XTVD...)
NZM3/4-XV6 400 – 600

DoorDoor
coupling
coupling
rotary
rotary
handle
handle
with with
extension
extension
shaftshaft
NZM3-XTVD(V)(R)(-NA)
NZM3-XTVD(V)(R)(-NA)  Up to 3 padlocks
NZM3/4-XV4(6)
NZM3/4-XV4(6)
Door coupling rotary handleDoor coupling rotary handles
 Up to 3 padlocks
Door coupling rotary handle with extension shaft
NZM3-XTVD(V)(R)-60(-NA) NZM3-X
NZM3-XTVDV(R) NZM3-XTVD(V)(R)...
Door
Door
coupling
coupling
rotary
rotary
handles
handles
parts • 35 mm NZM3-XTVD(V)(R)...
NZM3-XTVD(V)(R)...
m

 Blow-out area, minimum distance to other parts • 35 mm

 Blow-out
 Blow-out
area,area,
minimum
minimum
distance
distance
to other
to other • 35 •mm
partsparts 35 mm  Minimum distance to adjacent parts • 5 mm
 Minimum
 Minimumdistance
distance
to adjacent
to adjacent • 5 mm
partsparts • 5 mm

 Blow-out area, minimum distance to other parts • 35 mm

 Minimum distance to adjacent parts • 5 mm
Door coupling rotary handles
NZM3-XTVD(V)(R)...

Part no. X  Speci

NZM3/4-XV4 270 – 400
NZM3/4-XV6 400 – 600

Part no. Part no. X X

Minimum distance of door coupling rotary handle from door pivot po
NZM3/4-XV4
NZM3/4-XV4 270 – 400
270 – 400
Minimum
NZM3/4-XV6
NZM3/4-XV6
distance
400 – 600
of door coupling
400 – 600
rotary handle from door pivot point NZM3-XTVD(V)(R)-60(-NA)
180

NZM3-XTVD(V)(R)-60(-NA)
NZM3-XTVD(V)(R)-60(-NA) NZM3-XTVD(V)(R)-0(-NA)
NZM3-XTVD(V)(R)-0(-NA)

 Up to 3 padlocks  Up to 3 padlocks
 Up to 3 padlocks

parts • 35 mm
m
100 Power Distribution product guide eatoncorp.com.au 2018
1.16 NZM1-4 NZM1-4 molded case circuit-breakers
Dimensions
Size 4: accessories (N
Rotary handle on circuit-

1.16
16 NZM1-4
molded
molded
casecase
circuit-breakers
circuit-breakers
Dimensions
Dimensions
1.16 NZM1-4 molded case circuit-break
Low Voltage Circuit Protection & SwitchgearDimensions
NZM4-XDV(R)

ize 4: basicIEC MCCB

devices (NZM4. N4. NS4)
Dimensions
rcuit-breakers Size 4: accessories (NZM4-XDV..., NZM4-XTVD...)
witch-disconnectors
Size
: basic
4: basic
devices
devices
(NZM4. (NZM4.
N4. NS4)
N4. Switch
NS4) disconnector, 3 pole Size 4 - handle
Accessories
Size 4 - Circuit breaker, Rotary on circuit-breaker
pole Rotary handle on circuit breaker
ircuit-breakersNZMN4, NZMH4, PN4, N4, NS4
breakers
ZMN4
NZM4-XDV(R)
witch-disconnectors
disconnectors NZM4-XDV(R)
ZMH4
pole
4
ZMN4
S4
ZMH4

1.16
1.16
4
S4 NZM1-4
NZM1-4
molded
molded
case
case
circuit-bre
circuit-b
Dimensions
Dimensions

SizeSize
4: accessories
4: accessories
(NZM4-XDV...,
(NZM4-XDV...,
NZM4-XTVD...)
NZM4-XTVD...)
Rotary
Rotary
handle
handle
on circuit-breaker
on circuit-breaker
NZM4-XDV(R)
NZM4-XDV(R)

1.16 1.16
1.16
NZM1-4 molded case 1.16 NZM1-4
circuit-breakers
NZM1-4 molded case circuit-breakers
NZM1-4molded
moldedcase
casecircuit-breakers
circuit-breakers
Dimensions
Dimensions
Dimensions
Dimensions

Size
Size4:4:accessories
accessories
Size 4:(NZM4-XDV...,
(NZM4-XDV...,
accessoriesNZM4-XTVD...)
NZM4-XTVD...) NZM4-XTVD...)
(NZM4-XDV...,
 Up to 3 padlocks

1.16
Rotary
Rotaryhandle
handleon
oncircuit-breaker
circuit-breaker
ize 4: basic devices (NZM4. N4. NS4) NZM1-4 moldedNZM4-XDV(R)
case circuit-breakers
NZM4-XDV(R)
NZM4-XDV(R)
Rotary handle on circuit-breaker

rcuit-breakers Dimensions
witch-disconnectors Door coupling rotary han
pole  Up to 3 padlocks NZM4-XTVD(V)(R)...
ZMN4
ZMH4
4
ccessories (NZM4,
 Blow-outN4, NZM4..XK)
area, minimum distance to other parts • 35 mm Door coupling rotary handles
S4  Minimum distance to adjacent parts • 5 mm NZM4-XTVD(V)(R)...
• 35 mm• 35 mm
akers   Blow-out
Blow-out
 Minimum
area, minimum
 Minimum
area, minimum
distance distance
distance distance
to adjacent
to other parts
to other
parts • 5parts
to adjacent mm • 5 mm
parts

connectors
Size 4 - Circuit breaker, Switch disconnector, 4 pole
NZMN4-4, NZMH4-4, PN4-4, N4-4
rcuit-breakers
breakers
ircuit-breakers
pole
pole
ZMN4-VE2000
-VE2000
ZMN4-VE2000
ZMH4-VE2000
-VE2000
ZMH4-VE2000

 Up to
3Up
padlocks
to 3 padlocks

DoorDoor
coupling
Door coupling
rotary
coupling rotary
handles
rotary handles
handle
NZM4-XTVD(V)(R)...
NZM4-XTVD(V)(R)...
NZM4-XDVD(R)  Up to 3 padlocks

UpUp
to to
3 padlocks
3 padlocks
 Up to 3 padlocks

Door
Doorcoupling
NZM1-4
NZM1-4molded
couplingrotary
moldedcase
casecircuit-breakers
rotaryhandles
NZM4-XTVD(V)(R)...
NZM4-XTVD(V)(R)...
handles
circuit-breakers
Dimensions
Dimensions 1.16
1.16
 Up to 3 padlocks

Size 4:4:accessories to other parts • 35 mmNZM4...-XV.

(NZM4-XTVD....
Size accessories (NZM4-XTVD.... Door NZM4-XS...)
NZM4...-XV. NZM4-XS...)
 Blow-out area, minimum distance
 Minimum distance to adjacent parts • 5 mm coupling rotary handles
 Blow-out area, minimum distance to other parts • 100 mm NZM4-XTVD(V)(R)...
Door
Door coupling
coupling rotary
rotary handle
handle with
with
 Minimum distance to adjacent parts • 15 mm
extension
extension shaft
shaft
NZM4-XTVD(V)(R)(-NA)
NZM4-XTVD(V)(R)(-NA)
Door coupling rotary handle with extension shaft
NZM3/4-XV4(6)
NZM3/4-XV4(6)
NZM4-XTVDV(R) 198
198
rcuit-breakers
pole
ZMN4-VE2000 Tunnel terminal
ZMH4-VE2000
XKSA NZMN 4-4-XKA

90
90

 Up to
3Up
padlocks
to 3 padlocks

UpUp
to to
3 padlocks
3 padlocks

NZM4-XTVD(V)(R)-60(-NA)
NZM4-XTVD(V)(R)-60(-NA) Power Distribution product guide
NZM4-XTVD(V)(R)-0(-NA)
NZM4-XTVD(V)(R)-0(-NA) eatoncorp.com.au 2018 101
 Up to 3 padlocks
 Low Voltage Circuit Protection & Switchgear
IEC Chassis Products
xIC Isolation Chassis
RANGE” SHOWN) Eaton’s xIC Isolation Chassis is a busbar arrangement suitable for use with Eaton xPole 6kA and
10kA MCBs and RCBOs. A unique feature of Eaton’s xIC Isolation Chassis is that each tee-off can
be switched OFF or ON with a tool so that, while working within safe working practices, individual
circuit protection devices can be removed from the desired tee-off, with the tee-off fully isolated from
the main busbar as a true switch disconnector is utilised on each tee-off of the busbar arrangement.
This feature reduces the need for the entire busbar system to be isolated which is particularly
advantageous in mission critical sites such as data centres and hospitals and other critical installations
requiring minimal power disruptions such as airports, power stations and education facilities.
Busbar arrangement performance General features & safety enhancements
• Rated current In 250A • Switch-Disconnector requires a tool to operate
• Rated short-time current it from OFF to ON and also ON to OFF
Icw 36kA for 0.1s, Icw 10kA for 1.0s • All tee-offs are insulated and isolated from the
• Rated current of outgoing circuit 63A busbar by an interlocked isolating switch
• Rated impulse withstand voltage • Inbuilt interlock won’t allow the switch-
Uimp 4kV disconnector to be operated unless the
protection device is fitted correctly to the
• Rated voltage Un 415V
tee-off
• Testing limited to clauses 10.11.5.3.2,
• Sliding insulted cover over each protective
10.11.5.3.3, 10.3, 10.4 and 10.9 of
device line terminal which prevents access to
IEC 61439.1 Ed. 2.0
the terminal screw until the tee-off is isolated
Isolation device performance • Proudly Australian made
• Rated operational current Ie 63A • Dual feed with large connection tags
• Utilisation category (disconnector) AC21B • Eaton xIC Isolation Chassis has a distinctive
• Testing to client requirements using Electrical Orange housing
clause 8.3.4.1 of IEC 60947.3 Ed. 3.1

Operating instructions
Description Item no.
Turn on the MCB or RCBO Fitting MCB or RCBO
Once the tee-off is energised, the Fitting an MCB to the tee-off will xIC 250A DIN Isolation chassis 12 pole XIC3/12-DF
load can be switched ON using deactivate the internal locking xIC 250A DIN Isolation chassis 18 pole XIC3/18-DF
the toggle switch on the MCB or device. The tee-off will stay
RCBO de-energised xIC 250A DIN Isolation chassis 24 pole XIC3/24-DF
xIC 250A DIN Isolation chassis 30 pole XIC3/30-DF
xIC 250A DIN Isolation chassis 36 pole XIC3/36-DF
xIC 250A DIN Isolation chassis 42 pole XIC3/42-DF
xIC 250A DIN Isolation chassis 48 pole XIC3/48-DF
xIC 250A DIN Isolation chassis 60 pole XIC3/60-DF
xIC 250A DIN Isolation chassis 72 pole XIC3/72-DF
xIC 250A DIN Isolation chassis 84 pole XIC3/84-DF
Turn off the MCB or RCBO Remove the MCB or RCBO
Always switch off the MCB or When removing the MCB or xIC 250A DIN Isolation chassis 96 pole XIC3/96-DF
RCBO first RCBO the tee-off cover springs
out, locking the device Split chassis (dual tariff) versions available, contact Eaton.

Suitable for both Eaton 6kA and 10kA MCBs and RCBOs

Energising the tee-off

Using a thin tool, (eg. S6 Suitable for PLS6 Suitable for PLS6 Suitable for eRB6
screwdriver), move the sliding 6kA 1P MCBs 6kA 3P MCBs 6kA 1P RCBOs
Page 68 Page 68 Page 72
disconnector from the OFF to the
ON position. This will energise the
tee-off and a cover will move out to
block access to the live screw head

De-energise the tee-off

Using a thin tool, (eg. S6 screw-
driver), move the sliding discon-
nector from the ON to the OFF
Suitable for PLSM Suitable for PLSM Suitable for eRBM
position. This will de-energise the 10kA 1P MCBs 10kA 3P MCBs 10kA 1P RCBOs
tee-off and the screw cover will Page 69 Page 69 Page 72
move back into the module body to
return access to the screw head Refer to dimension page 109

102 Power Distribution product guide eatoncorp.com.au 2018

 Low Voltage Circuit Protection & Switchgear
IEC Chassis Products
xCap DIN MCB chassis
Eaton's xCap busbar chassis system is design verified to relevant clauses of IEC61439, suitable for
Eaton xPole IEC DIN MCBs and RCBOs and features a fully encapsulated busbar housing. The new
xCap product allows the user to quickly configure split chassis arrangements with standard parts
making complex installation requirements highly flexible with added ease of installation.
• Rated current In 250A • Rated impulse withstand voltage Uimp 6kV
• Rated short-time current Icw 25kA for 0.1s • Rated voltage Un 415V
• Rated short-time current Icw 10kA for 1.0s • Tee-offs 100% capped
• Encapsulated busbar housing made from • Top feed as standard configuration and dual
halogen-free material feed also available
• Testing limited to relevant clauses of IEC • Direct retrofit replacement for Eaton 250A
61439.1 Ed. 2.0 and IEC 61439-2 Ed. 2.0 XCH3 chassis series
• Tests also satisfy the relevant requirements
of AS/NZS 3439.1

Description Item no. Description Item no.

xCap 250A chassis 12 pole DIN 18mm top feed XCAP3/12  xCap 250A chassis 12 pole DIN 18mm sticker kit XCAP3/12PRSK
xCap 250A chassis 18 pole DIN 18mm top feed XCAP3/18  xCap 250A chassis 18 pole DIN 18mm sticker kit XCAP3/18PRSK
xCap 250A chassis 24 pole DIN 18mm top feed XCAP3/24  xCap 250A chassis 24 pole DIN 18mm sticker kit XCAP3/24PRSK
xCap 250A chassis 30 pole DIN 18mm top feed XCAP3/30  xCap 250A chassis 30 pole DIN 18mm sticker kit XCAP3/30PRSK
xCap 250A chassis 36 pole DIN 18mm top feed XCAP3/36  xCap 250A chassis 36 pole DIN 18mm sticker kit XCAP3/36PRSK
xCap 250A chassis 42 pole DIN 18mm top feed XCAP3/42  xCap 250A chassis 42 pole DIN 18mm sticker kit XCAP3/42PRSK
xCap 250A chassis 48 pole DIN 18mm top feed XCAP3/48  xCap 250A chassis 48 pole DIN 18mm sticker kit XCAP3/48PRSK
xCap 250A chassis 60 pole DIN 18mm top feed XCAP3/60  xCap 250A chassis 60 pole DIN 18mm sticker kit XCAP3/60PRSK
xCap 250A chassis 72 pole DIN 18mm top feed XCAP3/72  xCap 250A chassis 72 pole DIN 18mm sticker kit XCAP3/72PRSK
xCap 250A chassis 84 pole DIN 18mm top feed XCAP3/84  xCap 250A chassis 84 pole DIN 18mm sticker kit XCAP3/84PRSK
xCap 250A chassis 96 pole DIN 18mm top feed XCAP3/96  xCap 250A chassis 96 pole DIN 18mm sticker kit XCAP3/96PRSK
xCap LOAD side shroud for Eaton 3P 250A isolator 61267792 
 For 'dual feed' arrangement; add a -DF suffix to part number e.g. XCAP3/12-DF
 New shroud is required when replacing old 250A XCH3 series chassis

Split chassis simplicity

Apply sticker kit to the chassis to be Mount both chassis units into the
Select the two standard chassis If no loss of pole space is required, positioned in the lower part of the assembly and butt the housings
required e.g. XCAP3/12 and use a screwdriver to unclip the end assembly e.g. item XCAP3/12PRSK together to ensure no lost pole
XCAP3/18 cap mouldings from both chassis is shown applied spaces

Suitable for both Eaton 6kA and 10kA MCBs and RCBOs

Suitable for PLS6 Suitable for PLS6 Suitable for eRB6 Suitable for PLSM Suitable for PLSM Suitable for eRBM
6kA 1P MCBs 6kA 3P MCBs 6kA 1P RCBOs 10kA 1P MCBs 10kA 3P MCBs 10kA 1P RCBOs
Page 68 Page 68 Page 72 Page 69 Page 69 Page 72

Refer to dimension page 108

Power Distribution product guide eatoncorp.com.au 2018 103

Low Voltage Circuit Protection & Switchgear
IEC Chassis Products
DIN MCB chassis
Miniature circuit-breaker chassis
• Rated current 250 A • 4 pole versions suits PFIM/PKNM
• Fault rating 25 kA for 0.1 s RCD & RCBO
• Hybrid versions accommodate MCB from 0.5 • Rated current 400 A
A to 125 A • Fault rating 30 kA for 0.1 s
• Suits PLS & PLHT MCB and eRB RCBO's

Pitch Height No. of poles

No. of Width Length 250A 400A
between with
poles mm mm 18 mm 27 mm Item no. Item no.
fingers MCB
3-phase, 400 A, 1 module, suits 6 & 10 kA miniature circuit breakers and RCBO's
12 258 - - - XCH4003/12
18 312 - - - XCH4003/18
24 366 - - - XCH4003/24
30 420 - - - XCH4003/30
36 474 - - - XCH4003/36
42 18 230 528 95 - - - XCH4003/42
48 582 - - - XCH4003/48
60 690 - - - XCH4003/60
72 798 - - - XCH4003/72
84 852 - - - XCH4003/84
96 1040 - - - XCH4003/96
3-phase hybrid, 1 & 1.5 module, suits 6, 10, 15, 20 & 25 kA miniature circuit breakers and RCBO's
12 282 6 6 XCHE3/12 XCH400E3/12
18 336 12 6 XCHE3/18 XCH400E3/18
24 390 18 6 XCHE3/24 XCH400E3/24
30 444 24 6 XCHE3/30 XCH400E3/30
36 18 + 27 230 498 95 30 6 XCHE3/36 XCH400E3/36
42 581 30 12 XCHE3/42 XCH400E3/42
48 635 36 12 XCHE3/48 XCH400E3/48
60 743 48 12 XCHE3/60 XCH400E3/60
72 851 60 12 XCHE3/72 XCH400E3/72
3-phase & neutral, 250 A, suits 2 or 4-pole combinations RCD/MCB 
12 258 - - XCHA4_/12 XCH400A4_/12
20 330 - - XCHA4_/20 XCH400A4_/18
24 366 - - XCHA4_/24 XCH400A4_/24
32 438 - - XCHA4_/32 XCH400A4_/30
18 + N 230 95
36 474 - - XCHA4_/36 XCH400A4_/36
48 582 - - XCHA4_/48 XCH400A4_/48
60 690 - - XCHA4_/60 XCH400A4_/60
72 798 - - XCHA4_/72 XCH400A4_/72
3-phase, 250 A, 1.5 module, suits 15, 20 & 25kA miniature circuit-breakers
12 306 - - XCHC3/12 XCH400C3/12
18 388 - - XCHC3/18 XCH400C3/18
24 471 - - XCHC3/24 XCH400C3/24
30 553 - - XCHC3/30 XCH400C3/30
36 27 230 636 95 - - XCHC3/36 XCH400C3/36
42 718 - - XCHC3/42 XCH400C3/42
48 801 - - XCHC3/48 XCH400C3/48
60 966 - - XCHC3/60 XCH400C3/60
72 1131 - - XCHC3/72 XCH400C3/72
 Please replace _ underscore symbol in Item No. with either 1 (for 2 pole devices) or 3 (for 4 pole devices).

104 Power Distribution product guide eatoncorp.com.au 2018

 Low Voltage Circuit Protection & Switchgear
IEC Chassis Products
Eaton SASY 60i busbar system
The Eaton SASY 60i busbar system is a cost effective and flexible system allowing easy connection of Busbar�support,�3p,�for�flat�busbars

Eaton's extensive world class circuit protection and Motor control components into your own custom
Part�no.  BBS-3/FL
Article�no.  107066
 
requirements.

Description Item no.

Busbar system components.
IEC busbar support 3 pole 630A suitable for 12-30mm x 5/10mm copper
BBS-3/FL
profiles.
End cover, to cover the busbar ends for BBS-3/FL ES-BBS-3/FL Delivery�programme
BBS-3/FL Product range     60 mm system

Basic function     System for flat b

Busbar cover, suitable for 12-30mm x 5mm busbar - Subrange     Busbar supports

BBC-FL5
IEC busbar supp

1000mm long
Material     Thermoplast, sil
Halogen free

Halogen free     yes

Busbar cover, suitable for 12-30mm x 10mm busbar - Self-extinguishing     to UL 94

BBC-FL10
Colour     RAL 7035

1000mm long
Track resistance     CTI 200

Temperature resistant     to 120°C

Incoming connection kit components.

Description

Pole

Rated operational current

 

Ie
Busba  

CSA
Can be fitted to
With screw bloc

630

300A rated connection kit suitable for 6-50mm2 conductor; BBC-FL10 For use with     12 x 5/10

BBA-TP3/50 
15 x 5/10
20 x 5/10

54mm wide 25 x 5/10

30 x 5/10

440A rated connection kit suitable for 35-120mm2 conductor;

BBA-TP3/120 
Technical�data
General
Part�n
81mm wide
Article
Standards     type-tested to V

Ambient temperature   °C  

Operating ambient temperature max.   °C + 35

560A rated connection kit suitable for 120-300mm2 conductor; Interval between busbar centres   mm 60

BBA-TP3/300 
 
Terminal�plate,�35-120m
Mounting position     Vertical, horizon

180-240mm wide Contacts

Rated operational voltage Ue V 690

800A rated connection kit suitable for 30x25 solid conductor;

Delivery�programme
Rated frequency f Hz 50/60

Part�no.  B
BBA-TP3/CU-BAND 
Rated insulation voltage Ui V 3000

180-240mm wide Article�no.  10

Interval between busbar centres   mm 60

Distance between busbar supports a mm 250

Rated peak withstand current

       

Busbar adaptors NZM breakers  

with 12 x 5 mm bar

with 20 x 5 mm busbar
Ipk

Ipk
kA

kA
50

50

with 25 × 5 mm bar Ipk kA 50

Busbar adapter for mounting NZM1 MCCBs to busbar system,

NZM1-XAD160
90mm wide 04/21/2015 107066 - HPL-ED2015 V12.0 EN

Busbar adapter for mounting NZM2 MCCBs to busbar system,

NZM2-XAD250 Delivery�programme
106mm wide BBA-TP3-120
Product range
Busbar adapter for mounting NZM3 MCCBs to busbar system,
NZM3-XAD630 ProductBasic
rangefunction
140mm wide
Subrange
Adaptor terminal cover Material

NZM2 terminal cover for connection end when using NZM2-XAD250 NZM2-XKR4 Self-extinguishing
Busbar�
NZM3 terminal cover for connection end when using NZM3-XAD630 NZM3-XKR13 Subrange
Track resistance

Temperature resistant
MaterialDescription
 Suitable for 12-30mm x 5/10mm copper busbar.
 Suitable for 20-30mm x 5/10mm copper busbar.
Part�no.
 Suitable for 20-30mm x 5/10mm copper busbar, flexible copper conductor can also be used as incomer, Self-extinguishing
Terminal area W x H Article�n
please consult Eaton for details.
 
Width

Temperature
Pole resistant
NZM2-XAD250
For adaptors suitable to mount Eaton Motor control devices please refer to page 252.
Delivery�programme
Length
Rated operational current

Copper strip
Product range
For use with
Basic function
Cu factor
Subrange
For use with

Function

Approvals
For use with
Rated operational voltage
Notes

Temperature
Product resistant
⊙ round conductor, solid
Standards
Flexible, round conductor with correctly crimped ferrule
Self-extinguishing
UL File No.
Round conductor, stranded

Track resistance
UL Category Control No.
Section conductor, solid

Number of poles
Sector conductor, stranded

CSA File No.CU band

Rated operational current
▃ CU busbar
CSA Class No.
Adapter width
Approvals
North America Certification
For useProduct
withStandards
Conditions of Acceptability
UL File No.

UL Category Control No.

Specially
CSAdesigned
File No. for North America
Cu factor
CSA Class No.

Suitable forAmerica Certification

Notes North
Conditions of Acceptability
Current Limiting
Connection
Specially to Circuit-Breaker
the
designed system
for possible at top or bo
North America

Suitable for
Power Distribution product guide Max. Voltage
Mounting
eatoncorp.com.au Rating
Currentusing
2018
Limiting clamp and
Circuit-Breaker screw
105 fixing.
Max. Voltage Rating
Degree of Protection
Rated short-circuit switching capacity 65 kA a
Low Voltage Circuit Protection & Switchgear
IEC Chassis Products
Moulded case circuit breaker chassis for NZM
High current chassis
Description Rating Item no.
High current Chassis Tested to:
• 50 kA for 0.1 second
• 40 kA for 1 second
630 A, NZM1 Chassis
Chassis 630A NZM1 6 Pole 630A 40kA 1 sec CH06NZM1-6P
Chassis 630A NZM1 12 Pole 630A 40kA 1 sec CH06NZM1-12P
Chassis 630A NZM1 18 Pole 630A 40kA 1 sec CH06NZM1-18P
Chassis 630A NZM1 24 Pole 630A 40kA 1 sec CH06NZM1-24P
Chassis 630A NZM1 30 Pole 630A 40kA 1 sec CH06NZM1-30P
Chassis 630A NZM1 36 Pole 630A 40kA 1 sec CH06NZM1-36P
Chassis 630A NZM1 42 Pole 630A 40kA 1 sec CH06NZM1-42P
Chassis 630A NZM1 48 Pole 630A 40kA 1 sec CH06NZM1-48P
Chassis 630A NZM1 60 Pole 630A 40kA 1 sec CH06NZM1-60P
Chassis 630A NZM1 72 Pole 630A 40kA 1 sec CH06NZM1-72P
630A, NZM2 Chassis
Chassis 630A NZM2 6 Pole 630A 40kA 1 sec CH06NZM2-6P
Chassis 630A NZM2 12 Pole 630A 40kA 1 sec CH06NZM2-12P
Chassis 630A NZM2 18 Pole 630A 40kA 1 sec CH06NZM2-18P
Chassis 630A NZM2 24 Pole 630A 40kA 1 sec CH06NZM2-24P
CH06NZM1-72P
Chassis 630A NZM2 30 Pole 630A 40kA 1 sec CH06NZM2-30P
Chassis 630A NZM2 36 Pole 630A 40kA 1 sec CH06NZM2-36P
Chassis 630A NZM2 42 Pole 630A 40kA 1 sec CH06NZM2-42P
Chassis 630A NZM2 48 Pole 630A 40kA 1 sec CH06NZM2-48P
630A NZM1 - NZM2 Hybrid Chassis
Chassis 630A Hybrid NZM1 6 Pole NZM2 6 Pole 630A 40kA 1 sec CH06NZM1-6P/NZM2-6P
Chassis 630A Hybrid NZM1 6 Pole NZM2 12 Pole 630A 40kA 1 sec CH06NZM1-6P/NZM2-12P
Chassis 630A Hybrid NZM1 12 Pole NZM2 6 Pole 630A 40kA 1 sec CH06NZM1-12P/NZM2-6P
Chassis 630A Hybrid NZM1 12 Pole NZM2 12 Pole 630A 40kA 1 sec CH06NZM1-12P/NZM2-12P
Chassis 630A Hybrid NZM1 18 Pole NZM2 6 Pole 630A 40kA 1 sec CH06NZM1-18P/NZM2-6P
Chassis 630A Hybrid NZM1 18 Pole NZM2 12 Pole 630A 40kA 1 sec CH06NZM1-18P/NZM2-12P
1000A NZM1 Chassis
Chassis 1000A NZM1 6 Pole 1000A 50kA 1 sec CH10NZM1-6P
CH06NZM1-18P/NZM2-12P
Chassis 1000A NZM1 12 Pole 1000A 50kA 1 sec CH10NZM1-12P
Chassis 1000A NZM1 18 Pole 1000A 50kA 1 sec CH10NZM1-18P
Chassis 1000A NZM1 24 Pole 1000A 50kA 1 sec CH10NZM1-24P
Chassis 1000A NZM1 30 Pole 1000A 50kA 1 sec CH10NZM1-30P
Chassis 1000A NZM1 36 Pole 1000A 50kA 1 sec CH10NZM1-36P
Chassis 1000A NZM1 42 Pole 1000A 50kA 1 sec CH10NZM1-42P
Chassis 1000A NZM1 48 Pole 1000A 50kA 1 sec CH10NZM1-48P
Chassis 1000A NZM1 60 Pole 1000A 50kA 1 sec CH10NZM1-60P
Chassis 1000A NZM1 72 Pole 1000A 50kA 1 sec CH10NZM1-72P
1000A NZM2 Chassis
Chassis 1000A NZM2 6 Pole 1000A 50kA 1 sec CH10NZM2-6P
Chassis 1000A NZM2 12 Pole 1000A 50kA 1 sec CH10NZM2-12P
Chassis 1000A NZM2 18 Pole 1000A 50kA 1 sec CH10NZM2-18P
Chassis 1000A NZM2 24 Pole 1000A 50kA 1 sec CH10NZM2-24P
Chassis 1000A NZM2 30 Pole 1000A 50kA 1 sec CH10NZM2-30P
Chassis 1000A NZM2 36 Pole 1000A 50kA 1 sec CH10NZM2-36P
CH10NZM2-48P Chassis 1000A NZM2 42 Pole 1000A 50kA 1 sec CH10NZM2-42P
Chassis 1000A NZM2 48 Pole 1000A 50kA 1 sec CH10NZM2-48P

Custom built chassis to suit NZM breakers are available on request, please contact Eaton.

106 Power Distribution product guide eatoncorp.com.au 2018

 Low Voltage Circuit Protection & Switchgear
IEC Chassis Products
Moulded case circuit breaker chassis for NZM
High current chassis
Description Rating Item no.
1000A NZM1 - NZM2 Hybrid Chassis
Chassis 1000A Hybrid NZM1 6 Pole NZM2 6 Pole 1000A 50kA 1 sec CH10NZM1-6P/NZM2-6P
Chassis 1000A Hybrid NZM1 6 Pole NZM2 12 Pole 1000A 50kA 1 sec CH10NZM1-6P/NZM2-12P
Chassis 1000A Hybrid NZM1 12 Pole NZM2 6 Pole 1000A 50kA 1 sec CH10NZM1-12P/NZM2-6P
Chassis 1000A Hybrid NZM1 12 Pole NZM2 12 Pole 1000A 50kA 1 sec CH10NZM1-12P/NZM2-12P
Chassis 1000A Hybrid NZM1 18 Pole NZM2 6 Pole 1000A 50kA 1 sec CH10NZM1-18P/NZM2-6P
Chassis 1000A Hybrid NZM1 18 Pole NZM2 12 Pole 1000A 50kA 1 sec CH10NZM1-18P/NZM2-12P
1000A NZM3 Chassis
Chassis 1000A NZM3 3 Pole 1000A 50kA 1 sec CH10NZM3-3P 
Chassis 1000A NZM3 6 Pole 1000A 50kA 1 sec CH10NZM3-6P 
Chassis 1000A NZM3 9 Pole 1000A 50kA 1 sec CH10NZM3-9P 
Chassis 1000A NZM3 12 Pole 1000A 50kA 1 sec CH10NZM3-12P 
2000A NZM1 Chassis
Chassis 2000A NZM1 6 Pole 2000A 50kA 1 sec CH20NZM1-6P CH10NZM1-18P/NZM2-12P
Chassis 2000A NZM1 12 Pole 2000A 50kA 1 sec CH20NZM1-12P
Chassis 2000A NZM1 18 Pole 2000A 50kA 1 sec CH20NZM1-18P
Chassis 2000A NZM1 24 Pole 2000A 50kA 1 sec CH20NZM1-24P
Chassis 2000A NZM1 30 Pole 2000A 50kA 1 sec CH20NZM1-30P
Chassis 2000A NZM1 36 Pole 2000A 50kA 1 sec CH20NZM1-36P
Chassis 2000A NZM1 42 Pole 2000A 50kA 1 sec CH20NZM1-42P
Chassis 2000A NZM1 48 Pole 2000A 50kA 1 sec CH20NZM1-48P
Chassis 2000A NZM1 60 Pole 2000A 50kA 1 sec CH20NZM1-60P
Chassis 2000A NZM1 72 Pole 2000A 50kA 1 sec CH20NZM1-72P
Chassis 2000A NZM2 6 Pole 2000A 50kA 1 sec CH20NZM2-6P
Chassis 2000A NZM2 12 Pole 2000A 50kA 1 sec CH20NZM2-12P
Chassis 2000A NZM2 18 Pole 2000A 50kA 1 sec CH20NZM2-18P
Chassis 2000A NZM2 24 Pole 2000A 50kA 1 sec CH20NZM2-24P
Chassis 2000A NZM2 30 Pole 2000A 50kA 1 sec CH20NZM2-30P
Chassis 2000A NZM2 36 Pole 2000A 50kA 1 sec CH20NZM2-36P
Chassis 2000A NZM2 42 Pole 2000A 50kA 1 sec CH20NZM2-42P
Chassis 2000A NZM2 48 Pole 2000A 50kA 1 sec CH20NZM2-48P
Chassis 2000A NZM3 3 Pole 2000A 50kA 1 sec CH20NZM3-3P 
Chassis 2000A NZM3 6 Pole 2000A 50kA 1 sec CH20NZM3-6P 
Chassis 2000A NZM3 9 Pole 2000A 50kA 1 sec CH20NZM3-9P 
Chassis 2000A NZM3 12 Pole 2000A 50kA 1 sec CH20NZM3-12P 
Chassis 2000A NZM3 15 Pole 2000A 50kA 1 sec CH20NZM3-15P 
Chassis 2000A NZM3 18 Pole 2000A 50kA 1 sec CH20NZM3-18P 
Chassis 2000A NZM3 21 Pole 2000A 50kA 1 sec CH20NZM3-21P 
CH20NZM1-6P/NZM2-12P/NZM3-6P
Chassis 2000A NZM3 24 Pole 2000A 50kA 1 sec CH20NZM3-24P 

Description Rating Item no.

2000A NZM1 - NZM2 - NZM3 Hybrid Chassis
Chassis 2000A HYBRID NZM1 6 Pole NZM2 6 Pole NZM3 6 Pole 2000A 50kA 1 sec CH20NZM1-6P/NZM2-6P/NZM3-6P 
Chassis 2000A HYBRID NZM1 6 Pole NZM2 12 Pole NZM3 6 Pole 2000A 50kA 1 sec CH20NZM1-6P/NZM2-12P/NZM3-6P 
Chassis 2000A HYBRID NZM1 12 Pole NZM2 6 Pole NZM3 6 Pole 2000A 50kA 1 sec CH20NZM1-12P/NZM2-6P/NZM3-6P 
Chassis 2000A HYBRID NZM1 12 Pole NZM2 12 Pole NZM3 3 Pole 2000A 50kA 1 sec CH20NZM1-12P/NZM2-12P/NZM3-3P 
Chassis 2000A HYBRID NZM1 18 Pole NZM2 6 Pole NZM3 3 Pole 2000A 50kA 1 sec CH20NZM1-18P/NZM2-6P/NZM3-3P 
Chassis 2000A HYBRID NZM1 18 Pole NZM2 12 Pole NZM3 3 Pole 2000A 50kA 1 sec CH20NZM1-18P/NZM2-12P/NZM3-3P 

Custom built chassis to suit NZM breakers are available on request, please contact Eaton.
 Connection block NZM3-XKR13 required for fitting NZM3 to CH10 and CH20 chassis.

Power Distribution product guide eatoncorp.com.au 2018 107

Low Voltage Circuit Protection & Switchgear
IEC Chassis Products
xCap DIN chassis dimensions
xCap chassis DIN 18mm top feed

Dimensions
No. of
Item no. C5/ C9/ C12/
Poles A B C1 C2 C3 C4 C7 C8 C11 D
C6 C10 C13
XCAP3/12 12 200 144 54 - - - - - - - - - 108
XCAP3/18 18 254 198 108 - - - - - - - - - 162
XCAP3/24 24 338 252 54 54 54 - - - - - - - 216
XCAP3/30 30 362 306 108 108 - - - - - - - - 270
XCAP3/36 36 416 360 54 27 27 27 27 27 54 - - - 324
XCAP3/42 42 470 414 162 162 - - - - - - - - 378
XCAP3/48 48 524 468 54 54 27 27 27 27 27 54 - - 432
XCAP3/60 60 632 576 54 54 27 27 27 27 27 27 27 54 540
XCAP3/72 72 740 684 148.5 148.5 148.5 148.5 - - - - - - 648
XCAP3/84 84 848 792 175.5 175.5 175.5 175.5 - - - - - - 756
XCAP3/96 96 956 900 135 135 135 135 135 - - - - - 864

xCap chassis DIN 18mm dual feed

Dimensions
No. of
Item no. C5 / C9 / C12 /
Poles A B C1 C2 C3 C4 C7 C8 C11 D
C6 C10 C13
XCAP3/12-DF 12 284 189 54 - - - - - - - - - 108
XCAP3/18-DF 18 338 243 108 - - - - - - - - - 162
XCAP3/24-DF 24 392 297 54 54 54 - - - - - - - 216
XCAP3/30-DF 30 446 351 108 108 - - - - - - - - 270
XCAP3/36-DF 36 500 405 54 27 27 27 27 27 54 - - - 324
XCAP3/42-DF 42 554 459 162 162 - - - - - - - - 378
XCAP3/48-DF 48 608 513 54 54 27 27 27 27 27 54 - - 432
XCAP3/60-DF 60 716 621 54 54 27 27 27 27 27 27 27 54 540
XCAP3/72-DF 72 824 729 148.5 148.5 148.5 148.5 - - - - - - 648
XCAP3/84-DF 84 932 837 175.5 175.5 175.5 175.5 - - - - - - 756
XCAP3/96-DF 96 1040 945 135 135 135 135 135 - - - - - 864

108 Power Distribution product guide eatoncorp.com.au 2018

 DIMENSIONAL DETAILS

HOWN)

ISOMETRIC VIEW
16 TYP.
A

A
6
DIMENSIONS

SCALE 1 : 2
NUMBER

6
REFERENCE

9
NUMBER OF

B
POLES A B C D E F

9
HEIGHT
ESCUTCHEON
103

30
Low Voltage Circuit Protection & Switchgear

C
NYSOL8-12-DF 12 170 130 70 100 108 110

15
SCALE 2 : 1
B

DETAIL B
NYSOL8-18-DF 18 224 184 124 154 162 164

D
7

7
IEC Chassis Products
NYSOL8-24-DF 24 278 238 178 208 216 218

THICKNESS
BAR
6.35

THICKNESS
FINGER
2.5
NYSOL8-30-DF 30 332 292 232 262 270 272

xIC Isolation Chassis dimensions

NYSOL8-36-DF 36 386 346 286 316 324 326

17.5
C

R W B

8
NYSOL8-42-DF 42 440 400 340 370 378 380

8
No.454of Dimensions TOP

W
R

R
B

B
NYSOL8-48-DF 48 494 394 424 432 434
Item no.

31
NYSOL8-60-DF 60 602 Poles
562 502 A
532 540 542 B C D E 15
D
XIC3/12-DF
NYSOL8-72-DF 72 710 12
670 610 170
640 648 130
650 70 100 108 R R
30

B
9

9
XIC3/18-DF
NYSOL8-84-DF 84 818 18
778 718 224
748 756 184
758 124 154 162
W W
XIC3/24-DF
NYSOL8-96-DF 96 926
24
886 826
278
856 864
238
866
178 208 216

W
B B
E
XIC3/30-DF 30 332 292 232 262 270
10 R R
XIC3/36-DF 36 386 346 286 316
ISOMETRIC VIEW
324

10
R
MOUNTING RAIL SCALE 1 : 2
MOUNTING PAN

BUSBAR T-OFFS

BUSBARS

PART
XIC3/42-DF 42 440 400 340 370 378 W W

TOP
F XIC3/48-DF 48 494 454 394
12.7 TYP. 4249 432 B B
1.0mm ZINC SEAL AS1397/G2S

1.6mm ZINC SEAL AS1397/G2S

2.50mm COPPER C102 OXYGEN FREE

15.88 X 6.35mm COPPER C110

MATERIAL

XIC3/60-DF 60 602 562 502 532 540

11

11
46.5 136.5 46.5 R R
F
XIC3/72-DF 72 710 670 610 640 648

W
R

R
B

6.5-4PL.
16 TYP. 9 W W
6.35 TYP.
XIC3/84-DF 84 818 778 718 748 756
1
2HARD

G
B B
1
2

XIC3/96-DF 96 926 886 826 856 864

HARD

E D C B A
12

12
DETAIL B
AS4506 CLASS C1
PEARL WHITE POWDERCOAT

TIN PLATE

FINISH

SCALE 2 : 1 R R
ESCUTCHEON CUT-OUT DETAIL A
SCALE 2 : 1
EATON (PLS6)
SCALE 1 : 2 W W
H

137 45 103 B B

E
NOMINAL DIM. RANGE (mm)
UNLESS OTHERWISE STATED
DIMENSIONS IN MILLIMETRES
DO NOT SCALE

OVER

ESCUTCHEON
400

120

0.5
30

GENERAL TOLERANCES
13

ANGULAR

13
HEIGHT
99 R R
UPTO
1000

400

120

30

3
PROJECTION

TOLERANCE

W W
±2.0

±1.2

±0.8

±0.5

±0.3

±0.2
±1°

I
DRAWN

MODELLED
APPROVED

CHECKED

COLOUR

MATERIAL

MANUFACTURED BY NYLEC PTY LTD. 125 MERRINDALE DRIVE, CROYDON SOUTH, VIC, 3136, AUSTRALIA.

2.5 B B
_________ __/__/_____

_________ __/__/_____
14

FINGER

14
(EATON PLS6 SHOWN) (EATON PLS6 SHOWN) THICKNESS
-

R R
FINISH
LL WDG

SEE TABLE

SEE TABLE

J W W
8/02/2017

LL WDG

6.35 31 31
© COPYRIGHT
AND MAY NOT BE REPRODUCED OR UTILIZED IN ANY WAY WITHOUT PRIOR PERMISSION.
THIS DRAWING IS ISSUED BY NYLEC PTY LTD ON THE UNDERSTANDING THAT IT IS STRICTLY CONFIDENTIAL

3D FILE NAME

DWG. NO.

DESCRIPTION

BAR
THICKNESS B B
15

NYSOL8-XX-EATON (PLS6)

15
NYSOL8-36-DF.SLDASM

31

K
Tel: +61 2 9693 9333.
10 KENT ROAD MASCOT, NSW, 2020, AUSTRALIA.
EATON CORPORATION PTY. LTD.

6.5-4PL.
NYSOL8 - 36P - DF

R W B
17.5
SIZE

SCALE

226
103
16

MANUFACTURED BY NYLEC PTY LTD. 125 MERRINDALE DRIVE, CROYDON SOUTH, VIC, 3136, AU

16
GENERAL TOLERANCES MATERIAL
1:1
A1

PART MATERIAL FINISH NOMINAL DIM. RANGE (mm) SEE TABLE EATON CO
246 TOLERANCE 10 KENT ROAD
SHEET

DRAWING REV.

MODEL REV.

OVER UPTO COLOUR FINISH

Tel: +61 2 9693
0.5 3 ±0.2 - SEE TABLE
1
1 OF 1

BUSBARS 15.88 X 6.35mm COPPER C110 2 HARD - 3 6 ±0.3 MODELLED DESCRIPTION

LL WDG N
L 6 30 ±0.5
A

1 DRAWN DWG. NO.

BUSBAR T-OFFS 2.50mm COPPER C102 OXYGEN FREE HARD TIN PLATE 30 120 ±0.8
2
NYSOL8-XX-EATON (PLS6)
G

A
K

E
H

LL WDG 8/02/2017
L

120 400 ±1.2

CHECKED 3D FILE NAME
- - MOUNTING PAN 1.6mm ZINC SEAL AS1397/G2S
400
ANGULAR
1000 ±2.0
±1°
_________ __/__/_____ NYSOL8-36-DF.SLDASM
PEARL WHITE POWDERCOAT
AS4506 CLASS C1 DO NOT SCALE PROJECTION
APPROVED © COPYRIGHT
REV DATE REVISION DETAILS MOUNTING RAIL 1.0mm ZINC SEAL AS1397/G2S DIMENSIONS IN MILLIMETRES
UNLESS OTHERWISE STATED
_________ __/__/_____ THIS DRAWING IS ISSUED BY NYLEC PTY LTD ON THE UNDERSTANDIN
AND MAY NOT BE REPRODUCED OR UTILIZED IN ANY WAY WITHOUT

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15

Power Distribution product guide eatoncorp.com.au 2018 109

 Low Voltage Circuit Protection & Switchgear
IEC Chassis Products
Moulded case circuit breaker chassis for NZM dimensions Dimensions
Item no.
xBar Chassis for NZM1 A B C D E F G H I J
CH06NZM1-6P 246 106 56 92 40 6.35 1 95 119 163
CH06NZM1-12P 336 196 146 182 40 6.35 1 95 119 163
CH06NZM1-18P 426 286 236 272 40 6.35 1 95 119 163
CH06NZM1-24P 516 376 326 362 40 6.35 1 95 119 163
CH06NZM1-30P 606 466 416 452 40 6.35 1 95 119 163
CH06NZM1-36P 696 556 506 542 40 6.35 1 95 119 163
CH06NZM1-42P 786 646 596 632 40 6.35 1 95 119 163
CH06NZM1-48P 876 736 686 722 40 6.35 1 95 119 163
CH06NZM1-60P 1056 916 866 902 40 6.35 1 95 119 163
CH06NZM1-72P 1236 1096 1046 1082 40 6.35 1 95 119 163
CH10NZM1-6P 246 106 56 92 50 10 1 95 119 163
CH10NZM1-12P 336 196 146 182 50 10 1 95 119 163
CH10NZM1-18P 426 286 236 272 50 10 1 95 119 163
CH10NZM1-24P 516 376 326 362 50 10 1 95 119 163
CH10NZM1-30P 606 466 416 452 50 10 1 95 119 163
CH10NZM1-36P 696 556 506 542 50 10 1 95 119 163
CH10NZM1-42P 786 646 596 632 50 10 1 95 119 163
CH10NZM1-48P 876 736 686 722 50 10 1 95 119 163
CH10NZM1-60P 1056 916 866 902 50 10 1 95 119 163
CH10NZM1-72P 1236 1096 1046 1082 50 10 1 95 119 163
CH20NZM1-6P 246 106 56 92 50 10 2 105 129 173
CH20NZM1-12P 336 196 146 182 50 10 2 105 129 173
CH20NZM1-18P 426 286 236 272 50 10 2 105 129 173
CH20NZM1-24P 516 376 326 362 50 10 2 105 129 173
CH20NZM1-30P 606 466 416 452 50 10 2 105 129 173
CH20NZM1-36P 696 556 506 542 50 10 2 105 129 173
CH20NZM1-42P 786 646 596 632 50 10 2 105 129 173
CH20NZM1-48P 876 736 686 722 50 10 2 105 129 173
CH20NZM1-60P 1056 916 866 902 50 10 2 105 129 173
CH20NZM1-72P 1236 1096 1046 1082 50 10 2 105 129 173

xBar Chassis for NZM2 Dimensions

Item no.
A B C D E F G H I
CH06NZM2-6P 261 121 71 40 6.35 1 55 83 158
CH06NZM2-12P 366 226 176 40 6.35 1 55 83 158
CH06NZM2-18P 471 331 281 40 6.35 1 55 83 158
CH06NZM2-24P 576 436 386 40 6.35 1 55 83 158
CH06NZM2-30P 681 541 491 40 6.35 1 55 83 158
CH06NZM2-36P 786 646 596 40 6.35 1 55 83 158
CH06NZM2-42P 891 751 701 40 6.35 1 55 83 158
CH06NZM2-48P 996 856 806 40 6.35 1 55 83 158
CH10NZM2-6P 261 121 71 50 10 1 55 83 158
CH10NZM2-12P 366 226 176 50 10 1 55 83 158
CH10NZM2-18P 471 331 281 50 10 1 55 83 158
CH10NZM2-24P 576 436 386 50 10 1 55 83 158
CH10NZM2-30P 681 541 491 50 10 1 55 83 158
CH10NZM2-36P 786 646 596 50 10 1 55 83 158
CH10NZM2-42P 891 751 701 50 10 1 55 83 158
CH10NZM2-48P 996 856 806 50 10 1 55 83 158
CH20NZM2-6P 261 121 71 50 10 2 65 93 168
CH20NZM2-12P 366 226 176 50 10 2 65 93 168
CH20NZM2-18P 471 331 281 50 10 2 65 93 168
CH20NZM2-24P 576 436 386 50 10 2 65 93 168
CH20NZM2-30P 681 541 491 50 10 2 65 93 168
CH20NZM2-36P 786 646 596 50 10 2 65 93 168
CH20NZM2-42P 891 751 701 50 10 2 65 93 168
CH20NZM2-48P 996 856 806 50 10 2 65 93 168

110 Power Distribution product guide eatoncorp.com.au 2018

 Low Voltage Circuit Protection & Switchgear
IEC Chassis Products
Moulded case circuit breaker chassis for NZM dimensions
Dimensions xBar Chassis for NZM3
Item no.
A B C D E F G H I
CH06NZM3-6P 261 121 71 40 6.35 1 55 83 158
CH06NZM3-12P 366 226 176 40 6.35 1 55 83 158
CH06NZM3-18P 471 331 281 40 6.35 1 55 83 158
CH06NZM3-24P 576 436 386 40 6.35 1 55 83 158
CH06NZM3-30P 681 541 491 40 6.35 1 55 83 158
CH06NZM3-36P 786 646 596 40 6.35 1 55 83 158
CH06NZM3-42P 891 751 701 40 6.35 1 55 83 158
CH06NZM3-48P 996 856 806 40 6.35 1 55 83 158
CH10NZM3-6P 261 121 71 50 10 1 55 83 158
CH10NZM3-12P 366 226 176 50 10 1 55 83 158
CH10NZM3-18P 471 331 281 50 10 1 55 83 158
CH10NZM3-24P 576 436 386 50 10 1 55 83 158
CH10NZM3-30P 681 541 491 50 10 1 55 83 158
CH10NZM3-36P 786 646 596 50 10 1 55 83 158
CH10NZM3-42P 891 751 701 50 10 1 55 83 158
CH10NZM3-48P 996 856 806 50 10 1 55 83 158
CH20NZM3-6P 261 121 71 50 10 2 65 93 168
CH20NZM3-12P 366 226 176 50 10 2 65 93 168
CH20NZM3-18P 471 331 281 50 10 2 65 93 168
CH20NZM3-24P 576 436 386 50 10 2 65 93 168
CH20NZM3-30P 681 541 491 50 10 2 65 93 168
CH20NZM3-36P 786 646 596 50 10 2 65 93 168
CH20NZM3-42P 891 751 701 50 10 2 65 93 168
CH20NZM3-48P 996 856 806 50 10 2 65 93 168

IF IT’S IN A CATALOGUE YOU CAN FIND IT ON INTERACT WITH EATON USING THE
POWEREDGE™
LEARN. SHARE. ORGANISE.
FREE EATON INTERACTIVE APP
SIMPLY DOWNLOAD & OPEN THE APP,
SELECT AR MODE, & SCAN THE LOGO TO INTERACT

Power Distribution product guide eatoncorp.com.au 2018 111

Low Voltage Circuit Protection & Switchgear
Air circuit breakers
IZMX Air circuit breakers

Horizontal terminal

Vertical terminal

Eaton IZMX16 Eaton IZMX40

The IZMX16 of the IZMX series is the smallest air circuit-breaker The IZMX40 of the IZMX series is a circuit breaker for up to 4000A with
(ACB) worldwide: with a volume of only 0.024 m³ and a front surface depth less than 400mm for the drawout version, without the need to
of only 0.092 m², it is just slightly bigger than the size of an A4 sheet install any additional “copper mines” in the connection area.
of paper! All this without any loss in terms of performance.
Tests to integrate it into Eaton switchgear systems, such as Modan,
The innovative concept allows the user to install two circuit breakers xEnergy, Power Xpert and Capitole 40 confirm its outstanding technical
side by side in withdrawable design, in a 600mm wide section. This data and optimal compatibility thanks to the flexible connection system.
fact provides for a more cost-effective setup of the section and, in
addition, it helps to save operating space. Where remote switching is The modular structure, integrated solutions as well as a complete
required, this volume can even accommodate a motor for charging the range of accessories and additional functions make it easy to adapt the
stored-energy spring mechanism and releases for electrical operation. circuit breaker to any of the required applications. Optionally it can be
configured right at the factory – without any extra cost for additional
High performance combined with reduced space is exceptional value
installation work to fit circuit breaker accessories .
for the customer.
2 IZMX Circuit Breakers, INX Switch Disconnectors
2 IZMX Circuit Breakers, INX Switch Disconnectors IZMX Circuit Breakers, INX Switch Disconnectors 3
Plug & Play accessories
IZMX16, INX16, IZMX40, INX40 Interchangeable accessories
IZMX16, INX16, IZMX40, INX40 IZMX16, INX16, IZMX40, INX40
Parts and accessories unique for IZMX16 between IZMX16 & IZMX40 Parts and accessories unique for IZMX40

2 2
1

4 5

6 7
12 Latch check switch
For external application
usage.

8 13 Latch check switch

For use with closing release.

14 Closing releases
9 Closes the breaker by an
electrical signal.

15 Key locking
Locking of the breaker by a
keylock.

16 Shunt releases
Opens the breaker by an
electrical signal.
10
17 Undervoltage releases
Opens the breaker by a
voltage-drop in the control-
circuit.
11 18 Red-pop trip indicator
12 Red-pop trip indicator
signals a trip by the trip unit.

19 Trip indicator switches

Overcurrent trip switch
(OTS) signals a trip by the
trip unit for remove
signalisation.

20 Switching operations
counters
Counts the number of
operations.

21 Auxiliary contacts
Signalling switch ON-OFF

22 Locking facilities
Plastic or metal
1 Communication modules 5 Closing releases 9 Trip indicator
8 Position cell switches switches 10 Communication modules
9 Door escutcheon
1 IZMX Circuit-breaker 3 Main terminal kits 5 Motor operator 7 Levering tool Cell switch signals the Closes the gap between Profibus DP, Modbus, 23 Trip unit - V
630Profibus
IZMX16: - 1600 A DP, Modbus, Ethernet
Universal terminals, 3- and and Automatic charging of the Closes the breaker
Convenient collapsible by an electrical signal position of the breakerOvercurrent
Breakertrip
and switch (OTS) Ethernet
signals a trip
and Modbus PXR20 LI, LSI, (G)
inside of the cassette. Switchgear-door. IP31. onboard + options
Modbus onboard
IZMX40: 2000 - 4000 A 4-pole
horizontal/vertical/front
spring force storage for
6 Shunt
remote or local operations
lev-in tool for lev-in and out
releases
operation of the Breaker in Connect, Test and by the trip An unit for remote
IP55 protective cover is signalling
2 Cassette for and out of the Cassette. Disconnect Position. available as well 11 Control circuit terminal 24 Trip unit - P
1
withd
IZMX16:
2 Control
IZMX Circuit-breaker
rawable
630 - 1600 A
units circuit
3 Main terminal
terminal kits
4 Shutter
Universal
units 56 Motor
terminals, 3- and
operator
Current sensor for
Automatic

charging of the
Opens thetool
7 Levering
The lev-in breaker
tool
is stored by an electrical signal
Convenient collapsible
10 Auxiliary contacts units PXR25 LI, LSI, (G)
Shutters 3- and 4-pole Shutter for 3- and 4-pole neutral conductor inside the breaker. Either 2 or 12 units Modbus onboard + options
With 2000
IZMX40: Either
- 4000
and without Acontrol2 or 124-pole
units spring
Currentforce storage
sensor for lev-in tool for lev-in and out
7 Undervoltage
for sensing releases Signalling switch ON-OFF
circuit terminals horizontal/vertical/front remote or local operations
the neutral-conductor-current. operation of the Breaker in
2 3
Cassette for Latch check
withd rawable units
switch
4 Shutter 6 Current sensor for
Opensand the
out ofbreaker
the Cassette. due to voltage drop in
The lev-in tool is stored
11 Trip unit - V type CA01305001Z-EN www.eaton.com
Shutters 3- and 4-pole
CA01305001Z-EN For external application
www.eaton.com usage
Shutter for 3- and 4-pole neutral conductor the control
inside the circuit
breaker. PXR20-2F LSI/LSIG
With and without control Current sensor for sensing
4 Latch check switch
circuit terminals 8
the neutral-conductor-current. Red-pop trip indicator 12 Trip unit - U type
For use with closing release Red-pop trip indicator signals a trip by PXR25-2S LSI/LSIG
CA01305001Z-EN www.eaton.com
the trip unit

112 Power Distribution product guide eatoncorp.com.au 2018

 Low Voltage Circuit Protection & Switchgear
Air circuit breakers
IZMX Air circuit breakers
Important functions and characteristics

Arcflash Reduction Maintenance System™

Eaton’s patented Arcflash Reduction Maintenance System technology provides
maintenance staff improved safety at downstream maintenance locations using a simple
and reliable method to reduce fault clearing times and energy in an arc flash event
(sound, pressure, temperature).
Arcflash Reduction Maintenance System uses a separate analog trip circuit providing
faster signal processing and interruption times than the standard (digital) “instantaneous”
protection.
The Arcflash Reduction Maintenance System function is activated either directly on the
circuit breaker through a local switch or remotely through communications or a contact
input.
For Australia and New Zealand, Eaton’s Arcflash Reduction Maintenance System is a
complimentary safety inclusion on both PXR20 and PXR25 trip units.

Remote switching
Remote switching requires two magnetic coils (shunt trip and closing spring release).
These coils will activate the mechanism of the OFF and ON buttons. After two switching
actions have been carried out, a stored energy spring mechanism needs to be recharged
manually. With an additional motor drive, the recharging action can be automated.
Safety: If the second switching action was an ON action, a third action for switch-off or
tripping through the energy of the spring will be ensured.
Safety: OFF commands will always be given priority. A permanent command for the
operating current trip enables the user to lock the circuit breaker in the OFF position.
Thanks to the powerful stored energy spring, the circuit breaker will carry out the
switch command sent to the magnetic coil in less than 35ms. So the IZMX series circuit
breakers are suitable for synchronisation tasks.

Zone selective interlocking ZSI

Circuit breakers are directly connected to a signal line, without any additional modules.
So, in case of a fault in installation wiring, they ensure that only the circuit breaker
immediately upstream the point of failure will break a short circuit without delay.
The advantage of the zone selective interlocking feature - compared with ordinary time
selectivity - is the significantly reduced time until switch-off and the reduced amount of
energy released in case of a
short circuit.
For additional safety of maintenance staff we recommend combining ZSI functionality
with Arcflash Reduction Maintenance System.

Easy maintenance and service

Maintenance and service can be conveniently performed on the draw-out breaker as the primary
finger clusters (blue) and levering mechanism are part of the breaker instead of the cassette.
Eaton also offers many field installable accessories and parts, extending the life of the breaker.

Power Distribution product guide eatoncorp.com.au 2018 113

Low Voltage Circuit Protection & Switchgear
Air circuit breakers
IZMX Air circuit breakers
The next generation trip unit platform: Power Xpert Release (PXR)

The higher resolution dot matrix display has been enhanced to be always active, constantly displaying the status of
zone selective interlocking (ZSI), battery condition and rated current In. All data can be transferred via Modbus, Profibus or Ethernet
communication function and for security, a password can be added to avoid unauthorised changes.

Power Xpert Release (PXR) with multiple new features ‘Free download’ software Power
Xpert Protection Manager (PXPM) for
• Large LCD combined with • Password protection interaction with PXR
cursor operation for more
function and information
• LSI protection can be changed
to LI (without time selectivity)
• Battery status, ZSI and In or LS (without Instantaneous
visible anytime = 100% selective)
• ZSI – the better selective • OFF setting available for
protection is always on-board ground fault (G) and non-
delayed instantaneous trip (I)
• Modbus on-board for
PXR20 and PXR25 • MicroUSB port for testing and
additional function setup via
• 3 free alarm contacts available
PC and software PXPM
• Improved
Diagnostics with
breaker health
(graph), events • Disable / enable functions
and run time
• Reading / changing settings (not basic
protection settings)
• Waveform capture
Testers no longer require specialised test tools thanks to the much better software • Multiple test procedures with final
solution in combination with the integrated secondary injection test hardware. test protocol print including date/time
This is free of charge. stamp
The Power Xpert Release trip unit • Print settings and curves
platform enables engineers to configure
Using the software is easy and self
and test circuit breakers from a PC via
explaining. The cursor above a selectable
a USB port. As a result, it is easier for
function opens a window with its
users to interact with the trip unit and store or print test explanation. Depending on the selection
data so they can improve their control and maintenance the next logical selection opens.
regimes.
Load your settings and record them. If any values are
changed a “final setting adjustments” screen shows the
original and revised settings, highlighting any that were
modified. The sheet can be saved or printed.

Value added complimentary inclusions to the PXR trip units for Australia and New Zealand are:

Eaton Arcflash
Standard Residual
Reduction
On-board Ground Fault
Maintenance
Modbus protection
System™

FULLY LOADED PXR

114 Power Distribution product guide eatoncorp.com.au 2018

Increased operating safety and
flexibility based on communication
Profibus-DP

Modbus

Ethernet

Standard
On-board
Modbus

The standard on-board Modbus will allow the use of Modbus protocol to effectively only ‘read’ the
breaker data i.e. breaker status and breaker measurements. If ‘control’ of the breaker is required
i.e. remote open and close of the breaker via the motor operators then the external CAM modules are
needed (which also allow ‘read’ function) three different CAM Module options are available.

Thanks to its ability to communicate, the IZMX circuit breaker series taps
new opportunities for power distribution. It provides all the information
that is relevant for operation and forwards it to a data acquisition system.
This way the transparency of the system can be increased and response
times to statuses such as overcurrent, phase imbalance and overvoltage
can be reduced. By quickly intervening in a process, system standstills
can be prevented or preventive maintenance actions can be planned.
Consequently, the availability of the system can be increased as well.
With the respective communication module – MCAM, PCAM, or ECAM
(Modbus / Profibus-DP / Ethernet Communications Adapter Module)
– every circuit breaker of the IZMX series is equipped for modern
communication and is fit for the future. The databus not only allows
breakers to transmit information, but also to receive commands/settings.
Standard On-board Modbus communication is standard on both the
PXR20 and PXR25 trip units which will allow both monitoring of breaker
status and breaker data.
Low Voltage Circuit Protection & Switchgear
Air circuit breakers
IZMX Circuit breaker technical data and performance

IZMX16 IZMX40
General
Standards IEC/EN 60947 IEC/EN 60947
Ambient temperature Storage oC -25 - +70 -25 - +70
Operating (open) oC -25 - +70 -25 - +70

Mounting position

Utilization category B B
Protection type IP20, IP55 device with protective cover, IP41 with door sealing frame
Direction of incoming supply as required as required
Switching capacity
800A, 1000A, 1250A, 1600A, 2000A, 2500A,
Rated Current (In) 630A, 800A, 1000A, 1250A, 1600A
3200A, 4000A
Type of circuit breaker B N H B N H
Rated impulse withstand voltage (Uimp , VAC) 12000 12000 12000 12000 12000 12000
Rated insulation voltage (Ui , VAC) 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000
Rated operational voltage (Ue , VAC) 690 690 690 690 690 690
240V 50/60Hz 42 85 85 66 85 105
Ultimate breaking capacity
440V 50/60Hz 42 50 66 66 85 105
(Icu , kA)
690V 50/60Hz 42 42 42 66 75 75
240V 50/60Hz 42 50 65 66 85 105
Rated service breaking
440V 50/60Hz 42 50 50 66 85 105
capacity (Ics , kA)
690V 50/60Hz 42 42 42 66 75 75
Rated short-time withstand cur-
1s/3s 42/- 42/- 42/- 66/53 851)/66 851)/66
rent (Icw , kA)
Rated short-circuit making capaci- 440V 50/60Hz 88 105 145 145 187 231
ty (Icm , kA) 690V 50/60Hz 88 88 88 145 165 165
Closing delay 25 30
Closing delay
30 35
electrical (via SR)
Operating delays (ms) Opening delay elec-
25 22
trical (via ST)
Opening delay
50 37
electrical (via UVR)
Maximum operating frequency (Operations/h) 60 60
Durability and installation characteristics
Lifespan 630A-1600A 800A-1600A 2000A 2500A-4000A
Mechanical, w/o maintenance 12500 12500 10000 10000
Mechanical, w/ maintenance 25000 25000 20000 20000
Electrical, w/o maintenance 10000 10000 8000 2) 6000 3)
Fixed 3P 338 x 210 x 184 398 x 376 x 298
Dimensions Fixed 4P 338 x 279 x 184 398 x 492 x 298
(H x W x D, mm) Withdrawable 3P 360 x 254 x 289 456 x 426 x 393
Withdrawable 4P 360 x 324 x 289 456 x 541 x 393
Fixed 3P / 4P 15 / 20 45 / 56
Withdrawable breaker only 3P / 4P 21 / 26 69 / 86
Weight (kg)
Withdrawable cassette only 3P / 4P 18 / 21 29 / 35
Withdrawable combined 3P / 4P 39 / 47 98 / 121
1) 75kA at 690VAC
2) 6000 operations for B, N and H type at 690VAC,
3) 2500 operations at 690VAC

116 Power Distribution product guide eatoncorp.com.au 2018

 Low Voltage Circuit Protection & Switchgear
Air circuit breakers
IZMX Trip unit technical data and specifications

V Type (PXR20-2F) U Type (PXR25-2S)

IZMX-PXRV IZMX-PXRU
IZMX16/40V IZMX16/40U
Protective options LSI/LSIG LSI/LSIG
Overload protection (L)
0.4, 0.5, 0.6, 0.7, 0.75, 0.8, 0.9, 0.4, 0.5, 0.6, 0.7, 0.75, 0.8, 0.9,
Overload trip (Ir ), x In
0.95, 0.98, 1.0 0.95, 0.98, 1.0
Long delay time tr (6 x Ir ) 0.5, 1 , 2, 4, 7, 10, 12, 15, 20, 24 s 0.5, 1 , 2, 4, 7, 10, 12, 15, 20, 24 s
Short-time delayed short-circuit protection (S)
Short delayed pickup (Isd), x Ir 1.5, 2, 2.5, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 10 1.5, 2, 2.5, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 10
Short delay time, flat characteristic curve (tsd) 0.0, 0.1, 0.2, 0.3, 0.4, 0.5 s 1) 0.0, 0.1, 0.2, 0.3, 0.4, 0.5 s 1)
Short delay time at 8 x Ir, I2t curve (tsd) 0.1, 0.3, 0.4, 0.5 s 0.1, 0.3, 0.4, 0.5 s
Non-delayed short-circuit protection (I)
Non-delayed pickup (Ii ), x In OFF, 2, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 10, 12, 15 OFF, 2, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 10, 12, 15
Optional ground fault protection (G)
Ground/Earth fault alarm (A), x In 0.2, 0.4, 0.6, 1.0 0.2, 0.4, 0.6, 1.0
Ground/Earth pickup (Ig), x In OFF, 0.2, 0.4, 0.6, 0.8, 1.0 OFF, 0.2, 0.4, 0.6, 0.8, 1.0
Short delay time, flat characteristic curve (tg) 0.1, 0.2, 0.3, 0.4, 0.5 s 0.1, 0.2, 0.3, 0.4, 0.5 s
Short delay time at 0.625 x In, I2t curve (tg) 0.1, 0.2, 0.3, 0.4, 0.5 s 0.1, 0.2, 0.3, 0.4, 0.5 s
Over-temperature trip • •
Thermal memeory • •
Zone selectivity ZSI • •
Making current release (MCR) • •
Further functions
System diagnostic
Status/Overload LED • •
Cause of trip LEDs • •
Current at trip point (display indication) • •
High load or ground fault alarm contact • •
System monitor
LCD display • 2) • 2)
Current metering accuracy ±1% of Reading ±1% of Reading
Voltage (%) L to L - ±1% of Reading 3)
Power and energy (%) - ± 2% of Reading 3)
Apparent power kVA and demand - • 3)
Reactive power kVAR - • 3)
Power factor - • 3)
Communications
Onboard (ModBus) • •
External (CAM Module) o o
Power supply requirement +24 V DC, optional +24 V DC, optional
Additional funtions
Integral, PC + Power Xpert Integral, PC + Power Xpert
Test Capability
(free download) (free download)
Maintenance Mode ARMS
• •
(Arc Flash Reduction Maintenance SystemTM)
Trip log • •
Electronic operations counter • •
Waveform capture • •
Breaker health monitor • •

1) 0.1s: trip time is 0.06s to 0.1s; 0s: nominal clear time is 60ms with auxiliary power and 120ms without.
2) Requires external 24VDC control voltage supply when continuous current below 20% of In
3) Requires external PT module (IZMX-PXR-PTM-2) for voltage sensing input to trip unit
• Standard o Optional - not available

Power Distribution product guide eatoncorp.com.au 2018 117

Low Voltage Circuit Protection & Switchgear
Air circuit breakers
IZMX Circuit breaker and Trip unit ordering infromation
IZMX16 Standard Breaker IZMX40 Standard Breaker PXR20 Trip Unit Standard PXR25 Trip Unit Standard
Inclusions: Inclusions: Inclusions: Inclusions:
All breakers supplied with All breakers supplied with LCD display with current LCD display with current,
cassette, safety shutters, cassette, safety shutters, measurement display, Zone voltage, power and energy
operations counter, IP41 operations counter, IP41 selective interlocking (ZSI), measurement display, Zone
door escutheon, padlockable door escutheon, padlockable Status/overload LED, Cause selective interlocking (ZSI),
pushbutton covers, interlock pushbutton covers, interlock of trips LEDs, Integral test Status/overload LED, Cause
trip indicator. Supplied standard trip indicator. Supplied standard capability. Additional PXR20 of trips LEDs, Intergral test
with 2A/2B auxiliary contacts with 4A/4B auxiliary contacts ‘Fully Loaded’ inclusions capability. Additional PXR25
and connection tags that can be and horizontal connection tags. are: LSIG Residual ground ‘Fully Loaded’ inclusions
positioned in either horizontal or For vertical connection tags, fault, Standard Modbus and are: LSIG Residual ground
vertical position. please contact Eaton. Eaton Arcflash Reduction fault, Standard Modbus and
Maintenance System™ Eaton Arcflash Reduction
Maintenance System™

Icu rating Ics rating Icw rating (kA)

Current Rating 3 Pole Item no. 4 Pole Item no.
(kA) 415Vac (kA) 415Vac - 1sec 415Vac
IZMX16 Manual Charge Withdrawable Breaker with PXR20 (2F) LSI/LSIG Trip Unit
630A 66 50 42 NAS6073W2F7NMNN2YJ4X NAS6074W2F7NMNN2YJ4X
800A 66 50 42 NAS6083W2F8NMNN2YJ4X NAS6084W2F8NMNN2YJ4X
1000A 66 50 42 NAS6103W2FANMNN2YJ4X NAS6104W2FANMNN2YJ4X
1250A 66 50 42 NAS6133W2FCNMNN2YJ4X NAS6134W2FCNMNN2YJ4X
1600A 66 50 42 NAS6163W2FDNMNN2YJ4X NAS6164W2FDNMNN2YJ4X
IZMX40 Manual Charge Withdrawable Breaker with PXR20 (2F) LSI/LSIG Trip Unit
800A 66 66 66 RAS6083W2F8NMNN4YJ5X RAS6084W2F8NMNN4YJ5X
1000A 66 66 66 RAS6103W2FANMNN4YJ5X RAS6104W2FANMNN4YJ5X
1250A 66 66 66 RAS6133W2FCNMNN4YJ5X RAS6134W2FCNMNN4YJ5X
1600A 66 66 66 RAS6163W2FDNMNN4YJ5X RAS6164W2FDNMNN4YJ5X
2000A 66 66 66 RAS6203W2FMNMNN4YJ5X RAS6204W2FMNMNN4YJ5X
2500A 66 66 66 RAS6253W2FNNMNN4YJ5X RAS6254W2FNNMNN4YJ5X
3200A 66 66 66 RAS6323W2FQNMNN4YJ5X RAS6324W2FQNMNN4YJ5X
4000A 66 66 66 RAS6403W2FRNMNN4YJ5X RAS6404W2FRNMNN4YJ5X
IZMX16 Manual Charge Withdrawable Breaker with PXR25 (2S) LSI/LSIG Trip Unit
630A 66 50 42 NAS4073W2S7NMNN2YJ4X NAS4074W2S7NMNN2YJ4X
800A 66 50 42 NAS4083W2S8NMNN2YJ4X NAS4084W2S8NMNN2YJ4X
1000A 66 50 42 NAS4103W2SANMNN2YJ4X NAS4104W2SANMNN2YJ4X
1250A 66 50 42 NAS4133W2SCNMNN2YJ4X NAS4134W2SCNMNN2YJ4X
1600A 66 50 42 NAS4163W2SDNMNN2YJ4X NAS4164W2SDNMNN2YJ4X
IZMX40 Manual Charge Withdrawable Breaker with PXR25 (2S) LSI/LSIG Trip Unit
800A 66 66 66 RAS6083W2S8NMNN4YJ5X RAS6084W2S8NMNN4YJ5X
1000A 66 66 66 RAS6103W2SANMNN4YJ5X RAS6104W2SANMNN4YJ5X
1250A 66 66 66 RAS6133W2SCNMNN4YJ5X RAS6134W2SCNMNN4YJ5X
1600A 66 66 66 RAS6163W2SDNMNN4YJ5X RAS6164W2SDNMNN4YJ5X
2000A 66 66 66 RAS6203W2SMNMNN4YJ5X RAS6204W2SMNMNN4YJ5X
2500A 66 66 66 RAS6253W2SNNMNN4YJ5X RAS6254W2SNNMNN4YJ5X
3200A 66 66 66 RAS6323W2SQNMNN4YJ5X RAS6324W2SQNMNN4YJ5X
4000A 66 66 66 RAS6403W2SRNMNN4YJ5X RAS6404W2SRNMNN4YJ5X
IZMX16 Manual Charge Withdrawable Breaker Non-Auto
630A - - 42 NAS4073WSW0NMNN2NJ4X NAS4074WSW0NMNN2NJ4X
800A - - 42 NAS4083WSW0NMNN2NJ4X NAS4084WSW0NMNN2NJ4X
1000A - - 42 NAS4103WSW0NMNN2NJ4X NAS4104WSW0NMNN2NJ4X
1250A - - 42 NAS4133WSW0NMNN2NJ4X NAS4134WSW0NMNN2NJ4X
1600A - - 42 NAS4163WSW0NMNN2NJ4X NAS4164WSW0NMNN2NJ4X
IZMX40 Manual Charge Withdrawable Breaker Non-Auto
800A - - 66 RAS6083WSW0NMNN4NJ5X RAS6084WSW0NMNN4NJ5X
1000A - - 66 RAS6103WSW0NMNN4NJ5X RAS6104WSW0NMNN4NJ5X
1250A - - 66 RAS6133WSW0NMNN4NJ5X RAS6134WSW0NMNN4NJ5X
1600A - - 66 RAS6163WSW0NMNN4NJ5X RAS6164WSW0NMNN4NJ5X
2000A - - 66 RAS6203WSW0NMNN4NJ5X RAS6204WSW0NMNN4NJ5X
2500A - - 66 RAS6253WSW0NMNN4NJ5X RAS6254WSW0NMNN4NJ5X
3200A - - 66 RAS6323WSW0NMNN4NJ5X RAS6324WSW0NMNN4NJ5X
4000A - - 66 RAS6403WSW0NMNN4NJ5X RAS6404WSW0NMNN4NJ5X
For other configurations please contact Eaton.

118 Power Distribution product guide eatoncorp.com.au 2018

 Low Voltage Circuit Protection & Switchgear
Air circuit breakers
IZMX Circuit breaker and Trip unit ordering infromation

Suitable Frame Size Description Item no.

IZMX16/40 IZMX PXR Trip unit external power supply EASY400-POW
IZMX16/40 IZMX PXR25 Trip unit external voltage transformer IZMX-PXR-PTM-2
IZMX16/40 IZMX Modbus external communications cam module IZMX-MCAM-2
IZMX16/40 IZMX Ethernet external communication cam module IZMX-ECAM-2
IZMX16/40 IZMX Profibus external communications cam module IZMX-PCAM-2
IZMX16 IZMX16 Neutral sensor for 3 pole LSIG function IZMX-CT16-N-2
IZMX40 IZMX40 Neutral sensor for 3 pole LSIG function IZMX-CT40-N-2
IZMX16 IZMX16 Motor operator 24Vdc IZMX-M16-24DC-2
IZMX16 IZMX16 Motor operator 48Vdc IZMX-M16-48DC-2
IZMX16 IZMX16 Motor operator 110-127Vac / 110-125Vdc IZMX-M16-110AD-2
IZMX16 IZMX16 Motor operator 220-240Vac / 200-250Vdc IZMX-M16-230AD-2
IZMX40 IZMX40 Motor operator 24Vdc IZMX-M40-24DC-2
IZMX40 IZMX40 Motor operator 48Vdc IZMX-M40-48DC-2
IZMX40 IZMX40 Motor operator 110-127Vac / 110-125Vdc IZMX-M40-110AD-2
IZMX40 IZMX40 Motor operator 220-240Vac / 200-250Vdc IZMX-M40-230AD-2
IZMX16/40 IZMX Shunt trip 24Vdc IZMX-ST24DC-2
IZMX16/40 IZMX Shunt trip 48Vdc IZMX-ST48DC-2
IZMX16/40 IZMX Shunt trip 110-125Vac/dc IZMX-ST110AD-2
IZMX16/40 IZMX Shunt trip 220-240Vac/dc IZMX-ST230AD-2
IZMX16/40 IZMX Closing release coil 24Vdc IZMX-SR24DC-2
IZMX16/40 IZMX Closing release coil 48Vdc IZMX-SR48DC-2
IZMX16/40 IZMX Closing release coil 110-125Vac/dc IZMX-SR110AD-2
IZMX16/40 IZMX Closing release coil 220-240Vac/dc IZMX-SR230AD-2
IZMX16/40 IZMX Latch check switch IZMX-LCS-2
IZMX16/40 IZMX Undervoltage release 24Vdc IZMX-UVR24DC-2
IZMX16/40 IZMX Undervoltage release 48Vdc IZMX-UVR48DC-2
IZMX16/40 IZMX Undervoltage release 110-125Vac/dc IZMX-UVR110AD-2
IZMX16/40 IZMX Undervoltage release 220-240Vac/dc IZMX-UVR220AD-2
IZMX16/40 IZMX Undervoltage release 380-415Vac/dc IZMX-UVR400AD-2
IZMX16/40 IZMX Withdrawable secondary circuit terminal, 8 piece bag IZMX-SEC-TB8-W-2
IZMX16/40 IZMX Withdrawable secondary circuit terminal, 20 piece bag IZMX-SEC-TB20-W-2
IZMX16/40 IZMX Withdrawable secondary circuit terminal, 30 piece bag IZMX-SEC-TB30-W-2
IZMX16 IZMX16 Withdrawable IP41 door escutheon IZMX-DEG16-W-2
IZMX40 IZMX40 Withdrawable IP41 door escutheon IZMX-DEG40-W-2
IZMX16 IZMX16 Withdrawable IP55 door cover NFDCKTW
IZMX40 IZMX40 Withdrawable IP55 door cover RFDCKTW
IZMX16 IZMX16 Plastic padlockable On-Off cover IZMX-PLPC16-P-2
IZMX40 IZMX40 Plastic padlockable On-Off cover IZMX-PLPC40-P-2
IZMX16/40 IZMX Castell locking adaptor kit, no lock IZMX-KLP-SO-CASTELL-2
IZMX16 IZMX16 Withdrawable Type 2 mechanical interlock adaptor IZMX-MIL-2C-W16-2
IZMX40 IZMX40 Withdrawable Type 2 mechanical interlock adaptor IZMX-MIL-2C-W40-2
IZMX16 IZMX16 Withdrawable Type 31/33 mechanical interlock adaptor IZMX-MIL-3133C-W16-2
IZMX40 IZMX40 Withdrawable Type 31/33 mechanical interlock adaptor IZMX-MIL-3133C-W40-2
IZMX16 IZMX16 Withdrawable Type 32 mechanical interlock adaptor IZMX-MIL-32C-W16-2
IZMX40 IZMX40 Withdrawable Type 32 mechanical interlock adaptor IZMX-MIL-32C-W40-2
IZMX16/40 IZMX Mechanical interlock cable kit, 1520mm long (2 cables) IZMX-MIL-CAB1520-2
IZMX16/40 IZMX Mechanical interlock cable kit, 1830mm long (2 cables) IZMX-MIL-CAB1830-2
IZMX16/40 IZMX Mechanical interlock cable kit, 2440mm long (2 cables) IZMX-MIL-CAB2440-2
IZMX16/40 IZMX Mechanical interlock cable kit, 3050mm long (2 cables) IZMX-MIL-CAB3050-2

Accessory Notes:
Field fitted shunt trip or undervoltage release also requires 1 piece of secondary control circuit terminal.
Field fitted motor operator requires 1 x motor operator, 1 x shunt trip, 1 x closing release coil, 1 x latch check switch and 3 pieces of secondary control
circuit terminals.
Field fitted external communications cam module options also require 1 piece of secondary control circuit terminal.
Maximum number of shunt trips is two, if this option is used then it is not possible to fit an undervoltage release.
Type 2 mechanical interlock arrangement requires 1 adaptor kit per each breaker and 1 set of cables.
Type 31 mechanical interlock arrangement requires 1 adaptor kit per each breaker and 2 sets of cables.
Type 32 or 33 mechanical interlock arrangement requires 1 adaptor kit per each breaker and 3 sets of cables.
For other accessory items please contact Eaton.

Power Distribution product guide eatoncorp.com.au 2018 119

 IZMX Circuit
IZMX Circuit IZMXBreakers,
Circuit
Breakers, INX Switch
Breakers,
INX Switch INX Disconnectors
Switch Disconnectors
Disconnectors
Dimensions 73 73 73
Basic devicesBasic devices Basic devices Withdrawable units

Low Voltage
IZMX16…, Circuit
IZMX16…,
INX16… Protection
INX16…
IZMX16…, & Switchgear
INX16… Door cut-out IZMX16
IZMX-DEG16-W

IZMX-DC16-W

DimensionsAir circuit Dimensions

Dimensions breakers  Do
Withdrawable units
WithdrawableIZMX16 Withdrawable units  Co
IZMX16...W,Dimensions
IZMX16...W,(mm)
units
IZMX16...W, INX16...W INX16...W INX16...W
Withdrawble unit
Front Rear Side - Connected 

 Top edge of mounting plate

 Door/Cover
Door cover
Top IZMX-DC16-W
IZMX16 Door cover - NFDCKTW

  

74 74 IZMX Circuit
IZMX Circuit
Breakers,
Breakers,
INX Switch
INX Switch
Disconnectors
Disconnectors
  
Basic devices
Basic devices
 Door/Cover Door/Cover  Door/Cover
 Contact surface
 Contact surface
IZMX16…,IZMX16…,
INX16… INX16…
 Contact surface
DimensionsDimensions
WithdrawableWithdrawable
units units  
Door
Door cut-out cut-out
IZMX16
Door IZMX16
cut-out IZMX16   
IZMX-DEG16-WIZMX-DEG1B-W-2
IZMX-DEG16-W NFDCKTW
IZMX-DC16-W IZMX-DC16-W

 
CA01305001Z-EN www.eaton.com
 Door/Cover Door/Cover  Door/Cover
 Door/Cover Door/Cover  Door/Cover

CA01305001Z-EN
CA01305001Z-EN www.eaton.com www.eaton.com
CA01305001Z-EN
www.eaton.com
 Top edge of mounting
 Top edge
plate
of mounting plate

 Door/Cover
Contact
Door cover  Door Surface
cover
IZMX-DC16-W IZMX-DC16-W

120 Power Distribution product guide eatoncorp.com.au 2018

 Basic devices
IZMX16…, INX16…
IZMX Circuit Breakers, INX Switch Disconnectors 75
Dimensions
Basic devices Low Voltage Circuit Protection & Switchgear
Withdrawable Units
IZMX16…, INX16…
Air circuit breakers
Terminal adapter horizontal/vertical - vertical mounted
IZMX-THV16...
Dimensions
IZMX16 Dimensions (mm)
Withdrawble unit
Withdrawable Units
Terminal adapter horizontal/vertical - vertical mounted
Terminal adapter horizontal/vertical - vertical mounted
IZMX-THV16...

76 76 IZMX Circuit Breakers,

IZMX Circuit INX Switch
Breakers, Disconnectors
INX Switch Disconnectors
Basic devicesBasic devices
IZMX16…, IZMX16…,
INX16… INX16…

Dimensions Dimensions
Withdrawable Units
Withdrawable
Terminal adapter Units
horizontal/vertical long - vertical mounted
Terminal adapterTerminal
horizontal/vertical - horizontal mounted
adapter horizontal/vertical - horizontal mounted
Terminal IZMX-THVL16...
adapter horizontal/vertical - horizontal mounted
IZMX-THV16... IZMX-THV16...

Terminal adapter horizontal/vertical long - vertical mounted

IZMX-THVL16...

  

 Contact surface
 Contact surface
Terminal adapterTerminal
horizontal/vertical long - horizontallong
adapter horizontal/vertical mounted
- horizontal mounted
IZMX-THVL16...Terminal adapter front
IZMX-THVL16...
IZMX-TF16...

Terminal adapter front

IZMX-TF16...

 

 Contact surface
 Contact surface
Mechanical interlock for withdrawable
Mechanical interlock forunits
withdrawable units
IZMX-MIL...W16 IZMX-MIL...W16

 Contact surface
CA01305001Z-EN www.eaton.com

 Contact surface
CA01305001Z-EN www.eaton.com

Power Distribution product guide eatoncorp.com.au 2018 121

 IZMXIZMX Circuit Breakers,
Circuit INX Switch
Breakers, INX Disconnectors
Switch Disconnectors IZMX 81 Circuit
81 Breakers, INX Sw
IZMXBasic
Circuit
devices Breakers, INX Switch Disconnectors
Dimensions
Dimensions
81
Low Voltage Circuit Protection & Switchgear
Basic devices Basic devices Withdrawable
Withdrawable
unitsunits
IZMX40…, INX40…
Basic devices DoorDoor
cut-out
cut-out
IZMX40
IZMX40
IZMX40…, INX40… IZMX40…, INX40…
IZMX40…, INX40… IZMX-DEG40-W
IZMX-DEG40-W IZMX-DC40-W
IZMX-DC40-
DimensionsAir circuit breakers
Dimensions Dimensions
nsions IZMX40 Dimensions (mm)
Withdrawable units
Withdrawable units
IZMX40...W, INX40...W Withdrawable units
awable units Withdrawble
IZMX40...W, INX40...Wunit IZMX40...W, INX40...W
...W, INX40...W
Front Rear
Side - Connected

 

 Top
edge
Top edge
of mounting
of mounting
plateplate

DoorDoor
cover  Door/Cover
cover
Top IZMX-DC40-W
IZMX-DC40-W
 Contact surface
izmx40 Door cover - RFDCKTW

82 82 IZMXIZMX
Circuit
Circuit
Breakers,
Breakers,
INX Switch
INX Switch
Disconnectors
Disconnectors
Basic devices
Basic devices
IZMX40…,
IZMX40…,
INX40…INX40…

Dimensions
Dimensions
Withdrawable
Withdrawable
units units
Door
Door cut-out
Door cut-out
IZMX40
cut-out IZMX40
IZMX40
IZMX-DEG140-W-2
IZMX-DEG40-W
IZMX-DEG40-W RFDCKTW
IZMX-DC40-W
IZMX-DC40-W

 Door/Cover CA01305001Z-EN
CA01305001Z-EN www.eaton.com
www.eaton.com

 Door/Cover
  Door/Cover
 Contact surface
or/Cover
 Contact surface  Contact surface
ntact surface
CA01305001Z-EN www.eaton.com
CA01305001Z-EN www.eaton.com
CA01305001Z-EN www.eaton.com

 Top edge
of Top
mounting
edge ofplate
mounting plate

Door coverDoor cover


IZMX-DC40-W Door/Cover
IZMX-DC40-W
 Contact Surface

122 Power Distribution product guide eatoncorp.com.au 2018

 IZMX Circuit Breakers, INX Switch Disconnectors
IZMX40…, INX40…
IZMX40…, INX40…
83
DimensionsBasic devices
IZMX Circuit Breakers, INX Switch Disconnectors
Dimensions IZMX40…, INX40…
83
Withdrawable units
Basic devices
Terminal adapter
Withdrawable
Dimensions
Terminal
units horizontal/vertical - vertical mounted
adapter IZMX40…,
IZMX-THV40... INX40…
horizontal/vertical - vertical mounted
Low Voltage Circuit Protection & Switchgear
Terminals up to 3200 A
IZMX-THV40...
Air circuit breakers
Withdrawable units
Dimensions
Terminals
Terminal up to 3200horizontal/vertical
adapter A - vertical mounted
IZMX40 Dimensions
IZMX-THV40... units(mm)
Withdrawable
Terminals adapter
Terminal up to 3200 A
Withdrawble unit horizontal/vertical - vertical mounted
IZMX-THV40...
Terminal adapter
Terminalshorizontal/vertical
up to 3200 A - vertical mounted (Terminals up to 3200 A)



 Contact surface
 Contact surface
Terminal adapter horizontal/vertical - horizontal mounted
IZMX-THV40...
Terminal adapter horizontal/vertical - horizontal mounted
 Contact surface
Terminals up to 3200 A
IZMX-THV40...
Terminal adapter
 84
Terminals
Terminal
Contact
horizontal/vertical
up
IZMX-THV40...
- horizontal
to 3200horizontal/vertical
adapter
surface
A mounted
- horizontal mounted (Terminals up to 3200 A)
IZMX Circuit Breakers, INX Switch Disconnectors
Basic devices
84
Terminals adapter
Terminal up to 3200
IZMX-THV40...
A
IZMX Circuit Breakers, INX Switch Disconnectors
horizontal/vertical - horizontal mounted
IZMX40…, INX40…
Terminals up to 3200 A Basic devices
Dimensions
84Withdrawable units IZMX Circuit Breakers, 
 INX Switch Disconnectors IZMX40…, INX40…

84Terminal adapter vertical

Dimensions IZMX4000 A Circuit Breakers, INX Switch Disconnectors
Basic devices
IZMX-TV40...  IZMX40…, INX40…
Basic devices
Withdrawable units
Terminals 4000 A
Terminal adapter vertical 4000 A
IZMX40…, INX40…
Dimensions
IZMX-TV40... 
Terminals 4000 A
Dimensionsunits
Withdrawable
Terminal adapter vertical 4000 A
Withdrawable units
IZMX-TV40...
Terminal4000
Terminals adapter vertical 4000 A
A surface
 Contact
IZMX-TV40...
 Contact surface
Terminal adapter
Terminalsvertical
4000 A 4000 A 
Terminal adapter front
IZMX-TF40...
Terminal
 Contact adapter front
surface
Terminals up to 3200 A
IZMX-TF40... 
Terminals up to 3200front
A
 Contact
Terminal surface
adapter
IZMX-TF40...
Terminals adapter
Terminal up to 3200 A
front 
IZMX-TF40... 
Terminals up to 3200 A

 Contact surface

 Contact surface
Terminal adapter horizontal 4000 A
IZMX-TH40...
Terminals 4000 A
Terminal
Contactadapter horizontal 4000 A
surface
IZMX-TH40...
Contact
Terminal adapter surface
Terminalshorizontal
 4000 A 4000 A
Terminal adapter horizontal 4000 A
IZMX-TH40...
Terminal4000
Terminals adapter
A horizontal 4000 A
IZMX-TH40...
Terminals 4000 A



CA01305001Z-EN www.eaton.com
CA01305001Z-EN www.eaton.com

CA01305001Z-EN www.eaton.com

CA01305001Z-EN www.eaton.com





 Contact surface

 Contact surface Power Distribution product guide eatoncorp.com.au 2018 123

Low Voltage Circuit Protection & Switchgear
Kyoritsu 5711
Voltage Detector Volt Stick

Reliable and Professional

• Audible buzzer & visual red LED indicates presence of AC voltage
• Auto check function for battery and internal circuit
• Dual sensitivity
Low(Lo) sensitivity helps to recognise the Phase from Neutral in sockets.
High(Hi) sensitivity for checking the presence of voltage from a further distance.
• Self-function test
The 5711 performs self-function test when the button is pressed. If abnormality
is found during the test, it gives 3 short beeps, 3 long beeps, 3 short beeps
• Bright white LED light integrated into the tip
• Safety Standard - IEC 61010-1 CATIV W 600V / CATIII 1000V Pollution degree 2

124 Power Distribution product guide eatoncorp.com.au 2018

Proven solutions for Low Voltage Circuit Protection & Switchgear

switching and isolation.

Incorporating the latest technological advances, Eaton's switches

are the result of a comprehensive ongoing development program
and fully complies with the industry’s most rigorous standards.
This all serves to make Eaton an industry benchmark, with
unsurpassed quality and performance guaranteed.
Our extensive product range, together with our lengthy experience
and specialist knowledge serves to make Eaton the only source
for your panel mounting switch requirements. Eaton switches for
panel mounting can be used for any type of load, including motor
loads and capacitive loads.
They can be applied for:
• All isolating & • Motor emergency switches
disconnecting applications in motor starter units.
such as incoming and • Dumeco switch-
outgoing feeders. disconnectors and isolators.
• Bus couplers in switchgear • QSA switch-disconnector
and control gear fuse switches.
assemblies.
• K-Line handle and knobs.
• Safety switches with
interlocking facilities. • Bussmann fuse protection
products.

Switches
Dumeco panelboard switches
• Fault-make/load-break isolators for fitting in panelboards as main switches
• Provides visible indication of contact position.
• Lockable in the ON & OFF Position

Dumeco panelboard switches

Description Item no.
Main switch 3 pole 250A - DIN Cutout PB250MS3PD
Main switch 3 pole 400A - DIN Cutout PB400MS3PD
Main switch 4 pole 250A - DIN Cutout PB250MS4PD
Main switch 4 pole 400A - DIN Cutout PB400MS4PD
Terminal Cover for 250A/400A Main Switches 1314735
Main switch to DIN chassis link kit 250A PB250LINK
Replacement handle with shaft 4102003

Power Distribution product guide eatoncorp.com.au 2018 125

Low Voltage Circuit Protection & Switchgear
Switches & disconnectors
Dumeco switches & disconnectors
Dumeco switch disconnectors 125-3150A
Designed for general & industrial applications - switchboard industries Eaton
Dumeco switch disconnectors feature:
• Safe operation, Visible Contact • 690V AC, KEMA certified
Separation (160-3150A) • Compliance to IEC 60947-3
• Add-on Aux contacts, for remote • Utilisation Categories AC21A,
indication AC22A & AC23A
• Shallow design to fit in low depth • Excellent Technical Specifications
and compact spaces

Dumeco: 3 pole base mount (switch only)

Shaft
Current AC-23A Rated shortime Handle
Description X-section Item no.
rating kW 415V withstand - Icw type
mm
DMM125 3P+ Solid Neutral
125A 30kW 2.5kA - 1 Sec K2SD 6x6 1314203
Switch
160A 90kW 8kA - 0.2 Sec DMV160 3P Switch K2SD 6x6 1814178
DMV160 3P Switch, with
160A 90kW 8kA - 0.2 Sec K2SD 6x6 1814175
tunnel terminals
250A 147kW 12kA - 0.3 Sec DMV250 3P Switch K3KD 10 x 10 1814408
1314203
400A 180kW 12kA - 0.3 Sec DMV400 3P Switch K3KD 10 x 10 1814411
630A 375kW* 36kA - 0.3 Sec DMV630 3P Switch K5D 14 x 14 1814442
1000A 425kW* 36kA - 0.3 Sec DMV1000 3P Switch K5D 14 x 14 1814445
1250A 750kW 50kA - 1 Sec DMV1250 3P Switch K6D 14 x 14 1814590
1600A 750kW 50kA - 1 Sec DMV1600 3P Switch K6D 14 x 14 1814595
2000A 750kW 50kA - 1 Sec DMV2000 3P Switch K6D 14 x 14 1814065
DMV2500 3P Switch complete
2500A - 65kA - 1 Sec K6D 14 x 14 6093244
with shaft and handle kit
DMV3150 3P Switch complete
3150A - 65kA - 1 Sec K6D 14 x 14 6084848
with shaft and handle kit

Dumeco: 4 pole base mount (switch only)

Shaft
Current AC-23A Rated shortime Handle
1814595 Description X-section Item no.
rating kW 415V withstand - Icw type
mm
125A 30kW 2.5kA - 1 Sec DMM125 4P Switch K2SD 6x6 1314204
160A 90kW 8kA - 0.2 Sec DMV160 4P Switch K2SD 6x6 1814179
250A 147kW 12kA - 0.3 Sec DMV250 4P Switch K3KD 10 x 10 1814410
400A 180kW 12kA - 0.3 Sec DMV400 4P Switch K3KD 10 x 10 1814413
630A 375kW* 36kA - 0.3 Sec DMV630 4P Switch K5D 14 x 14 1814444
1000A 425kW* 36kA - 0.3 Sec DMV1000 4P Switch K5D 14 x 14 1814447
1250A 750kW 50kA - 1 Sec DMV1250 4P Switch K6D 14 x 14 1814592
1600A 750kW 50kA - 1 Sec DMV1600 4P Switch K6D 14 x 14 1814597
DMV2500 4P Switch complete
2500A - 65kA - 1 Sec K6D 14 x 14 6093242
with shaft and handle kit
6093242
DMV3150 4P Switch complete
3150A - 65kA - 1 Sec K6D 14 x 14 6084846
with shaft and handle kit
* Products have an AC-23B kW rating.

Dumeco: handles & shafts

Description Item no.
1050246 Shaft, DMM125, 6x6mm, 172mm long 1314334
Shaft, DMV160, 6x6mm, 270mm long 1314692
Shaft, DMV250/400, 10x10mm, 245mm long 1050242
Shaft, DMV630/1000, 14x14mm, 300mm long 1050246
Shaft, DMV1250/1600/2000, 14x14mm, 280mm long 1050249
Shaft, DMV2500/3150, 14x14mm, 200mm long, with clamp 1050257
Handle, K-Line K2SD, with 6mm coup, IP65 for DMM125/DMV160 1818034
Handle, K-Line K3KD, with 10mm coup, IP65 for DMV250/400 1818069
Handle, K-Line K5D, with 14mm coup, IP65 for DMV630/1000 1818058
Handle, K-line K6D, with 14mm coup, IP65 for DMV1250/1600/2000/2500/3150 1818064
1818069
Typical Ordering Example (630A 3 pole Switch Option Shown): DMV630 Type = 1814442 + 1050246 + 1818058.

126 Power Distribution product guide eatoncorp.com.au 2018

 Low Voltage Circuit Protection & Switchgear
Switches & disconnectors
Dumeco switches & disconnectors
Dumeco manual changeover/multi-pole
Accessories

Required parts for changeover Required parts for changeover Required parts for multi-pole
switches (160A - 1000A): switches (1250A - 2000A): switches:
• 2 Switch Disconnectors • 2 Switch Disconnectors • 2 Switch disconnectors
• 1 Changeover driving • 1 Changeover driving • 1 Multipole driving
mechanism with position mechanism with position mechanism with position
indication 1-0-2 indication 1-0-2 indication I/O
• 1 Handle operating shaft • 2 Handle operating shafts • 1 Handle operating shaft
• 1 K-line operating handle • 2 K-line operating handles • 1 K-line operating handle
(Changeover type) (Changeover type)

All mechanisms are supplied with shafts to connect the switches to the mechanism.
Shaft is required to join mechanism to handle.

Changeover/multi-pole mechanisms
Description Item no.
Dumeco changeover mechanism, 1-0-2, DMV160 1314314
Dumeco changeover mechanism, 1-0-2, DMV250/400 1314884
Dumeco changeover mechanism, 1-0-2, DMV630/1000 1314682
Dumeco changeover mechanism, 1-0-2, DMV1250/1600/2000 1314336
Dumeco multipole mechanism, DMV160 1314337
1314314
Dumeco multipole mechanism, DMV250/400A 1314039
Dumeco multipole mechanism, DMV630/1000 1314040
Shaft, to suit 160A mechanisms 1314322
Shaft, to suit 250/400A mechanisms 1050252
Shaft, to suit 630/1000A mechanisms 1050253
Shaft, to suit 1250/1600/2000A mechanisms 1050255*
Handle, K-Line K02SD - 3 Position changeover, with 6mm door coup,
1818072 1818076
IP65 for DMV160
Handle, K-Line K03KD - 3 Position changeover, with 10mm door coup,
1818115
IP65 for DMV250/400
Handle, K-Line K05D - 3 Position changeover, with 14mm door coup,
1818076
IP65 for DMV630/1000
Handle, K-Line K6D - 2 position changeover, with 14mm door coup,
1818078*
IP65 for DMV1250/1600/2000
Handle, K-Line K2SD - Multipole, with 6mm coup, IP65 for DMV160 1818034
Handle, K-Line K3KD - Multipole, with 10mm coup, IP65 for DMV250/400 1818069
Handle, K-Line K5D - Multipole, with 14mm coup, IP65 for DMV630/1000 1818058
1818034
* Two of these items required for each DMV1250/1600/2000 Changeover arrangement.

Typical Ordering Example (400A 3 pole / 400A 3 pole Changeover Arrangement Shown):
DMV400 Type = 2 x 1814411 + 1 x 1314884 + 1 x 1050252 + 1 x 1818115.

Power Distribution product guide eatoncorp.com.au 2018 127

Low Voltage Circuit Protection & Switchgear
Switches & disconnectors
QSA switches & disconnectors
QSA switch disconnector fuses - SDFs
Eaton QSA Switch Disconnector Fuses 40-800A. Designed for general &
industrial applications.
Switch Fuse Disconnectors features:
• Add-on Aux. contacts, for remote • Compliance to IEC 60947-3
indication • Ideal for motor protection, AC23
• High withstand strength, 80kA Rating
• Self extinguishing material • Unique moving contact systems
• 690V AC, KEMA certified

Q-Line QSA: 3 pole base mount with BS88 fuse posts (switch only)
Frame Current AC-23B AC-23B Fuse Handle Shaft
Description Item no.
size rating Amp 415V kW 415V type type X-section
0 40A 40A* 22kW* A3 QSA40N0 3P Fuse Switch BS K2SD 6 x 6 mm 1320200
0 63A 63A* 30kW* A3 QSA63N0 3P Fuse Switch BS K2SD 6 x 6 mm 1320202
1 63A 63A 30kW A3 QSA63N1 3P Fuse Switch BS K2D 8 x 8 mm 1318011
1 100A 100A 55kW A4 QSA100N1 3P Fuse Switch BS K2D 8 x 8 mm 1318016
1 125A 125A 59kW B1-B2 QSA125N1 3P Fuse Switch BS K2D 8 x 8 mm 1318020
1320201 1 160A 160A 90kW B1-B2 QSA160N1 3P Fuse Switch BS K2D 8 x 8 mm 1318023
2 200A 200A 110kW B1-B2 QSA200N 3P Fuse Switch BS K3KD 10 x 10 mm 1319065
2 250A 250A 147kW B1-B4 QSA250N 3P Fuse Switch BS K3KD 10 x 10 mm 1319074
2 315A 315A 184kW B1-B4 QSA315N 3P Fuse Switch BS K3KD 10 x 10 mm 1319095
2 400A 400A 220kW B1-B4 QSA400N 3P Fuse Switch BS K3KD 10 x 10 mm 1319103
3 630A 630A 375kW C1-C3 QSA630 3P Fuse Switch BS K4D 12 x 12 mm 1318544
3 800A 800A 500kW C1-C3 QSA800 3P Fuse Switch BS K4D 12 x 12 mm 1319175

Q-Line QSA: 3 pole base mount with DIN fuse posts (switch only)
1318027
Frame Current AC-23B AC-23B Fuse Handle Shaft
Description Item no.
size rating Amp 415V kW 415V type type X-section
0 40A 40A* 22kW* 000-00 QSA40N0 3P Fuse Switch DIN K2SD 6 x 6 mm 1320201
0 63A 63A* 30kW* 000-00 QSA63N0 3P Fuse Switch DIN K2SD 6 x 6 mm 1320203
1 63A 63A 30kW 000-00 QSA63N1 3P Fuse Switch DIN K2D 8 x 8 mm 1318027
1 125A 125A 59kW 000-00 QSA125N1 3P Fuse Switch DIN K2D 8 x 8 mm 1318030
1 160A 160A 90kW 000-00 QSA160N1 3P Fuse Switch DIN K2D 8 x 8 mm 1318033
2 200A 200A 110kW 1-2 QSA200N 3P Fuse Switch DIN K3KD 10 x 10 mm 1318547
2 250A 250A 147kW 1-2 QSA250N 3P Fuse Switch DIN K3KD 10 x 10 mm 1318526
1318533 2 315A 315A 184kW 1-2 QSA315N 3P Fuse Switch DIN K3KD 10 x 10 mm 1318548
2 400A 400A 220kW 1-2 QSA400N 3P Fuse Switch DIN K3KD 10 x 10 mm 1318533
3 630A 630A 375kW 3 QSA630 3P Fuse Switch DIN K4D 12 x 12 mm 1318542

* Products have AC-23A rating.

Q-Line QSA: handles & shafts

Description Item no.

1319831
Shaft, QSA40N0/63N0, 6x6mm, 300mm Long 1319831
Shaft, QSA63N1-QSA160N1, 8x8mm, 300mm Long 1319311
Shaft, QSA200N-QSA400N, 10x10mm, 300mm Long 1319319
Shaft, QSA630/800, 12x12mm, 115mm Long 1319331*
Shaft, QSA630/800, 12x12mm, 300mm Long 1319326*
Shaft Link, 12mmx12mm, required for QSA630/800 1319336*
Handle, K-Line K2SD, with 6mm coup, IP65 for QSA40N0/QSA63N0 1818034
Handle, K-Line K2D, with 8mm coup, IP65 for QSA63N1-QSA160N1 1818037
Handle, K-Line K3KD, with 10mm coup, IP65 for QSA200N-QSA400N 1818069

1818037
Handle, K-Line K4D, with 12mm coup, IP65 for QSA630/800 1818052
*Frame size 3 switches require 2 shafts and 1 link.
Typical Ordering Example (QSA160 BS88 Switch Option Shown): QSA160 = 1318023 + 1319311 + 1818037.

128 Power Distribution product guide eatoncorp.com.au 2018

 Low Voltage Circuit Protection & Switchgear
Switches & disconnectors
QSA switches & disconnectors
QSA plug-in switch disconnector fuses
Eaton QSA Switch Disconnector Fuses 63-800A
Designed for general & industrial applications.
Switch Disconnector Fuses features:
• Add-on Aux. contacts, for remote • 690V AC, KEMA certified
indication • Compliance to IEC 60947-3
• Plug-in, for easy replacement • Ideal for Motor Isolation AC23
on site Rating
• Self extinguishing material • Unique moving contact systems
Q-Line QSA: 3 pole plug-in with BS88 fuse posts (switch only)
Frame Current AC-23B AC-23B kW Fuse Handle Shaft
Description Item no.
size rating Amp 415V 415V type type X-section
1 63A 63A 30kW A3 QSA63N1 3P Fuse Switch BS K2D 8 x 8 mm 1318046
1 125A 125A 59kW B1-B2 QSA125N1 3P Fuse Switch BS K2D 8 x 8 mm 1318047
1 160A 160A 90kW B1-B2 QSA160N1 3P Fuse Switch BS K2D 8 x 8 mm 1318048
2 250A 250A 147kW B1-B4 QSA250N 3P Fuse Switch BS K3KD 10 x 10 mm 1319084
2 400A 400A 220kW B1-B4 QSA400N 3P Fuse Switch BS K3KD 10 x 10 mm 1319114
3 630A 630A 375kW C1-C3 QSA630 3P Fuse Switch BS K4D 12 x 12 mm 4100004
3 800A 800A 500kW C1-C3 QSA800 3P Fuse Switch BS K4D 12 x 12 mm 4100005

Q-Line QSA: 3 pole plug-in with DIN fuse posts (switch only)
Frame Current AC-23B AC-23B kW Fuse Handle Shaft
Description Item no.
size rating Amp 415V 415V type type X-section
1 160A 160A 90kW 000-00 QSA160N1 3P Fuse Switch DIN K2D 8x8 1318052
2 400A 400A 220kW 1-2 QSA400N 3P Fuse Switch DIN K3KD 10 x 10 1319113
3 630A 630A 375kW 3 QSA630 3P Fuse Switch DIN K4D 12 x 12 4100006

QA switches & disconnectors

Switch disconnectors type QA
Eaton QA Switch Disconnectors 125A-1000A. Ideal for the switching of
3 phase AC motors.
QA Switch Disconnectors feature:
• Add-on Aux contacts, for remote • Compliance to IEC 60947-3
indication • Ideal for Motor Duty
• Self extinguishing material • High isolation level
• 690V AC, KEMA certified

Q-Line QA: 3 pole base mount (switch only)

Frame Current AC-23B AC-23B kW Rated shortime Handle Shaft
size rating Amp 415V 415V withstand - Icw Description type X-section
Item no.

1 125A 125A 59kW 4kA - 1 Sec QA125N1 Load Break Switch K2D 8x8 1318001
1 160A 160A 90kW 4kA - 1 Sec QA160N1 Load Break Switch K2D 8x8 1318005
1 200A 200A 110kW 4kA - 1 Sec QA200N1 Load Break Switch K2D 8x8 1318008
2 400A 400A 220kW 15kA - 1 Sec QA400N Load Break Switch K3KD 10 x 10 1318504
2 630A 630A 375kW 15kA - 1 Sec QA630N Load Break Switch K3KD 10 x 10 1318506
3 1000A 1000A 600kW 50kA - 1 Sec QA1000 Load Break Switch K4D 12 x 12 1319128

Q-Line QSA and QA: handles/shafts

Description Item no.
Shaft, QSA63N1-QSA160N1, 8x8mm, 300mm Long 1319311
Shaft, QSA200N-QSA400N, 10x10mm, 300mm Long 1319319 1319831
Shaft, QSA630/800, 12x12mm, 115mm Long 1319331*
Shaft, QSA630/800, 12x12mm, 300mm Long 1319326*
Shaft Link, 12mmx12mm, required for QSA630/800 1319336*
Handle, K-Line K2D, with 8mm coup, IP65 for QSA40N1-QSA160N1 1818037
Handle, K-Line K3KD, with 10mm coup, IP65 for QSA200N-QSA400N 1818069
Handle, K-Line K4D, with 12mm coup, IP65 for QSA630/800 1818052
1818069

Power Distribution product guide eatoncorp.com.au 2018 129

 Low Voltage Circuit Protection & Switchgear

Switch-disconnectors Dumeco, type DMM, technical characteristics

Switches & disconnectors

S w i t c h - d i s c o n n e c t o r s D u m e c o , t y p e D M V, t e c h n i c a l c h a r a c t e r i s t i c s
Dimensions
Dimension apply to 3 pole as well as 4 pole switch disconnectors
Dumeco, type DMM 125 Dumeco, type DMV 160N
Switch-disconnectors Dumeco, type DMV 250N - 1250N, dimensional drawings
*

Switch-disconnectors Dumeco, type DMV 250N - 1250N, dimensional dra

Switch-disconnectors Dumeco, type DMV 250N - 1250N, dimensional dr

Switch-disconnectors Dumeco, type DMV 250N - 1250N, dimensional drawings
Switch-disconnectors Dumeco, type DMV, technical characteristics


*

Switch-disconnectors Dumeco, type DMV 250N - 1250N, dimensional dra

Switch-disconnectors Dumeco, type DMV 160N, dimensional drawings
Switch-disconnectors
Dumeco, type DMV 160N Dumeco, type DMV 250N - 1250N, dimensional drawings
Dumeco, type DMV 250N
(connecting contacts with pillar terminals) *
*

a r at ecct eh rniisctai cl sc h a r a c t e r i s t i c s
t c h - d i s c o n n e c t o r s D u m e c o , t y p e D M V, t e c h n i c a l c h a r a c t e r i s t i c s

Dumeco, type DMV 400N * Dumeco, type DMV 630N

*

CA03802001Z-EN - April 2011 Switch-disconnectors Dumeco, type DMM, technical characteristics 45

V,etceoc,htnyipcea lDcMhV,

50 Switch-disconnectors Dumeco, type DMV, technical characteristics

Dumeco, type DMV 1000N Dumeco, type DMV 1250N

*
um
c oencnoe, ct yt opres DDM

*
Sewcittocrhs- dDiusm

* Dependant on the applied operating extension shaft

130 Power Distribution product guide eatoncorp.com.au 2018

CA03802001Z-EN - April 2011 Switch-disconnec
 Low Voltage Circuit Protection & Switchgear
Switches & disconnectors
Dimensions
Product
itch-disconnectors Series type
Dumeco, DMV-2500 and DMV-3150
DMV 1600N - 2000N, dimensional drawings

n n e c t o r s D u m e c o , t y p e D M V, t e c h n i c a l c h a r a c t e r i s t i c s
Dimension
Description
apply to 3 pole as well as 4 pole switch disconnectors
Part no. Article no.
Dumeco,
DMV-2500Atype
4P +DMV
Shaft 1600N
300 mm + K6D Handle Grey Dumeco, type DMV 2000N6093242
DMV-2500/4/M6/2HI11/K6-PG
DMV-2500A 3P+N + Shaft 300 mm + K6D Handle Grey DMV-2500/3N/M6/2HI11/K6-PG 6093243
DMV-2500A 3P + Shaft 300 mm + K6D Handle Grey DMV-2500/3/M6/2HI11/K6-PG 6093244
DMV-3150A 4P + Shaft 300 mm + K6D Handle Grey DMV-3150/4/M6/2HI11/K6-PG 6084846
DMV-3150A 3P+N + Shaft 300 mm + K6D Handle Grey DMV-3150/3N/M6/2HI11/K6-PG 6084847
DMV-3150A 3P + Shaft 300 mm + K6D Handle Grey DMV-3150/3/M6/2HI11/K6-PG 6084848

Technical Specifications
DMV-2500 DMV-3150
Rated operational voltage Ue Vac 690
Free-air thermal current Ith A 2500 3150
Enclosed thermal current Ithe A 2500 2600
Protection Class
Switch-disconnectors Dumeco, type DMV 1600N - 2000N, dimensional drawings IP20

Rated short-time withstand current Icw (1s) kA 65

Rated short circuit making capacity Icm kA 143

Permissible ambient temperature (min/max) -25ºC…+55ºC

Pollution Degree III/3
Rated insulation voltage Ui * Vac 1000
Rated impulse withstand voltage Uimp Vac 12000

Cross Section Cable mm2 3000

Bus bars mm 3 x 10 x 100 *
Auxiliary contacts (pre-factory M22-CK11) 2 pcs 1NO+1NC

Rated operational current Ie - AC-21 Ue=415 V A 2500 3150

Ue=500 V A 2500 3150
Ue=690 V A 2500 3150

Switching Category B

Dumeco, switch, type DMV 2500 & 3150

Dimensions ⌀ 14.5 mm
40 mm
(1.57")

(⌀ 0.57")

⌀ 14 mm
S w i t c h - d i s c o n n e c t o r s D u m e c o , t y p e D M V, t e c h n i c a l c h a r a c t e r i s t i c s

(⌀ 0.55")
cmmo(13.27")
377 mm (14.84")
(5.12")
s mm
S w i t c h - d i337130

50 mm (1.97") 25 mm 15 mm (0.59")
100 mm (3.94") (0.98") 65 mm 112 mm (4.41")
137 mm (5.39") (2.56") 176 mm (6.93")
270 mm (10.63") 255 mm (10.04")
411 mm (16.18") 300 mm (11.81")
596 mm (23.46")
607 mm (23.9")
630 mm (24.8")

Eaton Industries GmbH © 2014 by Eaton Corporation Moeller series is a registered trademark
Hein-Moeller-Str. 7–11 All rights reserved of Eaton Corporation
D-53115 Bonn / Germany Printed in Germany 07/14 All other trademarks are property of their
Publication No.: FL038003EN respective owners.
ip July 2014
Article No.: 178562 52 Switch-disconnectors Dumeco,
SmartWire-DT ®
is a type DMV,
registered technical
trademark of characteristics
Eaton Corporation.

* Dependant on the applied operating extension shaft

connectors Dumeco, type DMV, technical characteristics CA03802001Z-EN - April 2011

Power Distribution product guide eatoncorp.com.au 2018 131

 Change-over
Change-over
Change-over and multipole
and multipole mechanisms,
mechanisms, type
type DMV,
DMV, techn.
techn. char.
char.
Change-over and
and multipole
multipole mechanisms,
mechanisms, type
type DMV,
DMV, techn.
techn. char.
char.

Low Voltage Circuit Protection & Switchgear

Switches
Change-over&and
Change-over
Change-over
Change-over disconnectors
and
and
and
multipole switches,
multipole
multipole switches, type
multipoleswitches,
type Dumeco,
switches,type
Dumeco, horizontal,
typeDumeco,
horizontal, dimensional
Dumeco,horizontal,
dimensional drawings
horizontal,dimensional
drawings
dimensionaldrawings
drawings
Change-over and multipole switches, type Dumeco, horizontal, dimensional drawings
Dimensions
Dumeco, change-over switch, type DMV 160N
*
t et tecteechcchnhhn.nn.c..chcchahhar.aar.r.r.

Dumeco, change-over switch, type DMV 250N & 400N

*
V,
DDMM
ssmms, s,st,y,t typtypyeppeeDeDM V,
MV,V,

Dumeco, change-over switch, type DMV 630N & 1000N

*
ism
ememmeceechcchahhanaaninsni ism
dmummulutuliltlptitipoippoloeol lelem

Dumeco, change-over switch, type DMV 1250N & 1600N

*
CChCChahhanaangnngegge-eoe--ov-oovevevreerarranaandnnddm

Dumeco, multipole switch, type DMV 160N

*

Dumeco, multipole switch, type DMVS 160N and DMV 250N & 400N
*

56
56
56 Change-overand
Change-over
Change-over andmultipole
and multipolemechanisms,
multipole mechanisms,type
mechanisms, typeDMV,
type DMV,techn.
DMV, techn.char.
techn. char.
char. CA03802001Z-EN---April
CA03802001Z-EN
CA03802001Z-EN April2011
April 2011
2011
56 Change-over and multipole mechanisms, type DMV, techn. char. CA03802001Z-EN - April 2011
56 Change-over and multipole mechanisms, type DMV, techn. char. CA03802001Z-EN - April 2011

* Dependant on the applied operating extension shaft

132 Power Distribution product guide eatoncorp.com.au 2018

 Low Voltage Circuit Protection & Switchgear
Switches & disconnectors
Dimensions
Dumeco, multipole switch, type DMV 630N & 1000N
*

Switch-disconnector-fuses, type QSA 40 - 63 A, BS fuse-link, frame size 0, dimensional drawings

Switch-disconnector-fuses, type QSA 40 - 63 A, BS fuse-link, frame size 0, dimensional drawings

C h a n g e - o v e r a n d m u l t i p o l e m e c h a n i s m s , t y p e D M V, t e c h n . c h a r.
Switch-disconnector-fuses, type QSA 40 - 63 A, BS fuse-link, frame size 0, dimensional drawings
Switch-disconnector-fuses, type QSA 40 - 63 A, BS fuse-link, frame size 0, dimensional drawings

Change-over and multipole switches, type Dumeco, vertical, dimensional drawings

i nIkfNuss,f uet s-eleci -nhlkni ns. k,csthe,actr.eh cn h. nc.h ca hr.a r.

Switch-disconnector-fuses, type QSA 63 - 160 A, BS fuse-link, frame size 1, dimensional drawings
Switch-disconnector-fuses, type QSA 63 - 160 A, BS fuse-link, frame size 1, dimensional drawings
Switch-disconnector-fuses, type QSA 63 - 160 A, BS fuse-link, frame size 1, dimensional drawings

Switch-disconnector-fuses, type QSA 63 - 160 A, BS fuse-link, frame size 1, dimensional drawings



st y, ptByeSpQeoSrQAD
uesf ueQsSe, A
t oyfpr- IBN,SBf uoSsr eoD-rIlN
S, A D

CA03802001Z-EN - April 2011 Change-over and multipole mechanisms, type DMV, techn. char. 57
tocinhtnc- edhci-sdt coi sor-cnfonunes nec est o,cr-

Type A B C D E F G H I J K L M N O P R
QSA
Type 63N1-A3 A B C D E F G H I J K L M N O P R
QSA 63N1-A3
QSA 100N1-A4
QSA 100N1-A4
QSA 125N1-B2
QSA 160N1-B2
QSA 125N1-B2
QSA
Type160N1-B2 A B C D E F G H I J K L M N O P R
QSA 63N1-A3 Power Distribution product guide eatoncorp.com.au 2018 133
sSciw

QSA 100N1-A4
 Switch-disconnector-fuses, type QSA 160 - 400 A, BS fuse-link, frame size 2, dimensional drawings
Switch-disconnector-fuses, type QSA 160 - 400 A, BS fuse-link, frame size 2, dimensional drawings

Low Voltage Circuit Protection

Switch-disconnector-fuses, type QSA 160 -&
400Switchgear
A, BS fuse-link, frame size 2, dimensional drawings
Switch-disconnector-fuses, type QSA 160 - 400 A, BS fuse-link, frame size 2, dimensional drawings
Switches & disconnectors
Switch-disconnector-fuses, type QSA 160 - 400 A, BS fuse-link, frame size 2, dimensional drawings
Dimensions
Switch-disconnector-fuses, type QSA 200 - 400 A, BS fuse-link, frame size 2, dimensional drawings
-fkeluis-fsnlu,eikstn-sekl,ci-snlth,iekntcs.ekh, csnth,e. natcce.r.hhccnahh.r.nac.r.hcahr.a r.

Type A B C D E F G H I J K L M N R
Type
QSA 160N-B2 A B C D E F G H I J K L M N R
QSA 160N-B2
Type 200N-B2 A B C D E F G H I J K L M N R
QSA 200N-B2
250N-B4
Type 160N-B2
QSA A B C D E F G H I J K L M N R
250N-B4
QSA 315N-B4
160N-B2
QSA 200N-B2
Type 400N-B4
QSA 315N-B4 A B C D E F G H I J K L M N R
200N-B2
QSA 250N-B4
uieInsN

160N-B2
QSA 400N-B4
250N-B4
QSA 315N-B4
slN

QSA 200N-B2
ru-IfD

315N-B4
QSA 400N-B4
Switch-disconnector-fuses,
QSA 250N-B4 type QSA 400 - 800 A, BS fuse-link, frame size 3, dimensional drawings
ouNrIsoNfeD

QSA 400N-B4
Switch-disconnector-fuses,
QSA 315N-B4 type QSA 400 - 800 A, BS fuse-link, frame size 3, dimensional drawings
r fISD

QSA 400N-B4
B

Switch-disconnector-fuses, type QSA 400 - 800 A, BS fuse-link, frame size 3, dimensional drawings
r,oNSD
,oAIB

Switch-disconnector-fuses, type QSA 400 - 800 A, BS fuse-link, frame size 3, dimensional drawings
Switch-disconnector-fuses, type QSA 630 - 800 A, BS fuse-link, frame size 3, dimensional drawings
S
ASD
QBo,SQSrB

Switch-disconnector-fuses, type QSA 400 - 800 A, BS fuse-link, frame size 3, dimensional drawings
centofconuntr-
hidct-iocidstnhcin-shodec-nicodsntniceosnocr- eutscofs,utr-
esoncfer- eu,psfsteu,yestpQsyee,SpstAeQ
eotssyfr- pQyBeApSS,eA
,y,tS

Type A B C D E F G H I J K L M N
iScs-w

Type
QSA 400-C3/3 A B C D E F G H I J K L M N
cdi thw

400-C3/3
QSA 630-C3/3
cShiwt-S

Type A B C D E F G H I J K L M N
QSA 630-C3/3
800-C3/3
Type 400-C3/3
QSA A B C D E F G H I J K L M N
i tw

QSA 800-C3/3
400-C3/3
QSA 630-C3/3
S wS

Type A B C D E F G H I J K L M N
630-C3/3
QSA 800-C3/3
QSA 400-C3/3
QSA 800-C3/3
QSA 630-C3/3
38 Switch-disconnector-fuses, type QSA, BS or DIN fuse-links, techn. char. CA03802001Z-EN - April 2011
QSA 800-C3/3
38 Switch-disconnector-fuses, type QSA, BS or DIN fuse-links, techn. char. CA03802001Z-EN - April 2011
134 Power Distribution product guide eatoncorp.com.au 2018
38 Switch-disconnector-fuses, type QSA, BS or DIN fuse-links, techn. char. CA03802001Z-EN - April 2011
38 Switch-disconnector-fuses, type QSA, BS or DIN fuse-links, techn. char. CA03802001Z-EN - April 2011
 Handles K-line, type D, dimensional drawings
SWITCH_210606.book Page 92 Friday, November 3, 2006 4:12 PM
SWITCH_210606.book Page 92
SWITCH_210606.book Friday,
Page November
92 Friday, 3, 20063, 4:12
November 2006PM
4:12 PM
Handles K-line, type D, dimensional drawings
Handles
Handles
K-line,
Handles
K-line,
typetype
K-line,
D, dimensional
D, dimensional
type D, dimensional
drawings
drawingsdrawings

Low Voltage
Typ K1D
Circuit Protection & Switchgear

Handles & knobs, K-line, technical information

Handles K-line, type D, dimensional drawings
Handles K-line,
Handles type type
K-line, D, dimensional drawings
D, dimensional drawings
Handles
K-Line handles
wings The K-Line handle was designed to enable a uniform handle design to be used with both the Dumeco & Q-Line switch products.
Typ K1D
The design & range of product variations within the K-Line product range also allows it to be used on other manufactures switch

Handles & knobs, K-line, technical information

products including circuit breakers to give a uniform appearance to the switchboard. Importantly a higher level of safety is
Typ K1D
achieved because all switches are operated
Typ K1D&Typ
Typ K1D locked
K1D in identical & familiar fashion.
Handles & knobs, K-line, technical information

Handles & knobs, K-line, technical information

Handles & knobs, K-line, technical information

n ation
Typ K2D and K2SD
Features of the K-Line range are: Typ K1D

Handles & knobs, K-line, technical information

Typ K1D
• The K-Line range of product can be fitted to
Typproducts
K1D

32 H a n d l e s & k n o b s , K - l i n e , t e c h n i c a l i n f o r m a t i o n
i naftoi rom
mber
k Page
3, 92
2006
Friday, November 3,with
4:12 PM a shaft
2006 4:12 PM diameter of 6, 8, 10, 12 & 14mm square
k2006
y, Page4:12
92 Friday,
November PM
3, 2006 • PM3,IP65
November
4:12 Ingress
2006 4:12 PM protection rating

l e ks n&o bksn, oKb-sl i, nKe-,l it en ce h, nt ei ccahlniincfaolr m

• Various locking applications e.g. padlock in ON position
Typ K2D and K2SD
• Fixed position of the handle when the door is open
ngs
simensional
K-line, typedrawings
D, dimensional drawings
Typ K2D and K2SD
es K-line,
sional type D, dimensional
D, dimensional
drawings drawings drawings Typ K2D
Typ K2D
and K2SD
and
Typ K2SD
K2D and K2SD
Typ K3KD
Typ K2D and K2SD
Typ K2D
Typand
K2DK2SD
and K2SD

Typ K3KD

Type
TypK1D
K3KD- suitable for 6mm square shafts Type K3KD - suitable for 10mm square shafts
Typ K3KD
Typ K3KDTyp K3KD
Typ K3KD
32 Typ K4D

Typ K3KD
Typ K3KD Handles K-line, type D, T-handle, dimensional drawings
d laensd&
32

Typ K4D
H a nH
32

Typ K4D
32
32
32 32

HandlesTyp
K-line,
K4D typeTyp
Typ K4D D,K4D
T-handle, dimensional drawings
d K2SD
32

Typ K4D
nd K2SD Type K2D & K2SD - versions available for both 6mm + 8mm square shafts Type K4D - suitable for 12mm square shafts
Handles K-line, type D, T-handle, dimensional Typ K4D
drawings
Typ K4D
Handles
HandlesK-line,
Handles
K-line,
typetype
K-line,
D, T-handle,
D, T-handle,
type D,dimensional
T-handle,
dimensional
dimensional
drawings
drawingsdrawings
Handles K-line, type D, T-handle,
Typedimensional
K5D drawings
Handles K-line,
Handles type type
K-line, D, T-handle, dimensional
D, T-handle, drawings
dimensional drawings

sional drawings Type K5D

Type K5D
TypeType
K5D K5DType K5D
Type K5D Type K6D
Type Type
K5D K5D

92 Handles & knobs, K-line, technical information PG

Type K5D - suitable for 14mm square

Typeshafts
K6D Type K6D - versions available for both 12mm + 14mm square shafts

-handle,
snal
K-line,
drawings
dimensional Type
type D, T-handle,K6D
drawings
dimensional drawings TypeType
K6D K6DType K6D Type K6D
92 Handles & knobs, K-line, technical information PG00802002U - November 2006
es K-line,
dle, type D,
D,dimensional
T-handle, T-handle,
drawings dimensional
dimensional drawings drawings Type Type
K6D K6D

92 Handles & knobs, K-line, technical information PG00802002U - November 2006

92 92
Handles
Handles
&92knobs,
&Handles
knobs,
K-line,
92 K-line,
&Handles
technical
knobs,
technical
K-line,
& information
information
technical
knobs, information
K-line, technical information PG00802002U
PG00802002U
- November
PG00802002U
- November
2006
- November
2006
PG00802002U 20062006
- November
92 92 Handles & knobs, K-line, technical information
Handles & knobs, K-line, technical information PG00802002U - November
PG00802002U 2006 2006
- November

PG00802002U - November 2006

mation
, K-line, technical information PG00802002U - November
PG00802002U
2006 - November
PG00802002U
2006 - November 2006
, K-line,
al technical information
information PG00802002U -PG00802002U
November 2006PG00802002U
- November 2006- November 2006

Power Distribution product guide eatoncorp.com.au 2018 135

Low Voltage Circuit Protection & Switchgear
LV Switchgear accessories
Q-line/Dumeco accessories
Auxiliary contacts: Dumeco & Q-Line switches
Auxiliary�contact,�1N/O+1N/C�for�DMV160N�part�no.
Max per Pack
Description Item no.
switch qty
Part�no.  AUX1NO+1NCDMV160N
Auxiliary contact to suit DMM125 1NO + 1NC 1 1 1314300
Catalog�No.  1314398
1314398 Auxiliary contact to suit DMM125 2NO + 2NC 1 1 1314301
 
  Auxiliary contact to suit DMV160 1NO + 1 NC 2 1 1314398
Auxiliary contact to suit DMV250-DMV2000 1NO + 1 NC 2 1 1314736
Delivery�program Auxiliary�contact,�1N/O+1N/C,�for�all�QSA-types
Auxiliary contact to suit Q-Line switches - Frame size 0, 1NO + 1NC 1 1 6028293
Product range     Accessories
Auxiliary contact to suit Q-Line switches - Frame size 1, 2, 1NO + 1NC 2 1 6028293
Part group reference Part�no.  AUX1NO+1NC-BOX012     DMV
Auxiliary contact to suit Q-Line switches - Frame size 3, 1NO + 1NC 1 1 6101137
Basic function
6028293
Article�no.  6028293     Auxiliary contact
 
      Switching duty 6 A, 230 V AC
Delivery�programme Terminal covers: Dumeco & Q-Line switches 2 auxiliary contacts per DMV, mountable
Product range     Accessories Pack
Contacts Description       Item no.
Part group reference     QSA qty
N/O = Normally open  
Dumeco terminal cover to suit  DMM125   1 N/O 1 1314330
Basic function   Auxiliary contact
N/C 1314230
= Normally closed  
Dumeco terminal cover to suit  DMV160     1 NC 1 1314230
Contacts  
For use with  
Dumeco terminal cover to suit  DMV250/400   DMV160N… 1 1314735
N/O = Normally open   1 N/O
Information
N/C = Normally equipment supplied Dumeco terminal cover to suit  DMV630/1000
aboutclosed     1  NC including connection materials 1 1314830
For use with Q-Line 1 Pole, fully shrouded for
  M6 Connection
  bolt
QSA… 1 1319409

Design�verification�as�per�IEC/EN�61439
Information about equipment supplied Q-Line 1 Pole, fully shrouded for
  M8 Connection
  bolt
incl. adapter 1 1319411

Technical data for design verification Q-Line 1 Pole, fully shrouded for M10  Connection  bolt
1319411   1 1319413
Design�verification�as�per�IEC/EN�61439
Q-Line 1 Pole, fully shrouded for M12I ConnectionAbolt
Rated operational current for specified heat dissipation n 6
1 1319415
Technical data for design verification Q-Line 3 Pole, front terminal  
protection  
for  
Frame Size 0 Switches 1 1320239
Heat dissipation per pole, current-dependent Pvid W 0.11
Rated operational current for specifiedQ-Line
heat dissipation
3 Pole, In
front terminal protection A Frame
for 6 Size 1 Switches 1 1319432
Equipment heat dissipation, current-dependent P
vid W W 0
Heat dissipation per pole, current-dependent
Q-Line 3 Pole, front terminal Pvid
protection for 0.11
Frame Size 2 Switches 1 1319418
1319432
Static heatheat
dissipation, non-current-dependent Pvs W
Equipment dissipation, current-dependent Pvid 0W 0

Heat
Staticdissipation capacity
heat dissipation, Switch covers: Q-Line switches
non-current-dependent Pvs Pdiss W 0W 0

Heat dissipation
Operating capacity
ambient temperature min. Pdiss   W 0 °C -25 Pack
Description Item no.
qty
IEC/EN 61439 design
Operating verification
ambient temperature max.         °C 50
Q-Line Fuse Switch front cover, suit QSA40N0/63N0 BS, QSA63N1 BS & QSA100N1 DIN 1 1320237
10.2 Strength of materials and parts      
IEC/EN 61439 design verification      
Q-Line Fuse Switch front cover, suit QSA63N1-QSA125N1 DIN 1 1319435
10.2.2 Corrosion resistance     Meets the product standard's requirements.
10.2 Strength of materials and parts      
1319438 Q-Line Fuse Switch front cover, suit QSA160N1 DIN 1 1318476
10.2.3.1 Verification of thermal stability of enclosures     Meets the product standard's requirements.
10.2.2 Corrosion resistance Q-Line Fuse Switch front cover,  
suit QSA100N1  
BS Meets the product standard's requirements.
1 1319423
10.2.3.2 Verification of resistance of insulating materials to normal heat     Meets the product standard's requirements.
10.2.3.1 Verification of thermal stability ofFuseenclosures     Meets the product standard's requirements.
10.2.3.3 Verification of resistance ofQ-Line Switch
insulating materials frontheat
to abnormal cover,
  suit QSA125N1/160N1
  Meets theBS
product standard's requirements. 1 1319438
and fire due
10.2.3.2 to internalof
Verification electric effectsof insulating materials to normal heat
resistance     Meets
Q-Line Fuse Switch front cover, suit QSA200N-QSA400N BS & the
DINproduct standard's requirements.
1 1319429
10.2.4 Resistance to ultra-violet (UV) radiation     Meets the product standard's requirements.
10.2.3.3 Verification of resistance of insulating
Q-Line Fuse materials to abnormal
Switch front cover,heat  
suit QSA630/800   BS & DIN
Meets the product standard's requirements.
1 1319426
and fire
10.2.5 due to internal electric effects
Lifting     Does not apply, since the entire switchgear needs to be evaluated.
1319439
Q-Line 3 Pole kit, front or rear cover set, suit QA125N1-200N1 3 1319439
10.2.6
10.2.4Mechanical
Resistanceimpact
to ultra-violet (UV) radiation       Does
  not apply, sincethe
Meets theproduct
entire switchgear needs
standard's to be evaluated.
requirements.
Q-Line 3 Pole kit, rear cover set, suit QSA63N1-160N1 3 1319439
10.2.7
10.2.5Inscriptions
Lifting       Meets
  the product
Does standard's
not apply, requirements.
since the entire switchgear needs to be evaluated.
Q-Line 3 Pole kit, front or rear cover set, suit QA400N 3 1319441
10.3 Degree of protection of ASSEMBLIES     Does not apply, since the entire switchgear needs to be evaluated.
10.2.6 Mechanical impact Q-Line 3 Pole kit, rear cover set, suit  QSA200N-400N
  Does not apply, since the entire switchgear
3 needs to be evaluated.
1319441
10.4 Clearances and creepage distances     Meets the product standard's requirements.
10.2.7 Inscriptions  
Q-Line Front cover shroud, QA400N/630N   Meets the product standard's requirements.
1 1319425
10.5 Protection against electric shock     Does not apply, since the entire switchgear needs to be evaluated.
10.3 Degree of protection of ASSEMBLIES  
Q-Line Rear cover kit, suit QSA630/800, QA1000   Does not apply, since the entire switchgear
1 needs to be evaluated.
1319417
10.6 Incorporation of switching devices and components     Does not apply, since the entire switchgear needs to be evaluated.
10.41319417
Clearances and creepage distances     Meets the product standard's requirements.
10.7 Internal electrical circuits and connections     Is the panel builder's responsibility.
10.5 Protection against electric shock
Loose busplug units 3 pole & 4 pole
 
10.8 Connections for external conductors     Is  the panel builder's
Does notresponsibility.
apply, since the entire switchgear needs to be evaluated.
Pack
10.6 Incorporation Description
of switching devices and components      Does not apply, since the entire switchgear Item no.
10.9 Insulation properties     Qty needs to be evaluated.
10.710.9.2 Power-frequency
Internal electricand
electrical circuits strength
connections
Plug   Plug  onto
assembly 3 Pole 125/160A,   60mm
Is  the panel builder's
dropper Isbusbars responsibility.
the panel builder's responsibility.1 x 3P 1318268
10.810.9.3 Impulse withstand
Connections voltage
for external conductors  
Plug assembly 3 Pole 250/400A,   60mm
Plug  onto Is  the panel builder's
dropper Isbusbars responsibility.
the panel builder's responsibility.1 x 3P 1319635
10.9.4 Testing of enclosures made of insulating material     Is the panel builder's responsibility.
10.9 Insulation properties Plug assembly 3 Pole 630/800A, Plug  onto 60mm  dropper  busbars 2 x 3P 1318902
1318268
10.10 Temperature rise     The panel builder is responsible for the temperature rise calculation. Eaton will
Plug assembly
10.9.2 Power-frequency electric strength 4 Pole 125/160A, Plug  onto 60mm  dropper
provide heat Isbusbars
the panel
dissipation builder's
data responsibility.2 x 2P 1318269
for the devices.

10.1110.9.3
Short-circuit withstand voltagePlug
Impulserating assembly 4 Pole 630/800A,
  Plug  onto
  60mm dropper
Is  the Isbusbars
the panel
panel builder's builder'sThe
responsibility. responsibility.4 for
specifications x 2P 1318903
the switchgear must be
observed.
10.9.4 Testing of enclosures made of insulating material     Is the panel builder's responsibility.
10.12 Electromagnetic compatibility     Is the panel builder's responsibility. The specifications for the switchgear must be
136 10.10 Temperature rise
Power Distribution product guide eatoncorp.com.au 2018    
observed. The panel builder is responsible for the temperature rise calculation. Eaton wil
provide heat dissipation data for the devices.
10.13 Mechanical function     The device meets the requirements, provided the information in the instruction
leaflet (IL) is observed.
10.11 Short-circuit rating     Is the panel builder's responsibility. The specifications for the switchgear must
 Low Voltage Circuit Protection & Switchgear
LV Switchgear accessories
Q-line/Dumeco accessories
Handles & shafts: Q-line & Dumeco switches

Description Item no.

Direct mount knob handle, K1A, Red, for 6mm shaft 1818002
1818111
Direct mount knob handle, K2A, Red, for 8mm shaft 1818006
Direct mount knob handle, K3A, Red, for 10mm shaft 1818111
Direct mount knob handle, K4A, Red, for 12mm shaft 1818010
Direct mount knob handle, K5A, Red, for 14mm shaft 1818012
Handle, K-Line K2S, Red/yellow, with 6mm coup, IP65 for 6mm shaft 1818033 1818033
Handle, K-Line K2, Red/yellow, with 8mm coup, IP65 for 8mm shaft 1818036
Handle, K-Line K3, Red/yellow, with 10mm coup, IP65 for 10mm shaft 1818096
Handle, K-Line K4, Red/yellow, with 12mm coup, IP65 for 12mm shaft 1818051
Handle, K-Line K5, Red/yellow, with 14mm coup, IP65 for 14mm shaft 1818057 1818055
Handle, K-Line K6, Red/yellow, with 14mm coup, IP65 for 14mm shaft 1818063
Handle with Cylinder locking, K2S, Grey, with coup for 6mm shaft 1818040
Handle with Cylinder locking, K2, Grey, with coup for 8mm shaft 1818043
Handle with Cylinder locking, K3, Grey, with coup for 10mm shaft 1818070
Handle with Cylinder locking, K4, Grey, with coup for 12mm shaft 1818055 1818104

Handle with Cylinder locking, K5, Grey, with coup for 14mm shaft 1818061
Handle with Cylinder locking, K6, Grey, with coup for 14mm shaft 1818067
Padlock ON Conversion kit for K1 1818103
Padlock ON Conversion kit for K2 1818104
Padlock ON Conversion kit for K3 1818105 1319831

Padlock ON Conversion kit for K4-K5-K6 1818106

Extension shaft 6x6mm, 300mm long, suit QM & Q-Line 1319831
Extension shaft 8x8mm, 300mm long, suit Q-Line 1319311
Extension shaft 10x10mm, 300mm long, suit Q-Line 1319319
Extension shaft 12x12mm, 300mm long, suit Q-Line 1319326
1319332
Extension shaft 12x12mm, turn 45 degrees, 115mm long, suit Q-Line 1319331
Extension clamp for 6x6mm shafts 1319833
Extension clamp for 8x8mm shafts 1319332
Extension clamp for 10x10mm shafts 1319334
Extension clamp for 12x12mm shafts 1319336
1050247
Extension shaft 6x6mm, 400mm long, suit DMV160 1314693
Extension shaft 10x10mm, 400mm long, suit DMV250/400 1050243
Extension shaft 14x14mm, 400mm long, suit DMV630/1000 1050247
Extension shaft 14x14mm, 400mm long, suit DMV1250/1600/2000 1050250
Extension shaft, with clamp, 14x14mm, 200mm long, suit DMS 1050257
Shaft transition link, 10x10mm to 12x12mm 1319398
1319398
Shaft transition link, 12x12mm to 14x14mm 1318685

Power Distribution product guide eatoncorp.com.au 2018 137

Low Voltage Circuit Protection & Switchgear
LV Switchgear accessories
Q-line/Dumeco accessories
Side termination kits: QA & QSA switches
Pack
Description Item no.
qty
1319502
160A - Left side line connection, suit QA125N1/160N1 + QSA63N1/160N1 1 1319502
160A - Right side line connection, suit QA125N1/160N1 + QSA63N1/160N1 1 1319508
250A - Left side line connection, suit QSA200N/250N 1 1319509
250A - Right side line connection, suit QSA200N/250N 1 1319511
400A - Left side line connection, suit QA400N + QSA315N/400N 1 1319513
1319508 400A - Right side line connection, suit QA400N + QSA315N/400N 1 1319515
Note: Above products cannot be used with Plug-In type QSA switches.

4th pole & neutral link kits: Q-Line switches

Pack
Description Item no.
qty
Switched Neutral 63 Amp Switched neutral, suit QSA40N0/63N0 + QSA63N1 1 1319462
125 Amp Switched neutral, suit QA125N1 + QSA100N1/125N1 1 1319467
200 Amp Switched neutral, suit QA160N1/200N1 + QSA160N1 1 1319474
200 Amp Switched neutral, suit QSA200N 1 1319476
500 Amp Switched neutral, suit QA400N/630N, QSA250N-400N 1 1319482
630 Amp Switched neutral, suit QA1000, QSA630/800 1 1319662
63 Amp Solid neutral, suit QSA40N0/63N0 + QSA63N1 1 1319460
125 Amp Solid neutral, suit QA125N1 + QSA100N1/125N1 1 1319466
200 Amp Solid neutral, suit QA160N1/200N1 + QSA160N1 1 1319472
200 Amp Solid neutral, suit QSA200N 1 1319473
400 Amp Solid neutral, suit QA400N/630N, QSA250N-400N 1 1319480
1000 Amp Solid neutral, suit QA1000 + QSA630/800 1 1319486

Solid Neutral

MEMPROOF Enclosed weather/dust proof isolators 20-63A

Can be used for spa & pool
pumps, air conditioning,
commercial kitchen exhaust
fans. MEM Isolators have the
following features:

• Suitable for isolating all Double pole Triple pole and

types of circuit Switched Neutral
• Available in 2 & 4 pole Triple pole & switched neutral
versions
Current kW rating Dimensions
• Dust & weatherproof to Item no.
rating AC-23A (WxHxD)
IP56
20A 9kW 82x165x81mm MP203N
• Cable capacity up to 25mm2
MP203N 35A 15kW 82x165x81mm MP353N
• Tested to IEC 947.3
240/415Vac 50/60Hz 45A 21kW 82x165x81mm MP453N

• 4 conduit/cable entries 63A 29kW 82x165x81mm MP633N

• High Impact Strength Double pole

• Padlocking in the OFF
Current kW rating Dimensions
position Item no.
rating AC-23A (WxHxD)
• Includes double screw earth 20A 3kW 82x165x81mm MP202
terminal
35A 5kW 82x165x81mm MP352

138 Power Distribution product guide eatoncorp.com.au 2018

 Low Voltage Circuit Protection & Switchgear
LV Fuse gear
House service fuse chassis
Fuse chassis
Description Item no.
12 pole HSF chassis 315A, 262 x 252mm HSF12P
18 pole HSF chassis 315A, 391 x 252mm HSF18P
24 pole HSF chassis 315A, 520 x 252mm HSF24P
36 pole HSF chassis 315A, 778 x 252mm HSF36P
Suitable for front wire fuse-base versions only.

Power industry products

Street lighting fuse-links
Eaton Street Lighting fuse-links for use in single phase of street light cut-outs or similar installations. Eaton
street lighting fuse-links feature:
• Fuse-links with low watts loss, cooler running
• ASTA 20 Certified, ISO 9002
• AC Rating, 50kA, 240V to BS88 - 1

Street lighting fuse-links

Description Item no.
Lighting fuse-link 2A 240Vac 38mm LST2
Lighting fuse-link 4A 240Vac 38mm LST4
Lighting fuse-link 6A 240Vac 38mm LST6
Lighting fuse-link 10A 240Vac 38mm LST10
Lighting fuse-link 16A 240Vac 38mm LST16
Lighting fuse-link 20A 240Vac 38mm LST20
Lighting fuse-link 25A 240Vac 38mm LST25

Eaton Bill street light cut-outs

Designed for the thermal & short circuit protection of all street lights. Bill street light cut-outs features:
• High impact strength, improved safety during accidental pole damage
• Easy to connect, reduced installation time
• Made in Australia
• Compact dimensions, fit into small pole designs
• High degree of protection, increased operator safety

Eaton Bill street light cut-outs

Description Item no.
Single circuit + double pole, PVC grommets SLA3D1
Double circuit + double pole, PVC grommets SLA3D2

Power Distribution product guide eatoncorp.com.au 2018 139

 The protection you rely on.
Low Voltage Circuit Protection & Switchgear

Our Bussmann series products reflect a longstanding tradition of leading fusible

circuit protection and electrical safety solutions that protect equipment and
enable reliable, efficient power distribution.
With Eaton you get the industry’s top innovator in fuse technology and
unmatched expertise in circuit breakers. Our heritage in circuit breaker
development coupled with the number one name in fuses means the choice is no
longer fuse or breaker. It’s fuse and breaker— it’s leadership in circuit protection.

BUSSMANN
SERIES

British Standard (BS) Fuse Links and Fuse Holders

Fuse links for general industrial applications with Q1 fusing factor, general purpose (gG) and motor
protection (gM) characteristics for general industrial and motor applications.
Standard: BS88 part 1 to 6, IEC 60269 part 1 and 2
Rated voltage: 415, 550 and 690Vac
Rated current: 2 to 1250A
Breaking capacity: 80kA
Operating class: gG and gM
Sizes: A1 to A4, B1 to B4, C1 to C3, D2, E1, F1 and F2 and non standard sizes
Fuse holders: Full range of fuse holders available (Red Spot, Camaster and Safeloc)
Applications: Residential, commercial and industrial

Bussmann series BS88 industrial fuse links

Bussmann/GE Fuse Box

Item no. Amps Volts Dim
Item no. holder qty
Clip in type.
NSD2 NS2 2
NSD4 NS4 4
NSD6 NS6 6
NSD10 NS10 10 32NNS*
550 58.5mm 20
NSD16 NS16 16 SC32*
NSD20 NS20 20
NSD32 NSD25 NS25 25
NSD32 NS32 32
NSD20M25 NS20M25 20M25
NSD20M32 NS20M32 20M32
NSD32M36 NS32M36 32M36 32NNS*
415 58.5mm 20
NSD32M40 NS32M40 32M40 SC32*
NSD32M50 NS32M50 32M50
NSD32M63 NS32M63 32M63

140 Power Distribution product guide eatoncorp.com.au 2018

 Low Voltage Circuit Protection & Switchgear
LV Fuse gear
Bussmann series BS88 industrial fuse links

Bussmann/GE Fuse Box

Item no. Amps Volts Dim
Item no. holder qty
SSD2 SS2 2
SSD4 SS4 4
SSD6 SS6 6
SSD10 SS10 10
240 47.0mm 20
SSD16 SS16 16
SSD20 SS20 20
SSD32
SSD25 SS25 25
SSD32 SS32 32

ESD2 2
ESD4 4
ESD6 6
ESD10 10
ESD16 16
63ENS*
ESD20 20 550 68.0mm 20
SC63*
ESD25 25
ESD32 32
ESD40 ES40 40 ESD63
ESD50 ES50 50
ESD63 ES63 63
ESD63M80 ES63M80 63M80 63ENS*
415 68.0mm 20
ESD63M100 63M100 SC63*

Offset bolted tags

STD2 LST2 2
STD4 LST4 4
STD6 LST6 6
STD10 LST10 10
240 35.0mm 20
STD16 LST16 16 STD10
STD20 LST20 20
STD25 LST25 25
STD32 LST32 32

NITD2 NIT2L 2
NITD4 NIT4L 4
NITD6 NIT6L 6
NITD10 NIT10L 10 CM32FC
550 44.5mm 20
NITD16 NIT16L 16 RS20*
NITD20 NIT20L 20
NITD25 NIT25L 25
NITD6
NITD32 NIT32L 32
NITD20M25 NIT20M25L 20M25
NITD20M32 NIT20M32L 25M32
CM32FC
NITD32M40 NIT32M40L 32M40 415 44.5mm 20
RS32*
NITD32M50 NIT32M50L 32M50
NITD32M63 NIT32M63L 32M63

Power Distribution product guide eatoncorp.com.au 2018 141

Low Voltage Circuit Protection & Switchgear
LV Fuse gear
Bussmann series BS88 industrial fuse links

Bussmann/GE Fuse Box

Item no. Amps Volts Dim
Item no. holder qty
Offset bolted tags
AAO2 TIA2L 2
AAO4 TIA4L 4
AAO6 TIA6L 6
AAO10 TIA10L 10
AAO16 TIA16L 16 CM32F
AAO20 TIA20L 20 RS32 550 73.5mm 20
AAO32
AAO25 TIA25L 25 RS63

AAO32 TIA32L 32
AAO32M40 TIA32M40L 32M40
AAO32M50 TIA32M50L 32M50
AAO32M63 TIA32M63L 32M63

BAO35 TIS35L 35
BAO40 TIS40L 40
BAO50 TIS50L 50 CM63F
550 73.5mm 20
BAO63 TIS63L 63 RS63
BAO63M80 TIS63M80L 63M80
BAO63
BAO63M100 TIS63M100L 63M100

OSD80 OS80 80
OSD100 OS100 100
CM100F 415 73.0mm 20
OSD100M125 OS100M125 100M125
OSD100M160 100M160

CEO32 32
CEO40 40
CEO50 50
RS100* 550 94.0mm 10
CEO63 63
OSD100 CEO80 TCP80L 80
CEO100 TCP100L 100
CEO100M125 TCP100M125L 100M125
CEO100M160 TCP100M160L 100M160 RS100* 415 94.0mm 10
CEO100M200 TCP100M200L 100M200

DEO125 TFP125L 125

DEO160 TFP160L 160
DEO200 TFP200L 200 415 94.0mm 5
DEO200M250 TFP200M250L 200M250
DEO200M315 TFP200M315L 200M315
DEO200
Centre bolted tags - 2 hole fixing.
AC2 2
AC4 4
AC6 6
AC10 10
AC16 16
AC20 20
AC25 25 550 97.5mm 20
AC32 32
BC40 40
BC50 50
AC32 BC63 63
BC63M80 63M80
BC63M100 63M100

142 Power Distribution product guide eatoncorp.com.au 2018

 Low Voltage Circuit Protection & Switchgear
LV Fuse gear
Bussmann series BS88 industrial fuse links

Bussmann/GE Fuse Box

Item no. Amps Volts Dim
Item no. holder qty
Centre bolted tags - 2 hole fixing.
AD2 2
AD4 4
AD6 6
AD10 10
AD16 16
AD20 20 RS200* 550 111.5mm 20 AD32
AD25 25
AD32 32
BD40 40
BD50 50
BD63 63

CD80 TC80L 80
RS200* 550 111.0mm 10
CD100 TC100L 100
CD100M125 100M125
CD100M160 100M160 RS200* 415 111.0mm 10
CD100M200 100M200
DD200

DD125 TF125L 125

DD160 TF160L 160
DD200 TF200L 200 RS200* 415 111.0mm 5
DD200M250 TF200M250L 200M250
DD200M315 TF200M315L 200M315

ED250 TKF250L 250

ED315 TKF315L 315
ED355 TMF355L 355 415 111mm 1
ED400 TMF400L 400
ED315M400 TKF315M400L 315M400 ED315

ED400M500 400M500 550 111mm 1

EFS125 125
EFS160 160
RS400* 415 133mm 1
EFS200 200
EFS250 TKM250L 250

Centre bolted tags - 4 hole fixing.

133/
EFS315 TKM315L 315 415 1
184mm
EFS315
EF355 TM355L 355
415 133/
EF400 TM400L 400 1
184mm
EF400M500 400M500 550

FF450 TTM450L 450

FF500 TTM500L 500 133/
550 1
FF560 TTM560L 560 184mm
FF630 TTM630L 630

FG450 450
FG500 500 133/
550 1 FF630
FG560 560 184mm
FG630 630

Power Distribution product guide eatoncorp.com.au 2018 143

Low Voltage Circuit Protection & Switchgear
LV Fuse gear
Bussmann series BS88 industrial fuse links

Bussmann/GE Fuse Box

Item no. Amps Volts Dim
Item no. holder qty
Centre bolted tags - 4 hole fixing.
GF710 TLM710L 710 133/
550 1
GF800 TLM800L 800 184mm
GG710 710
GG800 800 167/
550 1
GG1000 1000 231mm
GG1250 1250
GG710

GH710 710
GH800 800
550 149mm 1
GH1000 1000
GH1250 1250

Special tag arrangements - 660Vac / 400Vdc.

125N20 125
160N20 160
200N20 200
250N20 250
315N20 315
355P20 355 660 92.5mm 1
400P20 400
450R20 450
500R20 500
560R20 560
630R20 630
710S20 710
550 92.5mm 1
800S20 800

Offset bolted tags

200N20 NIT2 2
NIT4 4
NIT6 6 CM32FC
550 44.5mm 20
NIT10 10 RS20*
NIT16 16
NIT20 20
NET25 25 CM32FC
440 44.5mm 20
NET32 32 RS32*
NIT20M25 20M25
NIT20M32 25M32
CM32FC
NIT32M40 32M40 415 44.5mm 20
RS32*
NIT32M50 32M50
NITD6
NIT32M63 32M63

Offset bolted tags - 660V.

2H07-660 TIA2 2
4H07-660 TIA4 4
6H07-660 TIA6 6
10H07-660 TIA10 10
16H07-660 TIA16 16
20H07-660 TIA20 20 CM63F
660 73.5mm 20
25H07-660 TIA25 25 RS63*
32H07-660 TIA32 32
H07-660 TIA32M35 32M35
TIA32M40 32M40
TIA32M50 32M50
TIA32M63 32M63

144 Power Distribution product guide eatoncorp.com.au 2018

 Low Voltage Circuit Protection & Switchgear
LV Fuse gear
Bussmann series BS88 industrial fuse links

Bussmann/GE Fuse Box

Item no. Amps Volts Dim
Item no. holder qty
Offset bolted tags - 660V.
TIS35 35
40K07-660 TIS40 40
50K07-660 TIS50 50 CM63F
660 73.5mm 20
63K07-660 TIS63 63 RS63*
TIS63M80 63M80
TIS63M100 63M100
K07-660

80L14-660 TCP80 80
100L14-660 TCP100 100
TCP100M125 100M125 RS100* 660 94mm 20
TCP100M160 100M160
TCP100M200 100M200

125M14-660 TFP125 125

160M14-660 TFP160 160 550 94mm 10
200M14-660 TFP200 200

L14-660
Centre bolted tags - 660V.
2K08-660 TB2 2
4K08-660 TB4 4
6K08-660 TB6 6
10K08-660 TB10 10
16K08-660 TB16 16
20K08-660 TB20 20 660 97.5mm 1
25K08-660 TB25 25
32K08-660 TB32 32
40K08-660 TB40 40
50K08-660 TB50 50
63K08-660 TB63 63 K08-660

2K09-660 TBC2 2
4K09-660 TBC4 4
6K09-660 TBC6 6
10K09-660 TBC10 10
16K09-660 TBC16 16
20K09-660 TBC20 20
RS200* 660 111mm 1
25K09-660 TBC25 25
32K09-660 TBC32 32
40K09-660 TBC40 40
50K09-660 TBC50 50
63K09-660 TBC63 63 L09-660
TBC63M100 63M100

80L09-660 TC80 80
RS200* 660 111mm 20
100L09-660 TC100 100

125M09-660 TF125 125

160M09-660 TF160 160
200M09-660 TF200 200 660 111mm 20
TF200M250 200M250
TF200M315 200M315
M09-660
250N09-660 TKF250 250
315N09-660 TKF315 315 660 111mm 1
TKF315M355 315M355

Power Distribution product guide eatoncorp.com.au 2018 145

Low Voltage Circuit Protection & Switchgear
LV Fuse gear
Bussmann series BS88 industrial fuse links and fuse holders

Bussmann/GE Fuse Box

Item no. Amps Volts Dim
Item no. holder qty
Centre bolted tags - 660V.
355P09-660 TMF355 355
660 111mm 1
400P09-660 TMF400 400

125N11-660 125
160N11-660 160
200N11-660 200 660 133mm 1
250N11-660 TKM250 250
315N11-660 TKM315 315

355P11-660 TM355 355 184 /

660 1
400P11-660 TM400 400 133mm

450R11-660 TTM450 450

500R11-660 TTM500 500 184 /
550 1
560R11-660 TTM560 560 133mm
630R11-660 TTM630 630

450R12-660 TT450 450

500R12-660 TT500 500 231 /
550 1
560R12-660 TT560 560 167mm
630R12-660 TT630 630

TLM670 670
TLM710 710 184 /
660 1
TLM750 750 133mm
TLM800 800

Fuse Box
Item no. Description Amps Volts Dim
holder qty
SAFEloc fuse holders
32NNSF Front wired
32NNSR Back wired
32NNSBS Back stud
32NNSFBS Front wired / back stud NS / NSD 32 690 10
32NNSFWHITE Front wired, white
32NNSFBSWHITE F. Wired / b. Stud, white
32NNSBSWHITE Back stud, white

SAFEloc 63ENSF Front wired

63ENSR Back wired
63ENSBS Back stud
63ENSFBS Front wired / back stud ES / ESD 63 690 10
63ENSFWHITE Front wired, white
63ENSFBSWHITE Front wired / back stud, white
63ENSBSWHITE Back stud, white

32NNL Neutral link 32NNS*

690 10
63ENL Neutral link 63ENS*

146 Power Distribution product guide eatoncorp.com.au 2018

 Low Voltage Circuit Protection & Switchgear
LV Fuse gear
Bussmann series BS88 industrial fuse links and fuse holders

Fuse Box
Item no. Description Amps Volts Dim
holder qty
CAMaster fuse holders
CM32FC Front wired NITD 32
10
CM32F Front wired AAO 32
690
CM63F Front wired BAO 63
5
CM100F Front wired OSD 100

CM32FCW Front wired, white NITD 32

10
CM32FW Front wired, white AAO 32 CAMaster
690
CM63FW Front wired, white BAO 63
5
CM100FW Front wired, white OSD 100

Fuse holder Box

Item no. Description Volts
to suit. qty
CAMaster accessories.
32CMLC Bolted neutral link CM32FC 10
32CML Bolted neutral link CM32F 690 1
63-100CML Bolted neutral link CM63F & CM100F 1

32BS Back stud conversion kits CM32FC & CM32F 10 CAMaster accessories - Studs
690
63/100BS Back stud conversion kits CM63F & CM100F 5

32LSCC Lockable safety carrier CM32FC 3

32LSC Lockable safety carrier CM32F 690 3
63-100LSC Lockable safety carrier CM63F & CM100F 3

Box
Item no. Description Fuse Amps Volts
qty
Safeclip fuse holders
SC20H Front wired
SC20P Back stud
NS / NSD 20 415 10
SC20BH Busbar connect / front connect
SC20HWH Front wired, white

SC32H-D Front wired

SC32PH-D Front wired / back stud Safeclip fuseholder - black
SC32BH Busbar connect / front connect
SC32P Back stud NS / NSD 32 415 10
SC32H-DWH Front wired, white
SC32PWH Back stud, white
SC32PH-DWH Front wired / back stud - white

SC63H-D Front wired

SC63BH Busbar connect / front connect
ES / ESD 63 415 10
SC63P Back stud
SC63H-DWH Back stud, white
Safeclip fuseholder - white

Power Distribution product guide eatoncorp.com.au 2018 147

Low Voltage Circuit Protection & Switchgear
LV Fuse gear
Bussmann series BS88 industrial fuse links and fuse holders

Box
Item no. Description Fuse Amps Volts
qty
Red spot fuse holders
RS20H Front wired
RS20BW Back wired
RS20P-G Back stud NIT /
20 690 10
RS20PH-G Front wired / back stud NITD
RS20H-WH Front wired, white
Red spot fuseholder - black RS20PG-WH Back stud, white

RS32H Front wired

RS32BW Back wired
RS32P Back stud
TIA / AAO 32 690 10
RS32PH Front wired / back stud
RS32HWH Front wired, white
RS32PWH Back stud, white

RS63H Front wired

RS63BW Back wired
RS63P Back stud TIA / TIS
Red spot fuseholder - white
AAO / 63 690 5
RS63PH Front wired / back stud BAO
RS63HWH Front wired, white
RS63PWH Back stud, white

RS100H Front wired

RS100BW Back wired
RS100P Back stud TCP /
100 690 5
RS100PH Front wired / back stud CEO
RS100HWH Front wired, white
RS100PWH Back stud, white

RS200H Front wired

RS200P Back stud
TC / TF
RS200PH Front wired / back stud 200 690 1
CD / DD
RS200HWH Front wired, white
RS200PWH Back stud, white

RS400H Front wired

TKM / TM
RS400P Back stud 400 690 1
EFS / EF
RS400PH Front wired / back stud

Redspot accessories.
RS20LOCK Pad lockable inserts 20
RS32LOCK Pad lockable inserts 32
690 3
RS63LOCK Pad lockable inserts 63
RS100LOCK Pad lockable inserts 100

RS20RED Red isolation carriers 20

RS32RED Red isolation carriers 32
690 5
RS63LOCK RS63RED Red isolation carriers 63
RS100RED Red isolation carriers 100

P110151-10 RS20CLINK 20
P110152-10 RS32CLINK Bolted 32
Neutral 690 5
P110153-10 RS63CLINK Links 63
P110154-10 RS100CLINK 100

148 Power Distribution product guide eatoncorp.com.au 2018

 Low Voltage Circuit Protection & Switchgear
LV Fuse gear
Type J Feeder Pillar Fuse Links
Cylindrical type fuse links designed to be used with wedge type fuse carriers on BS applications.
These fuse links will be used by Electrical Authorities in distribution pillars, open type substation
boards, heavy duty cut-outs and underground connection boxes. Can also be fitted in pole or wall
mounted outdoor service fuse links.
Standard: BS88 Part 5
Rated voltage: 415Vac
Rated current: 20 to 800A
Breaking capacity: 80kA
Operating class: gG
Sizes: 76, 82 and 92mm centres
Fuse holders: Designed to be used with wedge type fuse carriers
Applications: Utilities (Available in cylindrical slotted or non slotted tag versions)

Bussmann series BS88 'J' type industrial fuse links

Fuse Box
Item no. Amps Volts Dim
holder qty
20MJ25-6 20
32MJ25-6 32
40MJ25-6 40
63MJ25-6 63
80MJ25-6 80 46 x
415 5
100MJ25-6 100 39 mm
125MJ25-6 125
MJ30-8
160MJ25-6 160
200MJ25-6 200
250MJ25-6 250
63MJ26-6 63
80MJ26-6 80
100MJ26-6 100
125MJ26-6 125 415 76mm 5
160MJ26-6 160
200MJ26-6 200
250MJ26-6 250
20MJ30-8 20
32MJ30-8 32 MJ31-7
40MJ30-8 40
415 82mm 5
50MJ30-8 50
63MJ30-8 63
80MJ30-7 80
100MJ30-7 100
125MJ30-7 125
160MJ30-7 160
200MJ30-7 200
415 82mm 5
250MJ30-7 250
315MJ30-7 315
355PJ30-7 355
400PJ30-7 400
20MJ31-8 20
25MJ31-8 25
32MJ31-8 32
40MJ31-8 40
50MJ31-8 50
63MJ31-8 63
80MJ31-7 80
100MJ31-7 100 415 92mm 5
125MJ31-7 125
160MJ31-7 160
200MJ31-7 200
250MJ31-7 250
315MJ31-7 315
355PJ31-7 355
400PJ31-7 400

Power Distribution product guide eatoncorp.com.au 2018 149

Low Voltage Circuit Protection & Switchgear
LV Fuse gear
House Service Cut-Out Fuse Links and Fuse Holders
Cylindrical fuse links to be used in connection with house service cut-out for utility/residential
applications. Modular fuse holders to be used with our KR85 and LR85 range.
Standard: ASTA Certified and tested in accordance to BS1361 and AS2005
Rated voltage: 415Vac
Rated current: 20 to 100A
Breaking capacity: 33kA
Operating class: gG
Sizes: 22.2 and 30.2mm
Fuse holders: 60/80SP for KR Series or 100SP for LR Series
Applications: Protection of incoming cables into residential and commercial properties

Bussmann series BS88 industrial fuse links and fuse holders

Box
Item no. Description Amps Fuse Volts
qty
House service fuse holders.
HSB30BWI Back wire, black
HSB30FWI Front wire, black
100 LR85 415 10
HSB30BWCLI Back wire, clear
HSB30FWCLI Front wire, clear

House service fuse holder

HSB22BW Back wire, black
clear HSB22FW Front wire, black
100 KR85 415 10
HSB22BWCL Back wire, clear
HSB22FWCL Front wire, clear

HSB22BWCL-Q* Back wire, clear

125 415 10
HSB22FWCL-Q* Front wire, clear
Complete with link and fixing screws - Queensland only

HSB22BW-V Back wired 100 KR85 415 10

Complete with two-hole fixing - Victoria only

House service fuse holder

black Fuse Box
Item no. Amps Volts Dim
holder qty
House service fuse links.
5KR85 5
10KR85 10
15KR85 15
20KR85 20
25KR85 25
22
30KR85 30 X
HSB22* 415 20
40KR85 40 57
mm
100KR85 45KR85 45
50KR85 50
60KR85 60
80KR85 80
100KR85 100
30LR85 30
40LR85 40
30
50LR85 50 X
HSB30* 415 20
60LR85 60 57
mm
80LR85 80
100LR85 100
80LR85

150 Power Distribution product guide eatoncorp.com.au 2018

 Low Voltage Circuit Protection & Switchgear
LV Fuse gear
Bussmann series BS88 industrial fuse links

Fuse Box
Item no. Amps Volts Dim
holder qty
Consumer fuse links.
C180-1A 1
C180-2A 2
C180-3A 3
6.3 x 25
C180-5A 5 250 10
mm
C180-5A
C180-7A 7
C180-10A 10
C180-13A 13

SMD2 2
SMD4 4
SMD6 6
SMD8 8
12.7 x 29
SMD10 10 415 10
mm
SMD16 16
SMD20 20
SMD25 25
SMD32 32

6.3 x
C55 5 415
25mm
C1515 15 415 10.3 x
C1520 20 415 26mm
20
12.7 x
C3030 30 415
29mm
16.7 x
C4545 45 415
35mm

Box C1520
Item no. Description Amps Volts Dim
qty
Joint service / nato fuse links
059-0107 Ferrule 0.25
059-0108 Ferrule 0.5
059-0109 Ferrule 1
059-0110 Ferrule 2
6.3 x
059-0111 Ferrule 3 440 25
32mm
059-0112 Ferrule 5
059-0113 Ferrule 7
011-9925 Ferrule 10
011-9926 Ferrule 15
059-0144

059-0140 Ferrule 0.5

059-0141 Ferrule 1
059-0142 Ferrule 2
059-0143 Ferrule 3 12
059-0144 Ferrule 5 440 x 33.6 25
059-0145 Ferrule 7 mm

059-0146 Ferrule 10
059-0147 Ferrule 15
011-9483 Ferrule 20

Power Distribution product guide eatoncorp.com.au 2018 151

Low Voltage Circuit Protection & Switchgear
LV Fuse gear
Bussmann series BS88 industrial fuse links

Fuse Box
Item no. Description Amps Volts Dim
holder qty
Joint service / nato fuse links
059-0114 Offset bolted tag 0.5
059-0115 Offset bolted tag 1
059-0116 Offset bolted tag 2
059-0117 Offset bolted tag 3
059-0114 059-0118 Offset bolted tag 5 Tag
440 45mm Fix 25
059-0119 Offset bolted tag 7 Ctr
059-0120 Offset bolted tag 10
059-0121 Offset bolted tag 15
011-9679 Offset bolted tag 20
012-0140 Offset bolted tag 30

059-0148 Ferrule 10
059-0149 Ferrule 15 16.7 X
440 25
059-0150 Ferrule 20 38 mm
059-0148
059-0151 Ferrule 30

059-0122 Offset bolted tag 10

059-0123 Offset bolted tag 15
059-0124 Offset bolted tag 20 Tag
059-0125 Offset bolted tag 30 440 56mm Fix 25
012-0067 Offset bolted tag 40 Ctr

011-9127 Offset bolted tag 50

012-0141 Offset bolted tag 60

059-0123

Bussmann series mining & traction fuses & fuse holders - 1200V

Fuse Box
Item no. Description Amps Volts Dim
holder qty
Mining / traction fuse links - 1200V.
1HD36 1
2HD36 TAC2 2
4HD36 TAC4 4
6HD36 TAC6 6 1200
Vac
10HD36 TAC10 10 122 mm 10
750
15HD36 TAC16 15 Vdc
20HD36 TAC20 20
25HD36 TAC25 25
HD36 30HD36 TAC32 30

35KC36 TSC35 35
1200
40KC36 40 Vac
122 mm 10
50KC36 TSC50 50 750
Vdc
60KC36 TSC63 60

NBC-80 TFC80 80
NBC-100 TFC100 100 1200
Vac
NBC-125 TFC125 125 168 mm 1
1000
NBC-150 TFC150 150 Vdc
NBC-200 TFC200 200

RSL63H RSL63H Front wired 1200

Vac
RSL63P F-wired / b-stud 63 122 mm 1
750
RSL63PH Back stud Vdc

152 Power Distribution product guide eatoncorp.com.au 2018

 Low Voltage Circuit Protection & Switchgear
LV Fuse gear
IEC Cylindrical Fuse Links and Fuse Holders
Cylindrical fuse links for industrial applications, class gG. Available with indicator or striker.
Cylindrical fuse links for industrial applications, class aM (Motor protection). Available with indicator.
Modular fuse holders specifically designed for the protection of general industrial and commercial
applications such as power distribution, lighting, cable and motor protection.
Standard: IEC 60269
Rated voltage: 400, 500 and 690Vac
Rated current: 0.5 to 125A
Breaking capacity: 20 to 120kA
Operating class: gG and gM
Sizes: 8x31, 10x38, 14x51 and 22x58mm
Fuse holders: Full range of fuse holders available (CH Series)
Applications: Industrial and commercial

Bussmann series DIN industrial fuses & fuse holders

Fuse Box
Item no. Amps Type Volts Dim
holder qty
Cylindrical fuses.
C08G (A) 2, 4, 6, 10, 16, 20, 25, 32 gG 8.5 X
400 10 C08G
C08M(A) 2, 4, 6, 10, 16, 20, 25, 33 aM 31mm

C10G (A) 0.5, 1, 2, 4, 6, 8, 10, 16, 20, 25, 32 gG 10 X

CHM1DU 500 10
C10M(A) 0.5, 1, 2, 4, 6, 8, 10, 16, 20, 25, 33 aM 38mm

C14G (A) 0.5, 1, 2, 4, 6, 8, 10, 16, 20, 25, 32, 40, 50 gG 14 X

CH141B 690 10
C14GM(A) 0.5, 1, 2, 4, 6, 8, 10, 16, 20, 25, 32, 40, 51 aM 51mm C10G

0.5, 1, 2, 4, 6, 8, 10, 16, 20, 25, 32,

C22G (A) gG
40, 50, 63, 80, 100 22 X
CH221B 690 10
0.5, 1, 2, 4, 6, 8, 10, 16, 20, 25, 32, 51mm
C22M(A) aM
40, 50, 63, 80, 100

Box C14G
Item no. Amps Fuse size Volts
qty
Cylindrical fuse holders.
10 x
CHM1DU 32 690 12
38mm
14 x
CH141B 50 690 8
51mm
22 x C22M
CH221B 125 690 6
58mm
10 x
CHCC1DU 32 38mm 690 12
Rejection

AL-D Multi pole fuseholder connectors - 10 x 38 Pack 12

Box
Item no. Suits fuse links Amps Volts Poles
qty
CCP - compact circuit protector.
CCP-1-30CC LP-CC, KTK-R, 1 CHM1DU
12
CCP-3-30CC FNQ-R 600 3
CCP-1-30M KTK, FNQ 30 Vac 1
CCP-3-30M C10G, C10M 3 8
CCP-1-DCM PVM 80Vdc 1
CCP-PLC-IND Remote fuse indicator
CCP-AUX Auxillarm contact
DIN industrial fuse links - 500V - gG.

CCP - compact circuit protector

Power Distribution product guide eatoncorp.com.au 2018 153

Low Voltage Circuit Protection & Switchgear
LV Fuse gear
NH DIN Industrial Fuse Links & Bases
A square bodied range of industrial fuse links for a wide variety of applications.
NH fuse bases with thermoplastic bodies, DIN rail and/or screw mounting (size 4 screw mounting only).
Range of accessories including phase barriers, IP20 finger-safe protection kits and neutral links available.
Standard: IEC 60269 and VDE 0636
Rated voltage: 400, 500 and 690Vac
Rated current: 2 to 1250A
Breaking capacity: 120kA
Operating class: gG and aM
Sizes: 000 to 4 (size 4 bolted only version)
Fuse holders: Available for all fuse links sizes
Applications: Industrial & commercial (Available with Dual Indication and Insulated Metal Gripping Lugs)

Bussmann series DIN industrial fuses & fuse holders

Fuse Box
Item no. Type Amps Volts Size
holder qty
10NHG000B 10
16NHG000B 16
20NHG000B 20
25NHG000B 25
32NHG000B gG/gL SD00-D 32
500 000 3
40NHG000B (Standard) TD00-D 40
50NHG000B 50
63NHG000B 63
80NHG000B 80
NHG000B
100NHG000B 100
125NHG00B gG/gL SD00-D 125
500 00 3
160NHG00B (Standard) TD00-D 160

10NHG01B 10
16NHG01B 16
20NHG01B 20
25NHG01B 25
32NHG01B 32
40NHG01B 40
50NHG01B 50
gG/gL (Stand- SD1-D
63NHG01B 63 500 1 3
ard) TD1-D
80NHG01B 80
NHG01B 100NHG01B 100
125NHG01B 125
160NHG01B 160
200NHG1B 200
224NHG1B 224
250NHG1B 250

50NHG02B 50
63NHG02B 63
80NHG02B 80
100NHG02B 100
125NHG02B 125
160NHG02B gG/gL SD2-D 160
500 2 3
200NHG02B (Standard) TD2-D 200
NHG02B
224NHG02B 224
250NHG02B 250
315NHG2B 315
355NHG2B 355
400NHG2B 400
DIN industrial fuse links - 500V - gG.

154 Power Distribution product guide eatoncorp.com.au 2018

 Low Voltage Circuit Protection & Switchgear
LV Fuse gear
Bussmann series DIN industrial fuses & fuse holders

Fuse Box
Item no. Type Amps Volts Size
holder qty
250NHG03B 250
315NHG03B 315
355NHG03B gG/gL SD3-D 355
500 3 3
400NHG03B (Standard) TD3-D 400
500NHG3B 500
630NHG3B 630

DIN industrial fuse links - 690V - gG.

10NHG000B-690 10 NHG03B
16NHG000B-690 16
20NHG000B-690 20
gG/gL SD00-D
25NHG000B-690 25 690 000 3
(Standard) TD00-D
32NHG000B-690 32
40NHG000B-690 40
50NHG00B-690 50
63NHG00B-690 63
gG/gL SD00-D
80NHG00B-690 80 690 00 3
(Standard) TD00-D
100NHG00B-690 100

50NHG1B-690 50
63NHG1B-690 63
80NHG1B-690 80 NHG000B-690
gG/gL SD1-D
690 1 3
100NHG1B-690 (Standard) TD1-D 100
125NHG1B-690 125
160NHG1B-690 160
63NHG2B-690 63
80NHG2B-690 80
100NHG2B-690 100
125NHG2B-690 125
gG/gL SD2-D
160NHG2B-690 160 690 2 3
(Standard) TD2-D
200NHG2B-690 200
224NHG2B-690 224
250NHG2B-690 250
315NHG2B-690 315
NHG1B-690
250NHG3B-690 250
315NHG3B-690 315
gG/gL SD3-D
355NHG3B-690 355 690 3 3
(Standard) TD3-D
400NHG3B-690 400
500NHG3B-690 500

DIN industrial fuse links - 690V - aM - motor start.

6NHM000B-690 6
10NHM000B-690 10
16NHM000B-690 16
20NHM000B-690 aM SD00-D 20
690 000 3
25NHM000B-690 (Motor start) TD00-D 25
32NHM000B-690 32
40NHM000B-690 40
50NHM00B-690 50
63NHM00B-690 63
aM SD00-D
80NHM00B-690 80 690 00 3
(Motor start) TD00-D
100NHM00B-690 100
50NHM1B-690 50
63NHM1B-690 63 6NHM000B-690
80NHM1B-690 aM SD1-D 80
690 1 3
100NHM1B-690 (Motor start) TD1-D 100
125NHM1B-690 125
160NHM1B-690 160

Power Distribution product guide eatoncorp.com.au 2018 155

Low Voltage Circuit Protection & Switchgear
LV Fuse gear
Bussmann series DIN industrial fuses & fuse holders

Fuse Box
Item no. Type/Description Amps Volts Size
holder qty
DIN industrial fuse links - 690V - aM - motor start.
125NHM2B-690 125
160NHM2B-690 160
200NHM2B-690 200
aM SD2-D
224NHM2B-690 224 690 2 3
(Motor start) TD2-D
250NHM2B-690 250
315NHM2B-690 315
355NHM2B-690
250NHM3B-690 250
NHM2B-690 315NHM3B-690 315
aM SD3-D
355NHM3B-690 355 690 3 3
(Motor start) TD3-D
400NHM3B-690 400
500NHM3B-690 500

Fuse holders to suit DIN industrial fuse links

SD00-D 160 00
SD1-D 250 1
Single pole base 690 1
SD2-D 400 2
SD3-D 630 3
TD00-D 160 00
TD1-D 250 1
Triple pole base 690 1
TD2-D 400 2
TD3-D 630 3

FC00 Fuse cover to suit ‘00’ 00

TD00-D FC01 Fuse cover to suit ‘1’ 1
1
FC1-2 Fuse cover to suit ‘2’ 2
FC3 Fuse cover to suit ‘3’ 3
CS00 Terminal cover ‘00’ 00
CS1 Terminal cover ‘1’ 1
1
CS2 Terminal cover ‘2’ 2
CS3 Terminal cover ‘3’ 3
BC00 Connector “00” 00 1
BC1-2 Connector”1 & 2” 1&2 1
BC3 Connector “3” 3 1

TD00-IP20 Triple pole protect kit “00” 00 1

TD1-IP20 Triple pole protect kit “1” 1 1
TD2-IP20 Triple pole protect kit “2” 2 1
TD00-IP20
TD3-IP20 Triple pole protect kit “3” 3 1
SDL00 Neutral link “00” 00 1
SDL1 Neutral link “1” 1 1
SDL2 Neutral link “2” 2 1
SDL3 Neutral link “3” 3 1
BVL50 Micro switch 1
FEH Extraction handle 1

Box
Item no. Description Poles Amps Volts Size
qty
EBH00O3TM8 3 160 00
EBH1O3TM1 Horizontal 3 250 1
690 -
EBH2O3TM1 disconnect 3 400 2
EBH3O3TM2 3 630 3

156 Power Distribution product guide eatoncorp.com.au 2018

 Low Voltage Circuit Protection & Switchgear
LV Fuse gear
D & DO Fuse Links and Fuse Bases
Class gG D and DO fuse links for industrial and domestic applications. All these fuse links incoporate
a visual indicator of fuse operation.
Standard: IEC 60269 and VDE 0636
Rated voltage: 400 and 500Vac
Rated current: 2 to 100A
Breaking capacity: 50kA
Operating class: Time-delay and ultra-rapid
Sizes: DI to DV, D01 to D03
Fuse holders: Available for all fuse links sizes
Applications: Industrial & commercial
(DIN rail mounting with accessories available: screw caps, gauge rings, etc.)

Bussmann series DIN industrial fuses & fuse holders

Body Box
Item no. Description Amps Volts Size
dim qty
2NZ01 Neozed fuse links 2
4NZ01 Neozed fuse links 4
36 X
6NZ01 Neozed fuse links 6 440 D01 5
11mm
10NZ01 Neozed fuse links 10
16NZ01 Neozed fuse links 16
20NZ02 Neozed fuse links 20
25NZ02 Neozed fuse links 25
36 X
35NZ02 Neozed fuse links 35 440 D02 5
15mm
50NZ02 Neozed fuse links 50
63NZ02 Neozed fuse links 63
80NZ03 Neozed fuse links 43 X 80
440 D03 5
100NZ03 Neozed fuse links 22.5mm 100

NZ01
2NZ01R Neozed fuse links - ultra rapid 2
4NZ01R Neozed fuse links - ultra rapid 4
36 X
6NZ01R Neozed fuse links - ultra rapid 6 440 D01 5
11mm
10NZ01R Neozed fuse links - ultra rapid 10
16NZ01R Neozed fuse links - ultra rapid 16
20NZ02R Neozed fuse links - ultra rapid 20
25NZ02R Neozed fuse links - ultra rapid 25
36 X
35NZ02R Neozed fuse links - ultra rapid 35 440 D02 5
15mm
50NZ02R Neozed fuse links - ultra rapid 50
63NZ02R Neozed fuse links - ultra rapid 63

2D16 Diazed fuse links - standard 2

4D16 Diazed fuse links - standard 4
6D16 Diazed fuse links - standard 6
50 x
10D16 Diazed fuse links - standard 10 500 D1 5
13mm
16D16 Diazed fuse links - standard 16
20D16 Diazed fuse links - standard 20
25D16 Diazed fuse links - standard 25
2D27 Diazed fuse links - standard 2
4D27 Diazed fuse links - standard 4
6D27 Diazed fuse links - standard 6
50 x 16D27
10D27 Diazed fuse links - standard 10 500 D11 5
21.5mm
16D27 Diazed fuse links - standard 16
20D27 Diazed fuse links - standard 20
25D27 Diazed fuse links - standard 25
35D33 Diazed fuse links - standard 35
50 x
50D33 Diazed fuse links - standard 50 500 D111 5
27mm
63D33 Diazed fuse links - standard 63
80D125 Diazed fuse links - standard 50 x 80
500 D1V 1
100D125 Diazed fuse links - standard 33mm 100

Power Distribution product guide eatoncorp.com.au 2018 157

Low Voltage Circuit Protection & Switchgear
LV Fuse gear
Bussmann series DIN industrial fuses & fuse holders

Body Box
Item no. Description Amps Volts Size
dim qty
125D200 Diazed fuse links - standard 125
50 x
160D200 Diazed fuse links - standard 160 500 DV 1
46mm
200D200 Diazed fuse links - standard 200

2D16Q Diazed fuse links - quick 2

4D16Q Diazed fuse links - quick 4
6D16Q Diazed fuse links - quick 6
50 x
10D16Q Diazed fuse links - quick 10 500 D1 5
13mm
16D16Q Diazed fuse links - quick 16
20D16Q Diazed fuse links - quick 20
25D16Q Diazed fuse links - quick 25
2D27Q Diazed fuse links - quick 2
4D27Q Diazed fuse links - quick 4
6D16Q 6D27Q Diazed fuse links - quick 6
50 x
10D27Q Diazed fuse links - quick 10 500 D11 5
21.5mm
16D27Q Diazed fuse links - quick 16
20D27Q Diazed fuse links - quick 20
25D27Q Diazed fuse links - quick 25
35D33Q Diazed fuse links - quick 35
50 x
50D33Q Diazed fuse links - quick 50 500 D111 5
27mm
63D33Q Diazed fuse links - quick 63

2D16R Diazed fuse links - ultra rapid 2

4D16R Diazed fuse links - ultra rapid 4
6D16R Diazed fuse links - ultra rapid 6
50 x
10D16R Diazed fuse links - ultra rapid 10 500 D1 5
13mm
16D16R Diazed fuse links - ultra rapid 16
20D16R Diazed fuse links - ultra rapid 20
25D16R Diazed fuse links - ultra rapid 25
2D27R Diazed fuse links - ultra rapid 2
4D27R Diazed fuse links - ultra rapid 4
6D27R Diazed fuse links - ultra rapid 6
50 x
10D27R Diazed fuse links - ultra rapid 10 500 D11 5
21.5mm
16D27R Diazed fuse links - ultra rapid 16
20D27R Diazed fuse links - ultra rapid 20
25D16R
25D27R Diazed fuse links - ultra rapid 25
35D33R Diazed fuse links - ultra rapid 35
50 x
50D33R Diazed fuse links - ultra rapid 50 500 D111 5
27mm
63D33R Diazed fuse links - ultra rapid 63

Fuse bases & gauge rings are available, please contact customer sevice - 02 8787 2730.

IF IT’S IN A CATALOGUE YOU CAN FIND IT ON INTERACT WITH EATON USING THE
POWEREDGE™
LEARN. SHARE. ORGANISE.
FREE EATON INTERACTIVE APP
SIMPLY DOWNLOAD & OPEN THE APP,
SELECT AR MODE, & SCAN THE LOGO TO INTERACT

158 Power Distribution product guide eatoncorp.com.au 2018

 Low Voltage Circuit Protection & Switchgear
LV Fuse gear
North American Fuse Links and Fuse Holderss
Standard: UL Listed and CSA Certified
Rated voltage: Up to 600Vac
Rated current: 0.1 to 6000A
Breaking capacity: Up to 300kA
Operating class: Time-delay, fast-acting as per UL requirements
Sizes: Midget, Class CC, G, H, J, K5, H, L, RK5, RK1 and T
Fuse holders: Modular Fuse Holder (finger protection) for Midget and Class CC fuse links
Finger-safe protected fuse base for Class J fuse links
Applications: Suitable for applications or equipments to be exported to the USA or other
UL markets

Bussmann series North American fuse links & fuse holders.

Box
Item no. Amp rating Size Volts Type
qty
Supplementary power fuse links (ferrule)
1/10 to 5 600
BBS (A) 6, 7, 8, 10 10 x 250 Fast
10
12, 15, 20, 25, 30 35mm 48
KTQ (A) 1, 1.6, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6 250 T/Delay BAF
2/10 to 15 250
BAF (A) Fast
20, 25, 30 125
BAN (A) 1, 2, 4, 6, 8, 10, 12, 15, 20, 25, 30 250 Fast
KTK (A) 1/10 to 50 600 Fast
DCM (A) 1/10 to 30 600V Fast
ac / dc
KLM (A) 1/10 to 30 690 Fast
0.1, 0.125, 0.15, 0.2, 0.25, 0.3, 0.4, 0.5, 0.6, 0.75, 1, 1.125, 1.25, 10 x 250 10
1.5, 2, 2.25, 2.5, 2.8, 3, 3.25, 3.5, 4, 4.5, 5, 5.8, 6, 6.25, 7, 8, 9, 10, 38mm
FNM (A) 12, 15 125 T/Delay

20, 25, 30 32
FNQ (A) 1/10 to 30 500 T/Delay
1/10 to 8/10 250
FNA
FNA (A) 1 to 15 125 T/Delay
20 to 30 32
DMM-D-(A) 44/100 & 11 1000 Fast
Supplementary power fuse links - rejection - Class CC.
KTK-R (A) 1/10 to 30 Fast
10 X
LP-CC (A) 1/4 to 30 600 10
38mm T/Delay
FNQ-R (A) 1/4 to 30
Supplementary power fuse links - Class G.
1/2 to 20 10 X 33
SC 25, 30 10 X 42 480 T/Delay
35 to 60 10 X 57 KTK-R

Box
Item no. Amp Volts Poles
qty
Fuseholders to suit supplementary power fuse links.
BM6031SQ 1
30 600 1
BM6033SQ 3
Fuseholders to suit supplementary power fuse links - Class CC.
BC6031SQ 1
30 600 1
BC6033SQ 3
SC

Power Distribution product guide eatoncorp.com.au 2018 159

 Low Voltage Circuit Protection & Switchgear
LV Fuse gear
Bussmann series North American fuse links & fuse holders.

Box
Item no. Amp rating Size Volts Type
qty
Power fuse links - Class T.
1, 2, 3, 6, 10, 15, 20, 25, 30 22 X 10
300 Very Fast 10
35, 40, 45, 50, 60 23 X 14
70, 80, 90, 100 40.0
110, 125, 150, 175, 200 43.0
JJN (A)
225, 250, 300, 350, 400 47.0
300 Very Fast 1
450, 500, 600 52.0
700, 800 56.0
JJN 1000, 1200 64.0
1, 2, 3, 6, 10, 15, 20, 25, 30 38 X 14
600 Very Fast 10
35, 40, 45, 50, 60 40 X 21
70, 80, 90, 100 60.0
JJS (A) 110, 125, 150, 175, 200 64.0
225, 250, 300, 350, 400 69.0 600 Very Fast 1
450, 500, 600 75.0
800 81.0
Power fuse links - general purpose
0.125, 0.5, .75, 1, 1.5, 2, 2.5, 3, 4, 5,
10 x 51 Non
JJS 6, 7, 8, 10,12, 15, 20, 25, 30 250 10
Delay
35, 40, 45, 50, 60 21 x 76
NON (A) 70, 80, 90, 100 149.0
110, 125, 150, 175, 200 181.0 Non
250 1
225, 250, 300, 350, 400 219.0 Delay
450, 500, 600 264.0
1, 2, 2.5, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 10, 12, 15, 20, 25, 30 21 x 127 Non
600 10
35, 40, 45, 50, 60 27 x 140 Delay
70, 80, 90, 100 200.0
NOS (A)
110, 125, 150, 175, 200 244.0 Non
600 1
225, 250, 300, 350, 400 295.0 Delay
450, 500, 600 340.0

Box
Item no. Amp Volts Poles
qty
T60030-3CR
Fuse holders to suit power fuse links - Class T.
T30030-2CR 2
30 300
T30030-3CR 3
T30060-2CR 2
60 300 1
T30060-3CR 3
T30100-1CR 1
100 300
T30100-3CR 3
T60030-1CR 1
30 600
T60030-3CR 3
T60060-1CR 1
60 600 1
T60060-3CR 3
T60100-1CR 1
100 600
T60100-3CR 3
Fuse holders to suit power fuse links - general purpose.
H30030-2SR 1
30 300
H30030-3SR 3
H30060-2SR 2
60 300
H30060-3SR 3
H30100-1SR 1
100 300
H30100-3SR 3
1
H60030-1SR 1
H30100-1SR 30 600
H60030-3SR 3
H60060-1SR 1
60 600
H60060-3SR 3
H60100-1SR 1
100 600
H60100-3SR 3

160 Power Distribution product guide eatoncorp.com.au 2018

 Low Voltage Circuit Protection & Switchgear
LV Fuse gear
Bussmann series North American fuse links & fuse holders.

Box
Item no. Amp rating Size Volts Type
qty
Power fuse links - Class RK1.
1/10 to 30 14 x 51
250 10
35, 40, 45, 50, 60 21 x 76
70, 80, 90, 100 149.0 Dual LPN-RK
LPN-RK (A) SP element,
110, 125, 150, 175, 200 181.0 time delay
250 1
225, 250, 300, 350, 400 219.0
450, 500, 600 264.0
1/10 to 30 21 X 127
600 10
35, 40, 45, 50, 60 27 X 140
70, 80, 90, 100 200.0 Dual
LPS-RK (A) SP element,
110, 125, 150, 175, 200 245.0 time delay
600 1 LPS-RK
225, 250, 300, 350, 400 295.0
450, 500, 600 340.0
1 to 30 14 x 51
250 10
35, 40, 45, 50, 60 21 x 76
70, 80, 90, 100 149.0 Fast
KTN-R (A)
110, 125, 150, 175, 200 181.0 acting
250 1
225, 250, 300, 350, 400 219.0
450, 500, 600 264.0 KTN-R

1 to 30 21 X 127
600 10
35, 40, 45, 50, 60 27 X 140
70, 80, 90, 100 200.0 Fast
KTS-R (A)
110, 125, 150, 175, 200 245.0 acting
600 1
225, 250, 300, 350, 400 295.0
450, 500, 600 340.0
100mA to 30A 14 x 51 KTS-R
10
35, 40, 45, 50, 60 21 x 76
70, 80, 90, 100 149.0 Dual
FRN-R (A) 250 element,
110, 125, 150, 175, 200 181.0 time delay 1
225, 250, 300, 350, 400 219.0
450, 500, 600 264.0
100mA to 30A 21 X 127
10
35, 40, 45, 50, 60 27 X 140
Dual FRN-R
70, 80, 90, 100 200.0
FRS-R (A) 600 element,
110, 125, 150, 175, 200 245.0 time delay 1
225, 250, 300, 350, 400 295.0
450, 500, 600 340.0

Power fuse links - Class J low peak.

1 to 30 21 X 58
10
35, 40, 45, 50, 60 27 X 60 FRS-R
70, 80, 90, 100 92.0 Dual
LPJ- (A) SP 600 element,
110, 125, 150, 175, 200 111.0 time delay 1
225, 250, 300, 350, 400 133.0
450, 500, 600
1 to 30 21 X 58
10
35, 40, 45, 50, 60 27 X 60
70, 80, 90, 100 92.0 Quick LPJ
JKS- (A) 600
110, 125, 150, 175, 200 111.0 acting
1
225, 250, 300, 350, 400 133.0
450, 500, 600 152.0

JKS

Power Distribution product guide eatoncorp.com.au 2018 161

Low Voltage Circuit Protection & Switchgear
LV Fuse gear
Bussmann series North American fuse links & fuse holders.

Box
Item no. Amp rating Size Volts Type
qty
Power fuse links - Class L low peak.
601 to 1200
1500, 2000
Contact
2500, 3000 cooper Fast act-
KTU (A) 600
KTU 3500, 4000 electrical ing type
for size
4500, 5000
6000
601 to 1200
1500, 1600 Contact
cooper Time de-
KLU (A) 1800, 2000 600 1
electrical lay type
2500, 3000 for size
4000
601 to 1200
KRP-C
1350, 1400, 1500, 1600, 1800, 1900, 2000
Contact
2001, 2400, 2500, 3000 cooper Time de-
KRP-C (A) SP 600
3500, 3800, 4000 electrical lay type
for size
4500, 5000
6000

Box
Item no. Amp Volts Poles
qty
Fuse holders to suit power fuse links - Class RK1 & RK5.
R30030-1SR 1
30 300
R30030-3SR 3
R30060-2CR 2
60 300
R30060-3CR 3
R30100-1CR 1
100 300
R30100-3CR 3
1
R60030-1CR 1
30 600
R300 R60030-3CR 3
R60060-1CR 1
60 600
R60060-3CR 3
R60100-1CR 1
100 600
R60100-3CR 3
Fuse holders to suit power fuse links - Class RK1 & RK5.
J60030-1CR 1
30 600
J60030-3CR 3
J60060-1CR 1
60 600 1
J60060-3CR 3
J60100-1CR 1
J600 100 600
J60100-3CR 3

162 Power Distribution product guide eatoncorp.com.au 2018

 Low Voltage Circuit Protection & Switchgear
LV Fuse gear
Ferrule Style Fuse Links
Standard: UL/CSA
Rated voltage: 700Vac. DC ratings available
Rated current: 1 to 100A
Breaking capacity: 20kA
Operating class: aR
Sizes: From to 6x32 to 25x146mm
Applications: Used for the protection of DC common bus, DC drives, power converters/
rectifiers and reduced voltage starters

Bussmann series high speed fuse links.

Body Box
Item no. Description Amps Volts I 2T
dim qty
High speed fuse links - ferrule type.
FWA-5A10F 5 8
FWA-10A10F 10 16
FWA-15A10F 10 x 15 150 55
10
FWA-20A10F 38mm 20 Vac / Vdc 130
FWA-25A10F 25 220
FWA-30A10F 30 400
FWA-5A10F

FWA-35A21F 35 800
FWA-40A21F 40 1000
21 x 150
FWA-45A21F 45 1300 10
51mm Vac / Vdc
FWA-50A21F 50 1600
FWA-60A21F 60 2400

FWX-1A14F 1 0.4
FWX-2A14F 2 0.1
FWX-3A14F 3 0.26
FWX-4A14F 4 0.23 FWA-45A21F

FWX-5A14F 5 13
14 x 250
FWX-10A14F 10 24 10
51mm Vac / Vdc
FWX-15A14F 15 83
FWX-20A14F 20 200
FWX-25A14F 25 300
FWX-30A14F 30 500
FWX-50A14F 50 1800

FWH-.250A6F 0.25 0.05

FWH-.500A6F 0.5 0.25
FWH-001A6F 1 2
FWH-002A6F 2 3.5 FWX-15A14F
FWH-3.15A6F 3.15 7.7
FWH-005A6F 5 40
FWH-6.30A6F 6.3 90
6.3 x
FWH-007A6F 7 500 Vac 125 10
32mm
FWH-010A6F 10 51
FWH-12.5A6F 12.5 60
FWH-015A6F 15 146
FWH-016A6F 16 177
FWH-020A6F 20 259
FWH-025A6F 25 345
FWH-030A6F 30 430

Power Distribution product guide eatoncorp.com.au 2018 163

Low Voltage Circuit Protection & Switchgear
LV Fuse gear
Bussmann series high speed fuse links.

Body Box
Item no. Description Amps Volts I 2T
dim qty
High speed fuse links - ferrule type.
FWH-1A14F 1 0.04
FWH-2A14F 2 0.1
FWH-3A14F 3 0.23
FWH-4A14F 4 0.23
FWH-5A14F 5 6.4
FWH-6A14F 14 x 6 500 Vac/ 6.4
10
FWH-.500A6F FWH-10A14F 51mm 10 Vdc 13
FWH-12A14F 12 -
FWH-15A14F 15 40
FWH-20A14F 20 105
FWH-25A14F 25 191
FWH-30A14F 30 232

FWC-6A10F 6 30
FWC-8A10F 8 50
FWC-10A10F 10 70
FWC-12A10F 10 x 12 600 Vac / 120
10
FWC-16A10F 38mm 16 Vdc 150
FWC-20A10F 20 260
FWC-25A10F 25 390
FWC-30A10F 32 600

FWC-6A10F
FWP-1A14F 1 0.41
FWP-2A14F 2 0.11
FWP-2.5A14F 2.5 -
FWP-3A14F 3 0.26
FWP-4A14F 4 0.23
FWP-5A14F 5 11
FWP-10A14F 10 700 Vac / 22
14 x 51
FWP-15A14F 15 Vdc 75
FWP-20A14F 20 180
FWP-25A14F 25 320
FWP-30A14F 30 450
10
FWP-32A14F 32 600
FWP-40A14F 40 750
FWP-50A14F 50 1800
FWP-20A22F 20 260
FWP-25A22F 25 410
FWP-1A14F
FWP-32A22F 32 605
FWP-40A22F 40 700 Vac / 750
22 x 58
FWP-50A22F 50 Vdc 1600
FWP-63A22F 63 3080
FWP-80A22F 80 6600
FWP-100A22F 100 12500

FWP-10A14FI 10 22
FWP-15A14FI 15 75
FWP-20A14FI 20 180
FWP-25A14FI 25 700 Vac / 320
With indicator 14 x 51 10
FWP-30A14FI 30 Vdc 450
FWP-32A14FI 32 600
FWP-40A14FI 40 750
FWP-25A22F FWP-50A14FI 50 1800

164 Power Distribution product guide eatoncorp.com.au 2018

 Low Voltage Circuit Protection & Switchgear
LV Fuse gear
Bussmann series high speed fuse links.

Body Box
Item no. Description Amps Volts I 2T
dim qty
High speed fuse links - ferrule type.
FWP-20A22FI 20 260
FWP-25A22FI 25 410
FWP-32A22FI 32 605
FWP-40A22FI 40 700 Vac / 750
With indicator 22 x 58 10
FWP-50A22FI 50 Vdc 1600
FWP-63A22FI 63 3080
FWP-80A22FI 80 6600
FWP-100A22FI 100 12500
FWJ-25A14F
FWJ-20A14F
1000Vac /
FWJ-25A14F 14 x 67 10
800Vdc
FWJ-30A14F

FWS-2A20F 2 2000Vac 2.4

FWS-6A20F 6 1000Vdc 81
FWS-8A20F 8 192
FWS-10A20F 10 1500Vac 277
20 x 1000Vdc
FWS-12A20F 12 380 10
127mm
FWS-15A20F 15 500
FWL-20A20F 20 1550
1250Vac FWS-6A20F
FWL-25A20F 25 2760
1000Vdc
FWL-30A20F 30 4300
FWS-2A20FI 2 2000Vac 2.4
FWS-6A20FI 6 1000Vdc 81
FWS-8A20FI 8 192
FWS-10A20FI 10 1500Vac 277
20 x 1000Vdc
FWS-12A20FI With indicator 12 380 10
127mm
FWS-15A20FI 15 500
FWL-20A20FI 20 1550
1250Vac
FWL-25A20FI 25 2760
1000Vdc
FWL-30A20FI 30 4300
FWS-12A20FI

Power Distribution product guide eatoncorp.com.au 2018 165

Low Voltage Circuit Protection & Switchgear
LV Fuse gear
British Standard high speed Fuse Links
Standard: BS88 part 4 and IEC 60269-4
Rated voltage: 240 and 690Vac
Rated current: 6 to 710A
Breaking capacity: 200kA
Operating class: aR
Sizes: Refer to relevant data sheets, available upon request
Applications: Used for the protection of DC common bus, DC drives, power converters/
rectifiers and reduced voltage starters

Bussmann series high speed fuse links.

Box
Item no. Description Fix ctrs Amps Volts I 2T
qty
High speed fuse links - British standard.
6LCT GSA5 6 9
10LCT GSA10 10 22
240Vac
12LCT 38mm 12 32 10
150Vdc
16LCT GSA15 16 100

10LTC
20LCT GSA20 20 160

25LET GSA25 25 250

32LET 32 450
35LET GSA35 35 600
50LET GSA50 50 1400
63LET 63 240Vac 2200
42mm 10
80LET GSA75 80 150Vdc 3800
100LET GSA100 100 7500
125LET 125 7500

100LET
160LET 160 16000
180LET 180 29000

160LMT GSA150 160 16000

200LMT GSA200 200 20000
250LMT GSA50 250 40000
240Vac
315LMT GSA300 59mm 315 75000 1
150Vdc
355LMT GSA350 355 100000
400LMT GSA400 400 160000
450LMT 450 220000

400LMMT 400 80000

500LMMT GSA500 500 170000
400LMMT 630LMMT GSA630 630 240Vac 300000
59mm 1
710LMMT 710 150Vdc 460000
800LMMT 800 600000
900LMMT 900 800000

6CT GSB5 6 12
10CT GSB10 10 48
690Vac
12CT 64mm 12 65 20
500Vdc
16CT GSB15 16 110
20CT GSB20 20 220

20CT

166 Power Distribution product guide eatoncorp.com.au 2018

 Low Voltage Circuit Protection & Switchgear
LV Fuse gear
Bussmann series high speed fuse links.

Box
Item no. Description Fix ctrs Amps Volts I2T
qty
High speed fuse links - British standard.
25ET GSB25 25 250
32ET GSGB30 32 350
35ET GSGB35 35 500
40ET GSGB40 40 690Vac 900
64mm 10
45ET GSB45 45 500Vdc 1100
56ET GSGB55 56 1500
63ET GSGB63 63 2000
80ET GSGB80 80 4000 35ET

35FE GSGB35 35 200

40FE GSGB40 40 300
45FE GSGB45 45 450
50FE GSGB50 50 600
690Vac
63FE GSGB55 64mm 63 750 10
500Vdc
71FE 71 950
80FE GSGB80 80 1500
90FE GSGB85 90 2100
100FE 100 2800

75EET GSGB75 75
90EET GSGB85 90 4500 90EET
690Vac
110EET GSGB110 70mm 110 6500 5
500Vdc
140EET GSGB150 140 12000
160EET GSG160 160 17000

100FEE 100 2400

120FEE GSGB125 120 3100
140FEE GSGB125 140 690Vac 3800
70mm 5
160FEE GSGB160 160 500Vdc 5700
180FEE 180 8400
200FEE 200 11400
180FM
180FM GSGB170 180 13500
200FM GSGB200 200 18500
225FM GSGB225 225 26500
690Vac
250FM GSGB250 85mm 250 37500 1
500Vdc
280FM 280 55000
315FM GSGB315 315 77000
350FM GSGB325 350 105000

400FMM GSGB400 400 72500

450FMM 450 105000
500FMM GSGB500 500 690Vac 150000
85mm 1
550FMM 550 500Vdc 215000
630FMM 630 310000
700FMM 700 420000
400FMM

Power Distribution product guide eatoncorp.com.au 2018 167

Low Voltage Circuit Protection & Switchgear
LV Fuse gear
Bussmann series high speed fuse links.

Box
Item no. Description Fix ctrs Amps Volts I 2T
qty
High speed fuse links - British standard.
165MT GSGB150 160 25000
180MT 180 38000
200MT GSGB200 200 58000
690Vac
250MT GSGB250 85mm 250 110000
350Vdc
280MT 280 150000
315MT 315 180000
355MT 355 200000

180MMT 180 18000

200MT
200MMT 200 23000
250MMT 250 40000
280MMT 280 70000
315MMT 315 91000
355MMT 355 690Vac 140000
85mm
400MMT GSGB400 400 350Vdc 220000
450MMT GSGB450 450 320000
500MMT GSGB500 500 450000
550MMT 550 640000
630MMT 630 720000
315MMT 700MMT 700 850000

High speed fuse links - British standard accessories.

MAI Microswitch and Adaptor 250
MC-250 Trip Indicator Fuse Link and clips to suit LMT LMMT
1
MC-600 Trip Indicator Fuse Link and clips to suit FM FMM
MCLIP Clips to suit FM FMM LMT LMMT
TI250 Trip Indicator Fuse 250
TI500 Trip Indicator Fuse 500
TI600 Trip Indicator Fuse 600
TI700 Trip Indicator Fuse 700
1
TI1100 Trip Indicator Fuse 1100
TI2000 Trip Indicator Fuse 1200
TI1500 Trip Indicator Fuse 1500
TI2500 Trip Indicator Fuse 2500

LSCR1-K 400
General Purpose Fuse Blocks 1000 2
LSCR2-K 800

168 Power Distribution product guide eatoncorp.com.au 2018

 Low Voltage Circuit Protection & Switchgear
LV Fuse gear
North American hi speed Fuse Links
Standard: UL/CSA
Rated voltage: Up to 600Vac
Rated current: 1 to 6000A
Breaking capacity: 200kA
Operating class: Fast acting
Sizes: Refer to relevant data sheets, available upon request
Applications: Suitable for medium power applications for UL markets

Bussmann series high speed fuse links.

Box
Item no. Description Fix ctrs Amps Volts I 2T
qty
High speed fuse links - North American standard.
FWA -70B 70 4000
FWA -80B 80 6000
FWA -100B 100 12000
FWA -125B 125 18000
FWA -150B 150 26000
A15QS 150 Vac
FWA -200B 52mm 200 45000 1
L15S / Vdc
FWA-225B 225 -
FWA-400B
FWA -250B 250 70000
FWA -300B 300 100000
FWA -350B 350 140000
FWA -400B 400 180000
FWA -450B 450 -
FWA -500A 500 120000
FWA -600A A15QS 600 150 Vac 140000
62mm 1
FWA -700A L15S 700 / Vdc 220000
FWA -800A 800 280000
FWA -1000A 1000 510000
FWA-20000AH

FWA-1000AH 1000 460000

FWA-1200AH 1200 730000
48 x 51
FWA-1500AH 1500 1400000
150
FWA-2000AH 2000 2400000
Vac / Vdc
FWA-2500AH 2500 4100000
48 X 75
FWA-3000AH 3000 5700000
FWA-4000AH 48 x 89 4000 9200000

FWX-35A 35 230
FWX-40A 40 310
FWX-45A 61mm 45 390
FWX-600A
FWX-50A 50 520
FWX-60A 60 740
FWX-70A A30QS 70 1400
250
FWX-80A A25P(A)-4 80 1850 1
Vac / Vdc
FWX-90A L25S 90 2450
FWX-100A 100 3150
58mm
FWX-125A 125 4850
FWX-150A 150 6950
FWX-175A 175 9300
FWX-200A 200 12000
FWX-160AH

Power Distribution product guide eatoncorp.com.au 2018 169

Low Voltage Circuit Protection & Switchgear
LV Fuse gear
Bussmann series high speed fuse links.

Box
Item no. Description Fix ctrs Amps Volts I 2T
qty
High speed fuse links - North American standard.
FWX-225A 225 14700
FWX-250A 250 18100
FWX-275A 275 21600
FWX-300A 300 27300
FWX-350A 66mm 350 48600
250
FWX-400A 400 66100
Vac / Vdc
FWX-450A 450 101000
FWX-160AH
FWX-500A A30QS 500 128000
FWX-600A A25P(A)-4 600 188000 1
FWX-700A L25S 700 190000
69mm
FWX-800A 800 230000
FWX-1000AH 1000 360000
66 x 89
FWX-1200AH 1200 750000
FWX-1500AH 1500 250 880000
FWX-1600AH 1600 Vac / Vdc 1200000
66 x 75
FWX-2000AH 2000 2300000
FWX-2500AH 2500 4700000

FWH-35B 58mm 35 150

FWH-40B 58mm 40 320
FWH-45B 58mm 45 450
FWH-50B 58mm 50 670
FWH-60B 58mm 60 900
FWH-70B A50QS 73mm 70 900
500
FWH-80B A50P 73mm 80 1400
Vac / Vdc
FWH-90B L50S 73mm 90 1600
FWH-100B 73mm 100 2000
FWH-125B 73mm 125 3500
FWH-150B 73mm 150 4600
FWH-150B FWH-175B 73mm 175 6200
FWH-200B 73mm 200 8500
FWH-225A 77mm 225 23300
FWH-250A 77mm 250 32200
FWH-275A 77mm 275 40300
FWH-300A 77mm 300 49800
FWH-325A 77mm 325 63800
FWH-350A 77mm 350 72900
FWH-400A 77mm 400 96700
FWH-450A A50QS 81mm 450 127000
500
A50P
FWH-500A 81mm 500 Vac / Vdc 149000
L50S
FWH-600A 81mm 600 206000
FWH-700A 108mm 700 298000
FWH-800A 108mm 800 409000
FWH-1000A 126mm 1000 450000
FWH-1200A 126mm 1200 600000
FWH-1400A 158 / 228 mm 1400 1000000
FWH-1600A 158 / 228 mm 1600 1400000

170 Power Distribution product guide eatoncorp.com.au 2018

 Low Voltage Circuit Protection & Switchgear
LV Fuse gear
Bussmann series high speed fuse links.

Box
Item no. Description Fix ctrs Amps Volts I2T
qty
High speed fuse links - North American standard.
FWP-5B 64mm 5 10
FWP-10B 64mm 10 20
FWP-15B 64mm 15 75
FWP-20B 64mm 20 180
FWP-25B 64mm 25 340
FWP-30B 64mm 30 450
FWP-35B 89mm 35 160
FWP-40B A70QS 89mm 40 320
700
A70P
FWP-50B 89mm 50 Vac / Vdc 600
L70S
FWP-60B 89mm 60 950
FWP-70B 98mm 70 2000
FWP-80B 98mm 80 2400
FWP-90B 98mm 90 2700
FWP-100B 98mm 100 3500
FWP-125A 98mm 125 7300
FWP-150A 98mm 150 11700
FWP-175A 98mm 175 16700
FWP-200A 98mm 200 22000 FWP-400A
FWP-225A 98mm 225 31300
FWP-250A 98mm 250 42500
FWP-300A 98mm 300 71200
FWP-350A 98mm 350 95600
FWP-400A A70QS 98mm 400 125000
700
FWP-450A A70P 127mm 450 137000
Vac / Vdc
FWP-500A L70S 127mm 500 170000
FWP-600A 127mm 600 250000
FWP-700A 133mm 700 300000
FWP-800A 133mm 800 450000
FWP-900A 140mm 900 530000
FWP-1000A 140mm 1000 600000
FWP-1200A 174 / 224mm 1200 1100000

FWJ-35A 109mm 35 2000

FWJ-40A 109mm 40 2500
FWJ-50A 109mm 50 3500
FWJ-60A 109mm 60 5000
FWJ-70A 109mm 70 6900
FWJ-80A 109mm 80 9700
FWJ-90A 109mm 90 12000
FWJ-100A 109mm 100 17500
FWJ-125A 112mm 125 35000
FWJ-150A 112mm 150 45000
FWJ-300A
FWJ-175A 112mm 175 65000
FWJ-200A 112mm 200 80000
1000 Vac
FWJ-250A A100P 112mm 250 112000
/ 800Vdc
FWJ-300A 112mm 300 164000
FWJ-350A 112mm 350 231000
FWJ-400A 112mm 400 330000
FWJ-500A 130mm 500 329000
FWJ-600A 130mm 600 520000
FWJ-800A 130mm 800 500000
FWJ-1000A 135mm 1000 1100000
FWJ-1200A 135mm 1200 2100000
FWJ-1400A 135mm 1400 2700000
FWJ-1600A 135mm 1600 4000000
FWJ-1800A 135mm 1800 5300000
FWJ-2000A 135mm 2000 7600000

Power Distribution product guide eatoncorp.com.au 2018 171

Low Voltage Circuit Protection & Switchgear
LV Fuse gear
Square Body Fuse Links
A square bodied range of industrial fuse links for a wide variety of applications.
NH fuse bases with thermoplastic bodies, DIN rail and/or screw mounting (size 4 screw mounting only).
Range of accessories including phase barriers, IP20 finger-safe protection kits and neutral links available.
Standard: IEC 60269-4, DIN 43653 and 43620, UL Recognition and CSA Component
acceptance
Rated voltage: 690 and 1250Vac, higher voltage ratings available
Rated current: 10 to 7500A
Breaking capacity: Up to 300kA
Operating class: aR
Sizes: 000, 00, 1 to 5
Applications: Used for the protection of DC common bus, DC drives, power converters/
rectifiers and reduced voltage starters. Customs solutions also available

Bussmann series high speed fuse links.

Box
Item no. Description Size Amps Volts I 2T
qty
High speed fuse links - DIN standard - blade - aR.
170M1558D 10 25.5
170M1559D 16 48
170M1560D 20 78
170M1561D 25 130
170M1562D 32 270
170M1563D 40 460
170M1564D 50 770
aR 000 690 10
170M1565D 63 1450
170M1566D 80 2550
170M1558D 170M1567D 100 4650
170M1568D 125 8500
170M1569D 160 16000
170M1570D 200 28000
170M1571D 250 51500
170M1572D aR 00 315 690 80500 10

170M3808D 40 285
170M3809D 50 550
170M3810D 63 850
170M3811D 80 1350
170M3812D 100 2600
170M3813D 125 3900
170M3814D 160 8250
170M3815D 200 16500
170M3808D
170M3816D aR 1 250 690 31000
170M3817D 315 52000
170M3818D 350 73000
170M3819D 400 115000
170M4863D 450 155000
170M4864D 500 190000
170M4865D 550 240000
170M4866D 630 345000
170M4867D 700 495000

170M5808D 400 79000

170M5809D 450 115000
170M5810D 500 155000
170M5811D 550 215000
170M5812D 630 295000
aR 2 690
170M5813D 700 430000
170M5808D 170M5814D 800 610000
170M5815D 900 895000
170M5816D 1000 1300000
170M5817D 1100 1750000

172 Power Distribution product guide eatoncorp.com.au 2018

 Low Voltage Circuit Protection & Switchgear
LV Fuse gear
Bussmann series high speed fuse links.

Box
Item no. Description Size Amps Volts I 2T
qty

170M6808D 500 99500

170M6809D 550 140000
170M6810D 630 220000
170M6811D 700 320000
170M6812D 800 490000
170M6813D 900 720000
aR 3 690
170M6814D 1000 985000
170M6892D 1100 1400000
170M8554D 1250 2150000
170M6808D
170M8555D 1400 2700000
170M8556D 1500 3350000
170M8557D 1600 4150000

High speed fuse links - DIN standard - blade - gR.

170M2691 10 20
170M2692 16 38
170M2693 20 70
170M2694 25 125
170M2695 32 275
170M2696 40 490
gR 00 690 170M2691
170M2697 50 1000
170M2698 63 1800
170M2699 80 3600
170M2700 100 6650
170M2701 125 12000
170M2702 160 22500

170M4176 50 705
170M4177 63 1300
170M4178 80 2600
170M4179 100 4850
170M4180 125 9500 170M4176
170M4181 gR 1 160 690 18000
170M4182 200 34500
170M4183 250 70500
170M4184 315 135000
170M4185 350 175000
170M4186 400 250000

170M5881 200 29000

170M5882 250 52500
170M5883 315 105000
170M5884 350 135000
170M5885 gR 2 400 690 205000 170M5881
170M5886 450 290000
170M5887 500 375000
170M5888 550 515000
170M5889 630 770000

170M6080 350 120000

170M6081 400 175000
170M6082 450 250000
170M6083 500 330000
gR 3 690
170M6084 550 435000
170M6085 630 645000
170M6080
170M6086 700 840000
170M6087 800 1300000

Power Distribution product guide eatoncorp.com.au 2018 173

Low Voltage Circuit Protection & Switchgear
LV Fuse gear
Bussmann series high speed fuse links.

Box
Item no. Description Size Amps Volts I 2T
qty
High speed fuses - DIN standard - 80mm fixing.
170M1408 10 25.5
170M1409 16 48
170M1410 20 78
170M1411 25 130
170M1412 32 270
170M1413 40 460
170M1414 50 770
170M1415 aR 000 63 690 1450
170M1416 80 2550
170M1417 100 4650
170M1418 125 8500
170M1419 160 16000
170M1480 170M1420 200 28000
170M1421 250 51500
170M1422 315 80500
170M2670 350 91500
aR 00 690
170M2671 400 125000

170M3108 40 270
170M3109 50 515
170M3110 63 770
170M3111 80 1250
170M3112 100 2450
170M3113 125 3700
170M3114 160 7500
170M3115 200 15000
aR 1* 690
170M3116 250 28500
170M3117 315 46500
170M3118 350 68500
170M3119 400 105000
170M3120 450 140000
170M3121 500 180000
170M3122 550 230000
170M3123 630 325000

170M4108 200 11500

170M4109 250 21000
170M4110 315 42000
170M4111 350 59000
170M4112 400 91500
170M4113 aR 1 450 690 120000
170M4114 500 170000
170M4115 550 230000
170M4116
170M4116 630 350000
170M4117 700 465000
170M4118 800 725000
170M4119 aR 1 900 550 850000

170M5108 400 74000

170M5109 450 105000
170M5110 500 145000
170M5111 550 190000
170M5112 630 275000
170M5113 aR 2 700 690 405000
170M5114 800 575000
170M5115 900 840000
170M5116 1000 1250000
170M5117 1100 1600000
170M5108 170M5118 1250 2400000

174 Power Distribution product guide eatoncorp.com.au 2018

 Low Voltage Circuit Protection & Switchgear
LV Fuse gear
Bussmann series high speed fuse links.

Box
Item no. Description Size Amps Volts I 2T
qty
High speed fuses - DIN standard - 80mm fixing.
170M6108 500 95000
170M6109 550 135000
170M6110 630 210000
170M6111 700 300000
170M6112 800 465000
170M6113 900 670000
aR 3 690
170M6114 1000 945000
170M6115 1100 1300000
170M6116 1250 1950000
170M6117 1400 2450000
170M6118 1500 3100000
170M6109
170M6119 1600 3900000
170M6120 aR 3 1800 600 5250000
170M6121 aR 3 2000 550 6350000

High speed fuses - DIN standard - 110mm fixing.

170M3258 40 270
170M3259 50 515
170M3260 63 770
170M3261 80 1250
170M3262 100 2450
170M3263 125 3700
170M3264 160 7500
170M3265 200 15000
aR 1* 690
170M3267 250 28500
170M3268 315 46500
170M3269 350 68500
170M3270 400 105000 170M3258
170M3271 450 140000
170M3272 500 180000
170M3273 550 230000
170M3274 630 325000

170M4258 200 11500

170M4259 250 21000
170M4260 315 42000
170M4261 350 59000
170M4262 400 91500
170M4263 aR 1 450 690 120000
170M4264 500 170000
170M4265 550 230000
170M4266 630 350000
170M4267 700 465000
170M4268 800 725000
170M4258
170M4269 aR 1 900 550 850000

170M5258 400 74000

170M5259 450 105000
170M5260 500 145000
170M5261 550 190000
170M5262 630 275000
170M5263 aR 2 700 690 405000
170M5264 800 575000
170M5265 900 840000
170M5266 1000 1250000
170M5267 1100 1600000
170M5268 1250 2400000

Power Distribution product guide eatoncorp.com.au 2018 175

Low Voltage Circuit Protection & Switchgear
LV Fuse gear
Bussmann series high speed fuse links.
Box
Item no. Description Size Amps Volts I 2T
qty
High speed fuses - DIN standard - 110mm fixing.
170M6258 500 95000
170M6259 550 135000
170M6260 630 210000
170M6261 700 300000
170M6262 800 465000
170M6263 900 670000
aR 3 690
170M6264 1000 945000
170M6265 1100 1300000
170M6266 1250 1950000
170M6267 1400 2450000
170M6268 1500 3100000
170M5258
170M6269 1600 3900000
170M6270 aR 3 1800 600 5250000
170M6271 aR 3 2000 550 6350000

High speed fuse links - DIN standard - flush end contact.

170M2758 25 130
170M2759 32 270
170M2760 40 460
170M2761 50 770
170M2762 63 1450
170M2763 80 2550
170M2764 100 4650
aR 00 690
170M2765 125 8500
170M2766 160 16000
170M2767 200 28000
170M2768 250 51500
170M6258 170M2769 315 80500
170M2770 350 91500
170M2771 400 125000

High speed fuse links - DIN standard - flush end contact.

170M3458 40 270
170M3459 50 515
170M3460 63 770
170M3461 80 1250
170M3462 100 2450
170M3463 125 3700
aR 1* 690
170M3464 160 7500
170M3465 200 15000
170M3466 250 28500
170M3467 315 46500
170M3468 350 68500
170M2758 170M3469 400 105000
170M3470 450 140000
170M3471 500 180000
170M3472 550 230000
170M3473 630 325000
170M4458 200 11500
170M4459 250 21000
170M4460 315 42000
170M4461 aR 1 350 690 59000
170M4462 400 91500
170M4463 450 120000
170M4464 500 170000
170M4465 550 230000
170M3462 170M4466 630 350000
170M4467 700 465000
170M4468 800 725000

176 Power Distribution product guide eatoncorp.com.au 2018

 Low Voltage Circuit Protection & Switchgear
LV Fuse gear
Bussmann series high speed fuse links.
Box
Item no. Description Size Amps Volts I 2T
qty
High speed fuse links - DIN standard - flush end contact.
170M4469 aR 1 900 550 850000

170M5458 400 74000

170M5459 450 105000
170M5460 500 145000
170M5461 550 190000
170M5462 aR 2 630 690 275000
170M5463 700 405000
170M5458
170M5464 800 575000
170M5465 900 840000
170M5466 1000 1250000

170M5467 1100 1600000

aR 2 600
170M5468 1250 2400000

170M6458 500 95000

170M6459 550 135000
170M6460 630 210000
170M6461 700 300000
170M6462 800 465000
170M6463 900 670000
aR 3 690
170M6464 1000 945000
170M6462
170M6465 1100 1300000
170M6466 1250 1950000
170M6467 1400 2450000
170M6468 1500 3100000
170M6469 1600 3900000
170M6470 aR 3 1800 600 5250000
170M6471 aR 3 2000 550 6350000

Fuse holders to suit High speed fuse links

170H3003 630 1000
To suit 80mm
170H3004 1250 1000
170H3005 630 1400
To suit 110mm
170H3006 1250 1400 1
170H0235 To suit Type ‘T’ Indicator
170H3004
170H0236 Micro switch To suit Type ‘K’ Indicator
170H0069 To suit Type ‘K’ Indicator

Power Distribution product guide eatoncorp.com.au 2018 177

Low Voltage Circuit Protection & Switchgear
LV Fuse gear
Bussmann series Glass tube fuse links

Item no. Amp rating Volts Type MOQ

M205 fuse links - 5 X 20mm.
S500-(A)-R Fast
32 to 10A 250 Glass 10
S506-(A)-R T/Delay
S501-(A)-R Fast
32 to 10A 250 Ceramic 10
S505-(A)-R T/Delay

3AG fuse links - 6.3 X 32mm.

Fast-acting, glass tube
Optional axial leads available
1/4 x 1-1/4 (6.3mm x 32mm) physical size
Glass tube, nickel-plated brass endcap construction
UL Listed product meets standard 248-14
1/4 to 10A 250
AGC-(A) Glass Fast 5
15 to 50A 32

3AG fuse links - 6.3 X 32mm.

Time-delay
AGC Optional axial leads available
1⁄4 x 1 1⁄4 (6.4 x 31.7mm) physical size
Glass tube, nickel-plated brass endcap construction
UL Listed product meets standard 248-14
1/4 to 8A 250
MDL-(A) Glass T/Delay 5
15, 20, 25, 30, 35, 40, 50 32

3AG fuse links - 6.3 X 32mm.

ABC-(A) 1/4 to 30A Fast
250 Ceramic 5
MDA-(A) 1/4 to 30A T/Delay

1AG fuse links - 6.3 X 16mm.

Fast acting
1/4" x 5/8" (6.3mm x 15.9mm) physical size
Glass tube, nickel-plated brass endcap construction
AGW Optional leaded version available
UL Listed product meets standard 248-14
630mA to 5A 250
AGA-(A) Glass Fast 5
6 to 30A 32

7AG fuse links - 6.3 X 22mm.

Fast-acting
1⁄4" x 7⁄8" (6.3 x 22.2mm) physical size
Glass tube, nickel-plated brass endcap construction
Mounts in inline holders HHB, HHH, HRK or 1⁄4" clips
AGW-(A) 1 to 30A 32 Glass Fast 5

8AG fuse links - 6.3 X 25mm.

1/1 to 2A 250
AGU
AGX-(A) 2.5 to 7A 125 Glass Fast 5
8 to 30A 32

5AG fuse links - 10.3 X 38mm.

1 to 3A 250
AGU-(A) Glass Fast 5
4 to 30A 32

Fuse holders.
HTC-55M 6.3 250 Panel M205
1
HKP 30 250 mount 3AG
HKP

178 Power Distribution product guide eatoncorp.com.au 2018

 Low Voltage Circuit Protection & Switchgear
LV Fuse gear
Bussmann series Surge protection
Eaton’s Bussmann™ series one-pole IEC Class II modular surge arresters for TN and TT systems feature local
easyID™ visual status indication and optional remote contact signaling. The unique module locking system fixes
the protection module to the base.
System volts: 275, 320, 385, 440, 600
The unique nature of Photovoltaic (PV) installations make them vulnerable to damage from lightning strikes
and overvoltage events. Bussmann® series DIN-Rail PV Surge Protection Devices (SPDs) combine surge and
lightning protection for complete PV protection from overvoltage events.
PV SPD with integrated overcurrent protection ensures complete device isolation for enhanced system safety

Box
Item no. Description Applic Volts Poles
qty
Surge protection.
BSPM1275TN Without remote signalling
275Vac 1 1
BSPM1275TNR With remote signalling
Indust
BSPM1375TN Without remote signalling
Class II 275Vac 3 1
BSPM1375TNR With remote signalling
BPM275IEC Replacement module 275Vac 1 1

BSPM1275TN
BSPS3255TNC Without remote signalling
Indust
BSPS3255TNCR With remote signalling 275Vac 3 1
Class 1
BPS255IEC Replacement module

BSPH31000YPV Without remote signalling

BSPH31000YPVR With remote signalling
BSPS31000YPV Without remote signalling Solar 1000Vdc 1 1
BPH500YPV Replacement module (outer)
BPM500YPV Replacement module (inner)

Bussmann series fuse kits

Item no. Description

NO-140 3AG fuses, glass, fast & time delay, 140pcs
NO-220 M205 fuses, glass, fast & time delay, 220pcs
NO-270 3AG & M205 fuses, glass, fast & time delay, 270pcs
GSK-260 3AG & M205 fuses, glass & ceramic, fast & time delay, 260pcs

Bussmann series automotive

Item no. Amp rating Volts Type MOQ

Automotive Blade Fuses
The ATL, ATR, ATM, ATC and MAX blade fuses are commonly used in most domestic and imported cars
today. All Bussmann blade fuses meet or exceed OEM and SAE standards ATM-(A)
ATM-(A) 2, 3, 4, 5, 7.5, 10, 15, 20, 25, 30 32 Fast Mini 5
ATM-(A)LP 5, 7.5, 10, 15, 20, 25, 30 32 Fast Lo Profile 5
ATC-(A) 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 7.5, 10, 15, 20, 25, 30, 40 32 Fast Std 5
MAX-(A) 20, 30, 40, 50, 60, 70, 80 32 Fast Large 1

AMI-(A) 100-300A
AMG-(A) 50-100A
32
HMID Fuseholder to suit AMI 1 MAX-(A)
HMEG Fuseholder to suit AMG 1

Automative Low-Voltage Limiter

35, 40, 50, 60, 100, 130, 150
ANL (A) 175, 200, 225, 250, 275 32 Non Delay 1
300, 325, 350, 400, 500
10, 35, 40, 50, 60, 100, 130, 150, 175, 200, 225,
ANN (A) 250, 275, 300 32 Very Fast 1
325, 350, 400, 500, 600, 675, 700, 800
4164 Fuse Base to Suit ANL & ANN 1 ANL (A)

Power Distribution product guide eatoncorp.com.au 2018 179

Low Voltage Circuit Protection & Switchgear
LV Fuse gear
Bussmann series solar products.

Bussmann series solar products.

Eaton’s Bussmann series range of 14 x 51 mm package fuse links is specifically designed for protecting an isolating
photovoltaic strings. These fuse links are capable of interrupting low overcurrents associated with faulted PV systems
(reverse current, multi array fault).
Rated voltage: 1000 V d.c. (25 and 32 A)
1100 V d.c. (15 and 20 A)
Rated current: 15 to 32 A
Breaking capacity: 10 kA
Operating class: gPV and UL PV fuse links

Body Box
Item no. Description Amps Volts
dim qty
Photovoltaic fuse links - ferrule fuse holders.
CHPV1U 10 X 12
30 1000 Vdc
CHPV2U 38mm 6
CHPV1IU 10 X 12
With indicator 30 1000
CHPV2IU 38mm 6
10 X
CH141D-PV 30 1000 Vdc 6
38mm
CHPV2U
Photovoltaic fuse links
PV-1A10F 1
PV-2A10F 2
PV-3A10F 3
PV-4A10F 4
PV-5A10F 5
10 X
PV-6A10F Solar fuse - ferrule 6
38mm
PV-8A10F 8
1000
PV-10A10F 10 10
Vdc
PV-12A10F 12
PV-15A10F 15
PV-20A10F 20
PV-15A14F 15
PV-20A14F 14 X 20
Solar fuse - ferrule
PV-25A14F 51mm 25
PV-1A10F
PV-32A14F 32
PV-15A14LF 15
PV-20A14LF 14 X 20 1300
Solar fuse - ferrule 10
PV-25A14LF 65mm 25 Vdc
PV-32A14LF 32

Box
Item no. Description Amps Volts Poles
qty
Photovoltaic fuse links - blade fuse holders.
SD1-D-PV For PV-NH1 250 1
SD2-D-PV For PV-NH2 400 1
SD3-D-PV For PV-NH3 630 1500 1
1
SD1XL-S For 01 & 1XL 250 Vdc 1
SD2XL-S For 2XL 400 1
SD3L-S For 3L 630 1
SD2-D-PV

180 Power Distribution product guide eatoncorp.com.au 2018

 Low Voltage Circuit Protection & Switchgear
LV Fuse gear
Bussmann series solar products.

Bussmann series solar products.

Eaton’s Bussmann series NH size and XL package photovoltaic fuse links are specifically designed to protect and
isolate photovoltaic array combiners and disconnects. These fuse links are capable of interrupting low overcurrents
associated with faulted PV systems (reverse current, multi-array fault).
Rated voltage: NH - 1000 V d.c.
XL - 1000, 1100, 1200, 1500 V d.c.
Rated current: NH - 32 to 400 A
XL - 50 to 600 A
Breaking capacity: NH - 50 kA
XL - 1000 V d.c. (Size 01 and 3: 50kA, Size 1 and 2: 33kA)
1500 V d.c. : 30kA
Operating class: gPV and UL PV fuse links

Body Box
Item no. Description Amps Volts
size qty
Photovoltaic fuse links.
PV-200ANH1
PV-32ANH1 32
PV-40ANH1 40
PV-50ANH1 50
PV-63ANH1 63 1000
Solar fuse - blade 1 1
PV-80ANH1 80 Vdc
PV-100ANH1 100
PV-125ANH1 125
PV-160ANH1 160
PV-63A-01XL 50
PV-80A-01XL 63
1000
PV-100A-01XL Solar fuse - blade 80 01 1
Vdc
PV-125A-01XL 100 PV-250ANH2
PV-160A-01XL 125
1000
PV-200A-1XL Solar fuse - blade 200 1 1
Vdc
PV-160A-2XL 160
PV-200A-2XL 200
1000
PV-250A-2XL Solar fuse - blade 250 2 1
Vdc
PV-315A-2XL 315
PV-355A-2XL 355
PV-350A-3L 350
PV-400A-3L 400 1000
Solar fuse - blade 3 1
PV-500A-3L 500 Vdc
PV-600A-3L 600
PV-63A-01XL-D 63
PV-250ANH2-B
PV-80A-01XL-D 80
1000
PV-100A-01XL-D Solar fuse - bolted 100 01
Vdc
PV-125A-01XL-D 125
PV-160A-01XL-D 160
1000
PV-200A-1XL-D Solar fuse - bolted 100 1
Vdc
PV-160A-2XL-D 160
PV-200A-2XL-D 200
1000
PV-250A-2XL-D Solar fuse - bolted 250 2
Vdc
PV-315A-2XL-D 350
PV-355A-2XL-D 400
PV-350A-3L-D 350
PV-400A-3L-D 400 1000
Solar fuse - bolted
PV-500A-3L-D 500 Vdc
PV-600A-3L-D 600 PV-250A2XL-D

Power Distribution product guide eatoncorp.com.au 2018 181

Low Voltage Circuit Protection & Switchgear
MV Fuse gear
Bussmann series medium voltage fuse links.

Air Fuse Links

Standard: BS 2692-1
Rated voltage: 3.6 to 72.5kV
Rated current: 3.15 to 160A
Breaking capacity: Up to 40kA
Operating class: Back-up
Applications: Suitable for primary side transformer protection, fuse switch combination, unit
fuse bases and fuse switches

Item no. Amps Volts Lth Dis MOQ

Medium voltage fuse links for use in air.

12BDGHA6.3 6.3
12BDGHA10 10
12BDGHA16 16
12BDGHA20 20
12kV 359 51 3
12BDGHA25 25
12BDGHA31.5 31.5
12BDGHA40 40
12BDGHA50 50
12BFGHA63 63
12BFGHA71 71
12BFGHA80 80
12kV 359 76 3
24ADIHA25 12BFGHA90 90
12BFGHA100 100
12AKGHA125 125
24ADIHA3.15 3.15
24ADIHA6.3 6.3
24ADIHA10 10
24ADIHA16 16 24kV 565 51 3
24ADIHA20 20
24ADIHA25 25
24ADIHA31.5 31.5
24AFIHA40 40
24AFIHA50 50
24AFIHA63 63 24kV 565 76 3
24AFIHA80 80
24AFIHA90 90

Medium voltage fuse links - VT for use in air.

3.6ABWNA3.15 AIR3.3/3 3.15
3.6kV 142 25.4 1
3.6ABWNA6.3 6.3
3.6ABCNA3.15 3.15
3.6ABCNA6.3 6.3 3.6kV 195 25.4 1
3.6ABCNA10 10
7.2VTDNN1 1 1
7.2ABWNA3.15 VTF6.6/3 3.15 25.4 1
7.2ABWNA6.3 6.3 7.2Kv 25.4 1
142
7.2VTDNN0.62 0.62
3.6ABWNA6.3 7.2ABCNA3.15 3.15 25.4 1
7.2ABCNA6.3 6.3
12VTDNN0.5 VTF11/0.5 0.5
12VTDNN1 VTF11/1 1 12kV 195 25.4 1
12ABCNA3.15 VTF11/3 3.15
24ABGNA3.15 3.15 24kV 359 25.4 1

182 Power Distribution product guide eatoncorp.com.au 2018

 Low Voltage Circuit Protection & Switchgear
MV Fuse gear
Bussmann series medium voltage fuse links.

Oil Fuse Links

Standard: IEC 60282-1, BS 2692-1 and ESI Standard 12-8
Rated voltage: 3.6 to 24kV
Rated current: 6.3 to 250A
Breaking capacity: Up to 50kA
Operating class: Back-up
Applications: Primary side transformer protection and oil filled switch combination unit
Other: Fitted with a pyrotechnic striker for open fuse indication

Item no. Amps Volts Lth Dis MOQ

Medium voltage fuse links for use in oil.

12OEFMA6.3 KEBXO5 6.3
12OEFMA10 KEBXO10 10
12OEFMA16 KEBXO16 16
12OEFMA20 KEBXO20 20
12OEFMA25 KEBXO25 25
12OEFMA31.5 31.5
12OEFMA40 KEBXO40 40 12kV 254 63.5 3
12OEFMA50 KEBXO50 50
12OEFMA63 KEBXO63 63
12OHFMA71 71
12OHFMA80 KEBXO80 80 120EFMA820
12OHFMA90 90
12OHFMA100 100
12OHGMA6.3 KEMXO5 6.3
12OHGMA10 KEMXO10 10
12OHGMA16 KEMXO16 16
12OHGMA20 KEMXO20 20
12OHGMA25 KEMXO25 25
12OHGMA31.5 31.5
12OHGMA40 KEMXO40 40
12kV 359 63.5 3
12OHGMA50 KEMXO50 50
12OHGMA63 KEMXO63 63
12OHGMA71 71
12OHGMA80 KEMXO80 80
12OHGMA90 KEMXO90 90
12OHGMA100 KEMXO100 100
12OLGMA125 KEMXO120 125

Medium voltage fuse links - VT for use in oil.

OIR6.6/0.62 0.62 7.2kV 142 22 1
7.2OBWNA3.15 3.15
7.2kV 142 25.4 1
7.2OBWNA6.3 6.3
7.2OBCNA3.15 OIR6.6/3 3.15
7.2kV 195 25.4 1
7.2OBCNA6.3 6.3
OIR11/0.62 0.62 7.2kV 25.4 1
12OBCNA3.15 3.15 12kV 195 25.4 1
24OBGNA3.15 3.15 24kV
359 25.4 1 7.20BCNA3.15
36OBGNA3.15 3.15 36kV

Power Distribution product guide eatoncorp.com.au 2018 183

Low Voltage Circuit Protection & Switchgear
MV Fuse gear
Bussmann series medium voltage fuse links.
DIN Fuse Links
Standard: DIN 43625, IEC 60282-1 and VDE 0670-4
Rated voltage: 3.6 to 36kV
Rated current: 6.3 to 400A
Breaking capacity: 20 to 63kA
Operating class: Back-up
Applications: Suitable for primary side transformer protection, fuse switch combination,
unit fuse bases and fuse switches

Item no. Amps Volts Lth Dis MOQ

Medium voltage fuse links - DIN standard.

12TDLEJ6.3 6.3
12TDLEJ10 10
12TDLEJ16 16
12TDLEJ20 20
12TDLEJ25 25 12kV 292 51 3
12TDLEJ31.5 31.5
12TDLEJ40 40
12TDLEJ50 50
12TDLEJ63 63
12THLEJ80 80
12kV 292 67 3
12TDLEJ25
12THLEJ100 100
12TKLEJ125 125 12kV 292 76 3
12TXLEJ160 160
12kV 292 88 3
12TXLEJ200 200
24TDMEJ6.3 6.3
24TDMEJ10 10
24TDMEJ16 16
24TDMEJ20 20 24kV 442 51 3
24TDMEJ25 25
24TDMEJ31.5 31.5
24TDMEJ40 40
24TDMEJ50 50
24THMEJ63 63
24kV 442 67 3
24THMEJ80 80
24THMEJ100 100
24TXMEJ125 125
24kV 442 88 3
24TDMEJ20 24TXMEJ160 160

Medium voltage fuse links - DIN motor start.

3.6WDLSJ50 50
3.6WDLSJ63 63
3.6WDLSJ80 80
3.6WDLSJ100 100 3.6kV 292 51 3
3.6WDLSJ125 125
3.6WFLSJ160 160
3.6WFLSJ200 200
3.6WKLSJ250 250
3.6WKLSJ315 315 3.6kV 292 76 3
3.6WKLSJ400 400
7.2WFMSJ25 25
7.2WFMSJ31.5 31.5
7.2WFMSJ40 40
3.6WDLSJ50 7.2WFMSJ50 50
7.2WFMSJ63 63
7.2WFMSJ80 80
7.2WFMSJ100 100 7.2kV 442 76 3
7.2WFMSJ125 125
7.2WFMSJ160 160
7.2WKMSJ200 200
7.2WKMSJ224 224
7.2WKMSJ250 250
7.2WKMSJ315 315

184 Power Distribution product guide eatoncorp.com.au 2018

 Low Voltage Circuit Protection & Switchgear
MV Fuse gear
Bussmann series medium voltage fuse links.
Motor Start Fuse Links
Standard: IEC 60282-1, DIN 43625 and BS 2692
Rated voltage: 2.75 to 7.2kV
Rated current: 6.3 to 400A
Breaking capacity: Up to 63kA
Operating class: Back-up
Applications: Provide short-circuit protection in motor circuits to both the motor starter & cables
Other: Fitted with a pyrotechnic striker for open fuse indication

Item no. Amps Volts Lth Dis MOQ

Medium voltage fuse links - BS motor start.

3.6WDFHO50 50
3.6WDFHO63 63
3.6WDFHO80 80 3.6kV 254a 51 3
3.6WDFHO100 K81PEX100 100
3.6WDFHO125 K81PEX125 125
3.6WFFHO160 K81PEX160 160
3.6WFFHO200 K81PEX200 200
3.6WKFHO250 K81PEX250 250
3.6WKFHO315 K81PEX315 315 3.6kV 254a 76 3
3.6WKFHO355 K81PEX350 355
3.6WKFHO400 400 3.6WKFHO250
K81PRX450 450

7.2WFNHO25 25
7.2WFNHO31.5 31.5
7.2WFNHO40 40
7.2WFNHO50 K81SDX50 50
7.2WFNHO63 K81SDX63 63
7.2WFNHO80 K81SDX80 80
7.2WFNHO100 K81SDX100 100 7.2kV 403 76 3
7.2WFNHO125 K81SDX125 125
7.2WFNHO160 K81SDX160 160
7.2WKNHO200 K81SDX200 200
7.2WKNHO224 K81SDX225 224
7.2WFNHO125
7.2WKNHO250 K81SDX250 250
7.2WKNHO315 K81SDX315 315

Item no. Description MOQ

Medium voltage fuse links - mounting clips.

1A1873 To Suit 20mm
A3354705 To Suit 25.4mm
A3354710 To Suit 51.0mm
A3354720 To Suit 63.5mm 2
A3354730 To Suit 76.0mm
A3354745 To Suit 45mm DIN
Mounting clips
270303 To Suit 45mm DIN

Power Distribution product guide eatoncorp.com.au 2018 185

Low Voltage Circuit Protection & Switchgear

PKA6 ELQ-TD
Electronic combined Combined MCB/RCD
MCB/RCD device device

• Electronic combined • Combined

MCB/RCD device MCB/RCD device
• Permanent connected flexible • Permanent connected
neutral conductor (750 mm) neutral conductor (950mm)
• Rated breaking capacity 6 kA • Rating breaking capacity
• Contact position indicator 6kArms
red - green • Suitable for sliding clip tray
• C curve tripping characteristic arrangements
• Australian approval numbers • Complies with
NSW20024 and NSW26670 AS/NZS 3190:2016 and
AS/NZS 3111:2009+A1-2
• European quality
• Australian approval number
Eaton tested and approved as
NSW27675
direct replacement of Eaton
ELQ RCBO product in Eaton
distribution boards and load
centre assemblies

186 Power Distribution product guide eatoncorp.com.au 2018

 Number Number
of poles of poles 1+N-pole1+N-pole
Pole switched,
Pole switche
N led through
N led throug
(solid
Rated voltage
Rated U voltage Un 240 VAC240 VAC
Low Voltage Circuit Protection & Switchgear
n
Rated frequency
Rated frequency 50 Hz 50 Hz
Rated current
RatedIncurrent In 6 - 40 A 6 - 40 A
SG82511
Rated tripping
Rated tripping
current In current In 10, 30, 10010,mA30, 100 m
Electronic combined MCB/RCD devices PKA6, 1+N-pole Sensitivity
Sensitivity AC, A AC, A
PKA6 Residual Current operated circuit Breaker with Overcurrent protection EnduranceEndurance
(RCBO) electricalelectrical
comp. comp.  4,000 switching  4,000 swi o
mechanical mechanical
comp. comp.  20,000switching
20,000 swo
• Electronic combined MCB/RCD device TrippingTripping
Characteristic
Characteristic
RCD component
RCD component
• Permanent connected flexible neutral conductor (750 mm) TrippingTripping
• Contact position indicator red - green line voltage-dependent
line voltage-dependent instantaneous
instantaneo
• C curve tripping characteristic Peak withstand
Peak withstand
current current 250A (8/20µs)
250A (8/20µ
Rated non-tripping
Rated non-tripping current Ino 0.5 In 0.5 In
current Ino
• Rated breaking capacity 6 kA
Voltage range
Voltage forrange
protective
for protective
function function
120 - 250120 V~ - 250 V~
• Australian approval numbers NSW20024 and NSW26670
TrippingTripping
Characteristic
Characteristic
MCB component
MCB component
• European quality Conventional
Conventional
non-trippingnon-tripping
current current1.13 In 1.13 In
• Eaton tested and approved as direct replacement of Eaton ELQ RCBO product inConventional
Conventional
tripping tripping
current current 1.45 In 1.45 In
Eaton distribution boards and load centre assemblies ReferenceReference
temperature temperature 30°C 30°C
Characteristic
Characteristic C C
Electronic Combined RCD/MCB Devices PKA6 1+N-pole Rated breaking
Rated breaking
capacity capacity 10 kA 10 kA
Conditionally surge current-proof 250 A, type AC
Selectivity
Selectivity
class class 3 3
Sensitivity (mA) Rating (A) Units per package Item no. UltimateUltimate
short circuit
shortbreaking
circuit breaking
capacity capacity
Imt Imt
Characteristic C Type C Type C 5 In < Imt 5In10< IInmt
: t(Im1
30mA 10 1/30 PKA6-10/1N/C/003 Ultimate Ultimate
short circuit
shortbreaking
circuit breaking
capacity Icapacity
cn 6 kA Icn 6 kA
30mA 13 1/30 PKA6-13/1N/C/003 Rated short Ratedcircuit
shortbreaking
circuit breaking
capacity capacity
Inc 6 kA Inc 6 kA
30mA 16 1/30 PKA6-16/1N/C/003
30mA 20 1/30 PKA6-20/1N/C/003
30mA 25 1/30 PKA6-25/1N/C/003 Dimensions
Dimensions
(mm) (mm)
30mA 32 1/30 PKA6-32/1N/C/003
Clip
30mA 40 1/30 PKA6-40/1N/C/003 Dimensions (mm)
10mA 10 1/30 PKA6-10/1N/C/001
10mA 13 1/30 PKA6-13/1N/C/001
10mA 16 1/30 PKA6-16/1N/C/001
10mA 20 1/30 PKA6-20/1N/C/001
10mA 25 1/30 PKA6-25/1N/C/001
10mA 32 1/30 PKA6-32/1N/C/001
10mA 40 1/30 PKA6-40/1N/C/001
100mA 10 1/30 PKA6-10/1N/C/01
100mA 13 1/30 PKA6-13/1N/C/01
100mA 16 1/30 PKA6-16/1N/C/01
100mA 20 1/30 PKA6-20/1N/C/01
100mA 25 1/30 PKA6-25/1N/C/01
100mA 32 1/30 PKA6-32/1N/C/01
100mA 40 1/30 PKA6-40/1N/C/01

DIN Fuse Back-Up Data

Three-phase
Breaking Eaton Upstream Peak cut-off Watts
prospective short- Pre-arcing Total I2t @
RCBO Item no. Capacity Fuse Link current @ 50kArms Loss
circuit current I2t (A2s) 500V (A2s)
(kArms) Item no. (kApk) (W)
(kArms)
PKA6-10/1N/C/xxx 6 F5GG200U1 50 97,000 368,600 18 15
xInsta_PKA6_MV_E.indd
xInsta_PKA6_MV_E.indd
3 3
PKA6-16/1N/C/xxx 6 F5GG200U1 50 97,000 368,600 18 15
PKA6-20/1N/C/xxx 6 F5GG200U1 50 97,000 368,600 18 15
PKA6-25/1N/C/xxx 6 F5GG200U1 50 97,000 368,600 18 15
PKA6-32/1N/C/xxx 6 F5GG250U1 50 151,300 574,900 25 19
PKA6-40/1N/C/xxx 6 F5GG250U1 50 151,300 574,900 25 19

Power Distribution product guide eatoncorp.com.au 2018 187

60
Low Voltage Circuit Protection & Switchgear

Over 60 Years of Service to the

Australian Electrical Industry
The Quicklag range of miniature circuit breakers was originally released
in Australia by Email-Westinghouse in 1957 before the company
changed its name to Cutler-Hammer and then to Eaton.
Through the years, the Quicklag has been widely recognised as setting
the electrical industry benchmark for Miniature Circuit Breakers
Quicklag is the largest and most complete family of industrial thermal
magnetic miniature circuit breakers. They provide the feature of steel
frame calibration and arc chutes in every pole. Quicklag circuit breakers
are provided in ranges from 8 to 100 amperes continuous in one, two,
three and four-pole configurations.

Quicklag Miniature circuit breakers

Quicklag Miniature circuit breakers are used in a variety of circuit
protection applications that range from protection for submain circuits &
light & power circuits through to various motor starting applications.
Key Features
• Breaking capacity 6kA at • Non-Auto breakers available
415VAC/2,3,4 pole & 6kA at • Centre trip indication
240VAC/1 pole
• Complies with AS3111 &
• Extensive range of accessories AS2184, Lloyd’s approved

Quicklag MCB fitted with 240V AC shunt trip

Quicklag MCB (intermittent rated) - factory fitted only
Rating Item no. Item no. Item no. Item no. Rating Item no. Item no. Item no. Item no.
(A) 1 pole 2 pole 3 pole 4 pole (A) 1 pole 2 pole 3 pole 4 pole
8 Q108 Q208 Q308 Q408 8 Q108-ST2 Q208-ST2 Q308-ST2 Q408-ST2
10 Q110 Q210 Q310 Q410 10 Q110-ST2 Q210-ST2 Q310-ST2 Q410-ST2
16 Q116 Q216 Q316 Q416 16 Q116-ST2 Q216-ST2 Q316-ST2 Q416-ST2
20 Q120 Q220 Q320 Q420 20 Q120-ST2 Q220-ST2 Q320-ST2 Q420-ST2
25 Q125 Q225 Q325 Q425 25 Q125-ST2 Q225-ST2 Q325-ST2 Q425-ST2
32 Q132 Q232 Q332 Q432 32 Q132-ST2 Q232-ST2 Q332-ST2 Q432-ST2
40 Q140 Q240 Q340 Q440 40 Q140-ST2 Q240-ST2 Q340-ST2 Q440-ST2
50 Q150 Q250 Q350 Q450 50 Q150-ST2 Q250-ST2 Q350-ST2 Q450-ST2
63 Q163 Q263 Q363 Q463 63 Q163-ST2 Q263-ST2 Q363-ST2 Q463-ST2
80 Q180 Q280 Q380 Q480 80 Q180-ST2 Q280-ST2 Q380-ST2 Q480-ST2
100 Q1100 Q2100 Q3100 Q4100 100 Q1100-ST2 Q2100-ST2 Q3100-ST2 Q4100-ST2
80* Q180N Q280N Q380N Q480N 80* Q180N-ST2 Q280N-ST2 Q380N-ST2 Q480N-ST2
100* Q1100N Q2100N Q3100N Q4100N 100* Q1100N-ST2 Q2100N-ST2 Q3100N-ST2 Q4100N-ST2
* Non-Auto Breaker. * Non-Auto Breaker.
ST2 operates on 90-440 Vac, 60-250 Vdc
Some other voltage shunt trips available consult Eaton

188 Power Distribution product guide eatoncorp.com.au 2018

0
Low Voltage Circuit Protection & Switchgear
Quicklag MCB
Quicklag accessories
Quicklag’s extensive range of accessories extends its features & benefits to many applications. Moulded covers &
polycentres allow for retrofit installations where space is limited. A wide range of locking devices can easily provide extra
security & safety in situations where it is required.

Quicklag accessories

Description Item no.

1-Pole Moulded Cover S1Q 
3-Pole Moulded Cover S3Q 
Quicklag Polycentre 6-Pole QPC 
Sealing Screws for Quicklag Covers (Kit of 10) QSEALKIT 
S1Q S3Q QPC QSEALKIT
Quicklag Pole Filler QPF
Sliding Clip Tray 3-Pole SC3Q 
Sliding Clip Tray 6-Pole SC6Q 
Sliding Clip Tray 12-Pole SC12Q 
Sliding Clip Tray 24-Pole SC24Q 
Standard Clip Tray 36-Pole C36Q
QPF SC3Q, SC6Q, C36Q T50Q
50A Terminal 25mm² T50Q SC12Q, SC24Q

100A Terminal 50mm² T100Q

Tunnel Kit 35mm² - 3 pieces QLUGKIT 
Handle Lock 1-Pole + Padlock PLKQ1 
Handle Lock 2 or 4-Pole + Padlock PLKQ24 
Handle Lock 3-Pole + Padlock PLKQ3 
Lock Off device (opposing breaker) 1517-1277/1  T100Q QLUGKIT PLKQ1 PLKQ24

Quicklag DIN Adaptor (Pack of 6) QLDINADAPT

Lockdog Quicklag (Pack of 10) LKDQ
MCB Lock Off Bracket Kit (Pack of 10) 1517-1299/1 
Tee-off Insulation Cap 1521-1287/1
Busbar Comb 24-Pole 1521-0070/15
250 A main switch kit for xBoard Plus Quicklag XDBPQ-M/S PLKQ3 QLDINADAPT LKDQ 1517-1299/1

 Not suitable for ELQ.

ELQ Earth Leakage breaker ELQ Earth leakage breaker

The ELQ Earth Leakage breaker combines Sensitivity (mA) Rating (A) Item no.
overload, short circuit & residual current 30mA 10 ELQ110C3TD
(earth leakage) protection in one compact unit.
30mA 16 ELQ116C3TD
Features & Benefits 30mA 20 ELQ120C3TD
• Overload, short circuit & residual 30mA 25 ELQ125C3TD
current protection in one compact unit
30mA 32 ELQ132C3TD
• 6kA at 240V AC/Sym (AS2184)
10mA 10 ELQ110C1TD
• Sensitivity available in 10, 30 &
10mA 16 ELQ116C1TD
100mA models
10mA 20 ELQ120C1TD
• Approval No. NSW27675
10mA 25 ELQ125C1TD
• Trip indication window
10mA 32 ELQ132C1TD
• Test button with preventative
accidental push design 100mA 10 ELQ110C10TD
100mA 16 ELQ116C10TD
100mA 20 ELQ120C10TD
100mA 25 ELQ125C10TD
100mA 32 ELQ132C10TD

ELQ specific Accessories

Description Item no.
ELQ to E-Frame Adaptor Kit ELQ-E-KIT 
Lockdog Kit ELQ (No Padlock, 1-Pole) LKDELQTW
 Suitable for panel mount applications only. ELQ-E-KIT
LKDELQTW

Power Distribution product guide eatoncorp.com.au 2018 189

Low Voltage Circuit Protection & Switchgear
Quicklag MCB
Quickmov™ surge protection device
Quickmov™ is an integrated Surge Protection Device (SPD), designed to protect single & multiphase
electrical distribution systems against the damaging effects of voltage spikes & surges.
Key Features
Main board or M.E.N configuration
• Surge rating 30kA Inom & 60kA Imax
• Integrated surge protection solution
• In-built HRC fusing
• Safe thermal disconnect
• Dual barrier flame retardant housing
• Fail safe status indicator
• Protection for M.E.N. & non-M.E.N. applications Distribution board or non M.E.N configuration
• Designed in Australia Quickmov Surge
Protection Device
• Mounts directly in any Quicklag™ panelboard
• Compatible with most Quicklag™ accessories (SPD50NGI
is required for installations remote from the M.E.N. link).
Dimensions
50 mm
Height Width Depth Weight
71 mm 25 mm 93 mm 0.3 kg SPD50NGI EQUIPOTENTIAL COUPLER
Trim cables to leave 50mm of slack as shown

Quickmov™ surge protection device

Description Surge rating Item no.
1Pole 60kA Quickmov™ Surge Diverter 60kA SPDQM1
50kA Neutral to Earth Surge Protector / Equipotential Coupler 50kA SPD50NGI
One Quickmov™ per phase is required for multi-phase installations.

Quicklag Chassis Chassis vertical & horizontal type - 250A rated

Designed & tested to the requirements of Pole capacity Item no. Vertical Height * (mm) Item no. Horizontal Height * (mm)
AS1136.1, Quicklag chassis assemblies are 12 Q12PV 229 Q12PH 229
available in a number of configurations,
18 Q18PV 305 Q18PH 305
They are used by Eaton in Quicklag panelboards
& by Original Equipment Manufacturer’s in their 24 Q24PV 381 Q24PH 381
own panelboard & switchboard assemblies 30 Q30PV 457 Q30PH 457
throughout the electrical industry.
36 Q36PV 534 Q36PH 534
Short circuit withstand ratings 42 Q42PV 610 Q42PH 610
Rating Withstand 48 Q48PV 686 Q48PH 686
Standard 250A 20kA for 0.1 sec
60 Q60PV 838 Q60PH 838
Non-standard 400A 20kA for 1.0 sec
72 Q72PV 991
78 Q78PV 1067
84 Q84PV 1143
96 Q96PV 1291 * Busbars extend 42mm over top &
bottom of mounting pan on Vertical type
108 Q108PV-400 1444 & left & right on horizontal.
 For 400A option add -400 to end of item no. (example Q36PV-400)
 108 pole only available in 400A rating

Chassis with 100A main switch

Pole capacity Height (mm) Width (mm) Item no.
12 305 332 Q12PVQT
24 457 332 Q24PVQT
36 610 332 Q36PVQT
Non standard variations are available on request. Prices on application.

Chassis half-width type

Pole Item no. Height x Width* (mm) Item no.
capacity Vertical Horizontal Height x Width* (mm)
12 1521-1560/1 381* x 230 1521-1561/1 230 x 381*
18 1521-1560/2 534* x 230 1521-1561/2 230 x 534*
24 1521-1560/3 686* x 230 1521-1561/3 230 x 686*
30 1521-1560/4 838* x 230 1521-1561/4 230 x 838*
* Busbars extend 42mm over both sides of mounting pan. Half-Width Chassis are made to order.

190 Power Distribution product guide eatoncorp.com.au 2018

 M

Low Voltage Circuit Protection & Switchgear

Quicklag MCB
Dimensional data
Quicklag dimensions ELQ TD dimensions

C C

M M

Y Y

CM CM

MY MY

CY CY

CMY CMY

K K

ELQTW DIA
GRAM.pdf
1/28/2009
5:33:14 PM

Chassis with main switch dimensions Chassis dimensions

Quicklag Chassis

Chassis vertical Chassis horizontal

Poles
height Dim A (mm) width Dim A (mm)
12 313 313
Quicklag Chassis
18 389 389
Poles Dimension A (mm) 24 465 465
24 671 30 541 541
36 823 36 618 618
48 976 42 694 694
60 1128 48 770 770

72 1281 60 922 922

72 1075 1075
84 1433
78 1151 -
96 1585
84 1127 -
108 1738
96 1375 -
108 1528 -

Power Distribution product guide eatoncorp.com.au 2018 191

 Low Voltage Circuit Protection & Switchgear
Q uicklag Circuit Breakers
Quicklag MCB
Time/Curent Curves
TD.19.01.T.E
8Technical
to 1data
00A, 1, 2, 3 and 4 pole November, 2000
Quicklag MCB time current curve

10000
2
5000
hours
4000
1
3000 hour
2000

1000

500
400
300

200

100 Maximum
63-100A 1
50 minute
40 Maximum
30 8-50A
20
Time in seconds

10

5
4 Minimum
3 63-100A
2

1.0
Minimum
8-50A 50
0.5
0.4 40
0.3
32
0.2
63
25
0.1
20
80 16
0.05
0.04 100
0.03
Range of magnetic 10
trip setting for
rating indicated 8
0.02

0.01
Maximum interrupting time
0.005
100

200

300

400

500
600
700
800
900
1000

2000

3000

4000

5000
6000
7000
8000
9000
10000

15000

20000

Percent Rated Current

Time-current curves show response times in seconds for The characteristics are presented not as a single curve Specifications - The specifications in this
publication were correct at the time the
applied overcurrent expressed in percentages of rated but as a band defined by maximum and minimum publication went to press. Eaton Corporation
reserves the right to change the specifications
current. The values are for breakers operating in open curves. The characteristic curve for any particular of its products without notice.
air in an ambient of 40oC, or inside an enclosure in an breaker will lie within this band. However, this does not Installation and Use - The products described
in this publication should only be installed and
ambient of 25oC, with no current through the breaker imply that its tolerance band is as wide as the plotted used in accordance with any accompanying
before application of overcurrent. band, which allows for manufacturing and calibrating instruction sheets. To the full extent permitted by
law, Eaton Corporation expressly excludes all and
variations for the range overall. any liability arising from installation or use of the
products which is not in accordance with the
relevant instruction manual.
Specifications - The specifications in
Time current curves show response times in seconds for applied this publication were correct at the
overcurrent expressed in percentages of rated current. The values time the publication went to press.
are for breakers operating in open air in ambient of 40oC, or inside an Eaton reserves the right to change
enclosure in an ambient of 25oC with no current through the breaker the specifications of its products
before application of over current. without notice.
Installation and use - The products
The characteristics are presented not as a single curve but as a
described in this publication should
band defined by maximum and minimum curves. The characteristics only be installed and used in
curve for any particular breaker will lie within this band. However, accordance with any accompanying
this does not imply that its tolerance band is as wide as the plotted instruction sheets. The full extent
band, which allows for manufacturing and calibrating variations for permitted by law, Eaton expressly
the range overall. excludes all and any liability arising
from installation or use of products
which is not in accordance with the
relevant instruction manual.

192 Power Distribution product guide eatoncorp.com.au 2018

 ELQ Circuit Breakers, Low Voltage Circuit Protection & Switchgear
Time/Curent Curves
TD.19.02.T.E
10 to 32A
Quicklag MCB
Technical data November, 2000
Quicklag ELQ time current curve

10000
2
5000
hours
4000
1
3000 hour
2000

1000

500
400
300

200

100
1
50 minute
40
30
20 Maximum
Time in seconds

10

5
4
3
2
Minimum

1.0

0.5
0.4
0.3
0.2

0.1
32
25
0.05
Range of magnetic 20
0.04 trip setting for
0.03 16
rating indicated
10
0.02

0.01
Maximum interrupting time
0.005
100

200

300

400

500
600
700
800
900
1000

2000

3000

4000

5000
6000
7000
8000
9000
10000

15000

20000

Percent Rated Current

Time-current curves show response times in seconds for The characteristics are presented not as a single curve Specifications - The specifications in this
publication were correct at the time the
applied overcurrent expressed in percentages of rated but as a band defined by maximum and minimum publication went to press. Eaton Corporation
reserves the right to change the specifications
current. The values are for breakers operating in open curves. The characteristic curve for any particular of its products without notice.
air in an ambient of 40oC, or inside an enclosure in an breaker will lie within this band. However, this does not Installation and Use - The products described
in this publication should only be installed and
ambient of 25oC, with no current through the breaker imply that its tolerance band is as wide as the plotted used in accordance with any accompanying
before application of overcurrent. band, which allows for manufacturing and calibrating instruction sheets. To the full extent permitted by
law, Eaton Corporation expressly excludes all and
variations for the range overall. any liability arising from installation or use of the
products which is not in accordance with the
relevant instruction manual.

Power Distribution product guide eatoncorp.com.au 2018 193

Low Voltage Circuit Protection & Switchgear
Quicklag MCB
Technical data D.O.L starting
Recommend circuit breaker type and continuous current rating for
Fuse backup
motors with start times
Fuse brands recommended are based on exhaustive type testing conducted at
the Australia Electrical Test Centre, University of South Australia, in accordance Approximate Approximate Quicklag Quicklag
FLC (Amps)
with the relevant subclauses under clause 8.2.3 of Australian Standard motor (kW) motor (HP) (5 sec start) (10 sec start)
AS3439.1-1993. Peak let-through current and energy, as stated by the respective 1.8 0.75 1 8* 8*
fuse suppliers, have been detailed in the technical data grid below to assist
in choosing a replacement fuse. The recommended back-up fuse ratings are 3 1.1 1.5 10 16 *
valid for prospective system fault levels up to 50kA rms, 415VAC, 3-phase. The 4 1.5 2 16 * 16 *
minimum fuse size which can be used for such applications is based on grading 5 2.2 3 16 * 20 *
under overload, one breaker with one fuse. Minimum BS88/DIN fuse sizes
recommended for use with Eaton circuit breakers is as follows: Quicklag 8-16A: 6-7 3 4 20 * 25 *
63A; Quicklag 20-40A: 80A; Quicklag 50-63A: 100A; Quicklag 80-100A: 160A. 8 4 5.5 20 25 *
9 4.5 6 25 32 *
Fault current limiting fuses for series
connected protection of Eaton 11 5.5 7.5 40 * 50 *
Quicklag circuit breakers 12-16 7.5 10 50 * 63 *
Ratings BS88 fuse DIN fuse 17-20 9 12.5 63 * 63 *
(Amps) (Quicklag) (Quicklag) 21-24 11 15 63 63
8 160 160 25-30 15 20 63 80 *
10 160 160 31-40 18.5 25 80 100
16 160 200 AS3000-1991 - Attention is drawn 41-44 22 30 100 -
20 200 200 to clause 2.19.4.4 of AS3000-1991 45-52 25 35 100 -
requiring that fault current limiters
25 200 200 53-56 30 40 100 -
protecting fire and life equipment
32 200 250 shall not be affected by a fault on This table is based on average 3-phase, 415VAC motors only, holding 125%
40 200 250 the general installation FLC continuously and 600% motor FLC for at least 5 and at least 10 seconds
AS/NZS3000-2000 - Attention is as shown. The breakers listed in this table, have either solid state or thermal/
50 200 250 drawn to clause 7.10.4.4 of AS/ magnetic trip releases. The breaker having adjustable thermal and/or magnetic
63 200 250 NZS3000-2000 requiring that fault settings must be set at their minimum values.
80 200 250 current limiters protecting fire and AS/NZS3000:2007
life shall not be affected by a fault *These breakers do not provide protection against short time overload currents in
100 200 250 on the general installation. accordance with AS/NZS3000:2007, section 2.5.3.
*A separate overload protection device should be used in conjunction with this
breaker
(refer AS/NZS3000:2007, section 2.5).Attention is drawn to AS/NZS3000:2007,
section 2.5.3 which requires coordination between the conductors and the
protective device. Note that this may involve provision of additional overload
protection or appropriate cable size selection.
Star Delta, auto-transformer, resistor or
reactance motor starting Fire pump motor starting
Recommend circuit breaker type and continuous current rating for Recommend circuit breaker type and continuous current rating for
motors with start times motors with start times
Approximate Approximate Quicklag Approximate Approximate Quicklag
FLC (Amps) FLC (Amps)
Motor (kW) Motor (HP) (20 sec start) motor (kW) motor (HP) (20 sec start)
3 1.1 1.5 8* 1.5 0.55 0.75 10 *
4 1.5 2 8 1.8 0.75 1 10 *
5 2.2 3 10 3 1.1 1.5 10 *
6-7 3 4 16 * 4 1.5 2 16 *
8 4 5.5 16 5 2.2 3 20 *
9 4.5 6 20 * 6-7 3 4 25 *
11 5.5 7.5 25 * 8 4 5.5 32 *
12-16 7.5 10 32 * 9 4.5 6 32 *
17-20 9 12.5 40 11 5.5 7.5 40 *
21-24 11 15 50 * 12-16 7.5 10 63 *

25-30 15 20 50 17-20 9 12.5 63 *

31-40 18.5 25 63 * 21-24 11 15 63 *

25-30 15 20 80 *
41-44 22 30 63
45-52 25 35 80 This table is based on average 3-phase, 415VAC motors only, holding 125%
FLC continuously and 600% motor FLC for at least 20 seconds as shown. The
53-56 30 40 80
breakers listed in this table, have either solid state or thermal/magnetic trip
57-60 34 45 100 releases. The breaker having adjustable thermal and/or magnetic settings must be
61-70 37 50 100 set at their minimum values.
AS/NZS3000:2007 The recommended * A separate overload protection
This table is based on average 3-phase, 415VAC motors only, holding 115% breaker ratings are based on device should be used in conjunction
FLC continuously and 350% motor FLC for at least 20 seconds as shown. The AS/NZS3000:2007, section 7.2.9 and with this breaker (refer AS/
breakers listed in this table, have either solid state or thermal/magnetic trip that only one fire-pump motor is NZS3000:2007, section 2.5). Attention
releases. The breaker having adjustable thermal and/or magnetic settings must be protected by each recommended is drawn to
set at their minimum values.
circuit-breaker rating. AS/NZS3000:2007, section 2.5.3 which
AS/NZS3000:2007 * These breakers do not provide requires coordination between the
*These breakers do *A separate overload protection device should be used protection against short time overload conductors and the protective device.
not provide protection in conjunction with this breaker (refer AS/NZS3000:2007, currents in accordance with Note that this may involve provision
against short time section 2.5).Attention is drawn to AS/NZS3000:2007, AS/NZS3000:2007, section 2.5.3. of additional overload protection or
overload currents section 2.5.3 which requires coordination between the appropriate cable size selection.
in accordance with conductors and the protective device. Note that this
AS/NZS3000:2007, may involve provision of additional overload protection
section 2.5.3. or appropriate cable size selection.

194 Power Distribution product guide eatoncorp.com.au 2018

 25 355 0.65
32B4.1 from AS/NZS3000:2000
Quicklag Equivalent to Table 440 0.52
40 425 0.54
Quicklag Mean Automatic50 Maximum Circuit
390 0.59
Low Voltage Circuit63Protection
rating
520 & Switchgear
Operation Current Impedance
0.44
80 590 0.39
In (A) Ia (A) Zs ( Ω)
Quicklag MCB 8 135
100 1.70
700 0.33
10 170 1.35
Technical data 16 270 This table was0.85calculated using the formula defined in c
20 335 0.69
Earth fault loop impedance U
25 355
Zs = O 0.65
Maximum values of Earth Fault-Loop impedance (Zs at 230V). 32
Maximum lengths, inI metres,
circuit 440 a
0.52for different size of
Quicklag equivalent to table 8.1 from AS/NZS3000:2007. 40 425 0.54
conductors & protective devices using approximate mean
50 390 where: 0.59
tripping
63 currents (Ia)*.
520 Quicklag
Quicklag rating,
Mean automatic
Maximum circuit Uo =Equivalent
230V
0.44 to Table B1 from
operation current, AS/NZS3000:2007
80 590 0.39
In (A) impedance, Zs (Ohms) Ia = Known Value (derived from published Quick
Ia (A) 100 700 0.33
Mean Maximum Maximum
8 135 1.70 Conductor ConductorQuicklag
QuicklagEquivalent
automaticto Table
circuitB5.1 from AS/NZS3000:2000
circuit
Quicklag Equivalent to Table B4.1 from AS/NZS3000:2000 This table was calculated
size size
using
rating
the formula definedlength
operation
in clause B4.5
length
10 170 1.35
UO Conductor size
current Quicklag (Aluminum)
(Copper) Mean Automatic M
16 Mean Automatic 270 0.85 Zs =
Quicklag Maximum Circuit Ia
Active Sph Earth Spe rating Operation Current
rating Active Ia Earth
20 Operation Current 335 Impedance 0.69 (mm2)
where: (mm2)
In (A) (A) Lmax (m) Lmax (m)
2 2
25 355 0.65 1 Uo = 230V1 Sph (mm
8
) S135pe (mm ) In (A)
30 18
Ia (A)
In (A) Ia (A) Zs ( Ω)
Ia = Known Value (derived
1 from published
1 Quicklag
8 trip curves) 135
8 32 135 440 1.70 0.52 1 1 10 170 1 2410 15
10 170 1.35 1 170
40 425 0.54 Quicklag
1.5 Equivalent
1.5 to Table1.5
B5.1 from AS/NZS3000:2000
10 1701.5 3610 22 170
16 270 0.85
20 50 335 390 0.69 0.59 Conductor
1.5 size
1.5 1.5
Quicklag
16 Mean
270 1.5
Automatic 22 16
Maximum Circuit
14 270Maximum C
25 355 0.65 2.5
rating 2.5 Current 16
Operation Length (Copper) 270 Length (Alum
32 63 440 520 0.52 0.44 Active
2.5 Earth
2.5 16 2702.5 3720 23
2.5 335
40 80 425 0.54 Sph (mm2) Spe 2.5(mm2) In20
590 0.39 2.5 4(A) Ia (A)
3352.5 3025 Lmax (m)19 355 Lmax (m
50 390 0.59 1 1 8 135 30 18
63100 520 700 0.44 0.33 41 2.5 4
25 355 2.5 35 32 22 440
1 10
6 170
2.5 40 24 425 15
80 590 0.39
This table100
was calculated using 41.5 1.5
2.5 10
32
10 440170
4 2850 36 17
390
22
700the formula defined 0.33 1.5 1.5 16 270 22 14
in clause B4.5
62.5 2.5
2.5 16
40
16 6
425270 3363 37 21 520 23
This table was calculated using the formula defined in clause B4.5 102.5 2.5
4 16
20
50 6
390335 5980 30 37 590 19
Where:
UO 4 2.5 25
25 6
355 80 35 590 22
Zs = Uo = 230V 164 6
2.5 63
32
25 520440
6 68100 28 42 700 17
Ia Ia = Known Value (derived from published Quicklag 166 2.5
6 40
35
80 59010425 60100 33 37 700 21
where: trip curves) 10 4 50 390 59 37
Uo = 230V 2516 6 80
63 590520 67 68 41 42
Ia = Known Value (derived from published Quicklag trip curves) 25
16 6
6 This table
80
100 was calculated
700
590 using
56 the formula
60
35 defined in
37 c
25 6 80 590 67 41
3525 10 100
0 . 8U O S
700700ph S pe 90 56 56
Quicklag Equivalent to Table B5.1 from AS/NZS3000:2000 6
Lmax100
100
= 35

Conductor size Quicklag Mean Automatic Maximum Circuit This

35
Maximum
10
I ρ ( S 700 +S )
Circuit using the formulaadefinedphin clausepeB5.2.2
table was calculated
90 56

Active Earth
rating Operation Current Length (Copper) Length (Aluminium)
This table where:
was calculated using Where:
the formula defined in clause B5.2.2
0.8U S S Uoo ==230V
U 230V
2 2 O ph pe
Sph (mm ) Spe (mm ) In (A) Ia (A) Lmax (m) Lmax L=max (m) IIa = Known Value (derived from published
a = Known
Quicklag
Value (derived from published Quick
trip curves)
1 1 8 135 30 I a ρ ( S ph + S pe )
18
ρ ==Resistivity
Resistivityvaluesvalues
shown inshown in the standard
the standard
1 1 10 170 24
where: 15 SSph & Spe = Cross sectional Areas of Conductors
ph & Spe = Cross sectional Areas of Conductors
1.5 1.5 10 170 36 22
Uo = 230V
1.5 1.5 16 270 22 14
Ia = Known Value (derived from published Quicklag trip curves)
2.5 2.5 16 270 37 23
ρ = Resistivity values shown in the standard
2.5 2.5 20 335 30 19
S & Spe = Cross sectional Areas of Conductors
Cascading 4 2.5
& discrimination 25 tables 355 35 22ph
4 2.5 32 440 28 17
Cascading 6 & Discrimination
2.5 of series connected
40 425 Eaton Quicklag
33 MCB & moulded 21 case circuit breakers
10 4 50 390 59 37
Breaker
16 6 63 FWF 40kA520 FW
68 40kA 42 HFWF 70kA HFW 70kA
Upstream
16 6 80 590 60 37
Breaker Downstream
25 6 - 80 - -
590 - 160A
67 200A 225A
41 160A 200A 225A 160A 200A 225A
25 6 100 700 56 35
Quicklag MCB X/Y 1.2/18 1.6/18 1.8/18 1.6/18 2/18 2.2/18 1.2/18 1.6/18 1.8/18 1.2/18 1.6/18 1.8/18
35 10 100 700 90 56
X= Discrimination up to 4kA Y = Cascading up to 40kA
Thisistable
This table basedwas calculated
on circuit using the
breakers installed on aformula defined
system with in of
a voltage clause B5.2.2
415Vac, 50Hz,
3-Phase Upstream circuit breakers must have their thermal & magnetic characteristics set at their maximum values to obtain the stated discrimination level.
0 . 8U O S ph S pe
Lmax = has been tested in series for cascading at 40kA
4/40 means that up to 4kA, only the downstream circuit breaker will trip. Above this level, either or both circuit breaker will trip.
This combination
I a ρ ( S ph + S pe )
where:
Uo = 230V
Ia = Known Value (derived from published Quicklag trip curves)
Fuse backup let-through
ρ = Resistivity valuesenergies
shown in the standard
Sph &on
Technical data SpeHRC
= Cross sectional
fuses Areas of
type tested Conductors
for back-up protection of Eaton Quicklag circuit breakers
i2-t Value i2-t Value Peak Cut-
i2-t Value i2-t Value
Fuse Fuse Item Fuse Rating Total @ Total @ Off Watts Loss
Fuse Type Pre-Arcing Total @ 550VAC
Manufacturer No. (A) 415VAC 600VAC Current @ (W)
(AMP2-sec) (AMP2-sec)
(AMP2-sec) (AMP2-sec) 50kA (kA)
Bovara-Crady DIN AC-1 160 0.52 x 105 N/A 1.00 x 105 N/A 15.00 13.12
DIN AC-1 200 1.00 x 105 N/A 2.00 x 105 N/A 17.00 17.00
DIN AC-1/2 250 1.50 x 105 N/A 3.50 x 105 N/A 20.00 20.00
Siemens Ltd BS88 3NWTF 160 0.52 x 105 1.42 x 105 1.96 x 105 N/A 17.50 13.00
BS88 - 200 1.16 x 105 3.30 x 105 4.56 x 105 N/A 21.00 15.20

Power Distribution product guide eatoncorp.com.au 2018 195

Low Voltage Circuit Protection & Switchgear
Quicklag MCB
LCQ Metal loadcentres
The LCQ loadcentre range is designed for Quicklag breakers and is most suitable for small & compact industrial installations & is available
in capacities ranging from 6 pole to 18 pole in a single row. The LCQ range is constructed from robust steel & is dimensioned so that ample
space for wiring is available. The standard LCQ is supplied with 100A active link & earth bar & a neutral link that can accommodate 35mm2
incoming cable. For 3 phase requirements, 12 pole & 18 pole 100A busbars are available for line side termination.

Key Features
• Available in 6 to 18 poles
• Complete with active busbar, earth bar & neutral link
• Metal construction & Ripple Grey finish as standard
• Designed to meet IP40 requirements as standard
• Flushed mounting kit and door kit available as additional items

Dimensions
Height (mm) Width (mm) Depth (mm)
234 below 70

Quicklag LCQ metal loadcentres

Width x
Item no. Item no.
Pole depth x Item no.
surface flush mount
capacity height door kit
mount kit
(mm)
284 x 70
6 LCQ6S LCQ6FKIT LCQDRKIT6
x 234
360 x 70
9 LCQ9S LCQ9FKIT LCQDRKIT9
x 234
436 x 70
12 LCQ12S LCQ12FKIT LCQDRKIT12
x 234
589 x 70
18 LCQ18S LCQ18FKIT LCQDRKIT18
x 234
Surface Mount LCQ Loadcentres
Flush cover = + 50mm extra for height & depth..
Typical Ordering Examples (12 pole):
Surface mount: LCQ12S
Flush mount: LCQ12S + LCQ12FKIT
Surface mount with door: LCQ12S + LCQDRKIT12
Flush mount with door: LCQ12S + LCQ12FKIT + LCQDRKIT12

Accessories
Description Item no.
Spare pole fillers QPF
Designation labels, neutral, earth 1521-0031/14
Designation labels, 1-20, main switch 1521-0175/1
12 pole, 3 phase busbar kit LCQ12PBB
18 pole, 3 phase busbar kit LCQ18PBB
Coin lock for door version only LCQCLK
LCQ E-Lock field fittable kit LCQELOCK

IF IT’S IN A CATALOGUE YOU CAN FIND IT ON INTERACT WITH EATON USING THE
POWEREDGE™
LEARN. SHARE. ORGANISE.
FREE EATON INTERACTIVE APP
SIMPLY DOWNLOAD & OPEN THE APP,
SELECT AR MODE, & SCAN THE LOGO TO INTERACT

196 Power Distribution product guide eatoncorp.com.au 2018

Kyoritsu 3131M
Mining spec. Analogue Insulation Tester

Because safety
has no compromise.
• Test insulation up to 100MΩ at 250V, 200MΩ at 500V, 400MΩ at 1000V
• Lamp and audible warning for LIVE circuit
• Press-To-Test button (non-locking)
Automatic discharge of circuit capacitance when test button is released
• Fuse protected - continuity range only
• Back light function to facilitate working at poorly lit conditions
• Fixed test leads for added safety with fixed alligator clips on test leads
• Safety Standard - IEC61010-1 CATIII, 300V Pollution degree 2, IEC61010-
031, IEC 61557-1/2/4, IEC60529(IP54), IEC61326-1(EMC)
Low Voltage Circuit Protection & Switchgear
Aftermarket and mining MCCB
MCCB F-frame,“Thefixed thermal/fixed magnetic
Rock” 1100V mining
Series C, moulded case circuit
breakers - FW/HFW circuit breakers - F Frame
• Standard interrupting capacity – type FWF (16–
255A F Frame World Series C
Supplied with chassis mounting screws for the line side & terminals
fitted on the load side. Trip units are non-interchangeable.
• Sealedfixedbreakers with non-interchangable trip u
(FWF), adjustable (FW: 80-100%)
Thermal setting
fixed (HFWF), adjustable (HFW: 80-100%)
Max.
Magnetic continuous
setting fixed (8 x I ) n

Ampere rating FW
40kA at 415Vac
10kA at 250Vdc/2,3,4 pole
Interrupting capacity
at 50°C HFWF,
HFW
70kA at 415Vac
20kA at 250Vdc/2,3,4 pole
Approvals IEC947-2
16
Dimensions H x W x D (mm) Weight (kg)
1 pole 153 x 35 x 86 0.9

Series20
For both 2 pole 153 x 70 x 86 1.6
C FW/HFW and
'The Rock' F Frame 3 pole 153 x 105 x 86 2.3

32 4 pole 153 x 140 x 86 3.0

40kA (225AF thermal magnetic circuit breakers) 1100V mining circuit breakers - F Frame
Ampere 1 pole* 2 pole 403 pole 4 pole  Current PSCC at PSCC at
Item no.
rating item no. item no. item no. item no. rating 1000V 1100V
16 FWF1016 FWF2016 50 FWF3016 FWF4016 16 10kA 7.5kA E2FM3016
20 FWF1020 FWF2020 FWF3020 FWF4020 20 10kA 7.5kA E2FM3020
25
32
FWF1025
FWF1032
FWF2025
FWF2032
63FWF3025
FWF3032
FWF4025
FWF4032
25 10kA 7.5kA E2FM3025
32 10kA 7.5kA E2FM3032
40
50
FWF1040
FWF1050
FWF2040
FWF2050
80FWF3040
FW3050
FWF4040
FWF4050
40 10kA 7.5kA E2FM3040
50 10kA 7.5kA E2FM3050
63 FWF1063 FWF2063 FW3063 FWF4063
FWF2080 100
63 10kA 7.5kA E2FM3063
80 FWF1080 FW3080 FWF4080
80 10kA 7.5kA E2FM3080
100 FWF1100 FWF2100 FW3100 FWF4100
125 FWF1125 FWF2125 125 FW3125 FWF4125 100 10kA 7.5kA E2FM3100
160 FWF1160 FWF2160 FW3160 FWF4160 125 10kA 7.5kA E2FM3125
200 - FWF2200 160 FW3200 FWF4200 160 10kA 7.5kA E2FM3160
225 - FWF2225 FWF3225 FWF4225


200
4 pole with unprotected neutral. 100% & 60% protected neutral
available on application.

70kA (225AF thermal magnetic circuit 225

breakers) Magnetic only adjustable - F Frame
Ampere 1 pole* 2 pole 3 pole Description Item no.
item 1)
rating
16
item no.
HFWF1016
Ue max.
no.
HFWF2016
240 Vac 40 kA lcu at 240 Vac.
HFWF3016
item no.
Magnetic only trip 150 to 500A
E2FM100KM

2) Magnetic only trip 300 to 1000A E2FM100RM

20 HFWF1020 Ue max.
HFWF2020 690 Vac 40Magnetic
HFWF3020 kA lcu at 415 Vac.
only trip 450 to 1500A E2FM150TM
25 HFWF1025 HFWF2025 HFWF3025
3)
32 HFWF1032 Replace
HFWF2032 the last 0 with 1 for 100% protected neutral.
HFWF3032 Magnetic only trip 750 to 2500A E2FM150UMNeutral left

40 HFWF1040 HFWF2040 HFWF3040

50 HFWF1050 HFWF2050 HFW3050
63 HFWF1063 HFWF2063 HFW3063
80 HFWF1080 HFWF2080 HFW3080
100 HFWF1100 HFWF2100 HFW3100
125 HFWF1125 MCCBHFW3125
HFWF2125 F-frame, fixed thermal/fixed magnetic
160 HFWF1160 HFWF2160 HFW3160
200 - - HFW3200
225 - - • High interrupting capacity – type HFWF (16–22
HFWF3225
* No internal accessories can be used with the 1 pole F frame.

• Sealed breakers with non-intervhangable trip u

Max. continuous
For Rock breakers refer to page 209 for Rock technical data, for ordering essential terminal shields/barriers and checking clearances.
Ampere rating
198
at 50°C
Power Distribution product guide eatoncorp.com.au 2018
 Low Voltage Circuit Protection & Switchgear
Aftermarket and mining MCCB
Series C, moulded case circuit breakers - FW/HFW and E2FM Rock
Accessory - F frame
Description Item no.
Alarm switch with pigtail lead connection A1L1LPK 
Alarm switch with pigtail lead connection for magnetic only breakers MA1L1LPK 
Auxiliary switch with pigtail lead connection A1X1PK 
Auxiliary switch, 2 pole, Left Hand mount with pigtail lead connection A2X1LPK 
A1X1PK
Auxiliary switch, 2 pole, Right Hand mount with pigtail lead connection A2X1RPK 
Combination auxiliary/alarm switch, Left hand mount with pigtail lead connection AAL1LPK 
Shunt trip, 9-24Vac, 12-24Vdc, Right hand mount with pigtail lead connection SNT1RP03K 
Shunt trip, 48-127Vac, 48-60Vdc, Right hand mount with pigtail lead connection SNT1RP08K 
Shunt trip, 208-380Vac, 110-127Vdc, Right hand mount with pigtail lead connection SNT1RP12K 
Shunt trip, 415-600Vac, 220-250Vdc, Right hand mount with pigtail lead connection SNT1RP18K 
Under-voltage release fixed breaker 24Vac with pigtail lead connection UVH1RP03K 
Under-voltage release fixed breaker 48-60Vac/dc with pigtail lead connection UVH1RP05K 
Under-voltage release fixed breaker 110-127Vac with pigtail lead connection UVH1RP08K 
Under-voltage release fixed breaker 208-240Vac with pigtail lead connection UVH1RP11K 
Under-voltage release fixed breaker 380-480Vac with pigtail lead connection UVH1RP15K 
SNT1RP08K
Under-voltage release fixed breaker 24Vdc with pigtail lead connection UVH1RP21K 
Under-voltage release fixed breaker 48Vdc with pigtail lead connection UVH1RP22K 
Under-voltage release fixed breaker 110-127Vdc with pigtail lead connection UVH1RP26K 
Under-voltage release adjustable breaker 208-240Vac with pigtail lead connection WUVH1RP11K 
Under-voltage release adjustable breaker 380-480Vac with pigtail lead connection WUVH1RP15K 
Under-voltage release adjustable breaker 24Vdc with pigtail lead connection WUVH1RP21K 
Under-voltage release adjustable breaker 60Vac/dc with pigtail lead connection WUVH1RP24K 
Under-voltage release adjustable breaker 110-127Vdc with pigtail lead connection WUVH1RP26K 
Solenoid operator, 240Vac, EOP1T11 
Padlockable handle lock, 1 pole (PHL1) - style no.4208B81G02 373/1128
Padlockable handle lock hasp (2,3,4 pole only, Padlock not included, PLK1) - style no.4210B81G01 373/1121
Non-padlockable handle block (LKD1 Lockdog) - style no.4210B80G01 373/1126
F LH Lock OFF only hasp PLK1LOFF E-FB3P

E-to-F frame conversion kit, 1 pole, F frame on E Frame Chassis E-FB1P 

E-to-F frame conversion kit, 3 pole , F frame on E Frame Chassis E-FB3P 
Terminal kit, 32A 6mm2 (kit of 3) T32FB
Terminal Kit (3T150FB), 160A 25-95mm (kit of 3) 2
T160FB
Terminal kit, 225A 25-95mm2 (kit of 3) 3TA225FD
General purpose connector - Rear stud (kit of 2), 1 x long, 1 x short 1517-2013/1 
Terminal extension kit - (set of 1 straight busbars + fasteners) 1517-2082/1 
Terminal extension spreader kit - offset tag - 3 tags FOST3 
Keeper nut kit 1517-2021/1
Interphase barriers (2) IPB1
WHM1R12X
Terminal shields, plastic (2), 3-pole TSF
Insulation sheet mining breaker 1543-0245/1
Rotary handle kit - metal handle with mechanism & 30cm shaft - IP66 WHM1R12X
F Frame VariDepth mechanism - style no.373D958G23 373/1120*
Handle only, VariDepth - style no.504C323G07 1517-0488/1 *
FAQ's
Weatherproof handle, VariDepth - style no.504C323G08 1517-0488/2 *
Alarm switches will signal only
Shaft, 165mm for VariDepth - style no.47A4446G36 368/187 * closed + tripped positions
Shaft, 260mm for VariDepth - style no.47A4446G37 368/186 * Auxiliary switches will signal only
Pole Filler - F frame FPF open + closed positions
Mounting hardware - 1 Pole F Frame 4218B80G15 Under-voltage release must be
Mounting hardware M4 - style no.4218B80G12 373/1123 energised before closing breaker
 Factory fitted only. No internal accessories can be used with the 1-pole F-frame. Supplied with chassis mounting
UVH undervoltage release is for use with FWF & HFWF MCCB’s only.
screws for the LINE side &
WUVH undervoltage release is for use with FW & HFW MCCB's only.
MUVH undervoltage release is for use with HMCP MCCB’s, please contact Eaton for ordering details. terminals fitted on the LOAD side
 Can only be fitted to 3+4-pole Moulded Case Circuit Breakers.
 Cannot be used on Rock breakers.
 Not recommended on Rock breakers due to impacting insulation clearance distances.
* For VariDepth option please select mechanism, handle and shaft.

Power Distribution product guide eatoncorp.com.au 2018 199

 Low Voltage Circuit Protection & Switchgear
Aftermarket and mining MCCB
MCCB J-frame,
Series C, moulded case
adjustable thermal, adju
“The Rock” 1100V mining
circuit breakers - J Frame circuit breakers - J Frame

• Standard interrupting capacity, Ue Max.

J Frame 250A
Thermal magnetic breaker is made up of two
components, frame & interchangeable trip unit.

Max. continuous
J Frame
Ampere rating
+
at 50°C Trip unit
Breaker
125 100–125
Thermal setting - adjustable

160
Magnetic setting - adjustable (5 to 10 x In)
Interrupting capacity - see below
125–160
200 160–200
Approvals - IEC947-2
Dimensions H x W x D (mm) Weight (kg)
For both 3 pole 254 x 105 x 103 5.0
Series C and
250
'The Rock' J Frame 4 pole 254 x 140 x 103 6.8 200–250
1)
60% protectedDescription
neutral.
J Frame (only) 1100V mining circuit breaker - J Frame
Interrupting capacity Item no. PSCC at PSCC at
Item no.
1000V 1100V
40kA at 415Vac JW3250F
100-250A J Frame 10kA 8kA E2JM3250F
70kA at 415Vac HJW3250F
70kA at 415Vac (4 pole) HJW4250F
100kA at 415Vac JWC3250F
30kA at 500Vdc HJDDC3250F
MCCB J-frame, adjustable thermal, adju
• High interrupting capacity, Ue Max. 690
Trip unit - (thermal magnetic)
Max. continuous Thermal ran
Ampere rating Ampere
Item no. rating
JT3250TA

100-125
125-160
atJT3125TA
50°C
JT3160TA
Trip unit - (thermal magnetic)
Ampere rating Item no.
160-200 JT3200TA 100-125 JT3125TA
200-250 125 JT3250TA 125-160 JT3160TA 100–125
4 pole 160-200A JT4200TA 160-200 JT3200TA
4 pole 200-250A 160 JT4250TA 200-250 JT3250TA 125–160
J Frame magnetic only trip unit

Motor FLC
Max.
current
200
HMCP magnetic trip settings - selected position & current ratings Item no. 160–200
250 200–250
A B C D E F G H I
27.0 - 57.2A 250 350 400 440 480 525 570 610 660 700 HMCP250A
34.7 - 73.5A 250 450 505 565 620 680 735 790 845 900 HMCP250C
1)
38.5 - 81.6A 250 500 565 60%
625 protected
690 750neutral.
810 875 935 1000 HMCP250D
48.1 - 102.0A 250 625 700 780 860 940 1020 1090 1170 1250 HMCP250F
57.7 - 122.4A 250 750 840 935 1030 1125 1220 1315 1410 1500 HMCP250G
67.4 - 142.8A 250 875 980 1090 1200 1310 1420 1530 1640 1750 HMCP250J
77.0 - 163.3A 250 1000 1125 1250 1375 1500 1625 1750 1875 2000 HMCP250K5
86.6 - 183.6A 250 1125 1265 1410 1545 1690 1830 1970 2110 2250 HMCP250L5

Moulded case switch J-frame

96.2 - 204.0A 250 1250 1405 1560 1720 1875 2030 2185 2340 2500 HMCP250W5
01.T.U A4 13-22 Page 17 Friday, March 12, 1999 3:56 PM
For Rock breakers refer to page 209 for Rock technical data, for ordering essential terminal shields/barriers and checking clearances.

200 Power Distribution product guide

• Type JW, Ue Max. 690 Vac, without line
eatoncorp.com.au 2018
 Low Voltage Circuit Protection & Switchgear
Aftermarket and mining MCCB
Series C, moulded case circuit breakers - J Frame and E2JM Rock
Accessory - J frame
Description Item no.
Alarm switch with pigtail lead connection A1L2RPK 
Auxiliary switch with pigtail lead connection A1X2PK 
Auxiliary switch, 2 pole with pigtail lead connection A2X2PK 
Combination auxiliary/alarm switch with pigtail lead connection AAL2RPK 
AAL2RPK
Shunt trip, 12-24Vac, 12-24Vdc with pigtail lead connection SNT2P04K 
Shunt trip, 110-240Vac, 110-125Vdc with pigtail lead connection SNT2P11K 
Shunt trip, 380-440Vac, 220-250Vdc with pigtail lead connection SNT2P14K 
Under-voltage release, 24Vac with pigtail lead connection UVH2LP03K 
Under-voltage release, 110-127Vac with pigtail lead connection UVH2LP08K 
Under-voltage release, 208-240Vac with pigtail lead connection UVH2LP11K 
Under-voltage release, 380-480Vac with pigtail lead connection UVH2LP15K 
Under-voltage release, 24Vdc with pigtail lead connection UVH2LP21K  UVH2LP03K

Under-voltage release, 220-250Vdc with pigtail lead connection UVH2LP28K 

Solenoid operator, 240Vac EOP2T11 
Handle extension HEX3
Padlockable handle lock hasp PLK3
Non-padlockable handle block LKD3
Plug Nut kit (6) PLN2M
PLK3
Terminal extension kit (3) Straight 1517-2024/1
General purpose rear connector (kit of 2) - 1 x long, 1 x short (bolt) 1517-2009/1 
Rear connecting studs (kit of 2) - 1 x long, 1 x short (M12 nut) 1517-2004/1 
Metric End Cap Kit (3P) KPEKM2
J Frame Terminal Hardware Kit (3 pole) JTH
Terminal lug 250A 25-185mm2 conductor (1) T250KB
Terminal shields, plastic (2) TSJ
Insulation sheet mining breaker 1543-0246/1 T250KB

Interphase barriers (2) IPB3

FAQ's
Rotary handle kit - metal handle with mechanism & 30cm shaft - IP66 WHM2R12X
Alarm switches will signal only
J Frame VariDepth mechanism - style no.5092A62G04 392/1024 * closed + tripped positions
Handle only, VariDepth - style no.504C323G07 1517-0488/1 * Auxiliary switches will signal
only open + closed positions
Weatherproof handle, VariDepth - style no.504C323G08 1517-0488/2 *
Under-voltage release must be
Shaft, 165mm - VariDepth - style no.47A4446G36 368/187 * energised before closing breaker
Shaft, 260mm - VariDepth - style no.47A4446G37 368/186 * Supplied standard with screw
terminals for both the LINE and
Mounting hardware M6x70 - style no.4218B80G13 392/1019
LOAD side connections
 Field mountable. If factory fitting required, add $100 for each accessory.
 Cannot be used on Rock breakers.
 Not recommended on Rock breakers due to impacting insulation clearance distances.
* For VariDepth option please select mechanism, handle and shaft.

Power Distribution product guide eatoncorp.com.au 2018 201

 Low Voltage Circuit Protection & Switchgear
Aftermarket and mining MCCB
MCCB K-frame, adjustable
Series C, moulded case thermal,
“The Rock” 1100V mining adjustable ma
circuit breakers - K Frame circuit breakers - K Frame

• KThermal
Standard
Frame 400A interrupting capacity, Ue Max. 690 Vac, 45
magnetic or electronic breaker with interchangeable trip
units is made up of two components, frame and trip unit.
Max. continuous Th
K Frame
+
Ampere rating K Frame
+
at 50°CMagnetic Trip Unit
Thermal Digitrip Unit
Thermal Magnetic Breaker Electronic Breaker
200 16
250 - IEC947-2
Approvals 20
Dimensions H x W x D (mm) Weight (kg)
For 315
both 25
257 x 140 x 103 6.0
Series C and 'The Rock' K Frame
400
K Frame (400AF thermal magnetic & electronic circuit breakers) 1100V mining circuit breaker - K Frame
31
1)
Thermal
Interrupting capacity
magnetic 60% protected
Electronic Item no. neutral – left pole
Description
PSCC
at 1000V
PSCC
at 1100V
Item no.
45kA at 415Vac   KW3400F 125-400A
14kA 12kA E2KM3400F
70kA at 415Vac   HKW3400F K Frame

70kA at 415Vac - 4 pole   HKW4400F

100kA at 415Vac   KWC3400F

MCCB K-frame, adjustable thermal, adjustable ma

Thermal magnetic trip units

• High interrupting capacity, Ue Max. 690 Vac, 70kA I
Ampere rating Item no.
Max. continuous Th
160-200
PG.29B.01.T.U A4 13-22 Page 19 Friday,KT3200TA
March 12, 1999 3:56 PM
200-250 Ampere
KT3250TArating
250-315 atKT3315TA
50°C KES3400LSI
12, 1999315-400
3:56 PM KT3400TA 1100V mining circuit breaker thermal magnetic trip units - K Frame
160-200 4 pole
200 KT4200TA
Ampere rating Item no. 16
Cutler-Hammer
200-250 4 pole
250-315 4 pole
250
KT4250TA
KT4315TA
300
Moulded Case
250
Circuit Breakers 20
E2K3300T
E2K3250T

35016-2500 Amperes E2K3350T for IEC 947-2 App

315-400 4 pole KT4400TA
July 1998
315 25
Moulded Case Circuit Breakers
Electronic trip units 400 E2K3400T
Series C Frame Size K, 63-400 Amperes
Ampere Digitrip 310+
400
Ampere rating 1100V mining circuit breaker electronic trip units - K Frame 31
16-2500
60% Amperes
protected neutral for
– left IEC
pole 947-2 Applications
rating item no.
Electronic trip units Ampere rating Digitrip 310+ item no.
1)
Selection Guide and Ordering200Information
125 KES3125LSI 55, 60, 70, 80, 90, 100, 110, 125 125 KEM3125T
250 KES3250LSI 100, 125, 150, 160, 175, 200, 225, 250 KEM3200T
400
Line and Load Terminals Series C Frame Size K, 63-400 Amperes
KES3400LSI 160, 200, 225, 250, 300, 315, 350, 400 400 KEM3400T2

Maximum Terminal Body Wire Type Metric Wire A

Magnetic only trip, K Frame HMCP - Trip Unit only, all ratings (for use with K Frame 3 pole circuit breakers)
K-Frame circuit breakers include Breaker Amperes Material Range mm2 R
Max. C
Cu/Al terminals
Motor FLC
Moulded
as standard. When case switch K-frame
HMCP magnetic trip settings - selected position & current ratings Item no.

d Ordering Information
current

optional copper or Cu/1919Al A B

termi-
C D Standard
E Pressure
F GType Terminals
H I
48.1-102.0A 400 625 700 780 860 940 1020 1090 1170 1250 HMCP400F5
875 • Type KW,1200 Ue Max. 6901530 Vac, without line and load te
nals are required, order by980cata-1090 225 Aluminium Cu/Al 35-185
67.4-142.8A 400 1310 1420 1640 1750 HMCP400J5
logue number.
77.0-163.3A 400
Maximum 1000 1125 1250
Terminal Body 1375 1500 400 1625
Wire Type
Aluminium
1750
Metric Wire1875 2000Cu/Al HMCP400K5 120-240
AWG Wire Cat
1125Max. continuous Thermal1830 range Magnetic range Ea
ude 96.2-204.0A Breaker
86.6-183.6A 400 1265
Amperes Material
1250Ampere
1410
1405 rating
1545 Optional
1690 Copper 1970
and Cu/Al
Range mm 2110 2
Pressure 2250Type HMCP400L5
Terminals
Range/Number
400 1560 1720 1875 2030 2185 2340 2500 E2K3400TMW
Conductors nu
When 153.9-326.9A 400 2000 2250
at 50°C
2500 2750 3000 225 3250 Copper
3500 3750 4000Cu HMCP400X5 35-185
3-p
termi- Standard Pressure Type Terminals 400 Copper Cu
* ARMS enabled 1100V mining circuit breakers are now available. Contact Eaton for more details. 120-240
For Rock breakers refer to page 209 for Rock technical data, for ordering essential terminal shields/barriers and checking clearances.
225 Aluminium 400
Cu/Al Aluminium
35-185 Cu/Al 95-120
3-350/(1) TA
ta- 202
400
Power Distribution product guide eatoncorp.com.au 2018
– – KW
400 Aluminium Cu/Al 120-240 250-500/(1) TA
 Low Voltage Circuit Protection & Switchgear
Aftermarket and mining MCCB
Series C, moulded case circuit breakers - K Frame and E2KM Rock
Accessory - K frame
Accessory Item no.
Alarm Switch with pigtail lead connection A1L3RPK 
Auxiliary Switch - 1 pole with pigtail lead connection A1X3PK 
Auxiliary Switch - 2 pole with pigtail lead connection A2X3PK 
Alarm + Auxiliary Combination Switch with pigtail lead connection AAL3RPK  A1L3RPK
Shunt Trip Device 12-24V ac/ac with pigtail lead connection SNT3P04K 
Shunt Trip Device 110-240Vac with pigtail lead connection SNT3P11K 
Shunt Trip Device 380-440Vac with pigtail lead connection SNT3P14K 
Shunt trip device 48Vdc with pigtail lead connection SNT3P06K 
Under-voltage Trip Device 24Vac with pigtail lead connection UVH3LP03K 
Under-voltage Trip Device 48-60Vac with pigtail lead connection UVH3LP05K 
Under-voltage Trip Device 110-127Vac with pigtail lead connection UVH3LP08K 
Under-voltage Trip Device 208-240Vac with pigtail lead connection UVH3LP11K 
Under-voltage Trip Device 380-480Vac with pigtail lead connection UVH3LP15K 
SNT3P11K
Under-voltage Trip Device 24Vdc with pigtail lead connection UVH3LP21K 
Under-voltage Trip Device 48-60V DC (left) c/w Pigtail Leads with pigtail lead connection UVH3LP23K 
Under-voltage Trip Device 48-60V DC (right) c/w Pigtail Leads with pigtail lead connection UVH3RP23K 
Under-voltage Trip Device 110-125V DC with pigtail lead connection UVH3LP26K 
Under-voltage Trip Device 220-250V DC with pigtail lead connection UVH3LP28K 
Electrical Motor Operator - 240Vac EOP3T11
Toggle Extension Handle HEX3
Lockdog JW/KW LKD3
Handle Padlock Hasp PLK3
Handle, Lock OFF only PLK3ROFF KPEKM3

Metric End Cap Kit - suitable for line or load (3 pole) KPEKM3
Keeper Nut Kit - Line side KPR3AM
Keeper Nut Kit - Load side KPR3BM
Terminal Hardware Kit (3 Pole) KTH
T300K Terminal 225A 35-185mm2 conductor (1) T300K
T350K Terminal 400A 120-240mm2 conductor (1) T350K
Threaded terminal adaptor (3) TAD3
Rear Connection Stud Kit (2) - 1 x long, 1 x short 1517-2006/1 
HKW General Purpose Connection Kit (1 x Long + Short) 1517-2010/1 
TAD3
Terminal Extension Link Kit (3) 1517-2032/1 
Inter Phase Barrier IPB3
Terminal Shield (Pair) TSK
Insulation sheet mining breaker 1543-0247/1
FAQ's
Rotary Metal Handle IP66 Black 30cm Shaft with mechanism WHM3R12X
Alarm switches will signal only
K Frame VariDepth mechanism - style no.5092A62G01 393/1128 * closed + tripped positions
Handle only, VariDepth - style no.504C323G07 1517-0488/1 * Auxiliary switches will signal
only open + closed positions
Weatherproof handle, VariDepth - style no.504C323G08 1517-0488/2 *
Under-voltage release must be
Shaft, 165mm, VariDepth - style no.5092A62G01 368/187 * energised before closing breaker
Shaft, 260mm, VeriDepth - style no.47A4446G37 368/186 * Supplied standard with screw
terminals for both the LINE and
Mounting hardware M6x50 Four (4) required 2031-1206
LOAD side connections
 Field mountable. If factory fitting required, add $100 for each accessory.
 Cannot be used on Rock breakers.
Not recommended on Rock breakers due to impacting insulation clearance distances.
* For VariDepth option please select mechanism, handle and shaft.

Power Distribution product guide eatoncorp.com.au 2018 203

Low Voltage Circuit Protection & Switchgear
Aftermarket and mining MCCB
MCCB L-frame, adjustable
Series C, moulded case
thermal, adjustable magnetic,
“The Rock” 1100V mining
circuit breakers - L Frame circuit breakers - L Frame
• LThermal
Standard
Frame 630A & 800Ainterrupting capacity, Ue Max. 690 Vac, 40kA Icu
magnetic or electronic breaker with interchangeable trip
units is made up of two components, frame and trip unit.
Max. continuous
L Frame
Ampere rating +
at L50°C
Frame Digitrip Unit
+ +
Thermal Magnetic Trip Unit Rating Plug
315
Thermal Magnetic Breaker Electronic Breaker
400
Trip units 630A interchangeable, 800A fixed
500 setting
Thermal adjustable 80-100% x In
Magnetic setting adjustable (5-10 x In)
630
Approvals IEC947-2
Dimensions H x W x D (mm) Weight (kg)

For both 3 pole 630A 273 x 210 x 103 9.0

Series C and 3 pole 800A 406 x 210 x 103 10.0
'The Rock' L Frame
4 pole 630A 273 x 280 x 103 11.0

L Frame (only) 1100V mining circuit breaker - L Frame

(630AF & 800AF thermal magnetic & electronic breakers)
PSCC at PSCC at
Current rating Item no.
Interrupting Thermal 1000V 1100V
Electronic Item no.
Capacity
45kA at 15Vac
Magnetic

MCCB

L-frame, adjustable
LW3630F
thermal,
300-600A L Frame 18kA adjustable
12kA magnetic,
E2LM3600F

45kA at 15Vac  - LW4630F

70kA at 15Vac  • High interrupting capacity, Ue Max. 690 Vac, 70kA Icu at 4
HLW3630F
70kA at 15Vac  - HLW4630F
100kA at 415Vac  Max.
 continuous
LWC3630F
22kA at 500Vdc 
Ampere rating
- HLDDC3600F
LW3800W (800A) trip
50kA at 415Vac  at- 50°C unit installed
LW3800T33W (400 -
50kA at 415Vac -
315
 800A trip unit + rating
plug installed)
LEM3600T
Thermal magnetic trip units 400 1100V mining circuit breaker thermal magnetic trip units - L Frame
Adjustable Ampere Rating Item no. Ampere rating Item no.
250 - 315 500
LT3315TA 300 E2L3300T
315 - 400 LT3400TA 400 E2L3400T
400 - 500 630
LT3500TA 500 E2L3500T
500 - 630 LT3630TA
600 E2L3600T
400 - 500 4 pole LT4500TA
500 - 630 4 pole LT4630TA 1100V mining circuit breaker electronic trip units - L Frame
Ampere rating Digitrip 310+ item no.
Electronic trip units
300 LEM3300T
Digitrip Item no. MCCB L-frame,
Ampere Rating
Rating plug Item
no. adjustable
400 thermal, adjustable magnetic, n
LEM3400T
LES3630LSI 315, 400, 500, 630 A6LES630T2 600 LEM3600T
• Standard interrupting capacity, Ue Max. 690 Vac, 50kA Icu
Magnetic Only Trip, L Frame HMCP - Trip Unit only, all ratings (for use with L Frame 3 pole circuit breakers)
Max.
Motor FLC HMCP magnetic trip settings - selected position & current ratings Item no.
current Max. continuous
A
Ampere
B
rating
C D E F G H I
86.6-183.6A 600 1125 1266 1406 1547 1688 1828 1969 2109 2250 E2L3600TML
115.4-244.9A 600 1500
at 50°C
1688 1875 2063 2250 2438 2625 2813 3000 E2L3600TMN
134.7-285.7A 600 1750 1969 2188 2406 2625 2844 3063 3281 3500 E2L3600TMR
153.9-326.9A 600 2000 7002250 2500 2750 3000 3250 3500 3750 4000 E2L3600TMX
192.3-408.2A 600 2500 2813 3125 3438 3750 4063 4375 4688 5000 E2L3600TMP
230.8-489.8A 600 3000 8003375 3750 4125 4500 4875 5250 5625 6000 E2L3600TM
The recommended full load current range is based on the breaker having continuous current rating of not less than 115% of the motor full load current.

* ARMS enabled 1100V mining circuit breakers are now available. Contact Eaton for more details.
For Rock breakers refer to page 209 for Rock technical data, for ordering essential terminal shields/barriers and checking clearances.

204
Moulded case switch L-frame
Power Distribution product guide eatoncorp.com.au 2018
 Low Voltage Circuit Protection & Switchgear
Aftermarket and mining MCCB
Series C, moulded case circuit breakers - LW and E2LM Rock
Accessory - L frame

Description Item no.

Alarm switch with pigtail lead connection A1L4RPK 
Auxiliary switch with pigtail lead connection A1X4PK 
Auxiliary switch, 2 pole with pigtail lead connection A2X4PK  A3X4PK

Auxiliary switch, 3 pole with pigtail lead connection A3X4PK 

Combination auxiliary/alarm switch with pigtail lead connection AA214RPK 
Shunt trip, 9-24Vac/dc with pigtail lead connection SNT4LP03K 
Shunt trip, 110-240Vac, 110-125Vdc with pigtail lead connection SNT4LP11K 
1517-0692/1
Shunt trip, 380-440Vac, 220-250Vdc with pigtail lead connection SNT4LP14K 
Under-voltage release, 24Vdc with pigtail lead connection UVH4LP21K 
Under-voltage release, 110-127Vac with pigtail lead connection UVH4LP08K 
Under-voltage release, 208-240Vac with pigtail lead connection UVH4LP11K 
Under-voltage release, 380-480Vac with pigtail lead connection UVH4LP15K 
Under-voltage release, 110-125Vdc with pigtail lead connection UVH4LP26K 
Motor operator 240Vac EOP4MT11A 
IPB4
Handle (Toggle) Extension HEX4
Padlockable handle lock hasp HLK4
Busbar mounting kit (3) 1514-1011/1 
Terminal extension kit (3) 1517-0692/1 
Rear connecting stud - threaded stud SA800 1518-0310/2 
Metric End Cap Kit (3 pole) KPEKM4
Interphase barriers (2) IPB4
TSL
Terminal shields, plastic (2) TSL
Insulation sheet mining breaker 1543-0248/1 FAQ's
Rotary Metal Handle IP66 Black 30cm Shaft with mechanism WHM4R12X Alarm switches will signal only
closed + tripped positions
L Frame VariDepth mechanism - style no.5092A62G05 394/1246 *
Auxiliary switches will signal
Handle only, VariDepth mechanism - style no.504C323G07 1517-0488/1 * only open + closed positions
Weatherproof handle, VariDepth - style no.504C323G08 1517-0488/2 * Under-voltage release must be
energised before closing breaker
Shaft, 165mm, VariDepth - style no.47a4446g36 368/187 *
Supplied standard with screw
Shaft, 260mm, VariDepth - style no.47a4446g37 368/186 * terminals for both the LINE and
LOAD side connections
 Field mountable. If factory fitting required, add $100 for each accessory.
 Cannot be used on Rock breakers.
 Not recommended on Rock breakers due to impacting insulation clearance distances.
* For VariDepth option please select mechanism, handle and shaft.

Power Distribution product guide eatoncorp.com.au 2018 205

Low Voltage Circuit Protection & Switchgear
Aftermarket and mining MCCB
“The Rock” 1100V mining
Series G, moulded case circuit breakers -
circuit breaker - N Frame N Frame 1200 A
N Frame 1600 A
Digitrip 310+ Electronic trip unit is standard.
Non-auto switch versions available.

Dimensions H x W x D (mm) Weight (kg)

For both 3 pole 406 x 210 x 140 21.3
Series G and
'The Rock' N Frame 4 pole 406 x 280 x 140 28.3

LSI trip unit, interrupting capacity 1100V mining circuit breaker -

(Icu/Ics) = 50/50kA @ 415Vac. rating plug included N Frame with 310+ mining electronic trip unit fitted 
Ampere rating 3 pole item no. 4 pole item no. PSCC at PSCC at
Current rating Item no.
1000V 1100V
320 ~ 800A NGS308032M NGS408032M
600A N Frame 25kA 20kA E2NM3600W
500 ~ 1250A NGS312532M NGS412532M
700A N Frame 25kA 20kA E2NM3700W
630 ~ 1600A Front NGSF316032M NGSF416032M
630 ~ 1600A Rear NGS316032M NGS416032M 800A N Frame 25kA 20kA E2NM3800W

900A N Frame 25kA 20kA E2NM3900W

LSIG trip unit, Interrupting capacity
(Icu/Ics) = 50/50kA @ 415Vac. rating plug included 1000A N Frame 25kA 20kA E2NM310W
Ampere rating 3 pole item no. 4 pole item no. 1200A N Frame 25kA 20kA E2NM312W
320 ~ 800A NGS308036M NGS408036M
500 ~ 1250A NGS312536M NGS412536M
630 ~ 1600A Front NGSF316036M NGSF416036M
630 ~ 1600A Rear NGS316036M NGS416036M

LSI trip unit, interrupting capacity

(Icu/Ics) = 70/50kA @ 415Vac. rating plug included
Ampere rating 3 pole item no. 4 pole item no.
320 ~ 800A NGH308032M NGH408032M
500 ~ 1250A NGH312532M NGH412532M
630 ~ 1600A Front NGHF316032M NGHF416032M
630 ~ 1600A Rear NGH316032M NGH416032M

LSIG trip unit, interrupting capacity

(Icu/Ics) = 70/50kA @ 415Vac. rating plug included
Ampere rating 3 pole item no. 4 pole item no.
320 ~ 800A NGH308036M NGH408036M
500 ~ 1250A NGH312536M NGH412536M
630 ~ 1600A Front NGHF316036M NGHF416036M
630 ~ 1600A Rear NGH316036M NGH416036M

Moulded case switches (non-auto)

Ampere rating 3 pole item no. 4 pole item no.
800 NGK3080KSM NGK4080KSM
1250 NGK3125KSM NGK4125KSM

Note: 4 pole breakers are not offered with neutral protection or

ground fault protection. i.e. these are 0% protection on neutral.

* ARMS enabled 1100V mining circuit breakers are now available. Contact Eaton for more details.
For Rock breakers refer to page 209 for Rock technical data, for ordering essential terminal shields/barriers and checking clearances.

206 Power Distribution product guide eatoncorp.com.au 2018

 Low Voltage Circuit Protection & Switchgear
Aftermarket and mining MCCB
Series G, moulded case circuit breaker - N Frame 1600 Ampere and E2NM Rock
Accessory - N Frame
Description Item no.
Alarm Lockout (L) 1M1B with pigtail lead connection A1L5LPK 
Alarm Lockout (R) 1M1B with pigtail lead connection A1L5RPK 
Alarm Lockout (L) 2M2B with pigtail lead connection A2L5LPK 
Alarm Lockout (R) 2M2B with pigtail lead connection A2L5RPK  A1X5PK

Auxiliary switch (Right Side Mount) with pigtail lead connection A1X5PK 
Aux. SW 2A2B with pigtail lead connection A2X5PK 
Aux. SW (L) 3A3B with pigtail lead connection A3X5LPK 
Aux. SW (R) 3A3B with pigtail lead connection A3X5RPK 
Aux. SW + AL (L) 1A1B with pigtail lead connection AA115LPK 
Aux. SW + AL (R) 1A1B with pigtail lead connection AA115RPK 
Auxiliary alarm switch (2pole aux. + 1pole alarm) with pigtail lead connection AA215RPK 
Shunt trip, 24Vac/dc with pigtail lead connection SNT5LP03K  AA215RPK

Shunt trip, 48-60Vac with pigtail lead connection SNT5LP05K 

Shunt trip, 110-240Vac with pigtail lead connection SNT5LP11K 
Shunt trip, 380-440Vac , 220-250Vdc with pigtail lead connection SNT5LP14K 
Shunt Trip (L) 480-600VAC with pigtail lead connection SNT5LP18K 
Shunt trip, 48-60Vdc with pigtail lead connection SNT5LP23K 
Shunt trip, 110-125Vdc with pigtail lead connection SNT5LP26K 
HEX5
Shunt Trip (L) Low Energy with pigtail lead connection LST5LPK 
Under-voltage release, 110-127Vac with pigtail lead connection UVH5LP08K 
Undervoltage Trip (L) 24VAC/DC with pigtail lead connection UVH5LP21K 
Under-voltage release, 208-240Vac with pigtail lead connection UVH5LP11K 
Under-voltage release, 380-440Vac with pigtail lead connection UVH5LP29K 
Electrical operator, 240V AC EOP5T11 
Handle Extension (Spare)GN or NW Frame HEX5
Handle Block-Non padlockable GN or NW Frame LKD4
Key Interlock provision N Frame Series G KYK4
Padlockable lockdog PLK5
Mech interlock sliding Bar 3-4P N frame series G SBK5
NG 1250A 3P metric conductor extension kit 5104A24G04
NG 1600A 3P term extn kit (1 side) N16TE3 EOP5T11

NG 1600A 4P term extn kit (1 side) N16TE4 FAQ's

Busbar mounting kit 1517-2055/1  Alarm switches will signal only
closed + tripped positions
Interphase barriers (2) IPB5
Auxiliary switches will signal
Insulation sheet mining breaker 1543-0249/1 only open + closed positions
Test Kit-230Vac-DT310 trip unit STK2 Under-voltage release must be
energised before closing breaker
Handle Assy Direct Mount Black N Frame Series G HMVD5B
Supplied standard with screw
Rotary Metal Handle IP65 Black 12" Shaft with mechanism WHM5R12 terminals for both the LINE and
LOAD side connections
 Field mountable. If factory fitting required, add $100 for each accessory.
 Cannot be used on Rock breakers.

Power Distribution product guide eatoncorp.com.au 2018 207

Low Voltage Circuit Protection & Switchgear
Aftermarket and mining MCCB
MCCB R-frame breaker kA types
Series G, moulded case
“The Rock” 1100V mining
circuit breakers -
circuit breaker - R Frame R Frame 2000 A

Breaker kAA type

R frame 2500 Breaking Capa
Electronic trip unit characteristics
L Adjustable Long Delay Pickup (A) 3/4-Pole
S Short Time Range (A)
I Short Time Delay (sec)
220-240 Vac 380-415 Vac 6
G Ground Fault Pickup (A)

GRH Ground Fault Time (sec)

135/100 70/50 2
GRC 200/100 100/50 3
Dimensions H x W x D (mm) Weight (kg)
For both 3 pole 406 x 394 x 229 47
Series G and
'The Rock' R Frame 4 pole 406 x 508 x 229 54

LSI 310+ trip unit, interrupting capacity (Icu/Ics) 1100V mining circuit breaker -
= 70/50kA @ 415Vac  R Frame with 310+ mining electronic trip unit fitted
Ampere rating 3 pole item no. 4 pole item no. PSCC at PSCC at
Current rating Item no.
1000V 1100V
800 ~ 1600A RGH316032M RGH416032M

MCCB R-frame, 3-pole, Digitrip 310, L

1600A R Frame 25kA 20kA E2RM316W
1000 ~ 2000A RGH320032M RGH420032M
1250 ~ 2500A RGH325032M RGH425032M 2000A R Frame 25kA 20kA E2RM320W

Trip adjustment range1)

LSIG 310+ trip unit, interrupting capacity (Icu/Ics)
= 70/50kA @ 415Vac Rated
Ampere rating
800 ~ 1600A
3 pole item no.
RGH316036M
current
4 pole item no.
RGH416036M
1000 ~ 2000A RGH320036M In, A
RGH420036M
1250 ~ 2500A RGH325036M RGH425036M

Moulded case switches (non-auto) 1600

Ampere rating 3 pole item no. 4 pole item no.
1600
2000
RGK3160KSM
RGK3200KSM
2000
RGK4160KSM
RGK4200KSM

2500
Note: 4 pole breakers are not offered with neutral protection or
ground fault protection. i.e. these are 0% protection on neutral.

1)
Refer to technical section, page ??.

MCCB R-frame, 3-pole, Digitrip 310, L

Rated Trip adjustment range1)
current
In, A

1600
2000 * ARMS enabled 1100V mining circuit breakers are now available. Contact Eaton for more details.
For Rock breakers refer to page 209 for Rock technical data, for ordering essential terminal shields/barriers and checking clearances.

208 Power Distribution product guide 2500

eatoncorp.com.au 2018

1)
 Low Voltage Circuit Protection & Switchgear
Aftermarket and mining MCCB
Series G, moulded case circuit breaker - RG and E2RM Rock

Accessory - R Frame

Description Item no.

Alarm switch with pigtail lead connection A1L6RPK 
Alarm switch, 2 pole with pigtail lead connection A2L6RPK 
Auxiliary switch, 2 pole with pigtail lead connection A2X6RPK 
Auxiliary switch, 4 pole with pigtail lead connection A4X6RPK 
Shunt trip, 24Vdc with pigtail lead connection SNT6P03K 
Shunt trip, 120 to 240Vac with pigtail lead connection SNT6P11K 
Shunt Trip (R) 480-600VAC with pigtail lead connection SNT6P18K 
Shunt trip, 440Vac with pigtail lead connection SNT6P14K 
Shunt trip, 48 to 60Vdc with pigtail lead connection SNT6P23K  STK2

Shunt Trip (R) Low Energy with pigtail lead connection LST6RPK 
Under-voltage Trip (R) 208-240VAC with pigtail lead connection UVH6RP11K 
Under-voltage Trip (R) 24VDC with pigtail lead connection UVH6RP21K 
Under-voltage Trip (R) 300-500VAC with pigtail lead connection UVH6RP29K 
Electrical Operator 240Vac GR or RW Frame EOP6T11K 
Handle extension HEX6
Key interlock provision KYK6
Padlockable handle lock hasp HLK6
FAQ's
Insulation sheet mining breaker 1543-0252/1
Alarm switches will signal only
Test KIT-230Vac-DT310 trip unit STK2 closed + tripped positions
Terminal Cable (1) 4 x 50-300mm2 R Frame Series G T1600RDM  Auxiliary switches will signal
only open + closed positions
Terminal Cable (1) 4 x 300-500mm R Frame Series G
2
TA1600RDM 
Under-voltage release must be
Terminal Cable (1) 6 x 35-300mm R Frame Series G
2
TA2000RDM  energised before closing breaker
Vari-Depth Handle Mech R Frame Series G HMVD6B Supplied standard with screw
terminals for both the LINE and
Terminal Rear (1) 2000A R Frame Series G B2016RDLM  LOAD side connections
 Field mountable. If factory fitting required, add $100 for each accessory.
 Cannot be used on Rock breakers.

Power Distribution product guide eatoncorp.com.au 2018 209

Low Voltage Circuit Protection & Switchgear
Aftermarket and mining MCCB
Replacement moulded case circuit breakers (for previous Westinghouse & Cutler-Hammer moulded case circuit breakers)
In all cases fitted accessories must also be changed with exception to NEMA Series C & IEC Series C where all accessories are common
within same frame sizes.

Model Notes Replacement Notes Model Notes Replacement Notes

G-frame L-frame
GC/GHC/ Direct physical Thread changes
US BREAKER GWF NEMA
GCH replacement LDB LW from imperial to
SERIES C
NEMA Direct physical metric
GD GWF
VERSION GW replacement Thread changes
LA/LAB/
GB/GHB/ NEMA Direct physical US BREAKER LW from imperial to
GWF HLA 400
GC/GHC VERSION GW replacement metric
F-frame Thread changes
LA/HLA 600 US BREAKER LW from imperial to
HMCP Direct physical metric
MCP US BREAKER
(Series C) replacement
Thread changes
NEMA Direct physical LC/LCC/
ED FW US BREAKER LW+DIGI310 from imperial to
SERIES C replacement HLC
metric
NEMA Direct physical Thread changes
EDH HFW NEMA
SERIES C replacement LD LW from imperial to
VERSION LW
NEMA Direct physical metric
EDC FWC
SERIES C replacement Thread changes
NEMA Direct physical
NEMA
EHD FW HLD HLW from imperial to
SERIES C replacement VERSION HLW
metric
NEMA Direct physical Thread changes
FDB FW NEMA
SERIES C replacement LDC LWC from imperial to
VERSION LWC
Direct physical metric
EB US BREAKER FW
replacement M-frame
Direct physical Replacement
EHB US BREAKER FW MA/HMA US BREAKER LW3800T33W
replacement physically smaller
Direct physical Replacement
FB EX.NZ.MADE FW MC/HMC US BREAKER LW3800T33W
replacement physically smaller
Direct physical N-frame
HFB EX.NZ.MADE FW
replacement
Thread changes
NEMA Direct physical NB/NC US BREAKER NGS312532M from imperial to
FD FW
VERSION FW replacement metric
NEMA Direct physical
HFD HFW Thread changes
VERSION HFW replacement
HNB/HNC US BREAKER NGS312532M from imperial to
NEMA Direct physical metric
FDC FWC
VERSION FWC replacement
Thread changes
J-frame NEMA
ND NGS312532M from imperial to
VERSION NW
NEMA Direct physical metric
JDB JW
SERIES C replacement Thread changes
NEMA
Direct physical HND NGH312532M from imperial to
JB/KB US BREAKER JW VERSION HNW
replacement metric
Direct physical Thread changes
HKB US BREAKER JW NEMA
replacement HDC GNC3125T32WP09 from imperial to
VERSION NWC
metric
NEMA Direct physical
JD JW R-frame 1600A
VERSION JW replacement
NEMA Direct physical Thread changes
HJD HJW NEMA
VERSION HJW replacement RD RGH316032M from imperial to
VERSION RW
NEMA Direct physical metric
JDC JWC Thread changes
VERSION JWC replacement
NEMA
K-frame
RDC GRC316T32WP09 from imperial to
VERSION RWC
metric
NEMA Terminals slightly
KDB KW 2000A
SERIES C higher
Terminals slightly Thread changes
JA/KA US BREAKER KW NEMA
higher RD RGH320032M from imperial to
VERSION RW
metric
Terminals slightly
HKA US BREAKER KW Thread changes
higher NEMA
RDC GRC320T32WP17 from imperial to
Terminals slightly VERSION RWC
LB/LLB US BREAKER KW metric
higher
2500A
Terminals slightly
HLB EX.AUST.MADE KW Thread changes
higher NEMA
RD RGH325032M from imperial to
Terminals slightly VERSION RW
DA US BREAKER KW metric
higher
NO IEC
NEMA Terminals slightly RDC GRC325T32WP40 N/A
DK KW VERSION
SERIES C higher
NEMA Direct physical
KD KW
VERSION KW replacement
NEMA Direct physical
HKD HKW
VERSION HKW replacement
NEMA Direct physical
KDC KWC
VERSION KWC replacement

210 Power Distribution product guide eatoncorp.com.au 2018

 Low Voltage Circuit Protection & Switchgear
Aftermarket and mining MCCB
“The Rock” 1100V mining circuit breaker application data

Adapter plates Insulation sheet material:

Description Item no. The additional insulation provided with the circuit breakers is a polyester
fill with a thickness of 250 microns. If the insulation is damaged or lost, a
Adaptor to replace NZM with E2FM ROCKLBSTRF replacement insulation sheet may be obtained from Eaton, or must have
the following characteristics:
Adaptor to replace NZM with E2JM ROCKLBSTRJ
Thermal class: E (120°C) Dielectric strength: 80kV/mm
Adaptor to replace NZM with E2LM ROCKLBSTRL Service temperature: -70 to +130°C Breakdown voltage: 20kV
Resistivity @ 25°C: 1.8x1016 ohm-cm
Adaptor to replace NZM with E2NM ROCKLBSTRN

Retrofit is only possible if Enclosure Dimensions comply with Rock Installation

Instructions (see below). Insulation sheet & minimum mounting dimensions
Replacement insulation sheets must have the following dimensions & be
Installation instructions for the complete line of E2 mining mounted so that the following minimum clearances are maintained.
service circuit breakers
Insulation sheet material

Mounting Dim

Mounting Dim

Mounting Dim

Mounting Dim
Breaker frame
The state of the art E2 Mining Breakers have been designed to meet

Sheet Dim B

Sheet Dim C
Sheet Dim A
The additional insulation provided with the circuit breakers is a polyester fil with a thickness of 250
stringent standards developed by Eaton to suit mining industry needs. In microns. If the insulation is damaged or lost, a replacement insulation sheet may be obtained from

Item no.
order to maintain system integrity, Eaton, or must have the following characteristics:

G (mm)
D (mm)

E (mm)

F (mm)
the following additional installation requirements must be met.

(mm)

(mm)

(mm)
Thermal class: E (120C) Dielectric strength: 80kV/mm
Service temperature: -70 to +130C Breakdown voltage: 20kV
Warning: failure to comply with the following installation requirements  16
Resistivity @ 25 C: 1.8x10 ohm-cm
& instructions will reduce the ability of the circuit breaker to conform to F 1543-0245/1 50 115 322 5 30 120 50
its ratings & void any warranty claims. Insulation Sheet and minimum mounting dimensions
J 1543-0246/1 50 115 424 5 30 120 50
Requirements Replacement insulation sheets must have the following dimensions and be mounted so that the
K minimum
following 1543-0247/1 50 149
clearances are maintained. **Note: 427 5 sheets
two identical 30listed to
120 50at line
be used
The circuit breaker must be installed with insulation sheets & and load ends.
L 1543-0248/1 50 220 443 5 30 120 50
inter-phase barriers. The installation must confirm to & maintain the Breaker Bottom Sheet Sheet Sheet Mounting Mounting Mounting Mounting
clearance & creepage distances detailed. N**
frame 1543-0249/1
sheet 120
Dim A Dim B Dim220
C 210
Dim D 5Dim E 30Dim F120 Dim120
G
(mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm)
Additional insulation part numbers R**
F 1543-0252/1
1543-0245/1 50 200
115 404
322 300
5 5 30 30 120 200 50200
J 1543-0246/1 50 115 424 5 30 120 50
 ircuit breakers must be mounted with a phase barrier between each
1. C **Two
K
L
identical sheets
1543-0247/1
1543-0248/1
50 listed
149to be427
used at line
50
5 & load
220
30 ends.
443 5 30
120
120
50
50
phase on the line end of the breaker, or with a terminal shield on the N** 1543-0249/1 120 220 210 5 30 120 120
line end. Refer note 3. R** 1543-0252/1 200 404 300 5 30 200 200

2. All breakers must be mounted with an insulation sheet between them

& the mounting plate. The size of the sheet & sheet material is shown
in the next column. For mounting details refer to the figure in the next
column. 

3. If any mining frame breakers are installed behind a non-insulating

escutcheon which is located within 50mm from the face of the
breaker, a terminal shield must be used.

Breaker Phase Terminal Rear panel insulation

frame barrier* shield* sheet
F IPB1 TSF 1543-0245/1
J IPB3 TSJ 1543-0246/1
K IPB3 TSK 1543-0247/1
 Mustand
Clearance have 50mmdistances
Creepage clearance from breaker or terminal shield must be used.
L IPB4 TSL 1543-0248/1
The circuit breakers should be mounted with the additional equipment listed above, as well as
N IPB5 - 1543-0249/1 maintaining clearance and creepage distances in accordance with AS60947.1-2004 cl 7.2.3 and
AS3000:2007 cl 2.9.3.
R - - 1543-0252/1
Clearance & creepage distances
*Select either phase barriers or terminal shields. Both come in sets of two.
Ordering quantities for line and load side connections: The circuit breakers should be mounted with the additional equipment
Phase barriers - 2 sets. Terminal shields - 1 set. listed above, as well as maintaining clearance & creepage distances in
Insulation sheets supplied with each complete Moulded Case Circuit Breaker. accordance with AS60947.1 cl 7.2.3 & AS3000:2007 cl 2.9.3.3

Power Distribution product guide eatoncorp.com.au 2018 211

Low Voltage Circuit Protection & Switchgear
Heinemann Hydraulic-Magnetic circuit breakers
1U Series Slimline
The 1U Series Slimline is the first hydraulic magnetic breaker to use a snap action mechanism which
improves reliablility, safety and performance. The contacts are controlled by a stored energy mechanism
that closes in one swift motion when the operator switches the handle to the ON position. This prevents
premature contact failure and improves efficiency for higher current ratings.
• Compact size allows greater design flexibility and saves valuable rack space
• Patented snap action technology for improved performance and reliability
• World’s first circuit breaker designed for 1U height rack-mount applications
• ULT 489 listed for branch circuit protection and conform to IEC standards

AMR Series
The AMR Series is the logical choice for applications requiring greater interrupting performance coupled with
the sensitivity of hydraulic-magnetic protection. The precisely tailored time delays and ability to interrupt high
currents makes the AMR Series ideal for critical applications. It is the solution for demanding applications
requiring up to 50,000 amperes high interrupting capacity.
• Shock-tested for shock in accordance with MIL-STD-202
Vibration-tested in accordance with MIL-STD-202
Dielectric strength tested in accordance with MIL-STD-202
Insulation resistance of 100 megaohms minimum at 500 Vdc, per MIL-STD-202
• Flammability specifications of UL 94-VO case, UL 94-HB handle and IEC 45545-2 for Railways standards
• Direct replacement for discontinued AM and NAM/S models

AM1P Series
The AM1P uses a parallel wiring configuration to deliver 200 amperes in a 2-pole design and 300 amperes in
a 3-pole design. The AM1P employs a proprietary technology known as PCE (Precision Current Equalisation).
This technology ensures that current flows evenly through all poles and nuisance tripping is eliminated.
• Shock-tested for shock in accordance with MIL-STD-202, Method 213, Test Condition I
• Vibration-tested in accordance with MIL-STD-202, Method 204, while carrying full-rated current
• Minimum life of 10,000 on/off operations, with 6,000 at rated current and voltage, and 4,000 at no load
• Dielectric strength tested in accordance with MIL-STD- 202, Method 1500 volts at 50/60 Hz, 1100 Vdc
• UL 489A listed.

C Series
The C Series is popular for outdoor locations, in either high temperature or low temperature environments
where nuisance tripping might have been a problem in the past. The C Series is built for a wide range of
applications and has one of the most versatile designs. From heating and air conditioning to modern railcars,
the C Series breaker is built for the most demanding industrial applications.
• Environmental, Vibration and Shock Resistant; MIL-SPEC qualification for fungus resistance, humidity,
salt spray resistance and shock vibration resistance
• Heat-Induced Nuisance Tripping Eliminated; designed to “hold in” at 100% continuous rated current,
regardless of ambient temperatures from -40°C +85°C
• Immediate Reset After Trip; can be reset (closed) immediately after an overcurrent trip without a
“cooling off” period
• 1/2 Cycle High Inrush Tolerance; available with different levels of tolerance to 1/2 cycle current spikes.
Standard tolerance is 8x the continuous current rating (25x also available)
• Overcurrent Curves, Long, Medium or Short Delay; time characteristic curves are available as Short,
Medium and Long Delay

MDBS-4Ph Series
Modular Power Distribution Busbar System; ideal for a wide range of AC or AC-DC applications, such as
generator sets, rail, and marine applications. The PDM-A100 Series Busbar Power Distribution system makes
AC power distribution more compact, flexible, and easy to install - saving valuable space while reducing
labour and material costs. Power is supplied to circuit breakers by using Eaton’s innovative bus system rather
than by individual wiring or complicated buswork.
• Pre-engineered compact power distribution bus system design saving installation time
• Number, type (AC VS DC), and location of loads can be easily changed by adjusting the busbar components
• Pluggable breakers allow for quick connection and the ability to disconnect
• Products are built to order according to specifications - to accommodate any application needs
• Optimised terminal connection blocks internal to the module drastically reduces the amount of physical
space needed
• Mounting brackets on the top and bottom allow for front or rear mounting

212 Power Distribution product guide eatoncorp.com.au 2018

 Low Voltage Circuit Protection & Switchgear
Heinemann Hydraulic-Magnetic circuit breakers
GH Series
The GH Series breaker offers the benefits of hydraulic-magnetic protection in a compact, economical design.
Their ability to furnish both close-rated locked rotor protection and running overcurrent protection without
derating in extreme and highly variable ambient conditions makes them a popular choice in a variety of
industries - air conditioning, electric heating, computer main frame and central processing, transportation and
many others
• Fungus and Humidity Resistance - in accordance with MIL-STD-202 (all ferrous parts treated with a
special moisture-resistant finish. Special springs and fungus-resistant cases, covers and handles are
also used)
• Shock - tested in accordance withMIL-STD-202, Method 213, Test Condition I (100G’s at 6 milliseconds)
• Vibration - tested in accordance with MIL-STD-202, Method 204, 10 to 500 Hz, 0.06-inch total excursion
on three mutually perpendicular plan

GJ Series
Series GJ Circuit Breakers are the logical choice for high-current service entrance and panelboard
installations, as well as for the control and protection of commercial and industrial lighting, transformers,
motors and power supplies. The precisely tailored time delays and ability to interrupt high currents make
them ideal for critical applications with inductive or other loads of up to 250 amperes.
• Fungus and Humidity Resistance - MIL-STD-202; springs, cases and handles are made from fungus-
resistant materials, along with ferrous parts that incorporate a special moisture-resistant finish
• Shock - MIL-STD-202, Method 213
• 100g’s for 6 milliseconds (Time delay breakers only)
• Vibration - MIL-STD-202, Method 24, 10 to 500 Hz, 0.06-inch total excursion on three mutually
perpendicular planes (time delay breakers only). Testing completed at full rated current 50/60 Hz

GJ1P Series
The GJ1P breakers offer high-quality circuit protection for DC applications from 100 to 1200 amperes.
Their precisely tailored time delays and ability to interrupt high currents makes them ideally suited for critical
applications. On overloads exceeding 1000 – 1400% of rating, there is no intentional time delay and the
breaker interrupts currents of as much as 100,000 amperes at 65 Vdc up to 1200 amperes.
• UL listed series GJ1P (UL 489) models are available in a choice of fast, medium or slow response times
to accurately match load conditions
• Order in “series trip,” “mid-trip” and “switch only” constructions and are available front- or back-
mounted, front- or back-connected, with optional auxiliary switches for signaling

J Series
Series J is one of the most versatile breaker lines offered. Eaton’s J Series can be used in a wide variety
of applications including telecom, rail, marine and mobile equipment. Multiple mounting and handle
configurations allow you to customise your equipment. These include rocker handles, snap-in mounting,
sealed toggle actuators and colour-coded handles.
• Small and lightweight, saving valuable space in crowded control panels or weight in portable equipment
• Magnetically actuated, minimising the heat generated by the breaker and allowing it to be mounted in
densely packed panels with no effect on performance
• Fast, easy panel mounting - Its round bezel eliminates square cuts during panel fabrication, and
shortens panel production time
• Cutout preparation is as simple as punching or drilling three common-center holes per breaker
Ready to except either standard push-on or screw terminal connections
• Ready for your global applications
• In addition to UL 1077, the breaker also carries CSA and IEC 380 approvals

KD Series
The KD Series resettable pushbutton circuit protector provides basic thermal protection, has ratings from
0.25 – 20 amperes and is UL recognised. The KD Pushbutton Circuit Protector provides circuit protection
similar to a fuse but does not require replacement after a fault. This resettable design allows your customer
to stay online and eliminate downtime. The KD series is used where equipment may be exposed to dust or
moisture, two styles of protective boots are available, one which protects the breaker from splashing water
and another which seals the panel opening
• Easily installed in a 5/8” round or D-Shaped panel cutout.
• Mounted from either the front or rear and is held in place by special hardware
• Tested to meet the requirements of UL 1077, and is recognised as a supplemental protector by UL
• Trips without delay on short circuit, and with a controlled delay upon sustained overloads.
• The contacts open with a positive snap action, upon tripping, thereby suppressing the arc

Power Distribution product guide eatoncorp.com.au 2018 213

Motor Control
Xstart IEC Motor control

Manual Motor Protector with

pushbutton actuation up to 25A

Shunt and
undervoltage Trip-indicating
release auxiliary contact

Side mounting
auxiliary contact

Top-hat rail
Early-make adapter
auxiliary contact Front mounting
auxiliary contact
Manual Motor Protector
with rotary actuation
Manual Motor
up to 32A
Controller
Door coupling rotary
handle and axis extension

Manual Motor Protector

with rotary actuation
Early-make
up to 65A
auxiliary Front mounting
contact auxiliary contact

Electrical
connector

Mechanical Side mounting

connector auxillary contact
up to 15A
Electrical
Tool-less connector
plug connector

Contactor
Overload relay up to 150A
seperate
mounting adapter
up to 65A

Contactor
up to 32A
Contactor
up to 15A Contactor
up to
65A

Overload
relay up to 15A Suppressor Overload
relay up
to 32A
Suppressor
Overload
relay up
to 65A Overload
Overload relay up
relay up to 150A
to 150A seperate
mounting

Top mounting
auxiliary contact

214 Power Distribution product guide eatoncorp.com.au 2018

 Motor Control
Xstart IEC Motor control
The XStart range of contactors, overloads & manual motor protectors is
a complete range of IEC Motor control. XStart is an efficient & effective
solution for applications from 7-2600A.

Feature Benefit
AC & DC devices with the same
dimensions achieved with an Space savings, reduced
electronically controlled coil engineering design time.
system.
Offers installation & application
Twin terminals with separate
flexibility when using different size
sockets in contactors up to
wires. The improved integrity of the
400A.
connections reduces cabling faults.
With sealing wattage as low as
0.5W, XStart contactors reduce
Reduced sealing power
power consumption & generate
consumption for DC contactors
less heat. This results in lower
due to an electronic coil
cooling requirements,
controller that uses less power.
& the ability to mount more
contactors per cabinet.
Offers reductions in total logistics
Integrated suppressors in DC
& inventory costs by limiting the
controlled contactors from
number of products ordered &
7–1000A. Integrated surge
stocked. Increased installation &
suppressors in all contactors
maintenance efficiency,
from 115A & above.
as wiring is not required.

Xstart IEC Mini contactors

Due to its compact size, this line of mini controls is best suited to
be applied in light duty loads such as hoisting, packaging, material
handling, heating, lighting & automation systems. These mini
contactors are a particularly compact, economic & environmentally
friendly solution wherever control of small motors or loads is required.
Mini contactor relays
Rated operational current AC-15 Conventional free
220 V, 230 V, 240 V 380 V, 400 V, 415 V air thermal current
Ie Ie Ith Aux. contact Item no.
A A A
4 N/O - DILER-40(...)
6 3 10 3 N/O 1 NC DILER-31(...)
2 N/O 2 NC DILER-22(...)
DILER-40
IEC Miniature controls
Operational Thermal Maximum kW ratings AC-3, No. of
3-Phase Motors, 50 – 60 Hz Aux.
current AC-3 current power
contacts Item no.
Amp rating AC-1 240V 415V poles
6.6 20 1.5 3 3 1NO DILEEM-10(...)
6.6 20 1.5 3 3 1NC DILEEM-01(...)
9 20 2.2 4 3 1NO DILEM-10(…)
9 20 2.2 4 3 1NC DILEM-01(…)
12 20 3.5 5.5 3 1NO DILEM12-10(...)
12 20 3.5 5.5 3 1NC DILEM12-01(...)
9 20 2.2 4 4 - DILEM4(…) DILEEM-10

IEC Miniature overload relays Motor full load Contact

Trip class Item no.
current (FLC) configuration
• Trip Class 10A
0.1 – 0.16A ZE-0,16
• Ambient temperature 0.16 – 0.24A ZE-0,24
compensated -5° to 50°C 10A 1NO-1NC
0.24 – 0.4A ZE-0,4
• Selectable manual / 0.4 – 0.6A ZE-0,6
automatic reset 0.6 – 1A ZE-1,0
• 1NO-1NC auxiliary contact 1 – 1.6A 10A 1NO-1NC ZE-1,6
1.6 – 2.4A ZE-2,4
as standard
2.4 – 4A ZE-4
• Direct mount with DILEM 4 – 6A ZE-6
contactors 10A 1NO-1NC ZE-0,16
6 – 9A ZE-9
9 – 12A ZE-12

Power Distribution product guide eatoncorp.com.au 2018 215

Motor Control
Xstart IEC Mini contactors
IEC Miniature controls accessories
(auxiliary contacts for mini contactors, front (top) mounted)
Contact configuration Poles Item no.
1NO/1NC 2 11DILE
2NO 2 20DILE
2NC 2 02DILE
2NO2NC 4 22DILE
1NO/3NC 4 13DILE
3NO1NC 4 31DILE
11DILE
4NO 4 40DILE
4NC 4 04DILE
1ECNO/1LONC 2 11DDILE
2ECNO/2LONC 2 22DDILE
Note: Auxiliary contacts are rated for 10A AC-1.

Coil selection chart RC-suppressor

Coil Voltage (50Hz) Suffix code Description Item no.
415 AC (415V50HZ, 480V60HZ) Mini contactor
relay.
230-240 AC (240V50HZ) 110-250 AC. RCDILE250
110 AC (110V50HZ/120V60HZ) For use with
DILE...
24 AC (24V50HZ)
Note: For AC operated contactors 50-60 Hz.
24 DC (415V50HZ, 480V60HZ) DC operated contactor relays have an
RCDILE250 integrated suppressor.
Note: Mini Contactor Coils are not interchangeable.
For additional coil voltages contact Eaton.

Mechanical interlock Reversing link kit Star-delta link kit Other accessories
Description Item no. Description Item no. Description Item no. Description Item no.
Mechanical Main current Main current Connector for
MVDILE
Interlock wiring for wiring for mechanically
reversing MVS-WB-EM star-delta arranging V0DILE
Note: For two contactors with AC or DC
operated coils that are horizontally or contactors & combinations. MVS-SB-EM contactors in
vertically mounted, the distance between starters. Includes the combinations.
contactors is 0 mm Star-Delta Shroud IP40
Note: Reversing Link Kit does not include
mechanical interlock. Order part No. Bridge. Sealable Shroud, HDILE
MVDILE for Mechanical Interlock. snap fit
Note: 0 mm distance between contactors
with connector.

Xstart IEC control relays

Basic devices with positively driven contacts
Rated operational current AC-15 Conventional free
240 V 415 V air thermal current
Ie Ie Ith Aux. contact Item no.
A A A
4 N/O - DILA-40(...)
4 4 16 3 N/O 1 NC DILA-31(...)
2 N/O 2 NC DILA-22(...)

216 Power Distribution product guide eatoncorp.com.au 2018

 Motor Control
Xstart IEC Contactors
IEC Contactors
• AC-3 contactor ratings to 1600A & AC-1 contactor ratings to 2600A
• Panel or DIN-Rail mounting to 72A
• IP20 finger & back-of-hand proof
• Built-in NO or NC auxiliary contacts to 38A
• Built-in surge suppression on DC coils Frame B-G & AC or DC coils on Frame L-R
• Can be used with ZB or ZEB overload relays
• Can be used with PKZM or PKE for manual Motor controllers

Full voltage non-reversing 3-pole contactors

IEC ratings
Maximum kW ratings AC-3
AC-1 Aux.
AC-3 3-Phase Motors 50 – 60 Hz Item no.
(60°C) contacts
Ie (A) 660/
Ie = Ith (A) 400V
690V
Frame B
7 20 3 3.5 1NO DILM7-10(…)
7 20 3 3.5 1NC DILM7-01(…)
9 20 4 4.5 1NO DILM9-10(…) Frame B
9 20 4 4.5 1NC DILM9-01(…)
12 20 5.5 6.5 1NO DILM12-10(…)
12 20 5.5 6.5 1NC DILM12-01(…)
15.5 20 7.5 7 1NO DILM15-10(…)
15.5 20 7.5 7 1NC DILM15-01(…)
Frame C
18 35 7.5 11 1NO DILM17-10(…)
18 35 7.5 11 1NC DILM17-01(…)
25 40 11 14 1NO DILM25-10(…)
25 40 11 14 1NC DILM25-01(…)
32 40 15 17 1NO DILM32-10(…)
Frame C
32 40 15 17 1NC DILM32-01(…)
38 40 18.5 21 1NO DILM38-10(...)
38 40 18.5 21 1NC DILM38-01(...)
Frame D
40 50 18.5 23 — DILM40(…)
50 65 22 30 — DILM50(…)
65 80 30 35 — DILM65(…)
72 80 37 35 — DILM72(...)
Frame F
80 90 37 63 — DILM80(…)
95 110 45 75 — DILM95(…)
Frame G Frame D

115 130 55 90 — DILM115(…)

150 160 75 96 — DILM150(…)
170 185 90 96 — DILM170(...)
Note: The 7 – 38A contactors have positively driven contacts between the integrated auxiliary contact & the auxiliary contact
module as well as within the auxiliary contact modules.
The 40 – 72A contactors have positively driven contacts within the auxiliary contact module. 6 auxiliary contacts are possible
with a combination of side mounted & front mount auxiliary contacts.
DC operated contactors (Frames B – G, 7 – 170A) have a built-in suppressor circuit. Frame B – C contactors with 1NC built-in
auxiliary are mirror contacts.

IEC ratings
Maximum kW ratings AC-3
AC-1 Aux. Frame F & G
AC-3 3-Phase Motors 50 – 60 Hz Item no.
(60°C) contacts
Ie (A) 660/
Ie = Ith (A) 400V 1000V
690V
Frame L — Electronic Coil
185 275 90 140 108 2NO-2NC DILM185A/22(…)
225 315 110 150 108 2NO-2NC DILM225A/22(…)
250 330 132 195 108 2NO-2NC DILM250/22(…)
Frame M — Electronic Coil
300 350 160 195 132 2NO-2NC DILM300A/22(…)
400 500 200 344 132 2NO-2NC DILM400/22(...)
500 700 250 344 132 2NO-2NC DILM500/22(…)
Contactors Frame L - R; Electronic Coil: Wide range of control voltages, Can be controlled by a PLC output, Can be controlled by a low power Frame L
command device, like a limit switch or sensor.

Power Distribution product guide eatoncorp.com.au 2018 217

 Motor Control
Xstart IEC Contactors
IEC Contactors
Full voltage non-reversing 3-pole contactors

IEC ratings
Maximum kW ratings AC-3
AC-1 Aux.
AC-3 3-Phase Motors 50 – 60 Hz Item no.
(60°C) contacts
Ie (A) 660/
Frame M Ie = Ith (A) 400V 1000V
690V
Frame M — Standard coil (110/120V, 230/240V AC coil only)
300 430 160 195 - 2NO-2NC DILM300A-S/22(…)
400 612 200 344 - 2NO-2NC DILM400-S/22(…)
500 857 250 344 - 2NO-2NC DILM500-S/22(…)
Frame N — Electronic coil
580 800 315 560 600 2NO-2NC DILM580/22(…)
650 850 355 630 600 2NO-2NC DILM650/22(…)
750 900 400 720 800 2NO-2NC DILM750/22(…)
Frame N 820 1000 450 750 800 2NO-2NC DILM820/22(…)
1000 1000 560 1000 1100 2NO-2NC DILM1000/22(…)
Frame R — Electronic coil
1600 1800 900 1600 1770 2NO-2NC DILM1600/22(...)
- 1400 - - - - DILH1400/22(...)
- 2000 - - - - DILH2000/22(...)
- 2200 - - - - DILH2200/22(...)
- 2600 - - - - DILH2600/22(...)
Note: AC & DC operated contactors have a built-in suppressor circuit.
(Frames L – R, 185 – 2600A).

Frame R

DIL DC contactor
Thanks to the use of proven hybrid technology, the contacts in Eaton DC contactors have a
long lifespan and low contact wear. Hybrid contactors feature two mechanical contacts – a
extinguishing contact and a break contact – that are connected in series.
Efficient and compact
free!• With up to 150,000 operations, these DIL DC contactors have a lifespan that is six times
longer than that of comparable devices
• Lower switching contact wear as a result of extremely short arcing times
• Convenient to switch on and off: either conventionally or directly with a programmable
logic controller (PLC)
Reliable and flexible
• Wide control voltage range of 110 V – 250 V AC, 110 V – 350 V DC
• Bi-directional operation (polarity insensitivity) ensures ease of use
• Wide temperature range of -40 °C to +70 °C
Ideal for a large variety of applications
• Solar power
• Rail traffic
• Marine & Offshore
• Energy storage
• Automotive charging infrastructure
• DC grids
eliable and flexible
Description Item no.
DC-1 contactor 300A/1000V DILDC300/22(RDS250)
Wide control voltage range of 110 V – 250 V AC,
DC-1 contactor 600A/1000V DILDC600/22(RDS250)
110 V – 350 V DC
Globally certified: UL, CSA, CCC, GL, DNV
Bi-directional operation (polarity insensitivity) ensures
ease of use
Wide temperature range of -40 °C to +70 °C

218 Power Distribution product guide eatoncorp.com.au 2018

 Motor Control
Xstart IEC Contactors
Coil suffix tables
Coil voltage (suffix) DILM7-15 DILM17-65, DILM80-95 DILM72 DILM115-225A
24V AC 24V50HZ 24V50HZ 24V50/60HZ RAC24
110V AC 110V50HZ,120V60HZ 110V50HZ,120V60HZ 110V50HZ,120V60HZ RAC120
240V AC 240V50HZ 240V50HZ 240V50HZ RAC240
415VAC 415V50HZ,480V60HZ 415V50HZ,480V60HZ 400V50HZ,440V60HZ RAC440
24V DC 24VDC RDC24 RDC24 RDC24
48V DC 48VDC RDC60 - RDC60
110V DC 110VDC RDC130 - RDC130
230V DC 220VDC RDC240 RDC240 RDC240
Coil voltage (suffix) DILM250-500 DILM580-820 DILM1000 DILM1600
24V AC - - - -
110V AC RA110 RA110 - -
240V AC RA250 RA250 RA250 RAW250
415VAC RAC500 RAC500 - -
24V DC RDC48 - - -
48V DC RDC48 - - -
110V DC RA110 RA110 - -
230V DC RA250 RA250 RA250 RAW250

IEC 4-Pole Contactors, frame B – frame G IEC Capacitor contactors, frame C – Frame D
Ie = Ith (A) Maximum kW ratings AC-3 Switching duty in kvar -
Ie (A) Item no.
(40°C) 3 Ph Motors 50 – 60 Hz Item no. Group compensation, w/o reactor
AC-3
AC-1 400V, kW 230V 400V 525V 690V
Frame B Frame C
12 20 5.5 DILMP20(...) 7.5 12.5 16.7 20 DILK12-11(...)
Frame C 11 20 25 33.3 DILK20-11(...)
18 32 7.5 DILMP32-10(…) 5/40 Contactors
15 25 33.3 Auxiliary contact
40 module DILK25-11(...)
25 45 11 DILMP45-10(…) Frame D
DILM
Auxiliary contact module

Frame D 20 33.3 40
Connection
type
Pole conventional
55thermal
Contact Circuit
DILK33-10(...)
configuration
symbol
For use with Part no.
Article no.
Pric
See
current N/O = normally pric
40 63 18.5 DILMP63(…) Ith = Ie open contact list
25 50 65 85Open
AC-1 at 60 °C
DILK50-10(...)
SF = N/O early
make
50 80 22 DILMP80(…) Ith = Ie
A
NC = normally
closed contact
Note: Weld resistant contactors for capacitors, with inrush current peaks up to 180 In ÖS = NC late-
Frame G break

Auxiliary contact modules

80 125 37 DILMP125(…) With interlocked opposing contacts

95 160 45 DILMP160(…) Top mounting auxiliary contacts

Screw 2 pole 16 2 N/O – 13 23 DILM40… DILM150-XHI20
terminals DILM50… 277945
115 200 55 DILMP200(…) 1 N/O 1 NC
14 24

13 21
DILM65…
DILM72… DILM150-XHI11
DILM80… 277946
14 22
DILM95…
Accessories - Auxiliary contacts 1 N/O 1 NC 53 61 DILM115…
DILM150…
DILM150-XHIA11
283463
54 62
DILM170…
– 2 NC DILMP63… DILM150-XHI02
Conventional thermal current,
11 21

DILMP80… 277947
Contact 12 22
DILMP125…
Open at 60°C Poles Item no. Screw 4 pole 16 4 N/O – DILMP160… DILM150-XHI40
configuration
13 23 33 43

terminals DILMP200… 277948

Ith = Ie, AC-1 in Amps 3 N/O 1 NC
14 24 34 44

13 21 33 43 DILM150-XHI31
277949
Frame B – C — Front (Top) Mount 2 N/O 2 NC
14 22 34 44

13 21 31 43 DILM150-XHI22
277950
16 2 2NO DILA-XHI20 2 N/O 2 NC
14 22 32 44

53 61 71 83 DILM150-XHIA22
283464
16 2 2NC DILA-XHI02 54 62 72 84

1 N/O 3 NC 13 21 31 41 DILM150-XHI13
277951
16 2 1NO-1NC DILA-XHI11 – 4 NC
14 22 32 42

11 21 31 41 DILM150-XHI04
16 2 1ECNO-1LONC DILA-XHIV11 12 22 32 42
277952

1 N/O 1 NC 13 21 35 47 DILM150-XHIV22
16 2 2NO DILA-XHIT20  1 SF 1 ÖS
14 22 36 48
277953

16 2 1NO-1NC DILA-XHIT11  High version1)

Screw 2 pole 16 2 N/O – 53 63 DILM7… DILA-XHIT20
16 2 2NC DILA-XHIT02  terminals
54 64
DILM9…
DILM12…
101042

1 N/O 1 NC 53 61 DILM15… DILA-XHIT11

16 4 2NO-2NC DILA-XHIT22 
Frame B-C 54 62
DILL… 101043

– 2 NC 51 61 DILA-XHIT02
101041
16 4 4NO DILA-XHI40 52 62

4 pole 2 N/O 2 NC DILA-XHIT22

16 4 4NC DILA-XHI04
53 61 71 83

101044
54 62 72 84

16 4 2NO-2NC DILA-XHI22
Notes 1) Suitable for the combination with electrical wiringlinks Information relevant for
16 4 3NO-1NO DILA-XHI31 in tool-less plug connection usable with:
DILM12-XSL
America

16 4 1NO-3NC DILA-XHI13 DILM12-XRL

DILM12-XS1
Product Standards IE
UL
PKZM0-XDM12 1
No
1NO-1NC, PKZM0-XRM12
PKZM0-XSM12
ing
16 4 DILA-XHIV22 4
UL File No. E2
1ECNO-1LONC UL CCN
CSA File No.
NK
01
CSA Class No. 32
NA Certification UL
Frame B - side mount: can be mounted to the left side of contactor only. Cannot be used in combination with front (top) mount auxiliary contacts or mechanical interlocks. CS

Note: Interlocked opposing contacts, to IEC/EN 60947-5-1 Annex L (positively driven), within the auxiliary contact modules (not NO (early make) & NC (late break)1 PKZM0
contacts)
& for the built-in auxiliary contacts of the DILM7 - DILM38... Auxiliary break contact can be used as mirror contact to IEC/EN 60947-4-1 Annex F (not NC (late break) contact).
2 DILM7 - DILM15 2
3 DILA-XHIT
No auxiliary contacts can be fitted between two contactors. 4 PKZM0-XDM12
3

 Suitable for the combination with electrical wiringlinks in tool-less plug connection usable with: DILM12-XSL, DILM12-XRL, DILM12-XS1, PKZM0-XDM12, PKZM0-XRM12, PKZM0-XSM12

Power Distribution product guide eatoncorp.com.au

2010 CA08103002Z-EN www.eaton.com 2018 219
Motor Control
Xstart IEC Contactors
Accessories
Accessories - Auxiliary contacts
Conventional thermal current,
Contact
Open at 60°C Poles Item no.
configuration
Ith = Ie, AC-1 in Amps
Frame B
Frame B — Side mount
16 1 1NO DILA-XHI10-S
16 1 1NC DILA-XHI01-S
Frame C — Side mount
10 2 1NO-1NC DILM32-XHI11-S
Frame D — G Front (top) mount
Frame C
16 2 2NO DILM150-XHI20
16 2 2NC DILM150-XHI02
16 2 1NO-1NC DILM150-XHI11
16 4 4NO DILM150-XHI40
16 4 4 NC DILM150-XHI04
16 4 2NO-2NC DILM150-XHI22
16 4 3NO-1NC DILM150-XHI31
16 4 1NO-3NC DILM150-XHI13
1NO-1NC,
16 4 DILM150-XHIV22
1ECNO-ILONC

Frame D-G
Side mount auxiliary contacts for frame D – R, 40 – 2600A
Conventional free air thermal current, Contact
Poles Item no.
Ith = Ie, AC-1 in Amps configuration
Frame D – L (40 - 225A)
10 2 1NO-1NC DILM1000-XHI11-SI
10 2 IECNO-ILONC DILM1000-XHIV11-SI
Frame L – R (250 - 2600A)
DILM1000-XHI11-SI 10 2 1NO-1NC DILM820-XHI11-SI
10 2 IECNO-ILONC DILM820-XHI11V-SI
Note: For Frames B – C, cannot use both a side & a top mount auxiliary contact at the same time. For Frame D, 6 auxiliary contacts
maximum (can be a combination of side & top mount units). For Frames F – R, 8 auxiliary contacts maximum (can be a combination of side
& top mount units).

Mechanical interlock 

DILM12-XMV
For use with... Pkg. qty. Item no.
DILM7 - 15
DILMP20 5 DILM12-XMV
DILA
DILM17 - 38 1 DILM32-XMV
DILM40 - 72 1 DILM65-XMV
DILM80 - 170 1 DILM150-XMV
DILM185A - 500 1 DILM500-XMV
DILM32-XMV
DILM580 - 1000 1 DILM820-XMV

Reversing link kits

For use with... Pkg. qty. Item no.

DILM7 - 12 1 DILM12-XRL
DILM17 - 32 1 DILM32-XRL
DILM500-XMV
DILM40 - 65 1 DILM65-XRL
DILM80 - 150 1 DILM150-XRL

F
 or two contactors with AC or DC operated magnet system which are horizontally or vertically mounted. For B – G frames, mechanical
lifespan is 2.5 x 106 operations & the distance between contactors is 0 mm. For L – N frames, mechanical lifespan is 5 x 106 operations
& no auxiliary contact can be mounted between the mechanical interlock & the contactor — the distance between contactors is 15 mm.
 DILM150-XMV and DILM820-XMV consist of an interlock element & mounting plate.
 Also includes Interlocking Bridge (DILM12-XEV).
DILM32-XRL

220 Power Distribution product guide eatoncorp.com.au 2018

 Motor Control
Xstart IEC Contactors
Accessories
Suppressor circuit
Voltage
For use with Item no.
Us V
RC suppressors
24 - 48 AC DILM12-XSPR48
DILM7 - DILM15
110 - 240 AC DILMP20 DILM12-XSPR240
DILA
240 - 500 AC DILM12-XSPR500
24 - 48 AC DILM17 - DILM32 DILM32-XSPR48
DILK12 - DILK25
110 - 240 AC DILM32-XSPR240
DILL.. DILM12-XSPR48
240 - 500 AC DILMP32 - DILMP45 DILM32-XSPR500
24 - 48 AC DILM95-XSPR48
DILM40 - DILM95
110 - 240 AC DILK33 - DILK50 DILM95-XSPR240
DILMP63 - DILMP200
240 - 500 AC DILM95-XSPR500
Varistor suppressors
24 - 48 AC DILM12-XSPV48
48 - 130 AC DILM7 - DILM15 DILM12-XSPV130
DILMP20
130 - 240 AC DILA DILM12-XSPV240
240 - 500 AC DILM12-XSPV500
24 - 48 AC DILM32-XSPV48 DILM12-XSPV48
DILM17 - DILM32
48 - 130 AC DILK12 - DILK25 DILM32-XSPV130
130 - 240 AC DILL.. DILM32-XSPV240
DILMP32 - DILMP45
240 - 500 AC DILM32-XSPV500
24 - 48 AC DILM95-XSPV48
48 - 130 AC DILM40 - DILM95 DILM95-XSPV130
DILK33 - DILK50
130 - 240 AC DILMP63 - DILMP200 DILM95-XSPV240
240 - 500 AC DILM95-XSPV500
Varistor suppressors with integrated LED
24 - 48 AC DILM7 - DILM15 DILM12-XSPVL48 DILM12-XSPVL48
DILMP20
130 - 240 AC DILA DILM12-XSPVL240

24 - 48 AC DILM17 - DILM32 DILM32-XSPVL48

DILK12 - DILK25
DILL..
130 - 240 AC DILMP32 - DILMP45 DILM32-XSPVL240

24 - 48 AC DILM40 - DILM95 DILM95-XSPVL48

DILK33 - DILK50
130 - 240 AC DILMP63 - DILMP200 DILM95-XSPVL240
Diode suppressor
DILM7 - DILM15
12 - 250 DC DILMP20 DILM12-XSPD
DILM12-XSPD
DILA

Power Distribution product guide eatoncorp.com.au 2018 221

Motor Control
Xstart IEC Contactors
Accessories
Paralleling links for main contacts*

For use with Item no.

DILM7 - DILM15 DILM12-XP1
DILM17 - DILM32 DILM32-XP1
DILM40 -DILM72 DILM65-XP1
DILM12-XP1
DILM80 - DILM72 DILM150-XP1
DILM185A DILM185-XP1

* Consisting of 2 paralleling links

DILM32-XP1

Star-point bridges

For use with Item no.

DILM150-XP1
DILM7 - DILM15 DILM12-XS1
DILM17 - DILM32 DILM32-XS1
DILM40 - DILM72 DILM65-XS1
DILM12-XS1 DILM80 - DILM170 DILM150-XS1
DILM185A - DILM400 DILM400-XS1
DILM500 DILM500-XS1

DILM400-XS1

Star-delta wiring kit

For use with Item no.

DILM7, DILM9, DILM12, DILM15 DILM12-XSL
DILM17, DILM25, DILM32 DILM32-XSL
DILM12-XSL
DILM40, DILM50, DILM65 DILM65-XSL
DILM80, DILM95 DILM95-XSL
DILM115, DILM150 DILM150-XSL

DILM32-XSL

IP2X cover set

For use with Item no.

DILM32-XIP2X DILM17, DILM25, DILM32, DILM38, DILMP32, DILMP45 DILM32-XIP2X
DILM40, DILM50, DILM65, DILM72, DILMP63, DILMP80 DILM65-XIP2X
DILM80, DILM95, DILM115, DILM150, DILM170, DILMP125,
DILM150-XIP2X
DILMP160, DILMP200, ZB150

DILM65-XIP2X

222 Power Distribution product guide eatoncorp.com.au 2018

 Motor Control
Xstart IEC Contactors
Accessories
Electronic timer modules

Description For use with Item no.

On-delayed
Cannot be combined with top mounting auxiliary contacts. Incl. suppressor circuits
24V AC/DC DILM7 - DILM32 DILM32-XTEE11(RA24)
DILMP20
100 ... 130 V AC DILM32-XTEE11(RA130)
DILMP32 - DILMP45
200 ... 240 V AC DILA DILM32-XTEE11(RAC240) DILM32-XTEE11(RA24)
Off-delayed, auxiliary voltage-free
Cannot be combined with top mounting auxiliary contacts. Incl. suppressor circuits
24V AC/DC DILM32-XTED11-1(RA24)
DILM32-XTED11-10(RA24)
DILM32-XTED11-100(RA24)
100 ... 130 V AC DILM7 - DILM32 DILM32-XTED11-1(RAC130)
DILMP20
DILM32-XTED11-10(RAC130)
DILMP32 - DILMP45 DILM32-XTED11-1(RA24)
DILA DILM32-XTED11-100(RAC130)
200 ... 240 V AC DILM32-XTED11-1(RAC240)
DILM32-XTED11-10(RAC240)
DILM32-XTED11-100(RAC240)
For star-delta applications
Cannot be combined with top mounting auxiliary contacts. Incl. suppressor circuits
24V AC/DC DILM7 - DILM32 DILM32-XTEY20(RA24)
DILMP20
100 ... 130 V AC DILM32-XTEY20(RAC130) DILM32-XTEY20(RA24)
DILMP32 - DILMP45
200 ... 240 V AC DILA DILM32-XTEY20(RAC240)

Accessories

Description For use with Item no.

SmartWire-Darwin module for installation on contactors. One module per contactor
Two digital inputs for potential-free
contacts. 1 electrical interlock for the DILM7… - DILM32
surface mounting of reversing starters. DILM38 DIL-SWD-32-001
Messages: Contactor switch status, DILA
status of the digital inputs 1 and 2.
Two digital inputs for potential-free
contacts. 1 electrical interlock for the
surface mounting of reversing starters. DILM7… - DILM32
1-0-A switch for manual or automatic DILM38 DIL-SWD-32-002 DIL-SWD-32-001
operation. Messages: contactor DILA
switching position, status of the digital
inputs 1 and 2, 1-0-A switch position.
Wiring set for motor feeder plug
DILM7
DILM9
PE module with contact plate DILM12-XMCE
DILM12
DILM15
DILM7
DILM9
DILM12-XMCP/E
DILM12
Motor plate with PE module and DILM15
contact plate PKZM0/PKE + DILM7
PKZM0/PKE + DILM9
DILM12-XMCP/T
PKZM0/PKE + DILM12
PKZM0/PKE + DILM15 DILM12-XMCP/E

Power Distribution product guide eatoncorp.com.au 2018 223

Motor Control
Xstart IEC Contactors
Accessories
Sealable shrouds - Transparent Terminal Cover
For use with Item no. For use with Item no.
DILM32-XTE... DILM32-XTEPLH DILM185A
DILM225A-XHB
DILM225A

DILM32-XTEPLH Suppressor circuits for vacuum contactors DILM250

(on load side) DILM300A DILM400-XHB
DILM400
For use with Item no.
DILM580 DILM500 DILM500-XHB
DILM650
DILM750 DILM1000-XSM DILM580
DILM820 DILM650-XHB
DILM650
DILM1000
DILM1000-XSM
DILH2000 DILM750
DILH2200 DILH2600-XSM DILM820 DILM820-XHB
DILH2600 DILM1000

Amplifier module for separate mounting

Rated operational current AC-15 Actuating
AC-15 DC voltage
For use with Item no.
230V 400V 220V
Us A DC
Ie A Ie A Ie A
DILM225A-XHB ...DILM
DILMP...
2 2 0.03 24 ETS4-VS3
DILL...
DILK...
Notes: Contactor coils with rated operational current > 2 A must be actuated via the DILER-G mini contactor relay.
Rated operational current DC: Making and breaking conditions DC-13, time L/R 300ms

Replacement coils for DILM contactors

DC voltage AC voltage DC voltage AC voltage
For use with For use with
Item no. Item no. Item no. Item no.
DILM17 DILM250 DILM250-XSP/E DILM250-XSP/E
DILM25 DILM32-XSP DILM32-XSP DILM300A (RA250) (RA250)
(RDC24) *
DILM32 (240V50HZ) DILM400 DILM500-XSP/E DILM500-XSP/E
ETS4-VS3
DILM38 DILM500 (RA250) (RA250)
DILM40 DILM580
DILM50 DILM65-XSP DILM65-XSP DILM650
DILM65 (RDC24) * (240V50HZ) DILM1000-XSP/E DILM1000-XSP/E
DILM750 (RA250) (RA250)
DILM72 DILM820
DILM80 DILM95-XSP DILM95-XSP DILM1000
DILM95 (RDC24) * (240V50HZ) DILH1400-XSP/E
DILH1400 -
(RAW250)
DILM115
DILM150-XSP DILM150-XSP
DILM150 DILM250-S DILM250-S-XSP/E
(RDC24) * (RAC240) -
DILM170 DILM300A-S (220-240V50/60HZ)
DILM185A DILM225A-XSP DILM225A-XSP
DILM225A (RDC24) * (RAC240) DILM400-S DILM500-S-XSP/E
-
DILM32-XSP(RDC24) DILM500-S (220-240V50/60HZ)
* (Includes electronic module)

Contactor monitoring device

CMD
Application Safety
The function of the CMD is to monitor the main The CMD has a safety-compliant design so that in
contacts of a contactor against welding. For this safety combinations with a circuit-breaker/motor
the control voltage of the contactor is compared protective circuit breaker/switch disconnector
with the state of the main contacts which is the reliable switch off in the case of a "welded
reliably monitored using a mirror contact contactor" can be guaranteed. In this application
(IEC EN60947-4-1 Annex F). If the coil is it replaces the series connection of a second
deenergized and the contactor does not drop out contactor. As a component it conforms to safety
the CMD trips the upstream circuit-breaker/motor category 3 according to EN 954-1 and
protective circuit breaker/switch-disconnector via a EN ISO 13849.
shunt release.

Description Item no.

CMD(24VDC)
Contactor monitoring device, 24VDC CMD(24VDC)
Contactor monitoring device, 240VAC CMD(220-240VAC)

224 Power Distribution product guide eatoncorp.com.au 2018

 Motor Control
Overload relays

Thermal Electronic Advanced motor

Description
overload relays overload relays protection relays
Type ZB ZEB C445

Relay type Thermal Bi-Metallic Electronic Electronic

Direct connect to
Yes, (DILM) Yes, (DILM) —
contactor
Separate mount Yes, Adapter Yes Yes

FLC Range 0.1 - 630A 0.1 - 1500A 0.3 - 800A (with CTs)

FLC max.:min. ratio Approx. 1.5:1 5:1 —

Motor overload protection Yes Yes Yes

Underload protection — — Yes

Supply protection — — Yes

Enhanced phase
— Yes Yes
loss protection
Enhanced phase
— Yes Yes
imbalance protection
Selectable
Trip class 10A 5 – 40
10 / 20 / 30
Selectable manual Selectable manual Selectable manual / automatic
Reset type
/ automatic / automatic / programmable / remote
Communications Yes (Modbus, ETHERNET/IP,
— Yes
with I/O PROFIBUS)
Remote display — — Yes

Ground fault — Yes Yes

Yes
Alarm no trip — —
(voltage & ground faults)

Jam — Yes Yes

Programmable reset timers — — Yes

Progammable reset attempts — — Yes

Current monitoring — Yes Yes

Voltage monitoring — — Yes

Power monitoring — — Yes

Thermal capacity monitoring — Yes Yes

Motor run hours monitoring — — Yes

Power Distribution product guide eatoncorp.com.au 2018 225

Motor Control
Overload relays
ZB bi-metallic overload relays
• Direct mount to DILM contactors or
separate mount • Test/off pushbutton
• Class 10A, up to 630A motors • Reset pushbutton mannual/auto
• Ambient - compensated bi-metallic • Tripfree release

Setting range Aux contact For use with

Item no.
overload release, Ir configuration contactor Ampere range
Frame B — Direct mount to contactor (DILM7-15)
0.1 – 0.16 1NO-1NC 7 – 15A ZB12-0,16
0.16 – 0.24 1NO-1NC 7 – 15A ZB12-0,24
0.24 – 0.4 1NO-1NC 7 – 15A ZB12-0,4
0.4 – 0.6 1NO-1NC 7 – 15A ZB12-0,6
0.6 – 1 1NO-1NC 7 – 15A ZB12-1
1 – 1.6 1NO-1NC 7 – 15A ZB12-1,6
1.6 – 2.4 1NO-1NC 7 – 15A ZB12-2,4
2.4 – 4 1NO-1NC 7 – 15A ZB12-4
ZB12-2,4
4–6 1NO-1NC 7 – 15A ZB12-6
6 – 10 1NO-1NC 7 – 15A ZB12-10
9 – 12 1NO-1NC 9 – 15A ZB12-12
12 – 16 1NO-1NC 12 – 15A ZB12-16
Frame C — Direct mount to contactor (DILM17-38)
0.1 – 0.16 1NO-1NC 17 – 38A ZB32-0,16
0.16 – 0.24 1NO-1NC 17 – 38A ZB32-0,24
0.24 – 0.4 1NO-1NC 17 – 38A ZB32-0,4
ZB32-16 0.4 – 0.6 1NO-1NC 17 – 38A ZB32-0,6
0.6 – 1 1NO-1NC 17 – 38A ZB32-1
1 – 1.6 1NO-1NC 17 – 38A ZB32-1,6
1.6 – 2.4 1NO-1NC 17 – 38A ZB32-2,4
2.4 – 4 1NO-1NC 17 – 38A ZB32-4
4–6 1NO-1NC 17 – 38A ZB32-6
6 – 10 1NO-1NC 17 – 38A ZB32-10
10 – 16 1NO-1NC 17 – 38A ZB32-16
16 – 24 1NO-1NC 17 – 38A ZB32-24
24 – 32 1NO-1NC 17 – 38A ZB32-32
ZB65-57
32 - 38 1NO-1NC 17 – 38A ZB32-38
Frame D — Direct mount to contactor (DILM40-72)
6 – 10 1NO-1NC 40 – 72A ZB65-10
10 – 16 1NO-1NC 40 – 72A ZB65-16
16 – 24 1NO-1NC 40 – 72A ZB65-24
24 – 40 1NO-1NC 40 – 72A ZB65-40
40 – 57 1NO-1NC 40 - 72 A ZB65-57
50 – 65 1NO-1NC 40 – 72A ZB65-65
65 – 75 1NO-1NC 40 - 72 A ZB65-75
Frame F – G — Direct mount to contactor (DILM80-170)
35 – 50 1NO-1NC 80 – 170A ZB150-50
ZB150-100
50 – 70 1NO-1NC 80 – 170A ZB150-70
70 – 100 1NO-1NC 80 – 170A ZB150-100
95 – 125 1NO-1NC 80 – 170A ZB150-125
120 – 150 1NO-1NC 80 – 170A ZB150-150
145 – 175 1NO-1NC 80 – 170A ZB150-175
Frame F – G — Separate mount to contactor (DILM80-170)
35 – 50 1NO-1NC 80 – 170A ZB150-50/KK
50 – 70 1NO-1NC 80 – 170A ZB150-70/KK
70 – 100 1NO-1NC 80 – 170A ZB150-100/KK
95 – 125 1NO-1NC 80 – 170A ZB150-125/KK
120 – 150 1NO-1NC 80 – 170A ZB150-150/KK
ZB150-70/KK
145 – 175 1NO-1NC 80 – 170A ZB150-175/KK

226 Power Distribution product guide eatoncorp.com.au 2018

 Motor Control
Overload relays
ZB bi-metallic Overload Relays

Setting range Aux contact For use with

Item no.
Overload release, Ir configuration contactor Ampere range
Frame L — Direct mount or separate mount (DILM185A-300A)
50 – 70 1NO-1NC 185 - 225A Z5-70/FF225A
70 – 100 1NO-1NC 185 - 225A Z5-100/FF225A
95 – 125 1NO-1NC 185 - 225A Z5-125/FF225A
120 – 160 1NO-1NC 185 - 225A Z5-160/FF225A
160 – 220 1NO-1NC 185 - 225A Z5-220/FF225A
200 – 250 1NO-1NC 185 - 225A Z5-250/FF225A
50 – 70 1NO-1NC 250A Z5-70/FF250
70 – 100 1NO-1NC 250A Z5-100/FF250 Z5-160/FF225A
95 – 125 1NO-1NC 250A Z5-125/FF250
120 – 160 1NO-1NC 250A Z5-160/FF250
160 – 220 1NO-1NC 250A Z5-220/FF250
200 – 250 1NO-1NC 250A Z5-250/FF250
250 - 300 1NO-1NC 300A Z5-300/FF250

Note: Short circuit protection: Observe the maximum permissible fuse of the contactor with direct device mounting.
Trip Class: 10A. Suitable for protection of EEx e-motors.

Current transformer operated overload relay

Setting range Contact Aux contact For use with contactor
Item no.
Overload release, Ir Sequence configuration Ampere range
Frame L – N — Separate Mount
42 - 63 1NO-1NC 185 - 650A ZW7-63
60 - 90 1NO-1NC 185 - 650A ZW7-90
85 - 125 1NO-1NC 185 - 650A ZW7-125
110 - 160 1NO-1NC 185 - 650A ZW7-160
160 – 240 1NO-1NC 185 - 650A ZW7-240
190 – 290 1NO-1NC 185 - 650A ZW7-290
270 – 400 1NO-1NC 185 - 650A ZW7-400
360 – 540 1NO-1NC 185 - 650A ZW7-540
420 – 630 1NO-1NC 185 - 650A ZW7-630
ZB32-XEZ

DIN-Rail or panel-mount adapter, frame C – D

Accessories External reset button, IP65
For use with... Item no. For use with... Item no.
ZB32 ZB32-XEZ ZW7...
ZE, Z5
ZB65 ZB65-XEZ M22-DZ-B-GB14
ZB12, ZB32
Can be snap fitted on a top hat rail (DIN-Rail) or can be ZB65, ZB150
M22-DZ-B-GB14
screw fitted.

ZEB12 electronic overload relay

• Phase-failure sensitivity • Manual/Auto reset selectable
• Test/off pushbutton • Protection with heavy starting duty (Class
5-30)
• Reset button

ZEB12 direct mounting

Ground fault Setting range of Auxiliary For use
Item no.
detection overload releases Ir A contact with...
Without 0.33 - 1.65 1NO - 1NC ZEB12-1,65
Without 1-5 1NO - 1NC ZEB12-5
DILM7
Without 4 - 20 1NO - 1NC DILM9 ZEB12-20
With 0.33 - 1.65 1NO - 1NC DILM12 ZEB12-1,65-GF
DILM15
With 1-5 1NO - 1NC ZEB12-5-GF
With 4 - 20 1NO - 1NC ZEB12-20-GF ZEB12-1,65

Power Distribution product guide eatoncorp.com.au 2018 227

Motor Control
Overload relays
ZEB32 electronic overload relay
• Phase-failure sensitivity • Manual/Auto reset selectable
• Test/off pushbutton • Protection with heavy starting duty (Class
5-30)
• Reset button

ZEB32 direct mounting

Ground fault Setting range of Auxiliary For use
Item no.
detection overload releases Ir A contact with...
Without 0.33 - 1.65 1NO - 1NC ZEB32-1,65
Without 1-5 1NO - 1NC ZEB32-5
ZEB32-1,65
Without 4 - 20 1NO - 1NC ZEB32-20
DILM17
Without 9 - 45 1NO - 1NC DILM25 ZEB32-45
With 0.33 - 1.65 1NO - 1NC DILM32 ZEB32-1,65-GF
DILM38
With 1-5 1NO - 1NC ZEB32-5-GF
With 4 - 20 1NO - 1NC ZEB32-20-GF
With 9 - 45 1NO - 1NC ZEB32-45-GF

ZEB32 separate mounting

Ground fault Setting range of Auxiliary For use
Item no.
detection overload releases Ir A contact with...
Without 0.33 - 1.65 1NO - 1NC ZEB32-1,65/KK
Without 1-5 1NO - 1NC ZEB32-5/KK
Without 4 - 20 1NO - 1NC ZEB32-20/KK
DILM17
Without 9 - 45 1NO - 1NC DILM25 ZEB32-45/KK
With 0.33 - 1.65 1NO - 1NC DILM32 ZEB32-1,65-GF/KK
DILM38
With 1-5 1NO - 1NC ZEB32-5-GF/KK
With 4 - 20 1NO - 1NC ZEB32-20-GF/KK
With 9 - 45 1NO - 1NC ZEB32-45-GF/KK

ZEB65 & ZEB150 electronic overload relay

• Phase-failure sensitivity • Manual/Auto reset selectable
• Test/off pushbutton • Protection with heavy starting duty (Class
5-30)
• Reset button
ZEB65 direct mounting
Ground fault Setting range of Auxiliary For use
Item no.
detection overload releases Ir A contact with...
Without 9 - 45 1NO - 1NC ZEB65-45
DILM40
With 9 - 45 1NO - 1NC DILM50 ZEB65-45-GF
ZEB65-45 Without 20 - 100 1NO - 1NC DILM65 ZEB65-100
DILM72
With 20 - 100 1NO - 1NC ZEB65-100-GF

ZEB150 direct mounting

Ground fault Setting range of Auxiliary For use
Item no.
detection overload releases Ir A contact with...

Without 20 - 100 1NO - 1NC DILM80 ZEB150-100

DILM95
DILM115
With 20 - 100 1NO - 1NC DILM150 ZEB150-100-GF

ZEB150 separate mounting

Ground fault Setting range of overload Auxiliary For use
Item no.
detection releases Ir A contact with...

Without 20 - 100 1NO - 1NC DILM80 ZEB150-100/KK

DILM95
DILM115
With 20 - 100 1NO - 1NC DILM150 ZEB150-100-GF/KK

228 Power Distribution product guide eatoncorp.com.au 2018

 Motor Control
Overload relays
ZEB accessories
Current sensors
Setting range of overload releases
For use with... Item no.
Ir A
60 - 300 ZEB-XCT300
120 - 600 ZEB32-5-GF/KK ZEB-XCT600
200 - 1000 ZEB32-5/KK ZEB-XCT1000
300 - 1500 ZEB-XCT1500

Remote reset

Description Item no.

Remote reset module 24Vdc* C440-XCOM
Remote reset module 120Vac* ZEB-XRR-120
Remote reset module 24Vac* ZEB-XRR-24

* Customer can wire remote mounted button to reset module (that is, 22mm pushbutton (M22-D-B-GB14-K10)

Thermistor overload relays for machine protection

• 3 A rated operational current for
AC-15, 240 V

Rated control voltage

Description Item no.
Us, V
Without automatic reset 24 – 240 V 50/60 Hz,
EMT6 
Mains & fault LED display 24 – 240 V DC
Without automatic reset
EMT6
Mains & fault LED display EMT62
With 2 sensor circuits
Without automatic reset Mains & fault LED display 24 – 240 V 50/60 Hz,
EMT6-K
Trip with short-circuit in the sensor cable 24 – 240 V DC
Without automatic reset
230 V 50/60 Hz EMT6(230V) 
Mains & fault LED display
Selector switch with/without automatic reset
For manual or remote resetting 24 – 240 V 50/60 Hz,
EMT6-DB 
Test button 24 – 240 V DC
Mains & fault LED display
Selector switch with/without automatic reset EMT6-DB
For manual or remote resetting
Test button EMT62-DB
Mains & fault LED display
With 2 sensor circuits
Selector switch with/without automatic reset
For manual or remote resetting
24 – 240 V 50/60 Hz,
Test button EMT6-KDB
24 – 240 V DC
Mains & fault LED display
Trip with short-circuit in the sensor cable
Selector switch with/without automatic reset
For manual or remote resetting Test button 230 V 50/60 Hz EMT6-DB(230V)

Mains & fault LED display EMT6-DBK
Multifunction device
Selector switch with/without automatic reset
Trip with short-circuit in the sensor cable
Zero-voltage safe
24 – 240 V 50/60 Hz,
For manual or remote resetting EMT6-DBK
24 – 240 V DC
Test button
Short-circuit detection and retention can
be deactivated
Mains & fault LED display
Accessories - screw adapter
CS-TE
For screw fixing – CS-TE
 Provide additional short-circuit protection in the sensor circuit with a current monitoring relay.

Power Distribution product guide eatoncorp.com.au 2018 229

 Motor Control

Simple and intuit Overload relays

C445 Global motor management relay

Simple and intuitive

user interface
The Power Xpert® C445 motor management relay is Eaton’s newest addition to the C400 series
of advanced motor protection. With industry-leading diagnostic capabilities, energy usage analytics,
and an unrivaled compact footprint, the C445 can be seamlessly integrated into a variety of

Simple and intuitive

systems and applications. Power options - 120/240 Vac or 24 Vdc

user interface C445 motor management relay has a fully programmable trip and Power
alarm XpertE
thresholdsC445
delays. The Modular pass-through design with scalable options for current, voltage, power,
remote mount
with time

energy protections and monitoring. With the voltage loss restart functionality, the C445 allows
user

user interfaceEasy and safe monitoring,

for automatic recovery in thePower
control and parameter setting
event ofXpertE C445
undervoltage remotewithout
conditions mount theuser interface
need for user
intervention, and the advanced diagnostics allows for quick and accurate identification of the root
cause of a fault in line, load and motor conditions. The pre-programmed operation mode allows
(C445UM)

EasyXpertE
Power and safe
C445monitoring,
fast, easy, error-free installationDoor-mounted
remote mount
completeuser interface
device
for the majoritydisplay
(C445UM)
diagnostics and parameter
enables safe and
of applications.
Autom
control
Product and
range parametersetting setting On-board
without I/O the MCC door.
opening On-board communication options notific
• 0.3–800 A Contextual •
LCD buttons
4 digital provide intuitive
inputs • EtherNet/IP • View 1

Easy and safe monitoring,

Door-mounted display enables safenavigation
• 415V/690
complete device Vac, 3.3k Vacand
diagnostics
and
withparameter
voltage
through monitoring menus.
• 120 Vac or 24 Vdc • Modbus TCP, Modbus RTU
Optionally use control buttons for compact Automatic fault
• View t

control and parametersetting

settingtransformers
without opening the MCC door. • without
local control 3 relay outputs • PROFIBUS DP
the need for hardwiring.notification
• USB
• 20–80
Contextual Hz buttons
LCD operationprovide intuitive • 2N/O, 1C/O • View 10 fault que
Door-mounted display enables safenavigation
and through • View trip snapshot
• Selectable tripmonitoring menus.
class (5–40)
complete device diagnostics and parameter
Optionally use control buttons for compact Automatic fault
LED AND BUTTON CONTENTS
setting without opening the MCC door.
local control without the need for hardwiring.notification
Contextual LCD buttons provide intuitive • View 10 fault que
RUN A • View trip RUNNING
snapshot LED B
navigation through monitoring menus. Contextual
Control user interface - C445UM ON: Running Setup Wizard
Optionally use control buttons for compact
LED AND BUTTON CONTENTS buttons select
Flashing: Starting
Easy and safe monitoring, controlFwd/Rev
local control without the need for hardwiring. and Sp1/Sp2
parameter setting • Set basic paramete
to get running
RUNDoor-mounted
A display enables
RUNNING LED B
safe and complete device diagnostics and parameter setting without
Contextual STOPPED LED B
opening the MCC
buttons select
door. Contextual
ON: Running LCD
STOP A buttons provide intuitive navigation
ON: Stopped Setup Wizardthrough monitoring
LED AND BUTTON CONTENTS
menus.
Fwd/Rev Sp1/Sp2Optionally
Flashing: use control buttons for compact
Starting local
Flashing: control without
Inhibited theparameters
• Set basic need for hardwiring.
to get running
RUN A RUNNING LED AUTO A STOPPED LED AUTO LED
Contextual
RUNNING LED B STOPPED LED B AUTO LED B
STOP A • ON:
ON: Running Gives control to • ON:
ON: Stopped • ON: Controlled by RESET FAULT
buttons select ON: Running Stopped remote control Controlled by
Flashing: Starting Flashing: Inhibited
Fwd/Rev Sp1/Sp2
• Flashing: Starting source • remote source
Flashing: Inhibited remote source
USB
Notes
AUTO A
STOPPED LED B AUTO LED B A Control buttons: Control buttons enabled if user interface MODE/BACK
STOP A Gives control to is local control source. If fieldwire is local source, control
RESET FAULT
ON: Stopped remote control ON: Controlled by buttons are disabled. • Toggles through top
Flashing: Inhibited source remote source B Control status LEDs: LEDs always function regardless of
local control source type. • Goes back within m
Measurement module Current Current (I) USB (V)
Voltage • Press and hold to g
Notes CONTEXTUAL BUTTONS
AUTO A
AUTO LED
Frame size PTC sensing
MODE/BACK Item no. to main monitoring
Gives control to
B A Control buttons: Control buttons enabled if user interface
range (A)
is local control source. If fieldwire is local source, control sensing sensing Function based on LCD layers
from multiple headi
remote control ON: Controlled by buttons are disabled. • Toggles through top menus
source remote source B Control status LEDs: LEDs always function regardless of
local control source type.
Yes menus
Monitoring . .• Goes back within menusC445MA-2P4I
45 mm Press <MODE/BACK> to toggle through.
Use ▲Yes . Yes C445MA-2P4P
• Press and
CONTEXTUAL hold to go back
BUTTONS Program (PRG) menus gr
Notes to scroll through menu data.
A Control buttons: Control buttons enabled if user interface 0.3-2.4 I (Current)
to main monitoring menu
Function based on LCD layers
heading Control
is local control source. If fieldwire is local source, control
buttons are disabled.
Yes
Avg Current (Iavg)
Yes
from multiple
Current Unbalance (IUnb)
I Phase A (IA)
. C445MA-2P4V
deep
See active control source
Monitoring menus
B Control status LEDs: LEDs always function regardless of
Yes Iavg % of FLA (I%FLA)
Ground Fault Current (IGF)
Yes I Phase B (IB)
YesI Phase C (IC) C445MA-2P4A View digital input status
local control source type.
Press <MODE/BACK> to toggle through. View relay output status
CONTEXTUAL
V (Voltage) BUTTONS Program (PRG) menus groups
Use ▲ to scroll through menu data.
Avgbased
Yes
Voltageon(Vavg)
.Voltage L1-L2 (L1-L2) . C445MA-005IMonitor
I (Current) Function LCD heading Control Operation Mode Monitor voltage,
Systemcurrent,
Viewpower,
Voltage Unbalance (VUnb)
Avg Current (Iavg) Current Unbalance (IUnb) Yes
I Phase A (IA)
Phase Order (Ph Ord)
.Voltage L2-L3 (L2-L3)
Voltage L3-L1 (L3-L1)
See activeYescontrol source C445MA-005P
Select system data View product details
operation mode, local/
Monitoring menus Iavg % of FLA (I%FLA) Ground1-5 Fault Current (IGF) I Phase B (IB) View digital input status remote control sources (all monitoring values,
(serial not just
number, firmwa
favorites) version, etc.)
Press <MODE/BACK> to toggle through. Yes
P (Power)I Phase C (IC) Yes View relay. output status A C445MA-005V
Set comm loss/idle behavior
V (Voltage) Program Watts Total (P
(PRG) Watts) groups VA Total (P VA)
menus Real Energy (P kWh)Select output functions Clear resettable User monitor values
Interface Setti
Use ▲ to scroll through menu data.
Power Yes Monitor
I (Current)
Avg Voltage (Vavg) Voltage L1-L2 (L1-L2) Factor (PF)
Control T (Thermal) Operation Yes
VARs Total (P VARS)
Mode Yes
Monitor voltage,
System current,
Viewpower, C445MA-005A
Faults and Events Motor Configuration
Set screen idle behav
Voltage Unbalance (VUnb) Voltage L2-L3 (L2-L3) system data View active fault/warning/ Set/view motor nameplate data
Contrast/brightness
Avg Current (Iavg) Current Unbalance (IUnb) I Phase A (IA) See active controlCapacity
source (TC) Select operation mode,(T local/
to Rst) . View product details
The pass-through
Iavg % of FLA (I%FLA) design
Groundmeasurement
Fault Current (IGF)
Phase Order (Ph Ord)
I Phase B (IB)
Voltage L3-L1 (L3-L1) Thermal
View digital inputYes status remote.control sources (all monitoring
Time to Reset PTC State
values,
(serial
(PTC)
not just
number, C445MA-032I(also in QuickSetStart)
firmwareinhibit control button del
P (Power) O (Other) favorites) version, etc.) View or clear fault Wiring
queue and Config
Change LED colors
module samples the current, voltage, I Phase C (IC) View relay output status Set comm loss/idle behavior
V (Voltage) Watts Total (P Watts) VA Total (P VA) Run Yes
Time (Run Time) .Frequency
Real Energy (P kWh)Select output functions
A A
(Freq) Clear Yes
resettable Operating
monitor Time
values
User Interface Settings
A
(Op C445MA-032P
Time)
trip snapshot Set single-phase/3-phase
Security
power and
Avg Voltage energy dataVoltage
(Vavg) consumed
L1-L2 (L1-L2) byPower Factor (PF) VARs4-32 Monitor# Motor Starts (#Starts)
Total (P VARS) RTC Time (RTC Time) Motor ConfigurationContactor
screen idleOps Last HrProtections
(Ctr Ops) Set CT ratiosSet passwords
Voltage Unbalance (VUnb) Voltage L2-L3 (L2-L3) T (Thermal)
Monitor Max
voltage,Yescurrent,
Starting power,
I (MaxStart) FaultsYes and
IP Events(IP Addr)
Address . Set
Set/view motor Speed RPMdata
nameplate
Contrast/brightness
behavior
C445MA-032V
(Speed) Enable/disable Set PT ratio (local, admin, USB)
trips/warnings
the electric motor andVoltage continuously system data
Last Start
PTCTime (LastStart) View active fault/warning/
(also in QuickSetStart)
Phase Order (Ph Ord) L3-L1 (L3-L1) Thermal Capacity (TC) Time to Reset (T to (allRst)
monitoring values, State (PTC)
not just inhibit control button delaysCustomize protection Services
passes
P (Power) it electronically to the base O (Other)
Yes
favorites)A Resettable parameter—users canView Yes
reset toorzero in PRG
clear queueWiring
menu.
fault and Config
Yes
Change LED colors
C445MA-032A
thresholds and delays Factory Reset
Run Time (Run Time) Frequency (Freq) Clear resettableOperating
monitor Time (Optrip
values Time)
snapshot Set single-phase/3-phase Real Time Clock Soft Reset
control
Watts Totalmodule
(P Watts) via a cable
VA Total connection.
(P VA) Real Energy (P kWh)
Yes . . C445MA-045I
A A
Security
A

Power Factor (PF) VARs Total (P VARS) # Motor Starts (#Starts) RTC Time (RTC Time)
Motor ConfigurationContactor Ops Last Hr (Ctr Ops)
Protections Set CT ratios
Set passwords Set time and time zone Re-pair modules
For applications with limited mountingMax Starting I (MaxStart)
T (Thermal) IP Address (IP Addr)Set/view motorYes Speed RPMdata
nameplate (Speed) Enable/disable trips/warnings
. Set PT ratio (local, admin, USB)
Yes Communications
C445MA-045P Launch Quick Start W
space, users(TC)can mount
Thermal Capacity Timethe (T to Rst) Last Start
base
to Reset PTCTime
State(LastStart)
(PTC) 6-45 (also in Quick Start) Customize protection Services Configure Ethernet and Modbus
Wiring ConfigYes settings (addresses, baud rate,
O (Other)
control
A Resettable parameter—users can reset to zero in PRG menu. thresholdsYes and delays . Factory Reset C445MA-045V
Run Time Amodule
(Run Time) directly onto (Freq)
the 45 Set single-phase/3-phase Real Time Clock advanced, etc.)
Frequency Operating Time A (Op Time) Soft Reset
mm measurement
# Motor Starts (#Starts) module, achieving
RTC Time (RTC Time) a Contactor Ops Last Hr (Ctr Ops) Set CT ratios Yes Set time Yes and time zone Yes
Re-pair modules C445MA-045A
Max Starting I (MaxStart) IP Address (IP Addr) Speed RPM (Speed) Set EATON
PT ratio Communications Launch Quick Start Wizard
best-in-class compact footprint.
Power Xpert C445 Motor Management Relay user interface infographic

Last Start Time (LastStart) Yes Configure . Ethernet and Modbus . C445MB-072I
settings (addresses, baud rate,
A Resettable parameter—users can reset to zero in PRG menu.
• 45, 55 and 90 mm frames provide 55 mm Yes advanced, . etc.) Yes C445MB-072P
direct pass-through capability from 9-72
Yes Yes . C445MB-072V
0.3 to 136 A
EATON Power Xpert C445 Motor Management Relay user interface infographic EATON Power Xpert C445 Motor Management Relay

Yes Yes Yes C445MB-072A

• External current transformer (CT)
kits available for applications up Yes . . C445MC-090I
to 800 A
EATON Power Xpert C445 Motor Management Relay user interface infographic
90 mm Yes . Yes C445MC-090P
EATON Power Xpert C445 Motor Management Relay user interface infographic

11-90
• Standard current-based monitoring Yes Yes . C445MC-090V
and protection with options for Yes Yes Yes C445MC-090A
voltage and PTC inputs
Yes . . C445MC-136I
Yes . Yes C445MC-136P
17-136
Yes Yes . C445MC-136V
Yes Yes Yes C445MC-136A

230 Power Distribution product guide eatoncorp.com.au 2018

 Motor Control
Overload relays
C445 Global motor management relay
Base control module
The core of the C445 system, the base control module contains all of the protection, monitoring
and control algorithms in addition to native I/O points. An interchangeable communication card slot
allows for various communications with a single base unit.
• 120/240 Vac or 24 Vdc power source options • USB, Modbus RTU, Modbus TCP, EtherNet/
• Four 120 Vac or 24 Vdc inputs, 2N/O and IP, PROFIBUS DP
1C/O relay outputs • Multiple pre-configured operation modes
• Optional communications

On-board
Power source Voltage range Digital inputs Relay outputs Item no.
communications
120/240 Vac 0–690 Vac (4) 120 Vac — C445BA-SANN
(2) Form A, (1) Form C (non-latching)
Modbus Serial C445BA-SANM
— C445BA-SALN
(2) Form A, (1) Form C (latching)
Modbus Serial C445BA-SALM
(4) 24 Vdc — C445BA-SDNN
(2) Form A, (1) Form C (non-latching)
Modbus Serial C445BA-SDNM
— C445BA-SDLN
(2) Form A, (1) Form C (latching)
Modbus Serial C445BA-SDLM
24 Vdc 0–690 Vac (4) 120 Vac — C445BD-SANN
(2) Form A, (1) Form C (non-latching)
Modbus Serial C445BD-SANM
— C445BD-SALN
(2) Form A, (1) Form C (latching)
Modbus Serial C445BD-SALM
(4) 24 Vdc — C445BD-SDNN
(2) Form A, (1) Form C (non-latching)
Modbus Serial C445BD-SDNM
— C445BD-SDLN
(2) Form A, (1) Form C (latching)
Modbus Serial C445BD-SDLM

External Current Transformers

Use CTs and 1–5 A C445MA-005_ measurement module. CT kit does not include measurement module (order separately)
CT Range (A) Description Terminal Size Item no.
17–300 300:5 single-phase CT, 1.25 inch dia hole, UL and CSA ANSI/ IEEE C57.13, (2) 8–32 brass terminals, comes XCT300-5
50–400 Hz, 600 Vac, 10 kV, relay class C50, accuracy 0.3% B0.1 with mounting bracket kit
75–600 600:5 single-phase CT, 2.00 inch dia hole, UL and CSA ANSI/ IEEE C57.13, (2) 8–32 brass terminals, comes XCT600-5
50–400 Hz, 600 Vac, 10 kV, relay class C50, accuracy 0.3% B0.1 with mounting bracket kit
100–800 800:5 single-phase CT, 2.50 inch dia hole, UL and CSA ANSI/ IEEE C57.13, (2) 8–32 brass terminals, comes XCT800-5
50–400 Hz, 600 Vac, 10 kV, relay class C50, accuracy 0.3% B0.1 with mounting bracket kit

Connection Cables and Accessories

D77E connection cables are required to connect the base control module to the measurement module and to the user interface. Order the
appropriate lengths for each connection. User interface wiring harnesses are required to utilize the digital inputs on the user interface. Order one
wiring harness per user interface to connect to these inputs. C445XS-USBMICRO and C445XS-USBLEADS are used to connect the Power Xpert
inControl tool (see next page for details). C445XS-USBRJ12 is used for firmware upgrades.
Description Item no.
Connection cable (base control module to measurement module or user interface), 13 cm length, 600 V rating D77E-QPIP13
Connection cable (base control module to measurement module or user interface), 13 cm length, 1000 V rating D77E-QPIP13-HV
Connection cable (base control module to measurement module or user interface), 25 cm length, 600 V rating D77E-QPIP25
Connection cable (base control module to measurement module or user interface), 25 cm length, 1000 V rating D77E-QPIP25-HV
Connection cable (base control module to measurement module or user interface), 100 cm length, 600 V rating D77E-QPIP100
Connection cable (base control module to measurement module or user interface), 100 cm length, 1000 V rating D77E-QPIP100-HV
Connection cable (base control module to measurement module or user interface), 200 cm length, 600 V rating D77E-QPIP200
Connection cable (base control module to measurement module or user interface), 300 cm length, 600 V rating D77E-QPIP300
Connection cable (base control module to measurement module or user interface), 300 cm length, 1000 V rating D77E-QPIP300-HV
User interface digital inputs wiring harness, 50 cm, 16 AWG wires C445XU-050
User interface digital inputs wiring harness, 100 cm, 16 AWG wires C445XU-100
User interface digital inputs wiring harness, 200 cm, 16 AWG wires C445XU-200
User interface digital inputs wiring harness, 300 cm, 16 AWG wires C445XU-300
Spare parts kit—terminal connectors, mounting feet C445XS-TERM
Standard USB A male to micro USB male cable C445XS-USBMICRO
Standard USB A male to loose leads cable (for use with Modbus Serial terminals) C445XS-USBLEADS
Standard USB A male to RJ-12 cable (for firmware upgrades) C445XS-USBRJ12

Power Distribution product guide eatoncorp.com.au 2018 231

5/134
5/134Contactors
5/134 Contactors
Contactors
Minicontactor
Minicontactor
Minicontactorrelay,
Minicontactor contactor
relay,
relay,
relay, contactor
combination
contactor
contactor combination
combination
combination
Motor Control
DILER...,
DILER...,
DILER...,DILE(E)M...,
DILER..., DILE(E)M...,
DILE(E)M..., DIULEM,
DILE(E)M..., DIULEM,
DIULEM, SDAINLEM
DIULEM, SDAINLEM
SDAINLEM
SDAINLEM
Dimensions
Dimensions
Minicontactor relay, contactor
contactor combination
combination

Dimensions
Dimensions
Minicontactor relay, contactorMinicontactor
combination relay,
Minicontactor relay, contactor
Minicontactor
combination
relay, contactor combination

Dimensions
Mini
Mini Mini
Mini contactor
contactor
Mini contactor
relays
contactor
contactor relays
relays
relaysrelays
DILER-...(-C)
DILER-...(-C) DILER-...(-C)
DILER-...(-C)
+ ...DILE(-C)
+
+ ...DILE(-C)
5/134
5/134 Contactors
DILER-...(-C)
DILER-...-G(-C)Contactors
DILER-...(-C)
DILER-...-G(-C)
DILER-...-G(-C)
DILER-...-G(-C)
5.5 5.5
DILER-...(-C)
DILER-...(-C)
DILER-...-G(-C)
+ ...DILE(-C)
DILER-...-G(-C)
...DILE(-C)
+ ...DILE(-C)
DILER-...-G(-C)
DILER-...-G(-C) +
+ ...DILE(-C)
+ ...DILE(-C)
...DILE(-C)
M4M4 M4
5.5 5.5 M4
Minicontactor
Minicontactor
relay,relay,
contactor
contactor
combination
combination
DILER...,
DILER...,
DILE(E)M...,
DILE(E)M...,DIULEM,
DIULEM,
SDAINLEM
SDAINLEM

58

50
58

58

50

50
58
58

58

58

58
Dimensions
Dimensions

50

50
58

58

Minicontactor relay, contactor

Minicontactor
combination
relay, contactor combination

83 83
(86)(86) 83 35 35 35
45 contactor
45 relays 45 45 (54)(54)52
52 52 (54)
52 (54)
45 45 45
45 83 (86)
(86) 35
Mini Mini
contactor relays
DILER-...(-C)
DILER-...(-C)
DILEEM-...,
DILEEM-...,DILEM-...(-C),
DILEEM-...,
DILEEM-..., DILEM-12-...
DILEM-...(-C),
DILEM-...(-C),
DILEM-...(-C), DILEM-12-...
DILEM-12-...
DILEM-12-... DILER-...(-C)
DILER-...(-C)
+ ...DILE(-C)
+ ...DILE(-C)
DILER-...-G(-C)
DILER-...-G(-C)
DILEEM-...-G,
DILEEM-...-G,DILEM-...-G(-C),
DILEEM-...-G,
DILEEM-...-G, DILEM-12-...-G
DILEM-...-G(-C),
DILEM-...-G(-C),
DILEM-...-G(-C), DILEM-12-...-G
DILEM-12-...-G
DILEM-12-...-G DILER-...-G(-C)
DILER-...-G(-C)
+ ...DILE(-C)
+ ...DILE(-C)
c c c 5.5 5.5 M4 M4
c M4
M4M4 M4
Part Part
Part no.
no.no.
Part no. c c ccc1c1 c1
c1
DILE(E)M-...(-G)
DILE(E)M-...(-G)
DILE(E)M-...(-G) 5252
DILE(E)M-...(-G) 52
528383 83
83

58

58

50

50
50
58

58
58

58

50

50
DILE(E)M-...-G(-C)
DILE(E)M-...-G(-C)
5454 548686 86
58

58

50

50
DILE(E)M-...-G(-C)
DILE(E)M-...-G(-C) 54 86

45 45 83 (86) 83 (86) 35 35
45 45 52 (54)52 (54)
35 35 35
35

DILEEM-...,
DILEEM-...,
DILEM-...(-C),
DILEM-...(-C),
DILEM-12-...
DILEM-12-...
DILEEM-...-G,
DILEEM-...-G,
DILEM-...-G(-C),
DILEM-...-G(-C),
DILEM-12-...-G
DILEM-12-...-G
c c
45 45 45 c1 c1 c1 M4 M4
45 c1
Part no.
Part no. c c c1 c1
DILE(E)M-...(-G)
DILE(E)M-...(-G)
Suppressor
Suppressor
circuit 52 52 83
circuit 83
Suppressor
Suppressor
Suppressor circuit
circuitcircuit
58

58

50

50

DILER-...
DILER-...
+ HDILE + DILE(E)M-...-G(-C)
DILE(E)M-...-G(-C)
54 54 86 86
DILER-...
DILER-... + HDILE
+ HDILEHDILE RCDILE...
RCDILE...
RCDILE...
RCDILE...
DILER-...-...G
DILER-...-...G
+ HDILE
DILER-...-...G
DILER-...-...G +
+ HDILE
+ HDILEHDILE 43 43 43
43 VGDILE VGDILE
VGDILE
VGDILE
35 35
58

62.5
45
58

58

62.5

62.5
45

45
58

58

62.5

62.5
45

45

45 45
45 c1 c1 65,3 45 45 45 52 52 52
45 45 45 65,3 45 52
65,3 65,3

Suppressor
Suppressor
circuit
circuit
2DILE-...
2DILE-...
+ MVDILE
2DILE-...
2DILE-...
+ +
MVDILE
+ MVDILE 2DILE-...
2DILE-...
+ MVDILE+ MVDILE
MVDILE
+ ...DILE+ ...DILE
...DILE
DILER-...
DILER-...
2DILE-...-G + MVDILE
+ MVDILE
HDILE
2DILE-...-G
+ HDILE
+ MVDILE
2DILE-...
2DILE-...
RCDILE... + MVDILE
RCDILE...
2DILE-...-G
+
2DILE-...-G
+ MVDILE
+ ...DILE
+ MVDILE
MVDILE
+
+ ...DILE+ ...DILE
2DILE-...-G
2DILE-...-G
+
DILER-...-...G MVDILE
++
DILER-...-...G MVDILE
+ HDILEHDILE 43 43 2DILE-...-G
VGDILE2DILE-...-G
VGDILE+ MVDILE
+ + ...DILE
+ ...DILE
58
58

58

58
58

58
58 58

58 58

62.558

62.558
45

45

90 90 90
90 63 63 63 94 94 94
63 90 90 90 94
90 52 52
45 45 65,3 65,3 45 45

Reversi n
Rgevceornstiancgto
Rever2DILE-...
Rsei nvg+
ercMVDILE crosntactors
soi ngt+accMVDILE
otonrtsactors Star-delta
Star-delta
contactors
Star-delta
Star-delta contactors
2DILE-...
DIULEM DIULEM 2DILE-...
SDAINLEM + contactors
2DILE-...
SDAINLEM + contactors
MVDILE
MVDILE
+ ...DILE
+ ...DILE
DIULEM
DIULEM
2DILE-...-G
2DILE-...-G + MVDILE + MVDILE SDAINLEM
SDAINLEM
2DILE-...-G
2DILE-...-G
+ MVDILE
+ MVDILE
+ ...DILE
+ ...DILE
61
10858 61

61
61
108 5861

61

61

61
61

61

Contactor with auxiliary contact module

Basic devices up to 170 A, contactor relay
10858

58
108

108

108
108

108
108

108

DILM7...DILM15
DILA...
90 90 63 63 94 94
36 90 90
90 90 90 94 94 94 180180 180 83 83 83
83
90 94 180
Contactor
Rsei nvgercwith auxiliary torcontact module
Basic devices up to 170 A, contactor relay
60

ReveContactor
rContactor soi ngtaccwith
otonrtsaauxilary
cauxiliary
s contact module Star-delta
Star-delta
contactors
contactors
DILER-... +with contact module
Basic devices up to 170 A, contactor relay

DILER-...
DILER-...
DIULEM + TDDILE24
DILM7...DILM15
DIULEM +
+ TDDILE24 TDDILE24 ParallelParallel
connector
SDAINLEM
SDAINLEM connector
DILER-...
DILER-...
+ TDDILE24
TDDILE24
DILM7...DILM15 Parallel
Parallel
connector
connector
DILA... P1DILEM
P1DILEM
P1DILEM
P1DILEM
18
45
68

DILA...
36 40 40 40
40
61

61
61

61

36
2 x M4
2 x M4
108

108

83.5 108

108
60
83.5
83.5

83.5
60

8.7 8.7 8.7 8.7 (5.1)

83.5

3.2
~125
~125

~125
75

~125

~125
75

75
75

75

10.2 45 6.5
18
45
68
18
45
68

94 94 75 83 83
90 90 35 180
65.5
180
65.5
35 65.5 65.5 c

DILER-...
DILER-...
+ TDDILE24
8.7
+ TDDILE24
8.7 8.7 8.7 (5.1)
Parallel
Parallel
connector
connector
3.2
8.7 45 8.7 8.7 8.7 (5.1) 4,7 3.2 67
P1DILEM
Part P1DILEM c
no.
45 45 4,74,7
10.2 45 45 6.54,7 67 67 67
10.2 45 6.5 DILM32-XHI 11740 40
75
75 DILA-XHI 117
c
c DILA-XHI...T 125
83.5

83.5
~125

~125
75

75

Part no. c DILMC7...DILMC15

232Part no.
DILM32-XHI
c
Power Distribution product guide
117 eatoncorp.com.au 2018 DILAC...
65.5 65.5
DILM32-XHI
DILA-XHI 117 117 DILA-XHIC...
DILA-XHI 117
DILA-XHI...T 125
 10.2 8.7 8.745
8.7 8.7 (5.1) 6.5
3.2
10.2 45 6.5 75

75 c

Part no. c
c
Motor Control
Part no.
DILM32-XHI c
117
Dimensions
DILA-XHI
DILM32-XHI 117
117
Contactors
DILA-XHI...T
DILA-XHI 125
117
DILA-XHI...T 125 5/136 Contactors
DILMC7...DILMC15 Basic devices up to 170
DILAC...
DILMC7...DILMC15
DILA-XHIC...
DILAC...
DILM..., DILMF..., DILM..
DILA-XHIC...
2 x M4
Contactors
Basic devices up to 170 A, suppressor circuit
26.426.4
52.352.3

60 60
2 x M4
68 68

DILM40...DILM72

1.8 3.2
35
35
5/136 Contactors

86.4
104
115
57
1.8
1.8 3.2
6.5
8.7 8.7 8.71.8
8.7 (5.1) 6.5 75
8.7 8.7 8.7 (5.1) Basic devices up to 170 A, suppressor circuit
10.2 8.7 45 75 125
10.2 45 DILM...,
125 DILMF..., DILM...XSP...
DILM17...DILM38 34.4 4.7
DILM17...DILM38
DILMC17...DILMC32 55 6.9
DILMC17...DILMC32
DILMF8...DILMF32 Contactors
Basic devices up to 170 A, suppressor circuit

77 1
DILMF8...DILMF32
DILM40...DILM72
2 x M4
2 x M4
60.460.4

2 x M4

7575
71 71
38 38

85 85

105
86.4
104
115
57

DILM80...DILM170

35
5/136 4.5
4.5
11
Contactors
4.8
4.5
4.5
6.5
35
Clearance at side to grounded
Basic devices Clearance at side to grounded 45
parts: 6 mm
devices up
up toto 170
170 A,
A, suppressor circuit
34.4 4.7
11 Basic
4.8 suppressor
97.4 circuit 6.5

76.5
17.7

170

156
parts: 6 mm

57
55 97.4 6.9
6.4
17.7
11.611.6 DILM..., DILMF..., DILM...XSP...
DILM..., DILMF..., DILM...XSP...
10.6 138 Clearance at side to
6.4 11.611.6 10.6 77 138 114 grounded parts: 6 mm
45
45 132.1
147
Contactors
Basic devices up to 170 A, suppressor circuit

Contactors
Basic devices up to 170 A, suppressor circuit

DILM40...DILM72
DILM40...DILM72 90 82.5
111 85.5
DILM80...DILM170
2
2 xx M4
M4
105
86.4

105
104
115
57
86.4

4 x M6
104
115
57

76.5
170

156

156
57

34.4 4.7 45
45 Suppressor circuits
34.4 4.7 Suppressor
DILM...XSP... circuit
55
55 6.9
6.9 Clearance
Clearance at
at side
side to
to
77 114 grounded parts:
77 114 grounded parts: 6
6 mm
mm
132.1
132.1
90 82.5
b1
b

147
111 147 85.5 70
142
160
DILM80...DILM170 Clearance at side to
DILM80...DILM170 175 grounded parts: 10 mm

4
4 xx M6
M6
a c
Suppressor circuits
76.5
170

156
76.5

156
170
57

156

156

DILM...XSP...
57

Part no. a b
DILM12-XSP... 25 28
b1
b

DILM32-XSP... 25 28
90 82.5 DILM95-XSP... 25 28
90 82.5
111
111 85.5
85.5
70
70
Part no. b1 c
142
142
160
DILM12-XSP... ≈32 9
160
175
Clearance at
Clearance at side
side to
to DILM32-XSP... ≈32 9
grounded parts:
parts: 10
10 mm
mm
a
175
c
grounded DILM95-XSP... ≈32 9

Suppressor
Suppressor circuits
circuits
DILM...XSP...
DILM...XSP... Power Distribution product guide eatoncorp.com.au 2018 233
Part
Part no.
no. aa b
b
DILM12-XSP...
DILM12-XSP... 25
25 28
28
1
Motor Control Contactors 5/137
Basic devices up to 200 A
Dimensions DILMP...
Contactor with auxilary contact module
Contactor with auxiliary contact module
Basic devices up to 200 A

DILMP20

2 x M4

60
18
45
68

36 3.2 35
45 6.5
75
117

DILMP32 DILMP45

2 x M4

75
60.4
71
38

85

35
58 4.5
6.5
Distance at side to
97.4 grounded parts: 6 mm
138

Contactors
Contactors
DILMP63 DILMP80

2 x M4
105
86.4
104
115
57

74 4.7 45
85 6.9 Distance at side to
grounded parts: 6 mm
114
132.1
147

DILMP125 DILMP160 DILMP200

4 x M6
170

156
57

156

122 82.5
133 85.5 70
142 Clearance at side to earthed
160 parts: 10 mm
175

Motor suppressor
Motor suppressormodule
module
DILM12-XMSM
38.3
68

75
101.2

Complete units for currents greater than 170 A

234 Power Distribution product guide eatoncorp.com.au 2018

5/138 Contactors Motor Control
Complete units for currents greater than 170 A
Dimensions
5/138 Contactors
...DILM
Complete unitsComplete units for currents greater than 170 A
Complete units
DILM185A...DILM500...DILM
DILM250-S...DILM570-S
Complete units a2 a DILM1000-XHI...-SI
DILM185A...DILM500 b DILM1000-XHI11-SA
a
DILM250-S...DILM570-S
o 11a2 a DILM1000-XHI...-SI
b DILM1000-XHI11-SA
a

o 11 M6
b
b2

b1
b3

a
b M6
b a
b2

b1
b3

a e
b
a a1
d1 f
e
d2 c 8
a1
d1 f
d2 c 8
Part no. a a1 a2 b b1 b2 b3 d1 d2 e c f
DILM185A 140 120 160 180 160 165 190 20 41 5 158 83
DILM225A 140 120 160 180 160 165 190 20 41 5 158 83
Part no. a a1 a2 b b1 b2 b3 d1 d2 e c f
DILM250 140 120 160 180 160 164 189 25 48 5 208 140
DILM185A 140 120 160 180 160 165 190 20 41 5 158 83
DILM300A 140 120 160 180 160 164 189 25 48 5 208 140
DILM225A 140 120 160 180 160 165 190 20 41 5 158 83
DILM400 160 130 180 200 180 184 209 25 48 6 216 140
DILM250 140 120 160 180 160 164 189 25 48 5 208 140
DILM500 160 130 180 200 180 189 219 38 57 6 216 140
DILM300A 140 120 160 180 160 164 189 25 48 5 208 140
DILM570 160 130 180 200 180 189 219 38 57 6 216 140
DILM400 160 130 180 200 180 184 209 25 48 6 216 140
DILM500 160 130 180 200 180 189 219 38 57 6 216 140
DILM570 160
DILM580...DILM1000 130 180 200 180 189 219 38 57 6 216 140

DILM580...DILM1000
f

M6

215
232

b3
b2

b M6
b
215
232

a
b3
b2

a
b
b
a 165
a

80 d1 e
165
250 140

80 270 d1 232
e

250 140
a DILM820-XHI...-SI 270 Part no. 232 b2 b3 d1 e f
b DILM820-XHI11-SA
DILM580 256 296 45 6 13.5
a DILM820-XHI...-SI DILM650 256 296 45 6 13.5
Part no. b2 b3 d1 e f
b DILM820-XHI11-SA DILM750 256 296 45 6 13.5
DILM580 256 296 45 6 13.5
DILM820 256 296 45 6 13.5
DILM650 256 296 45 6 13.5
DILM1000 256 296 45 10 13.5
DILM750 256 296 45 6 13.5
DILM820 256 296 45 6 13.5
DILM1000 256 296 45 10 13.5

Power Distribution product guide eatoncorp.com.au 2018 235

 Motor Control Contactors 5/139
Contactors greater than 1000 A
Dimensions DILH..., DILM...
AC-1 contactors
AC -1 contactors greater
greater thanA1000A
than 1000
Contactors greater than 1000 A

DILH1400

M6

215
210
256

308
342

232
35

165

60 o 14
35 130 10
100 100 232
260

DILM1600
DILH2000
DILH2200

M6

270
210
272
352
392

300

430
96

o 14 40 40 150 10
80 80 252
150 125
172.5 172.5
515

DILH2600

M6
136

270
300
(342)
210

422
160
206

430

o 14 40 40 150 10
80 80 252
150 125
172.5 172.5

236 Power Distribution product guide eatoncorp.com.au 2018

2010 CA08103002Z-EN www.eaton.com
 4.5 4.8 4.5
2 x M4

5/140 Contactors
17.7 6.5

(6.4) 11.6 11.6 10.6 Motor Control 97.4

Capacitor contactors, lamp contactors, contactor monitoring devices,
45 SWD contactor modules 138

75
60.4
DILK..., DILL..., CMD, DIL-SWD

38

85
Dimensions
Contactor
Contactorfor
for capacitors
capacitors Contactor monitoring devices
Capacitor contactors, lamp contactors, contactor monitoring devices, SWD contactor modules

DILK… CMD(...)
103
Part no. a
22.5 b c a198 b1 d

b1
DILK12 45 135 138 35 75 2 x M4
35
DILK20 45 135 138 35 75 2 x M4
b

4.5 4.8 4.5

d DILK25 45 135 138 35 75 2 x M4

82.5

78
17.7 6.5
a1 Clearance at side to grounded parts: 6 mm
(6.4) 11.6 11.6 10.6 DILK33
97.4 55 190 147 45 105 2 x M4
45 DILK50138 55 190 147 45 105 2 x M4
5/142 Contactors
a c

5/142
5/142
5/142
5/142 Contactors
Contactors
Contactors
Contactors
Accessories
Illumination
Contactor
Contactor contactors
Accessories
Accessories
monitoring
monitoring devices
decives SWD contactor
SWD contactor modules
modules
DILL…
CMD(...)
Accessories
Accessories
DILM...XDSB..., ETS4-VS3, DILM...XTE, DILM12-XMC...
DIL-SWD-32-...
DILM...XDSB...,
DILM...XDSB...,
ETS4-VS3,
ETS4-VS3,DILM...XTE,
DILM...XTE,DILM12-XMC...
DILM12-XMC...
Accessories
DILM...XDSB...,
DILM...XDSB...,
103 ETS4-VS3,
ETS4-VS3,
DILM...XTE,
DILM...XTE,
DILM12-XMC...
DILM12-XMC...
Three-phase
22.5
Accessories commoning links
Accessories
98
Three-phase
Three-phasecommoning
commoning
Accessories Accessories

DILM12-XDSB... links
links
Three-phase
Three-phase
commoning
commoning
links
links 2 x M4
DILM12-XDSB...
DILM12-XDSB... Part no. a
DILM12-XDSB...
DILM12-XDSB...

38
Part
Part
no.no. a a
PartDILM12-XDSB0/3
Part
no.no. a 112
a
82.5

78

18.118.1

DILM12-XDSB0/3
DILM12-XDSB0/3 112112
DILM12-XDSB0/4
DILM12-XDSB0/3
DILM12-XDSB0/3 112112
157
18.1

75
13.113.118.1
18.1
60.4

DILM12-XDSB0/4
DILM12-XDSB0/4 157157
38

85

a 12.5 DILM12-XDSB0/5
DILM12-XDSB0/4
DILM12-XDSB0/4
45 202
157157 53.1
DILM12-XDSB0/5
DILM12-XDSB0/5 202202
13.1

a a 12.512.5
DILM12-XDSB0/5
DILM12-XDSB0/5 202202 72.3
13.1
13.1

a a 12.512.5

SWD contactor
Electronic modules
timer modules Amplifier module
Electronic
Electronic
timer
timer
DIL-SWD-32-... modules
modules Amplifier
Amplifier module
module
DI LM …XT
Electronic
Electronic
ElectronicE
timertimer
timer modules
modules
modules E TS 4-VSmodule
Amplifier
Amplifier
Amplifier 3module
module
DI LDMI L…
MX…TX
E TE ETSET4-SV4S-V3S 3
DI LD
MI… LMX…TEXTE ETSE4T-SV4S-3VS 3 103 35
22.5 103103
98
4.5 4.8 4.5 103 103
3838 38

2525 25

22.522.5 98 98
3838

6.5 22.522.5 98 98
2525

17.7
Clearance at side to grounded parts: 6 mm
38

(6.4) 11.6 11.6 10.6 97.4

82.582.5

7878 78

45 45 70 138
82.5

7878

45 45 70 70
82.5
82.5

45 45 70 70
45 53.1

Contactor monitoring devices 72.3

CMD(...)
Wiring set for motor feeder 103 plug
Wiring
DWiring
Wiring
I LM 1set
2 set
22.5
- XMfor
setCfor
Emotor
formotor
feeder
motorfeeder
plug
plug
feeder98plug DI LM12-XMCP/T
Wiring
Wiring setsetforfor
motor
motor
feeder
feeder
plug
plug
DI LDMI L1M
2-1X2M
-XCMECE DI LDMI L1M
2-1X2M
-XCMPC
/TP/T
DI LD
MI1L2M-X12 M-X
CME CE DI LD
MI1L2M-X12 M-X
CMP/C
TP/T
20 20

3737 37
2020

4545 20
82.5

78

3030 30
4545 45

3737

3030

2010 CA08103002Z-EN www.eaton.com

20 20
2020

4545 20
4545 45

SWD contactor modules

DIL-SWD-32-...
8080 4545 45
4545

6
6 6
8080 80

50 6 6
50 50
50 50
2525 25
2525
38
2525 25
2525

201030CA08103002Z-EN www.eaton.com 27 12
30 30 45 53.1 27 27 12 12
30 30 27 27 12 12
72.3

DILM12-XMCP/E
DILM12-XMCP/E
DILM12-XMCP/E
DILM12-XMCP/E
DILM12-XMCP/E
3737 37

8080 4545 45
3030 30
3737

4545
3030

8080 80
20 20
2020

4545 20
4545 45

2525 25
2525

6
6 6
50 6 6 27 12
50 50 27 27 12 12
50 50 27 27 12 12

Power Distribution product guide eatoncorp.com.au 2018 237

 Contactors 5/143
Motor Control
...DILM
Dimensions
Contactors with terminal shrouds
Power contactors with terminal shroud, mechanical interlock

DI LM250...Dwith
Contactors I LM 100terminal
0 + DI LM...-Xshrouds
HB DI LM250 + Z5-.../FF250
a 150

110
b

523
328
34

for part no. a b

DILM250, DILM300A 150 384
DILM400 150 404
DILM500 174 426
DILM580...1000 236 506
~144

DILM185A...DILM225A + DILM225A-XHB
325

124
140

Contactor with star-point bridge and terminal shroud

Contactors with star-point bridge and terminal shrouds
DILM...XS1

for part no. a b

DILM185...250 150 127
DILM300...400 150 137
DILM500 176 146
b

Mechanical interlock
DI LM500-XMV DI LM820-XMV
a 515
for part no. a 430 20

DILM185...500 15
300
270

238 Power Distribution product guide eatoncorp.com.au 2018

 Overload
Overload relays
relays 6/37 6/37
Overload
Overload
relaysrelays
ZE, ZB
Motor Control
ZE, ZB

Dimensions
Dimensions
Dimensions
Overload
Overload relays relays
Overl oOavderel ol aydsrel ays
Overload relays

B as e B as e
ZE-… ZE-… ZB 32-XZEBZ32-XEZ ZB 65-XZEBZ65-XEZ
5.5 5.5 ZB32 ZB32
ZB65 ZB65
a a 45 45
60 60
2x d 2x d b b 85 85
86 86
c c 90.5 90.5
112 112

b1

b1
c2 c23.8 3.8
4.7 4.7

b2

b2
a1 a135 35
50 50
106

106
49

49

b1 b175 75
75 75
b2 b240.5 40.5
47 47
5 5 c2 c2
a1 a1 d d M4 M4
M5 M5
16.5 16.5 c c

32 32 58 58 a a
45 45
>5
= >5
=

ZB12 ZB12 ZB32 ZB32

34

34

42

42
53

53
120

120

136

136
62

62

a a27.5 27.5 84 84

b b 39 39 88 88
45 45
a a27.5 27.5
 102 102

① OFF① OFF
 b b 39
 39
 ② Reset/ON
② Reset/ON 45 45

ZB32-38
ZB32-38
① OFF① OFF
② Reset/ON
② Reset/ON
42

42
136

136
62

62

120

120

Automatic fault notification

• View 10 fault que
2

2
25

25

• View trip snapshot

a
 a27.5 27.5 102 102
b
 b 39 39
45 45
2010 CA08103002Z-EN
2010 CA08103002Z-EN
www.eaton.com
www.eaton.com

Power Distribution product guide eatoncorp.com.au 2018 239

6/38 Control
Motor Overload relays
Overload relays
DimensionsZB
Overload relays
Overload relays
Overload relays

ZB65
①
 OFF
②
 Reset/ON

172
40

a
 35 7.5

b 46.5 96.5
60 132

90 160
① OFF
ZB150 ② Reset/ON
70 150
170
156
277
91

74
44

o7

a
 5 134

b 16.5
95
100
118

2010 CA08103002Z-EN www.eaton.com

240 Power Distribution product guide eatoncorp.com.au 2018
 Overload relays Motor Control
6/39
Overload relays, CT-operated overload relays
Dimensions Z5, ZW7
Overload relays
Overload relays
Overload relays, CT-operated overload relays

ZB150-50/KK
100 ①
 OFF
②
 Reset/ON

o 7

74

121
7

a 5
 63
b
 16.5 129
95 134
99
118

Z5
Z5 overload
overload relays greater
replays than 150A
greater than 150A
Z5-.../FF250
121 ①
 OFF
②
 Reset/ON
110

96
144
48
111
b
7

169
144

94
74
a


a
7
25 5
b
11
16.5

128

Currenttransformer-operated
Current transformer-operated overload
overload relays relays
ZW7-…
4.3 7.5 1.5
185
44
8


21

a M4
26

26
44
71


33

55
85

a
55

185 159
172 – 250

200
65 65
71

①
 Reset/ON
90° 90° 90°
27

Power Distribution product guide eatoncorp.com.au 2018 241

 6/40
6/40 Overloadrelays
Overload relays
Motor Control
Electronic overload relays
Electronic overload relays
ZEB
ZEB
Dimensions
Electronic overload relays
Electronic overload relays

Electronic overload
Electronicoverload
overload relays
relays
Electronic relays
ZEB12
ZEB12 ZEB32
ZEB32
117117 139.5
139.5
7676 97.597.5
34
34

43
43
143
143
70
70

161
161
79
79
33.2
33.2 103103
40.5
40.5 108108
33.233.2 103 103
4545
40.540.5 108 108
45 45

ZEB65-45
ZEB65-45 146.1
146.1 ZEB65-100
ZEB65-100 146.1
146.1
132.5
132.5 132.5
132.5
57.5
57.5

57.5
57.5
184
184
87
87

213.6
213.6
107
107

55

33.2
33.2 103103
40.5
40.5 108108
4545 38.638.6 128.2
128.2
46.246.2 136.3
136.3
55 55

242 Power Distribution product guide eatoncorp.com.au 2018

2010 CA08103002Z-EN www.eaton.com
2010 CA08103002Z-EN www.eaton.com
 Overload relays 6/41
Electronic overloadMotor
relays Control
ZEB
Dimensions
Electronic overload relays

Electronic overload
Electronic overload relays
relays
Electronic overload relays

ZEB150-100
111.8 175
160
90

85
289.1
145.4

38.6 132.4
63.2 140.5

ZEB150-100/KK
51.7
104.8
116

41 132.4
38.6 140.5
46.1
56

Power Distribution product guide eatoncorp.com.au 2018 243

6/42 Control
Motor Overload relays
Thermistor overload relays for machine protection, electronic overload relays
DimensionsZEB, EMT6
Current sensors
Current sensors
Thermistor overload relays for machine protection, electronic overload relays

ZEB-XCT300 ZEB-XCT600
190.5 234.2
165.1 206

193.5

205.4
89.2
106.1
127

ZEB-XCT1000
ZEB-XCT1500
317 188.9
304.6
330.2

10.1
383.5
83.5

o 73.2

108 108

EMT6 thermistoroverload
EMT6 thermistor overload relays
relays for
formacmachine
hi ne protecprotection
ti on External
Ex ternareset
l res etbutton
button
EMT6… M22-DZ-B
M22-DZ-X
100
19
78

3.2
2.5
22.5
o 29.5

102
24.1

>3
_
8

22.3
2–5

244 Power Distribution product guide eatoncorp.com.au 2018

 7/2 Motor-protective circuit-breakers PKZM01, PKZM0, PKZM4, PKE
Motor-protective circuit-breaker

Motor Control
System overview
Motor-protective circuit-breaker

IEC Manual motor protectors

7 7
7

4
7

Basic devices Add-on functions Mounting accessories

1. Motor-protective circuit- 4. Motor-protective circuit-

Motor-protective circuit- 1 Motor-protective circuit- 3 Standard auxiliary contacts 7 Door coupling handles IP65 5
breaker PKZM01 breaker PKZM4
breaker PKZM01 breakerwith wide-range � Page 7/10 � Page 7/20
2. �Motor-protective
Page 7/3 circuit- 5. overload protection
Door coupling handles IP65
breaker PKZM0 � Page 7/8
6. Shunt release Shunt release 6 Insulated enclosure
3. Motor-protective
Motor-protective circuit-
circuit- 2
7. Motor-protective
Standard auxiliarycircuit-
contacts � Page 7/29 � Page 7/16
breaker
breakerPKZM0
with wide-range 4
�overload protection PKE
Page 7/4 8. breaker
CurrentPKZM4
limiters
� Page 7/4 Current limiters 8 Mounting/wiring
� Page 7/12 � Page 7/22

2010 CA08103002Z-EN www.eaton.com

Power Distribution product guide eatoncorp.com.au 2018 245

Motor Control
Motor Protectors
IEC Manual motor protectors
• Class 10 overload protection
• Motor applications from 0.1A to 63A
• Built-in heater & magnetic trip elements to protect the motor
• Adjustment dial for setting motor FLC
Pushbutton manual motor protectors

FLC adjustment Maximum Motor Ratings 

Short circuit
Rated range/overload Maximum kW Rating AC-3
release — — P (kW)
Uninterrupted release —
Ir (Amps) Irm (Amps) Item no.
Current — 3-Phase
Iu = Ie (Amps) 220 - 380 -
440V
240V 415V
Frame B (Type 1 & Type 2 Coordination)
0.16 0.1 – 0.16 2.2 — — — PKZM01-0,16
0.25 0.16 – 0.25 3.5 — 0.06 0.06 PKZM01-0,25
0.4 0.25 – 0.4 5.6 0.06 0.09 0.12 PKZM01-0,4
0.63 0.4 – 0.63 8.8 0.09 0.12 0.18 PKZM01-0,63
1 0.63 – 1 14 0.12 0.25 0.25 PKZM01-1
1.6 1 – 1.6 22 0.25 0.55 0.55 PKZM01-1,6
2.5 1.6 – 2.5 35 0.37 0.75 1.1 PKZM01-2,5
4 2.5 – 4 56 0.75 1.5 1.5 PKZM01-4
6.3 4 – 6.3 88 1.1 2.2 3 PKZM01-6,3
PKZM01-1 10 6.3 – 10 140 2.2 4 4 PKZM01-10
12 8 – 12 168 3 5.5 5.5 PKZM01-12
16 10 – 16 224 4 7.5 9 PKZM01-16
20 16 – 20 280 5.5 9 11 PKZM01-20
25 20 – 25 350 5.5 12.5 12.5 PKZM01-25

Rotary manual motor protectors

FLC adjustment Short Circuit Maximum Motor Ratings 
Rated range/overload Maximum kW Rating AC-3 — P (kW)
Release —
Uninterrupted release —
Irm (Amps) 3-Phase Item no. 
Ir (Amps)
Current —
Iu = Ie (Amps) 220 – 380 – 660 –
440V 500V
240V 415V 690V

B (Type 1 & Type 2 Coordination)

0.16 0.1 – 0.16 2.2 — — — — 0.06 PKZM0-0,16
PKZM0-1 0.25 0.16 – 0.25 3.5 — 0.06 0.06 0.06 0.12 PKZM0-0,25
0.4 0.25 – 0.4 5.6 0.06 0.09 0.12 0.12 0.18 PKZM0-0,4
0.63 0.4 – 0.63 8.8 0.09 0.12 0.18 0.25 0.25 PKZM0-0,63
1 0.63 – 1 14 0.12 0.25 0.25 0.37 0.55 PKZM0-1
1.6 1 – 1.6 22 0.25 0.55 0.55 0.75 1.1 PKZM0-1,6
2.5 1.6 – 2.5 35 0.37 0.75 1.1 1.1 1.5 PKZM0-2,5
4 2.5 – 4 56 0.75 1.5 1.5 2.2 3 PKZM0-4
6.3 4 – 6.3 88 1.1 2.2 3 3 4 PKZM0-6,3
10 6.3 – 10 140 2.2 4 4 4 7.5 PKZM0-10
12 8 – 12 168 3 5.5 5.5 5.5 11 PKZM0-12
16 10 – 16 224 4 7.5 9 9 12.5 PKZM0-16
20 16 – 20 280 5.5 9 11 12.5 15 PKZM0-20
25 20 – 25 350 5.5 12.5 12.5 15 22 PKZM0-25
32 25 – 32 448 7.5 15 15 22 30 PKZM0-32
Frame D (Type 1 & Type 2 Coordination)
16 10 – 16 224 4 7.5 9 9 12.5 PKZM4-16
25 16 – 25 350 5.5 12.5 12.5 15 22 PKZM4-25
32 25 – 32 448 7.5 15 17.5 22 22 PKZM4-32
PKZM4-16 40 32 – 40 560 11 20 22 24 30 PKZM4-40
50 40 – 50 700 14 25 30 30 45 PKZM4-50
58 50 – 58 812 17 30 37 37 55 PKZM4-58
65 55 – 65 882 18.5 34 37 45 55 PKZM4-63
 Select manual motor protectors by full load amperes. Maximum motor ratings (kW) are for reference only.
Note: Service Factor (SF) — Setting Ir of current scale in dependence of load factor:
SF = 1.15 -> Ir = 1 x In mot
SF = 1 -> Ir = 0.9 x In mot
 Eaton PKZM0 & PKZM4 handles are not padlockable. Order part no. AK-PKZ0 handle if a lockable handle is required.

Lockable rotary handle for MMPs

For use with Item no.
PKZM0 & PKZM4 AK-PKZ0
AK-PKZ0

246 Power Distribution product guide eatoncorp.com.au 2018

 Motor Control
Motor Protectors
Electronic Motor-protective circuit-breaker PKE
Switch & protect motors up to 65 A with electronic wide-range overload protection. Modular design.
PKE 12, 12A (45 mm)
Highest level of flexibility. Highest level of performance.
The selection of a suitable motor-protective circuit-breaker is decisive for the functional safety & service
life of a motor. Motor-protective circuit-breakers PKE with electronic overload protection offer an
interesting alternative to the bimetal solution here & complement the intelligent PKZ series from Eaton.
The motor-protective circuit-breaker PKE provides the highest level of flexibility featuring a compact &
modular design with plug-in control unit for motor currents up to 65 A.
The large current setting ranges decisively reduce the number of variants & minimise the engineering
work & costs accordingly.
0.3A 12A
PKE features & benefits: 0.09 - 5.5 kW (400 V)

• Autonomous supply via current transformer • Motor starter design with standard
• Large electronically controlled setting range components
• Exchangeable control units • Common range of accessories from system
PKZ0
• Tripping classes greater than CLASS 10 PKE 32, 32A (45 mm)
• Parameter data read out options
• Precise & extremely long-time stable tripping
characteristic curves • Very service friendly
• Minimum heat losses • Reduction of engineering time & costs
• Protection suited to individual starting • Advanced control unit includes a COM
conditions interface for SmartWire

Rated motor current AC-3

Motor Overload Control unit
rating 660 V
240V 415V release Control unit Advanced 3A 32A
690 V Base unit 1.5 - 15 kWa (400 V)
kW A A A setting Standard (with COM
Motor-protective circuit-breaker, Coordination range interface)
type “1” & “2”

0.06 0.37 - -
0.3 ... 1.2 A PKE12 PKE-XTU-1,2 PKE-XTUA-1,2
0.09 0.54 0.31 - PKE 65, 65A (55 mm)

0.12 0.72 0.41 -

0.18 1.04 0.6 0.35
0.25 - 0.8 0.5
0.37 - 1.1 0.7
0.55 0.9
0.75 1.1
0.18 1.04 - -
1 ... 4 A PKE12 PKE-XTU-4 PKE-XTUA-4
0.25 1.4 - -
0.37 2 1.1 - 8A 65A
4 - 34 kW (400 V)

0.55 2.7 1.5 -

0.75 3.2 1.9 1.1
1.1 - 2.6 1.5
1.5 - 3.6 2.1
5 plug-in control units up to
2.2 2.9 65 A in 2 versions.

3 3.8
0.75 3.2 - -
3 ... 12 A PKE12 PKE-XTU-12 PKE-XTUA-12
1.1 4.6 - - PKE32
1.5 6.3 3.6 -
2.2 8.7 5 - Standard
3 11.5 6.6 3.8
4 - 8.5 4.9
5.5 - 11.3 6.5
7.5 8.8
2.2 8.7 - -
8 ... 32 A PKE32 PKE-XTU-32 PKE-XTUA-32
- Extended
3 11.5 -
4 14.8 8.5 - 0.3A 1.2A
1A 4A
5.5 19.6 11.3 - 3A 12A
8A 32A
7.5 26.4 15.2 8.8 16A 65A

11 - 21.7 12.6
15 - 29.3 17
18.5 20.9

Power Distribution product guide eatoncorp.com.au 2018 247

Motor Control
Motor Protectors
Electronic motor-protective circuit-breaker PKE

Rated motor current AC-3

Motor
660 V Overload Control unit
rating 240V 415V
690 V release Control unit Advanced
Base unit
kW A A A setting Standard (with COM
Motor-protective circuit-breaker, Coordination range interface)
type “1” & “2”

22 - - 23.8
8 ... 32 A PKE32 PKE-XTU-32 PKE-XTUA-32
30 - - 32
PKE-XTUA-32
5.5 19.6 - -
16...65 A PKE65 PKE-XTU-65 PKE-XTUA-65
7.5 26.4 - -
11 38 21.7 -
15 51 29.3 17
18.5 63 36 20.9
22 - 41 23.8
30 - 55 32
37 - - 39
45 - - 47
55 - - 58
2.2 8.7 - -
8...32 A PKE65 PKE-XTUW-32 PKE-XTUWA-32
3 11.5 - -
PKE-XTUWA-32
4 14.8 8.5 -
5.5 19.6 11.3 -
7.5 26.4 15.2 8.8
11 - 21.7 12.6
15 - 29.3 17
18.5 - - 20.9
22 - - 23.8
30 - - 58

Smartwire-DT module for connecting PKE-XTUA trip block to Smartwire-DT

Description Item no.
Messages
PKE-SWD-SP Contactor state PKS
Motor current and thermal motor image in %
PKE-SWD-SP
Trip indicators
Set value overload releases
Remote disconnection of motor-protective curicuit breakers

IEC manual motor protectors accessories

Auxiliary contacts
Contact configuration Item no.
Side-Mount
1NO-1NC NHI11-PKZ0
2NO-1NC NHI21-PKZ0
NHI21-PKZ0 1NO-2NC NHI12-PKZ0
Front-Mount
1NO-1NC NHI-E-11-PKZ0
1NO NHI-E-10-PKZ0
AGM2-10-PKZ0
Trip indicating aux. contact
AGM2-01-PKZ0

Early-make auxiliary contacts

Contact configuration For use with.. Item no.
PKZM0
PKZM0-T
2N/O VHI20-PKZ0
PKM0
VHI20-PKZ0 PKZM4
2N/O PKZM01 VHI20-PKZ01

248 Power Distribution product guide eatoncorp.com.au 2018

 Motor Control
Motor Protectors
Electronic motor-protective circuit-breaker PKE
IP65 rotary handle mechanism - PKZM0 
Description Item no.
Complete Kits — Includes Handle, Shaft & Required Hardware
Rotary Handle Mechanism IP65 Black — For use on main switches to
PKZ0-XH
IEC / EN 60204.
Rotary Handle Mechanism IP65 Red / Yellow — For use on main switch with
PKZ0-XRH
Emergency-Stop function to IEC / EN 60204.
Rotary Handle Mechanism IP65 Black — For use on main switches to
PKZ0-XH-MCC
IEC / EN 60204 where PKZ0 is mounted 90° from vertical.
Rotary Handle Mechanism IP65 Red / Yellow — For use on main switch with
Emergency-Stop function to IEC / EN 60204 where PKZ0 is mounted 90° PKZ0-XRH-MCC
from vertical.
PKZ0-XH
Rotary Handle Mechanism IP65 Black — For use on main switches to
IEC / EN 60204 where PKZ0 is mounted 90° from vertical. PKZ0-XHT-MCC
FOR USE WITH xEnergy
 With ON/OFF switch position & “+” (tripped), lockable with 3 padlocks, 4 – 8 mm hasp. Can be locked in the OFF
position, if required.
 Rotary handle mechanisms ship with door interlock disabled. See instruction publication with product for how to
enable door interlock.
 Not for use with VHI20-PKZ0 early-make front-mount auxiliary contact.

IP65 rotary handle mechanism - PKE

Description Item no.
For use as main switch to IEC/EN 60204 black PKE-XH PKZ0-XRH-MCC
For use as main switch with Emergency-Stop function to
red-yellow PKE-XRH
IEC/EN 60204
For use as a main switch to EN 60204 in MCC power
black PKE-XH-MCC
distribution systems and with PKE installed when rotated by 90°
For use as a main switch to EN 60204 in MCC power
red-yellow PKE-XRH-MCC
distribution systems and with PKE installed when rotated by 90°
For use as a main switch to EN 60204 in MCC power
distribution systems and with PKE installed when rotated by 90° black PKE-XHT-MCC
FOR USE WITH xEnergy

Shunt release A-PKZ0(110V50HZ)

Voltage Item no.

24 vac A-PKZ0(24V50HZ)
110 vac A-PKZ0(110V50HZ)
240 vac A-PKZ0(240V50HZ)
415 vac A-PKZ0(415V50HZ)
24 vdc A-PKZ0(24VDC)

Undervoltage release

Voltage Item no. U-PKZ0(24VDC)

24 vac U-PKZ0(24V50HZ)
110 vac U-PKZ0(110V50HZ)
240 vac U-PKZ0(240V50HZ)
415 vac U-PKZ0(415V50HZ)
24 vdc U-PKZ0(24VDC)

Sealing facility PL-PKZ0

Description Item no.
To prevent tampering with the overload release & the test
PL-PKZ0
function (For use with PKZMO & PKZM4)

Current limiters
Description Item no.
For increasing switching capacity of motor-protective circuit-
CL-PKZ0
breakers without auto-protection

CL-PKZ0

Power Distribution product guide eatoncorp.com.au 2018 249

Motor Control
Motor Protectors
IEC Manual motor protectors accessories
Three-phase commoning links 
Qty. Length of Unit width
For Use with... Item no.
MMP link (mm) (mm)
Frame B
2 90 45 B3.0/2-PKZ0

3 135 45 B3.0/3-PKZ0
MMP With No Side-Mounted Auxiliaries or
Voltage Releases
4 180 45 B3.0/4-PKZ0

5 225 45 B3.0/5-PKZ0

2 99 45 + 9 B3.1/2-PKZ0

For motor-protective circuit-breaker each with 3 153 45 + 9 B3.1/3-PKZ0

an auxiliary contact or trip-indicating auxiliary
contact fitted on the right 4 207 45 + 9 B3.1/4-PKZ0

5 261 45 + 9 B3.1/5-PKZ0

For PKZM0-... with one auxiliary contact each & 2 108 45 + 18 B3.2/2-PKZ0
a trip-indicating auxiliary contact fitted on right
or a voltage release fitted on left 4 234 45 + 18 B3.2/4-PKZ0
Shroud for unused terminals.
Protection against direct contact.
For closing off non-used connections on the - - - H-B3-PKZ0
three phase commoning link. B3...-PKZ0
Frame D
2 110 55 B3.0/2-PKZ4

MMP With No Side-Mounted Auxiliaries or 3 165 55 B3.0/3-PKZ4

Voltage Releases
4 220 55 B3.0/4-PKZ4

For motor-protective 2 - - B3.1/2-PKZ4

circuit-breakers/starters each
with an auxiliary contact or 3 - - B3.1/3-PKZ4
trip-indicating auxiliary contact fitted on the
right & with
a DIL1(A)M contactor 4 - - B3.1/4-PKZ4

For PKZM4 with one auxiliary contact each or 2 - - B3.2/2-PKZ4

trip-indicating auxiliary contact fitted on right or
a voltage release fitted on left 4 - - B3.2/4-PKZ4

Shroud for unused terminals. Protection against direct contact. To cover unused terminals on three-
phase commoning link
- - - - H-B3-PKZ4

 Protected against accidental contact. B-Frame short circuit proof Ue = 690V, Iu = 63A; D-Frame short circuit proof Ue
= 690V, Iu = 128A. Frame B links can be combined by rotating mounting. Frame D links cannot be combined. + MMP
w/1 aux. (2, 3, 4, 5 module) + trip indicating etc. for frames B & D.

Incoming terminal for three-phase commoning link 

For use with... Item no.

B-Frame PKZM0/PKE BK25/3-PKZ0
PKZM4 BK50/3-PKZ4-E
 For three-phase commoning link, protected against accidental contact, Ue = 690V, Iu = 63A; for conductor cross-
sections: 2.5 – 25 mm2 stranded; 2.5 – 16 mm2 flexible with ferrules, AWG 14-6.

250 Power Distribution product guide eatoncorp.com.au 2018

 Motor Control
Motor Protectors
IEC Manual motor protectors accessories
Combination connection kits for connection of rotary MMP with IEC contactor

For use with... Description Item no.

Non-Reversing Starters
Comprised of:
Mechanical connection element for PKZM0 & contactor
Main current wiring between PKZM0 & contactor
in tool-less plug connection
PKE/PKZMO + DILM7-15
Cable guidance PKZM0-XDM12
DS7 (4-12A) Use contactor auxiliary switch DILA-XHIT...
Control cable guidance: max. 6 cables up to 2.5 mm2
external diameter or 4 cables up to 3.5 mm2 external PKZM0-XDM12
diameter.
PKZMO + DILM17-32 Comprised of: PKZM0-XDM32
DIN-Rail adapter plate
PKZM4 + DILM40-65 Main current wiring between PKZM0 & contactor PKZM4-XDM65
Reversing starters
Consists of:
PKZM0, PKE + DILM7-01
Mechanical connection element for PKZM0 and contactor
DILM9-01 PKZM0-XRM12
Reversing starters main supply wiring with tool-less plug
DILM12-01 connection
PKZM0, PKE + DILM17 Consists of:
DILM25 Top-hat rail adapter plates PKZM0-XRM32
DILM32 Reversing starters supply wiring
Wiring kit
PKZM4-XDM65
PKZM0, PKE + DILM17
DILM25
Main supply wiring between PKZM0 and contactor
DILM32
Use only in combination with busbar adapter or mounting PKZM0-XM32DE
DS7-34…SX016…
rail adapter plate
DS7-34…SX024…
SX032…
PKZM4 + DILM40
DILM50 Main current supply between PKZM4 and contactor PKZM4-XM65DE
DILM65 PKZM0-XM32DE

Insulated enclosures for surface mounting

Degree of
For use with... Description Item no.
protection
PKZM01 Pushbutton Manual Motor Protectors
IP65 With operating membrane CI-PKZ01-G
PKZM01 With Emergency-Stop (E-Stop)
IP65 CI-PKZ01-PVT
pushbutton actuator, Red-Yellow
D-Frame (10 – 65A) PKZM0/PKZM4 Rotary Manual Motor Protectors 
CI-PKZ01-PVT
IP65 PKZM4 With black/grey rotary handle CI-K4-PKZ4-G
With black/grey rotary handle CI-K2-PKZ0-G
IP65 PKZM0 With red/yellow rotary handle
for use as Emergency-Stop CI-K2-PKZ0-GR
switches to IEC/ EN 60204
With red/yellow rotary handle
IP65 PKZM4 for use as Emergency-Stop CI-K4-PKZ4-GR
switches to IEC / EN 60204
 Integrated terminal for PE(N) connection.
 % Metric knockouts: Top ÷ bottom: M25/M32. In backplate: M25/M32. Control cable entry: M20.

CI-K2-PKZ0-G
MMP enclosure accessories (padlock attachment)

For use with... Description Item no.

CI-K2-PKZ0-GR &
SVB-PKZ0-CI 
CI-K2-PKZ0-G Padlocking feature. Up to 3 padlocks with 3 – 6 mm hasp
CI-K4-PKZ4-GR & thickness. For use as main switch to IEC/EN 60204.
SVB-PKZ4-CI 
CI-K4-PKZ4-G
More enclosures are available. Contact your local sales office for more information. SVB-PKZ0-CI
 Lockable in the 0-position of the XTPR manual motor protector.

Power Distribution product guide eatoncorp.com.au 2018 251

Motor Control
Motor Protectors
IEC Motor control busbar adapters
Busbar adapter, 3 pole
Rated operational voltage Ue = 690 V. For mounting on CU flat busbars with 60 mm interval between
busbar centres, suitable for 5 mm & 10 mm busbar thickness.

Rated operational Width Length

For use with... Item no.
current, Ie, A (mm) (mm)
For direct-on-line starters
PKE/ PKZM0 + DILM7
PKE/ PKZM0 + DILM9
25 45 200 BBA0-25
BBA0-25
PKE/ PKZM0 + DILM12
PKE/ PKZM0 + DILM15
PKE/ PKZM0 + DILM17
32 45 200 PKE/ PKZM0 + DILM25 BBA0-32
PKE/ PKZM0 + DILM32
PKZM4 + DILM17
PKZM4 + DILM25
PKZM4 + DILM32
63 55 260 BBA4L-63
PKZM4 + DILM40
BBA4L-63
PKZM4 + DILM50
PKZM4 + DILM65
For reversing starters
PKE/ PKZM0 + 2 x DILM7-01
25 90 200 PKE/ PKZM0 + 2 x DILM9-01 BBA0R-25
PKE/ PKZM0 + 2 x DILM12-01
PKE/ PKZM0 + 2 x DILM17-01
32 90 200 PKE/ PKZM0 + 2 x DILM25-01 BBA0R-32
PKE/ PKZM0 + 2 x DILM32-01
BBA0R-32 Empty module, without electrical contacts
– 45 200 – BBA0/2TS-L
– 54 200 – BBA4/2TS-L
Side mounted module, can be plugged into both sides
– 9 200 – BBA-XSM

BBA-XSM

IF IT’S IN A CATALOGUE YOU CAN FIND IT ON INTERACT WITH EATON USING THE
POWEREDGE™
LEARN. SHARE. ORGANISE.
FREE EATON INTERACTIVE APP
SIMPLY DOWNLOAD & OPEN THE APP,
SELECT AR MODE, & SCAN THE LOGO TO INTERACT

252 Power Distribution product guide eatoncorp.com.au 2018

 Motor-protective circuit-breakers PKZM01, PKZM0, PKZM4, PKE 7/39
Motor-protective circuit-breaker
Motor Control
PKZM01, PKZM0
Dimensions
Dimensions
Motor-protective circuit-breaker

Motor Protectors
Motor-protective circuit-breaker
Motor-protective circuit breaker
PKZM01… 45
93

45 5.5 44
74
85

M otor-protec tive c irccircuit

Motor-protective uit-breakbreaker
er Motor-protec tivcircuit
Motor-protective e c irc uitbreaker
-breakers with
with loc kable rotary handles
Transformer-protective circuit-breakers
Transformer-protective circuit breakers lockable rotary handles
Motor-protective circuit breaker
Motor-protective circuit-breaker with with auxiliary contacts
uxiliary contacts PKZM0-…(+NHI-E-…-PKZ0) PKZM0-…+AK-PKZ0
PKZM0-…-T(+NHI-E-…-PKZ0)
PKM0-…(+NHI-E-…-PKZ0)
70
4.5

AK-PKZ 0

45
93
45
93

55

AK-PKZ 0
NHI-E-..-PKZ0 NHI-E-..-PKZ0

50 45 50
25 88
68
94
45 76

Motor-protective circuit breaker with

Current
Current llimiters
imiters early-make
Motor-pauxilary
rotec tive ccontacts
irc uit-breakers with early-make auxiliary c ontac ts
CL-PKZ… PKZM0-…+VHI-…-PKZ0
45 80
28

a
90
73

93

45
93

55

VHI...-PKZ0

7.5 44 7.5 VHI...-PKZ0

49.5 70

45 50
68

① Top-hat rail IEC/EN 60715 86

Stabdard
S tandard aauxiliary
uxiliary c oncontacts
tac ts i Trip
Tripindicators
ind c ators Shunt
S hunrelease
t releas e - Undervoltage
undervoltage release
release
NHI …-PKZ0 AGM2…-PKZ0 A-PKZ0…
U-PKZ0…
36

36

36

45
90
45
90

45
90

9 26 9 26 18 49
68 68 68

Power Distribution product guide eatoncorp.com.au 2018 253

2010 CA08103002Z-EN www.eaton.com
 Motor Control
r-protective
7/40circuit-breakers
DimensionsMotor-protective
PKZM01,
circuit-breakers
PKZM0, PKZM4, PKZM01,
PKE PKZM0, PKZM4, PKE
dapters Busbar adapters
Motor Protectors
Busbar adaptors
BBA

B B A0-25
B B A2-63 B B A2-63 B B A4/2TS -L B B A4/2TS -L
Busbar adapters

B B A0-25
B/B2TAS2-63/2TS B B A2-63/2BTBSA4L-63 B B A4L-63
BBA0/2TS-L
BBA0-32
BBA0-32/2TS-C
BBA0C-16
abc
a a
ef
40

40

40
40

40
abc
def ab ab
ab ab

60

60
60

60

60
200

200

200

260

260
acd

60

60
60

60

60
a a ab ab
ab
ef

10 45 72 10 10 72 10

35 35 35 35
a BBA2-63/2TS a BBA2-63/2TS
63 63
63 b BBA2-63 63 b BBA2-63
55 10 55 10
S-L a BBA0-32/2TS-C d BBA0/2TS-L
b BBA0-25/2TS e BBA0-25 35 35
a BBA4L-63 a BBA4L-63
c BBA0C-16 f BBA0-32 b BBA4/2TS-L 63
b BBA4/2TS-L 63

B B A4-63
Motor-protective circuit-breakers
B B A2-80/2TS -S B B A2-80/2BTBSA-S2L-63
PKZM01, PKZM0,
B B A2L-63
PKZM4, PKE 7/43
Accessories
PKZM01
40

40

40

40

40
Insulated enclosuresfor
Insulated enclosures
Accessories
forsurface
surface mounting
mounting
CI-PKZ01 CI-PKZ01-PVT CI-PKZ01-SVB
60

60

60
60

60

CI-PKZ01-G CI-PKZ01-PVS CI-PKZ01-SVB-V

200

214

214

260

260
60

60
60

60
60
158

158

158

10 55 10
72 10 72 10
35 35
63 63 35 35
63 63
72 10 72 10
80 116.5 80 116.5 35 80 35 116.5
177.2 63 63 129.5

7/42
B B A0L-2
BBA0L-32
B5B A0K-32 Motor-protectiveB B Acircuit-breakers
0K-32PKZM0-XC45L
PKZM0-XC45L-2
PKZM01, PKZM0,
PKZM0-XC45L PKZM4, PKE
PKZM0-XC45L-2
Insulated enclosures for flush mounting
Accessories

Accessories
E-PKZ01 E-PKZ01-PVT
BBA
E-PKZ01-G E-PKZ01-PVS
40

20

20

Door
Doorcoupling handles
coupling handles
Accessories

69 ab ab 69
PKZ0-X(R)H…a b
60

60
60

Mounting depth: 100 to 240 mm

from the top edge of the top-hat rail
161

161

to the front edge of the cabinet

64

48

door/cover
260

Distance between switch axis and

60

60
60

283

283

cover hinge: at least 100 mm

129
129

64 7.5
b b b
48

45 10 45 10
35 35
54

90.2 63
93 63 90.2 93
20

115.2 115.2
10 45 a 10 ① At least 100 mm from cover hinge
175.9
35 35
a BBA0L-25 45 10 45 10
63 b Insulated
BBA0L-32 63
E-PKZ01-SVB enclosures for flush mounting a PKZM0-XC45L Mounting aperture E-PKZ0… a PKZM0-XC45L
20 20

E-PKZ0
E-PKZ01-SVB-VE-PKZ0-G… b PKZM0-XC45L-2 40 b PKZM0-XC45L-2 40

254 Power Distribution product guide eatoncorp.com.au

69 2018
69
R4
.eaton.com 2010 CA08103002Z-EN www.eaton.com
 Motor Control
Motor-protective circuit-breakers PKZM01, PKZM0, PKZM4, PKE 7/41
Dimensions Accessories
Motor Protectors PKZM01, PKZM0
Insulated enclosures for surface mounting
Accessories

Insulated enclosures for surface mounting

CI -PKZ0-M CI -PKZ10G...M

158
158

70

80 97.5
80 90 125.5
100

CI-PKZ0-…M Drilling dimensions

Drilling dimensions
+ SVB-PKZ0-CI CI-PKZ0-…M
98 30
30 97.5 28

33

4.5
44

SVB-PKZ0-CI

158

153
8
55

80 4.5

CI -K2-PKZ0 CI -K2-PKZ0G(R)(V)
160
181

160
181

100 47.5 100 47.5

104 103
130

Drilling dimensions
Drilling dimensions
CI-K2-PKZ0-G(R)(V) CI-K2-PKZ0…
+ SVB-PKZ0-CI
30
98 114 28
M4
30
33
44

SVB-PKZ0-CI
160
181

171
55

97 M4

Power Distribution product guide eatoncorp.com.au 2018 255

Motor Control
7/44 Motor-protective circuit-breakers PKZM01, PKZM0, PKZM4, PKE
Dimensions Accessories
Motor Protectors PKZM4, PKE
Motor-protective circuit
Motor-protective breakers
circuit-br ea k er S taStandard
ndard aux iauxiliary contacts
liary contacts
PKZM4-… NHI…-PKZ…
NHI…-PKZ0

36

45
90
65
125
130
140

45
53
9 26
68

30 NHI-E... 7.5 NHI-E...

55 118
127
145
160

Motor-protective
Motor-protective circuit-breakers
circuit breakers with
withlockable
lockable cover c over Tri Trup
p i ndi cindicators
ators
PKZM4-… +AK-PKZ0 AGM2…-PKZ…
AGM2…-PKZ0

36

45
90
AK-PKZ0
65
125
130
140

45

9 26
68

30 7.5
55 118
127
145
171

PKEPKE Motor-protectivecircuit
Motor-protective circuit-breakers
breakers
PKE12 , PKE32 PKE65

100.5 118
56.5
101

160

14.5
32.5

25 102.5
45
35 5.5
55 127
172
187

256 Power Distribution product guide eatoncorp.com.au 2018

 Motor Control
Motor-protective circuit-breakers PKZM01, PKZM0, PKZM4, PKE 7/45
Dimensions Accessories
Motor Protectors PKZM0, PKZM4
Three-phase commoning
Three-phase commoning links
links
B 3.0/4-PKZ4 B 3.2/4-PKZ4

36

36
14

14
205 33 260 33

B 3.0/3-PKZ4 B 3.2/2-PKZ4

36
36

14
14

151 33 115 33

B 3.0/2-PKZ4 B 3.1/3-PKZ4
36

36
14

14
98 33 170 33

B 3.1/4-PKZ4 B 3.1/2-PKZ4
36

36
14

14

232 33 117 33

Three-phas e c ommoning links Three-phas e c ommoning links

Accessories

B3.0/4-PKZ0 B3.2/4-PKZ0
B3.0/2-PKZ0 B3.2/2-PKZ0
180 (90) 234

H-B3- 27 H-B3- 27
PKZ 0 PKZ0
45 63

Three-phas e c ommoning links Incoming

I nc oming teterminals
rminals
B 3.1/5-PKZ0 B 3.1/3-PKZ0 B K25/3-PKZ0
B3.1/4-PKZ0 B3.1/2-PKZ0
261 (207, 153, 99) F 56 Overlapping
7.5 31 mounting to
extend the
three-phase
BK25/3-PKZ0 commoning link
H-B3-
73

27
PKZ 0
48

54

F 41

B3...-PKZ0

Motor plug
Motor plug DILM12-XMCP/T
DILM12-XMCP/T
94
62

27 85
45
Accessories

2010 CA08103002Z-EN
Power Distribution product guide eatoncorp.com.au www.eaton.com 257
2018
Motor Control
7/46 Motor-protective circuit-breakers PKZM01, PKZM0, PKZM4, PKE
DimensionsAccessories
PKZM4
Motor Protectors
Insulated enclosures for surface mounting
CI -K4-PKZ4-G(R) CI -K4-PKZ4-G
+SVB-PKZ4-CI
98
32
3

240
SVB-PKZ4-CI
72

160 134
181
197

Drilling dimensions
CI-K4-PKZ-G(R)
o 5.6
72
240

240

193

160 186 28 142

30

258 Power Distribution product guide eatoncorp.com.au 2018

 Motor Control

Display, Switch, Control and Set

– Simply easy

The control relay easy500/700/800 offer all the technical

opportunities to implement solutions in industry and
building automation, machine engineering and in apparatus
construction as well as trade applications. A host of
different device versions with various functions, voltage
types, expansion and networking options are available
for implementing the right solution. With their different
performance classes easy500, easy700 and easy800, the
easyRelays provide the optimum solution for small, medium
and large control tasks.

The combination of a control relay easy800 with direct

connection to the communication system for SmartWire-DT
switchgear provides an innovative solution in control panel
design and construction. The renowned simple handling
of easyRelay and the efficient SmartWire-DT connection
technology provide considerable savings in terms of time
and costs during planning, commissioning and maintenance.

Power Distribution product guide eatoncorp.com.au 2018 259

Motor Control
Starters
DOL starters
IP65 Surface mounting starter, fitted with start & stop/reset pushbuttons.

kW(400 - Aux. Dimensions

AC-3 Amps Coil voltage Item no.
415VAC) contacts (W x H x D) mm
4 11 240 1NO 90 x 184 x 113 EDOL40NO240
5.5 12 240 1NO 90 x 184 x 113 EDOL55NO240
7.5 16 240 1NO 90 x 184 x 113 EDOL75NO240
11 22 240 1NO 100 x 194 x 123 EDOL11NO240
4 11 415 1NO 90 x 184 x 113 EDOL40NO415
5.5 12 415 1NO 90 x 184 x 113 EDOL55NO415
EDOL40NO240
7.5 16 415 1NO 90 x 184 x 113 EDOL75NO415
11 22 415 1NO 100 x 194 x 123 EDOL11NO415
Order Overloads Separately.

Overload relays
Full load current (A) Item no.
0.35 - 0.5 EDOL045TOL
0.45 - 0.63 EDOL063TOL
0.55 - 0.8 EDOL08TOL
0.75 - 1.0 EDOL10TOL
0.9 - 1.3 EDOL1P3TOL
1.1 - 1.6 EDOL1P6TOL
EDOL25TOL 1.4 - 2.0 EDOL02TOL
1.8 - 2.5 EDOL25TOL
2.3 - 3.2 EDOL32TOL
2.9 - 4.0 EDOL04TOL
3.5 - 4.8 EDOL48TOL
4.5 - 6.3 EDOL63TOL
5.5 - 7.5 EDOL75TOL
7.2 - 10 EDOL100TOL
9.0 - 12.5 EDOL125TOL
11.3 - 16 EDOL16TOL
15.0 - 20.0 EDOL20TOL
17.5 - 21.5 EDOL215TOL
21.0 - 25.0 EDOL250TOL
24.5 - 30.0 EDOL30TOL
1NO/1NC Electrically Separated Auxiliary Contacts.
Single - phase sensitivity for phase imbalance & phase loss protection.
Temperature Compensated.

Spare coils
Coil voltage (AC) Item no.
24V EDOLCOIL24A
32V EDOLCOIL32A
110V EDOLCOIL110A
240V EDOLCOIL240A
415V EDOLCOIL415A
480V EDOLCOIL480A
EDOLCOIL240A
12V EDOLCOIL12A
Coils suit all starter sizes.

260 Power Distribution product guide eatoncorp.com.au 2018

 Contactor combinations 5/11
Reversing combinations

Moeller SK0211-1158GB-AUS Moeller SK0211-1158GB-AUS Motor Control

AC operation
Max. rating for three-phase Part no. Price ($) Individual components of the combination Spare auxiliary contacts Notes Notes
motors, 50 – 60 Hz
Starters Product
group 0
AC-3 AC-4
DOL starters
Contactor Q11 Contactor Q12 Q11 Q12 Mechanical
interlock Contactor combinations 5/11
380/415 V 380/415 V
Rated operational Max. rating for three- Reversing combinations
Individual components of the combination
P P current phase motors, 50 – 60 Hz Part no. Part no. DOL starter 

Contactors
kW kWMoeller
AC-3, 415 V
SK0211-1158GB-AUS AC-3, 80/ AC-4,SK0211-1158GB-AUS
Moeller 80/ Contactor Q11 Contactor Q12 Item no.
Ie, A 415 V P, kW 415 V P, kW Item no. Item no.
AC operation
4 2.5 Open DOLRS4/U(...V50HZ)
units
1) 500.90 DILM9-01 DILM9-01 63 63 Reversing contactors
hase Part no. Price ($) Individual components of the +combination
DILA-XHI20 Spare auxiliary contacts
+ DILA-XHI20 Notes Notes 21
Product 64 64 0 22

5.5 3 9 group 0 4 1)
DOLRS5.5/U(...V50HZ 578.80 2.5 DILM9-01 + DILA-XHI20
DILM12-01 DILM12-01 DILM9-01 + DILA-XHI20
+ 63 63 DOLRS4/U(...V50HZ) 
21
22

Contactor Q11 + DILA-XHI20

Contactor Q12 Q11 + DILA-XHI20
Q12 Mechanical II

Contactor combinations 5/11 

22 21

12 5.51) 3
64 64
DILM12-01
DILM17-01+ DILA-XHI20 DILM12-01 + DILA-XHI20 DOLRS5.5/U(...V50HZ
1 3 5 1 3 5

DILM17-01 interlock
13
7.5 4.5 DOLRS7.5/U(...V50HZ) 634.50 + 63 63
I
14
Q11 Q12

DILM17-01 +Reversing
DILA-XHI20combinations
415 V + DILA-XHI20 + DILA-XHI20 DOLRS4/U(...V50HZ)
13 14 2 2
54 54 4 6 4 6

18 7.5 4.5 DILM17-01 + DILA-XHI20 DOLRS7.5/U(...V50HZ) 

64 64 Q11
53
Q12 53

Part no. Part no. 22 22

Contactors
11 6 25 DOLRS11/U(...V50HZ)1)11 768.00 6 DILM25-01
DILM25-01+ DILA-XHI20
DILM25-01 DILM25-01
63
+ DILA-XHI20
+63
DOLRS11/U(...V50HZ) 
Q12
21
Q11
21

Moeller SK0211-1158GB-AUS Moeller SK0211-1158GB-AUS + DILA-XHI20 + DILA-XHI20 A1 A1 U V W

64 64 Q11 Q12
7 32 151) 957.20 7 DILM32-01
DILM32-01+ DILA-XHI20
DILM32-01 DILM32-01 + 63DILA-XHI20 DOLRS15/U(...V50HZ)M1  A2 A2
15 DOLRS15/U(...V50HZ) 63 + 3
M

DOLRS4/U(...V50HZ)1) 500.90 DILM9-01 + DILA-XHI20

DILM9-01 63 + DILA-XHI20
63 Reversing contactors
Price ($) 40 18.5 of the9 DILM40 + DILM150-XHI11 DILM40 + DILM150-XHI11 DOLRS18.5/U(...V50HZ) 
64 64
Individual components +combination
DILA-XHI20 Spare +
auxiliary contacts
DILA-XHI20 Notes Notes 21
18.5 9 DOLRS18.5/U(...V50HZ) 1) 1,035.10 DILM40 DILM40 – 0 –22 +
Product 64 64 21

DOLRS5.5/U(...V50HZ 1) 578.80 DILM12-01 + DILM150-XHI11 63 + DILM150-XHI11

DILM12-01 + - 0

22
group 0
10
50 22
DOLRS22/U(...V50HZ)1)
10
1,246.60 + DILA-XHI20
-
+ DILA-XHI20
63

II
21
22
DOLRS22/U(...V50HZ)
22

Contactor Q11 Contactor Q12 Q11 Q12 Mechanical 64 64 22 21
II
21
1 3 5
22
1 3 5
30 12 65 1)
DOLRS7.5/U(...V50HZ) 634.50 301)
DOLRS30/U(...V50HZ) 1,446.90 12 DILM17-01
+ DILA-XHI20
DILM65 DILM65
DILM17-01
+ DILM150-XHI11
+ DILA-XHI20
63 DILM65
+ DILM150-XHI11
interlock 63
+ DILM150-XHI11
– + DILM150-XHI11
+ DILM65 I
–14
13
54
+
54
13

14
DOLRS30/U(...V50HZ)
Q11
22
14
2 4 6
Q12
21

13
2 4 6

Contactor combinations 5/11 Contactor combinations 5/11
I
Enclosed units
64 64

Reversing combinations
Q11
53
Q12 53
Q11
13
14
Q12
14
14
Reversing combinations
22 22

768.00 Part no. Part no. 13 13

DOLRS11/U(...V50HZ)1) DILM25-01 DILM25-01 +

Contactors
Q12 Q11
9 4 2.5
63 63

+DILM9-01
DILA-XHI20 + DILA-XHI20 DILM9-01 + DILA-XHI20 DOLRS4/I(...V50HZ) 
21 21 22 22
+ DILA-XHI20 A1 A1
Q12 Q11 U
21
V W
21
Q11 Q12
Moeller SK0211-1158GB-AUS Moeller SK0211-1158GB-AUS
64 64
A2 A2 A1 A1
Moeller
12
DOLRS15/U(...V50HZ) SK0211-1158GB-AUS
1) 957.20 5.5 3
DILM32-01 DILM12-01 + DILA-XHI20
DILM32-01 63 63 + DILM12-01 + DILA-XHI20 DOLRS5.5/I(...V50HZ) 
Q11
M1
3
M
Q12
+ DILA-XHI20 + DILA-XHI20 (-)N
A2 A2

V50HZ)1) 500.90 AC operation DILM9-01 DILM9-01 63 63 64 64 Reversing contactors

4Max. rating 2.5 18
DOLRS18.5/U(...V50HZ)
for three-phase 1) 1,035.10
Part no.
DOLRS4/I(...V50HZ) 7.5
+ DILA-XHI20
1) Price+($)
656.70 4.5
DILA-XHI20
DILM40 DILM17-01
DILM40 Individual +
DILM9-01 DILA-XHI20
–
components 0of the
DILM9-01 + DILM17-01
– 21 combination Spare
63 + 2163DILA-XHI20
auxiliary contacts
+ DOLRS7.5/I(...V50HZ)
Notes Notes
Reversing contactors
DOLRS4/I(...V50HZ)
Individual components of the combination Spare auxiliary contacts +Notes Notes
64 64
motors, 50 –578.80
60 Hz Product + DILM150-XHI11 DILM150-XHI11
+ DILA-XHI20
22
+ DILA-XHI20 0 21
..V50HZ 1) DILM12-01 DILM12-01 +
25 1) 111) 6
22
DILM25-01 + DILA-XHI20 DILM25-01 + DILA-XHI20 DOLRS11/I(...V50HZ)
63 63 0
DOLRS22/U(...V50HZ) 1,246.60 + DILA-XHI20 group+ 0DILA-XHI20 II
21
22 64 64
22
22 
5.5 3 DOLRS5.5/I(...V50HZ) 667.80 DILM12-01 DILM12-01
22 21 63
II + 21
63
22
AC-3 DOLRS30/U(...V50HZ)
AC-4 1) 1,446.90 DILM65
64
DILM65+Contactor
64
Q11–
DILA-XHI20 +Contactor
– 14 Q12
+
DILA-XHI20 13 Q11 Q12 3 5 Mechanical 1 3 5
21
1 21

32 Q11 15 Q127
22 II
..V50HZ)1) 634.50 Contactor Contactor Q12
DILM17-01 Q11 DILM17-01 Mechanical
+ DILM150-XHI11
63
+DILM32-01
63 + + DILA-XHI20
DILM150-XHI11 I DILM32-01 64 Q11 +14 64
DILA-XHI20
interlock13
Q12 DOLRS15/I(...V50HZ) 
22 21
1 3 5 1 3 5

7.5 4.5 + DILA-XHI20

DOLRS7.5/I(...V50HZ) 1) + DILA-XHI20
857.10 interlock DILM17-01
13
DILM17-0154 54
14
I 2 4 6
+
2 4 6 14
13
380/415 V 380/415 V 64 64 Q11
63
13
63 14 I Q11 Q12

40 18.5 9
Q12 53
DILM40 + DILM150-XHI11 DILM40 + Q11
+ DILA-XHI20 + DILA-XHI20
53
DILM150-XHI11
14
Q12
14
64 64
DOLRS18.5/I(...V50HZ)
Q11
13

54 54
14 2 4 6 2 4 6
22 22 13 13
53
Q12 53
P 1)
11
.V50HZ) 6P
768.00 DOLRS11/I(...V50HZ)
DILM25-01
1) 1,090.80
DILM25-01 63 63 Part +no.
DILM25-01 Part
Q12 no.
DILM25-01 Q11 63 63 22 + 22

50 no. 22 10

Contactors
Part Part no.+ DILA-XHI20 + DILA-XHI20 - + DILA-XHI20
21
+ DILA-XHI20 - 21
Q12 Q11 DOLRS22/I(...V50HZ) 22 22

Contactors
kW kW 64 64 Q11
A1
Q12
A1
64
21U
64A1
V W 21
A1
Q12 Q11
21 21
A2
Q11 63 M Q12 A2
.V50HZ)
151) 957.20
7 65 DOLRS15/I(...V50HZ)
301)
DILM32-01 1,357.90 12
DILM32-01 63
DILM65 63 ++ DILM150-XHI11
DILM32-01 DILM32-01 DILM6563 + DILM150-XHI11 M1
A2 3 A2 DOLRS30/I(...V50HZ)
Q11
A1
Q12
A1
M
U V W
(-)N
+ DILA-XHI20 + DILA-XHI20 + DILA-XHI20 + DILA-XHI20 A2 A2
M1
64 64 64 64 3
4 2.5 DOLRS4/U(...V50HZ)1) 1) 500.90 63 DILM9-01 DILM9-01 63 63 Reversing contactors
DOLRS4/I(...V50HZ)
DILM9-01 656.70
DILM9-01 DILM9-01
DILM9-01 +
18.51) 9  1) DOLRS18.5/I(...V50HZ)
DILM40 when1,357.90 Reversing 21 contactors Reversing
(...V50HZ) 1,035.10 Specify voltage & frequency DILM40
ordering. – – DILM40 + DILM40 –  – 21 64 + 00 2121 contactors  Reversing contactors
63 63 63
21 + DILA-XHI20 + DILA-XHI20
+ DILA-XHI20 + DILA-XHI20 + DILA-XHI20
+ DILM150-XHI11 64 + DILM150-XHI11 +0DILA-XHI20
+ DILM150-XHI11 64 +0DILM150-XHI11 64
0 22

3 Standard voltages: V AC: 24 V, 1)110

1) V, 240578.80
V, 41564V at 50 Hz. 22
64 22
5.5
.V50HZ)
22 1) 1,246.60
10 DOLRS5.5/U(...V50HZ
DOLRS22/I(...V50HZ) 1,736.30
22
DILM12-01 DILM12-01 63 22 63
+
DOLRS5.5/I(...V50HZ)
DILM12-011) 667.80
DILM12-01 63 DILM12-01
63 + DILM12-01
21 + DILA-XHI20
63 63
21
+II DILA-XHI20 + 22 21
21 2222

IIII 22
22 22

12 Non-standard voltages: V AC: 12

1) – 600 V atDILM65
50 or 60 Hz. 21
301)
.V50HZ) 1,446.90 + DILA-XHI20 DOLRS30/I(...V50HZ)
+ DILA-XHI20
DILM65 1,903.30 + DILA-XHI20 – +IIDILA-XHI20
– 22 DILM65 + 21 DILM65 22 21 – 64 II –
22
64 + 21
22
21
21 1 3 5 1 3 5
64 64 64 641 3 5 1 313 5
7.5 4.5V DC: 12 1) – 250 V. For DC+ voltage
DOLRS7.5/U(...V50HZ) 1)add suffix
DILM150-XHI11 “-G”
634.50 to Item No.
+ DILM150-XHI11 +DILM17-01
DILM150-XHI11
13 +DILM17-01
DILM150-XHI11
14
1 3 5
13 63 63 + 13
I
14
14
1 3 5
13 Q11 Q12
DOLRS7.5/I(...V50HZ)
DILM17-01 857.10
DILM17-01 63 DILM17-01
63 + DILM17-01
14 63 Q11 I 63 +Q12 14
Q11 I Q12
13 + DILA-XHI20 + DILA-XHI20 13 14
I 13 14 I 13 54 54 14 2 4 6 2 4 6
N.B. additional charge
+ DILA-XHI20 applies. Please enquire for
+ DILA-XHI20 non-
+ DILA-XHI20 + DILA-XHI20
54 54
14
Q11
2 14 4 6
Q12
2 4 6
14 64
13
64
54 54
14
Q11 2 144 6
Q11 Q12
Q12
2 4 6
14
64 64 Q11 Q12 64 64 Q11 Q12 53 53
standard 1,090.80 .
1) configurations
53 53 13 13 53 53 13 13
DOLRS11/I(...V50HZ) DILM25-01 DILM25-01 63 63
22 + 22
22
22 22
22

11 6 DOLRS11/U(...V50HZ)1) 768.00 63+ DILA-XHI20 + DILA-XHI20 DILM25-01

22 22
DILM25-01
Q12 Q11 63 22
63 +Q11 22 Q12
Q12
Q11
Q11
DILM25-01 DILM25-01 63 + Q12
21
Q11
+ DILA-XHI20
21 64 + DILA-XHI20
64 21 21
Q12
21 21
21
21
21
21
U V W
A1A1 A1A1
+ DILA-XHI20
DOLRS15/I(...V50HZ) 1) + DILA-XHI20
1,357.90 DILM32-01 DILM32-01 A1 A1 63 Q11
A1
63 U V W
Q12
A1
64 64
A1 A1 Q11
Q11 U V W Q12
Q12
64 64 Q11 Q12 Q11 Q12 A2 A2
15 7 DOLRS15/U(...V50HZ)1) 957.20 63+ DILA-XHI20 + DILA-XHI20 DILM32-01
A2 A2 DILM32-01 A2 A2 63 63
A2 + A2 A2 A2 M1
M

DILM32-01 DILM32-01 63 + + DILA-XHI20 64

(-)N
M1
+ DILA-XHI20
64 3
M (-)N
M1
3
M 3

+ DILA-XHI20
DOLRS18.5/I(...V50HZ) 1) + DILA-XHI20
1,357.90 DILM40 DILM40 – – + 64 64
50HZ)
age and1) frequency 656.70
when 9ordering. DILM9-01 1) DILM9-01 + – Reversing contactors
Star-delta starters
64 64 63 63 21
18.5 DOLRS18.5/U(...V50HZ) 1,035.10 + DILM150-XHI11 DILM40
+ DILM150-XHI11 DILM40 0 – +
oltages: DILM40
V AC: 24 V, 110 V, 240 V, 415 V at 50 Hz + DILA-XHI20 –
DILM40 + DILA-XHI20
– + 64 64 + DILM150-XHI11
21
21
+0 DILM150-XHI11 22 0
21

ard voltages: V AC: 12 – 600+VDILM150-XHI11

DOLRS22/I(...V50HZ) + DILM150-XHI11
at 501)or 60 Hz1,736.30 0 22
22
22
.V50HZ) 221)
V DC:667.80
12 – 10
250 V Max. DILM12-01
DOLRS22/U(...V50HZ)
rating 1) DILM12-01
1,246.60
for Max.
63 2263
+ 22 II
21
21 22
DOLRS30/I(...V50HZ)
Rated 1) 1,903.30 + DILA-XHI20 + DILM65
DILA-XHI20 DILM65 21 –
22 II –
21
+ 22 21
II
age add30suffix “-G” to part
12no. DOLRS30/U(...V50HZ)
three-phase 1) 1,446.90 + DILM150-XHI11 64 64 DILM65 DILM65 – –14 1 +
– change
22 21
DILM65 DILM65 – + + IIDILM150-XHI11 3 5 1 133 5
22 21

onal
.V50HZ) 1) applies.857.10 operational
charge
+ DILM150-XHI11 motors, DILM17-01
+ DILM150-XHI11 over DILM17-01 Individual 63 components
22
14
+
21
63 + DILM150-XHI11
13
of the combination
+I DILM150-XHI11
14
13
Q11
I
13 Q12 14
I
14 13

current + DILA-XHI20 + DILA-XHI20 I 13

54 54
14
Q11
214 4 6
Q12
142 4 6 13 14
uire for non-standard configurations. 50 – 60 Hz time 64 1364
14 14
14
Q11
53
Q12 53
13 13 Q11
14
Q12
14

V50HZ)1) 1,090.80 DILM25-01 DILM25-01 63 Q11 63 + Q12 22 22 13

Star-delta 13

AC-3, + DILA-XHI20 + DILA-XHI20

13 13 22 22 Q12 Q11 22 22
AC-3, 380/415 V Mains contactor 64 64
22 22
Delta Q12
contactor
Q11
21 21 Star contactor Q12
21 21 Q11
starter
380/415 V S DILM32-01 Q12 Q11
Q11 Q12
A1 A1 21 21
V50HZ)1) 1,357.90 P, kWDILM32-01 Q11 Item No. Q15 Item No. Q13 Item No. Q11
63 63 21 21 A1 A1 U V W A1 A1

Ie, A + DILA-XHI20 + DILA-XHI20 Q11

64
A1

64 A2
Q12
A1

A2
Q11 Q12
A2 A2 (-)N
M1
A2

3
M
A2

(-)N
A2
Q12
Item No.  A2
(-)N
..V50HZ)1)
ering. 1,357.90 Star-delta starter DILM40 combinations DILM40 – – + 21
0 V, 2404 V, 415 V at 50 Hz2.5DILM9-01 DOLRS4/I(...V50HZ)
+ DILM150-XHI11 63 656.70 DILM9-01 DILM9-01 +
1) 63 63 Reversing contactors
DILM9-01 + DILM150-XHI11
63 + 0
Reversing contactors
21 + DILA-XHI20 + DILA-XHI20
22 21
V at 501)or 60 Hz1,736.30 + DILA-XHI20
V50HZ)
V Open units - Timing
+ DILA-XHI20relay K1T: 64 ETR4-51,
64 C
 omplete0 22 with overload 21 22
64 64 0 22

V50HZ)
o.
5.5
1) 1,903.30 3
DILM12-01
DOLRS5.5/I(...V50HZ)
DILM65
DILM12-01
1)
GST not63 667.80
included
DILM65
63 + – – DILM12-01
+ DILM12-01
II
22 21
63 63 + 21
22 SDES5.5-U
21 + DILA-XHI20 + DILA-XHI20
+12 5.5 + DILM150-XHI1120
22 II
DILA-XHI20 + DILA-XHI20 DILM7-10 + DILA-XHI20
+ DILM150-XHI11 II
22 21
DILM7-01 I
14
+ DILA-XHI20 13
64 DILM7-01
64 + DILA-XHI20 22 SDES5.5/U(...)
21
1 3 5 1 3 5
64 64 13
7.5 4.5 DOLRS7.5/I(...V50HZ)1) 857.10 63 DILM17-01 13 DILM17-01
13 1 3 5 1 143 5
63 63 + I
14
Q11 Q12
DILM17-01 DILM17-01 + 14 14 14

16 7.5 20 DILM9-10 + DILA-XHI20 14DILM9-01 + DILA-XHI20 DILM7-01 + DILA-XHI20 SDES7.5/U(...)

63
rations. I
13 + DILA-XHI20 + DILA-XHI20
Q11Q11 Q12Q12 13
54 54
14

2 4 6 2 4 6
+ DILA-XHI20 + DILA-XHI20 54 54 2 13 4 6 13
2 4 6 64 64 Q11 Q12 53
64 64 Q11 22 22 53
11 6 DOLRS11/I(...V50HZ)1) 1,090.80 DILM25-01
Q12 53 DILM25-01 63 63 +
22 11 20
53 Q12 Q11
DILM25-01 DILM25-01 63 63
DILM12-10
+ + DILA-XHI20 +
22 DILA-XHI20 22
DILM12-01 21 + DILA-XHI20
+ DILA-XHI20 21 DILM7-01 + DILA-XHI20Q12
22
SDES11/U(...)
Q11
22

+ DILA-XHI20 + DILA-XHI20 Q12 Q11 Q11
A1
Q12
A1
64 64 21 21
64 64 21 21
15 7 30 15
DOLRS15/I(...V50HZ) 1)
20
1,357.90 DILM17-10 + DILA-XHI20 DILM32-01 A1 DILM17-01
DILM32-01
(-)N U +
A2
V DILA-XHI20
A2 63
DILM17-01
63
+ DILA-XHI20
Q11
A1
Q12 SDES15/U(...) 
A1 U V W
DILM32-01 DILM32-01 63 63
Q11
A1
+ DILA-XHI20
Q12 + DILA-XHI20
W
A2 A2
M
+ DILA-XHI20 + DILA-XHI20 A2 A2
M1
M 64 64
M1
3

9 45 22 20
1,357.90 DILM25-10 + DILA-XHI20 DILM25-01 DILM40 + DILA-XHI20 –DILM17-01 + DILA-XHI20 SDES22/U(...) 
64 64 3
18.5 DOLRS18.5/I(...V50HZ) 1) DILM40 – +
DILM40 DILM40 – – + 21
+ DILM150-XHI11 + DILM150-XHI11 0
21

+ DILM150-XHI11 + DILM150-XHI11 0 22

22 10 55 30
GST DOLRS22/I(...V50HZ)
not included
1) 20
1,736.30 DILM32-10 + DILA-XHI20 22
DILM32-01 + DILA-XHI20 DILM25-01 + DILA-XHI20 21
SDES30/U(...)
22 
22 Seite 8 Donnerstag, 2. Oktober 2008 3:38 15
21 SK1158AUS_05_008-011.fm II
30 12 DOLRS30/I(...V50HZ)1) 1,903.30 II DILM65 DILM65 – – + 22 21

70
DILM65 37
DILM65 – 20 – DILM40 + DILM150-XHI11
+ 22
+ DILM150-XHI11
21
DILM40 + + DILM150-XHI31 DILM40 + DILM150-XHI11
DILM150-XHI11 14 SDES37/U(...)
13 
+ DILM150-XHI11 + DILM150-XHI11 14
5/8 Contactor
13
combinations I
Contactor combin
I 13 14

90 45 20 DILM50 + DILM150-XHI11 14 DILM50 + DILM150-XHI31 DILM40 + DILM150-XHI11 Q12SDES45/U(...) 

14 14
13
14 Star-delta
14
combinations Q11 Star-delta combi
Q11 Q12 13 13
13 13 22 22

115 55 20 DILM65 + DILM150-XHI11

Q12
22
Q11
22
DILM65 + DILM150-XHI31 DILM40 + DILM150-XHI11
21
Q11
SDES55/U(...)
Q12Moeller SK0211-1158GB-AUS
21

Moeller SK0211-1158GB-AUS
21 21 A1 A1
A1 A1 Rated Max. rating for Max. Part no. Price ($)
Q11 Spare
Q12auxiliary Individual components of the combination SDES5.5 – SDES30

140 75 20 DILM80 + DILM150-XHI11

Q11
A2
Q12
A2
DILM80 + DILM150-XHI31
(-)N
operational
current
three-phase
motors, DILM50 + DILM150-XHI11
changeover
time
Product
(-)N group 0
A2
contacts
SDES75/U(...)
A2 
50 – 60 Hz 0
21
22

AC-3 AC-3 Q11 Q13 Q15 Mains contactor Delta contactor Star contactor S11

Enclosed units - Complete

ltage and frequency when ordering. with pushbutton & overload, According to IEC 60947 380 V
415 V
380 V
415 V
 SpecifyQ15
voltage Q13
I
Q11 13
Q11
13

voltages: V AC: 24 V, 110 V, 240 V, 415 V at 50 Hz SK1158AUS_05_008-011.fm Seite 8 Donnerstag, 2. Oktober 2008 3:38 15
Ie P Part no. & frequency Part no. when Part no.
14 14

ard voltages: V AC: 12 – 60012 V at 50 or 60 Hz 5.5 20 DILM7-10 + DILA-XHI20 DILM7-01 + DILA-XHI20

SK1158AUS_05_008-011.fm Seite 8 Donnerstag, 2. Oktober 2008 3:38 15
sDILM7-01 + DILA-XHI20 SDES5.5/I(...)  44 14 14 17 17

GSTVnot
DC:included
A kW
ordering. Q11 K1 K1
Contactors

12 – 250 V
43 13 13 18 28

5/8 Contactor
Star-delta starter combinationscombinations Q13 Q15 Contactor comb
tage add suffix “-G” to part no.
22 22

16 7.5 20 5/8 DILM9-10 Contactor + combinations

DILA-XHI20 DILM9-01 + DILA-XHI20 DILM7-01 + DILA-XHI20 SDES7.5/I(...)  DILM7-10 Standard DILM7-01voltages: VContactor
AC: combinations Q15 5/9 Q13
• Timing relayStar-delta
ETR4-51 combinations Star-delta com
Open units 12 5.5 20 SDES5.5/U(...) 723.50
1) 1) DILM7-01 63 63 63 21 21

ional charge applies. K1T: + DILA-XHI20 + DILA-XHI20

24 V, DILM9-01
110 V, 240 V,
+ DILA-XHI20
415 VStar-delta
Star-delta combinations • Complete with overload Q11 combinations
64 64 64
A1 A1 A1 A1
K1 Q13 Q15
16 7.5 20 SDES7.5/U(...) 723.50 DILM9-10 1) DILM7-01 63 63 63
A2 A2 A2 A2

22
quire for non-standard configurations. 11 20 DILM12-10 + DILA-XHI20 DILM12-01 + DILA-XHI20 DILM7-01 + DILA-XHI20 Moeller SDES11/I(...)  DILM12-10
SK0211-1158GB-AUS
+ DILA-XHI20
Moeller at 50 +Hz
DILA-XHI20
SK0211-1158GB-AUS
+ DILA-XHI20 (–)N

64 64 64
N Y
22 11 20 SDES11/U(...) 768.00 1) DILM12-01 DILM7-01 63 63 63

IndividualNon-standard voltages:
Moeller SK0211-1158GB-AUS Moeller SK0211-1158GB-AUS + DILA-XHI20 + DILA-XHI20 + DILA-XHI20
Rated Max. rating for Max. Part no. Price ($) Spare auxiliary components of the combination SDES5.5
SDES37 – SDES30
– SDES75
30 15 20
64 64 64

DILM17-10 + DILA-XHI20 Rated Max. DILM17-01

rating for Max. + DILA-XHI20
Part
operational
no.current motors, Price ($)DILM17-01
three-phase changeover
timeSpare auxiliary + DILA-XHI20
Product
group Individual
0 SDES15/I(...)
contacts
components of the combination  V AC:– SDES30
SDES5.5 12 – 600 V at 50 21
21
operational three-phase changeover 50 – 60 Product
Hz contacts 0 0 22
current motors, time
AC-3 AC-3
group 0
Q11 Q13 Q15 Mains or 0 60
contactor Hz,
Delta V DC:
contactor 12 Star– 250
contactor S11 S11 21 22

45 22 20
50 – 60 Hz
DILM25-10 + DILA-XHI20 AC-3 DILM25-01 + DILA-XHI20 DILM17-01 Q13 Q15 + DILA-XHI20 SDES22/I(...) contactor Q11 22
30 15 20 SDES15/U(...) 946.10 DILM17-10
Q11 1) DILM17-01
Q15 DILM17-01
Q13 Q11
VS11For+Q11DC voltage+ DILA-XHI20
add
63 63 63

AC-3 380 V 380 V Q11 Mains contactor Delta contactor Star 13 13

+ DILA-XHI20 DILA-XHI20 13 13

380 V 380 V
415 V 415 V Q11 Q15 Q13 I I 64 64 64 14 14

Part no. suffix “-G”

Part no. to part no.
14 14
13 13
45 I 22P 20 SDES22/U(...) 968.40 DILM25-10 I
1) DILM25-01 DILM17-01
Part no. 63 63 63
415 V
55 30 20
415 V e

DILM32-10 + DILA-XHI20 DILM32-01 + DILA-XHI20 DILM25-01 + DILA-XHI20 SDES30/I(...) no. DILM32-10

14 14
+ DILA-XHI20 + DILA-XHI20 + DILA-XHI20 44 14 14 17 17
I P A kW s Part no. Part no. Part Q11Q11 64
K1 K1 K1 K1
64 64
44 14 14 17 17
Contactors

N.B. additional charge

e 43 13 13 18 28
43 13 13
55 30 20 SDES30/U(...) 1,101.90 1) DILM32-01 DILM25-01 63
Q13Q15Q15
63 63 44 14 14 17 17 18 28
A kWstarter combinations
s K1 K1
Star-delta + DILA-XHI20 Q11 + DILA-XHI20 Q13
Contactors

Contactors

+ DILA-XHI20 43 13 13 18 28 22 22

DILM7-10applies. Please enquire

22 22

70 37 20
Q15 Q13
DILM40 + DILM150-XHI11 DILM40 + DILM150-XHI31 DILM40 + DILM150-XHI11 SDES37/I(...)  + DILM150-XHI11
64 64 64

Star-delta starter combinations Open units 12 5.5 20 SDES5.5/U(...) 723.501) Q13 1)Q15
DILM7-01 DILM7-01 63 Q15 63 Q13 63
21
21
21
21
70 37 20 SDES37/U(...) 1,335.60 – – DILM40 1) DILM40 DILM40 21 33 22 22
• Timing relay K1T: ETR4-51 + DILA-XHI20 + DILA-XHI20 + DILA-XHI20
GST not included Open units 12 5.5 with overload 20
• Complete SDES5.5/U(...) 1) 723.50 1) DILM7-10 DILM7-01 63 DILM7-01 63
for non-standard
63 + DILM150-XHI31 +Q15 Q13
DILM150-XHI11
Q11
64 64 64 21 21
A1
A1
A1
A1
A1
A1
A1
A1

K1 K1 Q13 Q15
22 34
• Timing relay K1T: ETR4-51 16 7.5 20 SDES7.5/U(...) + DILA-XHI20
723.50 + DILA-XHI20 + DILA-XHI20DILM9-10 DILM9-01
1) DILM7-01 Q11 63 Q13 63Q15 63
A2 A2 A2 A2
90 45 20 SDES45/U(...) 1,558.20 – – DILM50
+ DILA-XHI20Q11 DILM50
1) DILM40 A1 A1 A1 A1

90 45 20 configurations.
21 33 A2 A2 A2 A2

DILM50 + DILM150-XHI11 DILM50 + DILM150-XHI31 DILM40 + DILM150-XHI11 SDES45/I(...) 

64 64 64
• Complete with overload + DILA-XHI20
K1 Q13+ DILA-XHI20
Q15 (–)N
16 7.5 20 SDES7.5/U(...) 723.50 1) DILM9-10 DILM9-01 63 DILM7-01 + DILM150-XHI11
63 63 + DILM150-XHI31 + DILM150-XHI11 (–)N N
64 64 64
22 34 Y A2 A2 A2 A2
N Y
22 11 20 SDES11/U(...) 1) + DILA-XHI20
768.00 63 63 + DILA-XHI20
63 + DILA-XHI20DILM12-10
(–)N DILM12-01 DILM7-01
115 55 20 64 SDES55/U(...)
64 64 1) 1,669.50 – 21 33 – DILM65
+ DILA-XHI20 NDILM65
+ DILA-XHI20 DILM40
+ DILA-XHI20
Y
22 11 20 SDES11/U(...)1) 768.00 DILM12-10 64 64 DILM12-01 DILM7-01 + DILM150-XHI11 
+ DILM150-XHI31 + DILM150-XHI11 SDES37 – SDES75
115 55 20
63 63 63 64

DILM65 + DILM150-XHI11 DILM65 + DILM150-XHI31

140 75 DILM40
20 + DILM150-XHI11 SDES55/I(...) 
SDES75/U(...) 64 64 64 1)
22 34
+ DILA-XHI20
3,172.10 21 33 – –
+ DILA-XHI20 + DILA-XHI20
DILM80 SDES37 – SDES75
DILM80 DILM50 0 21
L1 L2 L3

+ DILM150-XHI11 + DILM150-XHI31 + DILM150-XHI11 22 F1

22 34 21
S11
140 75 20 DILM80 + DILM150-XHI11
Enclosed units DILM80 + DILM150-XHI31
• Complete with pushbutton and overload
12 30 5.515 DILM50
20 20
+ DILM150-XHI11
SDES15/U(...)
SDES5.5/I(...)
30 • According15to IEC 60947 20
946.10
990.60 SDES75/I(...) 
SDES15/U(...)1) 946.10
1) 1)

DILM17-10
63 63 63 63 63

DILM17-01
63

DILM17-01
DILM17-100 22 DILM7-01
DILM7-10
+ DILA-XHI20S11
+ DILA-XHI20
DILM17-01
+ DILA-XHI20
+ DILA-XHI20
DILM17-01
DILM7-01
+ DILA-XHI20
+ DILA-XHI20
I
13
Q11 B
13
1 x In
63 63 63 64 64 64 64 64 64 Q11 14 14
16 45 7.522 20 20 SDES22/U(...)
SDES7.5/I(...)1) 1) + DILA-XHI20
968.40
990.60 63 63 63 63 + 63DILA-XHI20
63 + DILA-XHI20DILM25-10 13 DILM9-01
DILM9-10 13 DILM25-01 DILM17-01
DILM7-01
64 64 64 I 14 +14 DILA-XHI20
+ DILA-XHI20
+ DILA-XHI20 + DILA-XHI20 + DILA-XHI20
+ DILA-XHI20 44 14 14
45 22 20 SDES22/U(...)1) 968.40 63 63 63 DILM25-10
64 64 64 DILM25-01
64 64 DILM17-01 Q11 K1
17
K1
17

Overload relay settings Starting Timing relay set11to

30 approx. 20 2010 s.SDES11/I(...)
Q13
64
143 3 5 13 1 3 5 1 328 5
22 55 SDES30/U(...) + DILA-XHI20
1,101.90
1,046.30 + DILA-XHI20 1) 1) 63 63 63 63 63 63 + DILA-XHI20DILM32-10
DILM12-10 44 DILM32-01
DILM12-0114 14 DILM25-01
DILM7-01 17 17 Q11 Q15
13 18
2Q13
4 6 Q15 2 4 6 2 4 6
64 64 64
+ DILA-XHI20 Q11 +43DILA-XHI20
+ DILA-XHI20 + DILA-XHI20
13 13
K1 K1
+ DILA-XHI20
+ DILA-XHI20 22 22
55 30 20 SDES30/U(...) 1,101.90
1) DILM32-10 DILM32-01 DILM25-01 18 28

A: IN x 0.58 15 s Protection of the motor in Y- and d configuration Main circuit: Depending on

20 20 the coordination type1,224.30
required
63 63 63 64 64 64 64 64 64

+ DILA-XHI20 – + –DILA-XHI20 + DILA-XHI20 Q13 Q15 Q15 21 Q13 21

30 70 1537 SDES37/U(...)
SDES15/I(...) 1,335.60
64 64 64
1) 1) 63 21 33 63 63 DILM40
DILM17-10 DILM40
DILM17-01 DILM40
DILM17-0122 22 A C
+ DILM150-XHI11 + DILA-XHI20
+ DILA-XHI20 + DILM150-XHI31 +Q15 + DILM150-XHI11
DILA-XHI20Q13 21
70 37 20 (i.e. Type “1” or Type
SDES37/U(...) “2”)
1,335.60 it must
1) – be – established whetherDILM40 the fuse
DILM40 protection DILM40 21 0.58 x In A1 0.58 x In A1 A1 A1

B: IN x 1 15 – 40 s Only partial motor protection in star position

21 33 64 22 34 64 64
Q11 K1 Q13 Q15
45 90 2245 20 20 SDES45/U(...)
SDES22/I(...) + DILM150-XHI11–
1,558.20
1,335.60 + –DILM150-XHI31 1) 1) 63 21 33 63 63 + DILM150-XHI11
DILM50
DILM25-10 A1 DILM50
DILM25-01 DILM40
A1 DILM17-01A1 A1 A2 A2 A2 A2

and the input wiring for the mains contactor and delta contactor are to be M1
22 34
+ DILM150-XHI11
+ DILA-XHI20 + DILM150-XHI31
Q11 + DILA-XHI20 K1 Q13
+ + DILM150-XHI11
Q15
DILA-XHI20 (–)N
C: IN x 0.58 > 40 s Motor not protected in star position.
U1 W2
90 45 20 SDES45/U(...) 1,558.20
1) – – DILM50 21 33DILM50 64 22 34 64 64 DILM40 A2 A2 A2 A2 N Y
V1 M U2

common55 115 or separate.

3055 20 20 SDES30/I(...)
SDES55/U(...) + DILM150-XHI11–
1,613.90
1,669.50 + –DILM150-XHI31 + DILM150-XHI11
DILM32-10
DILM65 (–)N DILM32-01
DILM65 DILM25-01
DILM40
1) 1) 63 21 33 63 63
W1 3~ V2
+ DILM150-XHI11 N+ DILA-XHI20 Y
22 34
+ DILA-XHI20 + DILM150-XHI31 + DILA-XHI20+ DILM150-XHI11
115 55 20 SDES55/U(...)1) 1,669.50 21 33 – – DILM65 64 22 34 64 DILM65
64 DILM40 L1 L2 L3
70 140 3775 20 20 SDES37/I(...) 1) 1)
SDES75/U(...) 1,881.00
+ DILM150-XHI11
3,172.10 21 33 – –
21 33 –+ –DILM150-XHI31 + DILM150-XHI11
DILM40
DILM80 DILM40
DILM80 DILM40
DILM50 Overload relay settings Starting
22 34
+ DILM150-XHI11
+ DILM150-XHI11 + DILM150-XHI31 L1 L2 L3 + DILM150-XHI11
+ DILM150-XHI31 + DILM150-XHI11 A: IN x 0.58 F1 F 15 s
140 75 20 SDES75/U(...)1) 3,172.10 21 33 – – DILM8022 3422 34 DILM80 DILM50 Protection of the motor in Y- and d configuration
90 12 455.5 20 20 SDES45/I(...) 1) 2,181.50
+ DILM150-XHI11
21 33 – –+ DILM150-XHI31 + DILM150-XHI11
DILM50 DILM50 F1 DILM40
Enclosed units SDES5.5/I(...)1) 990.60 63 63 63 DILM7-10 DILM7-01 DILM7-01 B: IN x 1 B 1 x In 15 – 40 s
• Complete with pushbutton and overload
22 34
+ DILM150-XHI11
+ DILA-XHI20 + DILM150-XHI31
+ DILA-XHI20 + DILM150-XHI11
+ DILA-XHI20
Power Distribution product guide –+ DILA-XHI20 eatoncorp.com.au 2018
Only partial motor protection in star position
261
22 34
Enclosed units 12 5.5 to IEC 60947 20
• According SDES5.5/I(...)1) 990.60 63 DILM7-10
63 DILM7-01
63 64 64 64 DILM7-01 B 1 xDILM40
In
• Complete with pushbutton and overload 11516 557.5 20 20 SDES55/I(...)
SDES7.5/I(...) 2,292.80
+ DILA-XHI20
990.60 – 1)
1) 21 33
63 63 63 DILM65
+ DILA-XHI20DILM9-10 DILM65
DILM9-01 DILM7-01 C: IN x 0.58 > 40 s
• According to IEC 60947 64 64 64 + DILM150-XHI11
+ DILA-XHI20 + DILM150-XHI31
+ DILA-XHI20 + DILM150-XHI11
+ DILA-XHI20 Motor not protected in star position
22 34
16 7.5 20 SDES7.5/I(...)1) 990.60 63 63 63 DILM9-10 64 64 DILM9-01
64 DILM7-01 Q13
14022 7511 20 20 SDES75/I(...) 1)
SDES11/I(...)1) 3,661.80
+ DILA-XHI20
1,046.30 21 33
63 – 63 –+ DILA-XHI20
63 DILM80
+ DILA-XHI20DILM12-10 DILM80
DILM12-01 DILM50
DILM7-01 Timing
Q11relay set2 to4 approx.
1 3 5
Q1510 s
1 3 5 1 3 5
64 64 64 + DILM150-XHI11
+ DILA-XHI20 + DILM150-XHI31
+1 DILA-XHI20
3 5
+1 DILM150-XHI11
Q13 1 3
3+ DILA-XHI20
5 5 Main circuit:
6 2 4 6 2 4 6

22 11 20 SDES11/I(...)1) 1,046.30 63 63 63 DILM12-10

22 3464 64 DILM12-01
64 DILM7-01 Q11 2 4 6
Q15 2 4 6 2 4 6
30 15 20 SDES15/I(...)1) + DILA-XHI20
1,224.30 63 63 + DILA-XHI20
63 + DILA-XHI20DILM17-10 DILM17-01 DILM17-01 DependingAon the coordinationC type required (i.e. Type “1” or Type “2”) i
64 64 64
+ DILA-XHI20 + DILA-XHI20 + DILA-XHI20 whether
0.58the
x Ifuse protection
0.58and
x Inthe input wiring for the mains contactor a
30 15 20 SDES15/I(...)1) 1,224.30 DILM17-10 DILM17-01 DILM17-01 A C n
63 63 63 64 64 64
be common or separate.
Motor Control
Contactor
1000V Mining contactors
Eaton V201 vacuum contactor
Eaton’s V201 Vacuum Contactors are known for quality & proven performance.
They are ideally suited for heavy-duty applications in harsh environments.
These contactors are most commonly used for mining applications.
• Rated for up to 1500V • No atmospheric contamination of
• Small physical size the contacts

• Long life • Derating is not required at higher

voltages
• Reduced maintenance
• Mounting in any position
• No noise, no arc flash

Vacuum contactors
Description Item no.
160A V201KRCJZ1
320A V201KTCJZ1
540A V201KVCJZ1
610A V201KZCJZ1
110V AC Coil as standard. Vacuum Contactor Amp Ratings are AC3. Vacuum switch tubes cannot be replaced.

V201KRCJZ1 Auxiliary contacts for V201 vacuum contactors & DPCK air break contactors
Description Item no.
1NO/1NC J-11
2NO J-20
2NC J-02
1NO/1NC delay – 160A only J-1CV

Accessories
Description Item no.
For mechanically interlocking two 160A Vacuum Contactors 180C113G04
For mechanically interlocking two 320A Vacuum Contactors 180C113G16
For mechanically interlocking two 540A Vacuum Contactors 180C113G17
V201KTCJZ1
Interphase barriers for 160A Vacuum contactor.
IPB1 
Contains a set of two interphase barriers.
 A set is suitable for line OR load side of the contactor. For line AND load side interphase barriers, order two sets.

Replacement parts

Description Suffix Item no.

110/120 Vac, 50/60 Hz J 9085A57G01
220/240 Vac, 50/60 Hz K 9085A57G02
Size 4
380/415 Vac, 50/60 Hz H ID89221G07
440/480 Vac, 50/60 Hz U 9085A57G03
110/120 Vac, 50/60 Hz J 7874A09G01 
V201KVCJZ1
220/240 Vac, 50/60 Hz K 7874A09G04 
Size 5
380/415 Vac, 50/60 Hz H 7874A09G10
440/480 Vac, 50/60 Hz U 7874A09G05
110/120 Vac, 50/60 Hz J 7874A24G01 
220/240 Vac, 50/60 Hz K 7874A24G02 
Size 6
380/415 Vac, 50/60 Hz H 7874A24G07
440/480 Vac, 50/60 Hz U 7874A24G03
 125 Vdc can be directly applied to the Size 5 and 6 coil rated for 120 Vac/60 Hz (cannot be applied to Size 4).
 250 Vdc can be directly applied to the Size 5 and 6 coil rated for 240 Vac/60 Hz (cannot be applied to Size 4).

262 Power Distribution product guide eatoncorp.com.au 2018

 7.1 NEMA, Special Purpose and Mining Rating
Vacuum Contactors and Starters
NEMA, Special Purpose and Mining Rating
7.1
Motor Control
Dimensions
7 Dimensions
Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm)
Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm) 7
7 1000V
Open Mining contactors
Type Contactors and Starters—Size 4 and 160A, continued
Open Type Contactors and Starters—Size 4 and 160A 7
Open type contactors and starters - size 4 and 160A
Size 4 Reversing Starter
7 Size
Size 4 and
and 160A
160A non-revisingContactor
Non-Reversing contactor
7
.44 4.88 (124) 6.38 (162.1)
4.00 .281 (7.14) Dia. Recess for
7 .38 (9.7)
(11.2) (101.6) 1.88 (47.8)
3 Mtg. Holes
.94 (23.9)
1.44 (36.6)
1.44 (36.6)
1.13 (28.7) Mechanical
Interlock
4.10 Auxiliary Interlock
3.6 (91.4)
(104.1) 7
7 7
.28 (7.1) Dia.
10.12
7
3 Mtg. Slots
(257)
9.25
6
(235)
Front View Shown 1.03
6.63(26.2)
Recess for
Auxiliary 7
without Cover Plate Interlock
7 (152.4)
and Overtravel
Gauge.
(168.4)
.47
7
Reset (11.9)
7 7
7 .94 (23.9)
8.00 (203.2) 1.88 (47.8)
1.44 (36.6) .47 (11.9)
4.83.66
(122.7)
(16.8)
1.44 (36.6) 6.61 (168)
Max. to5.96
Reset
(151.4) 7
6.86 (174.2)
Rear View — Drilling Plan Front View Hand ResetView
Side
7 Rear View — Drilling Plan
9.96 (253)
Front View Side Vew 7
7 Size 4 and 160A Reversing Contactor
7
Open Type Contactors and Starters—Size 5 and 320A
7 Open
Size
.44type
(11.2) contactors and
5.13starters
(130.3) - size
2.56 (65)
5 and 320A
4.88 (124) Mechanical
Interlock
4.2 (106.7)
7
Size 55 and 320A
320A Non-Reversing
non-revising contactor
Contactor
7 2
(50.8) 2
(50.8)
2.75 (69.9) .33 x .75
(8.4 x 19.1)
6.13 (155.7) 3/8-16 Tap
Line Terminals
7.9 (200.7)
7
1.38.28 (7.1) 8.5 5.22 (132.6)
.13 6Key Holes 6.88 Six (6) Places
7
(35.1)3 Mtg. (3.3) 3 Places (215.9) Line Term.
(152.4) (174.8) Recess for
Slots Max.
A
Auxiliary
Interlock 7
7
Coil Interlock 8.94
Location
7
.41 (10.4) (227.1)
Dia. Term.
1.88 (47.8) 1.88
7.5 2 Holes
(47.8) to
1.13 (28.7) 7.28 (184.9)
7
8 (190.5) 1.44 (36.6) Term.
3.5 (88.9)
(203.2) Term. 6.54
Holes
B 1.44 (36.6) (166.1)
7
7.1
7.0 (177.8) Nameplate
A – Two Dual Circuit 9.96 (253)
12.5

7
.33 (8.4)
Rear View — Drilling Plan Slot Vacuum Contactors andSideStarters
Interlocks LocatedFront View Vew
(317.5)
2 Places on Both Sides of
Contactor.
(When Used)
Terminal
Clamps 7
7 1.5 .31 (7.9)
B – Coil Terminals NEMA, SpecialOptional
Purpose
Are and Mining Rating
7
(38.1)
3 Slot 5.09 (129.3)
Size
.38 4 Non-Reversing
(76.2) Starter2 Places Located on Both
Sides of Contactor. Load Term. 3/8-16 Tap
(9.7) Line Terminals
6.75 (171.5) .58 (14.7) 5.93 (150.6)
7
Six (6) Places 2.5 2.5 1.45
1.88 (47.8) 4.83 (122.7) 5.94 (150.9) (63.5) (63.5) (36.8)
7
Drilling Plan — Rear View
.94 (23.9) .28 (7.1) Dia. 1.44 (36.6) Front View Shown 3.60 Recess for
.38 (9.7) 3 Mtg. Holes 1.44 (36.6) without Cover Plate (91.4) Auxiliary Interlock
7 Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm)
Size 5 and 320A Reversing Contactor
and Overtravel Gauge.
77
7 Open Type.62Contactors and Starters—Size
Open (15.7)
type contactors
(145.5)
22 (558.8)
5.734.21
and starters
6, 540A and 610A
- size
(106.9)
2.5 3.65 (92.7)
(63.5)6, 540A and 610A 6.61 (167.9) 77
9.25
Size
Size6,6,540A
540 and
and610A
610ANon-Reversing Contactor
7 non-revising contactor 2.12
(235) .46
77
(53.8)
9.97 2.74 (69.6) (11.7)
1.75 7 (177.8) 2.67 (67.8) 2.67 (67.8)
(253.2)
(44.5)
7 .38
Coil
Interlock
5 (127)
Reset
.86
(21.8)
.58
18.24(14.7) 77
(9.7) (463.3)

7 14 6.11 (155.2) 77
1.44 Interlocks
A—Two Dual Circuit 1.31 (33.3) 1.31 (33.3)
(355.6) 13.99
(355.3) Max. to Reset
7 Located on
Contactor.
B—Coil2.88
Both Sides of
(36.6)
1.5 (When Used)
Terminals Located on
A
B .46 (11.7)
.65 (16.5)
12.9
6.34 (161.0)
Hand Reset 77
(73.2)
(38.1) 2.48
Both Sides of Contactor. (63) (327.7) .33 x .75
7 NameplateRear View — Drilling Plan Front View
1.9
Term.
Holes
8.75
(222.3)
Side Vew (8.4 x 19.1)
Key Holes
77
(48.3)
3.75 4.1 8
7 (95.3) (104.1) 4.25
(108)
2.5
(63.5) 1.62 (41.1)
(203.2)
.33 (8.4)
77
9.48 (240.8) Slot
24.24 (615.7)
7 3.72 (94.5)
Load
2.67 (67.8)
1.28
2.67 (67.8)
.38 6.75 (171.5)
2 Places
.58 77
(32.5) 7.9 (200.7) (9.7) (14.7)

7 Side Vew Front View Rear View—Drilling Plan

77
7 Size 6, 540A and 610A Reversing Contactor 77
7
4.39
(111.5)
V5-T7-10 Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection CA08100006E—June 2014 www.eaton.com
2.73 2.73 Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection CA08100006E—June 2014 www.eaton.com V5-T7-11
(69.3) (69.3)
7
7
4.12 6.5
(104.6) (165.1)

4.62
(117.3) 7
17.02 Power Distribution product guide eatoncorp.com.au 2018 263
7
(432.3)
4.88
(124) 14.01 18.24
(463.3)
7
Drives & soft starters
Solutions you can depend upon.

Looking to run your process more efficiently and see a significant

return on your investment? Whether you application calls for an
ultra-compact solution, requires harmonic mitigation, or future
configurability is needed, Eaton's high performance adjustable
frequency drives will allow you to realise dramatic energy
savings, enabling you to show positive ROI within 18 months, all
while maximising your process.

Drives and soft starters

Eaton’s variable speed drives are software driven solid-state devices that enable the OEM, contractor or end user to control the speed
of motors used in industrial, mining & HVAC applications. Drives are an alternative to direct-on-line or star-delta starters as a method to
control the motor & offer greatly enhanced control capability along with energy savings.
From advanced starting & stopping control to integrated motor protection & communications capabilities, Eaton’s line of soft starters
provide a unique combination of soft starting & flexible protective features. Communications capabilities enable integration into building
management systems for easy monitoring & troubleshooting & the small size permits the use of smaller panels & enclosures, for
significant cost savings.
Eaton – the Right Drive for your Technology.
In the field of plant and machinery construction Eaton is your single-
source provider. Whether energy management, automation, signaling
or solutions all around the motor – Eaton covers the entire machine.
Variable frequency drives, soft starters, motor starters and hydraulics
components provide solutions for all tasks involving drives.

Lean Solution powered by SmartWire-DT®

Machinery construction needs a technology that simplifies its processes.
SmartWire-DT moves the I/O level to the devices, allowing simple,
quickly engineered structures without an I/O level at the PLC. Data
transparency simplifies diagnostics and maintenance, thereby reducing
wiring, testing and commissioning time and costs by up to 85%.
Example: Savings at every stage of the lifecycle
Lean solution

Savings 30 %

Conventional solution

Planning /
Material Wiring Commissioning Maintenance
Engineering

264 Power Distribution product guide eatoncorp.com.au 2018

 Drives & soft starters
Soft starters
DS7 Soft starters
With a focus on small size and ease of installation, the Eaton DS7 line of reduced-voltage solid-state
soft start controllers is designed to meet your needs for reliable and efficient soft starting. Designed to
control the acceleration and deceleration of three-phase motors, the DS7 Series is available for current
ranges from 4 to 180A.
SmartWire-DT • Tool-less plug connection, ensuring easy connection & wiring with
DS7 with SmartWire-DT interface other switching devices such as motor-protective circuit breakers
completely eliminates the need • Connection design, handling & the 45 mm device width match
for conventional control wiring. our motor-protective circuit-breakers & contactors of the device
This has several advantages; No series exactly
incorrect wiring. Faster wiring.
• The DS7 ensures a jerk-free increase in torque and effective
Cost saving. The interface can be
current reduction in the three-phase motor startup phase
used to send control commands
to the DS7 SmartWire-DT • Furthermore, the DS7 is also available with a 110/230 Vac control
and change and diagnose its voltage input. All DS7 frame sizes can be configured for single-
parameter configuration; in phase operation at 200–480 Vac main voltages
addition, the control electronics • Settings & status values can be remotely transferred via
can be powered via the SmartWire-Darwin gateway regardless of whether Profibus DP or
SmartWire-DT cable. CANopen control commands are used

Rated operational Rated power for three-phase

Control supply Item no.
current Ie, A motors at 3 AC 400 V P, kW
4 1.5 24 V DC DS7-34DSX004N0-D
7 3 24 V DC DS7-34DSX007N0-D
9 4 24 V DC DS7-34DSX009N0-D
12 5.5 24 V DC DS7-34DSX012N0-D
16 7.5 24 V DC DS7-34DSX016N0-D
24 11 24 V DC DS7-34DSX024N0-D
32 15 24 V DC DS7-34DSX032N0-D
41 22 24 V DC DS7-34DSX041N0-D
55 30 24 V DC DS7-34DSX055N0-D
70 37 24 V DC DS7-34DSX070N0-D
81 45 24 V DC DS7-34DSX081N0-D
100 55 24 V DC DS7-34DSX100N0-D
135 75 24 V DC DS7-34DSX135N0-D
160 90 24 V DC DS7-34DSX160N0-D
200 110 24 V DC DS7-34DSX200N0-D

DS7 Soft starters accessories

Overload relays PKZ-DS7 wiring set
For use with... Item no. For use with... Item no.
DS7-34…SX004… ZB12-4 DS7-34…SX004…
DS7-34…SX007… DS7-34…SX007…
ZB12-10 PKZM0-XDM12
DS7-34…SX009… DS7-34…SX009…
DS7-34…SX012… ZB12-12 DS7-34…SX012…
DS7-34…SX016… ZB32-16 Busbar adapter
DS7-34…SX024… ZB32-24 For use with... Item no.
DS7-34…SX032… ZB32-32 PKZM0, PKE + DS7...004N...
PKZM0-XDM12 BBA0L-25

Device fans PKZM0, PKE + DS7...007N...

BBA0L-25
For use with... Item no. PKZM0, PKE + DS7...009N...
DS7-34...SX004... PKZM0, PKE + DS7...012N...
DS7-34...SX007... PKZM0, PKE + DS7...004N...
DS7-34...SX009... PKZM0, PKE + DS7...007N...
DS7-34...SX012... DS7-FAN-032 PKZM0, PKE + DS7...009N...
DS7-34...SX016...
PKZM0, PKE + DS7...012N... BBA0L-32
DS7-34...SX024...
DS7-34...SX032... PKZM0, PKE + DS7...016N... ZB12-4
DS7-34...SX041... PKZM0, PKE + DS7...024N...
DS7-34...SX055... PKZM0, PKE + DS7...032N...
DS7-34...SX070... DS7-FAN-100
Electric contact module
DS7-34...SX081...
DS7-34...SX100... For use with... Item no.
DS7-34...SX135... DS7-34…SX016…
DS7-34...SX160... DS7-FAN-200 DS7-34…SX024… PKZM0-XM32DE DS7-FAN-032
DS7-34...SX200...
DS7-34…SX032…

Power Distribution product guide eatoncorp.com.au 2018 265

Drives & soft starters
Soft starters
S811+ Soft starters
The Eaton S811+ Soft Starter is an electronic, self-contained, panel- or enclosure-mounted
motor soft-starting device. It is intended to provide three-phase induction motors with a smooth
start, both mechanically and electrically. The S811+ Soft Starters utilize six SCRs connected in
a full wave power bridge. Varying the SCR conduction period controls the voltage applied to the
motor. This in turn controls the torque developed by the motor. After the motor reaches speed,
internal contacts are closed to bypass the SCRs.
The S811+ Soft Starter utilizes a Digital Interface Module (DIM) that allows the user to configure
the device, read and write system parameters, and evaluate fault codes for troubleshooting. The
DIM includes an easy-to-read display and keypad to scroll through the parameters. The Digital
Interface Module allows the user to modify control parameters, enable or disable protections,
set system variances from Fault TRIP to Fault WARNING, set communication variables, monitor
system parameters such as line voltages and currents and access the fault queue.

• Built-in overload protection, and run bypass • Multiple trip class settings (5, 10, 20 and
contactor 30)
• Adjustable ramp times, torque control, and • Built-in comms. capability for Modbus
kick start control (through the DIM or using CH Studio
• Programmable overload settings, 31-100% software)
of rated current • Six SCR control, 3 or 6 wire 415V
• Digital Interface Module (DIM) to safely • Ideal for pump protection and control
configure, commission, monitor and • 24V DC power supply required with soft
troubleshoot starter see below
• Soft start and Soft stop control

Max current (amps) kW rating at 415V AC

Item no.
Normal duty Severe duty Normal duty* Severe duty**
37 22 18.5 11 S811+N37P3S
66 42 30 22 S811+N66P3S
105 65 55 37 S811+R10P3S
135 80 75 45 S811+R13P3S
180 115 90 55 S811+T18P3S
240 150 132 75 S811+T24P3S
304 192 160 90 S811+T30P3S
360 240 185 132 S811+U36P3S
420 305 220 160 S811+U42P3S
500 365 260 200 S811+V50P3S
650 420 355 220 S811+V65P3S
EML24 720 480 400 260 S811+V72P3S
850 525 450 300 S811+V85P3S
1000 575 560 330 S811+V10P3S

Normal duty is 4 starts per hour at ramp current 300% of full load amps. Severe duty is 4 starts per hour at ramp current
450% of full load amps.

S811+ Soft starters accessories

EMA69C Description Item no.
Lug kits, 3-phase 2 cable connection, up to 2 x 240mm dia (T/U) EML24
Lug kits, 3-phase 2 cable connection, up to 2 x 240mm dia (V) EML28
Control interface module
Kit with 2m Cable, remote keypad mount EMA69C
panel mounting kits
Control wire connectors 12-Pin Connector for Control Wiring EMA75
DC power supply 240Vac in, 24 V DC out PSG240E
For voltages rated 690V to 7.5kV open panel/enclosed type, we have the MV 811 Series medium voltage soft starters.
PSG240E
Please contact your nearest Eaton branch to discuss your application for the medium voltage starters.

266 Power Distribution product guide eatoncorp.com.au 2018

 Drives & soft starters
Variable speed starter
DE1 PowerXL variable speed starter
Eaton’s new device category is closing the gap between conventional motor starters and
variable frequency drives. It combines all the benefits in one device: The IP20 PowerXL™
DE1 Variable Speed Starter. Ease of use and reliability or variable motor speed and improved
energy efficiency.

Beyond the out-of-the-box commissioning that eliminates the need for parameterization, the
user also has the option of using the plug-in DXE-EXT-SET configuration module to adjust the
default settings of key parameters such as ramp time, motor protection and control terminal
function to fit the current application. All that is needed is a screwdriver.
Furthermore the DE1 naturally also offers the opportunity to carry out the parameterization
using the external remote device with LED display, which is part of the PowerXL product
portfolio. Furthermore, the drivesConnect software also keeps the new Variable Speed
Starter easy to use, just like it does for the entire PowerXL family. The software allows DE1
users the parameterization or readout via laptop, and to copy parameters from one drive to
another with the parameter copy stick.

• Out-of-the-box commissioning without • No special drives, engineering skills or

parameterisation knowledge required
• Trip-free design ensures maximum • Optional configuration with
machine availability parameterization module
• As easy to install and use as a motor • Optional communication via SmartWire-
starter DT and other accessories
• Variable motor speed for energy efficiency

Input / Output Input Output Output Item no. selection

Motor [kW] Motor [HP] Size
voltage [V] phases phases current [A] with EMC filter
0.25 0.3 1 3 1.4 1 DE1-121D4FN-N20N
0.37 0.5 1 3 2.3 1 DE1-122D3FN-N20N
0.55 0.5 1 3 2.7 1 DE1-122D7FN-N20N
220 – 240
0.75 0.75 1 3 4.3 1 DE1-124D3FN-N20N
1.5 2 1 3 7 1 DE1-127D0FN-N20N
2.2 3 1 3 9.6 2 DE1-129D6FN-N20N
0.37 0.5 3 3 1.3 1 DE1-341D3FN-N20N
0.75 1 3 3 2.1 1 DE1-342D1FN-N20N
1.5 2 3 3 3.6 1 DE1-343D6FN-N20N
2.2 3 3 3 5 2 DE1-345D0FN-N20N
400 – 480
3 3 3 3 6.6 2 DE1-346D6FN-N20N
4 5 3 3 8.5 2 DE1-348D5FN-N20N
5.5 7.5 3 3 11.3 2 DE1-34011FN-N20N
7.5 10 3 3 16 2 DE1-34016FN-N20N*

Accessories
Description Item no.
DE1 parameterization module DXE-EXT-SET
Parameter copy stick DX-COM-STICK2
Remote display DX-KEY-LED2

Power Distribution product guide eatoncorp.com.au 2018 267

Drives & soft starters
Variable speed drive
DC1 PowerXL variable speed drive
DC1’s compact size, simple installation process coupled with constant torque ratings
make the DC1 the ideal drive for use with all types of machinery including conveyors,
packaging machines, pumps and fans.
The PowerXL DC1 variable frequency drives come as standard with the Modbus RTU
and CANopen fieldbus system. The user can connect to other fieldbus systems such as
EthernetIP and ModbusTCP easily via fieldbus modules. As an alternative to the fieldbus
connection, it can also be incorporated in the SmartWire-DT communication system.
This makes it possible to not only parameterize the PowerXL frequency inverters
centrally via the SmartWire-DT interface, but also to send them control commands and
read diagnostic data from them.

Simplifying technology
With their self-explanatory keys to part numbers, auto-tune function, convenient
parameterization (only 14 basic parameters) and fast engineering and commissioning
these devices help minimize planning, installation and technical support costs.
The PowerXL™ variable speed drives can be programmed with keypad and LED or
OLED (multi-language display) and from a PC. With a Bluetooth PC stick parameter
settings can be quickly transferred to other devices.

• High overload capability: • Onboard I/O: • Conformal coated boards

150% for 60 sec, 4 inputs (2 DI and 2 DI/AI) • Bluetooth copy/paste stick
175% for 2 sec 1 output (1 DO/AO)
1 relay output • Easy menu navigation
• Integrated Modbus RTU and CANopen
• Optional high protection degree (IP66) • Ease of control wiring - detachable
• Standard IP20 protection terminal pad
• Integrated PID controller • Higher ambient temperature: +50°C
• Lean connectivity through use of
• V/Hz control with voltage boost • Ability to work with singlephase motor SmartWire-DT
applications
• Plug-in modules to expand the number • Onboard RFI filter
of relays • Contactor style wiring
• PC tool for easy configuration

240V IP20 / 1-ph in, 1-ph out

1-phase 240V IP20 VSD with inbuilt emc filter (Suitable for single phase 240V AC motors)
Frame High overload Low overload
Description Item no.
size P [kW] I(H) P [kW] I(L)
DC1 Drive 240V 0.37 kW CT IP20, 1PH Motor FS1 0.37 4.3 0.37 4.3 DC1-S24D3FN-A20CE1
DC1 Drive 240V 0.75 kW CT IP20, 1PH Motor FS1 0.75 7 0.75 7 DC1-S27D0FN-A20CE1
DC1 Drive 240V 1.1 kW CT IP20, 1PH Motor FS2 1.1 10.5 1.1 10.5 DC1-S2011FB-A20CE1
240V IP20 / 1-ph in, 3-ph out
1-phase 240V IP20 VSD with inbuilt emc filter (Suitable for three phase 240V AC motors)
Description Frame High overload Low overload
Item no.
size P [kW] I(H) P [kW] I(L)
DC1 Drive 240V 0.37 kW CT IP20, 3PH Motor FS1 0.37 2.3 0.37 2.3 DC1-122D3FN-A20CE1
DC1 Drive 240V 0.75 kW CT IP20, 3PH Motor FS1 0.75 4.3 0.75 4.3 DC1-124D3FN-A20CE1
DC1 Drive 240V 1.5 kW CT IP20, 3PH Motor FS1 1.5 7 1.5 7 DC1-127D0FN-A20CE1
DC1 Drive 240V 1.5 kW CT IP20, 3PH Motor (BCU) FS2 1.5 7 1.5 7 DC1-127D0FB-A20CE1
DC1 Drive 240V 2.2 kW CT IP20, 3PH Motor FS2 2.2 10.5 2.2 10.5 DC1-12011FB-A20CE1
DC1 Drive 240V 4 kW CT IP20, 3PH Motor FS2 4 15.3 4 15.3 DC1-12015NB-A20CE1
* Note: DC1-12015NB-A20CE1 does not have inbuilt rfi filter.

415V IP20 / 3-ph in, 3-ph out

3-phase 415V IP20 VSD with inbuilt emc filter (Suitable for three phase 415V AC motors)
Description Frame High overload Low overload
Item no.
size P [kW] I(H) P [kW] I(L)
DC1 Drive 415V 0.75 kW CT IP20, 3PH Motor FS1 0.75 2.2 0.75 2.2 DC1-342D2FN-A20CE1
DC1 Drive 415V 1.5 kW CT IP20, 3PH Motor FS1 1.5 4.1 1.5 4.1 DC1-344D1FN-A20CE1
DC1 Drive 415V 1.5 kW CT IP20, 3PH Motor (BCU) FS2 1.5 4.1 1.5 4.1 DC1-344D1FB-A20CE1
DC1 Drive 415V 2.2 kW CT IP20, 3PH Motor FS2 2.2 5.8 2.2 5.8 DC1-345D8FB-A20CE1
DC1 Drive 415V 4 kW CT IP20, 3PH Motor FS2 4 9.5 4 9.5 DC1-349D5FB-A20CE1
DC1 Drive 415V 5.5 kW CT IP20, 3PH Motor FS3 5.5 14 5.5 14 DC1-34014FB-A20CE1
DC1 Drive 415V 7.5 kW CT IP20, 3PH Motor FS3 7.5 18 7.5 18 DC1-34018FB-A20CE1
DC1 Drive 415V 11 kW CT IP20, 3PH Motor FS3 11 24 11 24 DC1-34024FB-A20CE1
DC1 Drive 415V 15 kW CT IP20, 3PH Motor FS4 15 30 15 30 DC1-34030FB-A20CE1
DC1 Drive 415V 18.5 kW CT IP20, 3PH Motor FS4 18.5 39 18.5 39 DC1-34039FB-A20CE1
DC1 Drive 415V 22 kW CT IP20, 3PH Motor FS4 22 46 22 46 DC1-34046FB-A20CE1

268 Power Distribution product guide eatoncorp.com.au 2018

 Drives & soft starters
Variable speed drive
DC1 PowerXL variable speed drive
240V IP66 / 1-ph in, 1-ph out
1-phase 240V IP66 VSD with inbuilt emc filter (Suitable for single phase 240V AC motors)
Frame High overload Low overload
Description Item no.
size P [kW] I(H) P [kW] I(L)
DC1 Drive 240V 0.37 kW CT IP66, 1PH Motor FS1 0.37 4.3 0.37 4.3 DC1-S24D3FN-A66CE1
DC1 Drive 240V 0.37 kW CT IP66, 1PH Motor (SW) FS1 0.37 4.3 0.37 4.3 DC1-S24D3FN-A6SCE1
DC1 Drive 240V 0.75 kW CT IP66, 1PH Motor FS1 0.75 7 0.75 7 DC1-S27D0FN-A66CE1
DC1 Drive 240V 0.37 kW CT IP66, 1PH Motor (SW) FS1 0.75 7 0.75 7 DC1-S27D0FN-A6SCE1
DC1 Drive 240V 1.1 kW CT IP66, 1PH Motor FS2 1.1 10.5 1.1 10.5 DC1-S2011FB-A66CE1
DC1 Drive 240V 1.1 kW CT IP66, 1PH Motor (SW) FS2 1.1 10.5 1.1 10.5 DC1-S2011FB-A6SCE1

240V IP66 / 1-ph in, 3-ph out

1-phase 240V IP66 VSD with inbuilt emc filter (Suitable for three phase 240V AC motors)
Frame High overload Low overload
Description Item no.
size P [kW] I(H) P [kW] I(L)
DC1 Drive 240V 0.37 kW CT IP66, 3PH Motor FS1 0.37 2.3 0.37 2.3 DC1-122D3FN-A66CE1
DC1 Drive 240V 0.37 kW CT IP66, 3PH Motor (SW) FS1 0.37 2.3 0.37 2.3 DC1-122D3FN-A6SCE1
DC1 Drive 240V 0.75 kW CT IP66, 3PH Motor FS1 0.75 4.3 0.75 4.3 DC1-124D3FN-A66CE1
DC1 Drive 240V 0.75 kW CT IP66, 3PH Motor (SW) FS1 0.75 4.3 0.75 4.3 DC1-124D3FN-A6SCE1
DC1 Drive 240V 1.5 kW CT IP66, 3PH Motor FS1 1.5 7 1.5 7 DC1-127D0FN-A66CE1
DC1 Drive 240V 1.5 kW CT IP66, 3PH Motor (SW) FS1 1.5 7 1.5 7 DC1-127D0FN-A6SCE1
DC1 Drive 240V 1.5 kW CT IP66, 3PH Motor (BCU) FS2 1.5 7 1.5 7 DC1-127D0FB-A66CE1
DC1 Drive 240V 1.5 kW CT IP66, 3PH Motor (BCU SW) FS2 1.5 7 1.5 7 DC1-127D0FB-A6SCE1
DC1 Drive 240V 2.2 kW CT IP66, 3PH Motor FS2 2.2 10.5 2.2 10.5 DC1-12011FB-A66CE1
DC1 Drive 240V 2.2 kW CT IP66, 3PH Motor (SW) FS2 2.2 10.5 2.2 10.5 DC1-12011FB-A6SCE1
DC1 Drive 240V 4 kW CT IP66, 3PH Motor FS2 4 15.3 4 15.3 DC1-12015NB-A66CE1
DC1 Drive 240V 4 kW CT IP66, 3PH Motor (SW) FS2 4 15.3 4 15.3 DC1-12015NB-A6SCE1
* Note: DC1-12015NB-A66CE1 & DC1-12015NB-A6SCE1 do not have inbuilt rfi filter.

415V IP66 / 3-ph in, 3-ph out

3-phase 415V IP66 VSD with inbuilt emc filter (Suitable for three phase 415V AC motors)
Frame High overload Low overload
Description Item no.
size P [kW] I(H) P [kW] I(L)
DC1 Drive 415V 0.75 kW CT IP66, 3PH Motor FS1 0.75 2.2 0.75 2.2 DC1-342D2FN-A66CE1
DC1 Drive 415V 0.75 kW CT IP66, 3PH Motor (SW) FS1 0.75 2.2 0.75 2.2 DC1-342D2FN-A6SCE1
DC1 Drive 415V 1.5 kW CT IP66, 3PH Motor FS1 1.5 4.1 1.5 4.1 DC1-344D1FN-A66CE1
DC1 Drive 415V 1.5 kW CT IP66, 3PH Motor (SW) FS1 1.5 4.1 1.5 4.1 DC1-344D1FN-A6SCE1
DC1 Drive 415V 1.5 kW CT IP66, 3PH Motor (BCU) FS2 1.5 4.1 1.5 4.1 DC1-344D1FB-A66CE1
DC1 Drive 415V 1.5 kW CT IP66, 3PH Motor (BCU SW) FS2 1.5 4.1 1.5 4.1 DC1-344D1FB-A6SCE1
DC1 Drive 415V 2.2 kW CT IP66, 3PH Motor FS2 2.2 5.8 2.2 5.8 DC1-345D8FB-A66CE1
DC1 Drive 415V 2.2 kW CT IP66, 3PH Motor (SW) FS2 2.2 5.8 2.2 5.8 DC1-345D8FB-A6SCE1
DC1 Drive 415V 4 kW CT IP66, 3PH Motor FS2 4 9.5 4 9.5 DC1-349D5FB-A66CE1
DC1 Drive 415V 4 kW CT IP66, 3PH Motor (SW) FS2 4 9.5 4 9.5 DC1-349D5FB-A6SCE1
DC1 Drive 415V 5.5 kW CT IP66, 3PH Motor FS3 5.5 14 5.5 14 DC1-34014FB-A66CE1
DC1 Drive 415V 5.5 kW CT IP66, 3PH Motor (SW) FS3 5.5 14 5.5 14 DC1-34014FB-A6SCE1
DC1 Drive 415V 7.5 kW CT IP66, 3PH Motor FS3 7.5 18 7.5 18 DC1-34018FB-A66CE1
DC1 Drive 415V 7.5 kW CT IP66, 3PH Motor (SW) FS3 7.5 18 7.5 18 DC1-34018FB-A6SCE1

Options & accessories

Description Item no. Description Item no.
Expansion Module 2 Relay O/P 1 Analog O/P DXC-EXT-2RO1AO Patch Cable With RJ45 Plugs, 0.5M DX-CBL-RJ45-0M5
Expansion Module 2 Relay O/P DXC-EXT-2RO Patch Cable With RJ45 Plugs, 1.0M DX-CBL-RJ45-1M0
Expansion Module 4 Digital I/P, 110Vac DXC-EXT-IO110 Patch Cable With RJ45 Plugs, 3.0M DX-CBL-RJ45-3M0
Expansion Module 4 Digital I/P, 240Vac DXC-EXT-IO230 Bus Terminating Resistor EASY-NT-R
Simulation Kit C/W 3Di 1Ro 3Sw 1Pot DXC-EXT-LOCSIM Splitter, RJ45, 3 Sockets DX-SPL-RJ45-3SL
Parameter Copy Stick, Bluetooth DX-COM-STICK2 Splitter, RJ45, 2 Sockets + 1 Plug DX-SPL-RJ45-2SL1PL
Remote Keypad, Led Display, IP54, 3M Cable DX-KEY-LED2 Splitter, RJ45, 2 Sockets + 1 Plug, Modbus RTU DX-SPL-RJ45
Remote Keypad, Oled Display, IP54, 3M Cable DX-KEY-OLED Splitter, RJ45, 1 Socket+1 Plug, Modbus RTU, Term DX-SPL-RJ45-TERM
Smartwire-DT Plugin Module DX-NET-SWD3 Cable Mounting Adaptor, Line Side, FS1 DX-EMC-MNT-1N
Ethernet Comms Module 2 X Rj45 DX-NET-ETHERNET2-2 Cable Mounting Adaptor, Line Side, FS2 DX-EMC-MNT-2N
Usb/Rs485 Convertor With RJ45 Cable, DX-COM-PCKIT Cable Mounting Adaptor, Line Side, FS3 DX-EMC-MNT-3N
Usb To Rj45 Cable 3M Modbus Rtu DX-CBL-PC-3M0 Cable Mounting Adaptor, Load Side, FS1 DX-EMC-MNT-1M
Cable Mounting Adaptor, Load Side, FS2 DX-EMC-MNT-2M
Cable Mounting Adaptor, Load Side, FS3 DX-EMC-MNT-3M

Power Distribution product guide eatoncorp.com.au 2018 269

Drives & soft starters
Variable speed drive
DG1 PowerXL variable speed drive
The DG1 general purpose drives are part of Eaton’s next generation PowerXL Series of adjustable
frequency drives specifically engineered for today’s more demanding commercial and industrial
applications. The power unit makes use of the most sophisticated semiconductor technology and a
highly modular construction that can be flexibly adapted to meet the customer’s needs.
The control module was designed to include today’s standard communication protocols and I/O while
still having the modularity to add additional option cards. Eaton’s patented Active Energy Control is also
a standard feature on DG1 drives, offering customers increased efficiency, safety and reliability.

DG1 general purpose drives

• High spec sensorless vector open loop general • Conformal coated boards, suitable for tropical
purpose industrial drive, with inbuilt 5% dc & coastal high humidity environments
choke • Complies with local C-Tick & RCM mark &
• Suitable for variable torque (fan/pump) and product standards AS/IEC61800, 61000 series
constant torque (conveyor/crusher) applications • Real time clock & graphic copy/paste keypad
• Internal RFI filter complying with emc category with local/remote key & onscreen diagnostics
2 & inbuilt brake chopper in frames 1-3 • Preset speeds, jump frequencies, sleep/wake
• Available off-the-shelf with IP21 & IP54 modes, 2 PID feedback loops inbuilt
protection, suitable for direct wall mounting • Patented ‘Active Energy Control’ energy saving
• Comms inbuilt onboard - Ethernet/IP, Modbus/ software, added savings over other drives
RTU, Modbus/TCP, BacNet MS/TP

380-500V IP54
Frame High overload Low overload
Description Item no.
size P [kW] I(H) P [kW] I(L)
DG1 drive 415V 1.1kW VT IP54 C/W brake chopper 1 0.75 2.2 1.1 3.3 DG1-342D2FB-C54C
DG1 drive 415V 1.5kW VT IP54 C/W brake chopper 1 1.1 3.3 1.5 4.3 DG1-343D3FB-C54C
DG1 drive 415V 2.2kW VT IP54 C/W brake chopper 1 1.5 4.3 2.2 5.6 DG1-344D3FB-C54C
DG1 drive 415V 3.0kW VT IP54 C/W brake chopper 1 2.2 5.6 3 7.6 DG1-345D6FB-C54C
DG1 drive 415V 4.0kW VT IP54 C/W brake chopper 1 3 7.6 4 9 DG1-347D6FB-C54C
DG1 drive 415V 5.5kW VT IP54 C/W brake chopper 1 4 9 5.5 12 DG1-349D0FB-C54C
DG1 drive 415V 7.5kW VT IP54 C/W brake chopper 2 5.5 12 7.5 16 DG1-34012FB-C54C
DG1 drive 415V 11kW VT IP54 C/W brake chopper 2 7.5 16 11 23 DG1-34016FB-C54C
DG1 drive 415V 15kW VT IP54 C/W brake chopper 2 11 23 15 31 DG1-34023FB-C54C
DG1 drive 415V 18.5kW VT IP54 C/W brake chopper 3 15 31 18.5 38 DG1-34031FB-C54C
DG1 drive 415V 22kW VT IP54 C/W brake chopper 3 18.5 38 22 46 DG1-34038FB-C54C
DG1 drive 415V 30kW VT IP54 C/W brake chopper 3 22 46 30 61 DG1-34046FB-C54C
DG1 drive 415V 37kW VT IP54 4 30 61 37 72 DG1-34061FN-C54C
DG1 drive 415V 45kW VT IP54 4 37 72 45 87 DG1-34072FN-C54C
DG1 drive 415V 55kW VT IP54 4 45 87 55 105 DG1-34087FN-C54C
DG1 drive 415V 75kW VT IP54 5 55 105 75 140 DG1-34105FN-C54C
DG1 drive 415V 90kW VT IP54 5 75 140 90 170 DG1-34140FN-C54C
DG1 drive 415V 110kW VT IP54 5 90 170 110 205 DG1-34170FN-C54C
DG1 drive 415V 132kW VT IP54 6 110 205 132 261 DG1-34205FN-C54C
DG1 drive 415V 160kW VT IP54 6 132 245 160 310 DG1-34261FN-C54C

270 Power Distribution product guide eatoncorp.com.au 2018

 Drives & soft starters
Variable speed drive
DG1 PowerXL variable speed drive
Options & accessories
Description Item no.
DG1 Option card 3 DI 3 DO 1 THERMISTOR INPUT DXG-EXT-3DI3DO1T
DG1 Option card 1 AI 2 AO ISOLATED ANALOG DXG-EXT-1AI2AO
DG1 Option card 3 RO (2NO+1CO) OUTPUT DXG-EXT-3RO
DXG-EXT-3DI3DO1T
DG1 Option card 3 Pt100 RTD INPUT DXG-EXT-THERM1
DG1 Option card 6 DI 240VAC INPUT DXG-EXT-6DI
DG1 Comms card PROFIBUS DP DXG-NET-PROFIBUS
DG1 Comms card CANOPEN DXG-NET-CANOPEN
DG1 Comms card DEVICENET DXG-NET-DEVICENET
DG1 Comms card PROFIBUS DP (DB9 CONN) DXG-MNT-PROFIBUS
DG1 Comms card SMARTWIRE DT DXG-NET-SWD
DG1 Comms card LONWORKS DXG-NET-LONWORKS
DG1 replacement keypad DXG-KEY-LCD
DG1 remote keypad mount kit (0.5M CABLE) DXG-KEY-RMTKIT
DXG-KEY-LCD
DG1 remote keypad cable 1M DXG-CBL-1M0
DG1 remote keypad cable 3M DXG-CBL-3M0
DG1 remote keypad mounting holder DXG-KEY-HOLDER
DG1 IP54 blank keypad hole plug DXG-KEY-N12PLUG
DG1 FRAME 1 IP54 conversion kit DXG-ACC-4FR1N12KIT
DG1 FRAME 2 IP54 conversion kit DXG-ACC-FR2N12KIT
DG1 FRAME 3 IP54 conversion kit DXG-ACC-FR3N12KIT
DG1 FRAME 1 IP54 flange kit DXG-ACC-FR1N12FK
DG1 FRAME 2 IP54 flange kit DXG-ACC-FR2N12FK
DG1 FRAME 3 IP54 flange kit DXG-ACC-FR3N12FK
DG1 FRAME 4 IP54 flange kit DXG-ACC-FR4N12FK
DG1 FRAME 5 IP54 flange kit DXG-ACC-FR5N12FK
DG1 control module demo stand DG1-DEMO1
DG1 full drive demo case DG1-DEMO2 DXG-ACC-FR2N12KIT
DG1 RS485 programming cable USB-TO-RJ45 DXG-CBL-PCCABLE
DG1 battery for real time clock DXG-ACC-RTBATT
DG1 control module kit with keypad DXG-SPR-CTRLKIT

Power Distribution product guide eatoncorp.com.au 2018 271

 1.1
1.1 Reduced Voltage Motor Starters
Solid-State
Solid-State
Controllers
Controllers
Solid-State Controllers
Solid-State Controllers

Drives
Dimensions & soft starters
Dimensions
111
Dimensions
Approximate
Approximate
Dimensions
Dimensions
in in
Inches
Inches
(mm)
(mm)
Dimensions
Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm)
1
11 Soft starter controllers dimensions
Approximate
Frame
Frame
11 Dimensions in Inches (mm) Frame
Frame
22
1 Dimensions
Frame 1 (approximate dimensions in inched (mm) Frame 2
1
11 Frame 1
Frame 1 Frame22
Frame
1
1
111 5.90
5.90 5.515.51

111
5.12
5.12 4.80
4.80 4.92
4.92 5.90 (140.0)
(150.0)
(150.0) 5.51
(140.0)
5.12 4.80 4.92 (150.0) (140.0)
1 (130.0)
(130.0)
(130.0)
5.12
(122.0)
(122.0)
(122.0)
4.80
(125.0)
(125.0)
(125.0)
4.92
5.90
(150.0)
5.51
(140.0)
1
11 (130.0) (122.0) (125.0)
1
1
11 4 x4M4
x M4 3.74
3.74 4 x4M4
x M4
1 4 x M4 3.74
(95.0)
(95.0) 4 x M4 4.65
4.65
(118.0)
(118.0)
4.65 (118.0)
1
11 4 x M4 (95.0)
3.74 4 x M4
4.65 (118.0)
1 1.38
1.38
1.38
1.77
1.77
1.77
(95.0) 1.38
1.38
1.38
1.77
1.77
1.77
1
11
(35.0)
(35.0)
(35.0)
(45.0)
(45.0)
(45.0)
(35.0)
(35.0)
(35.0)
(45.0)
(45.0)
(45.0)
1 1.38
(35.0)
Item
Item
no.no.
1.77
(45.0) Item
1.38
(35.0)
Item
no.no.
1.77
(45.0)
111
1
Item no.
DS7-340SX004N0-N
DS7-340SX004N0-N
Item no.
DS7-340SX004N0-N
DS7-342SX004N0-N
DS7-342SX004N0-N
DS7-342SX004N0-N
Item no.
DS7-340SX016N0-N
DS7-340SX016N0-N DS7-342SX016N0-N
DS7-340SX016N0-N
Item no.
DS7-342SX016N0-N
DS7-342SX016N0-N
1 DS7-340SX007N0-N
DS7-340SX007N0-N DS7-342SX007N0-N
DS7-342SX007N0-N DS7-340SX024N0-N
DS7-340SX024N0-N DS7-342SX024N0-N
DS7-342SX024N0-N Reduced Voltage Motor Starters
111
DS7-340SX004N0-N
DS7-340SX007N0-N
DS7-340SX009N0-N
DS7-340SX009N0-N
DS7-342SX004N0-N
DS7-342SX007N0-N
DS7-342SX009N0-N
DS7-342SX009N0-N
DS7-340SX016N0-N
DS7-340SX024N0-N DS7-342SX016N0-N
DS7-340SX032N0-N
DS7-342SX024N0-N
DS7-340SX032N0-N DS7-342SX032N0-N
DS7-342SX032N0-N
Solid-State Controllers
DS7-340SX007N0-N
DS7-340SX009N0-N DS7-342SX007N0-N
DS7-342SX009N0-N DS7-340SX024N0-N
DS7-340SX032N0-N DS7-342SX024N0-N
DS7-342SX032N0-N
1
11 DS7-340SX012N0-N
DS7-340SX012N0-N
DS7-340SX009N0-N
DS7-342SX012N0-N
DS7-342SX012N0-N
DS7-342SX009N0-N DS7-340SX032N0-N DS7-342SX032N0-N
1 DS7-340SX012N0-N DS7-342SX012N0-N

1
11
DS7-340SX012N0-N
Frame
Frame
1—SmartWire-DT
1—SmartWire-DT
DS7-342SX012N0-N
Frame 3—SmartWire-DT and Standard (Non SmartWire-DT)
Frame
Frame
2—SmartWire-DT
2—SmartWire-DT
1 Frame 1—SmartWire-DT
Frame 1—SmartWire-DT
Frame 2—SmartWire-DT
Frame
1.18 2—SmartWire-DT
1.18

1
(30.0)

11
(30.0)
Frame 1—SmartWire-DT Frame 2—SmartWire-DT
1 PE 1.58
6.14 (156.0)

111
(40.0)
0.89

1 5.12
5.12
5.12
4.80
4.80
4.80
4.92
4.92
4.92
(22.5)
5.60 5.51
5.60 5.51
1
11
(130.0)
(130.0)
(130.0)
5.12
(122.0)
(122.0)
(122.0)
4.80
(125.0)
(125.0)
(125.0)
4.92
5.60 (140.0)
(150.0)
(150.0) 5.51
(140.0)
(150.0) 5.51
(140.0)
1 (130.0) (122.0) (125.0)
5.60
(140.0)
(150.0) 6.34 6.89

1
11 5.08
(161.0) (175.0)

1 4 x4M4
x M4 3.74
3.74 (95.0)
(95.0)
(129.0)

1
11
4 x M4 3.74 (95.0) 2 x2M4
x M4 4.65
4.65 (118.0)
(118.0)
1 4 x M4 4.05
4.05
(103.0)
(103.0)
3.74 (95.0)
4.05 (103.0)
2 x M4 4.65 (118.0)
4.96 (126.0)
4.96 (126.0)
1
11
1.38
1.38
1.38
1.77
1.77
1.77 4.05 (103.0)
2 xPEM4
1.381.383.66 (93.0) 0.891.77
1.77
4.654.96
(118.0)
(126.0)
1 (35.0)
(35.0) (45.0)
(45.0) 1.38 (35.0)
(35.0) (45.0) 1.38
(35.0)
(35.0) 1.77
(22.5)
(45.0)
(45.0) 4.96 (126.0)
5.47 (139.0)
1.38 1.77
111
(35.0)
1.38 (45.0)
1.77 DS7-…-D
(35.0) (45.0)
1 Item no.no.
Item
Item no.
Catalog
Item
Item Numbers
(35.0)
no.
Item no.
no. (45.0)

1
1.1
DS7-340SX041N0-N DS7-342SX041N0-N DS7-34DSX041N0-D

11
DS7-34DSX004N0-D
DS7-34DSX004N0-D DS7-34DSX009N0-D
Item no.
DS7-34DSX004N0-D
DS7-34DSX009N0-D
DS7-34DSX009N0-D Reduced Voltage Motor Starters DS7-34DSX016N0-D
DS7-34DSX016N0-D
Item no.
DS7-340SX055N0-N
DS7-34DSX016N0-D DS7-342SX055N0-N DS7-34DSX055N0-D
1 DS7-34DSX007N0-D
DS7-34DSX007N0-D DS7-34DSX012N0-D
DS7-34DSX004N0-D
DS7-34DSX012N0-D
DS7-34DSX007N0-D DS7-34DSX009N0-D
DS7-34DSX024N0-D
DS7-34DSX024N0-D
DS7-340SX070N0-N
DS7-34DSX016N0-D
DS7-342SX070N0-N DS7-34DSX070N0-D

1
11
DS7-34DSX012N0-D Solid-State Controllers
DS7-34DSX024N0-D
DS7-340SX081N0-N
DS7-34DSX032N0-D
DS7-34DSX032N0-D DS7-342SX081N0-N DS7-34DSX081N0-D

1 DS7-34DSX007N0-D DS7-34DSX012N0-D DS7-34DSX024N0-D

DS7-34DSX032N0-D
DS7-340SX100N0-N DS7-342SX100N0-N DS7-34DSX100N0-D

1
11
DS7-34DSX032N0-D

1 Frame
Frame3—SmartWire-DT
3—SmartWire-DTandand
Standard (Non(Non
Standard SmartWire-DT)
SmartWire-DT) Frame 4—SmartWire-DT
Frame 4—SmartWire-DT and and Standard
Standard (Non SmartWire-DT)
(Non SmartWire-DT)
1
1
11 1.18 1.18
(30.0)
1.18
(30.0)
1.18
(30.0)
1
1 (30.0)

111
6.14 (156.0) PE 1.58
1.58
PE
(40.0) (40.0) 1 7.68 (195.0)

1
0.89
0.89 (22.5)

1 (22.5) 1
111 1
1
11 6.34 6.89
8.46
1
1 5.08
(161.0) (175.0) 7.87
(215.0)

1
(200.0)

11
(129.0) 6.22 1
1
(158.0)

1
1
111 PE 1
111 3.66 (93.0) 0.89 1.38 (35.0)
(22.5)
1
1
5.47 (139.0)
PE
DS7-…-D
1
0.59
Catalog Numbers 4.25 (108.0) (15.0) 1
2.07 (52.5)
7.01 (178.0)

1
DS7-340SX041N0-N DS7-342SX041N0-N DS7-34DSX041N0-D
V6-T1-40
V6-T1-40 Volume
Volume 6—Solid-State
6—Solid-State
Motor
MotorControl
Control CA08100007E—July
CA08100007E—July
2014
2014www.eaton.com
www.eaton.com DS7-…-D
DS7-340SX055N0-N
V6-T1-40 DS7-342SX055N0-N DS7-34DSX055N0-D
Volume 6—Solid-State Motor Control CA08100007E—JulyCatalog
2014Numbers
www.eaton.com
Item no. Item no.
DS7-340SX070N0-N
V6-T1-40
DS7-342SX070N0-N DS7-34DSX070N0-D
Volume 6—Solid-State Motor Control CA08100007E—July 2014 www.eaton.com
DS7-342SX135N0-N DS7-340SX135N0-N DS7-34DSX135N0-D 1
DS7-340SX041N0-N
DS7-340SX081N0-N DS7-342SX041N0-N
DS7-342SX081N0-N DS7-34DSX081N0-D DS7-34DSX041N0-D DS7-342SX135N0-N
DS7-342SX160N0-N DS7-340SX135N0-N
DS7-340SX160N0-N DS7-34DSX160N0-D DS7-34DSX135N0-D
DS7-340SX055N0-N
DS7-340SX100N0-N DS7-342SX055N0-N
DS7-342SX100N0-N DS7-34DSX100N0-D DS7-34DSX055N0-D DS7-342SX160N0-N
DS7-342SX200N0-N DS7-340SX160N0-N
DS7-340SX200N0-N DS7-34DSX200N0-D 1 DS7-34DSX160N0-D
DS7-340SX070N0-N DS7-34DSX070N0-D DS7-342SX070N0-N DS7-342SX200N0-N DS7-340SX200N0-N DS7-34DSX200N0-D
1
DS7-340SX081N0-N
Frame DS7-342SX081N0-N
4—SmartWire-DT and DS7-34DSX081N0-D
Standard (Non SmartWire-DT)
DS7-340SX100N0-N
1.18 1.18 DS7-342SX100N0-N DS7-34DSX100N0-D 1
Volume 6—Solid-State Motor Control CA08100007E—July 2014 www.eaton

(30.0) (30.0)
1
PE 1.58

272
0.89
(40.0)
Power Distribution product guide
7.68 (195.0)
eatoncorp.com.au 2018
1
(22.5)
1
 Reduced Voltage Motor Starters
Reduced Voltage Motor Starters
Solid-State Starters
1.2
1.2
Solid-State Starters
Drives & soft starters
Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm)
Soft starter dimensions 1
Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm)
S811+N_
Dimensions (approximate dimensions in inched (mm) 1
1
S811+N_ 1.97 (50.0)
S811+N...
1.97 (50.0)
1
1
2.66 1
1
(67.6)
2.66
(67.6)
1
1
6.87 1
1
(174.5) 7.37 5.89
6.87
(174.5)
(187.2)
7.37
(149.7)
5.89
1
1
5.35 (149.7)
(187.2)
3.32
(84.4)
(135.9)
5.35 1
1
3.32 (135.9)
(84.4) 1
1
0.22 1
1
4X Ø
(5.5)
1
6.45 (163.9)
0.22
4X Ø
(5.5) 6.45 (163.9) 1
S811+R_
S811+R...
1
1
S811+R_ 3.54 (90.0)
1
1
3.54 (90.0) 4.38 (111.3)

4.38 (111.3) 1
1
1
1
1
1
7.44
7.92 6.08 1
1

1.2
(201.2) (154.5)
Reduced Voltage Motor Starters
(189.0)
7.44
7.92
(201.2)
6.08
(154.5)
1
1
(189.0)
3.49 5.54
Solid-State Starters (88.5) (140.7) 1
1
3.49 5.54
(88.5) (140.7)
1
1
Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm) 1
1
1 4X Ø 0.27 6.64 (168.6)
S811+T_ (6.8)
1
1
1 S811+T...
4X Ø 0.27
(6.8)
6.64 (168.6)
6.47 (164.4)
1
1
1
1
1
1 7.65 (194.4)
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1 5.95
(151.1) 1
1
1
11.77
12.71 5.40
(299.0)
(322.9) (137.3)
1
1
1
1
1
1
6X Ø
0.28
5.91 (150.0) (7.1) 1
1 2.95
(75.0)
Volume 6—Solid-State Motor Control CA08100007E—July 2014 www.eaton.com V6-T1-97

1 Volume 6—Solid-State Motor Control CA08100007E—July 2014 www.eaton.com V6-T1-97

1 S811+U_

1 7.16 (181.8)

1
1 7.73 (196.3)

1
1
6.64
1 11.77
12.72
(323.1) (168.6)
(299.0) 6.09
1 (154.8)

1
0.28
1 Power Distribution product guide
6X Ø
(7.1)
eatoncorp.com.au 2018 273

1 2.60
(66.0)
5.20 (132.0)
 1
mation
ation
1
5.91 (150.0)
6X Ø
0.28
(7.1)
1 Drives & soft starters 2.95

1
(75.0)

Output
Output Output
Output Output
Output Degree
Degree Size Size Part
Part
no.no. Article
Article
no.no. Part
Part
Reduced Voltage Motor Starters
no.no. Article
Article
no.no.
1
s voltage
voltage phases
Soft phases dimensions
starter current
current of ofpro-
pro- selection
selectionwithwith selection
selection
without
without Solid-State Starters
1 Dimensions
S811+U_ [A][A] dimensions
(approximate tection
tection
in inched (mm) EMC
EMCfilter
filter EMC
EMCfilter
filter
1 S811+U... 7.16 (181.8)
220220
– 240
– 240 3 3 1.41.4 IP20_x
IP20_x 1 1 DE1-121D4FN-N20N
DE1-121D4FN-N20N
Approximate 174327
Dimensions in Inches 174327
(mm) DE1-121D4NN-N20N
DE1-121D4NN-N20N 177359
177359
1 S811+V__
220220
– 240
– 240 3 3 2.32.3 IP20_x
IP20_x 1 1 DE1-122D3FN-N20N
DE1-122D3FN-N20N 174328 DE1-122D3NN-N20N
1743280.236 DE1-122D3NN-N20N 177360
177360
1 7.73 (196.3)
(6.00)

–1240
220220 – 240 3 3 2.72.7 IP20_x
IP20_x 1 1 DE1-122D7FN-N20N
DE1-122D7FN-N20N 174329
174329 DE1-122D7NN-N20N
DE1-122D7NN-N20N 177361
177361

–1240
220220 – 240 3 3 4.34.3 IP20_x
IP20_x 1 1 DE1-124D3FN-N20N
DE1-124D3FN-N20N 174330
174330 DE1-124D3NN-N20N
DE1-124D3NN-N20N 177362
177362
6.64
1 11.77
12.72
(323.1) (168.6)
220220
– 240
– 240 3 3 7.07.0 IP20_x
IP20_x
(299.0) 1 1 DE1-127D0FN-N20N
DE1-127D0FN-N20N 174331
174331 DE1-127D0NN-N20N
6.09 DE1-127D0NN-N20N 177363
177363
1 Reduced Voltage Motor Starters
Reduced Voltage Motor Starters
1.2 1.2
(154.8)

220220
–1240
– 240 3 3 9.69.6 IP20_x
IP20_x 2 2 DE1-129D6FN-N20N
DE1-129D6FN-N20N 174332
174332 DE1-129D6NN-N20N
Solid-State DE1-129D6NN-N20N 177364
15.63 Starters
177364
Solid-State Starters
(397.0) 16.57
0.28
–1480
6X Ø (420.8)
400400 – 480 3 3 1.31.3 IP20_x
IP20_x 1 1 DE1-341D3FN-N20N
DE1-341D3FN-N20N 174333
174333 DE1-341D3NN-N20N
DE1-341D3NN-N20N(7.1)
177365
177365
1 Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm) Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm)
2.60
(66.0)
5.20 (132.0)
400400
– 480
– 480 3 3 2.12.1 IP20_x
IP20_x 1 1 DE1-342D1FN-N20N
DE1-342D1FN-N20N 174334
174334 DE1-342D1NN-N20N 1773661
DE1-342D1NN-N20N 177366
1 S811+V__ S811+V__

1773671
S811+V...
400400
– 480
– 480 3 3 3.63.6 IP20_x
IP20_x 1 1
0.236
DE1-343D6FN-N20N
DE1-343D6FN-N20N 174335
174335 DE1-343D6NN-N20N
0.236
DE1-343D6NN-N20N 177367
1 (6.00) (6.00)
1
–1480
400400 – 480 3 3 5.05.0 IP20_x
IP20_x 2 2 DE1-345D0FN-N20N
DE1-345D0FN-N20N 174336
174336 DE1-345D0NN-N20N
DE1-345D0NN-N20N 177368
177368
1
–1480
400400 – 480 3 3 6.66.6 IP20_x
IP20_x 2 2 DE1-346D6FN-N20N
DE1-346D6FN-N20N 174337
174337 DE1-346D6NN-N20N
DE1-346D6NN-N20N 177369
1773691
1 3.05
6.79 (172.5)
(77.5)
400400
– 480
– 480 3 3 8.58.5 IP20_x
IP20_x 2 2 DE1-348D5FN-N20N
DE1-348D5FN-N20N 174338 DE1-348D5NN-N20N
174338 1773701
DE1-348D5NN-N20N 177370
1 9.84 (250.0)

1
400400
–1480
– 480 3 3 11.3
11.3 IP20_x
IP20_x (397.0)
2 2
15.63
DE1-34011FN-N20N
DE1-34011FN-N20N 174339
174339
15.63
(397.0)16.57
DE1-34011NN-N20N
DE1-34011NN-N20N 177371
177371
16.57
11.05 (280.6)
(420.8) 1
(420.8)

400400
– 480
– 480 3 3 16.0
16.0 IP20_x
IP20_x 2 2 DE1-34016FN-N20N*
DE1-34016FN-N20N* 174340
174340 DE1-34016NN-N20N*
DE1-34016NN-N20N* 177372
177372
V6-T1-98 Volume 6—Solid-State Motor Control CA08100007E—July 2014 www.eaton.com 1
7.39
1
6.50 (187.8) * >50
* >50
° C°derating
C derating
(165.1) 1

eses 0.2650
1
1
4X Ø
(6.731)
6.79 (172.5)
3.05
6.79 (172.5)
3.05 1
Article no.no. Description
Article Description PartPart
(77.5)
no.no. Article no.no. Description
Article Description (77.5)
Part
Part
no.no. Article
Article
no.no.
9.84 (250.0) 9.84 (250.0) 1
T 174621
174621 Parameter
Parameter
copy
copy
stick
stick DX-COM-STICK
DX-COM-STICK 169134
169134 Remote
Remote
display
display DX-KEY-LED
DX-KEY-LED 169132
169132 1
11.05 (280.6) 11.05 (280.6)
Speed starter dimensions
1
Dimensions (approximate dimensions in inched (mm)
DE1 1
b2
b2

⌀ ⌀
7.39
6.50 (187.8)
7.39
6.50 (187.8)
1
(165.1) (165.1)
1
L1/L L2/NL1/L 
L3 L2/N L3 
b3
b3

1
4X Ø
0.2650
(6.731)
4X Ø
0.2650
(6.731)
1
a a1 b b1 1
Volume 6—Solid-State Motor Control CA08100007E—July 2014 www.eaton.com
b2 b3
b1
b1
b
b

FS1
45
(1.77)
25
(0.98)
230
(9.06)
220
(8.88)
5
1
(0.2)
64
(2.52)
90 50 230 220 51 64
b4
b4

FS2
(3.54) (1.97) (9.06) (8.66) (0.2) (2.52)
1
b4 c c1 Ø1 Ø2 kg (lbs)
1
0 V +10 V 1 0 V2 +103V 1 4 213 314 4 13 14

166 168 6.5 5.1 10 1.04

FS1
U V UW V 
W 
(6.54) (6.61) (0.26) (0.2) 1
(0.39) (2.29)
166 168 6.5 5.1 10 1.68
a1 a1 c1 c1 FS2
(6.54) (6.61) (0.26) (0.2) 1
(0.39) (3.7)
a a c c
1

bb b1b1 b2b2 b3b3 b4b4 c c

Volume 6—Solid-State Motor Control CA08100007E—July c1c1
2014 www.eaton.com
Volume 6—Solid-State Ø1Ø1
Motor Control CA08100007E—July
V6-T1-99 Ø2Ø2 kgkg
2014 www.eaton.com (lbs)
(lbs) V6-T1-99
274 Power Distribution product guide eatoncorp.com.au 2018

09.06)
(9.06)220
220
(8.88)
(8.88) 5 (0.2)
5 (0.2) 6464
(2.52)
(2.52)166
166
(6.54)
(6.54)168
168
(6.61)
(6.61)6.56.5
(0.26)
(0.26) 5.15.1
(0.2)
(0.2) 1010
(0.39)
(0.39)1.04
1.04
(2.29)
(2.29)
 Dimensions
Dimensions
Approximate
Approximate
Dimensions
Dimensions
in in
Inches
Inches
(mm)
(mm)
Adjustable Frequency Drives
PowerXL
PowerXL
DC1
DC1
Adjustable
AdjustableFrequency
Series
Series
Drives
FrequencyDrives
Drives
Drives
2.3 Drives & soft2222starters
2.3
2.3
PowerXL DC1 Series Drives
DC1,
DC1,Sizes
Sizes
FS1–FS4,
FS1–FS4,
Degree
Degree
of of
Protection
Protection
IP20/NEMA
IP20/NEMA
0 0
B2B2
Dimensions
Dimensions
Ø Ø
22
DC1 drive dimesnsions Ø1Ø1 22
Dimensions Approximate
Approximate
Dimensions
Dimensions
in in
Inches
Inches
(mm)
(mm)
Dimensions (approximate dimensions in inched (mm) 22
2
Approximate Dimensions
DC1,
DC1,
Sizes
DC1,
inFS1–FS4,
Sizes
Sizes
Inches (mm)
FS1–FS4,
FS1–FS4, Degree
Degree
Degree of
of of
Protection
Protection
Protection IP20/NEMA
IP20/NEMA
IP20/NEMA 00 0 22
DC1, Sizes FS1–FS4, Degree of Protection IP20/NEMA 0 Ø2Ø2 2 22
B2 B2
B2
Ø Ø
22 22
Ø
Ø1Ø1 2
B1B1
B B Ø1
22 22
2
Adjustable Frequency Drives
PowerXL Ø2
DC1 Series Drives
Ø2Ø2 2.3 2 22
22
22
22
Frame
2 Weight
B B A A1 B B1 B2 C C1 Ø1 Ø2
B B1 B1 Size 22 lbs (kg)
22
B1
3.19 1.97 7.24 6.69 0.28 4.88
20.16 0.24 0.47 2.43
A1A1 C1C1 FS1
(81) (50) (184) (170) (7) (124)
nsions in Inches (mm)
A A C C
4.21 2.95 99 8.46
2
0.31 5.98 0.20
2(4) (6)
0.24
(12)
22
0.47
(1.1)
22
5.73
Frame
Frame FS2 Weight
Weight
S4, Degree of Protection
Size A A IP20/NEMA
Size A1 A10 B B B1 B1 B2 B2 C C (107)
C1 C1 (75) (231)
Ø1Ø1 (215) Ø2Ø2
2 (8) (152) (kg)(5)
lbslbs (kg)
2 (6) 22
(12) (2.6)
22
2 FS1FS1 3.193.19
(81.0)
(81.0) 1.971.97
(50.0)
(50.0) 7.247.24
(184.0)
(184.0) 6.696.69
(170.0)
(170.0) 0.280.28
(7.0)(7.0) 4.88
4.88
FS3 (124.0) 5.16
(124.0) 0.160.163.94
(4.0)
(4.0) 10.75
0.240.24 104 0.470.33
(6.0)(6.0) 0.47 (12.0) 6.89
(12.0) 0.20
2.432.43
(1.1)
(1.1) 0.24 0.47 8.82
FS2FS2 4.214.21
(107.0)
(107.0) 2.952.95
(75.0)
(75.0) 9.099.09
(231.0)
(231.0) 8.468.46
(215.0)
(215.0) 0.310.31
(8.0)(8.0) 5.985.98
(152.0)
(152.0)
(131)
0.200.20
(100)
(5.0)(5.0)
(273) (255) (8.5)
0.240.24
(6.0)(6.0) 2 0.470.47
(12.0)
(175) (5)
(12.0) 2
5.735.73
(2.6)(2.6)
(6) 22
(12) (4)
22
Ø1 6.30 16.54 8.35
A1 C1 FS4 — — 0.47— — — — —
A
FS3FS3 A1
5.16 A1(131.0)
5.16
(131.0)
A6.30
A (160.0)
3.94
3.94
(100.0)
(100.0)
C
10.75
10.75 C1
(273.0) C1 10.04
(273.0) 10.04
(255.0)
C C
(255.0) 0.330.33
(8.5)(8.5) 6.89
6.89
(175.0)
(175.0) 0.200.20
(160)
(5.0)
(5.0) 0.240.24
(420)
(6.0)(6.0)
2—— 0.47
(12.0)
(12.0) 8.828.82
(212)
(4.0)
2
(4.0)
22 22
FS4FS4 6.30 (160.0) —— 16.54
16.54
(420.0)
(420.0) —— —— 8.358.35
(212.0)
(212.0) —— —— ——
Frame
Size
FS1
A
3.19 (81.0)
Frame
Frame
SizeA1
Size
DC1,
DC1,
DC1,
FS1FS1
B A1 A1
A A FS1–FS3,
Sizes
Sizes
Sizes FS1–FS3,
FS1–FS3,
1.97 (50.0)
3.193.19
Degree
(81.0)
(81.0)
B1 B B
Degree
ofof
Degree of
Protection
B2
Protection
Protection
7.24 (184.0)
B1 B1 C 4 4
Ø2 IP66/NEMA
IP66/NEMA
IP66/NEMA
1.971.97
(50.0)
(50.0)
4 B2 B2
C1
6.69 (170.0)
7.247.24
(184.0)
0.28 (7.0)
(184.0)
Adjustable Frequency
6.696.69
(170.0)
C C Ø1
Drives
C1 C1 Ø2
4.88 (124.0)
(170.0) 0.280.28
0.16
(7.0)(7.0)
(4.0)
PowerXL DC1
4.884.88
0.24Series
(124.0)
(6.0)
(124.0) 0.16
0.16
0.47 (12.0)
Drives
(4.0)(4.0)
Ø1 Ø1
2
2
2.3
Weight
lbs (kg)
2.43 (1.1)
0.240.24
(6.0)(6.0)
Ø2 Ø2
0.470.47
(12.0)
(12.0)
2
2
Weight
Weight
lbs lbs
(kg)(kg)
2.432.43
(1.1)(1.1)
22
22
22
FS2
B
4.21 (107.0)
FS2FS2
2.95 (75.0)
4.214.21
(107.0)
(107.0)
9.09 (231.0)
2.952.95
(75.0)
(75.0)
8.46 (215.0)
9.099.09
(231.0)
0.31 (8.0)
(231.0) 8.468.46
(215.0)
5.98 (152.0)
(215.0) 0.310.31
0.20 (5.0)
(8.0)(8.0) 5.985.98
0.24 (6.0)
(152.0)
(152.0) 0.200.20
0.47 (12.0) Ø1Ø15.73 (2.6)
(5.0)(5.0) 0.240.24
(6.0)(6.0) 0.470.47
(12.0)
(12.0) 5.735.73
(2.6)(2.6)
22
FS3
B1 5.16 (131.0) 3.94 (100.0) 10.75 (273.0) 10.04 (255.0) 0.33 (8.5) 6.89 (175.0) 0.20 (5.0) 0.24 (6.0) 0.47 (12.0) 2
8.82 (4.0)
2 22
FS4 6.30 (160.0)
FS3FS3
—
5.165.16
(131.0)
(131.0) 3.943.94
(100.0)
16.54 (420.0)
(100.0)
—
10.75
10.75
(273.0)
(273.0) 10.04
—
10.04
(255.0)
(255.0) 0.330.33
(8.5)(8.5)
8.35 (212.0) —
6.896.89
(175.0)
(175.0)
—
0.200.20
(5.0)(5.0)
—
0.240.24
(6.0)(6.0)
—
0.470.47
(12.0)
(12.0) 8.828.82
(4.0)(4.0)
22
DimensionsFS4FS4 6.306.30
(160.0)
(160.0) —— 16.54
16.54
(420.0)
(420.0) — — —— 8.358.35
(212.0)
(212.0) ——
Frame
——
2 ——
22B —— 22
Ø2Ø2A A1 B1 B2
DC1, Sizes FS1–FS3,
Approximate Degree
Dimensions in of Protection
Inches (mm) IP66/NEMA 4 Size 22
DC1,
DC1,Sizes
Sizes
FS1–FS3,
FS1–FS3,
Degree
Degree
of of
Protection
Protection
IP66/NEMA
IP66/NEMA
4 4 26.34 5.85 229.13 22
7.44 0.98
DC1, Sizes FS1–FS4, Degree of Protection IP20/NEMA 0 FS1
Ø1 (161) (148.5) (232) (189) 22
(25)
Ø B2 B B 27.40
Ø1Ø1 6.93 2210.12 7.87
22 1.12
FS2
C1 B1B1 (188) (176) (257) (200)
22 22
(28.5)
C Ø1 28.29 7.78 2212.20 9.90 1.31
FS3
Ø2
(210.5) (197.5) (310) (251.5) 22
(33.4)
A1
1.97 (50.0)
B
7.24 (184.0)
B1
6.69 (170.0)
B2
0.28 (7.0)
Adjustable
C
Frequency
C1 Ø1
Drives
4.88 (124.0)
Ø2
0.16 (4.0)
PowerXL 0.24Series
Ø2
DC1 (6.0) 0.47 (12.0)
Drives
2.3
Weight
lbs (kg)
2.43 (1.1)
FS4
B1B1
26.30Ø2Ø2
2(160)
—
2216.54
22
(420)
—
22
22
—
22
2.95 (75.0) 9.09 (231.0) 8.46 (215.0) 0.31B(8.0) 5.98 (152.0) 0.20 (5.0) 0.24 (6.0) 0.47 (12.0) 5.73 (2.6)
3.94 (100.0) 10.75 (273.0) 10.04 (255.0)
B
0.33 (8.5)
B1 6.89 (175.0)
B B
0.20 (5.0) 0.24 (6.0) 0.47 (12.0) 8.82 (4.0) Frame
2C C1 22Ø1 Ø2 22 22
Weight
— 16.54 (420.0)B1 — — 8.35 (212.0) — — — — Size lbs (kg)
B1 B1
FS1 27(184)
.24 0.14
220.15 0.31 22 22
5.51
S3, Degree
mensions in of Protection
Inches
2.3
(mm) IP66/NEMA
A1A1 4

FS4, Degree of Protection IP20/NEMAPowerXL

Frame
Frame
0 DC1 Series Drives
A A
AdjustableB2B2Frequency
C1C1
Drives
C C

Ø1 B1
FS2
A1A1

272
2
.58
(192)
(3.5)
0.14
(3.5)
Weight
(4)

220.16
(4.2)
Weight
(8)
0.33
(8.5)
22
(2.5)
22
10.36
(4.7)
B2 Size
Size A A A1 A1 B B B1 B1 B2 B2 C C C1 C1 Ø1Ø1
FS3 29.21
Ø2Ø2
2B1 B1 0.14lbslbs 0.16
22(4.2)
(kg)(kg) 0.33 22 22
17.42
FS1FS1 6.346.34
(161.0)
(161.0)
5.855.85
(148.5)
(148.5) 9.139.13 (232.0)
(232.0) 7.447.44 (189.0)
(189.0) 0.980.98 (25.0)
(25.0) 7.247.24(184.0)
(184.0) 0.140.14 (3.5)(3.5) 0.150.15(4.0)(4.0) (234) (8.0)(8.0) (3.5)5.515.51
0.310.31 (2.5)(2.5) (8.5) (7.9)
A1
FS2FS2 7.407.40
(188.0)
(188.0) 6.93
C1
6.93
(176.0)
(176.0) 10.12
10.12
(257.0)
Ø1
(257.0) 7.877.87
(200.0)
(200.0) 1.121.12
(28.5)
(28.5) 7.58 7.58
(192.0)
(192.0) 0.14 0.14
(3.5)
(3.5) FS4
0.16 0.16
(4.2)
(4.2) 8.35
0.330.3322
(8.5)
(8.5) — 10.3610.36
(4.7)—
(4.7)22 —
22 —22
A Approximate Dimensions in Inches C (mm) Ø2 (212)
2FS3A1
FS3 8.298.29 (210.5)
(210.5) 7.787.78 B2
(197.5)
(197.5) 12.20
12.20 C1
(310.0)
(310.0) 9.909.90
(251.5)
(251.5) 1.311.31 (33.4)
(33.4) 9.219.21(234.0)
(234.0) 0.140.14
A1
(3.5)(3.5) 0.160.16(4.2)(4.2) 0.330.33
(8.5)(8.5) 17.4217.42
(7.9)(7.9)
22
Frame A
DC1, Sizes FS1–FS3, Degree of Protection IP66/NEMA C 4, with Local Controls Weight 22 22 22
Size A NoteNote A1 B B1 B2 C C1 Ø1 Ø2 lbs (kg)
Frame 2 DC1, Sizes FS1–FS3,A1June
A1 Degree of Protection Ø2
B2 B2IP66/NEMAC14,C1with Local Controls A1A1
Weight
22
FS1
Size A 3.19 (81.0)
Frame
Frame
size
A1 1.97
size
B
4 available
4
(50.0)available
June
B A A
2015.2015.
7.24 (184.0) B1 6.69 (170.0) B2 0.28 (7.0) C 4.88 (124.0) C1 0.16 (4.0)
C C Ø1 0.24 (6.0) Ø2 0.47 (12.0) lbs 2.43 22
(kg)(1.1) 22 22
FS1FS2 6.344.21 2
(107.0)
(161.0) 5.85
B1
2.95 (75.0)
(148.5) 9.139.09 (231.0)
(232.0) 7.448.46 (215.0)
(189.0) 0.980.31 (8.0)
(25.0) 7.245.98 (152.0) 0.140.20
(184.0) (3.5)(5.0) 0.150.24
(4.0)(6.0) 0.310.47
(8.0)(12.0) 5.515.73
Ø1 (2.5)(2.6)
FS2FS3
B
B1 7.405.16
Frame
(131.0)
(188.0)
Frame
SizeSize6.933.94 (100.0)
A(176.0)
A 10.75
10.12 A1 (273.0) 7.8710.04
A1
(257.0) B (255.0)
(200.0)B 0.33 (8.5) 7.586.89
B16—Solid-State
1.12Volume
(28.5) B16—Solid-State (175.0)
B2Motor
(192.0) B2Motor
0.140.20 (5.0)
(3.5) 0.160.24
(4.2)(6.0)C1 C1 0.330.47
C CA08100007E—February
C CA08100007E—February (12.0)Ø1 Ø1
(8.5) 8.82
10.36
22
(4.0) Ø2 Ø2
(4.7)
Weight
22 Weight
lbs lbs
(kg)(kg) 22
FS3FS4 8.296.30
2
(160.0) —(197.5) 16.54 (420.0) 9.90—(251.5)
Volume
1.31—(33.4) 9.218.35 (212.0)
Control
Control
0.14—(3.5) 7.247.24 —(4.2)
2016
—(8.5)
2016www.eaton.com
www.eaton.com
— (7.9)
V6-T2-23
V6-T2-23
(210.5)
FS1FS17.786.34 6.34 (161.0)12.205.85
(161.0) (310.0)
5.85
(148.5)
(148.5) 9.139.13 (232.0)
(232.0) 7.447.44
(189.0)
(189.0) (234.0)
0.980.98
(25.0)
(25.0) 0.16
(184.0)
(184.0) 0.140.14 0.33
(3.5)
(3.5) 17.42
0.150.15
(4.0)(4.0) 22 0.310.31
(8.0)(8.0) 22
5.515.51
(2.5)(2.5)
2FS2FS2 7.40 7.40
(188.0)
(188.0) 6.936.93
(176.0)
(176.0)IP66/NEMA
10.12
10.12
(257.0)
(257.0) Ø2(4.2) 22
Note
DC1, Sizes FS1–FS3, Degree of Protection 4 7.877.87
(200.0)
(200.0) 1.121.12
(28.5)
(28.5) 7.587.58
(192.0)
(192.0) 0.140.14
(3.5)(3.5) 0.160.16
(4.2) 0.330.33
(8.5)(8.5) 10.36
10.36
(4.7)(4.7)
Frame size 4 available June 2015.
FS3FS3 8.298.29
(210.5)
(210.5) 7.787.78
(197.5)
(197.5) 12.20
12.20
(310.0)
(310.0) 9.909.90
(251.5)
(251.5) 1.311.31
(33.4)
(33.4) 9.219.21
(234.0)
(234.0) 0.140.14
(3.5)(3.5)
2
0.160.162
(4.2)
(4.2) (8.5)(8.5)22 17.42
0.330.33 17.42
(7.9)(7.9)
2
B1
22
Note
Note Ø1
Frame 2 2
2 Frame
Frame
sizesize
4 available
4 available
JuneJune
2015.
2015. B
Size
Volume 6—Solid-State Motor Control CA08100007E—February 2016 www.eaton.com
A
V6-T2-23
A1 2B B1 B2
22
C1 B1 2 2
6.34 5.85
1 2 B2
C
C1 A1 FS1
(161.0) (148.5)
29.13
(232.0)
7.44
(189.0)
0.98
(25.0)
Ø2
C
Volume
VolumeC16—Solid-State
6—Solid-State
Ø1 Motor Motor Control
Control
Weight
CA08100007E—February
CA08100007E—February 2
201672
.40www.eaton.com
2016 6.93
www.eaton.com 10.12 V6-T2-23
7.87
V6-T2-23 1.12
A1 B B1
2 7.24 (184.0) 6.69 (170.0) 0.28 (7.0)
B2 C Ø2 lbs (kg)
Weight
FS2
(188.0) (176.0)
2(257.0) (200.0) (28.5)
A1 1.97 (50.0) B B1 B2 C 4.88 (124.0) C1 0.16 (4.0) Ø1 0.24 (6.0) Ø2 0.47 (12.0) 2.43
lbs (kg) (1.1) 28.29
2 7.78 12.20 9.90 1.31
5.852.95 (75.0)2 9.139.09 (231.0) 7.448.46 (215.0) 0.980.31B(8.0) 7.245.98 (152.0) 0.140.20 (3.5)(5.0) 0.150.24
(4.0)(6.0) 0.310.47
(8.0)(12.0) (2.5)(2.6) FS3
5.515.73 B1 2
(148.5) (232.0) (189.0) (25.0) (184.0) (210.5) (197.5) (310.0) (251.5) (33.4)
6.933.94 (100.0) 10.75 (273.0) 7.8710.04 (255.0) 1.12B10.33 (8.5) 7.586.89 (175.0) 0.140.20
(3.5)(5.0) 0.160.24
(4.2)(6.0) 0.330.47
(8.5)(12.0) 8.82 (4.0) 22
(176.0) 10.12 (257.0)
2 12.2016.54(310.0)
(200.0) (28.5) (192.0) 10.36 (4.7)
2
7.78—(197.5) (420.0) 9.90—(251.5) 1.31—(33.4) 9.218.35 (212.0)
(234.0) 0.14—(3.5) 0.16—(4.2) 0.33—(8.5) — (7.9)
17.42 Frame Weight
2C2 C1 Ø1 Ø2
FS3, Degree 2 of Protection IP66/NEMA 4
Size
A1
2 lbs (kg)
A1
une 2015. B2 C1
FS1 27(184.0)
.24
2
0.14 0.15 0.31 6.17
2 Frame
A C
B1
(3.5) 2(4.0) (8.0) (2.8)
Ø1 7.58 0.14 Weight0.16 0.33 11.02
Size A A1 B B1 B2 C C1 FS2
Ø1 2Ø2 (3.5) lbs (kg)
2 Volume 6—Solid-State Motor Control CA08100007E—February 2016 www.eaton.com V6-T2-23 (192.0) 2(4.2) (8.5) (5.0)
FS1 6.34 (161.0) 5.85 (148.5) 9.13 (232.0) 7.44 (189.0) 0.98 (25.0) 7.24 (184.0) 0.14 (3.5) 0.15 (4.0) 0.31 (8.0)
9.21 0.14 6.17 (2.8)
0.16 0.33 18.08
2 FS2 7.40 (188.0) 6.93 (176.0) 10.12 (257.0) 7.87 (200.0) 1.12 (28.5) 7.58 (192.0) 0.14 (3.5) FS3
0.16 (4.2) 2
(234.0)
0.33 (8.5) (3.5) 11.02 (5.0)
(4.2) 2 (8.5) (8.2)
Ø2
FS3A1 8.29 (210.5) 7.78 (197.5)
B2 C1
12.20 (310.0) 9.90 (251.5) 1.31 (33.4) 9.21 (234.0) 0.14 A1
(3.5) 0.16 (4.2) 0.33 (8.5) 18.08 (8.2)

2 A C 2 2
Frame Power Distribution product guide
Weight eatoncorp.com.au 2018 275
Size A
2 A1 B B B1 B2 C C1 Ø1 Ø2 lbs (kg) 2 2
FS1 6.34 (161.0) 5.85
B1 (148.5) 9.13 (232.0) 7.44 (189.0) 0.98 (25.0) 7.24 (184.0) 0.14 (3.5) 0.15 (4.0) 0.31 (8.0) 5.51 (2.5)
2
 2.4
2.4 Adjustable
Adjustable
PowerXL
PowerXL
Frequency
Frequency
DG1 DG1
Series
Drives
Series
Drives
Drives
Drives

Drives & soft starters

2 2 Dimensions
Dimensions
DG1 drive dimesnsions
Approximate
Approximate
Dimensions
Dimensions
in Inches
in Inches
(mm)(mm)
Dimensions (approximate dimensions in inched (mm)
2 2 PowerXL
PowerXL
PowerXL Series Dimensions
Series—DG1
Series—DG1 Dimensions

2 2 W4 W4 D D

2 2
2 2 W2 W2

2 2
2 2
2 2 H1 H2
H1 H2 H3 H3

2 2
2 2
2 2 W1 W1

2 2
2 2 W3 W3

2 2 FrameFrame Amperes
Amperes WeightWeight
Size Size
Voltage
Frame Voltage
hp (CT/I
hpHhp
(CT/I
) HkW
) kW(CT/IH(CT/IH) D
) Amperes D H1 H1 H2 H2 H3 H3 W1 W1 W2 W2 W3 W3 W4 W4 Ø Ø Lb (kg)Lb (kg)Weight
Voltage kW D H1 H2 H3 W1 W2 W3 W4 Ø
2 2 FR1 size
FR1230 Vac
230 Vac (CT/IH)
0.75–30.75–30.55–2.2
0.55–2.2 (CT/IH)
3.5–113.5–11 7.89 7.8912.87 12.8712.28 12.2811.50 11.50 6.02 6.02 4.80 4.80 3.94 3.94 3.94 3.940.28 0.2814.33 14.33 Lb (kg)
FR1 230 Vac 1–5 0.75–3 0.55–2.2 3.7–11 (326.9)(326.9)
(200.4)(200.4) (153.0)(153.0)
(292.1)(292.1)
(311.9)(311.9) (100.1)(100.1)
(100.1)(100.1)
(121.9)(121.9) (7.0) (7.0)(6.5) (6.5)
480 Vac
480 Vac
1–5 0.75–3.7
0.75–3.7
2.3–7.62.3–7.6
2 2 575 Vac 1480
575 Vac
2–5
Vac 1 2–51–5 0.75–4
1.5–3.71.5–3.7 2.2–9
3.3–7.53.3–7.5
7.91
(200.9)
12.87
(327.0)
12.28
(312.0)
11.50
(292.0)
6.02
(153.0)
4.80
(122.0)
3.94
(100.0)
3.94
(100.0)
0.28
(7.0)
14.33
(6.5)
600 Vac 2–53–5.5 3–5.5
1.5–3.7 3.3–7 .5 9.6316.50 16.5015.98 15.9814.96 14.96 6.61 6.61 5.28 5.28 3.54 3.54 3.54 3.540.28 0.2823.37 23.37
2 2 FR2 FR2230 Vac
FR2
480 Vac
230
480
Vac
230
5–7.5 5–7.5
Vac 7.5–15
Vac
7.5–15 5–7.5
12.5–25
3–5.5
5.5–115.5–11
12.5–259.63
(244.7)(244.7)
12.5–25
12–23 12–23
(419.1)(419.1) (380.0)(380.0)
(405.9)(405.9) (134.1)(134.1)(90.0) (90.0)(90.0) (90.0)(7.0) (7.0)(10.6) (10.6)
(167.8)(167.8)

2 2 575 Vac 4807.5–15

1 Vac
575 Vac
1
7.5–15
7.5–15 5.5–11
5.5–115.5–11 12–23
10–18 10–18
9.63
(244.7)
16.50
(419.0)
15.98
(406.0)
14.96
(380.0)
6.61
(167.8)
5.28
(134.0)
3.54
(90.0)
3.54
(90.0)
0.28
(7.0)
23.37
(10.6)
FR3 FR3230 Vac
230 Vac
600 10–15 10–15
Vac 7.5–117.5–11
7.5–15 31–48 31–48
5.5–11 10.44 10.44
10–18 21.97 21.9721.46 21.4620.43 20.43 8.06 8.06 7.24 7.24 4.92 4.92 4.92 4.920.35 0.3549.82 49.82
2 2 480
FR3 Vac
480 Vac
20–30
230 Vac 20–30 15–22
10–15 15–22 31–46
7.5–11 31–46
31–48
(558.0)(558.0)
(265.1)(265.1) (518.9)(518.9)
(545.0)(545.0) (125.0)(125.0)
(183.9)(183.9)
(204.6)(204.6) (9.0) (9.0)(22.6) (22.6)
(125.0)(125.0)

1 Vac 10.44 21.97 21.46 20.41 8.06 7.24 4.92 4.92 0.35 49.82
48020–30
Vac 20–30
575 Vac
575 1 15–22 15–2222–34 22–34
2 2 FR4 FR4230 Vac
230 Vac
20–30 15–22 31–46
20–30 20–3015–22 15–2261–88 61–88 11.57 11.57
(265.1) (558.0) (545.0) (518.5) (204.6) (184.0) (125.0) (125.0)
24.80 24.8034.31 34.3123.27 23.27 9.36 9.36 9.13 9.13 8.07 8.07 8.07 8.070.35 0.3577.60 77.60
(9.0) (22.6)
600 Vac 20–30 15–22 22–34
(617.5)(617.5)
(629.9)(629.9)
(294.0)(294.0) (237.7)(237.7)
(591.1)(591.1) (205.0)(205.0)
(231.9)(231.9) (9.0) (9.0)(35.2) (35.2)
(205.0)(205.0)
2 2 480 Vac
FR4
480 Vac
40–60 40–6030–45 30–4561–87 61–87
230 Vac
1 Vac
20–30 15–22 61–88
575 Vac
575 40–60
1 40–6030–45 30–4541–62 41–62 11.57 24.80 24.31 23.26 9.36 9.13 8.07 8.07 0.35 77.60
480 Vac 40–60 30–45 61–87
2 2 FR5 FR5230 Vac
230 Vac
40–60 40–6030–45 30–45114–170
600 Vac 40–60 30–45
114–170 (294.0)
13.41 13.41
41–62
34.98 34.98
(340.7)(340.7)
(630.0)
29.65 29.65(617 .5) 27.83(590.7)
27.83
(706.9)(706.9)
(753.1)(753.1)
(888.5)(888.5)
11.34 11.34(237 .7) 11.10(232.0)
11.10
(281.9)(281.9)
(288.0)(288.0)
8.66 8.66(205.0)
(220.0)(220.0)
8.66 8.66(205.0)
0.35 0.35 (9.0)154.32 (35.2)
154.32
(9.0) (9.0)(70.0) (70.0)
(220.0)(220.0)
480 Vac
480 Vac
75–12575–12555–90 55–90105–170
105–170
2 2 FR5
575 Vac
575
230 Vac
75–125
1 Vac 1 75–125
40–60 30–45
55–90 55–9080–12580–125
114–170
13.41 34.98 29.65 27.83 11.34 11.10 8.66 8.66 0.35 154.32
480 Vac 75–125 55–90 105–170 1
FR6 1
FR6 1
230 Vac
230 Vac
75–10075–100 211–261 1
55–75 55–75211–261 1
(340.7) 1 (888.5)
1 1 (753.0)
1 1 (707
1 .0) 1 (288.0)
1 1 1
(282.0) 1 1
(220.0) 1 1
(220.0)1 1
(9.0) 1 (70.0)
2 2 480 Vac
600 Vac
480 Vac
150–200
150–200
75–125
110–150
110–150
55–90
205–261
205–261
80–125
FR6 1230 Vac 75–100 55–75 211–248
2 2 575 Vac
575 150–200
Vac 1 150–200
480 Vac
110–160
110–160
144–208
150–200
144–208
110–132 205–245
14.61 40.75 33.27 31.38 19.13 18.90 15.75 15.75 0.35 246.91
1 FR6 and
Note Note 1 FR6
575
and
Vac
575
available
Vac available
in 2015.
in 2015. (371) (1035) (845) (797) (486) (480) (400) (400) (9.0) (112)
2 2 600 Vac 150–200 110–132 144–208

2 2
2 2
2 2
2 2

V6-T2-44
V6-T2-44 Volume
Volume
6—Solid-State
6—Solid-State
Motor Motor Control CA08100007E—May
Control CA08100007E—May
2014 2014
www.eaton.com
www.eaton.com

276 Power Distribution product guide eatoncorp.com.au 2018

 Functional safety for persons,
machine and the environment.

Cam switches Stacklights Pushbuttons

The high-performance, robust and compact Signal towers are just as essential to the The ergonomically shaped button elements
T rotary switches and P switch-disconnectors smooth and safe operation of machines are matched to the shape of a fingertip for
are used in industry, trade and building and systems as they are at airports and even more comfortable operation. RMQ-
engineering applications. supermarkets. This is why Eaton has Titan pilot devices can be flexibly used in
designed its signal towers in such a way a wide range of applications thanks to their
The degree of protection IP65 with the as to be able to accommodate extremely IP67/IP69K degree of protection.
switch mounts and the switch front enables versatile light and acoustic modules.
use in harsh environments. On top of this, their high IP66 degree of The Emergency-STOP buttons for the
protection ensures that they can be used worldwide usable control circuit device
Ten basic switch types in four different product range RMQ-Titan are available as
construction types, in a whole range virtually anywhere.
palm switches/mushroom actuators with
of standard switches and across a In terms of signaling systems, light a diameter of 38, 45 or 60 mm. Control
wide performance range are available. intensity and signal strength are as crucial circuit devices RMQ-Titan are ingeniously
A comprehensive accessory range to a system's efficiency as are the speed simple to connect with SmartWire-DT.
complements the switch range and rounds and ease with which complete towers can
off the range of applications. All contacts be assembled and disassembled, e.g., The T Series Chrome 30.5 mm pushbutton
feature double breaking contacts. in order to transport a machine. line features a zinc die cast construction
With the metal extension shafts our reliable with chrome-plated housing & mounting
This efficiency can be increased even nut. The same durable construction is also
P1 and P3 switches can be mounted in further by effectively integrating signal
electrical cabinets of up to 600 mm deep available with the corrosive resistant E34
towers into an automation solution. Within line of pushbuttons. All operators are IP66
and with several Handle and Shaft options a this context, a SmartWire-DT connection
solution can be found for every application. rated to protect against dirt & moisture.
not only significantly reduces wiring Additionally, most devices come complete
Also the most common types are available as complexity, but also considerably enhances
a complete switch / shaft / handle package. with grounding hardware to prevent
a system's communication capabilities. electrical shock.
 T0, T3, T5, T5B

Description
Cam switches,
Cam switches Indication,
can be used Pushbuttons
for many switching and The contact chamber (contact unit = BE) contains T cam switches and P switch-disconnectors are
control applications. For example as ON-OFF 1 or 2 contacts. manufactured without PCB, CFC, asbestos and
switches, main switches, main/control switches, silicon.The contacts are cadmium free.
Cam switches
instrument switches. Our "T Cam Switches" catalog has over 800 popular
standard contact sequences (please request under The CI-K... insulated enclosures are silicon and halogen
Cam switches can be used for many switching and control Our "T Cam Switches" catalog has over 800 popular standard contact
The switches consist of a hand actuator, the switch K115D/F/GB, article no. 077643). free.
applications.
unit and theFor example
mounting as ON-OFF switches, main switches,
accessories. sequences.The following pages feature a selection of our standard
main/control switches, instrument switches. The switches consistpages
The following of feature
contacta sequences. T cam switches and P switch-disconnectors are
selection of our
a hand actuator, the switch unit and the mounting accessories. manufactured without PCB, CFC, asbestos and silicon.The contacts
standard contact sequences.
The contact chamber (contact unit = BE) contains 1 or 2 contacts. are cadmium free. The CI-K... insulated enclosures are silicon and
Cam switches T0 and T3 halogen free.
Cam switches T0 and T3
Key to part numbers
T......... ... - ............................- .................. .. . ../ ............. .......
↑ ↑ ↑ ↑
Switch size Number of contact chambers Contact sequence Mounting form
T0 or T3 = contact units number

Using the modular sustem to convert the mounting form

CI-K1-T0
T0(3).../E EZ- T0 V/EA/SVB- T0 T0( 3) .../XZ IVS- T0 CI-K2-T3 DE- T0

V/EA/SVB-T0

T0-1-(T3-1-).../EA/SVB
. T0.../IVS1) T0-.../I1 T0(3).../Z1)
T0(3).../EZ .
. T3-.../I2
T0-4-(T3-6-).../EA/SVB

T0-1-(T3-1-).../V/SVB
Cam switches TB5 .
.
Key to part numbers .
T0-4-(T3-6-).../V/SVB

T......... ... - ............................- .................. .. . ../ ............. .......

↑ ↑ ↑ ↑
Switch size Number of contact chambers Contact sequence Mounting form
T5(B) = contact units number

Using the modular sustem to convert the mounting form T5B

T5(B)...E V/EA/SVB-T5 DE-P3 CI-K4-T5B

CI-K5-T5

V/EA/SVB-T5 SVB-P3

T5(B).../Z
T5(B).../EA/SVB T5B-.../I4
T5-.../I5

T5B-.../I4/SVB
T5(B).../V/SVB T5-.../I5/SVB
Switch-disconnectors P1 and P3
Key to part numbers
P. . . . . . . . . . . . - . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . / . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . - .................. /... ..................
↑ ↑ ↑ ↑ ↑
Switch size Rated uninterrupted current Mounting form Part no. suffix Accessories
P1 or P3 (if required)

Add-on functions due to modular systems

N-P...E or HI 11-P1/P3E or H-P... UV-P...

N-P...Z HI 11-P1/P3Z

Switched neutral can be Auxiliary contact can be Terminal shroud N + PE terminals,

3-pole basic unit fitted left or right can be fitted at also as cover interlock
.../E or .../Z (for P1.../I: left only) (for P1.../I: left only) top or bottom on .../Z-switches.

278 Power Distribution product guide eatoncorp.com.au 2018

 P1, P3, TM
Cam switches, switch-disconnectors 4/9
Switch-disconnectors P1 and P3

Key to part numbers Cam switches, Indication &P1,Pushbuttons

P3, TM
Switch-disconnectors P1 and P3
Cam
P. . . . . . . switches
.. ... - ............................/ ............. ....... - .................. /... ..................
Key to part numbers P1 and P3
Switch-disconnectors
Switch
Key size numbers
to part Rated uninterrupted current Mounting form Part no. suffix Accessories
P1 or P3
P. . . . . . . . . . . . - . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . / . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . (if required)
- .................. /... ..................
Add-on functions due to modular system
Switch size Rated uninterrupted current Mounting form Part no. suffix Accessories
P1 or P3 (if required)
Add-on functions due to modular
N-P...E orsystem HI 11-P1/P3Eor H-P... UV-P...
N-P...Z HI 11-P1/P3Z

N-P...E or HI 11-P1/P3Eor H-P... UV-P...

N-P...Z HI 11-P1/P3Z

3-pole basic unit Switched neutral Auxiliary contact Terminal shroud N + PE terminals,
.../E or .../Z Can be fitted left Can be fitted left can be fitted at also as cover interlock
or right or right top or bottom on .../Z-switches.
(for P1.../I: left only) (for P1.../I: left only)

Switched neutral
3-pole basic unit Auxiliary contact Terminal shroud N + PE terminals,
TM.../Emini
or .../Zcam switches Can be fitted left Can be fitted left can be fitted at also as cover interlock
or right or right top or bottom on .../Z-switches.
The TM mini cam switch is a particularly small switch
(for P1.../I: left only)
TM switches (for
have consecutive
P1.../I: left only)
terminal markings
with a small space requirement. It is ideally suited for starting with 1.
smallmini
TM voltages
camand currents such as electronic
switches
TM miniFor
controls. cam switches
greater safety the contacts are gold Selection pages: Starting on� Page7/54
The TM mini cam switch is a particularly small switch with a small space requirement. It is ideally suited for small voltages and currents
plated.
The TM mini cam switch is a particularly small switch TM switches have consecutive terminal markings
such as electronic controls. For greater safety the contacts are gold plated.
with a small space requirement. It is ideally suited for starting with 1.
TM
smallswitches have
voltages and consecutive
currents terminal markings starting with 1.
such as electronic
Key to part
controls. For numbers
greater safety the contacts are gold Selection pages: Starting on� Page7/54
Key to part numbers
plated.
TM-. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . - . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . / . . . . . . . . . . . . . ....... + ..................
Key to part numbers
Number of contact chambers Contact sequence Mounting form Accessories
= contact
TM-. . . . . . .units
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . - . . number
................ ... ../ ............ . ....... + ..................

Number of contact chambers Contact sequence

Circuit representation Mounting form Accessories
= contact units number
Front plate labeling

(see also ordering example in the electronic

START catalogue)
2
0
Circuit representation 1
Front plate labeling

START
(see also ordering example in the electronic
START
Links catalogue)
2
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8

1 Terminal markings
START

Links
Switch from 0 to 1 Switch from 1 to START Switch from 1 to 0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8

Terminal markings with automatic return to 1

Contact 1 – 2 open, Contact 1 – 2 open,
Contact 3 – 4 open, Contact 1 – 2 open, Contact 3 – 4 open,
Contact 5 – 6 open, Contact 3 – 4 closed, Contact 5 – 6 open,
Switch from
Contact 7 – 80closed
to 1 Switch from
Contact 5 – 61open,
to START Switch from
Contact 7 – 81open
to 0
with automatic
Contact return closed
7 – 8 remains to 1
Contact 1 – 2 open, Contact 1 – 2 open,
Contact 3 – 4 open, Contact 1 – 2 open, Contact 3 – 4 open,
Contact 5 – 6 open, Contact 3 – 4 closed, Contact 5 – 6 open,
Contactfrom
Switch 7 – 80closed
to 2 Contactfrom
Switch 5 – 62open,
to START Contactfrom
Switch 7 – 82open
to 0
with automatic
Contact return closed
7 – 8 remains to 2
Contact 1 – 2 closed, Contact 1 – 2 open, Contact 1 – 2 open,
Contact 3 – 4 open, Contact 3 – 4 open, Contact 3 – 4 open,
Contact 5 – 60open,
Switch from to 2 Contact 5 – 62closes
Switch from with early make,
to START Contact 5 – 62open,
Switch from to 0
Contact 7 – 8 closed Contact 7 – 8 opens
with automatic with
return to 2late break Contact 7 – 8 open
Contact 1 – 2 closed, Contact 1 – 2 open, Contact 1 – 2 open,
Contact 3 – 4 open, Contact 3 – 4 open, Contact 3 – 4 open,
Contact 5 – 6 open, Contact 5 – 6 closes with early make, Contact 5 – 6 open,
Contact 7 – 8 closed Contact 7 – 8 opens with late break Contact 7 – 8 open

Power Distribution product guide eatoncorp.com.au 2018 279

2010 CA08103002Z-EN www.eaton.com
Cam switches, Indication, Pushbuttons
Cam switches

Front Main Flush Centre Surface Service distribution Rear

Auxiliary mounting mounting mounting board mounting mounting
plate circuit
circuits
number poles Front IP65 Front IP65 IP65 Front IP30 Front IP65
N/O N/C Item no. Item no. Item no. Item no. Item no.
On-Off switches 20A
1 - - T0-1-8200/E T0-1-8200/EZ T0-1-8200/I1 T0-1-8200/IVS T0-1-8200/Z
2 - - T0-1-102/E T0-1-102/EZ T0-1-102/I1 T0-1-102/IVS T0-1-102/Z
3 - - T0-2-1/E T0-2-1/EZ T0-2-1/I1 T0-2-1/IVS T0-2-1/Z
3 1 0 T0-2-15679/E T0-2-15679/EZ T0-2-15679/I1 T0-2-15679/IVS T0-2-15679/Z
3+N - - T0-2-8900/E T0-2-8900/EZ T0-2-8900/I1 T0-2-8900/IVS T0-2-8900/Z
Changeover switches 20A
1 - - T0-1-8210/E T0-1-8210/EZ T0-1-8210/I1 T0-1-8210/IVS T0-1-8210/Z
2 - - T0-2-8211/E T0-2-8211/EZ T0-2-8211/I1 T0-2-8211/IVS T0-2-8211/Z
3 - - T0-3-8212/E T0-3-8212/EZ T0-3-8212/I1 T0-3-8212/IVS T0-3-8212/Z
4 - - T0-4-8213/E T0-4-8213/EZ T0-4-8213/I1 T0-4-8213/IVS T0-4-8213/Z
1 - - T0-1-8220/E T0-1-8220/EZ T0-1-8220/I1 T0-1-8220/IVS T0-1-8220/Z
2 - - T0-2-8221/E T0-2-8221/EZ T0-2-8221/I1 T0-2-8221/IVS T0-2-8221/Z
3 - - T0-3-8222/E T0-3-8222/EZ T0-3-8222/I1 T0-3-8222/IVS T0-3-8222/Z
4 - - T0-4-8223/E T0-4-8223/EZ T0-4-8223/I1 T0-4-8223/IVS T0-4-8223/Z
1 - - T0-1-8214/E T0-1-8214/EZ T0-1-8214/I1 T0-1-8214/IVS T0-1-8214/Z
2 - - T0-2-8215/E T0-2-8215/EZ T0-2-8215/I1 T0-2-8215/IVS T0-2-8215/Z
3 - - T0-3-8216/E T0-3-8216/EZ T0-3-8216/I1 T0-3-8216/IVS T0-3-8216/Z
Reversing switches 20A
3 - - T0-3-8401/E T0-3-8401/EZ T0-3-8401/I1 T0-3-8401/IVS T0-3-8401/Z

ON-OFF switches 20A

1 - - T0-1-15401/E T0-1-15401/EZ T0-1-15401/I1 T0-1-15401/IVS T0-1-15401/Z
2 - - T0-1-15402/E T0-1-15402/EZ T0-1-15402/I1 T0-1-15402/IVS T0-1-15402/Z
3 - - T0-2-15403/E T0-2-15403/EZ T0-2-15403/I1 T0-2-15403/IVS T0-2-15403/Z
Voltmeter selector switches 20A

3+N - - T0-3-8007/E T0-3-8007/EZ T0-3-8007/I1 T0-3-8007/IVS T0-3-8007/Z

Ammeter selector switches 20A

3 - - T0-3-8048/E T0-3-8048/EZ T0-3-8048/IVS T0-3-8048/Z

Step switches 20A

1 - - T0-2-8231/E T0-2-8231/EZ T0-2-8231/I1 T0-2-8231/IVS T0-2-8231/Z

1 - - T0-2-8241/E T0-2-8241/EZ T0-2-8241/I1 T0-2-8241/IVS T0-2-8241/Z

Changeoverswitches 20A
1 - - T0-1-15431/E T0-1-15431/EZ T0-1-15431/I1 T0-1-15431/IVS T0-1-15431/Z
2 - - T0-2-15432/E T0-2-15432/EZ T0-2-15432/I1 T0-2-15432/IVS T0-2-15432/Z
3 - - T0-3-15433/E T0-3-15433/EZ T0-3-15433/I1 T0-3-15433/IVS T0-3-15433/Z

280 Power Distribution product guide eatoncorp.com.au 2018

 Cam switches, Indication & Pushbuttons
Cam switches

Auxiliary Main switches Main switches Main switches Main switches

Rated
Main circuits surface mounting flush mounting rear mounting rear mounting
uninterupted
circuit current front IP65 Metal shaft for
IP65 front IP65 front IP65
poles N/O N/C panel depth 400mm
Ia, A Item no. Item no. Item no. Item no.
Main switches, maintenance switches, repair switches
With red rotary handle and yellow locking ring
Note: All types are available with a black thumb-grip
Lockable in the 0 (Off) position
- - 20 T0-1-8200/I1/SVB T0-1-8200/EA/SVB T0-1-8200/V/SVB -
32 T3-1-8200/I2/SVB T3-1-8200/EA/SVB T3-1-8200/V/SVB -
1
63 T5B-1-8200/I4/SVB T5B-1-8200/EA/SVB T5B-1-8200/V/SVB -
100 - T5-1-8200/EA/SVB T5-1-8200/V/SVB -
- - 20 T0-1-102/I1/SVB T0-1-102/EA/SVB T0-1-102/V/SVB -
32 T3-1-102/I2/SVB T3-1-102/EA/SVB T3-1-102/V/SVB -
2
63 T5B-1-102/I4/SVB T5B-1-102/EA/SVB T5B-1-102/V/SVB -
100 T5-1-102/I5/SVB T5-1-102/EA/SVB T5-1-102/V/SVB -
- - 20 T0-2-1/I1/SVB T0-2-1/EA/SVB T0-2-1/V/SVB -
25 P1-25/I2/SVB P1-25/EA/SVB P1-25/V/SVB P1-25/M4/SVB
32 P1-32/I2/SVB P1-32/EA/SVB P1-32/V/SVB P1-32/M4/SVB
63 P3-63/I4/SVB P3-63/EA/SVB P3-63/V/SVB P3-63/M4/SVB
100 P3-100/I5/SVB P3-100/EA/SVB P3-100/V/SVB P3-100/M4/SVB
3
125 - P5-125/EA/SVB P5-125/V/SVB -
160 - P5-160/EA/SVB P5-160/V/SVB -
250 - P5-250/EA/SVB P5-250/V/SVB -
315 - P5-315/EA/SVB P5-315/V/SVB -
400 - - - -
- - 20 T0-2-8900/I1/SVB - - -
25 P1-25/I2/SVB/N P1-25/EA/SVB/N P1-25/V/SVB/N P1-25/M4/SVB/N
32 P1-32/I2/SVB/N P1-32/EA/SVB/N P1-32/V/SVB/N P1-32/M4/SVB/N
63 P3-63/I4/SVB/N P3-63/EA/SVB/N P3-63/V/SVB/N P3-63/M4/SVB/N
100 P3-100/I5/SVB/N P3-100/EA/SVB/N P3-100/V/SVB/N P3-100/M4/SVB/N
3+N
125 - P5-125/EA/SVB/N P5-125/V/SVB/N -
160 - P5-160/EA/SVB/N P5-160/V/SVB/N -
250 - P5-250/EA/SVB/N P5-250/V/SVB/N -
315 - P5-315/EA/SVB/N P5-315/V/SVB/N -
400 - - - -
1 0 20 T0-2-15679/I1/SVB T0-2-15679/EA/SVB T0-2-15679/V/SVB -
1 1 25 P1-25/I2/SVB/HI11 P1-25/EA/SVB/HI11 P1-25/V/SVB/HI11 P1-25/M4/SVB/HI11
3 32 P1-32/I2/SVB/HI11 P1-32/EA/SVB/HI11 P1-32/V/SVB/HI11 P1-32/M4/SVB/HI11
63 P3-63/I4/SVB/HI11 P3-63/EA/SVB/HI11 P3-63/V/SVB/HI11 P3-63/M4/SVB/HI11
100 P3-100/I5/SVB/HI11 P3-100/EA/SVB/HI11 P3-100/V/SVB/HI11 P3-100/M4/SVB/HI11
1 1 20 T0-3-15680/I1/SVB T0-3-15680/EA/SVB T0-3-15680/V/SVB -
25 - P1-25/EA/SVB/N/HI11 P1-25/V/SVB/N/HI11 P1-25/M4/SVB/N/HI11
3+N 32 T3-3-15680/I2/SVB P1-32/EA/SVB/N/HI11 P1-32/V/SVB/N/HI11 P1-32/M4/SVB/N/HI11
63 P3-63/I4/SVB/N/HI11 P3-63/EA/SVB/N/HI11 P3-63/V/SVB/N/HI11 P3-63/M4/SVB/N/HI11
100 P3-100/I5/SVB/N/HI11 P3-100/EA/SVB/N/HI11 P3-100/V/SVB/N/HI11 P3-100/M4/SVB/N/HI11
3 2 1 20 T0-3-15683/I1/SVB T0-3-15683/EA/SVB T0-3-15683/V/SVB -
- - 20 T0-3-8342/I1/SVB T0-3-8342/EA/SVB T0-3-8342/V/SVB -
32 T3-3-8342/I2/SVB T3-3-8342/EA/SVB T3-3-8342/V/SVB -
6
63 T5B-3-8342/I4/SVB T5B-3-8342/EA/SVB T5B-3-8342/V/SVB -
100 T5-3-8342/I5/SVB T5-3-8342/EA/SVB T5-3-8342/V/SVB -

Power Distribution product guide eatoncorp.com.au 2018 281

Cam switches, Indication, Pushbuttons
Cam switches
Emergency switching
Description For use with Item no.
off/emergency stop
Main switch assembly kits
T0-…/E, …/Z, …/I1
T3-…/E, …/Z, …/I2 SVB-T0
With red rotary As an emergency switching P1-…/E, …/Z, …/I2
SVB-T0
handle and yellow off/emergency stop device
locking To IEC/EN 60204-1, T5B-…/E, …/Z, …/I4
collar VDE 0113 Part 1 T5-.../E, .../Z, .../I5
SVB-P3
P3-63/E, …/Z, …/I4
P3-100/E, …/Z, …/I5
T0-…/E, …/Z, …/I1
T3-…/E, …/Z, …/I2 SVB-SW-T0
With black rotary Without emergency switch- P1-…/E, …/Z, …/I2
handle and black ing off/emergency stop T5B-…/E, …/Z, …/I4
SVB-SW-T0 locking collar function T5-.../E, .../Z, .../I5
SVB-SW-P3
P3-63/E, …/Z, …/I4
P3-100/E, …/Z, …/I5
Main switch assembly kits with PE terminal and N terminal
As an emergency T0-…/E, …/Z
With red rotary V/EA/SVB-T0
switching off/ T3-…/E, …/Z
handle and
emergency stop device
yellow locking
To IEC/EN 60204-1, T5(B)-…/E, …/Z V/EA/SVB-T5
collar
VDE 0113 Part 1
V/EA/SVB-T0 With black T0-…/E, …/Z
Without emergency V/EA/SVB-SW-T0
rotary handle T3-…/E, …/Z
switching off/ emergency
and black
stop function T5(B)-…/E, …/Z V/EA/SVB-SW-T5
locking collar
Thumb-grips
T0-…/E, …/EZ, …/IVS, …/Z, …/I1
Black T3-…/E, …/EZ, …/IVS, …/Z, …/I2 KNB-T0
P1-…/E, …/EZ, …/IVS, …/Z, …/I2
Only for emergency
T0-…/E, …/IVS, …/Z, …/I1
V/EA/SVB-SW-T0 switching off/ emergency
Red T3-…/E, …/IVS, …/Z, …/I2 KNB-RT-T0
stop switches To IEC/EN
P1-…/E, …/IVS, …/Z, …/I2
60204-1, VDE 0113 Part 1
T5(B)-…/E, …/Z, …/I4
Black P3-63/E, …/Z, …/I4 KNB-P3
P3-100/E, …/Z, …/I5
Only for emergency
T5(B)-…/E, …/Z, …/I4
switching off/ emergency
KNB-T0 Red P3-63/E, …/Z, …/I4 KNB-RT-P3
stop switches To IEC/EN
P3-100/E, …/Z, …/I5
60204-1, VDE 0113 Part 1
Maintenance key for interlocked main switches
T0…
Maintenance key KNK-T0
P1…
Maintenance key P3… KNK-P3
KNB-RT-P3

282 Power Distribution product guide eatoncorp.com.au 2018

 Cam switches, Indication & Pushbuttons
Cam switches
Description For use with Withdrawability Item no.

S-T0 key operated lock mechanism, front IP53

KMS 1 lock mechanism: individual lock
mechanism, not suitable for master
S-T0
key systems
Key withdrawable in all positions Withdrawable
positions can be
KMS 2-10, KMS 201-400 lock programmed by
mechanisms: individual lock user
T0-1.../I1 to T0-4.../I1
mechanisms, not suitable for master S-SOND-KMS(*)-T0
key systems. Key withdrawable in all T0-1.../E to T0-6.../E
positions T0-1.../Z to T0-6.../Z
Lock KMS1: Switches with FS908 are T3-1.../E to T3-5.../E
possible as main T3-1.../Z to T3-5.../Z S-T0
S(*)-T0
switch. Key can be withdrawn in
positions as specified T3-1.../I2 to T3-4.../I2
SA(...) = master key system (master- P1-.../E Withdrawable
key facility) with security certificate. P1-.../I2 positions
Ordering only with lock plan filled out P1-.../Z programmed at
with the full configuration of the factory as
envisaged lock system. When ordered S(*)-SOND-SA(*)-T0
reordering state item number from the
lock plan, e.g (A 6294-1.2).
Key can be withdrawn in positions as
specified
SVA-T3 cylinder lock, front IP65
KMS 1 lock mechanism: individual lock
mechanism, not suitable for master T0-…/E, T0-…/I1, SVA-T3
key systems T0-…/Z
Key withdrawable in all positions Withdrawable
T3-…/E, T3-…/I2, positions can be
KMS 2-10, KMS 201-400 lock T3-…/Z programmed by
mechanisms: individual lock user
mechanisms, not suitable for master P1-…/E, P1-…/I2, SVA-SOND-KMS(*)-T3
key systems. Key withdrawable in all P1-…/Z
positions
Lock KMS1: Switches with FS908 are
possible as main switch. Key can be SVA(*)-T3 SVA-T3
withdrawn in positions as specified
SA(...) = master key system (master- T0-1-… to T0-4-…/I1
Withdrawable
key facility) with security certificate. T0-1-.../E to T0-4-.../E positions
Ordering only with lock plan filled out T3-1-... to T3-5-.../I2 programmed at
with the full configuration of the factory as
envisaged lock system. When T3-1-... to T3-6-.../E SVA(*)-SOND-SA(*)-T3
ordered
reordering state item number from the P1-.../I2, P1-.../E
lock plan, e.g (A 6294-1.2).
Key can be withdrawn in positions as
specified
SVC-T3 padlocking feature, front IP65
T0-…/E, T0-…/I1,
T0-…/Z The positions that
can be locked
T3-…/E, T3-…/I2,
ll positions can be locked can be SVC-T3
T3-…/Z
programmed by
P1-…/E, P1-…/I2, the user
P1-…/Z
Switches with FS908
can be used as main
switches for: The positions that
T0-1-... to T0-4-.../ can be locked
Specific positions or ranges can be SVC-T3
I1, .../E are programmable SVC(*)-T3
locked
at the factory
T3-1-... to T3-5-.../I2
as ordered
T3-1-... to T3-6-.../E
P1-.../I2, P1-.../E

Power Distribution product guide eatoncorp.com.au 2018 283

Cam switches, Indication, Pushbuttons
Cam switches
Description For use with Item no.
For left or right side mounting P1-…/E, …/EA, …/EZ N-P1E
P1-…/Z, …/V, …/I2, …/IVS N-P1Z
Neutral For P1-…/I2: optionally, N-P1Z or P3-…/E, …/EA… N-P3E
conductor HI11-P1/P3Z,
P3-…/Z, …/V, …/IVS
can only be fitted on the left
P3-63…/Z, …/I4 N-P3Z
P3-100…/Z, …/I5
N-P1E P5-125(160)/E(EA) N-P5-125/160E
P5-125(160)/Z(V) N-P5-125/160Z
Neutral terminal
P5-250(315)/E(EA) N-P5-250/315E
P5-250(315)/Z(V) N-P5-250/315Z
P5-125(160)/E(EA) PE-P5-125/160E
P5-125(160)/Z(V) PE-P5-125/160Z
Ground terminal
P5-250(315)/E(EA) PE-P5-250/315E
P5-250(315)/Z(V) PE-P5-250/315Z
1 normally open (N/O), 1 normally
P1-…/E, …/EA…, …/EZ
PE-P5-125/160Z close contact (N/C) - For left and/or HI11-P1/P3E
P3-…/E, …/EA
right side mounting
P1-…/Z, …/V, …/I2, …/IVS
For P1…/I2: optionally, HI11-P1/P3Z or
P3-63/Z, …/V, …/I4, …/IVS HI11-P1/P3Z
Auxiliary N-P1Z, can only be fitted on the left
P3-100/Z, …/V, …/I5, …/IVS
contacts
P5-125(160)/E(EA) HI21-P5-125/160E
2 normally open (N/O), 1 normally P5-125(160)/Z(V) HI21-P5-125/160Z
close contact (N/C) - For left and/or
right side mounting P5-250(315)/E(EA) HI21-P5-250/315E
P5-250(315)/Z(V) HI21-P5-250/315Z
For cam switches with existing front
T0-…/E
plate - quick installation with snap EZ-T0
HI21-P5-125/160Z Center T3-…/E
fitting system
mounting
accessories T0-…/E
Mounting diameter 22.3 mm, one man
T3-…/E EZ-P1
mounting with screw fixing
P1-…/E
Service
For retrofitting in service distribution
distribution
board mounting T0-…/IVS design. Use 0-…/XZ IVS-T0
board mounting
the basic switch's front plate.
accessories
For the retrofitting of switch
T0(T3)-.../XZ as rear mounting, DE-T0
IVS-T0
spare part for T0(T3)/(P1)-.../Z
Coupling drive
For the conversion of T5(B)-.../E flush
mounting switch to rear mounting, DE-P3
spare part for T5(B)/(P3)-...Z
T0-…/E, …EZ, …Z
T3-…/E, …EZ, …Z UV-T0
Interlock P1-…/E, …EZ, …Z
sections
T5(B)-…/E, …Z
UV-P3
P3-…/E, …Z
UV-T0 Use only with T0/T3-… and P3-…/Z
UV-T0 ZVV-T0
Interlock designs
extensions Use only with T5(B)-…/Z and P3-…/Z
UV-P3 ZVV-P3
designs
T0-…/Z, T0-…/V
T3-…/Z, T3-…/V ZAV-T0
Shaft P1-…/Z, P1-…/V
extensions T5(B)-…/Z
P3-…/Z ZAV-P3
P3-…/V
ZVV-T0 P5-…/V…
Shaft Aluminum, length: 480 mm ZAV-P5
P5-…/Z
Interlock
extensions and
Extension to 25 mm +ZAV(X1)+ZV-
shaft
When ordering with basic unit V(X1)-T0/P3
extensions,
complete
Control cable
P5-250/315 ST-P5-250/315
terminal
ZAV-T0

284 Power Distribution product guide eatoncorp.com.au 2018

 Cam switches, Indication & Pushbuttons
Cam switches
Description For use with Item no.
For flush mounting switches with up to T0-…/E
H3-T0
4 contact units T3-…/E
For covering the connection terminals
T5(B)-…/E, …/Z H1-T5
of up to 2 contact units
Extension for H1-T5 protective shroud
H1-T5 HZ-T5
on 3 - 8 contact units
For covering the connection terminals P1-…/E, …/EZ, …/Z, …/EA, H1-t5
H-P1
on 3 pole switch-disconnectors …/V
For covering the connection terminals P1-…N, …HI11,
Shrouds H-P14
on 4 pole switch-disconnectors …N…HI11
For covering the connection terminals
P3-…/E, …/Z, …/EA, …/V
on 3 pole open switchdisconnectors
P3-…N, …HI11, H-P3
with N neutral conductor and/or HI11
…N…HI11
auxiliary contact
H-P5-125/160
For covering the terminals P5
H-P5-250/315
Set (6 units) for covering the connec-
T8-3-8342/… H-T8
tion terminals
For KMS 1 individual lock mechanism ES-KMS1-T0 VR-T0
For KMS 2 - 10 or KMS 201 - 400 indi-
ES-KMS(*)-T0
vidual lock mechanism
Key Individual key, stainless, for master
key system and stored individual lock
HS-SA(*)-T0
mechanisms, state lock plan no. and
key.
For later change of key withdrawability S-T0 for all switching
VR-T0
Locking cams in the engagement positions angles
(2 cams per set) For changing the blocked positions/ SVA-T3
VR-T3
ranges SVC-T3
Mounting plate To connect the shielding CI-K2 MBS-I2
shield To connect the shielding CI-K4 MBS-I4

Description For use with Item no.

1 - 2 contact units T0-…/Z CI-K1-T0-2
With MBS-12
3 - 4 contact units T0-…/Z CI-K1-T0-4
pushthrough
1 - 2 contact units T3-…/Z CI-K2-T3-2
cable entry
3 - 4 contact units diaphragm. T3-…/Z CI-K2-T3-4
5 contact units T3-…/Z CI-K2-T3-5
1 - 2 contact units T0-…/Z CI-K1H-T0-2
3 - 4 contact units T0-…/Z CI-K1H-T0-4
1 - 2 contact units T3-…/Z CI-K2H-T3-2
IP65 insulated
enclosures 3 - 4 contact units T3-…/Z CI-K2H-T3-4
5 contact units T3-…/Z CI-K2H-T3-5
1 - 2 contact units With metric T5B-…/E CI-K4-T5B-2
3 - 4 contact units knockouts T5B-…/E CI-K4-T5B-4
1 - 2 contact units T5-…/Z CI-K5-T5-2
3 - 4 contact units T5-…/Z CI-K5-T5-4
Only available together with basic unit T0-…/I1 +I1H
T3-…/I2
Only available together with basic unit +I2H C1-K1-T0-2
P1-…/I2
CI-K2-PKZ0-... K-CI-K1/2
T5B-…/I4,
Cl-K4-T5B-… K-CI-K4
Neutral terminals P3-…/I4, CI-K4
T5-…/I5,
CI-K5-T5-… K-CI-K5
P3-…/I5, CI-K5
T5B-…/I4,
T5-…/I5,
Set of external fixing brackets AB-CI-K4/5
P3-63/I4,
P3-100/I5
Set of T5B-…/I4
For the bottom contact unit AW-T5-1/2
extension T5-…/I5
K-C1-K5
terminals For the second contact unit from the bottom T5-…/I5 AW-T5-3/4

Power Distribution product guide eatoncorp.com.au 2018 285

Cam switches, Indication, Pushbuttons
Switch-Disconnectors
T0, P1 and P3 enclosed switch-disconnectors with pre-assembled steel EMC screen
Electromagnetic compatibility (EMC) refers to the ability of the device to function despite
electromagnetic disturbances in the environment without electromagnetically disturbing other devices in
the surroundings.
The operation of three-phase motors is becoming more and more common via variable speed drives or
frequency inverters, and the use of such equipment can cause EMC disturbance to rise significantly. If
interruption cannot be avoided, then an ideal mitigation method to maintain EMC compliance is to clamp
the screened cables to a steel screening plate.
We have now enlarged our reliable CI-K offering with a range of enclosed Switchdisconnectors with
pre-assembled steel screening plates for applications where EMC compliance is necessary. The
new enclosed products feature units with current ratings of 20 A to 63 A, and can be used for motor
applications up to 30 kW (AC-23A) for 415 V nominal current.

• Well known Reliable Eaton Series switchgear

• Robust IP65 Polycarbonate compact enclosures
• Cable clamps provide robust and trouble free connection to the screening plate
• A range of cable clamps to suit all cable diameters is supplied as standard
• Various Auxiliary switch options to suit customer needs
• Red/Yellow or Black lockable handle options.

Max. Amp. Motor Rating

Description Item no.
rating AC-23A, 415 V
3P, red/yellow handle 20 A 5.5 kW T0-2-1/I2H/MBS/SVB
3P, black handle 20 A 5.5 kW T0-2-1/I2H/MBS/SVB-SW
3P + N, red/yellow handle 20 A 5.5 kW T0-2-8900/I2H/MBS/SVB

T0-2-1/I2H/MBS/SVB
3P + N, black handle 20 A 5.5 kW T0-2-8900/I2H/MBS/SVB-SW
3P + 1 NO, red/yellow handle 20 A 5.5 kW T0-2-15679/I2H/MBS/SVB
3P + 1 NO, black handle 20 A 5.5 kW T0-2-15679/I2H/MBS/SVB-SW
3P + N + 1 NO / 1 NC, red/yellow handle 20 A 5.5 kW T0-3-15680/I2H/MBS/SVB
3P + N + 1 NO / 1 NC, black handle 20 A 5.5 kW T0-3-15680/I2H/MBS/SVB-SW
3P + 2 NO / 1 NC, red/yellow handle 20 A 5.5 kW T0-3-15683/I2H/MBS/SVB
3P + 2 NO / 1 NC, black handle 20 A 5.5 kW T0-3-15683/I2H/MBS/SVB-SW
6P + 1 NO / 1 NC, red/yellow handle 20 A 5.5 kW T0-4-15682/I2H/MBS/SVB
6P + 1 NO / 1 NC, black handle 20 A 5.5 kW T0-4-15682/I2H/MBS/SVB-SW
3P, red/yellow handle 25 A 11 kW P1-25/I2H/MBS/SVB
3P, black handle 25 A 11 kW P1-25/I2H/MBS/SVB-SW
P1-25/I2H/MBS/SVB-SW
3P + 1 NO / 1 NC, red/yellow handle 25 A 11 kW P1-25/I2H/MBS/SVB/HI11
3P + 1 NO / 1 NC, black handle 25 A 11 kW P1-25/I2H/MBS/SVB-SW/HI11
3P, red/yellow handle 32 A 15 kW P1-32/I2H/MBS/SVB
3P, black handle 32 A 15 kW P1-32/I2H/MBS/SVB-SW
3P + 1 NO / 1 NC, red/yellow handle 32 A 15 kW P1-32/I2H/MBS/SVB/HI11
3P + 1 NO / 1 NC, black handle 32 A 15 kW P1-32/I2H/MBS/SVB-SW/HI11
3P, red/yellow handle 63 A 30 kW P3-63/I4/MBS/SVB
3P, black handle 63 A 30 kW P3-63/I4/MBS/SVB-SW
3P + 1 NO / 1 NC, red/yellow handle 63 A 30 kW P3-63/I4/MBS/SVB/HI11
3P + 1 NO / 1 NC, black handle 63 A 30 kW P3-63/I4/MBS/SVB-SW/HI11
P3-63/I4/MBS/SVB/HI11

Acessories Item no.

Empty enclosure with screening plate for T0-1 CI-K2H-T0-1-MBS
Empty enclosure with screening plate for T0-2 CI-K2H-T0-2-MBS
Empty enclosure with screening plate for T0-3, T0-4 CI-K2H-T0-4-MBS
Empty enclosure with screening plate for T3-1, T3-2 CI-K2H-T3-2-MBS
Empty enclosure with screening plate for T3-3, T3-4 CI-K2H-T3-4-MBS
Metal screening plate for CI-K2 MBS-I2
Metal screening plate for CI-K4 MBS-I4

286 Power Distribution product guide eatoncorp.com.au 2018

 Cam switches, Indication & Pushbuttons
Switch-Disconnectors
P1 and P3 switch-disconnectors with metal extension shafts
The P1 and P3 versions with Metal Extension Shafts fills a well know gap in the P Switch-
Disconnector range. This now opens up new potential in the Panel Building market and use in
Machine Control Panels with disconnection from 25A - 100A. With the new extension shafts our
reliable P switches can be mounted in electrical cabinets of up to 600mm deep and with several
Handle and Shaft options a solution can be found for every application.
Also the most common types are available as a complete switch/shaft/handle package.
• Well known P Switch-Disconnector performance and reliability with low power losses.
• Switches can quickly be mounted on DIN rail or fitted to the mounting plate.
• Time & cost saving – Switches available as complete packages saving on order admin, packaging
and assembly time. Also available with pre-built switched N and Auxiliary contacts.
• Simple interlock in ON with SVB handle and lockable in OFF with up to 3 x 8mm padlocks.
• By using K Line handles door can also be interlocked in OFF position. Also a defeatable option in
the ON position for fault finding without disconnecting the power supply.
P1-32/XM

Description Item no.

3P 25A P1-25/XM

Basic Switches 3P 32A P1-32/XM

type P…/XM 3P 63A P3-63/XM
3P 100A P3-100/XM

KNB-P1/M
Shaft for 400mm deep cabinet P1/P3-M400
Metal Shafts
Shaft for 600mm deep cabinet P1/P3-M600

Operating Handles Black Knob for P1 KNB-P1/M

Moeller series knobs Black Know for P3 KNB-P3/M
and handles provide door
interlock when in the ON Lockable Main Switch Handle P1 Red/Yellow SVB-P1/M
position. SVB Main Switch Lockable Main Switch Handle P3 Red/Yellow SVB-P3/M SVB-P1/M
Handles can be locked in
OFF with up to 3 x 8 mm Lockable Main Switch Handle P1 Black SVB-SW-P1/M
padlocks. Lockable Main Switch Handle P3 Black SVB-SW-P3/M

Knob for P1, Blue, padlockable K1DB/P

K-Line Knobs and Handles Knob for P1, Red/Yellow, padlockable K1DR/P
Provide door interlock when
Knob for P1, Grey, padlockable K1DG/P
in the ON position and also
when locked in the OFF Knob for P3, Blue, padlockable K2SDB/P
position. The door interlock K1DB/P
Knob for P3, Red/Yellow, padlockable K2SDR/P
can also be defeated in
the ON position by using a Knob for P3, Grey, padlockable K2SDG/P
special tool. Lockable with
Knob for P3, Blue, Cylinder lock/key K2SDB/C
up to 2 x 6 mm padlocks, or
Cylinder lock. Knob for P3, Red/Yellow, Cylinder lock/key K2SDR/C
Knob for P3, Grey, Cylinder lock/key K2SDG/C

Switched Neutral for P1 N-P1Z

Switched N, Auxiliary
Switched Neutral for P3 N-P3Z
Contacts
1 N/O, 1N/C for P1 or P3 HI11-P1/P3Z K2SDG/C

25A 3P P1 switch, with shaft for 400 mm

Switch, Shaft and Handle cabinet, with Lockable Main switch Handle, P1-25/M4/ SVB
combinations. Red/Yellow
Most combinations can be
32A 3P P1 switch, with 1NO/1NC Auxiliary,
ordered as single packs to
shaft for 400mm cabinet, with Lockable P1-32/M4/ HI11/SVB-SW
reduce order administration
Main switch Handle, black
and packaging (only with
400 mm shaft). Here are 63A 3P P3 switch, with shaft for 400 mm
some common examples: cabinet, with K Line K2 Knob, padlockable, P3-63/M4/K2-PR
P1-32/M4/ HI11/SVB-SW
Red/Yellow

Power Distribution product guide eatoncorp.com.au 2018 287

Cam switches, Indication, Pushbuttons
Stacklights
SL7 and SL4 range
The Eaton SL7 and SL4 stacklights provide reliable control over all key processes and machine
availability. Available in two sizes, 70 mm (SL7) and 40 mm (SL4), the new stacklights are
engineered to keep you informed about potential material requirements, downtime and hazards.
Modules are available in a wide selection of audible, illuminating and mounting options that are well
suited to adapt to any industrial application.

SL7 and SL4 stacklights

• Six lens colors: red, amber, yellow, green, • Versatile hardware for quick installation
blue, white and minimized downtime
• Continuous, flashing, strobe and multi- • Slim 40 mm size (SL4) is ideal for
strobe lighting functions applications with constrained space
• Mono-tone, dual-tone and multi-tone • Lean automation with SmartWire-DT
audible alarms connectivity
• LED or incandescent lighting options • Ideal for indoor and outdoor usage
• Control up to five modules on a single • Easily configurable components
stack, 10 with dual-arm base • Simple bayonet mounting mechanism for
• 24V, 120 Vac and 230 Vac operating voltages quick assembly
• Simplified twist-and-lock assembly, • Flexible mounting and lighting options
no tools required • Volume-adjustable alarms
• Compact components reduce inventory • Operating temperatures: –30º to +60ºC
requirements and increase flexibility

As noise levels and distractions in today’s production facilities continue to increase, a

stacklight with the ability to demand your immediate attention is of utmost importance. You
can count on the innovative audible and visual features of Eaton’s SL series stacklights to
keep you informed more reliably than ever before.
All six lamp modules are avaible with filament lamps, continuose light LEDs, flasing LEDs, strobe
LEDs, or high-perofmance LEDs. This way, the modules brightness and colours can be adapted to
the specific needs of customers and to varying international market requirments. The same holds
true for the acouditc modules. 8 different signals and volumes that can be adjusted up to 100dB
allow for optimal adaptation to an ambient condition

Disassemble
Signal towers can be disassembled in order to transport the corresponding machine. With Eatons
rapid mounting system this can be done in a matter of seconds.
1. Loosen the mounting ring
2. Remove the signal towers
3. Put the protection cap on.

Re-assembling and mounting the signal tower, both electrically and mechanically, is just as simple.

288 Power Distribution product guide eatoncorp.com.au 2018

 White SL7-L24-W
Continuous Light, UL Type 4/4X/13, IP66
Yellow SL7-L24-Y
Rated Operational Standard
Voltage (Ue V) ColorAmber Function Cam
switches,
Pack Indication
SL7-L24-A
Catalog & Pushbuttons
Number
110/120 Vac Blue 1 SL7-L120-B
Module Stacklights
with 24
LEDVac/Vdc Blue 1 SL7-L24-B
Green SL7-L120-G
SL7 range Green SL7-L24-G
Continuous
Complete devices Light, Red
UL
Red Type 4/4X/13, IP66 SL7-L120-R
SL7-L24-R
Ratedlight,
Continuous Operational
LED, UL type 4/4X/13, WhiteIP66 Standard SL7-L120-W
White SL7-L24-W
Voltage (U
Rated operationale V) Number ofColorYellow Function Pack Catalog Number
SL7-L120-Y
Color Function Item no.
voltage (Ue V) modules Yellow SL7-L24-Y
24 Vac/Vdc Blue Amber 1 SL7-L24-B
SL7-L120-A
Module with LED with Foot and 100 mm
Base Module Tube
Amber SL7-L24-A
230/240 Vac2 GreenBlue 1 SL7-L24-G
SL7-L230-B
Red/Green SL7-100-L-RG-24LED
110/120
Continuous Vac Light, BlueUL Type 4/4X/13, IP66 1 SL7-L120-B
24 Vac/Vdc RedRed/Amber/
Green SL7-L24-R
SL7-L230-G
Green
Stacklights
Stacklights
Stacklights
SL7-L120-G
3 SL7-100-L-RAG-24LED
Rated Operational Green
WhiteRed Standard SL7-L24-W
SL7-L230-R
Voltage (Ue V) Color
Red Function Pack Catalog Number
SL7-L120-R
Light Module with LED White
Yellow SL7-L230-W
SL7-L24-Y
24 Vac/Vdc
Continuous light, UL type 4/4X/13,
BlueIP66
White
AmberYellow
1 SL7-L120-W
SL7-L230-Y
SL7-L24-A
SL
SL
SLSeries
Series
Series
SL7-L24-B SL7-100-L-RG-24LED
Rated operational Green
ColorYellow Function Item no. SL7-L24-G
SL7-L120-Y
110/120
voltage (Ue V)Vac Blue Amber 1 SL7-L230-A
SL7-L120-B
Blue Red
Amber SL7-L24-B SL7-L24-R
SL7-L120-A

ght
ht
t Module
Module
Module
with
with
with
230/240 Vac
LED,
LED,
LED,continued
continued
continued
Green
GreenWhite
Blue
Red Red
SL7-L24-G
1
SL7-L24-R
Stacklights
Stacklights
Stacklights
SL7-L120-G
SL7-L24-W
SL7-L230-B
SL7-L120-R
24 Vac/Vdc Yellow SL7-L24-Y
SL7-L230-G
WhiteGreen
White SL7-L24-W SL7-L120-W SL
SL
SLSeries
Series
Series
BL_
L_
-BL_ Flashing
Flashing
Flashing Light,
Light,
Light,UL
ULUL
Yellow Type
Type
Type
Amber
Red 4/4X/13,
4/4X/13,
4/4X/13, IP66,
IP66,
IP66,
22Hz
2Hz
Hz SL7-L24-Y SL7-L24-A
SL7-L230-R
Amber
Yellow SL7-L24-A
SL7-L120-Y White
Rated
Rated
Rated
110/120Operational
Operational
Operational
Vac Blue
White Standard
Standard
Standard
1 SL7-L120-B
SL7-L230-W
Voltage
Voltage
Voltage
(U(U eV)eV)V)
e(U Color
Blue Color
Color
Amber Function
Function
Function Pack
Pack
Pack
SL7-L120-B Catalog
Catalog
Catalog
Number
Number
Number
SL7-L120-A
242424
Vac/Vdc
Vac/Vdc
Vac/Vdc
230/240 Vac Green
Blue
Green
Yellow
Blue
Blue SL7-L120-G
111 1 SL7-BL24-B
SL7-BL24-B
SL7-BL24-B Stacklights
Stacklights
Stacklights
SL7-L120-G
SL7-L230-Y
SL7-L230-B
ght
ht
t Module
Module
Module
with
with
withLED,
LED,
LED,continued
continued
continued Red
Red Amber SL7-L120-R SL7-L120-R
SL7-L230-A
110/120 Vac Green
Green
Green SL7-BL24-G
SL7-BL24-G
SL7-BL24-G
SL7-L230-G
WhiteGreen SL7-L120-W SL
SL
SLSeries
Series
Series
White SL7-L120-W
BL_
L_
-BL_ Flashing
Flashing
Flashing Light,
Light,
Light,UL
ULUL
Red Type
Red
YellowRed
RedType
Type 4/4X/13,
4/4X/13,
4/4X/13, IP66,
IP66,
IP66,
22Hz
2Hz
Hz SL7-L120-Y SL7-BL24-R
SL7-BL24-R
SL7-BL24-R
SL7-L230-R
Rated
Rated
Rated Operational Amber
Operational
Operational Yellow
White
White
White SL7-L120-A SL7-L120-Y
SL7-BL24-W
Standard SL7-BL24-W
Standard
Standard SL7-BL24-W
White SL7-L230-WAmber
Voltage
Voltage
Voltage
(U(U(U
eeeV)
V) V) Color
Blue Color
Color
Amber Function
Function
Function Pack
Pack
Pack
SL7-L230-B Catalog
Catalog
Catalog
Number
Number
Number
SL7-L120-A
Yellow
Yellow
Yellow SL7-BL24-Y
SL7-BL24-Y
SL7-BL24-Y
Green Yellow SL7-L230-G SL7-L230-Y
242424
Vac/Vdc
Vac/Vdc
Vac/Vdc
230/240 Vac Blue
Blue
Blue
Blue 111 1 SL7-BL24-B
SL7-BL24-B
SL7-BL24-B
SL7-L230-B
ght
ht
t Module
Module
Module
with
with
withLED,
LED,
LED,continued
continued
continued Amber
Amber
Amber
Red Amber SL7-L230-R
SL7-BL24-A
SL7-BL24-A
SL7-BL24-A
SL7-L230-A
230/240 Vac Green
Green
Green
Green SL7-BL24-G
SL7-BL24-G
SL7-BL24-G
SL7-L230-G
110/120
110/120
110/120
Vac
Vac
Vac Blue
WhiteBlue
Blue 111
SL7-L230-W SL7-BL120-B
SL7-BL120-B
SL7-BL120-B
BL_
L_
-BL_ Flashing
Flashing
Flashing
Light,
Light,
Light,
UL
ULUL
Red Type
Red
Yellow
Type
RedType
4/4X/13,
4/4X/13,
4/4X/13,
IP66,
IP66,
IP66,
22Hz
2Hz
Hz SL7-L230-Y SL7-BL24-R
SL7-BL24-R
SL7-BL24-R
Green
Green
Green
Red SL7-BL120-G
SL7-BL120-G
SL7-BL120-G
SL7-L230-R
Rated
Rated
Rated
Operational
Operational
Operational Amber
White
White
White Standard
Standard
Standard SL7-BL24-W
SL7-L230-A SL7-BL24-W
SL7-BL24-W
Voltage
Voltage
Voltage
(U(U RedRed
Red
White SL7-BL120-R
SL7-BL120-R
SL7-BL120-R
SL7-L230-W
V7-T2-6 Volume eV)eV)7—Logic
e(U V) Color
Color
Color
Control, Function
Function
Function Interface and Connectivity
Operator Pack
Pack
Pack Solutions
Catalog
Catalog
Catalog
Number
Number
Number
CA08100008E—March 2014 www.eato
Yellow
Yellow
Yellow SL7-BL24-Y
SL7-BL24-Y
SL7-BL24-Y Yellow
Flashing light, UL type 4/4X/13, White
White
White
IP66,
Yellow 2 Hz SL7-BL120-W
SL7-BL120-W
SL7-BL120-W
SL7-L230-Y
242424
Vac/Vdc
Vac/Vdc
Vac/Vdc Blue
Blue
Blue 111 SL7-BL24-B
SL7-BL24-B
SL7-BL24-B
Rated operational Amber
Amber
Amber
Yellow
Yellow
Yellow SL7-BL24-A
SL7-BL24-A
SL7-BL24-A
SL7-BL120-Y
SL7-BL120-Y
SL7-BL120-Y
Color Function Item no.
voltage (Ue V) Amber
Green
Green
Green SL7-L230-A
SL7-BL24-G
SL7-BL24-G
SL7-BL24-G
110/120
110/120
110/120
VacVac
Vac Blue
Blue
Blue 111 SL7-BL120-B
SL7-BL120-B
SL7-BL120-B
Amber
Blue Amber
Amber SL7-BL24-B SL7-BL120-A
SL7-BL120-A
SL7-BL120-A
RedRed
Red SL7-BL24-R
SL7-BL24-R
SL7-BL24-R
Green
GreenGreen
Green SL7-BL24-G SL7-BL120-G
SL7-BL120-G
SL7-BL120-G
230/240
230/240
230/240
VacVac
Vac Blue
Blue
Blue 111 SL7-BL230-B
SL7-BL230-B
SL7-BL230-B
White
Red
White
White SL7-BL24-W
SL7-BL24-W
SL7-BL24-W
SL7-BL24-R SL7-BL120-R
24 Vac/Vdc
RedRed
Red
Green
Green
Green SL7-BL120-R
SL7-BL120-R
SL7-BL230-G
SL7-BL230-G
SL7-BL230-G
Yellow
WhiteYellow
Yellow SL7-BL24-W SL7-BL24-Y
SL7-BL24-Y
SL7-BL24-Y
White
White
White SL7-BL120-W
SL7-BL120-W
SL7-BL120-W
RedRed
YellowRed SL7-BL230-R
SL7-BL230-R
SL7-BL230-R
SL7-BL24-Y SL7-BL24-A Green
Amber
Amber
Amber SL7-BL24-A
SL7-BL24-A
Yellow
Yellow
Yellow SL7-BL120-Y
SL7-BL120-Y
SL7-BL120-Y
SL7-BL24-A SL7-BL230-W
White
AmberWhite
White SL7-BL230-W
SL7-BL230-W
110/120
110/120
110/120
VacVac
Vac Blue
Blue
Blue 111 SL7-BL120-B
SL7-BL120-B
SL7-BL120-B
Amber
Blue Amber
Amber SL7-BL120-BSL7-BL120-A
SL7-BL120-A
SL7-BL120-A
Yellow
Yellow
Yellow SL7-BL230-Y
SL7-BL230-Y
SL7-BL230-Y
-6 Volume 7—Logic Control, Green
GreenGreen
Green Operator Interface and Connectivity
SL7-BL120-GSolutions CA08100008E—March 2014 www.eato
SL7-BL120-G
SL7-BL120-G
SL7-BL120-G
230/240
230/240
230/240
VacVac
Vac Blue
Blue
Blue 111 SL7-BL230-B
SL7-BL230-B
SL7-BL230-B
Amber
Amber
Amber SL7-BL230-A
SL7-BL230-A
SL7-BL230-A
Red
Red Red
Red SL7-BL120-RSL7-BL120-R
SL7-BL120-R
SL7-BL120-R
110/120 Vac Green
Green
Green SL7-BL230-G
SL7-BL230-G
SL7-BL230-G
White SL7-BL120-W
White
White
White SL7-BL120-W
SL7-BL120-W
SL7-BL120-W
RedRed
YellowRed SL7-BL120-YSL7-BL230-R
SL7-BL230-R
SL7-BL230-R
Strobe
Strobe
Strobe Light,
Light,
Light,
UL
ULYellow
UL Yellow
Yellow
Type
Type
Type 4/4X/13,
4/4X/13,
4/4X/13, IP66,
IP66,
IP66,
1.4
1.4
1.4
Hz
Hz
Hz SL7-BL120-Y
SL7-BL120-Y
SL7-BL120-Y Blue
L_
FL_
-FL_ White
AmberWhite
White SL7-BL120-ASL7-BL230-W
SL7-BL230-W
SL7-BL230-W
Rated
Rated
Rated Operational Blue
Operational
Operational Amber
Amber
Amber SL7-BL230-B
Standard
Standard SL7-BL120-A
SL7-BL120-A
SL7-BL120-A
Standard SL7-BL230-Y
Yellow
Yellow
Yellow SL7-BL230-Y
SL7-BL230-Y
-6 Volume
Voltage
Voltage
Voltage
230/240
230/240
230/240
Vac7—Logic
(UVac
(U eV)eV)V)
(U
eVac
Control,
Color
GreenColor
BlueColor
Blue
Blue Operator Interface
Function
Function
Function and Connectivity
1Pack
1Pack
1Pack
SL7-BL230-GSolutions
Catalog
Catalog
Catalog CA08100008E—March 2014 www.eato
Number
Number
Number
SL7-BL230-B
SL7-BL230-B
SL7-BL230-B
Amber
Amber
Amber SL7-BL230-A
SL7-BL230-A
SL7-BL230-A
Red SL7-BL230-R
242424
230/240 Vac/Vdc
Vac/Vdc
VacVac/Vdc Blue
Blue
Blue
Green
Green
Green 111 SL7-FL24-B
SL7-FL24-B
SL7-FL24-B
SL7-BL230-G
SL7-BL230-G
SL7-BL230-G
White SL7-BL230-W
Green
RedGreen
Green
Red
Yellow
Red SL7-BL230-Y
SL7-FL24-G
SL7-FL24-G
SL7-FL24-G
SL7-BL230-R
SL7-BL230-R
SL7-BL230-R

L_
FL_
-FL_ Strobe
Strobe
Strobe
Light,
Light,
Light,
UL
UL
ULType
Type
Red
RedType
Red
White
White
White
Amber 4/4X/13,
4/4X/13,
4/4X/13,
IP66,
IP66,
IP66,
1.4
1.4
1.4
Hz
Hz
Hz SL7-FL24-R
SL7-FL24-R
SL7-FL24-R
SL7-BL230-ASL7-BL230-W
SL7-BL230-W
SL7-BL230-W
Red
Rated
Rated
Rated
Operational
Operational
Operational Yellow
White
White
White
Yellow
Yellow Standard
Standard SL7-FL24-W
SL7-FL24-W
SL7-FL24-W
Standard SL7-BL230-Y
SL7-BL230-Y
SL7-BL230-Y
-6 Volume
Voltage
Voltage
Voltage7—Logic
(U
(U eV)eV)V)
e(U Control,
Color Operator
Color
Color Interface and Connectivity
Function
Function
Function PackPack Solutions
Pack Catalog
Catalog
Catalog CA08100008E—March 2014 www.eato
Number
Number
Number
Yellow
Yellow
Yellow
Amber
Amber
Amber SL7-FL24-Y
SL7-FL24-Y
SL7-FL24-Y
SL7-BL230-A
SL7-BL230-A
SL7-BL230-A
Power Distribution product guide eatoncorp.com.au 2018 289
242424
Vac/Vdc
Vac/Vdc
Vac/Vdc Blue
Blue
Blue 111 SL7-FL24-B
SL7-FL24-B
SL7-FL24-B
Amber
Amber
Amber SL7-FL24-A
SL7-FL24-A
SL7-FL24-A
Green
Green
Green SL7-FL24-G
SL7-FL24-G
SL7-FL24-G
 Strobe Light, ULWhite
Type 4/4X/13, IP66, 1.4 Hz SL7-BL230-W
SL7-FL_ Amber SL7-BL120-A
Rated Yellow SL7-BL230-Y
230/240Operational
Vac Blue Standard
1 SL7-BL230-B
Voltage (Ue V) Color Function Pack Catalog Number
Cam switches, Indication, Pushbuttons Amber
Green
SL7-BL230-A
SL7-BL230-G
24 Vac/Vdc Blue 1 SL7-FL24-B
Stacklights Red SL7-BL230-R
Green SL7-FL24-G
Strobe
SL7 range Light, UL White
Type 4/4X/13, IP66, 1.4 Hz SL7-BL230-W
SL7-FL_ Red SL7-FL24-R
Light module with
Rated OperationalLED Yellow Standard SL7-BL230-Y
Strobe Voltage
light, UL(UtypeV)4/4X/13, White1.4 Hz Function
Color
IP66, Pack SL7-FL24-W
Catalog Number
e Amber SL7-BL230-A
Rated operational Yellow SL7-FL24-Y
ColorBlue Function Item1no. SL7-FL24-B
voltage24(Ue
Vac/Vdc
V)
Blue Amber SL7-FL24-B SL7-FL24-A
Green SL7-FL24-G
Strobe
110/120 VacLight, Green
UL Type 4/4X/13, IP66, 1.4 Hz
Blue SL7-FL24-G
1 SL7-FL120-B
SL7-FL_ Red Red SL7-FL24-R SL7-FL24-R
24 Vac/Vdc
Rated Operational WhiteGreen SL7-FL120-G
Standard SL7-FL24-W
White White SL7-FL24-W
Voltage (Ue V) Yellow
Color
Red Function Pack
SL7-FL24-Y
Catalog Number
SL7-FL120-R
Yellow SL7-FL24-Y
24 Vac/Vdc Amber Blue
White 1
SL7-FL24-A SL7-FL24-B
SL7-FL120-W
Blue Amber SL7-FL24-A

2.1
SL7-FL120-B
Green SL7-FL24-G
110/120 Vac Stacklights
GreenYellow
Blue
Red
SL7-FL120-G
1
SL7-FL120-Y
SL7-FL120-B
SL7-FL24-R
Red Amber SL7-FL120-R SL7-FL120-A
110/120 Vac Green SL7-FL120-G

2.1 230/240 VacSL Series White

White SL7-FL120-W
Stacklights
Yellow
Blue
Red
Yellow
1
SL7-FL120-Y
SL7-FL24-W
SL7-FL230-B
SL7-FL120-R
SL7-FL24-Y
Amber Green SL7-FL120-A SL7-FL230-G
Amber White SL7-FL120-W
SL Series Amber SL7-FL24-A

2.1
Blue Red SL7-FL230-B SL7-FL230-R
SL7 Light Module with
110/120 VacHigh-Output Stacklights
GreenYellow
LED
Blue SL7-FL230-G
1
SL7-FL120-Y
SL7-FL120-B
SL7-FL230-W
2 230/240 Vac
White
Red Amber
Green
SL7-FL230-R SL7-FL120-A
SL7-FL120-G
SL7-FL230-Y
VacSL SeriesLight,
Continuous WhiteYellow SL7-FL230-W
SL7-L24-_ 230/240 Blue UL Type 4/4X/13, IP66 1 SL7-FL230-B
2
2
SL7 Light Module with RatedHigh-Output
Yellow
Operational AmberLED
Red
Green
SL7-FL230-Y
Standard
SL7-FL120-R
SL7-FL230-A
SL7-FL230-G
Voltage (Ue V) Amber Color Function SL7-FL230-A
Pack Catalog Number
White SL7-FL120-W
2
2
SL7-L24-_ Continuous Light, Red UL Type 4/4X/13, IP66
High-Performance LED for Maximum Signaling Effect SL7-FL230-R
SL7-FL120-Y
Rated Operational Yellow Standard
SL7 LightSL7Module with High-Output LED
White SL7-FL230-W
Yellow
2
2
Light module
24
Voltage with
(Ue V) high-output
Vac/Vdc Blue LED Function
Color
Amber
1
Pack SL7-L24-B-HP
Catalog Number
SL7-FL120-A
2 Continuous light, UL type 4/4X/13,Green
230/240
High-Performance
Continuous
SL7-L24-_ Rated operational Vac Light,
Blue
IP66
Yellow
LEDUL for Type
Maximum Signaling
4/4X/13, IP66Effect
1
SL7-L24-G-HP
SL7-FL230-Y
SL7-FL230-B
2
2 Color Red
Operational Amber
Function Item no. SL7-L24-R-HP
SL7-FL230-A
2 SL7-L24-B-HP
voltage (Ue V)24 Vac/Vdc
Rated Blue 1
Standard
Voltage
High-performance LED V) maximum
(U for Green
White
Color Function
signaling effect Pack CatalogSL7-FL230-G
SL7-L24-W-HP
Number
e Green SL7-L24-G-HP
2
2 Blue Red SL7-L24-B-HP SL7-FL230-R
2 High-Performance
Green
Yellow
LED
Redfor Maximum Signaling Effect
Amber
SL7-L24-Y-HP
SL7-L24-R-HP
SL7-L24-G-HP
SL7-L24-A-HP
White SL7-FL230-W
2
2
24 Vac/Vdc
Red
Blue
White 1 SL7-L24-B-HP
SL7-L24-W-HP
SL7-L24-R-HP
2 24 Vac/Vdc Green
WhiteYellow
Yellow SL7-L24-G-HP
SL7-FL230-Y
SL7-L24-Y-HP
SL7-L24-W-HP
Green
2
2 Yellow Red
Amber
Amber
SL7-L24-R-HP
SL7-L24-A-HP
SL7-L24-Y-HP SL7-FL230-A
2 SL7-FL24-_-HP Strobe Light, UL
Volume 7—Logic
Type 4/4X/13, IP66
Amber White SL7-L24-W-HP
SL7-L24-A-HP
Control, Operator Interface and Connectivity Solutions CA08100008E—M
2
2
Rated Operational
Yellow
Standard
SL7-L24-Y-HP
2 SL7-FL24-_-HP
Voltage (Ue V)
Strobe light, UL type 4/4X/13,
Strobe Light, IP66
UL
Color
Type
Amber
Function
4/4X/13, IP66
Pack Catalog Number
SL7-L24-A-HP
2
2
High-Performance LED
Rated operational
Color
Rated Operational
for Maximum Signaling Effect, 1.4 Hz
Function Item no.
Standard
2 voltage (Ue V)
24 Vac/Vdc
Voltage (U V) Blue
Color Function
High-performance LED efor maximum signaling effect, 1.4 Hz
1
Pack SL7-FL24-B-HP
Catalog Number
2
2 High-Performance
BlueULLED
Green
for Maximum
4/4X/13, Signaling Effect, 1.4 Hz SL7-FL24-G-HP
2 SL7-FL24-_-HP Strobe
Volume 7—Logic
24 Vac/Vdc
Rated
Light,
Green
Type
Red
Control, Operator
Operational Blue
IP66
Interface and Connectivity
SL7-FL24-B-HP
SL7-FL24-R-HP
1 Solutions
SL7-FL24-G-HP
Standard CA08100008E—M
SL7-FL24-B-HP
Blue
2
2 SL7-FL24-W-HP
2 Voltage (Ue V) Red Color White
Green Function Pack Catalog
SL7-FL24-R-HP Number
SL7-FL24-G-HP
24 Vac/Vdc
White
High-Performance LED Yellow SL7-FL24-W-HP
SL7-FL24-Y-HP
Redfor Maximum Signaling Effect, 1.4 Hz
2
2 Yellow
SL7-FL24-R-HP
SL7-FL24-Y-HP
2 24 Vac/Vdc
Amber
Amber
Blue
White 1 SL7-FL24-A-HP
SL7-FL24-B-HP
SL7-FL24-W-HP
SL7-FL24-A-HP
2
2 Green
Yellow SL7-FL24-G-HP
SL7-FL24-Y-HP
2 Multi-Strobe light, UL type 4/4X/13, Red IP66
Amber Connectivity Solutions CA08100008E—M
Volume 7—Logic Control, Operator Interface andIP66
SL7-FL24-R-HP
SL7-FL24-A-HP
Multi-Strobe Light, UL Type 4/4X/13,
2
2 SL7-FL24-_-HPM
Rated operational
Color White Function Item no. SL7-FL24-W-HP
2 voltage (Ue V)
Rated Operational
Voltage
High-performance LED(Uefor Yellow
V)maximumColor Function
signaling effect, 1–2.6 Hz
Standard
Pack SL7-FL24-Y-HP
Catalog Number
Red
2
2 Multi-Strobe BlueLight, UL Type 4/4X/13, IP66
2 SL7-FL24-_-HPM High-Performance
Rated Operational
Green
LED Hz
Standard
SL7-FL24-A-HP
for Maximum Signaling Effect, 1–2.6SL7-FL24-B-HPM
Amber
SL7-FL24-G-HPM
2
2 24 Vac/Vdc
Voltage (Ue V) Red Blue
Color Function 1
Pack SL7-FL24-B-HPM
Catalog Number
2 24 Vac/Vdc
High-Performance
Multi-Strobe
Green
LED
Light,
White for
ULMaximum Signaling
Type 4/4X/13,
SL7-FL24-R-HPM
SL7-FL24-G-HPM
Effect, 1–2.6SL7-FL24-W-HPM
IP66 Hz
2
2 SL7-FL24-_-HPM
Red SL7-FL24-R-HPM
2 24 Vac/Vdc
Rated Yellow Blue
Operational
White
Voltage (Ue V) Amber Color Function
SL7-FL24-Y-HPM
1
Standard SL7-FL24-B-HPM
SL7-FL24-W-HPM
SL7-FL24-A-HPM
Pack Catalog Number
2
2
Green SL7-FL24-G-HPM
2 Yellow
High-Performance LED
Redfor Maximum Signaling Effect, 1–2.6 Hz SL7-FL24-Y-HPM
SL7-FL24-R-HPM
290
2
2
Power Distribution product guide 24 Vac/Vdc
eatoncorp.com.au 2018 Amber
Blue
White 1 SL7-FL24-A-HPM
SL7-FL24-B-HPM
SL7-FL24-W-HPM
2 Green
Yellow SL7-FL24-G-HPM
SL7-FL24-Y-HPM
 Amber SL7-FL24-A-HPM

Cam switches, Indication & Pushbuttons

Stacklights
SL7 Light Module for Incandescent Bulb
SL7 range
SL7 Light Continuous
module for incandescent
Light, ULbulb
Type 4/4X/13, IP66

Stacklights2.1
SL7-L-_ Continuous light, UL type 4/4X/13, IP66
For incandescent bulb selection, see Page V7-T2-19. Stacklights

2.1
Rated operational
Color Function Item no.
Rated
voltage (Ue V) Operational Standard
Voltage (Ue V) Incandescent
ColorBulb, Maximum
Function7W SL SeriesCatalog Number
Pack
Without Light Elements,
Without Light Blue
Elements, Incandescent Bulb, Maximum 7W
SL7-L-B

<250 Vac/Vdc Green Blue SL7-L-G

1 SL Series
SL7-L-B
Modules Red SL7-L-R

2.1
<250 Vac/Vdc
White
Green
Stacklights
SL7-L-W
SL7-L-G
2
Continuous Tone or Pulsed Tone, Red 4/4X/13, IP66 1
UL Type SL7-L-R
Yellow SL7-L-Y
Adjustable with internal DIP switches.
Amber White SL SeriesSL7-L-W
SL7-L-A
2
Sound pressure 100 dB, adjustable with internal potentiometer.
2

2.1
f = 2800 Hz. Yellow SL7-L-Y
Rated Operational
us Tone or SL7Pulsed
Voltage (Ue V)
Rated Operational
Acoustic Tone,
Amber
modulesUL Type 4/4X/13, IP66
Current (Ie mA) Color Function 1 Sound Type
Stacklights
Pack
SL7-L-A
Standard
Catalog Number 2
Modules
e with internal
24 Vac/Vdc DIPMaximum
Continuous switches.
tone or92pulsed tone,Black
UL type 4/4X/13, IP66  1 SL7-AP24
SLSL7-AP120
Series 2
essure
110/120100Rated
Vac
Continuous dB,
Toneadjustable
Maximum
or with
41 Tone,
Pulsed ULinternal
Black potentiometer.
Type 4/4X/13, IP66 1 2
operational Rated operational
Color Function Sound type Item no. SL7-AP230 2
2.1
Hz. 230/240
Adjustable with internal
Vac voltage V) DIP
(UeMaximum 43 switches.
current Black
(Ie mA)
2
Sound pressure
V7-T2-8
100 dB, adjustable
Adjustable with internal DIP switches.
Volume 7—Logic
with internal
Control,
potentiometer. Stacklights
Interface and Connectivity Solutions CA08100008E—March 2014 2 www.eaton.com
ional
f = 2800 Rated SoundOperational
Hz. pressure 100 dB, adjustable with Operator
internal potentiometer. Standard
) Rated Operational
Current
f = 2800(IHz. e mA)
Rated Operational Color Function Sound Type
SL Series
Standard Pack Catalog 2
Number
Voltage (U V)24 Vac/Vdc Current (I Maximum
e e mA) 92 Color Function Sound Type Pack
SL7-AP24 Catalog Number SL7-AP24
SL7-AP24 2
2

2.1
Maximum 92 Pulsed Tone,Black 1
Stacklights
Continuous
24 Vac/Vdc 110/120 Tone Vacor
Maximum 92 Maximum External Actuation, UL Type 4/4X/13, IP66
41 Black Black 1
1SL7-AP120SL7-AP24
Assigned two inputs
Maximum 41 (two 41 modules). SL7-AP1202
us 110/120
Sound
230/240
ToneVacpressure
or Pulsed VacMaximum
100 dB, Tone, ULBlack
Maximum
adjustable
43 Black
Type
with 4/4X/13,
internal IP66 1
potentiometer.
SL7-AP230SL7-AP120
2
Modules
230/240 Vac
f = 2800 Maximum
Hz. DIP Maximum 43
43 BlackBlack SL7-AP230
SL7-AP2302
e with internal switches.
Standard SL Series
Continuous tone or pulsed tone, external actuation, UL type 4/4X/13, IP66 
essure
Rated 100 dB,
Operational
Continuous Tone adjustable
Rated
or Operational
Pulsed withULinternal
Tone, potentiometer.
Type 4/4X/13,1 IP66 2
Voltage (U V)Rated operational
Hz. 24 Vac/Vdc
Adjustablee
with
voltage (Ue
Current (I Rated
e
internal
V) DIP
mA) operational
switches.
current (Ie mA)
Color Color Function
Function Sound Type
Sound type Pack
Item no. Catalog Number 2
Sound pressure 100 dB,
Maximum adjustable
92
Assigned two inputs (two modules). with internal
Black potentiometer. 1 SL7-AP24-E 2
ional
f = 2800
110/120
ContinuousVac Rated
Hz.
Sound Operational
Tonepressure
Maximum
or 10041dB,Tone,
Pulsed adjustable with internal
Black
External potentiometer.
Actuation, UL Type 4/4X/13, IP66 Standard
SL7-AP120-E 2
2
1

) Rated Vac Current

ftwo
= 2800
230/240Operational
Assigned (IHz.
inputs mA)
Rated
eMaximum Operational
(two modules).
43 ColorBlack Function Sound Type Pack
Standard SL7-AP230-E Catalog Number
Voltage
us Sound (U
Tonepressure
e V)
or24 Pulsed
Vac/Vdc Current
100 dB,
e (I
Tone, mA)
External
Maximum
adjustable Color
92 internal
with Actuation,Function Sound Type
UL Type 4/4X/13, IP66
potentiometer. Pack
SL7-AP24-E
1 Catalog Number
SL7-AP120-E
SL7-AP24 2
2
24 2800 Maximum
f =Vac/Vdc Hz. 92
110/120 VacMaximum 92
Black
Maximum 41 Black Black
1
SL7-AP24
1SL7-AP120-E
two inputs (two modules).
Vac Maximum 41 SL7-AP1202
us Rated
110/120Operational
essure Tone
Voltage (U or
100
e
230/240 Vac
Pulsed
V) dB,
Rated Operational
Maximum
adjustable Tone,
Current
e
41
ULBlack
Maximum
(I mA) with
43 Black
Type
Color 4/4X/13,
internal IP66 1 Sound Type
potentiometer.
Function
Standard
Pack
SL7-AP120
SL7-AP230-E
Catalog Number 2
230/240 Vac Maximum 43 Black SL7-AP230
Hz.
e with
24 Vac/Vdc
Maximum
internal
Multi-Tone; Continuous
43
DIPTones,
Eight switches.
tone
Maximum UL
or92 pulsed
Black
Typetone,
4/4X/13,
external
1
Black IP66
actuation, UL type 4/4X/13, IP66  1 SL7-AP24-E
SL7-AP230 2
essure
ional
110/120 100
AdjustableVac dB,
with
Rated adjustable
internal
Rated Operational
Maximum DIP 41 with
switch.
operational Rated operational internal
Black potentiometer. Standard
SL7-AP120-E
2
Hz. Sound pressure
) f230/240 voltage (Ue
Vac Current
100 V)dB,
Hz.(IeMaximum
mA)
adjustable
current (Ie with
mA)
Color
internal
Colorpotentiometer.
Function
Function
Sound type
Sound Type
Item no.
Pack 2
Catalog Number
= 500–2700 43
Adjustable with internal DIP switch.
Black SL7-AP230-E
2
ionalRated Rated
Maximum
Operational
Continuous Sound Operational
Tone 92
Rated
pressure Operational
100 dB,Tone,
or Pulsed Black
adjustable with internal
External potentiometer.
Actuation, UL Type 4/4X/13, IP66
1 Standard Standard
1 SL7-AP24-E2
) Assigned
Voltage (U Current
e
two inputs (IeCurrent
V)f = 500–2700 mA)
e Hz. (I modules).
(two
mA) ColorColor Function
Function Sound Type
Sound Type Pack Pack
Catalog Number 2
Catalog Number
Maximum 41 Black SL7-AP120-E
SL7-AP24 2
us Tone or
Sound
24 Vac/Vdc 24
pressurePulsed
Vac/Vdc100 dB,Tone, External
Maximum Maximum
adjustable
115 115
with Actuation, UL Type 4/4X/13, IP66
internal
Black potentiometer. 1SL7-AP24-M
1 SL7-AP24-M SL7-AP230-M
fMulti-Tone;
= 2800 Maximum
Hz.
Vac Maximum
110/120
two inputs (two modules).
110/120 Eight Vac
92
43
Maximum 45
Tones, Maximum
UL Type
Black
Black
45 Black Black
4/4X/13,
1 IP66 SL7-AP120-M
1
SL7-AP120-M SL7-AP230-E2
Rated Vac Maximum
230/240Operational
Adjustable 230/240 41
with internal
VacRated Operational
Maximum DIP 43 switch.
Maximum Black
43 Black Standard
SL7-AP230-M
SL7-AP230-M SL7-AP1202
essure
Voltage 100 V) dB, adjustable
Sound(Upressure
e 100Current
e (I mA) with
dB, adjustable
internal
Color
with
potentiometer.
Function
internal potentiometer. Sound Type Pack Catalog Number 2
Hz. 24f =Vac/Vdc
500–2700Maximum
 Place only43
Hz. at the highest position
Maximum 92
Black
on a pole.
Black 1 SL7-AP24-E
SL7-AP2302
ional Vac Rated Operational
Rated Operational
110/120 Rated Operational
Maximum 41 Black Standard
Standard SL7-AP120-E 2
Note
Voltage (U V)
) 230/240 onlyCurrent
e Current (I mA)
(Ieposition
mA) on43a pole. Color
e Color Function
Function
Sound Type Pack
Sound Type
Catalog Number
Pack 2
Catalog Number
Place Vac at the highest Maximum Black SL7-AP230-E
2
1

SL7-AP24-M
ne; 24 Vac/Vdc
Eight Tones,
Maximum
Maximum 115
UL
92
Type 4/4X/13, Black
Black
IP66 1 1
1 SL7-AP24-E 2
110/120 Vac
e with internal DIP
Maximum 45
switch.
Black SL7-AP120-M
2
230/240 Vac Maximum 41 BlackBlack SL7-AP120-E
us Tone or Pulsed
Maximum 43
Tone,
essure 100 dB, adjustable with internal potentiometer.External Actuation, UL Type 4/4X/13, IP66 1
SL7-AP230-M
2
700
two Hz. Maximum
inputs (two
Multi-Tone; 43
Eight modules). Black
Tones, UL Type 4/4X/13, IP66 1 SL7-AP230-E2
essureAdjustable with internal DIP switch.
Note 100 dB,Operational
adjustable with internal potentiometer. 2
ional Rated
Sound pressure 100 dB, adjustable with internal potentiometer. Standard 2
Hz.
) f =Place
1 onlyCurrent
500–2700 at the highest
Hz.(Ieposition
mA) on a pole. Color Function Sound Type Pack 2
Catalog Number
ionalRated Operational
Rated OperationalRated Operational Standard Standard
1 Number SL7-AP24-M
2
Voltage (U Maximum
V) 115
Current (I mA) BlackColor Function Sound Type Pack Catalog 2
) e
Current (Ie mA) e
Color Function Sound Type Pack Catalog Number
24 Vac/Vdc Maximum 45
ne; Eight Tones, Maximum 115
UL Type 4/4X/13, BlackBlack
IP66 1 1 SL7-AP24-M SL7-AP120-M2
Maximum 92 Black 1
SL7-AP120-M SL7-AP24-E 2 291
2
110/120 Vac Maximum 45
e with Maximum
internal DIP 43 switch. BlackBlack Power Distribution product guide
SL7-AP230-M
eatoncorp.com.au 2018

230/240 Vac Maximum 41 Maximum 43 BlackBlack SL7-AP230-M SL7-AP120-E

essure 100 dB, adjustable with internal potentiometer. 2
Cam switches, Indication, Pushbuttons
Stacklights
SL7 range
SL7 Base modules
For horizontal mounting—Includes cover, maximum 5 modules

Description Tube length Color For use with.. Item no.

100 mm SL7-L-… SL7-CB-100
Base with aluminum tube and Black
SL7-BL-…
plastic foot 250 mm aluminum SL7-CB-250
SL7-FL-…
Spring-loaded terminals color tube
400 mm SL7-AP-… SL7-CB-400
100 mm SL7-L-… SL7-CB-T-100
Base with aluminum tube and Black
SL7-BL-…
3/4 in NPT threaded base 250 mm aluminum SL7-CB-T-250
SL7-FL-…
Spring-loaded terminals color tube
400 mm SL7-AP-… SL7-CB-T-400
SL7-L-…
Base with internal (on the
SL7-BL-…
inside) fixing holes Black SL7-CB-IMH
SL7-CB-250 SL7-FL-…
Spring-loaded terminals
SL7-AP-…
SL7-L-…
Base with built-in
SL7-BL-…
(pre-assembled) fixing screws Black SL7-CB-IMS
SL7-FL-…
Spring-loaded terminals
SL7-AP-…
SL7-L-…
Base with external fixing holes SL7-BL-…
Black SL7-CB-EMH
Spring-loaded terminals SL7-FL-…
SL7-AP-…
SL7-CB-EMH
Base with base adapter for 100 mm SL7-L-… SL7-FMS-100
Black
slipping onto place (rapid SL7-BL-…
250 mm aluminum SL7-FMS-250
mounting and wiring system) SL7-FL-…
color tube
Screw terminals 400 mm SL7-AP-… SL7-FMS-400
Base with base adapter for
slipping onto place (rapid
mounting
and wiring system) SL7-L-…
Blade terminal SWD4-8MF2 SL7-BL-…
100 mm SL7-SWD
Maximum 0.3A per module SL7-FL-…
External power supply con- SL7-AP-…
nectable (24 Vdc)
Configurable with SWD-Assist
SL7-CB-_ (planning and ordering help)

For vertical mounting—includes cover, maximum 5 modules

Description Tube length Color For use with.. Item no.

SL7-L-…
Vertical base with bracket SL7-BL-…
Black SL7-CB-FW
Spring-loaded terminals SL7-FL-…
SL7-CB-FW SL7-AP-…

For mounting on both sides—includes cover, maximum 2 x 5 modules

Description Tube length Color For use with.. Item no.

SL7-L-…
Base with external fixing
SL7-BL-…
holes Black SL7-CB-D
SL7-FL-…
Spring-loaded terminals
SL7-CB-D SL7-AP-…

292 Power Distribution product guide eatoncorp.com.au 2018

 3.23
(82.0)
SL 2
SL Series
Series
2.1
4.21
(107.0)
2
Cam switches, Indication & Pushbuttons
Ø0.24
Dimensions
Dimensions
(Ø6.0)
2
Stacklights 2
2
Approximate
Approximate Dimensions
Dimensions in
in Inches
Inches (mm)
(mm)
M5 2.05
0.79
2
SL7
SL7 range dimensions
SL7Series
Series (52.0)
(20.0) 2
2
Approx. dimension in Inches (mm) 2.87 (73.0) 2
Complete
CompleteDevices
Devices Light
LightModules
Modules 2
2
Complete devices
SL7-100-L-RG-24LED
SL7-100-L-RG-24LED
SL7-100-L-RG-24LED SL7-100-L-RYG-24LED
SL7-100-L-RYG-24LED
SL7-FMS-…
SL7-100-L-RYG-24LED SL7-(B)(F)L…
SL7-(B)(F)L…
SL7-SWD 1
SL7-SWD
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
3.31 2.40
2.40
(61.0)
(61.0) 2
2
(84.0)
2
2
2
2
A
Ø2.87
Ø2.87(Ø73.0)
(Ø73.0) 7.56
2
2
(192.0)
2
11.61
11.61 2
2
(295.0)
(295.0)
14.02
14.02
Acoustic
AcousticModules
Modules 2
(356.0)
(356.0) SL7-AP…
SL7-AP… 2
2
2
2
2
2
2.1
3.23
(82.0)
Ø3.15
(Ø80.0) Stacklights Ø3.15
(Ø80.0) 2.80
2.80 2
2
SL Series
(71.0)
(71.0)
2
2
2
2
2
2
Ø2.88
Ø2.88(Ø73.2)
(Ø73.2) 2
Ø2.84
Ø2.84
2 2
2
sions in Inches (mm)
(Ø72.0)
(Ø72.0)
2
2 2
2
Ø0.22 (Ø5.5) Ø0.22 (Ø5.5)
2
Ø2.13
LightØ2.84
Ø2.84
Modules
Ø2.13
(Ø54.0) 2 2
2
2
(Ø54.0)
(Ø72.0)
(Ø72.0)

2.1
D SL7-100-L-RYG-24LED Catalog
SL7-(B)(F)L…
Stacklights
Number A 2 2
2
0.23 (Ø5.8) 2
Ø0.22(Ø5.5)
Ø0.22 (Ø5.5)
SL7-FMS-100
SL Series
7.55 (192.0)
2 2
2
Ø2.13
Ø2.13
SL7-FMS-250 13.46 (342.0)
2
(Ø54.0)
(Ø54.0) SL7-FMS-400 19.37 (192.0)
2.40
2 2
2
Note
(61.0) 2
1 For connecting to SmartWire-DT.
2 2
2
Ø0.22
Ø0.22(Ø5.5)
(Ø5.5)
2 2
Ø2.13
Ø2.13
2 2
2
Ø2.87 (Ø73.0)
(Ø54.0)
(Ø54.0)
2 2
2 2
2
1
0) Light Modules Acoustic Modules 2 2
14.02
2 2
2
ED SL7-(B)(F)L…
Light modules
(356.0) SL7-AP…
Acoustic modules
2 2
2 2
2
2
—Logic Control, Operator Interface and Connectivity Solutions CA08100008E—September 2016 www.eaton.com
2.80
V7-T2-27
2 2
2
2.40 (71.0)
2
(61.0)
2 2
2
2
2 2
2
Ø2.87 (Ø73.0) Ø2.88 (Ø73.2)
2
2 2
2
2
2
Acoustic Modules
2 2
2
0) SL7-AP… 2
Ø2.84 2
(Ø72.0) Volume
Volume7—Logic
7—LogicControl,
Control,Operator
OperatorInterface
Interfaceand
andConnectivity
ConnectivitySolutions
2
Solutions CA08100008E—September
CA08100008E—September2016
2016 www.eaton.com
www.eaton.com V7-T2-25
V7-T2-25

2
2.80 2
.5)
(71.0)
2
2
2
2
Ø2.88 (Ø73.2)
2
Ø0.22 (Ø5.5) 2
Power Distribution product guide eatoncorp.com.au 2018 293
Ø2.13 2
(Ø54.0) 2
 2
2 2 SL7-L_ White
Continuous Light, UL Type 4/4X/13, IP66
SL7-L24-W
2
22 Yellow SL7-L24-Y
Cam2
Rated Operational Standard
switches, Indication, Pushbuttons
Voltage (U V) Amber
Color Function Pack SL7-L24-A
Catalog Num
2
2 2 Light Module with 24LED 110/120
Vac/Vdc Vac
e
Blue 11 SL7-L120-B
2 Stacklights
Blue SL7-L24-B

2
2 2 SL7-L_ SL4 range
Continuous Light,
Green
Green
UL Type 4/4X/13, IP66
SL7-L120-G
SL7-L24-G

2 Complete devices
Red
Red SL7-L120-R
SL7-L24-R
2
22
Rated Operational
Voltage (U V)
White
Continuous light, LED, UL type 4/4X/13, IP66
White
Color Function
Standard SL7-L120-W
Pack
SL7-L24-W
Catalog Num
2 e
Rated operational Number of Yellow
Yellow Color Function Item no. SL7-L120-Y
SL7-L24-Y
2
voltage (Ue V) modules
24 Vac/Vdc Blue 1 SL7-L24-B
22 Light Module with LED Amber
Base Module with Foot and 100 mm Tube
Amber
SL7-L120-A
SL7-L24-A
2 230/240 Vac Green
Blue 1 SL7-L24-G
SL7-L230-B
2 110/120 Vac 2 Red/Green
BlueUL Type 4/4X/13, IP66 SL4-100-L-RG-24LED
1 SL7-L120-B
Continuous Light,
2 2 SL7-L_ 24 Vac/Vdc Red
Green SL7-L24-R
SL7-L230-G
2 Green Red/Amber/ SL7-L120-G
Rated Operational 3 SL4-100-L-RAG-24LED
Standard SL7-L24-W
White
Stack
Stac
Sta
Red Green SL7-L230-R
2
22
Voltage (U V)
Light module with LED
e Color
Red
Yellow
White
Function Pack Catalog Num
SL7-L120-R
SL7-L24-Y
SL7-L230-W
2 SL7-100-L-RG-24LED
24 Vac/Vdc Blue
White
Continuous light, UL type 4/4X/13, IP66 1 SL7-L24-B
SL7-L120-W
2
22 Rated operational
Amber
Yellow
Green
Yellow
Color Function Item no.
SL7-L24-A
SL7-L230-Y
SL7-L24-G
SL7-L120-Y
2
voltage (Ue V)
110/120 Vac Amber
Blue 1 SL7-L230-A
SL7-L120-B
Red
Amber SL7-L24-R
SL7-L120-A
2
Blue SL4-L24-B

22 230/240 Vac
Green
Green
White
Blue SL4-L24-G
1
SL7-L120-G
Stack
Stac
Sta
SL7-L24-W
SL7-L230-B
2 Light
Light
Light
Module
Module
Module with
with
with
LED,
LED,
LED,continued
continued
continued
Red
Red SL4-L24-R SL7-L120-R
2
22
24 Vac/Vdc Yellow
Green
White
White SL4-L24-W
SL7-L24-Y
SL7-L230-G
SL7-L120-W
2 SL7-BL_
White
SL7-BL_
SL7-BL_ Flashing
Flashing
Flashing Light,
Light,
Light,UL
ULUL Type
Type Amber
Red
Yellow
Type4/4X/13,
4/4X/13,
4/4X/13,
Yellow IP66,
IP66,
IP66,
22Hz
2Hz
Hz SL4-L24-Y SL7-L24-A
SL7-L230-R
SL7-L120-Y
2
22 Rated
Rated
Rated110/120
Operational
Operational
OperationalVac Amber
Blue
White
Amber Standard
Standard
SL4-L24-A
Standard 1 SL7-L120-B
SL7-L230-W
SL7-L120-A
2
Blue SL4-L120-B
Voltage
Voltage
Voltage V)V)V)
(U(U(U Color
Color
Color Green
Function
Function
Function Pack
Pack
Pack Catalog
Catalog
Catalog
Number
Number
Number
SL7-L120-G
Stack
Stac
Sta
eee Yellow SL7-L230-Y
2
Green

22
230/240 Vac Blue SL4-L120-G
1 SL7-L230-B
242424
Vac/Vdc
Vac/Vdc
Vac/Vdc Blue
Blue
Blue Red 1 1 1 SL7-BL24-B
SL7-BL24-B
SL7-BL24-B SL7-L120-R
Light
Light
Light
Module
Module
Module with
with
with
LED,
LED,
LED,continued
continued
continued Amber
Red SL4-L120-R SL7-L230-A
2 110/120 Vac
Green
Green Green
Green White
White SL7-BL24-G
SL7-BL24-G SL7-L230-G
SL7-BL24-G SL7-L120-W
SL4-L120-W

22
2 SL7-BL_
SL7-BL_
SL7-BL_ Flashing
Flashing
Flashing Light,
Light,
Light,UL
ULUL
Red
RedType
Type
Red Red
Type4/4X/13,
4/4X/13,
4/4X/13,
Yellow
Yellow
IP66,
IP66,
IP66,
22Hz
2Hz
Hz SL7-BL24-R SL7-L230-R
SL4-L120-Y
SL7-BL24-R
SL7-BL24-R
SL7-L120-Y
2 Amber
Rated
Rated
Rated
Operational
Operational
Operational White White
Amber
White White
SL4-L120-A
SL7-BL24-WSL7-L230-W
SL7-BL24-W
Standard SL7-BL24-W
Standard
Standard

22
2 Voltage
Voltage
Voltage V)V)V)
(U(U(U Color Amber
Color
Color BlueFunction
Function
Function Pack
Pack
Pack SL4-L230-B
Catalog
Catalog
Catalog
NumberSL7-L120-A
Number
Number
eee Yellow Yellow
Yellow
Yellow SL7-BL24-Y SL7-L230-Y
SL7-BL24-Y
SL7-BL24-Y
2 Light
Light
Light
Module
Module
Module with
with242424
with
LED,
LED,
LED,
230/240 Vac Blue
Vac/Vdc
Vac/Vdc
Vac/Vdc
continued
continued
continued Amber Blue
Green
Blue Blue 111
SL4-L230-G
1SL7-BL24-B SL7-L230-B
SL7-BL24-B
SL7-BL24-B
2
2 2 110/120
230/240 Vac
110/120
110/120
VacVac
Vac
Amber Amber
Amber
Green
Blue
Blue
Blue
Red
Green Green
Green White 111
SL7-BL24-A SL7-L230-A
SL7-BL24-A
SL7-BL24-A
SL4-L230-R
SL7-BL24-G SL7-L230-G
SL7-BL24-G
SL7-BL24-G
SL4-L230-W
SL7-BL120-B
SL7-BL120-B
SL7-BL120-B
2 SL7-BL_
SL7-BL_
SL7-BL_ Flashing
Flashing
Flashing Light,
Light,
Light,UL
ULUL
Red
RedType
Type
Red Type4/4X/13,
Red4/4X/13,
4/4X/13,
Yellow IP66,
IP66,
IP66,
22Hz
2Hz
Hz SL7-BL24-R
SL7-BL24-R
SL7-BL24-R
SL4-L230-Y SL7-L230-R
2
2 Rated
Rated
Rated
Operational
Operational
Operational White
Green
Green
Green
Amber
White White
White Standard
Standard
SL7-BL120-G
SL7-BL120-G
SL7-BL120-G
SL4-L230-A
Standard SL7-BL24-W
SL7-BL24-WSL7-L230-W
SL7-BL24-W
2 Yellow V7-T2-6 Voltage
Voltage Volume
Voltage
(U
Flashing light,e eUL
Red
V)V)V) 7—Logic
(U(U Red
Red Control,
Color
Color
Color Operator Interface and Connectivity
Function
Function
Function
e type 4/4X/13, IP66, 2 Hz
Yellow
Yellow
Yellow Yellow
Pack
Pack
Pack SL7-BL120-R
SL7-BL120-R
SL7-BL120-R
Solutions
Catalog
Catalog
Catalog
Number
Number
SL7-BL24-Y
SL7-BL24-Y
CA08100
Number
SL7-BL24-Y SL7-L230-Y
2
2 242424
Vac/Vdc
Vac/Vdc
Vac/Vdc
Rated operational
White
White
White
Blue
Blue
Blue
Amber
Amber
Amber Color Function
111
SL7-BL120-W
SL7-BL120-W
SL7-BL120-W
SL7-BL24-B
SL7-BL24-B
SL7-BL24-B
Item no.
SL7-BL24-A
SL7-BL24-A
SL7-BL24-A
2 voltage (Ue V) Yellow Amber
Yellow
Yellow
Green
Green
Green
SL7-BL120-YSL7-L230-A
SL7-BL120-Y
SL7-BL120-Y
SL7-BL24-G
SL7-BL24-G
SL7-BL24-G
2 110/120
110/120
110/120
VacVac
Vac Blue
Blue
Blue 111 SL7-BL120-B
SL7-BL120-B
SL7-BL120-B
Blue SL4-BL24-B
2 Amber
Amber
Red
Amber
Red
Red Green
SL7-BL120-A
SL7-BL120-A
SL7-BL120-A
SL7-BL24-R
SL7-BL24-R
SL7-BL24-R
SL4-BL24-G
2
Green
Green
Green SL7-BL120-G
SL7-BL120-G
SL7-BL120-G
230/240
230/240
230/240
VacVac
Vac Blue
Blue
Blue 111 SL7-BL230-B
SL7-BL230-B
SL7-BL230-B
White
White
White Red SL7-BL24-W
SL7-BL24-W
SL7-BL24-W
SL4-BL24-R
2
2
24 Vac/Vdc Red
Red
Red
Green
Green
Green
Yellow
Yellow
YellowWhite
SL7-BL120-R
SL7-BL120-R
SL7-BL120-R
SL7-BL230-G
SL7-BL230-G
SL7-BL230-G
SL4-BL24-W
SL7-BL24-Y
SL7-BL24-Y
SL7-BL24-Y
2 Green White
White
Red
White
Red
Red
Amber
Amber
Amber
Yellow SL7-BL120-W
SL7-BL120-W
SL7-BL120-W
SL4-BL24-Y
SL7-BL230-R
SL7-BL230-R
SL7-BL230-R
SL7-BL24-A
SL7-BL24-A
SL7-BL24-A
2
Yellow
Yellow
YellowAmber SL7-BL120-Y
SL7-BL120-Y
SL7-BL120-Y
SL4-BL24-A
White
White
White SL7-BL230-W
SL7-BL230-W
SL7-BL230-W
110/120
110/120
110/120
VacVac
Vac Blue
Blue
Blue 111 SL7-BL120-B
SL7-BL120-B
SL7-BL120-B
2 V7-T2-6 Volume 7—Logic Amber
Amber
Amber
Yellow
Yellow
Yellow
Green
Green
Green
Blue
Control, Operator Interface and Connectivity
Green
SL4-BL120-B
SL7-BL120-A
SL7-BL120-A
SL7-BL120-A
Solutions CA0810
SL7-BL230-Y
SL7-BL230-Y
SL7-BL230-Y
SL7-BL120-G
SL7-BL120-G
SL7-BL120-G
SL4-BL120-G
2 230/240
230/240
230/240
VacVac
Vac Blue
Blue
Blue
Amber
Amber
Amber Red
111 SL7-BL230-B
SL7-BL230-B
SL7-BL230-B
SL7-BL230-A
SL7-BL230-A
SL7-BL230-A
SL4-BL120-R
2 110/120 Vac Red
Red
Red
Green
Green
Green
White
White
White
White
SL7-BL120-R
SL7-BL120-R
SL7-BL120-R
SL7-BL230-G
SL7-BL230-G
SL7-BL230-G
SL4-BL120-W
SL7-BL120-W
SL7-BL120-W
SL7-BL120-W
2 Blue
Strobe
Strobe
Strobe Light,
Light,
Light, UL
UL
Red
UL
Red
Red
Yellow
Yellow
Yellow
Type
Type
Type
Yellow
4/4X/13,
4/4X/13,
4/4X/13,
Amber IP66,
IP66,
IP66,
1.4
1.4
1.4
Hz
Hz
Hz
SL7-BL230-R
SL7-BL230-R
SL7-BL230-R
SL4-BL120-Y
SL7-BL120-Y
SL7-BL120-Y
SL7-BL120-Y
SL4-BL120-A
SL7-FL_
SL7-FL_
SL7-FL_ White
White
White SL7-BL230-W
SL7-BL230-W
SL7-BL230-W

2 V7-T2-6 Rated
Rated
Rated
Voltage
Operational
Operational
Voltage
230/240
230/240
Operational
Volume
Voltage (UVac
230/240
Vac(U eV)eV)V)
(U
eVac
Amber
7—Logic
Amber
BlueAmber
Yellow
Yellow
Yellow
Green
Color
Color
Color
Blue
Blue
Blue Function
Function
Function
Standard
Pack
1 Pack
Pack
1
SL7-BL120-A
SL4-BL230-B
Standard SL7-BL120-A
SL7-BL120-A
Standard SL7-BL230-Y
Control, Operator Interface and Connectivity
1SL4-BL230-G
Solutions CA0810
SL7-BL230-Y
SL7-BL230-Y
Catalog
Catalog
Catalog
Number
Number
Number
SL7-BL230-B
SL7-BL230-B
SL7-BL230-B
Amber
Amber
Red Amber SL7-BL230-A
SL4-BL230-RSL7-BL230-A
SL7-BL230-A
2 242424
Vac/Vdc
230/240Vac/Vdc
Vac/Vdc
Vac Blue
Blue
Blue
Green
Green
Green
White
Green
Green
Red Green
Red
Red
111 SL7-FL24-B
SL7-FL24-B
SL7-FL24-B
SL7-BL230-G
SL7-BL230-G
SL7-BL230-G
SL4-BL230-W
SL7-FL24-G
SL7-FL24-G
SL7-FL24-G
SL7-BL230-R
SL7-BL230-R
SL7-BL230-R
Yellow SL4-BL230-Y

SL7-FL_
SL7-FL_
SL7-FL_ Strobe
Strobe
Strobe
Light,
Light,
Light,
UL
UL
ULType
Type
Red
RedType
Red
White
White
White
Amber 4/4X/13,
4/4X/13,
4/4X/13,
IP66,
IP66,
IP66,
1.4
1.4
1.4
Hz
Hz
Hz SL7-FL24-R
SL7-FL24-R
SL4-BL230-A SL7-FL24-R
SL7-BL230-W
SL7-BL230-W
SL7-BL230-W
Red
V7-T2-6 Rated
Rated
Rated
Operational
Operational
Operational
Volume White
White
White
Yellow
Yellow
7—LogicYellow Standard
Standard
Control, Operator Interface and ConnectivitySL7-FL24-W
SL7-FL24-W
SL7-FL24-W
Standard SL7-BL230-Y
SL7-BL230-Y
SL7-BL230-Y
Solutions CA0810
Voltage
Voltage
Voltage
(U(U eV)eV)V)
e(U Color
Color
Color Function
Function
Function Pack
Pack
Pack Catalog
Catalog
Catalog
Number
Number
Number
294 Power Distribution product guide eatoncorp.com.au Yellow
Yellow
Yellow
Amber
Amber
Amber
2018 SL7-FL24-Y
SL7-FL24-Y
SL7-FL24-Y
SL7-BL230-A
SL7-BL230-A
SL7-BL230-A
242424
Vac/Vdc
Vac/Vdc
Vac/Vdc Blue
Blue
Blue 111 SL7-FL24-B
SL7-FL24-B
SL7-FL24-B
Amber
Amber
Amber SL7-FL24-A
SL7-FL24-A
SL7-FL24-A
 Green
Yellow SL7-L24-G-HP
SL7-BL120-Y
Strobe Light, ULAmber White
Type 4/4X/13, IP66, 1.4 Hz
Red SL7-BL230-W
SL7-L24-R-HP
L7-FL_ SL7-BL120-A
Rated Operational Yellow
White Standard SL7-BL230-Y
SL7-L24-W-HP
230/240 VacHigh-OutputBlue 1 SL7-BL230-B
2
SL7 Light Module with
Voltage (Ue V) LED
Color
Amber
Yellow Function Cam switches,Pack Indication
Catalog
SL7-L24-Y-HP & Pushbuttons
Number
SL7-BL230-A
Green SL7-BL230-G
Continuous Light,
24 Vac/Vdc Blue
AmberUL Type 4/4X/13, IP66 1 SL7-FL24-B
SL7-L24-A-HP
Stacklights
SL7-L24-_
2 SL4 range
Red
Rated Operational Green Standard
SL7-BL230-R
SL7-FL24-G
StrobeVoltage (U
Light,
e V) UL Color
White
Type Function
4/4X/13, IP66, 1.4 Hz Pack CatalogSL7-BL230-W
Number
2L7-FL_ Light module with LED
Strobe
High-Performance
Red
Light, ULYellowType
LED 4/4X/13,Signaling
for Maximum IP66 Effect
SL7-FL24-R
Standard SL7-BL230-Y
Strobe light,Rated
SL7-FL24-_-HP Operational
UL type 4/4X/13, IP66, White
1.4 Hz SL7-FL24-W
2 Voltage
Rated(U
Rated operational
24 e V)
Vac/Vdc
Operational
voltage (Ue V)Voltage (Ue V)
Color
Color
Blue
Amber
Color
Yellow
Green
Function
Function
Function Item
1
no.
Pack SL7-L24-B-HP
Standard
Pack
Catalog
Catalog
Number
SL7-BL230-A
Number
SL7-FL24-Y
SL7-L24-G-HP
24 Vac/Vdc Blue 1 SL7-FL24-B
2 Blue
High-Performance
Green
LEDRedfor Maximum Signaling Effect,SL4-FL24-B
Amber
Green
1.4 Hz
SL4-FL24-G
SL7-L24-R-HP
SL7-FL24-A
SL7-FL24-G
24 Vac/Vdc White
Blue 1 1 SL7-L24-W-HP
SL7-FL24-B-HP
Strobe
110/120 VacLight, ULBlue Type 4/4X/13, IP66, 1.4 Hz SL7-FL120-B
2L7-FL_
24 Vac/Vdc
Red
Rated Operational
White
Red
Yellow
Green
Green
SL4-FL24-R
SL4-FL24-WStandard
SL7-FL24-R
SL7-L24-Y-HP
SL7-FL24-G-HP
SL7-FL120-G
White
Amber SL7-FL24-W White
SL7-L24-A-HP
SL7-FL24-R-HP
2 Voltage (Ue V)Yellow Red
Color
Red
Yellow
White
Function SL4-FL24-YPack Catalog Number
SL7-FL120-R
SL7-FL24-Y
SL7-FL24-W-HP
24 Vac/Vdc Amber Blue
White
SL4-FL24-A 1 SL7-FL24-B
SL7-FL120-W
2 SL7-FL24-_-HP
Blue
Strobe Light, UL
Amber
Yellow
Type 4/4X/13, IP66
Green
Yellow
SL4-FL120-B SL7-FL24-A
SL7-FL24-Y-HP
SL7-FL24-G
SL7-FL120-Y
110/120 Vac Green Blue SL4-FL120-G1 SL7-FL120-B
Rated Operational Red Amber Standard SL7-FL24-A-HP
2 110/120 Vac Voltage (URed
e V)
Amber
Color
Green Function SL4-FL120-R
Pack
SL7-FL24-R
CatalogSL7-FL120-A
Number
SL7-FL120-G
White White SL4-FL120-W SL7-FL24-W
230/240 Vac
High-Performance Blue
LED for Maximum Signaling Effect, 1.4 Hz 1 SL7-FL230-B
2 SL7-FL24-_-HPM Multi-Strobe
24 Vac/Vdc
Yellow Red
Light,
Yellow
Green
Blue UL Type 4/4X/13, IP66
SL4-FL120-Y
1
SL7-FL120-R Amber
SL7-FL24-Y
SL7-FL230-G
SL7-FL24-B-HP
Amber White SL4-FL120-A SL7-FL120-W
2 Rated Operational
Blue
Voltage (Ue V)
Amber
RedGreen
Yellow
Color Function
SL4-FL230-B
Pack
SL7-FL24-A
StandardSL7-FL24-G-HP
SL7-FL230-R
SL7-FL120-Y
Catalog Number
110/120 Vac Green Red
Blue SL4-FL230-G1 SL7-FL24-R-HP
SL7-FL120-B
White SL7-FL230-W
2 230/240 Vac
High-Performance
Red Amber
LED for Maximum Signaling Effect,SL4-FL230-R
White
Green
Yellow
1–2.6 Hz SL7-FL120-A
SL7-FL24-W-HP
SL7-FL120-G
SL7-FL230-Y
24 Vac/Vdc
230/240 Vac White Blue
Blue
Yellow SL4-FL230-W
1 1 SL7-FL24-B-HPM
SL7-FL230-B
SL7-FL24-Y-HP
2 Yellow Red
Amber
Green
Amber
Green
SL4-FL230-Y SL7-FL120-R
SL7-FL230-A
SL7-FL24-G-HPM
SL7-FL24-A-HP
SL7-FL230-G
Amber White SL4-FL230-A SL7-FL120-W Yellow
2 Red
Red
Multi-strobe light, UL type 4/4X/13, Yellow
IP66
SL7-FL24-R-HPM
SL7-FL230-R
SL7-FL120-Y
White SL7-FL24-W-HPM
Rated operationalMulti-Strobe White
Light, UL Type 4/4X/13, IP66 SL7-FL230-W
2 SL7-FL24-_-HPM
voltage (Ue V)
Color Amber
Yellow
Rated Operational Yellow
Function Item no.
Standard
SL7-FL120-A
SL7-FL24-Y-HPM
SL7-FL230-Y
230/240
LED for effective Vac (Ueffect
signaling
Voltage e V)
withBlue
various
Color strobe sequences,
Amber Function 1–2.6 Hz Pack1 SL7-FL230-B
SL7-FL24-A-HPM
Catalog Number
2 Blue
High-PerformanceGreen
Amber SL4-FL24-B-M
LED for Maximum Signaling Effect, 1–2.6 Hz
SL7-FL230-A
SL7-FL230-G
Green SL4-FL24-G-M
2 24 Vac/Vdc
24 Vac/Vdc
Red
Blue
Red 1
SL4-FL24-R-M
SL7-FL24-B-HPM
SL7-FL230-R Green
Green SL7-FL24-G-HPM
White White SL4-FL24-W-M SL7-FL230-W
2 Yellow Red
Yellow SL4-FL24-Y-M SL7-FL24-R-HPM SL7-FL230-Y
SL7 Light Module for Incandescent
Amber Bulb
White SL4-FL24-A-M SL7-FL24-W-HPM
2 Amber
Yellow
SL7-FL230-A
SL7-FL24-Y-HPM

2.1
SL4 Light module
Volume for Incandescent
7—Logic
Continuous Control, bulb
Light,Operator
UL TypeInterface
4/4X/13,andIP66
Connectivity Solutions CA08100008E—March 2014 www.eaton.co
2 Stacklights
SL7-L-_ Amber SL7-FL24-A-HPM
Continuous light, UL type 4/4X/13, IP66
For incandescent bulb selection, see Page V7-T2-19.
Rated operational Blue
Color Function Item no.
2 voltage (Ue V)Rated Operational Standard
Voltage (U V)
e
Without light elements, incandescent
Color Function
bulb, maximum 4W
Pack
SL Series
Catalog Number

2 Without Light
Blue Elements, Incandescent Bulb, Maximum 7W
SL4-L-B

Stacklights
2.1
Green SL4-L-G1Solutions CA08100008E—March 2014 www.eaton.co
SL7 Light Volume
Module<250
for Incandescent
7—Logic
Vac/Vdc Bulb
Control,Blue
Operator Interface and Connectivity SL7-L-B
2 <250 Vac/Vdc
Red
Green
SL4-L-R
SL7-L-G
SL7-L-_ Continuous
White Light, UL Type 4/4X/13, IP66 SL Series
SL4-L-W
SL7-L-R
2 For incandescent
Yellow
Red
bulb selection, see Page V7-T2-19.
White
SL4-L-Y
SL7-L-W
Red
Amber
Rated Operational SL4-L-A
Standard
2 Tone SL4
ous or Pulsed Voltage (Ue V)
Tone, UL TypeYellow
Acoustic modules
Color
4/4X/13, Function
IP66 1 Pack Catalog Number
SL7-L-Y
Modules
le with internal Volume 7—Logic
DIPtone Control,
Without Light
switches. Operator
Elements,
Amber Interface
Incandescent and
Bulb, Connectivity
Maximum 7W SolutionsSL7-L-A
2
CA08100008E—March 2014 www.eaton.co
2essure 100
Continuous
Continuous dB,
Tone or
or pulsed tone, UL type
adjustable Rated with
<250
Pulsed Vac/Vdc
Tone, UL TypeBlue
4/4X/13, IP66
internal potentiometer.
4/4X/13, IP66 1 1 SL7-L-B
Rated
Hz.Adjustablevoltage
operational
with (Ue
internal
V) DIP
operational
switches. Color
Green Function Sound type Item no.
SL7-L-G 2
2
current (Ie mA)
Sound pressure 100
Adjustable dB,
with adjustable
internal with internal potentiometer.
DIP switches. SL7-L-R
ational Ratedpressure
f = 2800 Sound
Hz. Operational
Red
80 dB, adjustable with internal potentiometer. Standard 2
2 V7-T2-8
V) Rated Operational
fCurrent mA)Operational Color White
(IeRated
= 4000 Hz. Function Sound Type SL7-L-W Pack
Standard Catalog Number
Voltage (U V)e
Maximum 92
Volume
24 Vac/Vdc Current 7—Logic
(IeMaximum
mA) 39 Control, Operator
Color Yellow
Black
Interface and
Function Connectivity
Sound Type Solutions
Pack SL7-L-Y
SL4-AP24 CA08100008E—March
Catalog Number SL4-AP24 2014
1 SL7-AP24
2 www.eaton.com
2 24 Vac/Vdc 110/120 Vac Maximum Maximum
92 21 Black Amber
Black 1
SL4-AP120 SL7-AP24
SL7-L-A
Maximum
110/120 Vac 230/240 41
VacMaximum 41 Black
Maximum 21 Black SL4-AP230 SL7-AP120 SL7-AP1202
2 230/240 Vac Maximum 43
Maximum 43 Black
Black SL7-AP230
SL7-AP2302
Power Distribution product guide eatoncorp.com.au 2018 295

2
Cam switches, Indication, Pushbuttons
Stacklights
SL4 range
SL4 Base modules
For horizontal mounting—Includes cover, maximum 5 modules

Description Tube length Color For use with.. Item no.

100 mm SL4-L-… SL4-PIB-100

Base with aluminum tube and Black
SL4-BL-…
plastic foot 250 mm aluminum SL4-PIB-250
SL4-FL-…
Spring-loaded terminals color tube
400 mm SL4-AP-… SL4-PIB-400
100 mm SL4-L-… SL4-PIB-T-100
Base with aluminum tube and Black
SL4-BL-…
SL4-PIB-_ 3/4 in NPT threaded base 250 mm aluminum SL4-PIB-T-250
SL4-FL-…
Spring-loaded terminals color tube
400 mm SL4-AP-… SL4-PIB-T-400
SL4-L-…
Base with internal (on the
SL4-BL-…
inside) fixing holes Black SL4-PIB-IMH
SL4-FL-…
Spring-loaded terminals
SL4-AP-…
SL4-L-…
Base with built-in
SL4-BL-…
(pre-assembled) fixing screws Black SL4-PIB-IMS
SL4-FL-…
Spring-loaded terminals
SL4-AP-…
SL4-PIB-IMH
SL4-L-…
Base with external fixing holes SL4-BL-…
Black SL4-PIB-EMH
Spring-loaded terminals SL4-FL-…
SL4-AP-…
Base with base adapter for 100 mm SL4-L-… SL4-FMS-100
Black
slipping onto place (rapid SL4-BL-…
250 mm aluminum SL4-FMS-250
mounting and wiring system) SL4-FL-…
color tube
Screw terminals 400 mm SL4-AP-… SL4-FMS-400
Base with base adapter for
SL4-PB-EMH slipping onto place (rapid
mounting
and wiring system) SL4-L-…
Blade terminal SWD4-8MF2 SL4-BL-…
100 mm SL4-SWD
Maximum 0.3A per module SL4-FL-…
External power supply con- SL4-AP-…
nectable (24 Vdc)
Configurable with SWD-Assist
(planning and ordering help)

SL4-FMS-_ For vertical mounting—includes cover, maximum 5 modules

Description Tube length Color For use with.. Item no.

SL4-L-…
One-sided base with bracket SL4-BL-…
Black SL4-PIB-FW
Spring-loaded terminals SL4-FL-…
SL4-AP-…

SL4-PIB-FW
For mounting on both sides—includes cover, maximum 2 x 5 modules

Description Tube length Color For use with.. Item no.

SL4-L-…
Base with external fixing
SL4-BL-…
holes Black SL4-PIB-D
SL4-FL-…
Spring-loaded terminals
SL4-AP-…

SL4-PIB-D

296 Power Distribution product guide eatoncorp.com.au 2018

 2.1 Stacklights
Stacklights
SL
SL Series
Series 2.24
(57.0)
3.15
(80.0) Cam switches, Indication & Pushbuttons
Ø0.23
(Ø5.8)
Stacklights
Approximate
Approximate Dimensions
Dimensions in
in Inches
Inches (mm)
(mm)
M5
2
2 SL4 0.87 (22.0)
0.83 (21.0)
1.77 (45.0) SL4range
SL4 Seriesdimensions
Series
2
2 Approx. dimension in Inches (mm)
Complete
CompleteDevices
Devices
1.69 (43.0)
Light
LightModules
Modules
Complete devices
2
2 SL4-100-L-RG-24LED
SL4-100-L-RG-24LED
SL4-100-L-RG-24LED SL4-100-L-RYG-24LED
SL4-100-L-RYG-24LED
SL4-FMS-…
SL4-100-L-RYG-24LED SL4-(B)(F)L…
SL4-(B)(F)L…
SL4-SWD 1
SL4-SWD

2.21
2
2
(56.0)
2
2 2.44
2.44
(62.0)
(62.0)
2
2
A
6.18
2
2 1.69
1.69 (157.0)
(43.0)
(43.0)
2
2 10.28
10.28
(261.0)
(261.0)
Acoustic
AcousticModules
Modules
2
2 12.72
12.72
(323.0)
(323.0)
SL4-AP…
SL4-AP…
4 2
2 Ø3.15
(Ø80.0)
Ø3.15
(Ø80.0)
0)

2
2
2.80
2.80
Stacklights
2
.34 (43.0)2 (71.0)
(71.0)

2
2
SL Series
Ø2.84
Ø2.84
(Ø72.0)
(Ø72.0) 1.73
1.73
2
2 (44.0)
(44.0)

Ø0.22 (Ø5.5) Ø0.22 (Ø5.5)

2
2
nsions in Inches (mm) Ø2.84
Ø2.84
Ø2.13 Ø2.13
(Ø72.0)
(Ø72.0)
(Ø54.0) (Ø54.0)
0.23 (Ø5.8)
2
2 Catalog
87 (Ø22.0) Light
NumberModulesA
ED
2
2 SL4-100-L-RYG-24LED SL4-FMS-100
SL4-(B)(F)L…6.18 (157.0)
Ø0.22
Ø0.22(Ø5.5)
(Ø5.5)
2
2 Ø2.13
Ø2.13
SL4-FMS-250
SL4-FMS-400
12.09 (307.0)
17.99 (457.0)
(Ø54.0)
(Ø54.0)
2
2 Note
1 For connecting 2.44
to SmartWire-DT.
2
2 Ø2.13
Ø2.13
Ø0.22
Ø0.22 (Ø5.5)
(62.0)(Ø5.5)

(Ø54.0)
(Ø54.0)
2
2
1.69
2
2 (43.0)

)
2
2 Light Modules 12.72 Acoustic Modules
(323.0)
LED SL4-(B)(F)L… SL4-AP…
2
2 Light modules Acoustic modules

2
2
2
2 2.44
olume 7—Logic Control, Operator
2.80
Interface and Connectivity Solutions (71.0)
(62.0) CA08100008E—September 2016 www.eaton.com

2
2
2
2 1.69
(43.0)
1.73
(44.0)

2
2
Acoustic
Ø2.84Modules
)
2
2 SL4-AP…
(Ø72.0)

V7-T2-28
V7-T2-28 Volume
Volume7—Logic
7—LogicControl,
Control,Operator
OperatorInterface
Interfaceand
andConnectivity Solutions CA08100008E—September
ConnectivitySolutions CA08100008E—September2016
2016 www.eaton.com
www.eaton.com
5.5) 2.80
(71.0)

1.73 Ø0.22 (Ø5.5)

(44.0)
Ø2.13
(Ø54.0) Power Distribution product guide eatoncorp.com.au 2018 297
Cam switches, Indication, Pushbuttons
Stacklights
Stacklights - SL range accessories
Mounting brackets

Description For use with.. Item no.

Mounting brackets for vertical SL4-PIB..

SL7/4-FW
Mounting, plastic SL7-CB..
SL7/4-FW M20 cable gland for vertical mounting, SL4-PIB-T…
SL7/4-FW-T
Metal (includes mounting bracket) SL7-CB-T...

Incandescent bulb tool

Description For use with.. Item no.

SL7-L-…
SL7/4-FW-T
Tool for replacing incandescent bulb SL7/4-BET
SL4-L-…

Incandescent bulbs
Mounting: Ba15d - SL7 series
Rated operational Power
Lifespan (h) For use with.. Item no.
voltage (Ue V) (Watts)
12 5 SL7-L12
24 6.5 SL7-L24
3000 SL7-L-…
120 7 SL7-L120

SL7/4-BET
230 6.5 SL7-L230

Mounting: Ba15d - SL4 series

Rated operational Power
Lifespan (h) For use with.. Item no.
voltage (Ue V) (Watts)
12 SL4-L12
SL7-L12 24 SL4-L24
3000 4 SL4-L-…
120 SL4-L120
230 SL4-L230

IF IT’S IN A CATALOGUE YOU CAN FIND IT ON INTERACT WITH EATON USING THE
POWEREDGE™
LEARN. SHARE. ORGANISE.
FREE EATON INTERACTIVE APP
SIMPLY DOWNLOAD & OPEN THE APP,
SELECT AR MODE, & SCAN THE LOGO TO INTERACT

298 Power Distribution product guide eatoncorp.com.au 2018

 Cam switches, Indication & Pushbuttons
Pushbuttons
22.5mm Pushbuttons
RMQ - Titan
Competitively priced, Eaton's RMQ-Titan range
comprises pushbuttons, selector switches,
joysticks, Emergency-Stop & key-operated
actuators. The system includes a variety of indicator
lights & illuminated pushbuttons in white, red,
yellow, blue & green. They are available in two
voltage ranges 12 – 30 V AC/DC & 85 – 264 V AC
covering all standard applications.
Meeting all relevant international standards, this
attractive, co-ordinated product range will add
significant value to any machine or system.

Features & benefits:

• Ergonomic design ensuring ease of operation & bright illumination
• IP66 degree of protection as standard (many devices IP67, IP69K) for use in the harshest
of industrial environments
• Vibration resistant LEDs giving a minimum life of 100,000 hours for improved reliability
& high integrity
• Fitting in the standard 22.5 mm hole, the snap fitting modular system saves both assembly
& fitting time

Contact LED
Colour Description Legend plate(s) Item no.
blocks light unit

Pushbutton

Flush 1NO/1NC - Run, 1 M22-D-S-K11-P

Extended 1NO/1NC - Stop, off M22-DH-R-K11-P

Flush 1NO/1NC - Start, on M22-D-G-K11-P

Illuminated pushbutton

Extended 1NO/1NC 12-30V AC/DC Stop, off M22-DLH-R-K11-R-P

Extended 1NO/1NC 85-264VAC Stop, off M22-DLH-R-K11-230R-P

M22-DLH-R-K11-R-P
Flush 1NO/1NC 12-30V AC/DC Run, 1 M22-DRL-W-K11-W-P

Flush 1NO/1NC 85-264VAC Run, 1 M22-DRL-W-K11-230W-P

Indicating light

- - 12-30V AC/DC Stop, off, fault M22-L-R-R-P

- - 12-30V AC/DC Start, on, run M22-L-G-G-P

- - 85-264VAC Stop, off, fault M22-L-R-230R-P

M22-L-G-G-P
- - 85-264VAC Start, on, run M22-L-G-230G-P

Emergency stop
Non-illuminated
1NO/2NC - Emergency stop M22-PVT-K12-P
twist-to-release
Illuminated
1NO/2NC 12-30V AC/DC Emergency stop M22-PVL-K12-R-P
push-pull
Illuminated
1NO/2NC 85-264VAC Emergency stop M22-PVL-K12-230R-P
push-pull
Selector switch
2 Position
1NO/1NC - 0 I, man auto M22-WKV-K11-P M22-PVL-K12-R-P
momentary
3 Position I 0 II, hand 0
1NO/1NC - M22-WK3-K22-P
momentary auto

Power Distribution product guide eatoncorp.com.au 2018 299

Cam switches, Indication, Pushbuttons
Pushbuttons
22.5mm Pushbuttons
RMQ - Titan

Complete units
Button
Description Contacts Item no.
plate
Complete units for front mounting
M22-D-G-X1/K10

Start 1NO M22-D-G-X1/K10

Pushbutton
actuators
Stop 1NC M22-D-R-X0/K01
M22-DDL-GR-X1/
X0/K11/230-W
With white LED element lens, 85 M22-DDL-GR-X1/
Double actuators 1NO/1NC
– 264 V AC X0/K11/230-W

Key-release mushroom button

with 1 key, MS1 individual lock 1NC M22-PVS/K01
mechanism
M22-PV/K01 Emergency-stop
Pull to release 1NC M22-PV/K01
actuators

Pull to release 1NO/1NC M22-PV/K11

M22-WRK/K10 Two positions, stay-put – 1NO M22-WRK/K10

Selector switch
actuators
Three positions, stay-put – 2NO M22-WRK3/K20

Key-operated
Two positions, stay-put, with 1 key – 1NO/1NC M22-WRS/K11
actuators
M22-WRS/K11

Enclosed units
Button
Description Contacts Item no.
plate

Enclosed units for surface mounting

M22-D-G-X1/KC11/I
Start 1NO/1NC M22-D-G-X1/KC11/I
Pushbutton
actuators
Stop 1NO/1NC M22-D-R-X0/KC11/I

Emergency-stop
M22-PV/KC11/IY Pull to release, yellow enclosure – 1NO/1NC M22-PV/KC11/IY
actuator

Emergency-
stop key-release Red actuator with 1 key – 1NO/1NC M22-PVS/KC11/IY
mushroom button

Key-operated
M22-WRS/KC11/I 2 positions, stay-put, with 1 key – 1NO/1NC M22-WRS/KC11/I
selector switch

Without indicator light – - M22-I2-M1

Two-way
pushbutton stations
With indicator light, white LED
– - M22-I3-M2
M22-I2-M1 element, 85 – 264 V AC

Three-way
Without indicator light – - M22-I3-M1
pushbutton station

Four-way
Without indicator light – - M22-I4-M1
pushbutton station
M22-I3-M1

300 Power Distribution product guide eatoncorp.com.au 2018

 Cam switches, Indication & Pushbuttons
Pushbuttons

Control circuit devices

4-way
22.5mm Pushbuttons selector switch
RMQ - Titan
Pushbutton actuators, IP67
• Front ring titanium, also • Up to six contacts
available in black per location
• Snap-fitting • Switching of different 4-way pushbutton
modular system potentials
• Mounting diameter • Worldwide approval
22.3 mm
• Minimum grid dimensions
30 x 40 mm
Actuators
Colour of button
Description Item no.
plate/mushroom head
4-way joystick
Flush design
M22-D-G
M22-D-R
M22-D-G-X1
M22-D-R-X0 Emergency-Stop
Flush actuator Spring-return
M22-D-S actuator

M22-D-Y
M22-D-W
M22-D-B Comple
Pushbutton legend
Flush actuator Spring-return Without button plate M22-D-X
actuator
M22-XD-S
M22-XD-W
M22-XD-R
Button plate/
button plate for use with M22-D-X button lens
M22-XD-G
Selector
M22-XD-G switch
M22-XD-Y actuator
M22-XD-B
Extended Design
M22-DH-S
Key-operated
Spring-return M22-DH-R actuator
Extended actuator M22-DH-R
M22-DH-G
Spring-return, with guard ring Without M22-DG-X
Mushroom actuators, IP67
M22-DP-G Indicator
light
M22-DP-R
Spring-return
M22-DP-S
M22-DP-R
M22-DP-Y
Buzzer
M22-DRP-S Acoustic
Stay-put M22-DRP-R indicator
M22-DRP-G
Acoustic indicator cap
Double actuator, IP66
Stop-start button plate. Optional
M22-DDL-GR-X1/X0
indicator light M22-LED230-W
M22-DDL-GR-X1/X0

Potentiomete

Front rings

Power Distribution product guide eatoncorp.com.au 2018 301

(Titanium appearance standard

Cam switches, Indication, Pushbuttons
Pushbuttons
22.5mm Pushbuttons
RMQ - Titan
Actuators
Colour of
Description mushroom Item no.
head
M22-PV
Emergency-stop actuators, IP66. Snap-action & positive non-tease action, yellow base

Pull to release.
M22-PV
After actuation, plunger remains in the actuated position.
M22-PVL
Twist to release. One or two contact blocks can be fitted. M22-PVT

Illuminated. Pull to release. After actuation, plunger remains in the

M22-PVL
actuated position. One or two contact blocks can be fitted.
M22-PVS
Key-operated, with 1 key M22-PVS

Sealable shroud. Transparent with collapse point, reusable after

Emergency-stop operation. Suitable for M22-PV & M22-PVL
– M22-PL-PV
Emergency-stop actuators & M22-PVS key-release mushroom
actuator.
M22-PL-PV
Foot & palm switches, IP67

FAK-R/KC11/I
Spring-return mushroom head
FAK-S/KC11/I

FAK-R/V/KC01/IY
Emergency-stop actuators, IP67

Stay-put, pull to release FAK-R/V/KC01/IY

Stay-put, pull to release FAK-R/V/KC11/IY

FAK-R/V/KC11/IY

Fixing adapters, contact blocks

Description Contacts Item no.

Fixing adapters

Front fixing, for 3 M22-K... contact elements & M22-LED... LED

– M22-A
elements.
M22-A
For 4 contact blocks – M22-A4

Contact blocks with screw terminals

1 NO M22-K10
Front fixing
1 NC M22-K01

1 NO M22-KC10
Base fixing
M22K10 1 NC M22-KC01

Complete modules. Combination of contact elements with screw terminals & fixing adapter

1 NO, 1 NC M22-AK11

Front fixing 1 NO M22-AK10

1 NC M22-AK01

M22-AK11

302 Power Distribution product guide eatoncorp.com.au 2018

 Cam switches, Indication & Pushbuttons
Pilot Lights
22.5mm Pilotlights
RMQ - Titan
LED elements
Description Rated operational voltage, Ue , V Colour Item no.
LED elements with screw terminals
M22-LED-W
M22-LED-R
12 – 30 V AC/DC
M22-LED-G
M22-LED-B
Front fixing
M22-LED230-W
85 – 264 V AC, M22-LED230-R
50/60 Hz M22-LED230-G
M22-LED230-B M22-A

M22-LEDC-W
M22-LEDC-R
12 – 30 V AC/DC
M22-LEDC-G
M22-LEDC-B
Base fixing
M22-LEDC230-W
85 – 264 V AC, M22-LEDC230-R
50/60 Hz M22-LEDC230-G
M22-LEDC230-B
M22-A
LED test elements
For non-interacting function test 12 – 240 V AC/DC – M22-XLED-T
(lamp test) for connection to: 85 – 264 V AC – M22-XLED230-T

Illuminated pushbutton actuators, indicator lights

Description Colour Item No.

Illuminated pushbutton actuators, IP67
M22-DL-R
M22-DL-W
M22-DL-G
Spring-return M22-DL-R
M22-DL-Y
M22-DL-B
Flush design
M22-DRL-W
M22-DRL-G M22-DRL-G
Stay-put, press again
M22-DRL-R
to release.
M22-DRL-Y
M22-DRL-B
M22-DLH-W
M22-DLH-G
Extended design Spring-return M22-DLH-R
M22-DLH-W
M22-DLH-Y
M22-DLH-B
Indicator lights, IP67
M22-L-W
M22-L-G
Flush - M22-L-R
M22-L-Y M22-L-R

M22-L-B
M22-LH-W
M22-LH-G
Extended, conical - M22-LH-R
M22-LH-Y
M22-LH-B M22-LH-B

Power Distribution product guide eatoncorp.com.au 2018 303

 • Supplied
• Supplied with•with
Supplied
•standard
• Supplied
•standard
Supplied with
with•standard
Supplied with
Supplied
standard
•standard
with
Supplied with
withstandard
standard •standard
Supplied with standard Remove for ey withdraw Remove for ey withdrawRemo
switches switches
switches switches
switches switches
switches M22(S)-WR(L)(K)(3)
switches M22(S)-WR(L)(K)(3)
switches M22(S)-WR(L)(K)(3)
M22(S)-WR(L)(K)(3) M22(S)-WR(L)(K)(3)
M22(S)-WR(L)(K)(3)
M22(S)-WR(L)(K)(3)
M22(S)-WR(L)(K)(3)
M22(S)-WR(L)(K)(3)
• Used
• Used to convert
• • Used
to convert • •Main-
Main-
Used Used
toUsed
toconvert
totoconvert
•convert
convert Main-
Used Main-
to
•M22(S)-WRS(3)
Main-
Used convert
Main-
to convert
• Main-
Main-
Used to M22-XC-Y
M22-XC-Y
convert Main- M22-XC-Y
M22-XC-Y
M22-XC-Y M22-XC-Y
M22-XC-Y 2.50
M22-XC-Y
2.50 2.502.50
M22-XC-Y
2.502.50 2.50
2.50 Bottom
Bottom 2.50
affects
affects Bottom Bottom
Bottom affects
Bottom affects
affects Bottom
Bottomaffects
affects affects Bottom affects
M22(S)-WRS(3)
M22(S)-WRS(3)
M22(S)-WRS(3)
M22(S)-WRS(3) M22(S)-WRS(3)
M22(S)-WRS(3)
M22(S)-WRS(3)M22(S)-WRS(3)
tained
tained operation
operation tained
to tained
tained totained
operation
operation
operation tained
totained
operationto tooperation
tooperationto
tained
to operation to LeftLeft position
(I)Left
(I)position
Left
Leftposition
(I)(I)Left
(I)(I)position
position(I)(I) Left position (I)
M22(S)-WR(L)(K)(3) position Left position
position Left

M22-XC-Y 2.50 Bottom Momentary

Momentary
affects Momentary
operation
operation Momentary
Momentary operation
Momentary Momentary
operation
operation operation
operation
Momentary operation
Momentary operation The The samesame The
slots
The slots
The
same
The same
same slots
sameThe
The
slotsslots
same
sameslot
slots slot
The
M22(S)-WRS(3) onon keyed keyed on
onselector
on
keyed
selector on keyed
keyed selector
keyedon
onselector
keyed
keyedselecto
selector
selector select
on ke
Cam switches, Indication, Pushbuttons
Left position (I) Insert
Insert for for
Insert
Momentary
Insert
Momentary
Insert for
forMomentary
Insert for Insert
Momentary
Momentary
forInsert for
forMomentary
Momentary Momentary
Insert for Momentary
switches
switches switches
are are
switches
switches
sharedshared
switches are
switches
areare
shared
switches
are shared
shared are
shared
are share
switche
share
Remove
Remove forRemove
for Remove
Maintained
Remove
Maintained
Removefor
forRemove
Maintained
for
forMaintained
Remove
Maintained for
forMaintained
Maintained Remove
Maintained for Maintained
between between
these
between two
these
between
thesetwo two
these tw
The same slots between these
between
between
two these
between
these two two
these
betweetw

KeyKey Withdraw
Key
WithdrawKeyKey
Withdraw
to toWithdraw
Key Non-Key
Key
Withdraw
Non-Key toWithdraw
Withdraw
Key Non-Key
Withdraw
totoNon-Key
Withdraw
toWithdraw
Non-Key Withdraw
to
Non-Key
Key Non-Key
Withdraw
Withdraw
toWithdraw
Non-Key on
Withdraw keyed
Withdraw
Withdraw
to Non-Key selector
Withdraw coding
coding coding
adapters.
coding
adapters.
coding adapters.
coding coding
adapters.
adapters.
coding adapter
adapters.
adapter
codin
Insert for Momentary AllAll possible
All
Allpossible
All
Allpossible
All
Allpossible
switches are shared O Pushbuttons TopTop
affects OO
affects Top
RightRight
Topaffects
Top
Topaffects
affects Right
affectsTop
RightRight
Top affects
affectsRight
Right Right OO
possible
Topcombinations
affects Right O
possible
combinations
possible
combinations
possible
andcombinations
andand an
A
O O
Remove
Switching for MaintainedPositions
Positions
Switching Switching Positions position
(II) (II)position
position
(II)
(II) (II)
position
position(II)
combinations combinations
combinations
and combinations
andand
comban
between these two position position
position (II) (II) position (II)

O O O O O O O 22.5mm
O Pushbuttons
O
I I I I I indetailed
detailed
detailed Iindetailed
the inin
detailed
the detailed I inindet
detailed
the
in
inthe
detailed
the the the
th
h…Catalog
se With…Catalog
NumberPrice
NumberPrice tables
tables below.
tables
below. tables
tablesbelow.
tablesbelow.
tables
tablesbelow.
below.
below. belowta
I I I I Used
Used I to convert
to convert Used
UsedUsed
toUsed
toconvert
totoconvert
convertI Used
convert I totocoding
Used convert adapters. I
convert Used to Iconvert
Two-PositionTwo-Position Two-Position
Key Key withdraw
withdraw Key position
withdraw
Key
position
Key Keywithdraw
withdraw
withdraw RMQ
position
Key withdraw-position
position
position
Key withdraw
position Titan
position
Key M22(S)-WRS(3)
withdrawM22-XC-R
position Bottom
Bottom affects
affectsBottom Bottom
Bottom affects
Bottom affects
affects Bottom
Bottomaffects
affects affects Bottom affects

Adapter Adapter Adapter to non-key

to non-key to
withdraw
tonon-key
withdraw totonon-key
non-key withdraw
non-key M22(S)-WRS(3)
withdraw
toto
withdraw non-key All
M22(S)-WRS(3)
non-keywithdraw
withdraw withdraw
to possible
M22(S)-WRS(3)
M22(S)-WRS(3)
M22(S)-WRS(3)
non-key withdraw
M22-XC-R
M22-XC-R
M22(S)-WRS(3)
M22-XC-R M22-XC-R
M22(S)-WRS(3) M22-XC-R
M22-XC-R 2.50
M22-XC-R
M22(S)-WRS(3)
2.50 2.50 2.50
2.50 2.50
M22-XC-R
2.50 2.50 LeftLeft 2.50
position
position (I)Left
(I)position
Left Left
Leftposition
position(I)(I)Left
position (I)(I)position
Left position(I)(I) Left position (I)

maintained maintained Top affects Right

maintainedmomentary
maintained
position
position position momentary
maintained
position
position
position position maintained
position position momentary
position (II)
combinations and
Adapter Adapter
Adapter Top affects
Description
Adapter Top
Right
Description
Description
Adapter affectsFor Right
DescriptionUse
Description
For
For
With…Catalog
Use
Use With…Catalog
For
With…Catalog
Use Adapter
For
With…Catalog
NumberPrice
Use With…Catalog
NumberPrice
NumberPrice
Description NumberPrice NumberPriceFor Use With…Catalog Insert
for for NumberPrice
Insert
noInsert
key
forwithdraw
no
for Insert
key
no
nokey withdraw
for withdraw
no
nokeykeywithdraw
Key
position (II) position (II) Withdraw KeyPositions
Withdraw Positions Key Withdraw Positions Insert
Remove
Remove
no Insert
key Insert
forRemove
for
withdraw
for
ey Remove
ey
Remove
no
forInsert
withdraw
for
key
forRemove
withdraw
Remove ey
for
key
withdraw
for
withdraw
Remove
ey
for ey
withdraw
eywithdraw
for
withdraw
Insert
forey
withdraw
eywithdraw
withdraw
Remove
for no key withdraw
withdraw for ey withdraw
Maintained
Maintained
Maintained
to Momentary
Maintained
totoMomentary
Momentary
Operation
Maintained
to Momentary
Operation
Operation
to Momentary
OperationOperation Maintained to Momentary Set detailed
Operation
of coding in the
adapters for selector switches
O I OO I I OO I I O OI I tables O I below.O IO I

Key Withdraw to Non-Key Withdraw Maintained to Momentary Operation

Maintained to Momentary Operation

Adapter Description AdapterAdapter
For Use Description
With…Catalog
Description For
NumberPrice
UseFor
With…Catalog
Use With…Catalog NumberPrice NumberPrice
OO I I OO I O I I O IO
Top affects Right
Top
Topaffects
affects Right
Right
Top affects Right
Top affects Right Top affects Right
Top Slot Top Slot TopBottom
Slotaffects – For (II)
use

Adapter
3)
WR(L)(K)(3) Maintained to2.50
Momentary –Maintained
Operation Maintained
to – toaffects
Momentary Momentary
Operation Operation Description
position (II) position
position(II)
(II) position (II) position Colour Item position
no. (II)
M22-XC-Y
ption
For M22-XC-Y
M22(S)-WRS(3)
Description M22-XC-R
Use With…Catalog 2.50
For Use With…Catalog
For Use
NumberPrice
With…Catalog 2.50
NumberPrice
NumberPriceBottom affects
Bottom Left position (I) with
)-WRS(3)
omentary
eration Operation
Left positionLeft
(I) position (I)
Bottom Slot
• Supplied with Bottom
• • Supplied
Supplied
standardwith
with Slotwith
• standard
Supplied
standard • Supplied Bottom
standardwith standard Slot •Positions
Supplied with standard O OOO OO O O OO OO OO OO O OO OO OO O OO
– – – O
Switching
Switching
Switching Switching
Positions
SwitchingSwitching
Positions Positions
Switching Positions
Switching
Positions Positions
Switching
Positions Positions
switches
(not implemented – switches
switches
switches
with(not implemented – –(not
with switches The
implemented – same The slots
–O O O M22(S)-WR(L)(K)(3) same
O OOwith OOO O O O OO
slotsto Oconvert
– –Oswitches
OUsed
– Top affects Right
– I I Top affects Right
Top affects Right
Okey(II)
I I I I I position
I II I I I II I (II)I I
(II)I position
II II I II I
M22(S)-WR(L)(K)(3)
M22(S)-WR(L)(K)(3)
M22(S)-WR(L)(K)(3)
O OM22(S)-WR(L)(K)(3) OO O O O M22(S)-WR(L)(K)(3)
position
2-position•switches) • •2-position
Used to convert
Used
Used
Top Main-
affects switches)
totoconvert
convert
• Top
Used
Right Main-
Main-
to Insert
affectsconvert
• Used
RightTopMain-to
for 2-position
convert
affects no I onswitches)
M22-XC-Y
RightMain-
I key keyed
withdraw I Ion
I I M22-XC-Y
M22-XC-Y selector
keyed I I II • selector
I I I IM22-XC-Y
2.50Used M22-XC-Y
I I I Ito
2.50
I 2.50
I convert Main-
OO
2.50 I Bottom2.50 affectsBottom
Bottom M22(S)-
M22-XC-Y
affects
affects
Bottom affects 2.50
Bottom affects Bottom affects
Insert
tained operation tofor
position
tained
tained Insert
Momentary
(II)
operation
operation
M22(S)-WRS(3)
tained Two-Position
Two-Position
for
position
toto (II)Momentary
operation
M22(S)-WRS(3)
M22(S)-WRS(3)
Two-Position
toTwo-Position
Two-Position
position
tained Two-Position
(II)
operation
M22(S)-WRS(3)
Two-Position
Two-Position
to
I M22(S)-WRS(3)
I
Two-Position withdraw operation toposition toLeftnon-key
I II I M22(S)-WRS(3) - (I) M22-XC-R
Remove •for switches
ey withdraw switches
are shared aretainedshared positionLeft
–
Left
(I) position
position(I)
WRS(3) Left
(I) positionLeft
––
(I) position
– – –
Left position (I)
– –
For Use With…Catalog NumberPrice
Remove
Momentary •operation
Supplied
Momentary
MomentaryRemove
for with standard
operation
operation
Momentary
Adapter
Adapter
Maintained for Adapter
Maintained
operation
Momentary
Adapter
AdapterAdapter Adapter
Supplied
maintained
operation
maintained with
Adapter •maintained
Supplied
maintainedstandard
maintained
maintained
maintainedAdapter
maintained with standard
maintained
maintained
maintained
momentary
maintained
maintained
maintained
momentary withdrawn
maintained
momentary
momentary
Momentary
maintained
maintained
momentary
momentary momentary
operation
maintained
momentary position
momentary
• Supplied with standardM22-XC-R
with standard switches between
switches between
switches these two these two The same The
The
slots
same
same The
slots
slots
same The slots
same slots
M22(S)-WR(L)(K)(3) Key Withdraw
Key KeyWithdraw M22(S)-WR(L)(K)(3)
Withdraw
Positions
Key Withdraw M22(S)-WR(L)(K)(3)
Positions
Positions Positions
position
to non-key withdraw
Key withdraw position
Used to convert

• Used to convert Main-

• Supplied with standard

Description
switches Key Withdraw Key KeyWithdraw
Positions
Withdraw
Key Withdraw
Positions
Positions
Key Withdraw
PositionsPositions on keyed onon
selector
keyed
keyed onselector
selector
keyed onselector
keyed selector
M22(S)-WR(L)(K)(3)
M22(S)-WR(L)(K)(3)
M22(S)-WR(L)(K)(3) • Used to convert Main- • Used to convert
• Used M22-XC-Y
Main-to convert Main- 2.50 M22-XC-Y M22-XC-Y 2.50
Bottom 2.50
affects Bottom affects
Bottom affects
Momentary operation
tained operation to

switches
M22(S)-WRS(3) M22(S)-WRS(3) Insert for Insert
M22(S)-WRS(3) Momentary
Insertfor forMomentary
Insert
Momentary for Insert
Momentary for Momentary Insert for Momentary
onvertM22(S)-WRS(3)
• Main-
Used to convert Main- M22-XC-Y
M22(S)-WRS(3)
M22-XC-Y2.50
M22(S)-WRS(3)
M22-XC-Y 2.50
tained operation 2.50Bottom affects
toLeft position (I)Bottom OI I coding
Otained
affects OOO
Bottom
operation IOIOOItoI IIoperation
affects
tained OO
OOO IIIOIO
adapters.
coding O
to Supplied
I I adapters.
II O O
OOOIIIIO OOwith
IO I I Remove
O III standard
OMaintained
for
RemoveI
Remove O OMaintained
for
for I Left
OOfor
IMaintained
Remove OO switches
IIMaintained
O
position
M22(S)-
Remove IIO(I)IOOfor switches
I IIO
Oswitches
are shared
OO
Maintained OOswitches
IIOIIOItwoare
are
Leftshared
Ithese shared
switches
IIOOposition
OO
Itwo
IO IareIO
ILeftO shared are
II two
(I) position
Remove
(I) shared
O Maintained
for Itwo
peration to
tained operation to Left position (I) Left position (I)
between between
between
these between
these two
between
these these
ary operation
Momentary operation Momentary operation Top Top Slot SlotTopTop Top Slot
Top Momentary
SlotSlot
SlotTop
Top
– – The same
Slotoperation
Momentary
Slot All
–– ––The Top operation
possible
Slot
slotssame
–– All slots
The –
switches
possible
same slots WR(L)(K)(3) The same slots The same Theslots
sam
Top affects Top Right affects Right Top affects Right
Key Withdraw
Key
KeyWithdraw
to
Withdraw
Non-Key
Key to
Withdraw
toWithdraw
Non-Key
Non-Key
Key Withdraw
position to
Withdraw
(II) Withdraw
Non-Key
position to position
Withdraw
(II) Non-Key (II)
Withdraw
combinations
on keyed selector
Key Withdraw
combinations
on keyed selector
to
and
Non-Key Switching
on keyed Used
Withdraw
and
selectorto Positions
convert Switching
maintained – – Positions –– – – Switching
coding –– on keyed
–
adapters.
coding
coding -
Positionsselector
M22-XC-Y
adapters.
adapters.
coding adapters.
coding
on keyed
adapters.
onselector
keyed
Insert for Momentary
Insert
BottomBottom Bottom
Slot
for Momentary
Slot Bottom
Insert
Bottom Bottom forSlot
Bottom
Slot
Momentary
Slot
Bottom
Slot are Slot
Slot
Bottomare Slot Insert for Momentary Insert for Insert
Momentary for Momentary
switches
–implemented switches
with ––(not ––shared
– ––––switches
shared–are
–––– –––– ––
shared– M22(S)-Remove switches are shared switchesswitches
are shared ar
Remove for(not (not
Remove implemented
Maintained (not
for
implemented implemented
(notwith
Maintained
Remove
(not
withimplemented
(not –
implemented
(not
with
for
implemented
(not with
Maintained
with
between
implemented –
with
with
these
between
implemented
two
with
these
betweenO Otwo operation ––
Oto momentary
–
Remove for Maintained All possible
O forAll
All
Remove possible
possible
MaintainedforAll possible
Maintained All possible
O 2-position
2-position O2-position
switches)
2-position
switches) O switches)
2-position
2-position switches)
2-position
switches)
switches)
2-positionOswitches)
O2-position
detailed
switches) detailed
in
switches) Othe inthese the two O O affects
Top Right
Top
TopaffectsO ORight
affects
O Right Top Oaffects Right between
Top affects Right
OWRS(3)
O combinations combinations
Ocombinations
O and
these twoTop affects
combinations
O and
Oand
Ocombinations
between
and Right between
these two
O O and O
th
I II I I II II I I II II below.
Itables II operation
I I II below.
II I I I II II II I I II– II– I –– –– –
II – –– I–– ––– –II – –– –– ––– ––
position (II) position
position(II) –
(II) position (II) position (II) position (II)
Three-Position codingtables
O Three-Position Three-Position
Key Withdraw to Non-Key Withdraw

hdraw
Non-Key Withdraw adapters.
Key Withdraw to Non-Key Withdraw
Key Withdraw Key O Withdraw
to Non-Key toWithdraw
Non-Key Ocoding
Withdraw
All possible
adapters.
coding adapters.
All possibleAll possible
I II I I II II I I coding
II II adapters.
I I I II II II I coding
I II II adapters.
I
coding a
M22(S)-WR(L)(K)(3) Adapter Top Adapter
maintained TopBottom
maintained
maintained
affects
Bottom Adapter
maintained
affects maintained maintained
maintained
maintained maintained
maintained
momentary maintained
momentary maintained
detailed
momentary
detailed
in
detailed
the in
All possible
detailed
inthe
the detailed
in the in the
All possibleAll p
M22-XC-R
)-WRS(3) M22-XC-Y
M22-XC-R 2.50 2.50 I 2.50
affects Right affects Right Top
I
affects Right
combinations combinations
Bottom and
affects
I combinations
and and tables
affectsbelow.
tables
tables
affectsbelow.
below.
tables below.
tables below.
M22(S)-WRS(3) position (II) position (II) position (II) Top affects Right Top Right
Top Right
Adapter

Left position Left

(I) position (I) combinations and combinations combinatand
The same slots position
on keyed sector switches are shared (II) between these
M22(S)-WR(L)(K)(3)

Used to convert
Used
Usedtotoconvert
convert
Used to convert Used to convert Left position (I) Used to convert (II) position (II) position

For Use With…Catalog NumberPrice

detailed indetailed the inKeydetailed
the Withdraw in thepositionKey
Switching Positions
Switching
Positions Withdraw
Switching Switching
Positions
Bottom Positions
affects Positions
Switching
Bottom Positions
Bottom Key
affects
affects Positions
Bottom Withdraw affects
Bottom affects Positions Bottom affects Switching
Switching
Switching
Positions
Switching
Positions
Positions
Positions
M22(S)-WRS(3)• Used M22-XC-R

Key withdrawKey
Key
position
withdraw
withdrawposition
Key
position
withdraw Key
position
withdraw position
M22(S)-WRS(3)

Key two withdraw

M22(S)-WRS(3) M22(S)-WRS(3)O OM22-XC-R
M22(S)-WRS(3) M22(S)-WRS(3)
tables OM22-XC-R
OM22-XC-R
M22(S)-WRS(3)
O OO below. tables OM22-XC-R
OOO OO below.O 2.50 tables Odifference
OOOO OOM22-XC-R
below. 2.50
OThe 2.50 OO OO O OO 2.50
OOsame
sets slots O O of
OOOM22(S)-WRS(3)
O O2.50
Left coding
position OOO Left (I) adapters.
Left position M22-XC-R
positionO (I) Left(I) positionLeft position2.50
(I) detailed (I) in the detailedLeft position
detaile
in the (I)
to non-key withdraw
toto
non-key
non-keywithdraw
withdraw
to non-key withdraw
to non-key withdraw to non-key withdraw
I O II I O I OII I III III II O I OII II I IO I O O
II II II I I O I O O
II II II I IO I O OII II II IIIIIII IO IIOO II II
II II I IO I O O
II II II I IO I O O
II II II I IO O II II I O
O O O OO O O OOO OO O O OOO OO O O OOOO O O O OOO O
vert Used to convert
Three-Position Allon keyedcombinations selector
I I I I I II IIII II II I II I I I IIIIIII IIII II II II II I I I IIIIIIIII IIII II II II II I I I IIIIIIIII II II II IIIIII II I I IIIIIIIII II II II II I
aw position
Key withdraw position position position
position
Insert forInsert
no keyposition
forwithdrawposition
Three-Position
Three-Position
Bottom Three-Position
Three-Position
no keyThree-Position
withdraw
affects Three-Position
Three-Position
Bottom Three-Position
affects Bottom affects position possible I I II II I I IandIIII their
I I II II II I I I I effects
I I I II II
II IIII II II I I I I are
I I I I IIII tables
II IIII detailed
II II I I
II I I II below.
I II II in
II II II I I theII II
I II I II tables below.
tables
M22(S)-WRS(3) M22-XC-R
M22(S)-WRS(3) M22-XC-R2.50
M22(S)-WRS(3) M22-XC-R
Remove2.50to Remove
Used for ey2.50
convert Insert
LeftAdapter
Adapter
forposition
withdraw ey AdapterforUsed
Adapter
(I)Adapter
Left
withdraw Adapter toAdapter
convert
LeftUsed
Momentary
position Adapter
(I) toAdapter
position convert
(I)
withdraw
to non-key withdraw
Top Slot Key withdraw Top Slot
position Remove
maintained
maintained
Top
Key withdraw
maintained
maintained
maintained
maintained
maintained
Slot
Key
position
withdraw
maintained
maintained
maintained
maintained
maintained
maintained
position switches
maintained
maintainedmaintained
tables
maintained maintained
maintained
maintained maintained
maintained
below.
maintained are
maintained
momentary
maintained
maintained
momentary
Insert for Insertshared
maintained
no
momentary
maintained
maintainedmomentary
momentary
Insert
momentary
keyfor for
withdraw
no
momentary
maintained
momentary
Insert
nokey keyfor Bottom
withdraw
momentary
withdraw
Insert
no key affects
for no key withdrawBottom affects
withdraw Bottom
Insertaffects
for no key withdraw
position
M22-XC-Y – withdraw
to non-key – tofor
M22(S)-WRS(3) Maintained
non-key withdraw
M22-XC-R
to non-key withdraw –M22(S)-WRS(3)
– between M22(S)-WRS(3)
Key 2.50
Key Withdraw
Remove
M22-XC-R
–Key
these
WithdrawKey Key Withdraw
Key Withdraw
for Positions
Remove
M22-XC-R
two
Withdraw
Positions
Key
Withdraw
Removeey Key Withdraw
withdraw Positions
Withdraw
for Positions
Positions
for
Remove
eyPositions
Key
ey withdraw
2.50
Left Positions
Withdraw
Positions
withdraw
for
Remove –ey withdraw
position 2.50 for ey –
(I) Positions
withdraw
Left position –Left Remove for ey withdraw –
(I) position (I)
Insert for noInsert
position key withdraw
for no Insert
key withdraw
forposition
no key withdraw position
I O II I
I OforIIey withdraw O I I II
O O
I I OO IIII IIII I I O O I I
IIII
O
I I OO IIII O IIII I I O O I I
II
I I OO IIIIII
O O IIII I I O O I I
II
I I OO IIIIII
O O IIII I I O O I I
IIII
O
I I OO IIII O IIII I I O O I I
II II
I I OO IIIIO O IIII I I O O I I
II
I I OO IIIIII
O O IIII I I O O I III
I I OO IIIIII
O O II II I I O O I IIII
O II
I OI IIO II I O II I O II I O II
O Bottom
I – SlotOSlotSlotTop
ITop ––O I Slot
• Supplied with standard

Description

Remove forRemove
ey withdrawfor ey
Remove
withdraw
Bottom Slot –TopBottom –SlotSlot –– coding––adapters.
–– –for
– no –key withdraw
– – –Insert–for – –withdraw
Momentary operation
tained operation to

switches

Top
Top Slot
Top Slot
–Top
Slot
– Slot
Top Slot––Top –– – – – –– Insert – –Insert
no key–for
– –withdraw
no key
All possible
Remove for ey withdraw Remove for Remove
ey withdraw
for ey withdraw
M22-XC-Y
to convert Main-

Two position adapter configurationsBottom

Bottom Bottom
Slot
SlotBottom
Top affects
Bottom Slot
Bottom
Right
Three
Bottom Slot ––Slot
position –adapter configurations
– Slot
Bottom
– Slot Slot
–Bottom
– – Slot
– – ––combinations
– –– –– –and
– – –– –– –– –
position (II)
–
Switching positions
O O O O Switching positions
O O O OO OO
OO OO OO OOOOO OO OO O OOO OOO OOOOO O detailed
OO in the
O OO O O O O
I Switching
O
I Switching
Switching
OPositions
I Switching
O Positions
Positions
O Switching
O Positions
O O Positions
O O OO OO OOO Switching Positions OO OO OOOO OOO OO OOOOOOOO OO OOOOOO OOO OOOOOO OO OOOOOO OO OOO OOO OO OOOO OO OO
tables below.
OO
Positions
witching Positions
II II I II I I IIII II III I IOII IIIIIII IIIIIIII IIII I IIIIIIIIIIOII IIIIII IIIIIIIIII III
IIIIIII IIIIIII IIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIII IIIIII IIIIIIIIII IIII IIIIII IIIIIIII I IIIIIIII
I I IIIIII IIIII I IIIIIIIIIII II IIII I II II II I I II I I II
O OO
I
O OO I O O IO O OIO IO OO I
I II III
I OI O I II O O III III I I II IIIIIII IIIIIIII III I IIIIIIIII III III IIIIII IIIIIII
III IIIIIII III III IIIIIIII IIII IIIIII IIIIII
II
OO
Two
I position
I II I –I I I I I I I I – I I Three position
O
– Bottom
I affectsI I
maintained maintainedI maintained maintained momentary
I I I

Two-Position
M22(S)-WRS(3) Two-Position
Two-Position
Two-Position
M22-XC-R Two-Position maintained momentary Two-Position
maintained 2.50
adapterLeft position (I) O O O O O O O O O
adapter Switching Positions Switching Switching
Positions Positions
M22(S)-WR(L)(K)(3)

For Use With…Catalog NumberPrice

Adapter
dry maintained
momentary Adapter
Adapter
momentary Adapter Adapter Adapter
maintainedmaintained
maintainedKey
maintained withdraw
momentary
maintained
maintained
maintained positions
momentary
momentary
maintained
maintained momentary
maintained momentary maintained maintainedI momentary
O configurations
I Key withdraw I positions
M22(S)-WRS(3)

configurations O O O O O O O O
I I I I I I
w
nsWithdraw
Positions Positions
Key Withdraw
Key
Key
I Withdraw
Withdraw
Positions
KeyI Withdraw
Positions
Key
Positions
Withdraw
I Positions
I Positions
I
I II O OII II
I I IOI
O I OOKey
III
I
II OII
I
III Withdraw
O
II
I
O I O
III
IO
II
I O
II
OI
II
I O
II
I
O
II
I OPositions
II
I
O
III O
II
IO
II
I O
II
OI
II
I O
II
I
O
II
I O
II
I
O
III O
II
IO
II
I O
II
OI
II
I O
II
I
O
II
I O
II
I
O
III O
II
IO
II
I OII
OI
II
I O
II
I
O
II
I O
II
I
O
III O
II
I
O
III O
II
OI
III O
III
O
II
I O
II
I
O
III O
II
IO
III O II
I
O
II
I OIII
O
II
I O
III
O
III OII
I
O
III O
II
OI
II
I O
IIO
IIII IIO
II O
O
II IIIO
III OOI O
II O
O
II
Two-Position Two-PositionTwo-Position
2.50

2.50

OO I I O I O I O IIOOIOI IO IOOIOIInsert
O IIO O for no key withdraw II II II II II II IIII

OAdapter
IO O O I IOmaintained
IO I ey O IO I I OI II I OOII I I O II I O II I O II I O II I O II I O II I O II
OOPositions
Adapter
Switching II maintained
OOO IOII I OOmaintained
I OIAdapter OIRemove
IO
I Imomentary I IOOmaintained
Omaintained
II IIfor
I IOOO–withdraw
III
II
– momentary
maintained
–– – O––IIIIIIOOO
II– O
O
momentary O I–IIIII OO
O I–IIIIII–OO
O I–I–III
II–O
–O
OI –III–IIIOO
OIII–IIII O
O O IIIIII OO IIIIII O
O– IIIII –O
– O–– IIIII
–
II
O
–O
– II
II
III OO
– III
II
O Top Slot
Top
Top
OSlot
Slot
–Top Slot
–Top
– KeySlot
Withdraw
–– ––Positions Top Slot
Key Withdraw
Key Withdraw
Positions
– Positions O O O Two –slot
O– II II IIII IIII IIII II
Two slotII _– –– –– –– – –– –– –– –– _– –– –– –– –– _–
I –– II
BottomBottom
–I
Bottom
Slot right –Slot
Bottom
Slot O
–
I Bottom
Slot I II Slot
_ O I I II –OOII I Bottom O–
IIO Iaffects
II Slot IO I –O I O
OII position
right –– I –– O– I –
O I OO I I O I O–– I O I O I –
position (II)
Top affects Right

position (II)
Top affects Right
Insert for no key withdraw

affects position
Remove for ey withdraw

– –– – – ––– – –– –––– – –(not–– –with – – – –

Remove for Maintained

(not implemented
(not
(notimplemented
with
implemented
(notwith
implemented
with (not– implemented
with –with implemented
–
maintained Top
momentary Slot Top Slot Top Slot– 2-position
Insert for Momentary
M22-XC-Y

2-position switches)
2-position
2-position
switches)
switches) – switches)
2-position switches)
2-position – switches) II II
Bottom slot
– – left position – _–
–– ––– –_–– ––– –––
–– ––_ –– – – –
Key Withdraw
Bottomslot Positions
–Slotnot – BottomBottom
– withSlot
– two Slot
– affects
Bottom implemented
(not implemented with – – (not implemented
(not implemented with – with
– –– – – – –
I O II position
2-position
Switching switches
switches)
Switching
Positions Switching I O II
2-position switches)
Positions Positions 2-position switches) I O II O I O II IO O II I O IIO
OO O Shading
OO O indicates
OO
O standard
O
OO switch
OO O configuration
OO O OO Shading
O
– configuration
indicates standard switch – – –– – – – –
II I IIII II II I IIII II II IIII I II I II I
Switching
IIII Switching
Switching I Switching
I Positions
II Switching
Positions
Positions
Positions
Positions Switching Positions
Left position2.50
Bottom affects

Left position (I)

Bottom affects

– I II I I II II II I IIII II II I IIII II
–
d maintained
maintained
maintained maintained
maintained
momentary maintained
momentary momentary
ching
Switching
Positions Positions
O OO O O OO O O O OO O O O OO O O O OO
O
O O O
OO O
O O O
O OO O O
O
O OO O O O OO
O
O O O O O O O
Key Withdraw
Key Withdraw
I Positions
Key
II I Withdraw
I Positions
I II II III Positions
I I III IIIII III III I III IIIII III III I III IIIII III III I II I IIIII III II II I I II II I II I II I II
O Three-PositionOThree-Position
Three-PositionThree-PositionThree-Position
– O O Three-PositionI II I I I II II III I I III IIIII III III I III IIIII III III I II IIIII I II II I I II II I II I II I II
O O O O O
IIOmaintained Switching Positions Switching Switching
Positions Positions
I IIII IO
OOIIAdapter IIAdapter
IIIIIII II IO
O Adapter
O Adapter
IIIIII maintained
II IO IIAdapter
OOIIIImaintained
IImaintained
IO
OOIIIImaintained
maintained II maintained
IImaintained
IO
OO IIIIIImaintained
maintained
maintained Imaintained
I IOOOIIIImaintained
maintained OAdapter
II maintained
maintained O IIII maintained
maintained
momentary Imaintained
Omomentary
II maintained
maintained
momentary momentarymaintained
momentary maintained maintained momentary
(I)

I II I I II II O I I II II
O I I II II
O O I II
OO O OO O O O O O O
O O O O OO O O O O O O
momentary –
ained momentary – – I II I – II I –I II Key
II I– Withdraw
I I KeyKey
II II IIWithdraw
Withdraw
I Positions
I Key
I II IIWithdraw
IIPositions
Key
Positions
I Withdraw
I II Positions
II I I Positions
II II I II Key Withdraw Positions
Three-Position Three-Position Three-Position I II I II I I II II I I I II II II I I II II I I II II I II
I O II– maintained
I I OO
I IIO
–II III O IAdapter
I OOIII– IIOIII OIIAdapter
I IIO
II OO
III IIOIII O
III maintained
IIO
II O O
III IIOIII O
III maintained
IImomentary
OII O O
III I IIOIIIOOIIIIImaintained
IIO
II O O
III I IIOIIIOOIIIIImaintained
IIO
I I momentary
OO
III I IIOIIIOOIIIIImomentary
IIO
I I OO
III I IIOIIIOOIIIII IIO
I I OO
III IIIIIOOIII IIO III IOOII II I O II I O II I O II
thdraw
Key –Withdraw – Adapter
Positions Positions maintained maintained
maintained maintained
maintained maintained maintained
O I O I O I
switches are shared
between these two

O O O
combinations

on keyed selector

I IIIO IITop
III OSlot Top
TopSlot
SlotTop Slot
OI IIIIO II–Top
– I I OSlot O OII– I O IITop ––Key Slot O–
Withdraw – – Positions O Key Withdraw Key O Positions
– Withdraw –– – Positions
coding adapters.

I IIO II
I I – I IIO– IIII I O – I II
position (II)
Top affects Right

position (II)
Top affects Right

– – –
detailed in the

The same slots

Remove for Maintained
Insert for Momentary

II O II I I OO I II I I OO III II II OO II I I OO I II I I OO
tables below.

I O II I O II I O II II I II
O II O II II I I II
O II II I II
O II I II OII II I I OO I IIOII II I OI II O II I OI IIO II I O II
–I III II III I III II III –I III II ––III I II –
O O Bottom O Bottom
Bottom
Slot Bottom
Slot
Slot OBottom
Slot O O Slot Bottom Slot
All possible

O O O O O O
–IIO I – –– OII O–– O O– O –O O O –– O O –– O– –– –
Top Slot – I
Top IISlot I
Top I II
Slot –
III I III –II– III I III II I I II – I – – – –
–
Bottom –
Slot BottomBottom
Slot – Slot
–
–O –
–O –
––
O O OO
––
OO O OO O O
– –
and

O OO O OO O O OO O O O OO O O
OI I OIIIOIIO II I IIO
I OI II
III IIO IIIII I IIOI O
OIIII IIIIIIOIII III IIOII I IIOIIIII IIO
I IIO IIIII OIIIIIIIII IIIO I O II I O II I O
Left position (I)
Bottom affects

O OO O O OO O O O OO O O O OO O OO O O
III OI OIII IIO IO II IIII II O
II
I IIIIIII IO
III O IIIII I III
II II
OII I II IIO
IIII I IIO
II II IIII II II OIIIII I II
I
II II I
II I I
I II
I IIII I
II I II I
II I I II I I IIII I II II I I II I I IIII I II
II
I I II I I I II II I I II I
O O O O OO O O O
– – – –O O O O
O O O O–O O – OO O O–O O O O
III II I III – II I II I II I II I I II I II I II I II I II –
I II I II I II I II
O
II I I II
O
II I II
O O O O O O O O O
Switching Positions
I II I I II IIII I III II II III III I I II I II I I II I II I II I II I I II II I I II I
– – – – – – –
O O
I O IIO II OO IIIIIOI O
IIO IIIIOIO O
IIIII–OIII O
II
O IIIIO
IO O
IIIIIOIII OII IO O
OII IIIIO IIIIIIOIIIOO
II II
IIIIOIO O
IIIIIIOIIIOO
II II
IIIIOIO O
IIIIIIOIIIOIIO
II II
IIIIOIOIIO
IIIIIIOIIIOO
II II
IIIIIIOIO O
IIIIIIIIOIIIOOII
IIIIOIO OI IIIOOII I OI O II II I
I – II I II II
switches are shared
between these two

I II I II I II I II
combinations and

on keyed selector
coding adapters.

maintained momentary – –– – – – –– –– – –– –– – –
O IIIIOO IIIII O IIII O
O IIIII IOOI IIIOIIOI IIO
III IIIOOI O
IIIII IOIIO IIII OO
I OII I IIO III OI OII I IIO III OI OII III IIO III OI OII I IIO III OI IIOII I O IIIII O II I O III O I
The same slots

III OKey
III Withdraw
O III O IIIPositions
All possible

II II II IIII II II II
– –– – – – –– – – – – –– –– – –
– – – – – – – – –
I O– II –I O II I O II I O II I O II – I O –II
II II II
– – II – II– – – – – – – –
– –
–
304 Power Distribution product guide eatoncorp.com.au 2018
 Cam switches, Indication & Pushbuttons
Pushbuttons
22.5mm Pushbuttons
RMQ - Titan
Selector switch actuators
Function: Front ring:
= Spring- Button
Description = Stay-put return titanium
plate
= V position Item no.
Selector switch actuators, 2 positions, IP66
M22-W
– 40° M22-W
Rotary button
– 60° M22-WR
– 40° – M22-WK
Thumb-grip
– 60° – M22-WRK
Thumb-grip, V position – 60° – M22-WKV
M22-WK
Selector switch actuators, 3 positions, IP66
40° 40° M22-W3
Rotary button
60° 60° M22-WR3
40° 40° – M22-WK3
Thumb-grip
60° 60° – M22-WRK3
M22-WKV
Selector switch actuators, 4 positions, IP66.

Rotary button 45° – M22-WR4

Thumb-grip 45° – M22-WRK4

Key-operated actuators, IP66, with 1 key

M22-W3
2 positions, 60° turn, stay-put – 60° – M22-WRS
3 positions, 60° turn, stay-put 60° 60° – M22-WRS3
Key for MS1 individual lock mechanism – – – – M22-ES-MS1

Illuminated selector switch actuators, key-operated actuators

Function:
M22-WK3
= Stay-put Colour of
Description Item No.
= Spring-return thumb-grip

Illuminated selector switch actuators, IP66. Thumb grip handle

2 positions
– 40° M22-WLK-W
– 40° M22-WLK-G M22-WR4
Spring-return – 40° M22-WLK-R
– 40° M22-WLK-Y

– – 40° M22-WLK-B
– 60° M22-WRLK-W
– 60° M22-WRLK-G M22-WRK4
Stay-put – 60° M22-WRLK-R
– 60° M22-WRLK-Y
– 60° M22-WRLK-B
3 positions
40° 40° M22-WLK3-W
40° 40° M22-WLK3-G
M22-WRS
Spring-return 40° 40° M22-WLK3-R
40° 40° M22-WLK3-Y
40° 40° M22-WLK3-B
–
60° 60° M22-WRLK3-W
60° 60° M22-WRLK3-G
Stay-put 60° 60° M22-WRLK3-R
60° 60° M22-WRLK3-Y
M22-WRLK-R
60° 60° M22-WRLK3-B

Power Distribution product guide eatoncorp.com.au 2018 305

Cam switches, Indication, Pushbuttons
Pushbuttons
22.5mm Pushbuttons
RMQ - Titan
Four-way operators

Function:
Front ring:
= Stay-put
Description Inscription For use with titanium
= Spring-return Item no.

M22-WJ2H Joysticks, IP66

– – M22-WJ2H
2 positions
– – M22-WJ2V

– – M22-WRJ4
4 positions
– – M22-WJ4
M22-WRJ4
Pushbuttons, 4-way, IP66

No inscription, actuator colour black – M22-D4-S

Inscription with direction arrows, actuator
– M22-D4-S-X7
colour: black
Inscription with direction arrows,
actuator colour: black, opposing buttons – M22-DI4-S-X7
mechanically interlocked
M22-D4-S
Labels
Joystick 4-way
Blank – selector switch M22-XCK
actuators
Joystick 4
M22-XCK1
– positions
M22-XCK Direction arrows –
Joystick 2
M22-XCK3
positions
4-way selector
0-1-0-2-0-3-0-4 – M22-XCK2
switch actuators

Surface mounting enclosures, flush mounting plates

M22-XCK2
Number of ways Qty. Colour Item no.

Surface mounting enclosures

1 M22-I1

2 M22-I2

M22-I2 3 M22-I3

4 M22-I4

6 M22-I6

Number of
Description Colour Item no.
ways Qty.
M22-I4
Flush mounting plates
Legend plates cannot be used if pushbuttons are fitted in vertical column without
apertures, if required.
Aluminium with yellow paint finish for emergency-stop
1 M22-EY1
buttons
1 M22-E1
M22-EY1
2 M22-E2

3 M22-E3
Aluminium, light anodized
4 M22-E4

5 M22-E5
M22-E6
6 M22-E6

306 Power Distribution product guide eatoncorp.com.au 2018

 Cam switches, Indication & Pushbuttons
Pushbuttons
22.5mm Pushbuttons
RMQ - Titan, Accessories

Number
Description Item no.
of ways
Plastic, light grey 1 M22-H1
Shrouds, IP55
Plastic, light grey 2 M22-H2 M22-H1
Blanking plugs, IP66. Round style, for Grey – M22-B
blanking off reserve locations Black – M22S-B
Actuator diaphragms, IP67. Transparent diaphragms for severe environmental conditions & use in the M22-B
food industry. Do not use with legend plates since degree of protection is not guaranteed
For use with M22(S)-D(R)-... pushbutton actuators, M22(S)-DL-...,
M22(S)-DRL-..., illuminated pushbutton actuators, M22-D(C)-... flush – M22-T-D
indicator lights
M22-T-D
For use with M22(S)-DD(L)-... double actuators – M22-T-DD
Telescopic clips. For adjusting depth of rear mounting devices in CI enclosures & panels with a
mounting depth of 115 – 155 mm. Stepless adjustment, screw fixing & snap fitting (top hat rails to
IEC/EN 60715). Maximum of 10 x M22-TC per enclosure, 5 of which can hold stay-put actuators. Do
not use with Emergency-Stop actuators
For 3 contacts/LED elements, base fixing, with centering adapter – M22-TC M22-T-DD
Extension for telescopic clip; for mounting depths up to 205 mm – M22-TCV
Adapter rings. Set of adapter rings 30/22.3 mm, black, consists of adapter ring & lock nut
For fitting 22.3 mm diameter buttons into 30.5 mm diameter holes – M22S-R30
Threaded ring M22 x 1.5 mm – M22-GR M22-TC
Acoustic indicator housing IP40  Black front, without buzzer - M22-AMC
Buzzer - for use with M22-AMC Continuous tone - M22-XAM
18 - 30 V AC/DC, 83 dB / 10 cm, 100
Pulsed tone - M22-XAMP M22-R30
% DF, Positive pole connected to X1
 NEMA/UL Type 1.

M22-GR
Description Item no.
Combination box spanner For threaded ring M22-MS
Top-hat rail adapter IEC/EN 60715 top-hat rail, for front fixing M22-IVS
Plunger bridge. For actuating the M22-AMC
middle contact element of the M22- Middle contact of 3-position selector
M22-XW
W...3 non-illuminated 3-position switch, non-illuminated, (1 off) black
selector switch actuator
Guard ring, IP66. To protect against
For pushbutton & selector switch actuators M22-XGWK
accidental operation M22-MS
Front ring: gold (24 carat). Front ring not supplied individually: M22-FR-AU
IP65 external reset button M22-DZ-B-GB14

Circuit Resistance, Item no. M22-IVS

Description symbol R, kW
1 M22-R1K
M22-XW
4.7 M22-R4K7
3 individual screw terminals, 10 M22-R10K
Potentiometers,
Pmax = 0.5 W Accuracy of
IP66 47 M22-R47K
resistance value: ±10% (linear)
100 M22-R100K M22-XGWK
470 M22-R470K

M22-DZ-B-GB14
Description Inscription Colour Item no.
Lettering black, 30 X 50 Emergency-stop M22-XZK-GB99
Emergency-stop mm Blank M22-XZK
labels, IP66 Emergency-stop M22-R10K
Diameter = 90 mm M22-XAK1
in 4 languages
For actuators, 30 x 50 mm – M22S-ST-X
Legend holders For double actuators, 30 x
without label, IP66. 75 mm – M22S-STDD-X
Round, black Insert plate for legend M22-XAK1
Blank Aluminium M22-XST
holder

Power Distribution product guide eatoncorp.com.au 2018 307

Cam switches, Indication, Pushbuttons
Pushbuttons
30.5mm Pushbuttons
Eaton’s 30.5mm pushbuttons are versatile, durable, rugged, & stand the test of time in even the most
hostile environments.
The range includes momentary, illuminated & mushroom head pushbuttons, selector switches,
indicating lights & push-pull units.
The T Series Chrome 30.5 mm pushbutton line features a zinc die cast construction with chrome-plated
housing & mounting nut. The same durable construction is also available with the corrosive resistant
E34 line of pushbuttons.
All operators are IP66 rated to protect against dirt & moisture. Additionally, most devices come
complete with grounding hardware to prevent electrical shock. Rugged metal construction, handsome
appearance, extra features, & competitive prices makes Eaton’s 30.5mm range of pushbuttons the
logical choice for OEM’s & board builders looking for value, durability, & reliability.
Features Contact blocks
• Die-cast metal housings create robust & heavy-duty devices Eaton’s contact blocks feature enclosed silver contacts with pointed
that can endure repetitive & heavy handed use in industrial “reliability nibs” for reliable performance from logic level up to
environments. 600V. To ensure reliable switching, nibs bite through oxide which
• IP66 rated for protection against dirt & moisture. can form on silver contacts, eliminating the need for expensive
logic level blocks for most applications. Reliability nibs improve
• The corrosion resistant E34 range can with stand extremely
performance in dry circuit, corrosive, fine dust & other contaminated
harsh environments.
atmospheres. Under normal environmental conditions, the minimum
• Contact blocks are colour coded (green for N.O. & red for N.C.) operational voltage is 5V & the minimum operational current is 1
to permit easy identification & troubleshooting. mA, AC/DC. For operation under a wider range of environmental
• Up to 6 contact blocks can stack on each other, allowing for up conditions, logic level contact blocks with inert palladium tipped
to 12 circuits per operator. contacts are recommended. Diaphragm Seal with Drainage Holes
Eaton’s pushbutton operators offer front-of-panel drainage via holes
• Heavy-duty zinc die cast construction
in the operator bushing. Hidden from view by the mounting nut,
• Enclosed silver contacts with reliability nibs these holes prevent buildup of liquid inside the operator, which can
• All normally closed contacts have positive opening operation, prevent operation in freezing environments. The holes also provide
i.e., normally closed contacts are forced open in the event of a route for escaping liquid in high pressure washdowns, effectively
contact weld or spring breakage. relieving pressure from the internal diaphragm seal, ensuring reliable
• Diaphragm seals with drainage holes sealing every time.
• Grounding nibs on the operator casing.
• Logic level contact blocks have palladium tipped contacts to Grounding nibs
ensure circuit integrity down to 1mA @ 5V AC/DC.
Most operators have green earthing screws to prevent electrical
• Bright, long-lasting & vibration-proof LED’s are available for shock. Operators also have “grounding nibs” — four metal points
illuminated operators. on the operator casting designed to bite through most paints &
other coatings on metal panels to enhance the ground connection
Standards when the operator is securely tightened.
• CE EN60947-5-1
• UL 508 — File No. 131568
• CSA C22.2 No. 14 — File No. LR68551

Standard Pushbuttons
Chrome, T Series pushbuttons
Chrome Applications for the
chrome operators:
The 30.5 mm pushbutton
line features a zinc die cast • Aggregate • Metal Forming
construction with chrome-plated • Automotive • Metal Stamping
housing & mounting nut.
• Construction Vehicles • Mining
• Industrial Equipment • Petrochemical
• Material Handling • Pulp & Paper

Corrosion Resistant, E34 Pushbuttons

Corrosion resistant Applications for corrosion Ultraviolet light
resistant operators: E34 cathodic coating is not
Eaton’s Corrosion Resistant E34
Range of 30.5 mm pushbuttons • Automotive recommended for use in
features the same rugged • Chemical Plants applications where exposure
die cast construction of our T to ultraviolet light exists, use
• Food & Beverage
Series with an additional two- chrome operators.
layer 100% solid thermosetting • Food Service Equipment
cathodic epoxy coating. This • Industrial Equipment
coating provides a smooth • Mining
flat black smooth, flat back,
corrosion resistant surface that • Pulp & Paper
has passed a demanding 600 • Waste Water Treatment
hour salt spray test. Plants

308 Power Distribution product guide eatoncorp.com.au 2018

 Cam switches, Indication & Pushbuttons
Pushbuttons
30.5mm Pushbuttons
Standard Pushbuttons, flush, extended & half-shrouded buttons,

Flush button Extended button Half-shrouded

Corrosion Corrosion Corrosion
Colour Chrome Colour Chrome Colour Chrome
resistant resistant resistant
Black T101 E34PB1 Black T111 E34EB1 Black T501 E34EVB1
Red T102 E34PB2 Red T112 E34EB2 Red T502 E34EVB2
Green T103 E34PB3
Green T113 E34EB3 Green T503 E34EVB3
Yellow T104 E34PB4
Yellow T120 E34EB4 Yellow T504 E34EVB4
Grey T105 -
White T116 - Blue T508 E34EVB6
White T106 E34PB5
Blue T118 E34EB6
Brown T107 -
Blue T108 E34PB6

Base mounted contact blocks Standard contact blocks

Description Item no. Description Item no.
1NO 1NC T6 1NO 1NC T1P
2NO T7 2NO T2P T1P
2NC T8 2NC T3P
1NC T52 1NC T51P
1NO T54 1NO T53P
1LONC 1ECNO T56
2NO 2NC T44
1LONC 1ECNO T58
1LONC 1ECNO T55
Logic level contact blocks 1ECNO 1NO T57
T44
Description Item no. 1LONC T71
1NO 1NC T1E 2LONC T45
2NO T2E
2NC T3E
1NC T51E
1NO T53E
NO = Normally Open, NC = Normally Closed, LONC = Late Open Normally Closed, T57
ECNO = Early Close Normally Open, Logic Level contact blocks have palladium contacts.

STEP 1 STEP 2

Select Select
Pushbutton contact
operator block
above. above

Power Distribution product guide eatoncorp.com.au 2018 309

Cam switches, Indication, Pushbuttons
Pushbuttons
30.5mm Pushbuttons
Mushroom operators momentary

Mushroom button 38.1mm Palm head button 63.5mm zinc Accessories for complete push-pull
operators*
Corrosion Corrosion
Colour Chrome Colour Chrome
resistant resistant Description Item no.
Black T121 E34LB1 Black T171 E34JB1 Padlock Assembly Kit 6-A474

Red T122 E34LB2 Red T172 E34JB2 Replacement Locking Tongue 6-A475

T123 E34LB3 Padlock with Chain 52-A1617

Green R
 ed
(Emergency T17213 E34JB2N
Yellow T124 E34LB4 Legend Plates
Stop)
Blue T129 E34LB6 Green T173 E34JB3 Engraving Material Item no.
STOP Pull to
Metal D2179-53CP
reset
STEP 1 STEP 2
STOP Pull to
Plastic E34LP179
reset
Select * For use with push-pull mushroom operators
Select maintained.
Pushbutton
contact
operator
block.
above.

Mushroom operators components

Bare shaft operator for mushroom or 38.1 Mushroom button for bare 63.5Mm palm button (anodized
palm pushbutton shaft operators aluminium) for bare shaft operators

Description Item no. Colour Item no. Colour Item no.

Momentary, Spring Return T100 Black T281 Black T291
Auto-Latch - Twist Base to Red T282 Red T292
T140
Release
Green T283 Green T293
Yellow T284
Blue T288

STEP 1 STEP 2 STEP 3

Select Select
Select
bare shaft mushroom
contact
operator button
block.
above. above

310 Power Distribution product guide eatoncorp.com.au 2018

 Cam switches, Indication & Pushbuttons
Pushbuttons
30.5mm Pushbuttons
Push-pull mushroom operators maintained

T129P T176P T129M E34129S

Push-pull operators complete padlockable Push-pull operators complete non-padlockable

Head Corrosion Head Corrosion

Colour Material Chrome Colour Material Chrome
diameter resistant diameter resistant
45mm Red Zinc T129P E34129P 38mm Red Plastic T129S E34129S
63.5mm Red Zinc T176P E34176P 45mm Red Zinc T129M E34129M
63.5mm Red Zinc T176M E34176M

STEP 1 STEP 2

Select
Select
Pushbutton
contact
operator
block.
above.

Push-Pull operators components

Push-pull operators 38.1Mm mushroom button 63.5Mm palm button (anodized

for push-pull operators aluminium) for push-pull operators
Corrosion
Description Position Chrome
resistant Description Colour Item no. description Colour Item no.
Maintained Operator Operator Head Red E34J2
2 T5 E34GDB Black E34C1
Push & Pull Head
Momentary Operator Red
3 T4 E34GEB Red E34C2 Operator Head (Emergency E34J2N8
Push & Pull Head
Stop)
Maintained Red
Push & Operator
3 T9 E34GFB (Emergency 10250TB63
Momentary Head
Stop)
Pull
Operator
Green E34C3
Head

STEP 1 STEP 2 STEP 3

Select Select
Select
push-pull mushroom
contact
operator button
block.
above. above

Power Distribution product guide eatoncorp.com.au 2018 311

Cam switches, Indication, Pushbuttons
Pushbuttons
30.5mm Pushbuttons
Illuminated operators, indicating light lenses

Plastic lenses Glass lenses (chrome) Glass lenses (corrosion resistant)

Colour Plastic colour Glass (chrome) Glass (corrosion

Colour
resistant)
Red E34H2 Red TC7N
Red E34G2
Green E34H3 Green TC8N
Green E34G3
Amber E34H9 Amber TC9N
Amber E34G9
Clear E34H0 Clear TC11N
Clear E34G0
Yellow E34H4 White TC12N
Yellow E34G4
White E34H5 Blue TC10N
White E34G5
Blue E34H6
Blue E34G6

Indicating Light Units

Direct voltage indicating light unit Resistor type indicating light units Incandescent bulb indicating light units
Corrosion Corrosion Corrosion
Description Voltage Chrome Description Voltage Chrome Description Voltage Chrome
resistant resistant resistant
Direct voltage E34FB Resistor Type 110/120 T201N E34RB120 6 T197N/2 E34FB06
- order bulb 6 - 240V T197N 120V bulb
separately 197L* 12 T197N/3 E34FB12
supplied 220/240 T202N E34RB240
With 24 T197N/4 E34FB24
See next page for bulbs.
incandescent
Can be used with LEDs. bulb supplied 48 T197N/5 E34FB48
*LED only 6-240V 110 T197N/7 E34FB110
240 T197N/8 E34FB240

Transformer type indicating light units

Corrosion
Description Voltage Chrome
resistant
110/120 T181N E34TB120

Transformer 220/240 T182N E34TB240

Type 6V 380/415 T183N E34TB380
Secondary
bulb 440/480 T184N E34TB480
supplied 550/600 T185N E34TB600
415 - E34TB415

STEP 1 STEP 2 STEP 3

Select a Select Select bulb

lens from indicating (if not
above. light above supplied)

312 Power Distribution product guide eatoncorp.com.au 2018

 Cam switches, Indication & Pushbuttons
Pushbuttons
30.5mm Pushbuttons
Illuminated operators, illuminated pushbutton lenses

Plastic illuminated lenses Glass illuminated lenses (chrome) Glass illuminated lenses (chrome)
(corrosion resistant)
Colour Plastic Colour Glass (chrome)
Colour Glass (chrome)
Red E34V2 Red TC13N
Red E34P2
Green E34V3 Green TC14N
Green E34P3
Amber E34V9 Amber TC15N
Amber E34P9
Clear E34V0 Clear TC17N
Clear E34P0
Yellow E34V4 White TC18N
Yellow E34P4
White E34V5 Blue TC16N